Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

This is a dynamic PDF e-book by GKToday. Please note that its content is subject to
updates / changes on the GKToday website [www.gktoday.in] to ensure the latest
information. You can download the most recent version of this e-book by visiting this link
or by scanning this QR code.

Disclaimer: The authors and publisher have made every effort to ensure that the information in this E-
book is correct. However, GKToday does not assume and hereby disclaims any liability to any party for
any loss, damage, or disruption caused by errors or omissions, whether such errors or omissions result
from negligence, accident, or any other cause. This document is a property of GKToday. Reselling and
Redistribution or Duplication is strictly prohibited.

Published by: https://www.gktoday.in/ebooks/ | © 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved

 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Contents
......................... ......... ..... _ ........ .... .. ................................................
January 1, 2025 ............................................................................................................................................. 3
Vivad Se Vishwas Scheme Deadline Extended Till Jan 31 ................................................................ 3
What is Tamu Lhosar? .......................................................................................................................... 4
Defence Ministry Inks Contracts for AIP Modules and Heavy Torpedoes for Scorpene
Submarines .................................................................................................................................... 5
Good Governance Index 2023 Release Cancelled ............................................................................ 6
Karnataka’s ₹100 Crore Tourism Initiative: Yadgir Fort Development and Ropeway Projects
.......................................................................................................................................................... 8
ISRO’s 100th Mission Announced ....................................................................................................... 9
CPGRAMS Addresses 70 Lakh Grievances in Last Two Years ....................................................... 10
Tamil Nadu Unveils India’s First Glass Sea Bridge ......................................................................... 12
Key Findings of Financial Stability Report (FSR) .............................................................................. 13
New Underwater Telescopes Detect High-Energy Neutrinos ...................................................... 15
Trinidad and Tobago Declares State of Emergency ...................................................................... 17
Protests in Katra Over Proposed ₹250-Crore Ropeway Project ................................................... 18
November 2024 – Record Warmth in India .................................................................................... 19
End of Russian Gas Transit via Ukraine ........................................................................................... 20
What is Sanskriti Utsava? .................................................................................................................. 22
Groundwater Resource Assessment Report 2024 ......................................................................... 23
NMCG Approves Key Ganga Conservation Projects ...................................................................... 24
Wayanad Landslides Declared Severe Disaster ............................................................................. 26
Uttrakhand Forest Department Establishes Mahabharata Vatika ............................................... 28
Bhopal Toxic Waste Disposal Begins in Pithampur ....................................................................... 29
What is ‘Pujari Granthi Samman’ Scheme? ..................................................................................... 30
January 2, 2025 ........................................................................................................................................... 31
What is Optional Practical Training (OPT) Programme in US? ..................................................... 31
Defence Ministry Announces 2025 as “Year of Reforms” .............................................................. 33
Water Surges in Rajasthan’s Desert Town ...................................................................................... 34
What is “Blood Money” in Sharia Law? ............................................................................................ 35
Bharatiya Vayuyan Adhiniyam 2024 Replaces Aircraft Act of 1934 ............................................. 36
Gaza Faces Hypothermia Crisis Amid Ongoing Conflict ................................................................ 38
India-Pakistan Nuclear Agreement Update .................................................................................... 39
ISRO to Launch US Communications Satellite Bluebird ................................................................ 40
Indian Navy to Commission New Warships and Submarine ........................................................ 42
PMAY-G Housing Initiative for Rural Development ....................................................................... 43
Govt Announces New Subsidy and Insurance Initiatives for Farmers ........................................ 44
India Mobilises Cyber Crime Volunteers Nationwide .................................................................... 45
Groundwater Nitrate Contamination in India ................................................................................ 47
Indian Courts Achieve Milestone in Case Disposals ...................................................................... 48
Lokpal Day to be Observed on January 16 ...................................................................................... 50
India’s Greenhouse Gas Emissions Decline .................................................................................... 51
NIA Achieves Perfect Conviction Rate in 2024 ................................................................................ 53
© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 2
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025
Celebrating 207 Years of Valour at Koregaon Bhima .................................................................... 54
Celebrating the Life of Dr. K.S. Manilal ............................................................................................ 55
India’s One Nation One Subscription Initiative .............................................................................. 56
RBI’s Guidelines on Government Debt Relief Scheme .................................................................. 57
January 3, 2025 ........................................................................................................................................... 59
Winter Char Dham Circuit Promotes Tourism in Uttarakhand .................................................... 59
What is Canada’s Rural Community Immigration Class (RCIC)? ................................................... 60
Supreme Court to Rule on Bribery Law ........................................................................................... 61
Scrub Typhus Outbreak in Tamil Nadu ........................................................................................... 63
India Updates GDP Base Year to 2022-23 ....................................................................................... 64
Islamic State Group’s Recent Attacks and Tactics .......................................................................... 66
Ebola Virus Study Reveals Skin Transmission Route ..................................................................... 67
UN Environmental Summits Face Major Challenges ..................................................................... 68
New Rules to Combat Caste Discrimination in Prisons ................................................................. 69
New Rules for Genetic Engineering Appraisal Committee ........................................................... 70
Innovative Bacteria Combat Soil Contamination ........................................................................... 71
Advanced Hydrogel Revolutionises Cancer Treatment ................................................................. 73
Manastu Space’s Green Propulsion Success ................................................................................... 74
Upcoming National Surveys in India 2025 ...................................................................................... 75
Rythu Bharosa Scheme Expansion Announced ............................................................................. 76
Assam’s Elephant Population Surges in 2024 ................................................................................. 77
Nano-Formulation of Melatonin for Parkinson’s Disease ............................................................. 79
India’s Climate Action and Emission Reduction Efforts ................................................................. 80
Ramesh Chand Committee Set Up to Update WPI Base Year ...................................................... 81
Govt to Boost Delhi’s Transport Network ....................................................................................... 82
New Ant Species Discovered in Western Ghats ............................................................................. 84
Kharif Rice Procurement Trends in 2024 ........................................................................................ 85
Unified District Information System for Education Plus (UDISE+) Report 2023-24 ................... 86
Chhattisgarh’s Green GDP Initiative ................................................................................................ 87
January 4, 2025 ........................................................................................................................................... 88
Rising Costs of Drug-Resistant Infections ....................................................................................... 88
AbbVie India Violates UCPMP, 2024 ................................................................................................. 90
Tularemia – Rising Cases of Rabbit Fever ....................................................................................... 91
What is Human Metapneumovirus (HMPV)? .................................................................................. 92
Unrwa Faces Closure Amidst Rising Tensions ................................................................................ 93
Odisha Declares Unseasonal Rain a Natural Calamity .................................................................. 95
Logistics Ease Across Different States (LEADS) 2024 ..................................................................... 96
Gujarat’s First Coastal Bird Census Begins Soon ............................................................................ 97
EPFO Launches Centralised Pension Payments System ............................................................... 98
New Amendments to India’s Foreign Trade Policy ........................................................................ 99
NASA Unveils Mars Chopper Drone Successor ............................................................................ 100
Maharashtra Reviews Ladki Bahin Beneficiary List ..................................................................... 101
India Unveils Draft Rules for Data Protection .............................................................................. 103
New E-Auction Portal ‘Baanknet’ Launched .................................................................................. 104
© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 3
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025
What is Dozer Push Mining Method? ............................................................................................ 105
What is Project VISTAAR? ................................................................................................................ 106
The Discovery of Pallas’s Cat in India ............................................................................................ 107
India’s Education Spending Under Scrutiny ................................................................................. 108
Supreme Court Upholds Property Rights in India ....................................................................... 110
What is ‘Faral Sakhi’ Initiative? ........................................................................................................ 111
CCI Sets New Standards in M&A Regulations ............................................................................... 113
Decline in Rural to Urban Migration in India ................................................................................ 114
January 6, 2025 ........................................................................................................................................ 115
Banded Royal Butterfly Discovered in Tripura ............................................................................. 115
Telangana Government Engages IIT to Study Polavaram Irrigation Project ........................... 116
Discovery of 13th Century Saint Narahari Tīrtha’s Idol ............................................................... 118
Adopting F-T-P Approach for Sustainable Sugar Industry .......................................................... 119
Punjab Arhtiyas Advocate for Agricultural Policy Reform ........................................................... 121
Biden Awards Presidential Medal of Freedom 2025 ................................................................... 122
Farmers’ Protests and Supreme Court Committee Update ........................................................ 123
Kerala Forest Act Amendment Sparks Controversy .................................................................... 124
Why did Government Scrap No-Detention Policy? ...................................................................... 125
Why Rupee Fell to Record Low ....................................................................................................... 127
Global Nutrition Targets – Progress and Challenges .................................................................. 128
New PLI Scheme for Steel Sector Launched ................................................................................. 129
HPAI H5N1 Outbreak Affects Indian Wildlife ................................................................................ 130
Uttarakhand’s Action Plan for Glacial Lakes ................................................................................. 131
Major Infrastructure Projects Launched in Delhi ......................................................................... 133
New Fund to Boost Critical Minerals Exploration ........................................................................ 134
ISRO Successfully Sprouts Cowpea Seeds in Space ..................................................................... 135
Targeting Lipid Metabolism to Control Malaria Mosquitoes ...................................................... 136
Net Neutrality – Recent Developments and Context ................................................................... 137
Goa Shipyard Launches New Fast Patrol Vessels ......................................................................... 139
January 7, 2025 ........................................................................................................................................ 140
Arunachal Pradesh’s Religious Conversion Act Revival ............................................................... 140
US Surgeon General Report on Alcohol and Cancer ................................................................... 141
Climate Change Disrupts Earth’s Water Cycle .............................................................................. 143
NYC Launches Congestion Pricing Initiative ................................................................................. 144
What is Rat-Hole Mining? ................................................................................................................ 145
Supreme Court Ruling on Non-Cognizable Offences .................................................................. 146
US-China Tensions Rise Over Critical Minerals ............................................................................. 147
US-China Science Agreement Sparks Global Debate .................................................................. 149
Polar Vortex Triggers Winter Storms in US ................................................................................... 150
E-commerce Giants Face Legal Challenges in India .................................................................... 151
National Anthem Controversy in Tamil Nadu Assembly ............................................................. 153
UGC Revises Vice-Chancellor Selection Process ........................................................................... 154
RBI Mandates 15-Day Credit Score Updates ................................................................................ 155
Alert on Beta Blocker Drug Reactions ........................................................................................... 156
© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 4
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025
New Drone Incentives to Boost Domestic Manufacturing ......................................................... 157
Income Inequality Trends in India 2023 ....................................................................................... 159
Amendments to the Forest Conservation Act 2025 ..................................................................... 160
Pravasi Bharatiya Divas 2025 ......................................................................................................... 161
Bharatpol Portal – A New Era in Crime Fighting .......................................................................... 162
Shahid Madho Singh Haath Kharcha Scheme Launched in Odisha .......................................... 164
Golden Jackals Resurface in Urban Mumbai ................................................................................ 165
Forest Rights Dispute in Madhya Pradesh .................................................................................... 166
UDAN 2.0 – Reviving Regional Connectivity in India ................................................................... 167
Challenges in Corporate Tax and Excise Duty Collections .......................................................... 169
January 8, 2025 ........................................................................................................................................ 170
Indonesia Joins BRICS as Full Member .......................................................................................... 170
Analysing aDNA with Twigstats ...................................................................................................... 171
10 Years of UJALA Scheme .............................................................................................................. 173
Alaknanda River’s Landslide Vulnerability .................................................................................... 174
IIT Madras Inaugurates Asia’s Largest Shallow Wave Basin Research Facility ........................ 175
Jharkhand’s Maiya Samman Yojana Initiative ............................................................................... 176
7.1 Magnitude Earthquake Hits Tibet ............................................................................................ 178
Advanced Light Helicopter (ALH) Mark-III Helicopter Crashes .................................................. 179
First US Death from H5N1 Bird Flu ................................................................................................ 180
Indo-US Nuclear Collaboration Challenges .................................................................................. 181
Key Challenges of the Indus Script Decipherment ...................................................................... 182
India’s First Green Hydrogen Hub Launched ............................................................................... 183
World Economic Forum’s Global Cooperation Barometer 2025 ................................................ 184
Indian Cities’ Air Quality Progress Report 2025 ........................................................................... 186
Uttar Pradesh Waives Community Contribution Under ‘Har Ghar Nal’ Scheme ...................... 187
Inaugural India-Malaysia Security Dialogue ................................................................................. 188
Multilingual e-Shram Portal ............................................................................................................ 190
What is UP Open Network for Agriculture? .................................................................................. 191
Kandla Port Capacity Expansion Announced in 2025 .................................................................. 192
MHA Directs States to Implement Section 479 of BNSS ............................................................. 193
Anji Khad Rail Bridge: India’s First Cable-Stayed Bridge ............................................................. 194
January 9, 2025 ........................................................................................................................................ 196
Urea Production Boom in India ...................................................................................................... 196
Uttarakhand’s Soapstone Mining Crisis ........................................................................................ 197
Southern California Wildfires ......................................................................................................... 198
Nato’s Defence Spending and Membership Updates ................................................................. 199
What is “Toxic Male Technique” in Mosquito Control? ................................................................ 201
What is NISAR Mission? ................................................................................................................... 202
Decline of Wading Birds in Southern India ................................................................................... 203
Maha Kumbh – Managing River Ganga’s Cleanliness ................................................................. 204
Two Rare Neuroptera Species Discovered in Kerala ................................................................... 206
What is AnemiaPhone? .................................................................................................................... 207
India’s GDP Growth Forecast for FY25 ........................................................................................... 208
© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 5
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025
AI Catalysts – Empowering India’s Future ..................................................................................... 210
Mahakumbh 2025 – Prayagraj’s Green Initiative ......................................................................... 211
Gujarat’s Har Ghar Connectivity Programme ............................................................................... 212
CBI Enhances Ties with INTERPOL ................................................................................................. 213
V Narayanan Appointed New ISRO Chairman .............................................................................. 214
Jammu-Srinagar Vande Bharat Express to Commence Service ................................................. 216
NCLT Appointments Boost Corporate Governance in India ....................................................... 217
US, India to Co-Produce Sonobuoys .............................................................................................. 218
Tiger Migration in Maharashtra ..................................................................................................... 219
Toda Tribe Celebrates Modhweth Festival .................................................................................... 220
January 10, 2025 ...................................................................................................................................... 222
Delhi Land Reforms Act Controversy ............................................................................................. 222
Tirupati Temple Stampede Tragedy .............................................................................................. 223
Haryana’s Declining Sex Ratio at Birth .......................................................................................... 224
Quantum Computing – A 2025 Perspective .................................................................................. 225
Ancient Ice Core Discovered in Antarctica .................................................................................... 226
Gaddi Dog Breed Officially Recognised ........................................................................................ 228
Freshwater Species at Risk of Extinction ....................................................................................... 229
Key Initiatives Launched at Genome India Data Conclave ......................................................... 230
8th Edition of the National Programme for Organic Production (NPOP) ................................. 231
India Revamps Medical Device Regulations ................................................................................. 233
Assam Seeks Defence Industrial Corridor Development ............................................................ 234
Role of Androgen Receptors in Avian Sexual Development ....................................................... 235
India Engages with Taliban Amid Geopolitical Shifts .................................................................. 236
Mandatory Farmer ID Requirement for PM-Kisan Scheme ........................................................ 238
Whale Longevity ............................................................................................................................... 239
BHEL Commissions Two Units in Bhutan Hydropower Project .................................................. 240
What is Gravitational Lensing? ....................................................................................................... 241
Future of Jobs Report 2025 ............................................................................................................. 243
GEAPP, International Solar Alliance Sign Multi-Donor Trust Fund for Solar Energy Projects
..................................................................................................................................................... 244
EmpowHER Biz – Empowering Women Entrepreneurs .............................................................. 245
Goa Launches Bima Sakhi Yojana for Women ............................................................................. 246
January 11, 2025 ...................................................................................................................................... 247
Can Trump Rename Gulf of Mexico? ............................................................................................. 247
Wooden Satellite LingoSat .............................................................................................................. 249
ICEGATE and Trade Data Challenges ............................................................................................. 250
Agricultural Subsidy Schemes in India .......................................................................................... 251
Stricter Laws for Women’s Safety in Tamil Nadu ......................................................................... 252
Uttar Pradesh Launches Maa Ki Rasoi Initiative .......................................................................... 254
Telangana Government Requests Polavaram-Banakacherla Link Project Details .................. 254
Impact of Tropical Forest Loss on Biodiversity ............................................................................ 256
Startups Return to India Post Angel Tax Abolition ...................................................................... 257
Inland Waterways Development Council ...................................................................................... 258
© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 6
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025
Advancements in Nanoscale Light Control ................................................................................... 260
Kumbhvani FM Channel Launched ................................................................................................ 261
Regional Conference on “Drug Trafficking and National Security” ........................................... 262
Last Scorpene Submarine INS Vaghsheer Delivered ................................................................... 263
DRDO’s New Cold Weather Clothing System HIMKAVACH ......................................................... 264
PMEGP: Rural Enterprises Surpass Urban Job Creation .............................................................. 265
Nanobodies Role in Ebola Virus Treatment .................................................................................. 266
Z-Morh Tunnel to be Inaugurated on Jan 13 ................................................................................ 268
Mount Ibu in Indonesia Erupts ...................................................................................................... 269
Madhya Pradesh Launches PARTH Yojana Initiative ................................................................... 270
INROAD Project Boosts Natural Rubber Quality .......................................................................... 271
World Economic Situation and Prospects Report 2025 ............................................................... 272
January 13, 2025 ...................................................................................................................................... 273
Global Temperature Records and Climate Trends ...................................................................... 273
La Niña Conditions Confirmed in 2025 ......................................................................................... 274
What is Pink Fire Retardant? ........................................................................................................... 275
What is Space Docking? ................................................................................................................... 276
India’s Higher Education Crisis ....................................................................................................... 278
Russia’s Floating Nuclear Power Plant Initiative .......................................................................... 279
Controversial Drilling Approved in Hollongapar Gibbon Wildlife Sanctuary ........................... 280
Andhra Pradesh’s Swarnandhra Vision-2047 ............................................................................... 282
Sweden Bolsters NATO Presence in the Baltic Sea ...................................................................... 283
Interpol Introduces First Silver Notice for Asset Recovery ......................................................... 284
India Joins UN Committee of Experts on Big Data and Data Science for Official Statistics .... 285
HAL’s Combat Air Teaming System Warrior ................................................................................. 286
Indonesian President Prabowo Subianto to Attend Republic Day 2025 ................................... 288
Breakthrough in Plasticiser Degradation Technology ................................................................ 289
Z-Morh Tunnel Inaugurated ........................................................................................................... 290
New Appointment Process for Election Commissioners ............................................................ 291
India to Host 2026 Commonwealth Parliamentary Conference ................................................ 292
Germany Faces First FMD Outbreak in Decades .......................................................................... 294
Great Indian Bustard Conservation Success in Rajasthan .......................................................... 295
Modi to Attend AI Action Summit in France ................................................................................. 296
Bharat Cleantech Manufacturing Platform Launched ................................................................ 297
Boda Tyohar Festival Celebrates Hatti Culture ............................................................................ 298
Discovery of New Indo-Burmese Pangolin Species ..................................................................... 300
January 14, 2025 ...................................................................................................................................... 301
Discovery of Carnivorous Plant in Rajasthan ................................................................................ 301
World’s First 300 MW Compressed Air Energy Storage Plant .................................................... 302
Semiconductor Synthesized from Graphene ............................................................................... 303
CII’s 10-Point Agenda for Ease of Doing Business ....................................................................... 304
First Phase of Bima Sugam to be Launched on Mid-2025 .......................................................... 306
Controversy Over Voter ID-Aadhaar Linking in Delhi .................................................................. 307
What is Firenado? ............................................................................................................................. 308
© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 7
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025
ICMR Releases National Essential Diagnostics List (NEDL) 2025 ............................................... 309
India’s Labour Laws and Overwork Culture .................................................................................. 310
How are Genes Made? ..................................................................................................................... 312
Role of Debris Flow in Wayanad Landslides ................................................................................. 313
US Unveils New AI Chip Export Framework .................................................................................. 314
India-Saudi Arabia Haj Agreement for 2025 ................................................................................. 316
Reconstitution of the Atomic Energy Commission ...................................................................... 317
Cybercrime Suspect Registry Saves Billions in Fraud Prevention .............................................. 318
Deccan Volcanism’s Impact on Tropical Flora .............................................................................. 319
Watershed Development Component of the Pradhan Mantri Krishi Sinchayee Yojana (WDC-
PMKSY) ....................................................................................................................................... 320
Odisha Joins AB PM-JAY Health Scheme ........................................................................................ 321
What is Nag Mark 2 Missile? ........................................................................................................... 323
C-DOT, IIT Mandi and IIT Jammu Collaborate to Develop Wideband Spectrum-Sensor ASIC-
Chip ............................................................................................................................................ 324
January 15, 2025 ...................................................................................................................................... 325
Mission Mausam Launched ............................................................................................................ 325
Remembering Dulla Bhatti on Lohri .............................................................................................. 326
India-Bangladesh Border Fencing Dispute ................................................................................... 327
First Shahi Snan of Mahakumbh 2025 ........................................................................................... 328
Draft Gaza Ceasefire Agreement ................................................................................................... 329
Why Union Budget is Presented on February 1? ......................................................................... 331
US Imposes Aggressive Sanctions on Russian Oil ....................................................................... 332
Thailand Bans Plastic Waste Imports in 2025 .............................................................................. 333
National Turmeric Board Set Up in Nizamabad ........................................................................... 335
PMAY-G Progress Update ............................................................................................................... 336
New Guidelines for PM-Surya Ghar – Muft Bijli Yojana ............................................................... 337
Bhashini Revolutionises Mahakumbh Experience ....................................................................... 338
Odisha Launches Initiatives to Expand Milk Procurement Capacity ......................................... 339
IMD’s Vision-2047 Document ......................................................................................................... 341
Retinal Vascular Analysis for Assessing Stroke Risk .................................................................... 342
CISF Expands with New Battalions for Security ........................................................................... 343
Launch of INS Utkarsh ..................................................................................................................... 344
Pune to Host Army Day Parade 2025 ............................................................................................ 345
Clouded Leopard Conservation Efforts in Asia ............................................................................. 346
Parbati-Kalisindh-Chambal-Eastern Rajasthan Canal Project .................................................... 347
January 16, 2025 ...................................................................................................................................... 349
Supreme Court on Conjugal Rights ............................................................................................... 349
Kanuma Panduga Festival ............................................................................................................... 350
Gangasagar Mela 2025 ................................................................................................................... 350
Kampala Declaration on Agriculture ............................................................................................. 352
CRPF VIP Security Group Established ............................................................................................ 353
Fast Track Immigration Trusted Traveller Program (FTI-TTP) .................................................... 354
Updated Obesity Guidelines in India ............................................................................................. 354
© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 8
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025
Shikari Devi Wildlife Sanctuary ESZ ................................................................................................ 356
Zombie Deer Disease Threat to Humans ...................................................................................... 357
Kashi Tamil Sangamam 3.0 Launch ............................................................................................... 357
National Startup Day 2025 .............................................................................................................. 358
State Revenue Dependency Trends ............................................................................................... 359
January 17, 2025 ...................................................................................................................................... 360
World Employment and Social Outlook Report 2025 .................................................................. 360
FEMA Regulations Update 2025 ..................................................................................................... 361
Non-Scientists Receive INSA Fellowship ........................................................................................ 362
Kokborok Language Protests ......................................................................................................... 363
RBI Introduces Daily VRR Auctions ................................................................................................ 364
ISRO Successfully Germinates Black-eyed Pea Seeds in Space .................................................. 365
Why Indian Farmers Protest Against WTO? .................................................................................. 366
India Achieves Satellite Docking .................................................................................................... 367
PMLA Bail Controversy .................................................................................................................... 368
IMD Reports 2024 as Hottest Year Recorded ............................................................................... 370
UNICEF Report on Children’s Crises in 2025 ................................................................................. 371
Fixing DDT-Contaminated Soil with Biochar ................................................................................. 371
World Economic Forum Releases Global Risks Report ................................................................ 372
9th Anniversary of Startup India Mission ..................................................................................... 373
India’s Third Launch Pad Approved ............................................................................................... 374
India in QS World Future Skills Index ............................................................................................ 375
MRSAM Contract for Indian Navy .................................................................................................. 376
Four New Tarantula Species Discovered in Western Ghats ........................................................ 377
January 18, 2025 ...................................................................................................................................... 378
India Phases Out HCFCs .................................................................................................................. 378
Indo-Myanmar Border Regulations ............................................................................................... 379
Maharashtra FDA Allows Homeopathic Practitioners to Prescribe Allopathic Medicine ........ 380
Sri Lanka to Receive Largest FDI from China ............................................................................... 382
Protection and Enforcement of Interests in Aircraft Objects Bill, 2024 .................................... 383
Snow Leopard Population ............................................................................................................... 384
Green Hydrogen Challenges Ahead .............................................................................................. 385
Krishna River Flood Protection ....................................................................................................... 387
Swachh Survekshan Toolkit Launch .............................................................................................. 388
Telecom Initiatives in India ............................................................................................................. 389
RINL Revival Package Announced .................................................................................................. 390
Huntington’s Disease Research Advances .................................................................................... 391
Maharashtra AI Policy Initiative ..................................................................................................... 392
Musi River Heritage Sites ................................................................................................................ 393
SVAMITVA Property Card Distribution ........................................................................................... 394
Interest Equalisation Scheme Extension ....................................................................................... 395
Benami Transactions in Madhya Pradesh .................................................................................... 395
Ayurvedic Treatment for Alzheimer’s Disease .............................................................................. 396
January 20, 2025 ...................................................................................................................................... 397
© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 9
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025
World Economic Forum 2025 ......................................................................................................... 397
1965 India-Pakistan War and the Strategic Importance of Haji Pir ........................................... 398
Kuka Martyrs’ Day ............................................................................................................................ 400
Olive Ridley Turtle Deaths ............................................................................................................... 400
Abetment of Suicide Law ................................................................................................................. 401
Gangetic Dolphin Conservation Efforts ......................................................................................... 402
Global Fertility Declines ................................................................................................................... 404
Pixxel’s Firefly Satellite Constellation ............................................................................................. 404
Pradhan Mantri Kisan Sampada Yojana (PMKSY) Update ........................................................... 405
La Perouse Naval Exercise 2025 ..................................................................................................... 406
ICAR Renames Central Tobacco Research Institute .................................................................... 407
H5N1 Avian Influenza Mutations ................................................................................................... 408
Carbon Dioxide Levels Surge .......................................................................................................... 409
Rupee’s Real Effective Exchange Rate (REER) ............................................................................... 410
Visakhapatnam Steel Plant Revival ................................................................................................ 411
Trajan 155 mm Towed Artillery Gun System ................................................................................ 412
Nord Stream Methane Leak Study ................................................................................................. 412
Ratnagiri Buddhist Excavations ...................................................................................................... 414
Digantara’s SCOT Mission Success ................................................................................................. 414
Goby Fish Discovery in Andhra ....................................................................................................... 415
Nigeria Joins BRICS Bloc .................................................................................................................. 416
India’s GDP Growth Projections ..................................................................................................... 417
January 21, 2025 ...................................................................................................................................... 418
Shift in Great Barrier Reef Ecosystem ........................................................................................... 418
Reviving Bison Population in Jharkhand ....................................................................................... 418
Kalaripayattu Controversy Ahead of 38th National Games ........................................................ 420
ISRO Successfully Demonstrates Vikas Engine Restart Capability ............................................. 421
India’s Economic Growth Surge ..................................................................................................... 422
Sewa Singh Thikriwala Memorial ................................................................................................... 423
TRAI’s Spam Regulation Innovations ............................................................................................. 423
4th Edition of “International Migrant Workers” Report .............................................................. 424
European Banks and NZBA ............................................................................................................. 425
Indian Army Pushes to Expand Pinaka MBRL Procurement ...................................................... 426
Ingenuity Helicopter’s Final Flight ................................................................................................. 427
Uttarakhand’s Manual for Uniform Civil Code ............................................................................. 428
Strategic Significance of Philadelphi Corridor .............................................................................. 429
NeGD Launches Entity Locker ........................................................................................................ 430
What is KaWaCHaM? ........................................................................................................................ 431
23 Blood-Sucking Flies Discovered in Andaman and Nicobar Islands ...................................... 432
Chilika Lake Bird Census 2025 ........................................................................................................ 433
Cardiovascular Risk in HIV .............................................................................................................. 434
Pangsau Pass Festival 2025 ............................................................................................................ 435
ALH Helicopter Grounding Update ................................................................................................ 436
January 22, 2025 ...................................................................................................................................... 437
© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 10
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025
Key Executive Orders Signed by US President Donald Trump ................................................... 437
Pralay Missile to be Showcased at Republic Day Parade ............................................................ 442
Indus Water Treaty Developments ................................................................................................ 443
DRDO’s Successful Scramjet Engine Ground Test ........................................................................ 445
National Tribal Health Conclave 2025 ........................................................................................... 446
T-72 Bridge Laying Tanks (BLT) ...................................................................................................... 447
Avian Flu Impact on Cranes ............................................................................................................ 448
Qartemi: India’s First Internationally Licensed CAR-T Therapy for B-NHL ................................ 449
Draft E-commerce Self-Governance Guidelines ........................................................................... 450
Kerala’s Comprehensive Plan to Improve Public School Education .......................................... 451
Nitrogen Pollution and Management ........................................................................................... 452
Tropical Cyclone Sean ...................................................................................................................... 453
Arctic Boreal Zone Becomes a Carbon Source ............................................................................. 454
Diamond Imprest Authorization Scheme ..................................................................................... 455
Oysters Combatting Antibiotic Resistance .................................................................................... 456
Tamirabharani – Karumeniyar – Nambiyar River Linking Scheme ............................................ 457
Breast Cancer’s Economic Impact in India .................................................................................... 457
January 23, 2025 ...................................................................................................................................... 458
Project Stargate Explained .............................................................................................................. 458
What is an Enemy Property? ........................................................................................................... 460
Challenges of Smart Cities Initiative .............................................................................................. 461
India’s Snakebite Epidemic ............................................................................................................. 463
Link Between Dengue and Climate Change ................................................................................. 464
National Health Mission Extended ................................................................................................. 465
Indian Army Inaugurates Bailey Bridges Over Shyok River ....................................................... 467
US Withdrawal from OECD Global Tax Deal ................................................................................. 468
Uttar Pradesh’s Unveils Aerospace and Defence Policy 2024 .................................................... 469
Chhattisgarh Launches Landless Agricultural Labourer Welfare Scheme ............................... 470
33 Industrial Clusters Join WEF’s Transition Initiative ................................................................. 471
WEF’s “Blueprint to Close the Women’s Health Gap” Report ...................................................... 472
Dhanauri Wetland Notification ....................................................................................................... 473
MeitY Releases “Estimation and Measurement of India’s Digital Economy” Report ............... 475
Gaganyaan: LPSC Delivers Crew Module’s Liquid Propulsion System ...................................... 476
Govt Begins Procurement of 10,000 GPUs Under IndiaAI Mission ........................................... 477
Maharashtra Uncovers Fraud Within PMFBY ............................................................................... 478
India’s 76th Republic Day Theme ................................................................................................... 479
National Conference Organized to Speed Up PM JANMAN ........................................................ 481
India Sets Ambitious Target for GI Tags ....................................................................................... 482
India’s Semiconductor and Electronics Manufacturing Initiatives ............................................ 483
India’s Manufacturing Vision for Tier 2 and 3 Cities .................................................................... 485
Madras HC Mandates Vaigai River Pollution Action Plan ............................................................ 486
January 24, 2025 ...................................................................................................................................... 487
Karnataka HC Strikes Down Green Energy Rules ......................................................................... 487
India Joins Eurodrone Program as Observer Nation ................................................................... 488
© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 11
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025
Supreme Court Proposes Ad Hoc Judges for Backlog Relief ...................................................... 490
Advances in Gene Therapy for Stargardt Disease ....................................................................... 491
Sebi’s New When-Listed Trading Platform Explained .................................................................. 492
EU Proposes Ban on PFAS in Consumer Products ....................................................................... 494
Supermassive Black Hole Challenges Astrophysics ..................................................................... 495
Vishwamitri River Flood Mitigation Project ................................................................................... 496
Rise in Guillain-Barré Syndrome Cases in Maharashtra ............................................................. 497
Odisha Villages Receive Direct Funds for Forest Protection ....................................................... 498
National Voters’ Day 2025 ............................................................................................................... 499
Global Plastic Action Partnership Expands to 25 Countries ....................................................... 500
India’s Coastlines Face Algal Bloom Threat .................................................................................. 501
Cauvery-South Vellar Link Project .................................................................................................. 503
Global Foreign Direct Investment Decline .................................................................................... 504
Brazil Faces Record Wildfires .......................................................................................................... 505
India To Launch First Human Underwater Submersible ............................................................. 506
Rising Geo-Economic Fragmentation Threatens Global GDP .................................................... 507
January 25, 2025 ...................................................................................................................................... 508
Cyanobacteria Research in Lake Victoria’s Winam Gulf .............................................................. 508
Sinhtoo Dance to Debut at Republic Day Parade 2025 ............................................................... 510
US Immigration Policy and Indian Deportations in 2025 ........................................................... 510
What is Kiswah? ................................................................................................................................ 511
Punjab’s Initiatives Against Drug Trafficking and Abuse ............................................................ 512
China Advances in Nuclear Fusion with EAST Reactor ................................................................ 514
Tamil Nadu’s Iron Age Discovery Reshapes Global Metallurgical History ................................ 515
NITI Aayog Releases Fiscal Health Index 2025 ............................................................................. 516
ISRO’s 100th Launch ........................................................................................................................ 517
SANJAY Battlefield Surveillance System ........................................................................................ 518
Microplastics Impact Brain Function and Blood Circulation ...................................................... 519
UNICEF Report on Climate-Related School Disruptions .............................................................. 520
Increasing Frequency of Multi-Year Droughts Worldwide ......................................................... 521
Madhya Pradesh Enforces Liquor Ban in Religious Towns ......................................................... 522
Study on Effectiveness of New MGNREGS Wage Payment System ........................................... 523
Unified Lending Interface (ULI) Pilot ............................................................................................. 524
India Faces Water Storage Decline ................................................................................................ 525
Forest Fires in India ......................................................................................................................... 526
Unused Cess Funds for Construction Workers in India .............................................................. 527
INS Sarvekshak Completes Hydrographic Survey in Mauritius ................................................. 528
January 27, 2025 ...................................................................................................................................... 529
Chronic Pulmonary Aspergillosis ................................................................................................... 529
Centre Drafts Rules for Uniform IST Adoption ............................................................................. 530
CBIC Introduces Temporary Identification Number ................................................................... 531
Assam’s Second Capital ................................................................................................................... 532
Corpse Flower ................................................................................................................................... 533
Nutritional Support Aids Tuberculosis Treatment Outcomes .................................................... 534
© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 12
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025
Rabies Control Efforts in India and Global Initiatives .................................................................. 535
Andhra Pradesh Announces Major Tourism Projects ................................................................. 536
Unified Pension Scheme ................................................................................................................. 537
Georgia Certified Malaria-Free ....................................................................................................... 538
Silicon Carbide Extraction from Simulated Lunar Soil ................................................................. 539
What are Oppressive Heatwaves? .................................................................................................. 540
Surge in Banking Complaints Under Ombudsman Scheme ...................................................... 541
Shompens Struggle for Survival ..................................................................................................... 542
Blue Carbon Ecosystems ................................................................................................................. 544
Declining Population of the Koraga Tribe in India ...................................................................... 545
Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code Cases Slow Down ................................................................... 546
India’s Forex Reserves Decline ....................................................................................................... 547
January 28, 2025 ...................................................................................................................................... 548
Enhanced Certificate of Origin (eCoO) 2.0 System Launched .................................................... 548
Retail Food Inflation’s Impact on Agriculture ............................................................................... 549
Climate Change-Led Greenland Lakes Transformation .............................................................. 551
Teesta-3 Dam Reconstruction ........................................................................................................ 552
Who is Libia Lobo Sardesai? ............................................................................................................ 553
Olive Ridley Turtles Nesting at Rushikulya River .......................................................................... 555
JPC Clears Waqf Amendment Bill ................................................................................................... 556
Uttarakhand Implements Uniform Civil Code .............................................................................. 557
Punjab National Bank Integrates NCRP Solution for Cybersecurity .......................................... 558
RBI’s Liquidity Measures ................................................................................................................. 559
India’s First Wetland Cities .............................................................................................................. 560
Epicoccum Indicum Fungi Species Discovered ............................................................................ 561
Surajpur Wetland Conservation ..................................................................................................... 562
Etikoppaka Bommalu ...................................................................................................................... 563
Organophosphate Poisoning in Baddal ........................................................................................ 563
Elephant Spotted in Namdapha National Park After 12 Years ................................................... 564
UPI’s Dominance in India’s Digital Payment Landscape ............................................................. 565
Sewage Sludge Management and Reuse in India ....................................................................... 566
January 29, 2025 ...................................................................................................................................... 567
Nagoba Jatara ................................................................................................................................... 567
Annual Status of Education Report (ASER) 2024 .......................................................................... 568
Supreme Court Split Verdicts .......................................................................................................... 569
Telangana Government Launches New Welfare Schemes ......................................................... 570
Wing Commander Akshay Saxena Receives Vayu Sena Medal .................................................. 571
Fentanyl Crisis and US-China Trade Tensions .............................................................................. 572
Africa Energy Summit ...................................................................................................................... 573
Christine Carla Kangaloo Receives Pravasi Bharatiya Samman Award .................................... 574
Resumption of Kailash Mansarovar Yatra ..................................................................................... 575
CRED Launches Beta E-Rupee Wallet ............................................................................................ 576
What are Party Whips? .................................................................................................................... 577
Centre Launches TEAM Initiative ................................................................................................... 578
© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 13
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025
Himachal Pradesh Approves Cannabis Cultivation Pilot Project ................................................ 579
Martyrs’ Day Observed on Jan 30 ................................................................................................... 580
WHO Guidelines on K-Salts ............................................................................................................. 581
India’s Role in United Nations Peacekeeping Missions ............................................................... 582
India and Oman CEPA and DTAA ................................................................................................... 584
Red Cross Raises Alarm Over Ebola Risks in Goma ..................................................................... 585
January 30, 2025 ...................................................................................................................................... 586
Israel Cuts Ties with UNRWA .......................................................................................................... 586
Comprehensive Classification of India’s Nomadic Tribes ........................................................... 587
Sharavathy Pumped Storage Project ............................................................................................. 588
Mutual Credit Guarantee Scheme for MSMEs Launched ............................................................ 589
National Critical Mineral Mission ................................................................................................... 590
Disaster Mitigation Funding Approved by High-Level Committee ............................................ 591
Ethanol Procurement Price Revision for 2024-25 ........................................................................ 592
Annual Survey of Unincorporated Sector Enterprises (ASUSE) 2023-24 ................................... 593
International AI Safety Report ........................................................................................................ 595
Labrys portucalensis F11 ................................................................................................................. 596
New Guidelines for Information Utilities in Insolvency .............................................................. 597
US Funding Freeze Threatens Global HIV Treatment Efforts ..................................................... 598
ISRO Achieves 100th Launch Milestone ........................................................................................ 599
Micro-Irrigation Adoption in India ................................................................................................. 600
Prayagraj MahaKumbh Mela Stampede ....................................................................................... 600
Implications of Earth’s Magnetic North Pole Shift ....................................................................... 601
Legal Challenges of US Birthright Citizenship .............................................................................. 602
Supreme Court of India – A People’s Court Evolution ................................................................. 603
OpenAI Launches ChatGPT Gov for U.S. Agencies ...................................................................... 604
January 31, 2025 ...................................................................................................................................... 605
Ammonia Pollution in Yamuna ....................................................................................................... 605
Gujarat Declares First Biodiversity Heritage Site ......................................................................... 606
Household Consumption Expenditure Survey (HCES) 2023-24 .................................................. 607
e-Shram Microsites and Occupational Shortage Index Launched ............................................ 609
India-Middle East-Europe Economic Corridor Developments .................................................... 610
SEBI Implements New Guidelines for Market Infrastructure Institutions ................................ 612
Polavaram Project ............................................................................................................................ 613
Guinea Eliminates Sleeping Sickness as Public Health Issue ..................................................... 614
International Year of Glaciers’ Preservation ................................................................................. 615
Bennu Asteroid Samples Provide Evidence of Life’s Origins ...................................................... 616
Supreme Court’s Landmark Ruling on Tanneries in Vellore ....................................................... 617
Novel Method for Coronal Mass Ejection Analysis ...................................................................... 619
Current Status of India’s Reservoirs and Agriculture .................................................................. 620
Andhra Pradesh Launches WhatsApp Governance ..................................................................... 621
Ghaggar River Pollution .................................................................................................................. 622
Meghalaya’s Shift to Scientific Coal Mining .................................................................................. 623
Russian Icebreaker Collision in Kara Sea ...................................................................................... 624
© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 14
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025
The Rise of Card Tokenisation in India .......................................................................................... 625

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 15
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

January 1, 2025
Vivad Se Vishwas Scheme Deadline Extended Till Jan 31
January 1, 2025
The Central Board of Direct Taxes (CBDT) has recently extended the deadline for taxpayers
involved in the Vivad Se Vishwas scheme. The new deadline is now January 31, 2025, up
from the previous date of December 31, 2024. This extension is intended to provide
taxpayers with additional time to ascertain the amounts payable under the scheme.
What is the Vivad Se Vishwas Scheme?
The Vivad Se Vishwas scheme is an initiative launched by the Government of India to help
taxpayers settle disputes with the income tax department. The scheme encourages
individuals and businesses to resolve outstanding tax liabilities amicably. Taxpayers can
pay their disputed amounts along with a specified percentage to settle their cases. This
minimizes prolonged legal disputes and additional penalties.
Purpose of the Extension
The CBDT has stated that the extension allows taxpayers more time to evaluate the
amounts they owe. This decision aims to facilitate a smoother resolution process for
taxpayers who may require additional time to gather necessary documentation or funds.
It is expected to especially benefit taxpayers who are struggling with the legal
complexities
Classification of Appellants
New Appellants: Appeal proceedings initiated after January 31, 2020.
Old Appellants: Appeal proceedings initiated on or before January 31, 2020.
Payment Categories
New Appellants:
Disputed Tax: 100% if paid by January 31, 2025; 110% if paid on February 1,
2025.
Disputed Interest, Penalties, or Fees: 25% if paid by January 31, 2025; 30% if
paid on February 1, 2025.
Old Appellants:
Disputed Tax: 110% if paid by January 31, 2025; 120% if paid on February 1,
2025.
Disputed Interest, Penalties, or Fees: 30% if paid by January 31, 2025; 35% if
paid on February 1, 2025
Eligibility Criteria
To participate in the Vivad Se Vishwas scheme, taxpayers must meet specific eligibility
criteria. They should have outstanding tax disputes that are eligible for settlement under
the scheme. Additionally, taxpayers must ensure that their cases are not under
investigation by the income tax department.
Process for Participation
Taxpayers interested in availing themselves of the scheme must submit a declaration in

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 3
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

the prescribed format. They need to calculate the amount payable as per the guidelines
outlined in the scheme. Upon submission, the CBDT will process the application and
confirm the settlement amount.

GKToday Notes:
1. Vivad Se Vishwas: This scheme helps taxpayers resolve disputes with the
income tax department. It allows settlement of outstanding liabilities by paying
disputed amounts with a specified percentage.
2. CBDT: The Central Board of Direct Taxes administers direct tax laws in India. It
plays important role in tax policy, collection, and dispute resolution for
taxpayers.
3. Nirmala Sitharaman: She is the current Union Finance Minister of India.
Sitharaman has introduced various economic reforms and initiatives to enhance
taxpayer compliance and ease tax burdens.
4. Appellate Authorities: These are judicial bodies that hear appeals against
decisions made by lower tax authorities. They play role in resolving tax disputes
and ensuring fair adjudication.

What is Tamu Lhosar?

January 1, 2025
The Gurung community in Nepal is celebrating Tamu Lhosar, marking the beginning of a
new year. This festival is cultural event, especially in regions with a high Gurung
population. The celebration involves feasting, cultural performances, and traditional attire.
What is Tamu Lhosar?
Tamu Lhosar is the New Year festival for the Gurung community in Nepal. The term ‘Lho’
translates to class, while ‘Sar’ signifies change. This festival is observed on the 15th of the
Nepali month Push, which corresponds to December or January.
Gurung Calendar
The Gurung year is divided into 12 cycles, each represented by an animal called
“Lho.”
The 12 animals are:
Garuda (eagle), serpent, horse, sheep, monkey, bird, dog, deer, mouse,
cow, tiger, and cat.
Tamu Lhosar marks the transition from one “Lho” (animal cycle) to another.
During Tamu Lhosar, the Gurung community bids farewell to the outgoing Lho
and welcomes the new one.
During the recent celebrations, the Gurungs bid farewell to the Garuda cycle and
welcomed the Snake cycle.
Cultural Significance
Tamu Lhosar holds immense cultural importance for the Gurung people. It represents the
end of one year and the hopeful beginning of another. The festival encourages

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 4
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

community bonding and cultural identity among the Gurung population.

Celebration Locations
The festival is celebrated with great enthusiasm in several districts of Nepal. Key areas
include Lamjung, Gorkha, Tanahun, Syangja, Manang, Kaski, and Parbat. Special events
are often held in urban centres, such as Kathmandu.
Traditional Attire
During Tamu Lhosar, Gurung women adorn themselves with traditional ornaments and
clothing. They wear a Makhamali blouse, a Ghalek shawl, a Patuki belly-binding cloth, and
a saree. Gurung men typically wear a Bhoto vest, a Bhangra shirt, and a Kachhad kilt.

GKToday Notes:
1. Tamu Lhosar: Tamu Lhosar is the Gurung New Year festival. It signifies the end
of one year and the hopeful beginning of another in Nepal’s mountainous
regions.
2. Gurung Community: The Gurung community is an ethnic group in Nepal. They
are known for their rich cultural heritage and presence in the upper hilly regions
of Nepal.
3. Ghalek: Ghalek is a traditional shawl worn by Gurung women. It is an essential
part of their attire during cultural celebrations like Tamu Lhosar.
4. Push Month: Push is the 9th month of the Nepali calendar. Tamu Lhosar is
celebrated on the 15th day of this month, aligning with December or January.

Defence Ministry Inks Contracts for AIP Modules and Heavy Torpedoes for
Scorpene Submarines
January 1, 2025
The Indian Ministry of Defence has recently signed two contracts valued at ₹2,867 crore
concerning Scorpene-class submarines. The contracts focus on enhancing the operational
capabilities of these submarines through advanced technologies.
Contracts Overview
The first contract, worth approximately ₹1,990 crore, involves the construction and
integration of an air independent propulsion (AIP) module. This module is developed by
the Defence Research and Development Organisation (DRDO) and will be integrated by
Mazagon Dock Shipbuilders Limited in Mumbai. The second contract, costing about ₹877
crore, pertains to the integration of an electronic heavyweight torpedo (EHWT), which is
also being developed by the DRDO in collaboration with Naval Group, France.
What is Air Independent Propulsion (AIP) Module?
AIP is a propulsion system that allows conventional submarines to remain
submerged for extended periods without surfacing.
It enhances endurance, stealth, and operational capabilities of the submarines.
The DRDO’s AIP module is expected to be fitted onto Scorpene submarines, with the
first submarine, Kalvari, scheduled for refit in 2025.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 5
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

The integration of the AIP module is projected to generate nearly three lakh man-
days of employment.
What is EHWT?
Electronic Heavy Weight Torpedo (EHWT), also known as the F21 Heavy
Weight Torpedo, is a state-of-the-art weapon system developed with advanced
aluminum silver oxide technology.
The integration of EHWT into the Kalvari-class submarines will be a
collaborative effort involving:
Indian Navy
DRDO (Defence Research and Development Organisation)
Naval Group, France
The use of aluminum silver oxide technology improves the torpedo’s range
and allows for much higher speeds, making it a more lethal weapon
compared to conventional torpedoes.
The integration will significantly enhance the firepower capabilities of the
Kalvari-class submarines, boosting their operational efficiency and combat
potential.
Future Developments
The fitment process for the AIP module is anticipated to take two to three years, expected
to be completed by 2027 or 2028. This timeline marks step towards enhancing India’s
submarine capabilities and overall naval strength.

GKToday Notes:
1. AIP Module: The Air Independent Propulsion module enhances submarine
endurance. It allows prolonged submersion, improving stealth. Developed by
DRDO, it represents technological advancement for Indian naval capabilities.
2. EHWT: The Electronic Heavyweight Torpedo is a modern weapon system for
submarines. Developed by DRDO, it addresses previous procurement issues. Its
integration marks a collaborative effort with the Indian Navy and France.
3. Kalvari: Kalvari is the first Scorpene-class submarine of India. Scheduled for a
refit in 2025, it will undergo upgrades. This includes the integration of advanced
technologies for enhanced operational capability.
4. Mazagon Dock Shipbuilders Limited: Located in Mumbai, this shipbuilding
company constructs naval vessels. It plays important role in India’s defence
sector. The company is involved in integrating advanced submarine
technologies.

Good Governance Index 2023 Release Cancelled

January 1, 2025
The Government of India has decided to postpone the release of the Good Governance
Index (GGI) 2023. This decision comes just before the scheduled unveiling during Good

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 6
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Governance Week, which takes place from December 19 to December 25. The next edition
of the index is now set to be published in 2025.
Background of the Good Governance Index
The GGI was launched on December 25, 2019, coinciding with the birth anniversary of
former Prime Minister Atal Bihari Vajpayee. It aims to assess the governance performance
of states and Union Territories (UTs) across various sectors. The index evaluates over 50
indicators, including agriculture, public health, and economic governance.
Previous Rankings
In the past editions, Tamil Nadu and Gujarat emerged as leaders among larger states.
Tamil Nadu topped the rankings in 2019, while Gujarat claimed the top spot in 2021. The
2021 index included 58 indicators across ten sectors, with 20 states showing
improvements in their scores from 2019.
Planned Release of GGI 2023
The Department of Administrative Reforms and Public Grievances (DARPG) had initially
planned to release the GGI 2023 on December 23, 2023. The department also announced
a national campaign for public grievance redressal during Good Governance Week.
Reports indicated that the 2023 index was prepared and ready for release.
New Data Collection for Future Editions
Due to the postponement, the data collected for the GGI 2023 will become outdated by
the time of release. Consequently, the government will conduct a new round of data
collection for the upcoming edition. The GGI is a biennial publication, and the next edition
is expected in December 2025.
District Good Governance Indices
In addition to the GGI, the DARPG has also published District Good Governance Indices for
several states, including Maharashtra, Uttar Pradesh, Jammu and Kashmir, and Arunachal
Pradesh. These indices were released between 2021 and 2024, providing a more granular
view of governance at the district level.

GKToday Notes:
1. Good Governance Index (GGI): The GGI assesses governance performance
across states in India. It evaluates over 50 indicators, covering sectors like
agriculture, health, and economic governance.
2. Department of Administrative Reforms and Public Grievances (DARPG):
DARPG oversees governance reforms in India. It publishes reports on
governance indices and promotes public grievance redressal campaigns across
the country.
3. Atal Bihari Vajpayee: Vajpayee was India’s Prime Minister from 1998 to 2004.
His birth anniversary, December 25, is celebrated as Good Governance Day,
coinciding with the GGI launch.
4. District Good Governance Indices: These indices provide a detailed assessment
of governance at the district level. They were published for states like
© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 7
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Maharashtra and Uttar Pradesh between 2021-2024.

Karnataka’s ₹100 Crore Tourism Initiative: Yadgir Fort Development and

Ropeway Projects
January 1, 2025
Karnataka’s government is set to enhance tourism through investments in historical and
religious sites. The recent announcement includes a ₹100 crore initiative focused on
Yadgir Fort, part of the One District, One Spot programme. This initiative aims to promote
regional tourism and cultural heritage.
Key Facts About Yadgir Fort
Yadgir Fort (also known as Yetagiri) is located in Yadgir District, Karnataka.
The fort is believed to have been constructed by the Western Chalukya Empire.
It later came under the control of the Yadava Dynasty.
Over time, the fort passed through the hands of several important kingdoms:
Bahmani Sultanate
Adil Shahi Dynasty
Nizams.
Inscriptions and Edicts:
The fort contains five key inscriptions:
Three inscriptions from the 10th or 11th century.
One inscription mentions Jagganath, from a town named Sagar, as the builder
of the fort.
Two later inscriptions, dated 1546 and 1573, relate to Ibrahim Adil Shah I of
the Adil Shahi Dynasty.
Yadgir Fort Development
The government has allocated ₹100 crore for the fort’s development. This funding
comprises ₹33 crore from the MLA grant and ₹67 crore from the state government. The
initiative was revealed by MLA Channareddy Patil Tunnur. The project intends to highlight
Yadgir’s rich cultural heritage while attracting more visitors.
Ropeway Project at Mailaralingeshwar Temple
In addition to Yadgir Fort, a ropeway project at Mailaralingeshwar Temple has been
approved. This temple is pilgrimage site, attracting devotees from Karnataka and
neighbouring states. The project is part of the Karnataka Tourism Ropeways Bill, 2024.
Legislative Support for Ropeways
The Karnataka Tourism Ropeways Bill facilitates the construction of 15 ropeways across
the state. The cabinet meeting in Kalaburagi approved the Mailaralingeshwar Temple
project. The government plans to conduct a technical survey before initiating
construction.
Economic Impact and Community Benefits
Both the fort and ropeway projects are expected to boost Karnataka’s tourism

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 8
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

infrastructure. They aim to provide economic benefits to local communities. Enhanced

tourism can lead to increased employment opportunities and improved local economies.

GKToday Notes:
1. Yadgir Fort: Yadgir Fort is a historical site in Karnataka. It showcases the region’s
rich cultural heritage. The fort’s development aims to attract more tourists to
Yadgir.
2. Mailaralingeshwar Temple: Mailaralingeshwar Temple is pilgrimage site. It
draws devotees from Karnataka and neighbouring states. The proposed ropeway
will enhance accessibility for visitors.
3. Karnataka Tourism Ropeways Bill: The Karnataka Tourism Ropeways Bill, 2024,
supports constructing 15 ropeways. This initiative aims to improve tourism
infrastructure across the state. It encourages local economic growth through
increased visitor access.
4. One District, One Spot: One District, One Spot is an initiative to promote
tourism. It focuses on developing specific sites within districts. The goal is to
highlight cultural heritage and attract visitors.

ISRO’s 100th Mission Announced

January 1, 2025
ISRO concluded 2024 with the successful launch of its 99th mission, PSLV-C60. This
mission included two experimental projects, SpaDex and POEM-4. As these experiments
progress into 2025, ISRO has announced that its first mission of the year will mark
milestone – the 100th mission.
Details of the 100th Mission
The 100th mission will be conducted using the GSLV Mk-II rocket. ISRO Chairman S.
Somanath confirmed that this mission is scheduled for January 2025. The specific launch
date remains undisclosed. The mission will be designated GSLV-F15/NVS-02 and aims to
enhance India’s navigation satellite system.
Objectives of the GSLV-F15/NVS-02 Mission
This mission will be the 17th flight of the GSLV and the 8th operational flight featuring
India’s indigenous Cryogenic stage. Key objectives include supporting precision military
operations, aiding strategic applications, and enhancing navigation across various
domains such as terrestrial, aerial, and maritime.
Significance of the NVS-02 / IRNSS-1K Satellite
NVS-02 will be the second satellite in the second generation of India’s Navigation with
Indian Constellation (NavIC). It will feature two types of payloads – navigation and
ranging. The navigation payload will transmit signals using L1, L5, and S bands. An atomic
clock, typically a Rubidium clock, will ensure precise timekeeping. The ranging payload will
include a transponder that sends time-stamped navigation signals to ground receivers.
This system will provide accurate position, speed, and time data, ensuring reliable service

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 9
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

regardless of weather conditions.

Enhanced Security and Future Prospects
The second-generation NavIC satellites will incorporate advanced encryption for secure
communications. Currently, NavIC remains a regional system, but there are plans for
potential global coverage in the future.
What is NavIC?
Navigation with Indian Constellation (NavIC) is India’s indigenous regional satellite
navigation system, developed by ISRO. It was formerly known as the Indian Regional
Navigation Satellite System (IRNSS).
It provides precise positioning, navigation, and timing services across India and
surrounding regions.
The system is interoperable with other global navigation systems like GPS, GLONASS,
Galileo, and BeiDou. This enhances its reliability and utility across various
applications.
Need for NavIC
National Security: It provides India with an independent and secure navigation
system, reducing reliance on foreign systems (like GPS) that may be restricted during
crises.
Enhanced Regional Navigation: It offers tailored accuracy for South Asia, unlike
global systems that have broader coverage.
Civilian Use: It supports applications like agriculture, transportation, and disaster
management.

GKToday Notes:
1. SpaDex: SpaDex is an experimental mission by ISRO aimed at developing
technologies for future space stations. It signifies India’s ambition to enhance its
capabilities in human spaceflight.
2. POEM-4: POEM-4 is another experimental mission that focuses on developing
payloads for future satellite systems. It plays important role in advancing India’s
space technology and research initiatives.
3. NavIC: NavIC stands for Navigation with Indian Constellation. It is India’s
regional satellite navigation system, designed to provide accurate positioning
services to users in India and surrounding regions.
4. Rubidium Atomic Clock: A Rubidium atomic clock is used in navigation satellites
for precise timekeeping. It measures time by counting oscillations of rubidium-87
atoms, achieving remarkable accuracy over millions of years.

CPGRAMS Addresses 70 Lakh Grievances in Last Two Years

January 1, 2025
The Government of India is focusing on a citizen-centric approach to enhance
development. The Centralized Public Grievance Redress and Monitoring System

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 10
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

(CPGRAMS) plays important role in this initiative. It has successfully addressed over 70
lakh grievances between 2022 and 2024, encouraging a more responsive governance
framework.
What is CPGRAMS?
CPGRAMS is an online platform that connects citizens with government ministries and
departments. It is developed and monitored by the Department of Administrative Reforms
and Public Grievances (DARPG). It operates 24/7, allowing complaints to be filed via a web
portal, mobile app, or the UMANG app.
How it Works
When a citizen files a complaint, they are assigned a unique registration ID that
helps track the grievance’s progress. The system enables real-time tracking for
complainants to follow the resolution status of their grievances.
Every ministry/department has appointed nodal officers who oversee grievance
resolution. These officers are responsible for categorizing grievances, monitoring
progress, and supervising the work of Grievance Redressal Officers (GROs).
Each grievance is to be resolved within 21 days, and if more time is needed, an
interim response is provided to the complainant.
If citizens are dissatisfied with the resolution, they can appeal the decision through
the platform. If the feedback provided is marked as “Poor,” the appeal option is
activated. The system analyzes feedback using AI-powered tools to improve the
grievance resolution process. Feedback is sent to citizens via SMS or email, ensuring
continuous communication
In case of unresolved grievances, appellate officers and sub-nodal officers handle
escalations within ministries or departments. These officials ensure grievances are
addressed promptly.
The performance of ministries and departments in handling grievances is regularly
tracked and ranked monthly to ensure accountability and continuous
improvement in the process.
Issues Not Addressed by CPGRAMS
Subjudice cases (matters already in court).
Personal and family disputes.
RTI-related issues.
Matters impacting national integrity or foreign relations.
Suggestions and complaints about corruption (must be directed to the Central Board
of Indirect Taxes and Customs).
Guidelines for Effective Redressal
The government has established guidelines to enhance transparency and efficiency in
grievance handling. The 2024 Policy Guidelines reflect a commitment to timely and fair
resolutions, supported by a 10-step reform process.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 11
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Achievements and Impact

CPGRAMS connects 92 central ministries and 36 states, with over 73,000 active users. It
has resolved 70,03,533 grievances by October 2024. The Fourth Sushasan Saptah
campaign further enhanced grievance redressal, addressing millions of applications and
grievances.
Future Developments
The NextGen CPGRAMS platform is set to launch on 1st July 2025. It will introduce features
such as WhatsApp grievance filing and machine learning tools for improved efficiency in
grievance handling.
Global Recognition
CPGRAMS has received international acclaim as a model for effective governance. The
Commonwealth Secretariat recognised it as a future-ready governance tool during the
Third Biennial Pan-Commonwealth Heads of Public Service Meeting in April 2024.

GKToday Notes:
1. CPGRAMS: The Centralized Public Grievance Redress and Monitoring System
serves as an online platform for citizens to file grievances. It connects all Indian
ministries and departments for efficient resolution.
2. DARPG: The Department of Administrative Reforms and Public Grievances
oversees CPGRAMS. It plays important role in implementing reforms for
improving public grievance redressal and enhancing government accountability.
3. Sushasan Saptah: This campaign promotes good governance in India. It aims to
resolve public grievances and improve service delivery, achieving milestones
across hundreds of districts during its implementation.
4. NextGen CPGRAMS: Set to launch in July 2025, this upgraded platform will
introduce innovative features. It aims to enhance grievance filing through
WhatsApp and utilise machine learning for improved efficiency.

Tamil Nadu Unveils India’s First Glass Sea Bridge

January 1, 2025
Tamil Nadu has recently inaugurated a groundbreaking glass bridge over the sea,
enhancing connectivity between two landmarks. This development coincides with the
silver jubilee celebrations of the Tiruvalluvar Statue, which has become a symbol of
cultural pride.
Inauguration Details
Chief Minister M.K. Stalin officially opened the bridge, linking the Tiruvalluvar Statue and
the Vivekananda Rock Memorial in Kanniyakumari. The event celebrated the statue’s 25th
anniversary, marking its significance in Tamil culture.
Bridge Specifications
The glass bridge spans 77 metres and is 10 metres wide, constructed at a cost of ₹37
crore. It allows visitors to walk between the two landmarks while enjoying views of the sea

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 12
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

below. The bridge addresses previous transportation issues caused by rough seas and low
tides, providing a reliable means of access.
Key Facts About Tiruvalluvar Statue
Unveiled on January 1, 2000, the statue stands at a height of 133 feet, representing
the 133 chapters of the Tirukkural.
The statue, installed on a rock in the sea, is an important identity for Tamil people
and embodies the philosophy of social justice expressed in the Thirukural:
“Pirapokkum ella uyirkkum” (Everyone is equal at birth).
Designed by renowned sculptor V. Ganapathi Sthapathi, it weighs approximately
7,000 tonnes and has withstood natural disasters, including the 2004 tsunami.
Recently, it was officially renamed as the Statue of Wisdom.
Key Facts About Vivekananda Rock Memorial
The Vivekananda Rock Memorial is located on one of the two rocks, about 500
meters off the mainland of Vavathurai, at the southernmost tip of India in
Kanyakumari, Tamil Nadu. The rocks are surrounded by the Laccadive Sea, where the
Bay of Bengal, Indian Ocean, and Arabian Sea meet.
The memorial was constructed in 1970 to honor Swami Vivekananda, who is believed
to have attained enlightenment on the rock.
Its main structures are Vivekananda Mandapam (A hall dedicated to Swami
Vivekananda) and Shripada Mandapam (built to enshrine the footprint of Devi
Kanyakumari) and Dhyana Mandapam (Meditation Hall).

GKToday Notes:
1. Tirukkural: Tirukkural is a classic Tamil text consisting of 1,330 couplets. It
covers ethics, politics, and love, and is considered a masterpiece of Tamil
literature.
2. V. Ganapathi Sthapathi: V. Ganapathi Sthapathi was a renowned Indian
sculptor. He is celebrated for his intricate and monumental sculptures,
particularly the iconic Tiruvalluvar Statue in Kanniyakumari.
3. Poompuhar Shipping Corporation: Poompuhar Shipping Corporation operates
ferry services. It connects visitors to coastal landmarks, including the
Vivekananda Rock Memorial, enhancing tourism in Tamil Nadu.
4. Statue of Wisdom: The Statue of Wisdom is the new name for the Tiruvalluvar
Statue. This renaming reflects the statue’s cultural significance and the principles
of wisdom embodied in the Tirukkural.

Key Findings of Financial Stability Report (FSR)

January 1, 2025
The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) has published the Financial Stability Report (FSR) for
December 2024, presenting an in-depth assessment of the health and stability of the
Indian financial system.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 13
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

What is Financial Stability Report?

The FSR is released twice a year, in June and December, providing crucial insights into the
stability, resilience, and risks within the financial sector. It is published after approval from
the FSDC Sub-Committee (Financial Stability and Development Council). The report
incorporates insights from major financial sector regulators, including RBI, SEBI, PFRDA,
IRDAI and Finance Ministry. The objectives of the report include:
Review the nature, magnitude, and implications of risks affecting the
macroeconomic environment, financial institutions, markets, and
infrastructure.
Ensure financial sector resilience by conducting stress tests.
Key Findings of the December 2024 Report
Current Economic Context
Real GDP growth moderated to 6% during the first half of 2024-25, down from 8.2% in the
previous year. Despite this slowdown, structural growth drivers remain intact, indicating
potential recovery in the latter half of the fiscal year.
Banking Sector Resilience
Scheduled Commercial Banks (SCBs) have shown improved asset quality, with the Gross
NPA ratio falling to a 12-year low of 2.6%. Strong profitability and adequate capital buffers
enhance the soundness of these banks. Stress tests confirm that SCBs can maintain capital
above regulatory requirements even under adverse conditions.
Inflation and Food Prices
Retail inflation decreased to 5.5% in November 2024, aided by softer food prices and a
favourable base effect. However, extreme weather events pose risks to food inflation
dynamics. The upcoming kharif and rabi harvests are expected to further ease food prices.
Impact of AI on Financial Stability
The adoption of Artificial Intelligence (AI) in the financial sector introduces risks such as
market concentration and increased cyber threats. Regulators are advised to balance the
benefits of AI with the need to safeguard the financial system.
Equity Market Trends
There is a notable demand-supply mismatch in equity issuances, with domestic investors
favouring short-term returns. Despite rise in trading activity, many individual investors
have experienced losses in the derivatives market.
Concerns in Private Banking
Rising write-offs, particularly among private banks, could mask deteriorating asset quality.
The report indicates that unsecured loans are source of new NPAs, raising concerns about
underwriting standards.
Future Economic Outlook
The RBI anticipates a recovery in GDP growth driven by domestic consumption and
investment. The overall stability of the financial system, characterised by healthy balance
sheets, supports this optimistic outlook.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 14
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Future Projections on NPAs

Gross bad loans may rise to 3% by March 2026 in normal conditions and up to 5.3% under
high-risk situations. Despite this, all banks are projected to maintain their capital
adequacy ratio above the 9% regulatory minimum.
Liquidity Challenges
The banking system is facing a liquidity shortfall, which has reached ₹2.43 trillion as of
December 2024. This deficit is driven by tax outflows and forex interventions. Steps like
bond purchases and CRR cuts might help address the issue.
Improved Regulatory Compliance
Penalties imposed by the RBI on banks and institutions dropped by 47%, signaling better
adherence to regulations. Fines totaled ₹30 crore compared to ₹57 crore during the same
period last year.
Strengthening of NBFCs
Non-Banking Financial Companies (NBFCs) have healthier balance sheets. Stress tests
reveal they can maintain capital levels well above the required minimum, even in
challenging scenarios.

GKToday Notes:
1. Financial Stability Report (FSR): FSR is a half-yearly publication by the Reserve
Bank of India. It assesses the resilience of the financial system and identifies risks
to stability.
2. Gross Non-Performing Asset (GNPA): GNPA refers to loans that are in default.
The ratio indicates asset quality, with a lower GNPA suggesting improved
financial health in banks.
3. Non-Banking Financial Companies (NBFCs): NBFCs are financial institutions
that provide banking services without meeting the legal definition of a bank.
They play important role in financial inclusion and credit provision.
4. Kharif and Rabi Crops: Kharif crops are sown with the onset of monsoon, while
Rabi crops are sown in winter. Both impact food prices and inflation dynamics in
India.

New Underwater Telescopes Detect High-Energy Neutrinos

January 1, 2025
Scientists have initiated a groundbreaking project to detect high-energy neutrinos, often
referred to as ghost particles, beneath the Mediterranean Sea. This initiative involves two
telescopes as part of the Cubic Kilometre Neutrino Telescope (KM3NeT). One telescope
focuses on neutrinos originating from space, while the other examines atmospheric
neutrinos. This innovative approach parallels the IceCube Neutrino Observatory, which
operates under Antarctic ice.
About Neutrinos
Neutrinos are subatomic particles similar to electrons but carry no electric charge.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 15
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

First detected in 1959, they were predicted in 1931. Neutrinos rank among the
universe’s fundamental particles and are the second most abundant after photons.
Remarkably, about one billion neutrinos pass through a cubic centimetre of space
every second.
Importance of High-Energy Neutrinos
Scientists target high-energy neutrinos due to their rarity and potential vital information
about cosmic phenomena. These neutrinos typically originate from extraordinary events
such as supernovae and gamma-ray bursts. Their study enables astrophysicists to explore
regions obscured by dust, which blocks visible light. High-energy neutrinos may also
provide clues about cosmic ray production and dark matter.
Rationale for Underwater Telescopes
Detecting high-energy neutrinos poses challenges since they interact minimally with
matter. On average, only one neutrino interacts with a person’s body over a lifetime. The
IceCube facility has detected only a handful of these particles since its inception. To
improve detection, a vast volume of optically transparent material is essential, ideally
located in dark environments.
Advantages of the Mediterranean Location
Underwater neutrino telescopes offer advantages over their ice-based counterparts.
Water scatters light less effectively than ice, allowing for more accurate tracking of
neutrino origins. However, water does absorb light more, resulting in less illumination for
analysis. This balance of factors makes the Mediterranean Sea an ideal site for advanced
neutrino studies.
Key Facts About Cubic Kilometre Neutrino Telescope
KM3NeT (Cubic Kilometre Neutrino Telescope) is a next-gen neutrino observatory
located deep under the Mediterranean Sea.
The telescope spans three sites in the Mediterranean:
KM3NeT-It (Sicily, Italy).
KM3NeT-Fr (Toulon, France).
KM3NeT-Gr (Peloponnese, Greece).
It will eventually include 12000 optical sensor modules mounted on 600 flexible
vertical strings, connected to shore for data processing.

GKToday Notes:
1. KM3NeT: The Cubic Kilometre Neutrino Telescope is a groundbreaking project
under the Mediterranean Sea. It aims to detect high-energy neutrinos from
space and the atmosphere for advanced astrophysical research.
2. Cherenkov Radiation: This phenomenon occurs when charged particles, like
neutrinos, travel faster than light in a medium like water. It produces faint blue
light, which helps scientists trace neutrino paths and origins.
3. IceCube Neutrino Observatory: Located in Antarctica, IceCube is the first
telescope to detect high-energy neutrinos. Operational since 2011, it has only
© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 16
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

identified a handful of these elusive particles due to their minimal interactions.

4. Neutrino Detection Challenges: Neutrinos are extremely difficult to detect
because they rarely interact with matter. On average, a person experiences only
one neutrino interaction throughout their lifetime, complicating their study.

Trinidad and Tobago Declares State of Emergency

January 1, 2025
The government of Trinidad and Tobago has declared a state of emergency due to
increase in violence. The country has experienced a surge in murders, with December
alone witnessing at least 67 fatalities. This has raised the annual death toll to 623, marking
the highest figure since 2013.
Context of Violence
Recent violence includes a targeted shooting of a gang leader outside a police station.
Retaliatory attacks resulted in multiple deaths over the weekend. The National Security
Minister brought into light the alarming use of high-calibre firearms by gangs,
contributing to the escalating violence.
Reasons for the Emergency Declaration
The declaration was prompted by a perceived threat to public safety. Government officials
cited a week of violent incidents involving high-velocity weapons. The Attorney-General
warned of potential widespread reprisal attacks, necessitating immediate action.
Emergency Measures Implemented
Under the emergency powers, police can conduct searches without warrants. This aims to
combat the illegal possession of firearms and explosives. A 48-hour holding period for
suspects has been established, allowing authorities to detain individuals under these
regulations.
Impact on Public Life
Despite the emergency, no curfews or bans on public gatherings have been imposed.
Celebrations, including fireworks for New Year’s, will continue as planned. The
government intends to maintain public festivities, particularly with the upcoming Carnival
season.
Historical Context of Emergencies
This is not the first state of emergency in Trinidad and Tobago. Previous emergencies
were declared in 2014, 2011, and 2021, each in response to spikes in violence or public
health crises. The current situation reflects ongoing challenges with crime in the region.
Future Considerations
The parliament is set to convene within 15 days to assess the situation and decide on the
extension of the emergency. A tribunal will oversee the legal framework for detentions
during this period, ensuring accountability in the enforcement of emergency measures.

GKToday Notes:
1. CARICOM: The Caribbean Community (CARICOM) is a regional organisation of

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 17
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Caribbean nations. It aims to promote economic integration, cooperation, and

coordination among its member states for development.
2. Fitzgerald Hinds: Fitzgerald Hinds is the National Security Minister of Trinidad
and Tobago. He has been vocal about the rising crime rates and the
government’s response to escalating violence.
3. Christine Kangaloo: Christine Kangaloo is the President of Trinidad and Tobago.
She plays important role in national governance and has the authority to declare
states of emergency.
4. Trinidad Carnival: Trinidad Carnival is a vibrant festival held before Lent. It
features elaborate parades, music, and dance, attracting visitors worldwide and
showcasing the island’s rich cultural heritage.

Protests in Katra Over Proposed ₹250-Crore Ropeway Project

January 1, 2025
Tensions in Katra, Jammu and Kashmir, have escalated due to ongoing protests against a
proposed Rs 250-crore ropeway project. The protests, initiated by the Shri Mata Vaishno
Devi Sangharsh Samiti, have entered their seventh day and coincide with a peak
pilgrimage season. Local businesses and livelihoods are at stake, prompting widespread
demonstrations.
Background of the Ropeway Project
The Shri Mata Vaishno Devi Shrine Board announced the ropeway project to connect
Tarakote Marg to Sanji Chhat. This initiative aims to ease the 13-km trek to the Vaishno
Devi shrine, particularly benefiting senior citizens and children. The project is projected to
cost around Rs 250 crore.
Local Opposition and Concerns
Local residents, including pony and palanquin owners, fear the project will threaten their
livelihoods. The protests began in November 2023, intensifying on December 25 when
local business owners called for a 72-hour bandh. Protesters demand a reconsideration of
the project, citing potential job losses.
Recent Developments in Protests
Demonstrations have escalated since November 22, with instances of stone-pelting
leading to police intervention. The situation prompted authorities to conduct a flag march
to maintain order. The shutdown, initially for 72 hours, has been extended until January 1,
2025, suspending all commercial activities in Katra.
Detentions and Hunger Strikes
Several protest leaders were detained during a march on December 25, inciting a hunger
strike by eight youths demanding their release. One youth’s health has deteriorated,
necessitating hospitalisation. Concerns have been raised by Congress leaders regarding
the treatment of detained protesters.
Government’s Response and Future Outlook
Lieutenant Governor Manoj Sinha addressed the protests, assuring that local losses would
© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 18
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

be considered. He stated that the project is nearly complete and would enhance tourism
in the region. Sinha emphasised that 90% of the work has been finalised, with
expectations for completion by January 2025.
Key Facts about Vaishno Devi Temple
The Vaishno Devi Temple is dedicated to Vaishno Devi, a manifestation of Mahakali,
Mahalakshmi, and Mahasarasvati.
It is situated on the Trikuta Mountain in Katra, Jammu and Kashmir, at an elevation
of 1,500 meters (5,000 feet).
It is considered a Shakti Pitha in the Shakti tradition.
This temple was mentioned in historical records as early as 1846, when Maharaja
Gulab Singh included it in the Dharmarth Trust to manage temples in his territory.
After India’s independence, the trust remained under the descendants of Gulab
Singh until 1986, when control was transferred to the Shrine Board through
legislation by Governor Jagmohan.

GKToday Notes:
1. Shri Mata Vaishno Devi Sangharsh Samiti: This local group leads protests
against the Katra ropeway project. They advocate for local livelihoods and have
organised demonstrations since November 2023.
2. Tarakote Marg: This route serves as the starting point for the Vaishno Devi
pilgrimage. It was inaugurated in 2018 to ease congestion and improve safety for
pilgrims traversing the trek.
3. Sanji Chhat: This destination is part of the proposed ropeway project. It aims to
reduce the 13-km trek to the Vaishno Devi shrine, especially benefiting seniors
and children.
4. Bandh: A term for a shutdown or strike, it was called by local business owners.
The recent 72-hour bandh aimed to pressure authorities regarding the proposed
ropeway project.

November 2024 – Record Warmth in India

January 1, 2025
November 2024 marked climatic event for India, as it became the second warmest
November in 123 years. The average maximum temperature reached 29.37ºC, exceeding
the normal by 0.62ºC. This unusual warmth has raised concerns about food security and
ecological stability.
Causes of Elevated Temperatures
The primary reason for the high temperatures in November 2024 was the absence of
strong western disturbances. These disturbances typically bring cooler air and
precipitation during this season.
The India Meteorological Department (IMD) reported a 55% reduction in rainfall, with
only 13.5 mm recorded against the long-term average of 29.7 mm.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 19
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Role of Western Disturbances

Western disturbances are low-pressure systems originating from the Mediterranean
region. They travel eastward and deliver moisture to northwestern India. These
disturbances are crucial for winter precipitation, particularly for Rabi crops like wheat and
mustard. They are most active between November and March, providing essential
moisture for agricultural productivity.
Impact on Agriculture and Ecosystems
The lack of sufficient rainfall due to diminished western disturbances poses a threat to
Rabi crops. The absence of moisture can lead to reduced yields and food insecurity.
Additionally, prolonged dry spells can disrupt local ecosystems, affecting biodiversity and
water resources.
Global Context of Warming Trends
November 2024 also saw global temperature anomalies, with the month being the second
warmest worldwide. The Copernicus Climate Change Service reported an average global
temperature of 14.10ºC, indicating a broader trend of climate change. The Antarctic and
Arctic regions experienced reductions in sea ice, further illustrating the impacts of
warming.
Urgency of Climate Action
The warmer November serves as a reminder of the pressing need to address climate
change. Its effects extend beyond agriculture, influencing ecosystems and biodiversity.
Immediate action is crucial to mitigate these changes and protect vulnerable regions from
further climatic disruptions.

GKToday Notes:
1. Western Disturbances: These are low-pressure systems from the
Mediterranean, crucial for winter precipitation in India. They enhance Rabi crops
by delivering essential moisture during November to March.
2. Rabi Crops: Rabi crops are winter-sown crops in India, including wheat and
mustard. They rely heavily on winter precipitation, primarily from western
disturbances, for optimal growth and yield.
3. Copernicus Climate Change Service: This European Union programme
monitors climate change. It provides vital data on global temperature anomalies,
helping to understand and address the impacts of climate change.
4. Albedo Effect: The albedo effect refers to the reflectivity of Earth’s surface.
Changes in snow cover and ice levels can alter this effect, influencing climate
patterns and the onset of monsoons.

End of Russian Gas Transit via Ukraine

January 1, 2025
The cessation of Russian gas supplies through Ukraine marks shift in European energy
dynamics. This change follows Ukraine‘s refusal to renew its transit agreement with

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 20
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Gazprom, effective January 1, 2024. The ongoing conflict between Ukraine and Russia has
complicated energy negotiations, leaving Europe to seek alternative sources.
Current Gas Supply Volumes
Russian gas exports to Europe have drastically decreased since the invasion of Ukraine in
February 2022. Previously, Russia supplied approximately 65 billion cubic metres (bcm)
annually via Ukraine. By December 2023, this volume had plummeted to less than 14 bcm.
The European Union’s efforts to reduce dependence on Russian energy have resulted in
Russia’s market share dropping from 35% to around 8%.
Economic Impact
The financial implications are substantial. Russia stands to lose around $5 billion in sales
from this transit route. Meanwhile, Ukraine earns between $800 million and $1 billion
annually in transit fees. The European gas market experienced record price surges in 2022
due to reduced Russian supplies, although a similar rally is deemed unlikely with current
lower volumes.
Affected Regions
Austria and Slovakia are among the most impacted by the end of Russian gas transit.
Austria previously relied heavily on this route, while Slovakia sourced about two-thirds of
its gas from Gazprom. Both countries have diversified their supply sources, reducing
potential disruptions.
Alternative Supply Options
With most Russian gas routes closed, buyers are exploring alternatives. The TurkStream
pipeline offers limited capacity to Turkey and surrounding countries. Slovakia can source
gas from Hungary, Austria, the Czech Republic, and Poland. The Czech Republic plans to
increase imports from Germany and assist Slovakia with transit capacities.
Moldova’s Situation
Moldova, which receives about 2 bcm of gas annually from Russia, is also affected.
Gazprom has announced a suspension of supplies due to unpaid bills. In response,
Moldova aims to reduce consumption by one-third and has diversified its energy sources
to mitigate the impact.
Historical Context of Gas Transit
The Urengoy-Pomary-Uzhgorod pipeline, established during the Soviet era, has been a key
route for Russian gas to Europe. This pipeline traverses Ukraine and splits into branches
supplying various European nations. The geopolitical landscape has changed, impacting
the future of this energy corridor.

GKToday Notes:
1. Naftogaz: Naftogaz is Ukraine’s state-owned oil and gas company. It plays a key
role in managing gas supplies and transit agreements, influencing energy
dynamics in Europe.
2. Transdniestria: Transdniestria is a breakaway region in Moldova. It relies on
Russian gas for power generation, complicating Moldova’s energy independence
© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 21
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

and economic stability.

3. Urengoy-Pomary-Uzhgorod Pipeline: This Soviet-era pipeline transports gas
from Siberia to Europe via Ukraine. It has been crucial for Russian gas exports,
shaping European energy dependencies.
4. TurkStream: TurkStream is a gas pipeline connecting Russia to Turkey. It runs
under the Black Sea and offers limited capacity for gas supply to Southeastern
Europe.

What is Sanskriti Utsava?

January 1, 2025
The Uttar Pradesh government has announced the ‘Sanskriti Utsava’ from January 2 to
January 26, 2025. This event celebrates the state’s foundation day and aims to promote
talent in various art forms. The festival will include competitions at different levels across
the state, providing a platform for emerging artists.
Event Overview
The Sanskriti Utsava will commemorate ‘Uttar Pradesh Diwas.’ The event’s theme is ‘Uttar
Pradesh Parv – Hamari Sanskriti-Hamari Pehchaan.’ The festival aims to explore and
showcase the rich cultural heritage of Uttar Pradesh.
Competition Structure
Competitions will take place from January 2 to January 24, 2025. They will be held at
various levels, including state, block, tehsil, district, and divisional headquarters.
Participants will compete in classical, semi-classical, and folk arts. The event will highlight
the importance of preserving these cultural genres.
Categories of Competitions
The festival will feature competitions in classical singing, including Khayal and Dhrupad.
Semi-classical singing will include Thumri, Dadra, and various other forms. Folk singing
competitions will showcase Kajri, Qawwali, and more. Light music categories will include
Geet, Ghazal, and patriotic songs.
Key Facts About Uttar Pradesh Statehood Day
On 24th January 1950, the United Provinces was officially renamed Uttar Pradesh.
In May 2017, the Uttar Pradesh Government decided to celebrate Uttar Pradesh
Day annually to honor this occasion.
The initiative to celebrate UP Day was introduced by Governor Ram Naik.
Since 2018, UP Day has been celebrated as a three-day event, highlighting the
state’s history, culture, and achievements.

GKToday Notes:
1. Sanskriti Utsava: This cultural festival celebrates Uttar Pradesh’s foundation
day. It aims to promote classical, semi-classical, and folk arts through various
competitions across the state.
2. Uttar Pradesh Diwas: Uttar Pradesh Diwas commemorates the state’s

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 22
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

establishment. It is celebrated annually, denoting the rich cultural heritage and

achievements of the state since its formation.
3. Khayal: Khayal is a form of classical Hindustani music. It features improvisation
and expressive singing, allowing artists to showcase their creativity and
emotional depth in performances.
4. Dhrupad: Dhrupad is one of the oldest forms of Hindustani classical music. It is
known for its solemnity and spiritual depth, often performed in a slow,
meditative style.

Groundwater Resource Assessment Report 2024

January 1, 2025
The Dynamic Ground Water Resource Assessment Report for 2024 was released by the
Union Minister of Jal Shakti, Shri CR Patil. This report, prepared by the Central Ground
Water Board (CGWB) and States/UTs, provides crucial data for stakeholders to make
informed decisions regarding water resource management.
Groundwater Recharge and Extraction Data
The total annual groundwater recharge in India is assessed at 446.90 Billion Cubic
Metres (BCM).
After accounting for natural discharge, the extractable groundwater resource is
estimated at 406.19 BCM.
The total annual groundwater extraction across all sectors is recorded at 245.64
BCM. The average extraction stage stands at 60.47%.
Assessment Units Classification
Out of 6746 assessment units, 4951 (73.4%) are classified as ‘Safe’.
A total of 711 (10.5%) units are deemed ‘Semi-critical’, while 206 (3.05%) units are
classified as ‘Critical’.
Additionally, 751 (11.1%) units are marked as ‘Over-exploited’.
There are also 127 (1.8%) units identified as ‘Saline’, indicating brackish or saline
groundwater.
Improvements in Groundwater Conditions
The assessment shows an increase in groundwater recharge, primarily due to enhanced
recharge from water bodies and conservation efforts. Compared to 2023, there is an
improvement in groundwater conditions in 128 assessment units. Furthermore, a decline
in the percentage of over-exploited, critical, and semi-critical units has been noted.
Key Highlights and Trends
The total annual groundwater recharge has increased by 15 BCM since 2017, while
extraction has decreased by 3 BCM. Although there is a slight reduction in recharge and
an increase in extraction compared to 2023, recharge from tanks, ponds, and water
conservation structures has consistently risen. Recently, this recharge increased by 0.39
BCM relative to 2023 and by 11.36 BCM since 2017.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 23
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Safe and Over-exploited Units Statistics

The percentage of assessment units classified as ‘Safe’ has risen from 62.6% in 2017 to
73.4% in 2024. Conversely, the percentage of over-exploited units has decreased from
17.24% in 2017 to 11.13% in 2024. These trends highlight progress in groundwater
management over the years.

GKToday Notes:
1. CGWB: The Central Ground Water Board is responsible for groundwater
management in India. It conducts assessments and supports sustainable
practices. It plays a key role in water resource planning.
2. BCM: Billion Cubic Metres is a unit of measurement for large volumes of water. It
is commonly used in hydrology. BCM quantifies groundwater recharge and
extraction levels effectively.
3. Water Conservation Structures: These are man-made systems to enhance
water retention. They include tanks and ponds. Their effectiveness in increasing
groundwater recharge has been demonstrated in assessments.
4. Saline Units: These assessment units contain brackish or saline groundwater.
They represent 1.8% of total units. Their management is crucial for ensuring
freshwater availability in affected regions.

NMCG Approves Key Ganga Conservation Projects

January 1, 2025
The 59th Executive Committee meeting of the National Mission for Clean Ganga (NMCG)
has recently taken place. Chaired by Shri Rajeev Kumar Mital, this meeting focused on
approving vital projects aimed at the conservation and rejuvenation of the Ganga River.
The initiatives are designed to promote cleanliness and sustainable development while
preserving the river’s environmental and cultural significance.
Approved Projects Overview
The meeting approved projects worth ₹272 crores for Chandauli and Manikpur. These
projects aim to enhance the river management system and ensure sustainable waste
management solutions.
Chandauli Sewage Treatment Plant
A project in Chandauli, estimated at ₹263 crores, will construct a 45 MLD capacity Sewage
Treatment Plant (STP). This initiative follows a hybrid annuity model and includes
operational and maintenance guarantees for 15 years.
Faecal Sludge Management in Manikpur
In Manikpur, a ₹9 crore Faecal Sludge Management Project has been approved. This
project will develop a 15 KLD capacity Faecal Sludge Treatment Plant and a 35 KW solar
power plant, ensuring eco-friendly operations for five years.
Buxar River Conservation Initiative
A project in Buxar, Bihar, has been approved at a cost of ₹257 crores. This initiative will

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 24
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

construct a 50 MLD capacity STP and an additional 1 MLD capacity STP using nature-based
solutions. It also includes three interception pumping stations and an 8.68 km sewer
network.
Uttarpara-Kotrung Municipality Developments
Several initiatives have been approved for Uttarpara-Kotrung Municipality in West Bengal.
An integrated septage treatment plant will be established at a cost of ₹8 crores. This
facility will have a 22 KLD capacity and will be based on the DBOT model, ensuring
effective operation and maintenance for five years.
Commitment to Environmental Protection
These approved projects represent step towards achieving a pollution-free Ganga and
advancing environmental protection efforts. The NMCG continues its commitment to a
cleaner and healthier Ganga River, supporting effective river rejuvenation and enhanced
sanitation management across multiple states.
Key Facts about the National Mission for Clean Ganga (NMCG)
The NMCG was established on 12th August 2011 under the Societies Registration Act,
1860 as a registered society.
The mission aims to rejuvenate, protect, and manage the River Ganga, addressing its
pollution and ensuring sustainable development.
NMCG operates under the National Ganga Council and is supported by State-level
Programme Management Groups (SPMGs) in the states of Uttar Pradesh,
Uttarakhand, Bihar, Jharkhand, and West Bengal.
It provides financial and technical assistance to states for the implementation of
projects aimed at cleaning and conserving the Ganga.

GKToday Notes:
1. NMCG: The National Mission for Clean Ganga focuses on river conservation. It
promotes sustainable development and environmental protection. NMCG’s
projects enhance river management and sanitation across multiple states.
2. DBOT Model: The Design-Build-Operate-Transfer model ensures project
sustainability. It integrates construction and operational phases. This model
promotes long-term efficiency in infrastructure projects, particularly in waste
management and sanitation.
3. MLD: Million Litres per Day measures water treatment capacity. It indicates the
volume of sewage treated daily. This metric is crucial for assessing sewage
treatment plant efficiency and environmental impact.
4. Faecal Sludge Management: This involves treating waste from sanitation
facilities. Effective management reduces health risks and environmental
pollution. Projects often include treatment plants and solar power for eco-
friendly operations.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 25
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Wayanad Landslides Declared Severe Disaster

January 1, 2025
The recent declaration of the Wayanad landslides as a disaster of “severe nature” marks
governmental response. This decision follows extensive criticism regarding the lack of
financial aid for the victims. The landslides occurred on July 30, resulting in over 200
fatalities, numerous injuries, and the displacement of thousands in the region.
What are Severe Natural Disasters?
These are catastrophic events that result in loss of life, property, and environmental
damage.
Causes: Can be natural (e.g., earthquakes, cyclones, landslides) or human-induced
(e.g., industrial accidents).
Impacts of Severe Natural Disasters
Social: Loss of life, increased vulnerability for marginalized groups (e.g., women,
elderly, children) and displacement of communities.
Economic: Destruction of infrastructure (roads, power systems) leading to significant
economic losses.
Environmental: Deforestation, habitat loss, soil erosion etc.
Implications of Declaration of Severe Nature
When a disaster is declared of “severe nature,” the state government receives
national-level support.
National Disaster Response Fund (NDRF) may provide additional assistance.
Calamity Relief Fund (CRF): A fund shared 3:1 between the Centre and state for
immediate relief. If CRF resources are insufficient, the National Calamity
Contingency Fund (NCCF), fully funded by the Centre, provides additional support.
Loan Relief: Relief in repayment or concessional loans for affected individuals may
also be considered.
Background of the Disaster
The Wayanad landslides were triggered by heavy rainfall. They primarily affected the
Chooralmala and Mundakkai areas. This natural disaster has been classified among the
most severe in Kerala’s history due to its devastating impact on local communities. The
landslides have had a deep effect on the local population. Over 200 lives were lost, and
many individuals were injured. Thousands of residents faced displacement, leading to
urgent needs for shelter and support services.
Kerala’s Rehabilitation Plan for Wayanad Landslide Victims
The Kerala Cabinet has finalized a comprehensive rehabilitation plan to aid victims of the
devastating landslides in Wayanad. The plan aims to restore homes and livelihoods of
affected families. The Plan’s Key Aspects Include:
Sustainable Townships:
Two sustainable townships will be constructed:
Elstone Estate (Kalpetta Municipality)

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 26
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Nedumbala Estate (Meppadi Panchayat)

Townships will be built based on slope analysis to ensure stability in hilly areas.
Facilities include recreational spaces, markets, health centers, schools, playgrounds,
anganwadis, veterinary hospitals, and basic amenities like electricity, drinking water,
and sanitation.
Land Allocation:
Families will receive land allocations:
Five cents in Elstone Estate
Ten cents in Nedumbalam Estate
The allocation reflects land value differences between the two regions.
Community Support Infrastructure:
Development of commercial spaces, a sports club, and a community center to meet
the community’s diverse needs.
Livelihood Restoration:
The micro-plan survey led by Kudumbashree covered 1,084 families across Meppadi
Panchayat, identifying livelihood preferences:
192 families interested in agriculture
79 in animal husbandry
1,034 in micro-enterprises
585 in other income-generating activities
Special focus on vulnerable families (e.g., women-headed households, elderly,
widows, children).
Drone Survey and Legal Support:
Drone surveys helped identify suitable sites for rehabilitation.
The High Court granted permission for the state government to acquire land for
the project.
Timeline and Government Support:
The final list of affected families will be released by January 25, 2025.
A completion timeline for the rehabilitation will be shared in the next 2-3 weeks.

GKToday Notes:
1. Wayanad: Wayanad is a district in Kerala. It is known for its scenic beauty and
rich biodiversity. The region is also famous for its coffee plantations and wildlife
sanctuaries.
2. IMCT: The Inter-Ministerial Central Team (IMCT) assesses disaster situations in
India. It evaluates the impact and recommends financial assistance. The IMCT
plays important role in disaster management and relief efforts.
3. SDRF: The State Disaster Response Fund (SDRF) provides immediate financial aid
during disasters. It is managed by state governments in India. SDRF funds are
crucial for initial relief and rehabilitation efforts.
4. NDRF: The National Disaster Response Fund (NDRF) supports disaster
© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 27
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

management in India. It provides additional financial assistance after initial

assessments. NDRF is vital for long-term recovery and rebuilding in affected
areas.

Uttrakhand Forest Department Establishes Mahabharata Vatika

January 1, 2025
The Uttarakhand Forest Department has established two gardens in Haldwani,
showcasing plant species referenced in ancient Indian epics. These gardens, named
Ramayana Vatika and Mahabharata Vatika, aim to highlight the ecological wisdom
embedded in these texts.
Mahabharata Vatika Overview
Mahabharata Vatika spans one acre and features 37 plant species mentioned in the epic.
Chief Conservator of Forests Sanjeev Chaturvedi emphasised the research behind
selecting these species. The garden features important plant species such as:
Khair (Acacia catechu)
Kovidar (Bauhinia variegata)
Bargad (Ficus benghalensis)
Peepal (Ficus religiosa)
Dhak (Butea monosperma)
Harsringar (Nyctanthes arbor-tristis)
Baheda (Terminalia bellirica)
Aam (Mangifera indica)
Kala Sirs (Albizia lebbeck)
Ecological Significance
The garden puts stress on the importance of forests as depicted in the Mahabharata. It
references the Vana Parva, which discusses tree planting and wildlife conservation. The
epic highlights the mutual dependence of tigers and forests, a concept vital to
contemporary conservation efforts.
Cultural Connections
Chaturvedi brought into light that the Mahabharata teaches the spiritual significance of
planting trees. He mentioned Bhishma’s advice to Yudhishthira about the legacy of tree
planting, connecting ancestors and descendants. This wisdom reinforces the cultural
importance of environmental stewardship.
Ramayana Vatika Overview
Ramayana Vatika features around 70 species associated with Lord Rama, drawn from
approximately 139 species mentioned in Valmiki’s Ramayana. The garden highlights the
association of plants with Lord Ram’s journey, with species linked to various forests like
Chitrakoot (tropical deciduous), Dandakarnanya (tropical), Panchavati (tropical dry), and
Kishkindha (moist deciduous), as well as Ashok Vatika and Dronagiri (associated with Sita
and Hanuman).

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 28
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

GKToday Notes:
1. Ramayana Vatika: This garden showcases 70 plant species from Valmiki’s
Ramayana. It illustrates the ecological wisdom in ancient texts, denoting Lord
Rama’s journey through diverse forest types.
2. Mahabharata Vatika: Spanning one acre, this garden features 37 species from
the Mahabharata. It puts stress on ecological themes and the mutual
dependence of tigers and forests, vital for conservation.
3. Vana Parva: A section of the Mahabharata, Vana Parva discusses the importance
of forests. It contains hymns on tree planting and wildlife conservation,
emphasising environmental stewardship.
4. Shami Tree: The Shami tree holds cultural significance in the Mahabharata. It is
linked to the Pandavas’ weapons retrieval and is associated with Vijayadashami,
symbolising prosperity and well-being.

Bhopal Toxic Waste Disposal Begins in Pithampur

January 1, 2025
A step has been taken to remove hazardous waste from the former Union Carbide factory
in Bhopal. This action follows a stern directive from the Madhya Pradesh High Court,
which urged authorities to act swiftly to clear the site. The toxic gas methyl isocyanate
leaked from the factory in December 1984, resulting in thousands of deaths and long-
term health issues for many residents.
Court Mandate and Timeline
The High Court has imposed a four-week deadline for the waste’s removal, citing a history
of inaction. Authorities have indicated that the transfer process may commence soon, with
potential completion by January 3.
Incineration Procedures
The waste will undergo incineration at Pithampur, with initial burning monitored for
harmful residues. If tests indicate safety, the incineration will proceed rapidly; otherwise, it
may extend to nine months.
Environmental Safeguards
To prevent air pollution, emissions from the incinerator will pass through four-layer
special filters. Continuous monitoring will ensure compliance with environmental
standards. The ash will be securely buried to prevent contamination of soil and water.
Key Facts About Bhopal Gas Tragedy
On December 2, 1984, Union Carbide India Ltd. in Bhopal leaked 40 tons of methyl
isocyanate (MIC) gas, causing immediate death and widespread health issues.
Causes:
Inadequate safety measures, poor design of the plant, and cost-cutting led to
the leak.
Failure of refrigeration, shutdown of safety systems, and negligent
management.
© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 29
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Impacts:
Thousands died, and many suffered from respiratory issues, burns, and
blindness.
Soil and water contamination caused long-term environmental damage.
Government Response:
The Indian government declared Bhopal a disaster zone, set up shelters, and
initiated relief in response to this tragedy.
It later passed the Bhopal Gas Leak Disaster (Processing of Claims) Act, 1985
and negotiated a $470 million settlement with Union Carbide Corporation
(UCC).
Other laws passed after this disaster include the Environment Protection Act,
1986, amendments to the Factories Act, 1948, and the Public Liability Insurance
Act, 1991.

GKToday Notes:
1. Methyl Isocyanate (MIC): Methyl isocyanate is a highly toxic chemical. It was
responsible for the Bhopal gas tragedy in 1984, causing thousands of deaths and
long-term health issues.
2. Pithampur: Pithampur is an industrial town in Madhya Pradesh. It houses about
1,250 units and is located 30 km from Indore, playing role in local industry.
3. Personal Protective Equipment (PPE): PPE is essential for worker safety in
hazardous environments. It includes gear like gloves, masks, and suits to protect
against toxic substances during waste disposal.
4. Green Corridor: A green corridor is a traffic management strategy. It allows for
the expedited transport of hazardous materials, reducing transit time and
minimising risks associated with transportation.

What is ‘Pujari Granthi Samman’ Scheme?

January 1, 2025
The Delhi Government has recently initiated the ‘Pujari Granthi Samman’ scheme. This
programme aims to provide financial assistance to Gurudwara priests in the region. The
announcement was made by former Chief Minister Arvind Kejriwal on December 30, with
the registration process commencing on December 31.
Scheme Overview
The ‘Pujari Granthi Samman’ scheme offers a monthly grant of Rs 18,000. This financial
support is designated for every temple and Gurudwara priest in Delhi. The initiative seeks
to ensure economic stability for religious leaders who serve their communities.
Broader Implications
The initiative aims to provide recognition and financial security to religious figures. It
reflects a growing awareness of the needs of temple and Gurudwara priests. The scheme
may also influence voter sentiments in the approaching elections.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 30
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Controversies
The scheme was not yet approved by the Delhi Cabinet.
Critics have pointed out that AAP for making unfulfilled promises over the years and
for dividing people along religious lines.
A group of priests have also protested, demanding clarification on why “the
government provided no financial support in the last 10 years”.
Other Recently Announced Schemes
Mukhyamantri Mahila Samman Yojana: Aims to provide ₹1,000 per month to
women residents aged 18 and above in Delhi.
Sanjeevani Yojana: Seeks to offer free treatment for individuals aged 60 and above
at all private and government hospitals in Delhi.
However, Delhi’s Women and Child Development Department and Health Department
issued public notices distancing themselves from both schemes. They warned people
against filling any forms, stating that no such schemes exist and advising against
entertaining such promises. AAP had previously launched drives to collect personal details
for these proposed schemes.
January 2, 2025
What is Optional Practical Training (OPT) Programme in US?
January 2, 2025
The Optional Practical Training (OPT) programme has become a focal point of discussion
among supporters of US President-elect Donald Trump’s ‘Make America Great Again’
(MAGA) initiative. This programme serves as a critical pathway for international students
seeking to secure an H-1B visa. It allows students to gain work experience in their field of
study, which enhances their employability in the competitive US job market.
What is the OPT Programme?
The OPT programme permits international students on an F-1 visa to work
temporarily in the US.
Students can work for up to 12 months in roles directly related to their major.
There are two types of OPT – pre-completion and post-completion.
Pre-completion OPT allows students to work part-time during their studies and full-
time during breaks.
Post-completion OPT requires students to work at least 20 hours per week after
graduation.
Eligibility Criteria for OPT
To qualify for the OPT programme, students must be enrolled full-time for at least one
academic year. They must apply through their academic institution, which can
recommend them for OPT. The United States Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS)
oversees the application process. Students maintaining F-1 status can remain in the US
while working under OPT.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 31
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Extension for STEM Graduates

Students who graduate in Science, Technology, Engineering, and Mathematics (STEM)
fields can extend their post-completion OPT by an additional 24 months. This extension
allows STEM graduates to work in the US for a total of three years. The USCIS maintains a
list of eligible degree programmes for this extension.
Current Statistics on OPT Participation
According to the 2023-24 Open Doors data, approximately 27.47% of the 883,000
international students in the US are participating in the OPT programme. Among the
331,000 Indian students in the US, 29.42% are enrolled in OPT, marking an increase from
previous years. The demand for STEM courses remains high, with percentages of Indian
students pursuing engineering and computer science.
Key Criticisms
Critics claim the program lacks Congressional approval and competes unfairly with
US graduates for jobs.
It is referred to as the “largest guest worker program” that displaces jobs for new
American college graduates.
Supporters of MAGA have voiced opposition to the OPT programme, particularly the
STEM extension. They argue that it competes with American jobs, claiming that
foreign workers displace US citizens.
In 2023, the WashTech organisation challenged the validity of the STEM OPT
extension in the Supreme Court. However, the court declined to review the case,
upholding the programme’s validity.

1. OPT allows F-1 visa holders to work in the US.

2. STEM graduates can extend OPT by 24 months.
3. WashTech challenged the STEM OPT in the Supreme Court.
4. 27.47% of international students are in the OPT programme.
5. Indian students make up the largest cohort in OPT.

Future of the OPT Programme

The future of the OPT programme remains uncertain amid ongoing debates regarding
immigration policy in the United States. Changes in administration and public sentiment
may influence the programme’s structure and its perceived value in the job market. As
international students continue to seek opportunities in the US, the OPT programme will
likely remain a vital component of their educational experience.
What is the MAGA Movement?
The MAGA (Make America Great Again) movement emerged during Donald Trump’s
2016 presidential campaign.
It was founded on the belief that the US lost its “greatness” due to foreign influence
(immigration, multiculturalism, globalization).
It advocates “America first” policies, emphasizing economic protectionism, reduced

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 32
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

immigration, and traditional American values.

Core Beliefs and Policies
1. Economic Protectionism:
Tariffs on imports (e.g., China, Canada, EU).
Opposition to globalization and policies seen as undermining US industries.
2. Immigration Control:
Restricting immigration, especially from developing nations.
Examples:
2017 Muslim Ban: Targeted seven Muslim-majority countries, later
extended to include North Korea and Venezuelan officials.
Border wall construction along the US-Mexico border.
Defence Ministry Announces 2025 as “Year of Reforms”
January 2, 2025
India’s Ministry of Defence has declared 2025 as the “Year of Reforms.” This initiative aims
to modernise the armed forces, focusing on joint operations, advanced technologies, and
integrated military strategies. Defence Minister Rajnath Singh leads this transformation,
which seeks to enhance India’s defence capabilities and establish the country as a global
leader in defence exports.
Context of Defence Reforms
The announcement of 2025 as the Year of Reforms comes at important time. India faces
evolving security challenges that require a modern and technologically advanced military.
The reforms will address these challenges by improving operational readiness and
encouraging collaboration among the Army, Navy, and Air Force.
Key Focus Areas of Reform
The reforms will concentrate on several core areas, including:
1. Integrated Theatre Commands: Establishing Integrated Theatre Commands will
enhance coordination among the three armed services. This will improve operational
efficiency and responsiveness to security threats.
2. Emerging Technologies: The Ministry will prioritise technologies such as artificial
intelligence, machine learning, hypersonics, and robotics. These advancements will
inform new tactics and techniques essential for modern warfare.
3. Inter-Service Cooperation: Promoting inter-service cooperation will ensure that the
armed forces can conduct integrated operations effectively. This includes shared
operational requirements and joint training exercises.
4. Simplified Acquisition Procedures: Streamlining acquisition processes will expedite
the military’s access to new technologies and equipment. This will boost overall
readiness and capability.
5. Public-Private Partnerships: The government aims to enhance collaboration
between the defence sector and civil industry. This initiative will promote innovation
and support the modernisation effort.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 33
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Enhancing Defence Exports and Research

India seeks to become a credible exporter of defence products. This ambition involves
strengthening research and development efforts and encouraging partnerships between
local industries and foreign manufacturers. Enhanced collaboration will lead to better
resource integration and technological advancements.
Focus on Veteran Welfare
The welfare of veterans is a priority within the reform agenda. The Ministry plans to
optimise welfare measures for veterans and leverage their expertise in driving innovation
and reforms in the defence sector.
Cultural Pride and Indigenous Capabilities
The Ministry aims to instil pride in Indian culture and ideas within the armed forces. This
will involve adopting global standards while developing indigenous capabilities tailored to
India’s unique needs. Best practices from modern militaries will be incorporated, ensuring
alignment with local conditions.

1. Rajnath Singh is the current Defence Minister of India.

2. Integrated Theatre Commands will enhance joint military operations.
3. Artificial intelligence is a key focus for future military strategies.
4. Public-private partnerships aim to encourage innovation in defence.
5. India aspires to be a leading defence exporter by 2025.

Water Surges in Rajasthan’s Desert Town

January 2, 2025
On December 28, 2023, a surprising event unfolded in Mohangarh, Rajasthan. During a
tubewell drilling operation, water unexpectedly gushed from the ground, prompting
speculation about the ancient Saraswati River’s resurgence. However, experts clarified
that this phenomenon was likely due to the presence of an artesian well, a natural water
source under pressure.
About Artesian Wells
An artesian well is a type of water well where water flows to the surface naturally, without
the need for pumping. This occurs when water is confined under pressure within a
geological layer, often sandstone. The pressure causes the water to rise when a borehole
penetrates the confining layer.
Geological Factors Involved
The drilling likely breached a sandstone barrier that encased the aquifer. This breach
allowed the pressurised water to escape forcefully. Such occurrences, while rare, are not
unheard of in Rajasthan’s desert landscape.
Safety Assessments
Following the incident, safety assessments were conducted. Hydro-geologist Narayan Das
Inakhiya confirmed that the water flow had ceased and posed no danger to local
residents. Additionally, government teams tested the gases released during the water

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 34
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

surge and found them to be non-hazardous.

Future Investigations
Union Minister for Science and Technology Jitendra Singh announced plans for further
investigation. Scientists from CSIR will conduct detailed surveys to identify more
underground aquifers in Rajasthan. They will utilise advanced equipment capable of
scanning the surface for hidden water sources.

1. The Saraswati River is an ancient river mentioned in Hindu texts.

2. Artesian wells can occur in arid regions where groundwater is confined.
3. Rajasthan is known for its unique geological features, including aquifers.
4. Heliborne surveys help map underground water sources effectively.
5. Non-flammable gases can sometimes accompany artesian water flows.

The Role of Local Governance

Local authorities play important role in managing water resources. They ensure that
drilling activities are conducted safely and sustainably. The Rajasthan government has
emphasised the importance of understanding the region’s aquifers for future water
management strategies.
Key Facts About Saraswati River
It was mentioned over 80 times in the Rigveda, indicating its importance in ancient
Indian civilization.
Considered a mythological river with deep cultural and historical relevance.
It is believed to have been dried up over 5000 years ago due to climatic changes and
tectonic shifts.
What is “Blood Money” in Sharia Law?
January 2, 2025
Nimisha Priya, an Indian nurse from Kerala, is on death row in Yemen for the 2017 killing
of a Yemeni national. The Yemeni President, Rashad al-Alimi, has approved the death
sentence, which is set to be executed within a month. Despite the grim circumstances,
there are potential avenues for her to avoid execution. Yemen’s legal system, influenced
by Islamic Sharia law, still employs capital punishment, unlike many democracies that
have abolished it. However, the Quran promotes forgiveness and financial compensation,
known as ‘diyya’, as alternatives to retribution.
About ‘Diyya’ in Islamic Law
‘Diyya’ refers to blood money in Islamic law. It allows the victim’s family to decide the
punishment for the murderer.
The Quran encourages forgiveness, stating that if the victim’s family chooses to
pardon the offender, they should negotiate a fair payment.
There is no fixed amount for blood money; it varies based on negotiations between
the families involved. Some countries have established minimum amounts for such
payments

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 35
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

What is Sharia Law?

Sharia is Islam’s legal system, derived from Quran (Islam’s holy book) and Sunnah
and Hadith (deeds and sayings of Prophet Muhammad).
In Arabic, Sharia means “the clear, well-trodden path to water.”
It acts as a code of conduct for Muslims, covering prayers, fasting, charity, and daily
life.
It is a comprehensive framework that informs various aspects of life, including family
law, finance, business and social behavior.
Criminal offences under this law are categorized broadly into Hadd Offences (Serious
crimes with fixed punishments) and Tazir Offences (punishments left to the
discretion of the judge)
Application of this law varies widely across countries due to differences in legal,
cultural, and social contexts. Some Islamic countries enforce strict penalties, while
others adopt a more liberal approach.
Yemen Civil War
Unified in 1990, Yemen was poor, with corruption, widespread private weapons, and
deep north-south divisions.
Protests from the Arab Spring (2011–2012) reached Yemen after the Tunisian
Revolution.
By 2011, Yemen faced al Qaeda-linked militants in the south and Zaydi Shia rebels in
the north.
Houthi Takeover (2014):
The Iran-backed Houthi rebels captured Sana’a, Yemen’s capital, in September
2014, leading to civil war.
By January 2015, they ousted the internationally recognized government,
dissolved Parliament, and declared a Revolutionary Committee.
Saudi-led Intervention (2015):
A Saudi-led coalition intervened to restore Hadi’s government, starting a long
and devastating bombing campaign.
Humanitarian Crisis: Yemen was the poorest Arab country even before the war. The
war resulted in Yemen becoming one of the world’s worst humanitarian crises,
nearing famine.
Bharatiya Vayuyan Adhiniyam 2024 Replaces Aircraft Act of 1934
January 2, 2025
The ‘Bharatiya Vayuyan Adhiniyam 2024’ is a transformative piece of legislation that
replaces the outdated ‘Aircraft Act of 1934’. This new Act comes into effect on January 1,
2025, and aims to enhance passenger rights and attract investment in the aviation sector.
Civil Aviation Minister Kinjarapu Ram Mohan Naidu introduced the Act during the Winter
Session of Parliament in 2024. The new regulations are designed to align with global
standards and modern needs, marking shift in India’s aviation landscape.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 36
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Key Objectives of the Act

The primary goals of the ‘Bharatiya Vayuyan Adhiniyam 2024’ include improving
passenger welfare, encouraging innovation, and creating a conducive environment for
investment. The legislation seeks to modernise aviation operations and ensure that the
rights of passengers are prioritised.
Passenger Rights Protection
The Act introduces a streamlined online grievance redressal system aimed at resolving
complaints efficiently. This mechanism ensures that passengers receive timely responses
to their issues, enhancing service quality and consumer protection. This initiative will
contribute to safer and more efficient air travel.
Investment and Innovation
A crucial aspect of the new legislation is its focus on creating an investment-friendly
environment. By simplifying regulations and addressing gaps in the previous Act, it
encourages both domestic and international investors. It also eases regulations to create
a favorable environment for aircraft leasing and investment in the aviation sector. The Act
aims to boost aircraft manufacturing and streamline air traffic management, thereby
supporting the growth of the aviation sector.
Regulatory Framework for Drones
The ‘Bharatiya Vayuyan Adhiniyam 2024’ also includes provisions for the regulation of
drones. This emerging sector requires specific guidelines to ensure safe and efficient
operations. The Act aims to provide a comprehensive framework that governs the use,
manufacture, and operation of drones, reflecting the evolving nature of aviation
technology.
Modernisation of Aviation Laws
The previous Aircraft Act had become inadequate due to its age and numerous
amendments. The new Act grants enhanced regulatory powers to ensure safe and
efficient aviation operations. It covers all facets of aviation, including design, manufacture,
maintenance, and operation, while also addressing new sectors like air taxis.

1. Dr Ranjeet Mehta is the SG & CEO of PHDCCI.

2. The Act promotes the “Make in India” initiative.
3. The previous Aircraft Act was amended 21 times.
4. The Act includes provisions for air traffic management.
5. It aims to enhance the role of MSMEs in aviation.

Global Compliance and Standards

The Act aligns India’s aviation policies with international standards. This alignment is
essential for improving the country’s competitiveness in the global aviation market. By
establishing robust regulatory frameworks, the legislation ensures that India meets the
requirements of international aviation authorities.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 37
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Future Prospects for Indian Aviation

The ‘Bharatiya Vayuyan Adhiniyam 2024’ positions India as a competitive player in the
global aviation industry. Stakeholders expect improvements in service delivery and
operational standards. The government’s commitment to modernisation and self-reliance
is evident, as it seeks to transform India into a global aviation hub. This legislation marks
the beginning of a new era for Indian aviation, aiming for enhanced safety, efficiency, and
growth.
Gaza Faces Hypothermia Crisis Amid Ongoing Conflict
January 2, 2025
The humanitarian crisis in Gaza has intensified due to severe cold weather. In just one
week, six infants have succumbed to hypothermia. The ongoing conflict has restricted
access to essential winter aid and medical support. Over 45,500 lives have been lost,
predominantly among children and women. The population of 2.3 million, many
displaced, faces dire conditions with inadequate food and water supplies.
About Hypothermia
Hypothermia is a medical condition where the body loses heat faster than it can produce
it. The normal core temperature for humans is about 37 degrees Celsius (98.6 degrees
Fahrenheit). This temperature must be maintained for vital organs to function properly.
When the body temperature drops below 35 degrees Celsius (95 degrees Fahrenheit),
hypothermia begins to set in.
Temperature Thresholds for Hypothermia
Hypothermia can occur even at temperatures above 4 degrees Celsius (40 degrees
Fahrenheit). Factors like rain, wind, and immersion in cold water can accelerate heat loss.
The severity of hypothermia is categorised as follows –
Mild Hypothermia – 32–35 degrees Celsius (89.6–95 degrees Fahrenheit)
Moderate Hypothermia – 28–32 degrees Celsius (82.4–89.6 degrees Fahrenheit)
Severe Hypothermia – Below 28 degrees Celsius (82.4 degrees Fahrenheit)
Symptoms of Hypothermia
Symptoms vary based on the severity of hypothermia. Initially, the body loses heat
through the skin, and blood vessels constrict to conserve warmth. Shivering occurs as the
body attempts to generate heat. However, prolonged exposure leads to muscle fatigue
and confusion. As the condition worsens, shivering stops, heart rate and breathing slow
down, and unconsciousness may occur. Severe cases can result in cardiac arrest if not
treated promptly.
Treatment Options for Hypothermia
Timely intervention can reverse hypothermia. For mild to moderate cases, moving the
individual to a warm environment, removing wet clothing, and using blankets are
effective. Warm, non-alcoholic drinks can aid recovery if the person is conscious. Severe
hypothermia requires medical intervention, including passive rewarming with blankets
and active rewarming techniques, such as intravenous warm fluids.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 38
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Infants and Hypothermia Risk

Infants are particularly vulnerable to hypothermia due to their larger surface area relative
to body mass. They lose heat more rapidly and may not show clear signs of cold stress.
Malnutrition exacerbates this risk, and with food shortages due to the conflict, infants in
Gaza are at an increased risk of hypothermia.

1. Hypothermia can occur above 4C (40F).

2. Severe hypothermia is defined as below 28C (82.4F).
3. Infants lose heat more quickly due to their body shape.
4. Winter temperatures in Gaza can drop to 9C (45F).
5. Rare instances of snow have been recorded in Gaza.

Current Weather Conditions in Gaza

In late December 2024, Gaza’s temperatures ranged from 19 to 20 degrees Celsius (66 to
68 degrees Fahrenheit) during the day and dropped to 11 to 12 degrees Celsius (52 to 54
degrees Fahrenheit) at night. The harsh winter has been compounded by heavy rains and
strong winds, damaging makeshift shelters. Residents face challenges in obtaining fuel for
heating, leading many to seek firewood from trees.
Key Facts about the Gaza Strip
It is in the eastern Mediterranean basin.
It shares borders with:
Egypt to the southwest.
Israel to the north and east.
Mediterranean Sea to the west.
Gaza is surrounded by walls on three sides. Its western border is under the control of
Israel, restricting the region’s access to sea.
There are 3 border crossing – Rafah Crossing (under the control of Egypt) and Karem
Abu Salem Crossing and Erez Crossing (under the control of Israel).
Gaza Strip is one of the most densely populated regions globally.
“Open Air Prison” is the term widely used to describe Gaza’s living conditions.
Historical Significance
Six-Day War (1967): Israel captured Gaza from Egypt and initiated military
occupation.
Israeli Withdrawal (2005): Israel removed its settlements but imposed intermittent
blockades.
Hamas came to power in Gaza in 2007. Following this, Israel and Egypt enforced a
permanent blockade, citing security concerns.
The blockade caused severe economic crisis, leading to high levels of
unemployment, food insecurity and aid dependency.
India-Pakistan Nuclear Agreement Update
January 2, 2025

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 39
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

India and Pakistan have recently exchanged information regarding their nuclear
installations. This exchange is part of an annual agreement that has been in place for over
three decades. The agreement aims to prevent attacks on each country’s nuclear facilities.
The exchange also included details about civilian prisoners and fishermen held in custody
by both nations. Despite ongoing tensions, this process continues to be important aspect
of their bilateral relationship.
About Agreement on the Prohibition of Attack Against Nuclear Installations and
Facilities
It is a bilateral agreement signed between India and Pakistan on December 31, 1988.
It came into force on January 27, 1991.
The purpose of this agreement is to prohibit both nations from attacking each
other’s nuclear facilities or supporting third-party attacks on them.
Under this agreement, the two countries exchange a list of nuclear installations and
facilities annually on January 1.
Till date, 34 consecutive exchanges have taken place between India and Pakistan.
Recent Developments in Exchanges
During the latest exchange, the Ministry of External Affairs (MEA) confirmed the
simultaneous exchange in New Delhi and Islamabad. India provided details of 381 civilian
prisoners and 81 fishermen in its custody. Pakistan reciprocated with information about
49 civilian prisoners and 217 fishermen believed to be Indian.
Focus on Civilian Prisoners and Fishermen
The exchange included a request to expedite the release of 183 Indian fishermen and
civilian prisoners. These individuals have completed their sentences. Additionally, India
seeks cons
ISRO to Launch US Communications Satellite Bluebird
January 2, 2025
The Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) is set to make history by launching an
American communications satellite. This is the first time an American company is using an
Indian rocket for such a large and advanced satellite. The mission is expected to occur in
February or March 2025.
Background of the Mission
Historically, ISRO has focused on launching small satellites from American manufacturers.
The upcoming launch will be the first instance of a massive communications satellite
being deployed by a US company from Indian soil. This initiative reflects the growing
partnership between India and the United States in the field of space technology.
The Role of AST SpaceMobile
AST SpaceMobile, a Texas-based company, is expected to be the manufacturer of the
satellite. The company has developed technology that allows users to make voice calls
using standard smartphones. Unlike other satellite communication providers, AST
SpaceMobile does not require users to purchase special handsets or terminals, making it

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 40
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

more accessible to the general public.

Technical Specifications of the Satellite
The satellite in question is the Bluebird satellite, which will be launched into low
Earth orbit using ISRO’s Geo-synchronous Satellite Launch Vehicle (GSLV).
It will feature a large 64 square-meter antenna, approximately half the size of a
football field.
The satellite is projected to weigh around 6,000 kg, showcasing its capability to
handle substantial data transmission.
Implications for Mobile Communication
This satellite aims to revolutionise mobile communication by enabling direct voice calls
from space. It eliminates the need for special setups, unlike other systems like Starlink.
Users will benefit from enhanced connectivity, especially in remote areas where traditional
mobile networks may be unreliable. The technology promises to bridge the
communication gap and provide broadband internet access globally. It aims to make 5G
broadband affordable and accessible in underserved and remote areas. It will support
critical services such as education, healthcare, social networking, and promote economic
opportunities.
Key Facts About GSLV
Geosynchronous Satellite Launch Vehicle is designed to place communication
satellites into Geostationary Transfer Orbit (GTO) using a cryogenic third stage for
higher thrust.
Significance: GSLV is a medium-lift launch vehicle and marks India’s move toward
self-reliance in launching heavy satellites for communication, meteorology, and
strategic purposes.
It played a key role in major missions like Chandrayaan-2.
Historical Development:
1990: ISRO began developing GSLV to achieve sovereign satellite launch capability.
2000: First experimental flight carrying GSAT-1 failed due to cryogenic stage
limitations.
2014: First successful flight with an indigenous cryogenic upper stage launched
GSAT-14 (GSLV-D5).
Since 2017: Achieved 6 consecutive successful flights, establishing reliability.
Variants of GSLV:
GSLV Mk I:
Used Russian cryogenic upper stage due to early challenges in developing
indigenous technology.
Payload capacity: 2–2.5 tons to GTO.
Operated from 2001–2010 with 5 flights.
GSLV Mk II:
Features indigenous cryogenic engine.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 41
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Payload capacity: 2.5 tons to GTO.

First successful launch: 2014 (GSAT-14).
GSLV Mk III (LVM-3):
Most advanced variant with a payload capacity of 4 tons to GTO.
Used for significant missions like Chandrayaan-2 and future human spaceflight
missions.
Key Features of Cryogenic Engines:
1. Uses Liquid Hydrogen (LH2) and Liquid Oxygen (LOX) for greater thrust.
2. Enables heavier payloads in higher orbits, vital for communication satellites.

1. AST SpaceMobile’s technology connects satellites to ordinary cell phones.

2. GSLV is important vehicle for launching heavier payloads into orbit.
3. The Bluebird satellite’s antenna is larger than typical satellite antennas.
4. ISRO has launched over 300 foreign satellites since its inception.
5. Direct satellite communication can enhance emergency response capabilities.

Indian Navy to Commission New Warships and Submarine

January 2, 2025
The Indian Navy is poised to enhance its capabilities with the commissioning of three
advanced platforms on January 15, 2025. These vessels represent leap in India’s naval
technology and self-reliance, with all three constructed at Mazagon Dock Shipbuilders
Limited in Mumbai.
Overview of the New Platforms
The three platforms commissioned include the Surat destroyer, the Nilgiri frigate, and the
Vagsheer submarine. Each vessel showcases India’s growing capabilities in indigenous
defence manufacturing. The commissioning signifies a strategic enhancement to India’s
maritime strength and showcases the nation’s commitment to a self-sufficient defence
ecosystem.
Guided-Missile Destroyer Surat
Surat is the latest addition to the Project 15B destroyers. It builds upon the foundation of
the Kolkata-class destroyers, which are known for their advanced capabilities. Surat
features improvements in design and combat efficiency. It is equipped with a range of
modern sensors and weapon systems, developed through collaborations with leading
global manufacturers.
Stealth Frigate Nilgiri
Nilgiri serves as the lead ship of Project 17A.
It represents a major advancement over the Shivalik-class frigates, incorporating
enhanced stealth features.
The ship has a reduced radar signature, making it harder to detect.
It can undertake various missions, including anti-aircraft and anti-surface warfare,
reinforcing the Navy’s operational versatility

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 42
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

The vessel was designed by the Navy’s Warship Design Bureau and built by Mazagon
Dock Shipbuilders Limited (MDL), Mumbai.
It includes systems like Rail-Less Helicopter Traversing System and Visual Aid and
Landing System
It is equipped with modern aviation systems to operate helicopters like Chetak, ALH,
Sea King, and MH-60R.
Diesel-Electric Submarine Vagsheer
Vagsheer is the sixth submarine of the Scorpene-class, part of the Kalvari-class Project 75.
It is designed for diverse missions, including anti-surface and anti-submarine warfare. The
submarine is armed with wire-guided torpedoes and anti-ship missiles. Its advanced sonar
systems and modular construction enable future upgrades, such as Air Independent
Propulsion technology.

1. Project 15B includes advanced destroyers like Surat.

2. Nilgiri is the first of its class in Project 17A.
3. Vagsheer enhances capabilities in maritime surveillance.
4. Mazagon Dock Shipbuilders Limited is a key defence manufacturer.
5. AIP technology allows submarines to operate longer without surfacing.

Impact on India’s Defence Manufacturing

The commissioning of these platforms puts stress on India’s progress in defence
manufacturing. It marks the country’s ability to design and construct advanced naval
vessels independently. The successful integration of indigenous technologies enhances
national security and reduces dependency on foreign suppliers. This event marks a
historic moment for the Indian Navy, demonstrating the nation’s commitment to building
a robust defence ecosystem.
Future Prospects for the Indian Navy
With the addition of Surat, Nilgiri, and Vagsheer, the Indian Navy is better equipped to
address maritime challenges. The advancements in naval technology are expected to
boost India’s strategic position in the Indian Ocean region. The Navy’s focus on self-
reliance will likely lead to further developments in indigenous defence capabilities. This
commissioning sets a precedent for future projects in naval warfare and technology.
PMAY-G Housing Initiative for Rural Development
January 2, 2025
The Rural Development Ministry of India has set ambitious goals for the Pradhan Mantri
Awas Yojana-Gramin (PMAY-G) in 2024-25. This is part of a broader strategy to alleviate
poverty in rural areas. The ministry plans to establish monthly targets to ensure timely
implementation of housing schemes.
Overview of PMAY-G
The Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana-Gramin is a government scheme aimed at
providing affordable housing to the rural poor.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 43
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

It was launched in 2016 and focuses on building pucca houses with basic amenities.
The scheme has been extended for an additional five years, from 2024 to 2029. The
target is to construct two crore houses during this period.
This initiative plays important role in the government’s vision of housing for all.
Recent Developments
In a recent announcement, the Rural Development Ministry confirmed its focus on
sanctioning 10 lakh houses in January 2025. The ministry will release the first instalment to
beneficiaries as part of this initiative. The commitment to set monthly targets will help
ensure that the housing scheme is implemented effectively. The highest budget of Rs
54,500 crore has been allocated for the financial year 2024-25 to support this initiative.
Budget Allocation and Financial Support
The financial backing for the PMAY-G has seen a continuous increase. The allocation for
the financial year 2024-25 is the highest to date, amounting to Rs 54,500 crore. This
budget is intended to facilitate the construction of houses and support the overall goal of
poverty alleviation. The government aims to ensure that funds are utilised effectively to
benefit the intended recipients.
Review of Related Schemes
The ministry is also reviewing other rural development schemes such as the Mahatma
Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Scheme and the Pradhan Mantri Gram
Sadak Yojana. These schemes complement the PMAY-G by providing employment and
improving infrastructure in rural areas. The integration of these initiatives is vital for
achieving holistic rural development.

1. PMAY-G stands for Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana-Gramin.

2. The scheme aims to build two crore houses by 2029.
3. Rs 54,500 crore is the highest budget allocation for PMAY-G.
4. Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Scheme provides
employment in rural areas.
5. The initiative was first launched in 2016.

Future Goals and Vision

The Rural Development Ministry envisions a future where all rural families have access to
safe and secure housing. The ongoing efforts under PMAY-G and related schemes are
integral to achieving this vision. The government remains committed to addressing rural
poverty and improving the quality of life for its citizens.
Govt Announces New Subsidy and Insurance Initiatives for Farmers
January 2, 2025
The Union Cabinet of India has recently announced measures to support farmers. These
initiatives include a one-time special subsidy for Diammonium Phosphate (DAP) fertiliser
and the continuation of crop insurance schemes. The government aims to ensure
affordable access to DAP and provide risk coverage against natural calamities for farmers.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 44
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Special Subsidy for DAP Fertiliser

The Cabinet has extended the DAP subsidy at ₹3,500 per metric tonne. This subsidy will
remain in effect from January 1, 2025, until further notice. The government plans to
allocate approximately ₹3,850 crore for this special package. This initiative aims to
maintain the availability of DAP at reasonable prices for farmers during the Kharif and
Rabi seasons of 2024-25.
Pradhan Mantri Fasal Bima Yojana (PMFBY)
The PMFBY will continue until the financial year 2025-26. The total allocation for this
scheme is ₹69,515.71 crore. This insurance scheme provides risk coverage to farmers for
losses caused by natural disasters. It has benefitted approximately four crore farmers,
with 88% being small and marginal farmers.
Restructured Weather Based Crop Insurance Scheme (RWBCIS)
The RWBCIS will also remain operational until 2025-26. This scheme is designed to offer
insurance based on weather conditions, protecting farmers from adverse climatic events.
The government’s focus is on integrating technology to streamline claims processing and
farmer enrolment.
Fund for Innovation and Technology (FIAT)
The Cabinet has approved the establishment of FIAT with an allocation of ₹824.77 crore.
This fund will support technological advancements in insurance schemes. The aim is to
enhance efficiency in the insurance sector, ensuring quicker claim settlements.
Weather Information and Network Data System (WINDS)
In 2024-25, the WINDS will be implemented to improve weather data collection. This
initiative involves the installation of automatic weather stations. The goal is to provide
accurate weather information to aid farmers in decision-making.
Memorandum of About on Rice Trade
The Cabinet has approved a MoU for the trade of Non-Basmati White Rice (NBWR)
between India and Indonesia. This agreement allows for the trading of one million metric
tonnes of rice annually. The trade will depend on production levels and international
market prices.

1. FIAT aims to modernise agricultural insurance technology.

2. PMFBY has disbursed ₹1.7 trillion in insurance payouts over eight years.
3. 90% of premium subsidy is shared in the northeastern states.
4. The DAP subsidy ensures stable pricing despite global market volatility.
5. WINDS will enhance the accuracy of weather predictions for farmers.

India Mobilises Cyber Crime Volunteers Nationwide

January 2, 2025
The Union Ministry of Home Affairs, along with various State governments, has initiated a
programme that enlists approximately 54,800 cyber crime volunteers to identify and
report unlawful content online. This initiative stems from the Indian Cyber Crime

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 45
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Coordination Centre (I4C). The programme aims to enhance public participation in

maintaining cybersecurity and protecting the integrity of the nation.
Overview of the Cyber Volunteer Framework
The Cyber Volunteer Framework allows citizens to become involved in the fight against
cybercrime. Volunteers can report unlawful content, promote cyber hygiene, and serve as
experts to assist law enforcement. The I4C has successfully enrolled 54,833 volunteers,
comprising 22,942 individuals focused on reporting unlawful content, 22,071 awareness
promoters, and 9,819 experts in the field.
Criticism from Digital Liberties Organisations
The Internet Freedom Foundation (IFF), a prominent digital rights organisation, has raised
concerns about the potential negative implications of this initiative. They argue that it may
encourage a culture of surveillance and suspicion among citizens, thereby undermining
social trust. Such criticism marks the delicate balance between security measures and
personal freedoms in the digital age.
Case Study – G-20 Cyber Attacks
During the G-20 conference held in India, a student volunteer reported cyber threats
targeting government websites. The volunteer, part of the I4C, noted that hackers
attempted to deface government sites and disrupt services. This incident puts stress on
the critical role that volunteers play in identifying and reporting cyber threats, particularly
during national events.
Daily Operations of the Cyber Crime Portal
The cyber crime portal, linked to local police stations and banks, handles an average of
67,000 calls daily. Security agencies manage to identify between 1,500 and 2,000
fraudulent accounts each day. This high volume of activity illustrates the ongoing
challenges posed by cyber criminals and the need for vigilant public participation.
Registration Process for Volunteers
Individuals interested in becoming cyber volunteers can register through the official
portal at www.cybercrime.gov.in. The platform allows users to flag content deemed
unlawful, which includes materials threatening national sovereignty, security, public
order, communal harmony, and child exploitation.
Partnerships with Major Tech Companies
The I4C has collaborated with major tech companies, including Google and Facebook, to
enhance the fight against cybercrime. These partnerships aim to improve the
identification and reporting of organised investment crimes facilitated by online
platforms. The Ministry’s report indicates that “big tech” has important role in proactively
addressing cyber threats and sharing intelligence with law enforcement agencies.

1. I4C stands for Indian Cyber Crime Coordination Centre.

2. The G-20 conference in 2023 faced organised cyber attacks.
3. The cyber crime portal receives approximately 67,000 calls daily.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 46
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

4. Google and Facebook are partners in combating cyber crime.

5. Over 1,10,925 cybercrime complaints were filed from January to March 2024.

Cyber Crime Trends and Statistics

From January to March 2024, the I4C recorded a staggering number of cybercrime
complaints. Notable platforms involved included WhatsApp, with 43,797 complaints, and
Telegram, with 22,680 complaints. Other platforms such as Instagram, Facebook, and
YouTube also reported numbers of incidents. These statistics highlight the pervasive
nature of cybercrime and the urgent need for community involvement in addressing these
issues.
Key Facts on the Indian Cybercrime Coordination Centre (I4C)
The Indian Cybercrime Coordination Centre (I4C) is a Ministry of Home Affairs (MHA)
initiative to address cybercrime in India in a coordinated and comprehensive
manner.
Established in 2020, it aims to:
Tackle cybercrime issues for citizens.
Improve coordination among law enforcement agencies and stakeholders.
Enhance India’s capability to address cybercrime.
Improve citizen satisfaction regarding cybercrime handling.
2. Its roles include:
Strengthen security to combat cybercrime.
Coordinate efforts across stakeholders, including different jurisdictions.
Address the increasing volume of cybercrimes through better coordination and
response mechanisms.
Groundwater Nitrate Contamination in India
January 2, 2025
India faces groundwater contamination issue, particularly due to excessive nitrates. The
Central Groundwater Board (CGWB) reports that as of 2023, 440 districts have unsafe
nitrate levels, up from 359 in 2017. This rise poses health risks, especially for children, and
contributes to environmental toxicity. The data indicates that approximately 56% of India’s
districts exceed safe nitrate limits, primarily due to nitrogenous fertilisers used in
agriculture.
Current Groundwater Nitrate Levels
The CGWB collected 15,239 groundwater samples across India. Almost 19.8% of these
samples contained nitrates above the safe limit of 45 mg per litre. This percentage is
slightly lower than the 21.6% recorded in 2017. The increase in contaminated districts
marks a growing concern regarding groundwater safety.
Regions Affected by Nitrate Contamination
Certain states report alarming levels of nitrate contamination. Rajasthan, Karnataka, and
Tamil Nadu exhibit the highest rates, with 49%, 48%, and 37% of tested samples
respectively exceeding safe limits. Other states like Maharashtra and Telangana also show
© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 47
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

contamination levels, indicating a troubling trend in central and southern India.

Seasonal Impact on Nitrate Levels
Monsoon rainfall influences nitrate levels in groundwater. Pre-monsoon testing showed
30.77% of samples contaminated, while post-monsoon testing revealed an increase to
32.66%. This seasonal variation puts stress on the need for monitoring and management
strategies to mitigate contamination.
Other Chemical Contaminants
Fluoride and uranium also contribute to groundwater quality issues. Rajasthan, Haryana,
and Karnataka report fluoride levels exceeding permissible limits. Furthermore, uranium
contamination is a critical concern in Rajasthan and Punjab, with samples showing
concentrations above 100 ppb, which is deemed unsafe.
Groundwater Extraction Trends
The CGWB estimates that groundwater extraction in India stands at 60.4%, consistent
since 2009. However, there has been a notable increase in the number of ‘safe’
groundwater blocks, rising from 67.4% in 2022 to 73% in 2024. Despite this positive trend,
the overall number of blocks analysed decreased by 343, raising concerns about data
reliability.

1. Nitrate levels above 45 mg/l are hazardous.

2. 56% of districts in India exceed safe nitrate limits.
3. Rajasthan has the highest nitrate contamination at 49%.
4. Uranium levels above 30 ppb are unsafe.
5. Groundwater extraction has been stable since 2009.

Addressing Groundwater Contamination

Efforts to address groundwater contamination must focus on sustainable agricultural
practices. Reducing reliance on nitrogenous fertilisers can help lower nitrate levels.
Additionally, improving water management strategies is essential to prevent
overexploitation of groundwater resources. Regular monitoring and public awareness
campaigns are crucial for protecting water quality and ensuring public health.
Indian Courts Achieve Milestone in Case Disposals
January 2, 2025
Recently, Indian courts reached milestone by disposing of more cases than the number
pending. This indicates a concerted effort by the judiciary to tackle the longstanding issue
of case pendency.
Case Disposal Statistics
The National Judicial Data Grid (NJDG) reported that district courts resolved over 13.4
million cases, leaving approximately 10.5 million pending.
This marked a notable improvement compared to 2023 when only 3.14 million cases
were disposed of.
High courts also saw progress, clearing more than 1.2 million cases in 2024, while

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 48
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

the Supreme Court addressed 36,969 cases.

The ratio of disposed cases to pending matters improved , dropping from 2.38 in
2023 to 0.79 in 2024.
Factors Contributing to Efficiency
The increase in case disposals is attributed to the judiciary’s focus on reducing pendency.
Enhanced efficiency and technology integration played important role. For instance, the
Supreme Court achieved a disposal rate of 109.8% in January 2024. Legal practitioners
noted that virtual hearings and digital processes have streamlined case management,
facilitating faster resolutions.
Innovations in Court Procedures
The adoption of technology, such as e-filing and virtual hearings, has transformed court
operations. Digitalisation has improved efficiency, enabling lawyers to represent clients
remotely. Courts have implemented e-filing rules, reducing delays and expediting case
processing. This modernisation has been instrumental in managing the increased
caseload.
Alternative Dispute Resolution Methods
The rise in popularity of out-of-court dispute resolution methods has also contributed to
reducing pendency. Arbitration and mediation have become more accessible, with Lok
Adalats facilitating quicker resolutions. The Mediation Act, 2023, has further reinforced
these methods, with mediation resolving up to 70% of referred disputes.
Government Initiatives and Funding
The government has actively supported the judiciary’s efforts to reduce pendency through
initiatives like the eCourts scheme. This project aims to establish digital courts, enhance
cloud infrastructure, and digitise court records. The Central government allocated ₹7,210
crore for the third phase of the eCourts project, which will operate for four years starting
in 2023. This funding puts stress on the commitment to modernising the legal system.

1. The NJDG stands for National Judicial Data Grid.

2. Lok Adalats are community-based dispute resolution forums.
3. The Mediation Act, 2023, enhances mediation practices in India.
4. eCourts is a government initiative to digitise court processes.
5. The Supreme Court achieved a disposal rate exceeding 100% in January 2024.

What is National Judicial Data Grid (NJDG)?

The National Judicial Data Grid (NJDG) is an online platform created under the eCourts
Project. It contains data on court orders, judgments, and case details from District,
Subordinate Courts, and High Courts across India. Data is updated regularly by the
connected courts.
Purpose of NJDG:
Helps litigants track civil and criminal case data, including case age and location
(State and District).

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 49
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Provides easy access to case information

Acts as a monitoring tool to reduce case pendency and improve court performance.
Monitoring and Management:
Helps identify delays in cases and supports policy decisions to reduce case backlogs.
Facilitates better monitoring of court performance and the identification of systemic
issues.
Tracks the reasons for delays, making it easier to understand and address specific
challenges.
Future Outlook for Indian Judiciary
The ongoing efforts to modernise the judiciary and improve case resolution processes will
likely continue. The integration of technology and alternative dispute resolution methods
will play a very important role in addressing the challenges of case pendency. The
judiciary’s commitment to efficiency signifies a positive trend for the legal system in India.
Lokpal Day to be Observed on January 16
January 2, 2025
The Lokpal of India has designated January 16 as “Lokpal Day”. This decision was made
during a meeting on March 14, 2024. The first commemoration is scheduled for January
16, 2025. Chief Justice of India Sanjiv Khanna will be the chief guest at this inaugural event.
The event will take place at Zorawar Auditorium, Manekshaw Centre in New Delhi.
Significance of Lokpal Day
Lokpal Day marks the establishment of the Lokpal of India. The observance aims to
promote awareness about the Lokpal’s role in enhancing transparency and accountability
in governance.
Inaugural Event Details
Chief Justice Sanjiv Khanna will arrive alongside other dignitaries. The gathering will
include judges from the Supreme Court and High Courts, legal service authorities, and
heads of investigative agencies. The event will also feature the felicitation of notable
individuals for their contributions to justice and public service.
What is Lokpal?
Lokpal is a national-level institution that investigates and addresses corruption among
public officials in India. It acts as an “Ombudsman” body, handling complaints of
corruption and grievances.
History and Genesis:
In the 1960s, the Administrative Reforms Commission (ARC) recommended the
creation of Lokpal and Lokayukta.
The concept of an ombudsman in India was first proposed by Ashok Kumar Sen, and
the term “Lokpal” was coined by Dr. L. M. Singhvi in 1963.
Lokpal Bill was passed in 1968 but lapsed; it was repeatedly introduced and finally
became law in 2013 after the Anna Hazare movement.
Lokpal and Lokayukta Act, 2013:

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 50
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Selection Committee: Includes the Prime Minister, Speaker of Lok Sabha, Leader of
Opposition, Chief Justice of India, and an eminent jurist.
Jurisdiction: Includes Prime Minister, Ministers, MPs, and government employees.
Composition: Lokpal has a chairperson and up to 8 members (half judicial), with a
focus on diversity (SCs, STs, OBCs, minorities, and women).
Powers: Lokpal has superintendence over investigative agencies like CBI and can
direct investigations.
Foreign Donations: Jurisdiction includes donations over Rs. 10 lakh under the
Foreign Contribution (Regulation) Act.
Amendment in 2016:
Allowed the largest opposition leader to be part of the selection committee if the
Leader of Opposition is absent.
Modified rules regarding the reporting of assets and liabilities by public officials.
Structure of the Lokpal Body
The Lokpal of India consists of a Chairperson and six members. Justice A. M. Khanwilkar is
the second Chairperson, having taken office on March 10, 2024. The body was established
under the Lokpal and Lokayuktas Act, 2013, which aims to combat corruption in public
offices.

1. Lokpal was established on January 16, 2014.

2. Anna Hazare is a prominent anti-corruption activist.
3. The Lokpal Act was enacted in 2013.
4. Justice N. Santosh Hegde served on the Supreme Court.
5. The Zorawar Auditorium is located in Delhi Cantt.

Future of Lokpal
The Lokpal aims to strengthen its role in combating corruption. It will focus on enhancing
public awareness and engagement. Future initiatives may include outreach programmes
and collaborations with various stakeholders. The goal is to encourage a culture of
accountability in public service.
India’s Greenhouse Gas Emissions Decline
January 2, 2025
India has made progress in reducing its greenhouse gas emissions. In 2020, emissions
decreased by 7.93% compared to 2019 levels. This decline is part of India’s broader
strategy to decouple economic growth from carbon emissions. The country aims to
further reduce the emission intensity of its GDP by 45% by 2030. Additionally, India plans
to achieve 50% of its electric power generation capacity from non-fossil fuels.
Emission Statistics
India’s total greenhouse gas emissions in 2020 reached 2,959 million tonnes of carbon
dioxide equivalent (MtCO2e). When including land use, land-use change, and forestry
(LULUCF), total emissions were 2,437 MtCO2e. Since 1994, emissions have risen by 98.34%.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 51
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Despite this increase, the country has successfully reduced emissions relative to its
economic growth.
Emission Intensity and Economic Growth
Between 2005 and 2020, the emission intensity of India’s GDP fell by 36%. This metric
indicates the amount of greenhouse gases produced per unit of economic output. India’s
efforts demonstrate a commitment to sustainable growth while addressing climate
change.
Biennial Update Reports (BURs)
Developing countries, including India, submit Biennial Update Reports (BURs) to the
United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) every two years.
These reports detail emissions data, progress on climate action, and the support needed
for mitigation and adaptation efforts.
Future Goals and Commitments
India has set ambitious targets as part of its Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs)
under the Paris Agreement. By 2030, the country aims to reduce GDP emission intensity
by 45% from 2005 levels. India also plans to achieve 50% of its cumulative electric power
installed capacity from non-fossil fuel sources by the same year.
Carbon Sink Initiatives
From 2005 to 2021, India created an additional carbon sink of 2.29 billion tonnes. The
country has committed to enhancing forest and tree cover to create a further carbon sink
of 2.5 to 3 billion tonnes by 2030. These initiatives are crucial for offsetting emissions and
combating climate change.
Major Sources of Emissions
India’s primary sources of greenhouse gas emissions include carbon dioxide from fossil
fuel combustion, methane from livestock, and emissions from aluminium and cement
production. The energy sector is the largest contributor, accounting for 75.66% of total
emissions. Agriculture follows at 13.72%, while industrial processes and waste contribute
8.06% and 2.56%, respectively.

1. LULUCF refers to land use, land-use change, and forestry.

2. BUR-4 is India’s fourth Biennial Update Report to the UNFCCC.
3. GJ stands for gigajoule, a unit of energy.
4. NDCs are Nationally Determined Contributions under the Paris Agreement.
5. MtCO2e signifies million tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent.

Energy Consumption
Despite being home to 18% of the global population, India’s annual primary energy
consumption per capita in 2022 was only 25.4 gigajoules (GJ). This figure is lower than the
global average of 78 GJ per person. In contrast, high-income countries averaged 119 GJ,
while the United States consumed 277 GJ per person. To meet its developmental goals,
India must increase energy consumption while remaining committed to reducing

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 52
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

emissions.
NIA Achieves Perfect Conviction Rate in 2024
January 2, 2025
The National Investigation Agency (NIA) has reported a remarkable achievement in 2024,
reaching a 100% conviction rate. This milestone reflects the agency’s commitment to
enhancing national security and delivering justice. In total, the NIA convicted 68
individuals across 25 cases, showcasing its effectiveness in tackling serious criminal
activities.
Conviction Statistics
Recently, the NIA conducted 80 cases, resulting in the arrest of 210 individuals. The
agency secured convictions in various categories, including 28 cases related to Left Wing
Extremism (LWE) and 18 cases concerning North East insurgency. Notably, there were
seven cases linked to Jammu and Kashmir Jihad, six cases involving explosive substances,
and five human trafficking cases.
Focus on Terrorism and Gangster Networks
The NIA concentrated on dismantling terrorist, gangster, and insurgent networks
throughout the year. The agency’s counter-terrorism operations led to the arrest of 14
individuals associated with Khalistani terrorism, 13 related to gangster activities, and 11
linked to ISIS. A operation targeted the ULFA(I) terrorist group in Assam, resulting in the
arrest of five individuals following a terror-related incident.
Weapons Recoveries
The NIA achieved success in weapons seizures across various states. A notable arms haul
occurred in Jammu, where overground workers of Hizbul Mujahideen were arrested.
Additionally, the agency recovered rifles, pistols, ammunition, and explosives intended for
insurgent groups in the North East, demonstrating its proactive approach to curbing
armed violence.
International Extraditions
Recently, the NIA expanded its international reach through successful extraditions. Key
accused, such as Tarsem Singh Sandhu from the UAE and Salman Khan from Rwanda,
were brought back to India. These actions highlight the agency’s growing capability to
combat transnational terrorism and organized crime effectively.
Expansion and Training Initiatives
To enhance its operational capacity, the NIA established two new exclusive courts in
Jammu and Ranchi. This expansion aims to streamline the judicial process for cases
handled by the agency. Furthermore, the NIA provided specialized training to over 1,600
officers, reinforcing collaboration with state police forces and strengthening overall
national security.

1. NIA – National Investigation Agency, India’s premier counter-terrorism body.

2. ULFA(I) – United Liberation Front of Assam (Independent), a separatist militant
group.
© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 53
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

3. Khalistani – Refers to a movement advocating for a separate Sikh state in India.

4. LWE – Left Wing Extremism, a term for Maoist insurgency in India.
5. IED – Improvised Explosive Device, a type of explosive often used in insurgent
attacks.

Key Points about the National Investigation Agency (NIA)

NIA was established under the National Investigation Agency (NIA) Act, 2008.
It investigates and prosecutes offences that affect India’s sovereignty, security,
integrity, and friendly relations with foreign states, as well as cases related to:
Atomic and nuclear facilities.
Smuggling of counterfeit Indian currency.
Scheduled Offences:
The offences specified in the schedule of the NIA Act include violations under:
Atomic Energy Act, 1962.
Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Act (UAPA), 1967.
These offences are directly investigated and prosecuted by the NIA.
Need for NIA:
Terrorist activities often involve inter-state and international linkages and
connections with organized crime, such as arms smuggling and fake currency
circulation.
The NIA was established after the 2008 Mumbai terror attacks to address terrorism
comprehensively and efficiently at the central level.
Mandates of NIA:
Investigates cases independently after they are assigned by the Central Government
under Section VI of the NIA Act.
Presents cases before NIA Special Courts.
Prosecutes cases under UAPA and other scheduled offences with Central
Government sanction.
Operates across state boundaries without needing state permissions for terror-
related crimes.
Celebrating 207 Years of Valour at Koregaon Bhima
January 2, 2025
The 207th Shaurya Din, or Valour Day, is being celebrated at Koregaon Bhima. This historic
event marks the British victory over the Peshwa forces in 1818. The gathering has
attracted an estimated 8 to 10 lakh attendees, eager to honour the Mahar soldiers who
played a very important role in this triumph. The Koregaon Bhima Vijaystambh, or Victory
Pillar, stands as a testament to this battle.
The Significance of Shaurya Din
Shaurya Din is observed annually on January 1. It commemorates the Battle of Koregaon
Bhima, which occurred in 1818. The event has evolved into a major celebration of Dalit
pride and resistance. This day is marked by large gatherings, paying tribute to the
© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 54
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

sacrifices of the soldiers involved in the battle.

The Battle of Koregaon Bhima
The Battle of Koregaon Bhima was fought on January 1, 1818. British forces, supported by
Mahar soldiers, faced off against the Peshwa army. The Mahar soldiers’ bravery
contributed to the British victory. Following the battle, the British erected the Vijay Pillar to
commemorate the event, which has become a symbol of pride for the Dalit community.
Dr. B.R. Ambedkar’s Influence
Dr. Babasaheb Ambedkar visited the Victory Pillar on January 1, 1927. His visit marked a
very important moment in the recognition of the battle’s significance. Ambedkar’s
advocacy for social justice and equality has since linked the event to the Dalit movement.
His followers celebrate this day as a reminder of their struggle against oppression.
The Gathering at Koregaon Bhima
Each year, the gathering at Koregaon Bhima grows larger. People from across
Maharashtra and beyond come to pay their respects. The celebrations include offerings of
flowers and prayers at the Victory Pillar. This annual event serves not only as a
remembrance of the battle but also as a platform for social and political expression.
Ongoing Relevance of the Event
The Shaurya Din celebrations reflect the ongoing relevance of the Battle of Koregaon
Bhima. The event embodies the themes of equality, justice, and remembrance. It serves as
an inspiration for future generations. The gathering marks the enduring legacy of the
Mahar soldiers and their role in shaping India’s social fabric.

1. Vijay Pillar – Commemorates the 1818 victory.

2. Koregaon Bhima – Site of the historic battle.
3. Shaurya Din – Celebrated annually on January 1.
4. Dr. Ambedkar – Advocated for Dalit rights and equality.
5. Mahar Soldiers – Key contributors to the British victory.

Celebrating the Life of Dr. K.S. Manilal

January 2, 2025
Dr. K.S. Manilal, a revered botanist, passed away on January 1, 2025, in Thrissur, Kerala. He
was 86 years old and had been unwell for some time. His remarkable contributions to
botany, particularly his work on the ancient manuscript Hortus Malabaricus, have left a
lasting impact on the field of plant research. Dr. Manilal’s dedication to reviving this 17th-
century work made strides in understanding Kerala’s rich biodiversity.
Early Life and Education
Dr. Manilal was born in Kerala and obtained his doctorate from Sagar University. He
began his academic career at Kerala University in 1964. His early education laid a strong
foundation for his future contributions to botany.
Hortus Malabaricus – A Botanical Treasure
Hortus Malabaricus is a 12-volume Latin manuscript compiled by Dutch Governor Hendrik

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 55
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Adrian van Rheede. The work documents the medicinal plants of Kerala. Dr. Manilal
dedicated over 35 years to researching, translating, and annotating this invaluable text.
His English translation was published in 2003, followed by a Malayalam version in 2008.
Contributions to Plant Research
Dr. Manilal authored more than 200 research papers and 11 influential books. His notable
works include Flora of Calicut and Flora of Silent Valley. His research led to the discovery of
19 new plant species, with four named in his honour. His studies were vital in
understanding plant biodiversity in Kerala, particularly in the Silent Valley and Kozhikode
regions.
Leadership Roles and Achievements
Dr. Manilal held several leadership positions in botany. He was the founding president of
the Indian Association for Angiosperm Taxonomy (IAAT) and served as chief editor of its
journal, Reedia. He also presided over the Botanical Society of India. His leadership
encourageed collaboration and advancement in plant taxonomy.
Awards and Recognition
Throughout his career, Dr. Manilal received numerous prestigious awards. He was
honoured with the Padma Shri in 2020 for his contributions to botany. Other accolades
include the Vishwambhar Puri Medal and the E.K. Janaki Ammal Taxonomy Award.
Internationally, he was awarded the Officer of the Order of Orange-Nassau by Queen
Beatrix of the Netherlands in 2012, becoming the first Asian recipient of this honour.
Legacy and Continued Work
After retiring from Calicut University in 1999, Dr. Manilal founded the Centre for Research
in Indigenous Knowledge, Science, and Culture (CRIKSC) in Kozhikode. The centre
publishes the research journal Samagra, promoting indigenous knowledge and culture.
His legacy continues through his family and the many students he inspired.

1. Hortus Malabaricus was compiled in the 17th century.

2. Dr. Manilal discovered 19 new plant species.
3. He was the first Asian to receive the Orange-Nassau award.
4. His work revived interest in plant taxonomy in India.
5. He served as president of the Botanical Society of India in 1999.

India’s One Nation One Subscription Initiative

January 2, 2025
India’s commitment to enhancing its research and development capabilities has taken
step forward with the introduction of the One Nation One Subscription (ONOS) initiative.
Announced on November 25, 2024, this scheme aims to democratise access to scholarly
knowledge across the nation’s higher education institutions and research centres. The
initiative aligns with the broader vision of Viksitbharat@2047, which seeks to position
India as a global leader in innovation and research.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 56
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Overview of ONOS Initiative

The ONOS initiative provides access to over 13,000 scholarly journals from 30 major
international publishers. It targets more than 6,300 government-managed higher
education institutions and research centres. This initiative benefits approximately 1.8
crore students, faculty, and researchers across various disciplines, including STEM,
Medicine, and Social Sciences.
Key Objectives of ONOS
The primary goal of ONOS is to enhance access to high-quality research publications. It
aims to democratise knowledge by ensuring that institutions in tier 2 and tier 3 cities have
equal access to global research resources. The initiative also seeks to facilitate India’s
participation in international research communities.
Implementation Strategy
The ONOS initiative will be centrally managed by INFLIBNET (Information and Library
Network), an autonomous inter-university centre. This ensures a streamlined distribution
of digital access to the journals. All journals will be available digitally, allowing users to
access them conveniently without administrative hurdles.
Financial Framework of ONOS
A budget of ₹6,000 crore has been allocated for the ONOS initiative, covering the period
from 2025 to 2027. This funding will cover subscription charges for all participating
institutions. Additionally, ₹150 crore will be allocated annually to support authors in
publishing in high-quality Open Access journals.
Phased Implementation Plan
The ONOS initiative will unfold in phases, starting from January 1, 2025. Phase I aims to
provide access to over 13,000 journals for more than 1.8 crore users. This phase will also
include provisions for payment of Article Processing Charges (APCs) for selected
publications by researchers from participating institutions.
Enhancements and Future Directions
The ONOS initiative will complement existing research frameworks, such as the
Anusandhan National Research Foundation (ANRF). It will also negotiate discounts on
Article Processing Charges with publishers, facilitating affordable publication options for
Indian researchers.

1. INFLIBNET is the managing authority for ONOS.

2. Viksitbharat@2047 envisions India as a global research leader.
3. ₹6,000 crore budget allocated for ONOS implementation.
4. 1.8 crore beneficiaries across multiple disciplines.
5. Phase I starts on January 1, 2025.

RBI’s Guidelines on Government Debt Relief Scheme

January 2, 2025
The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) has introduced guidelines for lenders regarding their

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 57
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

involvement in the Government Debt Relief Scheme (DRS). This initiative aims to assist
borrowers, particularly farmers, during crises such as natural disasters. State
governments have announced various DRS to provide relief, especially in the lead-up to
elections. The RBI’s guidelines include a model operating procedure (MOP) to ensure
effective implementation and adherence to financial discipline.
Overview of the Debt Relief Scheme (DRS)
The DRS offers financial relief to borrowers facing hardships. It allows for the waiver of
interest or principal payments. The scheme is particularly focused on farmers and other
vulnerable groups. The RBI emphasises that DRS should be a last resort after other
financial stress alleviation measures have failed.
Guidelines for Lenders
Lenders must adhere to the RBI’s guidelines when participating in DRS. They should base
their decisions on an approved board policy and existing regulatory standards. Lenders
are required to assess the potential outstanding amounts, including accumulated interest,
before agreeing to DRS. Clear communication with borrowers about terms and conditions
is essential for transparency.
Role of State Governments
State governments play important role in the DRS framework. They must consult with the
State Level Bankers’ Committee (SLBC) and District Level Consultative Committee (DCC)
before announcing any DRS. This engagement helps develop a coordinated plan for the
scheme’s design and implementation. The state must ensure budgetary provisions are in
place to cover the costs of the DRS.
Prudential Considerations
The RBI has raised concerns about the prudential implications of frequent DRS
announcements. If not managed properly, these schemes could undermine credit
discipline. Lenders must be cautious about creating receivables against the government
and should follow prudential norms regarding income recognition and asset classification.
Sacrifices by Lenders
Lenders may need to waive unrealised interest or principal as part of DRS. Such actions
will be classified as compromise settlements, subject to standard provisioning and
classification norms. Any new credit extended to borrowers under DRS is at the lender’s
discretion, following internal policies and regulations.

1. SLBC – State Level Bankers’ Committee for coordination.

2. DCC – District Level Consultative Committee for local engagement.
3. DBT – Direct Benefit Transfer, an alternative relief measure.
4. MOP – Model Operating Procedure for DRS implementation.
5. Credit Score – Affected by DRS terms and conditions.

Implementation Timeline and Criteria

The DRS must include a detailed timeline for critical events. This includes deadlines for

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 58
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

filing and approving claims. Eligibility criteria for borrowers should be objective and
transparent. The scheme should not impose restrictions on timely repayments to
encourage responsible borrowing.
Financial Stability and Moral Hazard
The RBI has emphasised that DRS should not compromise the financial stability of states.
It is crucial to avoid creating moral hazards among borrowers. The design of DRS needs to
consider the long-term impacts on the credit culture and borrower behaviour.
January 3, 2025
Winter Char Dham Circuit Promotes Tourism in Uttarakhand
January 3, 2025
The Uttarakhand government inaugurated the winter Char Dham circuit on December 8,
2024. This initiative aims to attract tourists during the off-season winter months. The Char
Dham includes four sacred Hindu shrines – Gangotri, Yamunotri, Kedarnath, and
Badrinath. Traditionally, these sites experience heavy snowfall, making them inaccessible
from late November to early May. However, the winter Char Dham seeks to promote
tourism in the region, allowing pilgrims to visit the winter abodes of these deities.
Winter Seats of Char Dham
During winter, the presiding deities of the Char Dham are relocated to lower-altitude
shrines. The winter seat for Gangotri is in Mukhba, while Yamunotri’s is in Kharsali, both
located in Uttarkashi. Kedarnath’s deity resides at the Omkareshwar Temple in Ukhimath,
and Badrinath is hosted at Pandukeshwar in Chamoli. This arrangement allows devotees
to continue their pilgrimage during the winter months.
Economic Impact of Char Dham Yatra
The Char Dham pilgrimage contributes to Uttarakhand’s economy. In 2024, over 48 lakh
pilgrims visited these shrines, generating substantial revenue. The state tourism
department estimates that Char Dham generates more than Rs 200 crore daily. However,
winter footfall has been low, with only 15,314 pilgrims recorded by December 30.
Environmental Concerns
Environmentalists have raised concerns regarding the impact of increased footfall on local
ecosystems. Activists argue that the winter yatra could lead to overcrowding and
degradation of sacred sites. The safety and health of visitors in harsh winter conditions
are also critical issues that require attention. The National Green Tribunal has urged the
Uttarakhand government to assess the carrying capacity of the Char Dham to ensure
environmental protection.

1. Char Dham translates to ‘the four abodes/seats’ in Sanskrit.

2. Winter seats are located at lower altitudes for accessibility.
3. Ravi Chopra previously led a Supreme Court committee on Char Dham.
4. Uttarakhand’s Char Dham yatra attracts millions annually.
5. Environmentalists advocate for sustainable tourism practices.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 59
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Historical Significance of Char Dham

The Char Dham holds immense religious significance in Hinduism. Adi Shankaracharya
established the four primary pilgrimage sites – Badrinath, Dwarka, Puri, and
Rameswaram. Each location is associated with distinct mythological events and figures.
Badrinath is linked to Lord Vishnu, while Rameswaram is to Lord Rama. Dwarka is known
as the city of Lord Krishna, and Puri is home to the famous Jagannath Temple. These sites
represent the essence of Hindu spirituality and devotion.
What is Canada’s Rural Community Immigration Class (RCIC)?
January 3, 2025
Recent changes in Canada‘s immigration policies have impacted international students,
particularly those from India. The expiration of Post-Graduate Work Permits (PGWPs) for
over 766,000 students by the end of next year has raised concerns about their ability to
secure Permanent Residency (PR). In response, Canada has introduced the Rural
Community Immigration Class (RCIC), which offers new opportunities for students willing
to settle in designated rural communities.
Overview of the Rural Community Immigration Class (RCIC)
The RCIC programme was launched by Immigration, Refugees and Citizenship Canada
(IRCC) in December 2024. This initiative aims to address labour shortages in rural areas
and promote their development. It provides a pathway for foreign nationals, including
international students, to apply for PR by committing to live and work in these
communities.
Purpose and Benefits of the RCIC
The RCIC programme targets smaller towns outside major urban centres in Canada. It
aims to stimulate economic growth and population increase in underrepresented areas.
For students facing difficulties in meeting the Comprehensive Ranking System (CRS)
requirements for PR, the RCIC offers a viable solution.
Eligibility Criteria for RCIC
To be eligible for the RCIC, applicants must meet specific criteria set by the IRCC:
Education Level – Applicants must have completed at least secondary school, with
options for those holding a graduation or 10+2 qualification.
Studies – International students must have studied for a minimum of 18 months in
one of the designated communities. Those who studied elsewhere may apply under
additional conditions.
Job Offer – A job offer from a registered employer in the community is essential. This
offer can be for any role, including non-skilled positions, and must be submitted for
community endorsement.
Work Experience – Relevant work experience is usually required, although
international graduates may have this condition waived.
Language Proficiency – Applicants must meet the Canadian Language Benchmark
(CLB) levels dictated by the job’s NOC TEER classification.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 60
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Financial Proof – Candidates must demonstrate sufficient financial resources to

support themselves for one year.
Intent to Reside – Genuine proof of intent to live in the designated community is
necessary.
Important Considerations for Applicants
Prospective applicants should conduct thorough research on participating communities
and their employers. They must act swiftly, as PGWPs are time-sensitive. Ensuring that all
documentation, particularly proof of intent to reside, is accurate and complete is crucial
for a successful application.
Advantages of the RCIC for International Students
The RCIC programme offers several advantages for international students. Rural areas
tend to have less competition compared to larger cities, enhancing the likelihood of
obtaining PR. Designated employers often assist with the PR process, easing the
application burden for students.

1. RCIC aims to attract individuals to rural Canada.

2. Nearly 40% of international students in Canada are Indian.
3. PGWPs for 766,000 students will expire soon.
4. CLB levels vary based on job classification.
5. Financial proof is based on Statistics Canada data.

Significance of RCIC for Indian Students

Indian students represent the largest demographic of international students in Canada.
Many face challenges transitioning to PR due to increased competition and stricter
immigration requirements. The RCIC programme provides important alternative for these
students, encouraging them to consider opportunities in rural areas rather than solely
focusing on urban centres.
Supreme Court to Rule on Bribery Law
January 3, 2025
The Supreme Court of India is poised to make a landmark decision regarding the
interpretation of the Prevention of Corruption Act, 1988 (PCA). This case could reshape the
legal landscape surrounding corruption charges prior to 2018. The court will examine
whether merely offering a bribe is punishable under the PCA, even if the public official
declines the offer. The hearing is scheduled for January 21, 2025.
Background of the Case
The case stems from an incident on February 16, 2016, in Berhampur, Orissa. Rabindra
Kumar Patra, owner of Maa Biraja Products, allegedly offered a bribe of Rs. 2 lakh to a
police inspector during a raid on his gutka manufacturing operation. The inspector
refused the offer and informed his superiors, leading to the formation of a ‘trap team’ that
ultimately caught Patra attempting to bribe the officer.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 61
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Legal Framework of the PCA

The PCA outlines various sections dealing with bribery. Section 7 penalises public officials
who accept bribes, while Section 11 addresses officials who receive valuable items without
proper consideration. Section 12 punishes anyone who abets an offence under these
sections. The law has undergone amendments, particularly in 2018, which explicitly
criminalised the act of offering a bribe.
Pre-2018 Legal Interpretations
Before the 2018 amendment, the interpretation of the PCA varied across different High
Courts. The Bombay High Court ruled that merely offering a bribe did not constitute an
offence prior to the amendment. In contrast, the Madras High Court maintained that the
offer itself was a substantive offence, relying on historical context and previous Supreme
Court rulings.
Current Legal Implications
The Supreme Court’s ruling will clarify whether an unsuccessful bribe offer can be
considered abetment under the PCA. This decision is critical for ongoing and future
corruption cases, particularly those filed before the 2018 amendment. The differing
interpretations by the Bombay and Madras High Courts highlight the need for a unified
legal understanding.

1. Rabindra Kumar Patra is the accused in the Orissa bribery case.

2. The PCA was enacted in 1988 to combat corruption.
3. Section 165A of the IPC addresses abetment of bribery.
4. The ‘trap team’ is a police unit designed to catch offenders in the act.
5. The Supreme Court’s decision may affect cases dating back to 2018.

About Prevention of Corruption Act 1988

Distinctive Features
Broad Definition: “Public servant” includes government employees, bank staff,
university personnel, judges, election officials, etc. “Public duty” means tasks related
to public welfare, conducted by government-backed individuals or institutions.
Shift in Burden of Proof: In corruption cases, the accused has to prove their
innocence instead of the prosecution proving guilt.
Mandated Inquiry by Senior Officer: Investigations must be led by an officer of at
least the rank of Deputy Superintendent of Police.
Criminalizes Corruption: Covers acts like bribery, misuse of position, acquiring
disproportionate assets, and financial misconduct.
Important Provisions of the Act
Prohibited Acts for Public Servants:
Accepting bribes.
Misusing authority for personal benefit.
Negligence in duties or abuse of power.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 62
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Punishments for Corruption: Jail for up to 7 years, fines, or dismissal from office.
Amendments to the Act
2018 Amendment
Expanded Definition of Public Servants: Includes private company employees
working on government projects.
New Offense of Criminal Misconduct: Penalizes abuse of position for personal
benefit, even without financial gain.
Simplified Bribery Proof: Easier to prove bribery with presumptions, even without
direct evidence.
Harsher Penalties: Increased imprisonment to 10 years and higher fines.
2021 Amendment
Extended Public Servant Definition: Further includes private sector employees
linked to government dealings.
Strengthened Anti-Bribery Measures: Makes proving bribery simpler by
presuming guilt in suspicious cases.
Longer Term for Enforcement Officials: The tenure of the Director of Enforcement
increased from 3 to 5 years for better corruption investigation continuity.
Scrub Typhus Outbreak in Tamil Nadu
January 3, 2025
Scrub typhus is a bacterial infection that is currently spreading in Tamil Nadu. Districts
such as Chennai, Kanchipuram, Tirupattur, Tiruvallur, Chengalpattu, Ranipet, and Vellore
have reported numerous cases. The Public Health Department has issued an alert, urging
immediate measures to control the outbreak.
What is Scrub Typhus?
Scrub typhus is caused by the bacterium Orientia tsutsugamushi. This bacterium is
transmitted through bites from infected larval mites, commonly referred to as chiggers.
These mites are typically found in bushy and forested areas. The disease can affect
individuals of all ages, especially those who work or reside in densely vegetated
environments.
Why Are Cases Increasing?
The increase in scrub typhus cases in Tamil Nadu is likely linked to environmental and
climatic factors. These factors create optimal conditions for chigger populations, resulting
in higher transmission rates. Changes in land use and increased human activity in rural
areas may also contribute to the rise in cases.
Symptoms of Scrub Typhus
Common symptoms of scrub typhus include fever, headache, fatigue, and rashes. In
severe instances, the infection can lead to complications such as pneumonitis, meningitis,
heart failure, and organ failure. Early recognition of symptoms is crucial for effective
treatment.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 63
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Diagnosis and Treatment

Early detection and treatment of scrub typhus are vital. Diagnosis can be confirmed
through ELISA blood tests and molecular testing. Treatment typically involves antibiotics
such as azithromycin and doxycycline. Hospitalisation may be required for severe cases,
necessitating advanced medical care.
Who Is at Risk?
Certain groups are more susceptible to scrub typhus. These include farmers and outdoor
workers, residents of areas with dense vegetation, pregnant women, and individuals with
weakened immune systems. Awareness of risk factors is essential for prevention.
Preventive Precautions
Health officials recommend several preventive measures to mitigate the risk of scrub
typhus. Wearing protective clothing, such as long-sleeved shirts and pants, can reduce
exposure to chiggers. The use of insect repellents containing DEET or permethrin is
advised when spending time outdoors. Avoiding high-risk areas and maintaining hygiene
by regularly washing clothing and bedding can also help eliminate chiggers.

1. Orientia tsutsugamushi was first identified in Japan in 1930.

2. Scrub typhus is endemic to the “tsutsugamushi triangle,” spanning parts of Asia
and Australia.
3. The bite from chiggers leaves a characteristic black eschar, aiding diagnosis.
4. More virulent strains can cause severe complications, including hemorrhaging.
5. Scrub typhus is a leading cause of acute encephalitis syndrome in Bihar, India.

India Updates GDP Base Year to 2022-23

January 3, 2025
The Government of India has recently decided to update the base year for calculating
Gross Domestic Product (GDP) from 2011-12 to 2022-23. This change aims to provide a
more accurate representation of the current economic landscape and enhance policy
formulation. The revision reflects shifts in economic activity, consumption patterns, and
industry developments over the past decade.
About Base Year
A base year serves as a reference point for economic indices. It is typically set at an
arbitrary level of 100. Statistical agencies use it to track price changes over time. The value
of a selected basket of commodities is established in the base year, allowing for inflation
adjustments. This standardisation enables comparisons of economic growth across
different time periods.
Importance of Updating the Base Year
Updating the base year is crucial for ensuring GDP data accurately reflects contemporary
economic activities. It accounts for changes in consumption trends and contributions from
various industries. An outdated base year can misrepresent the economic situation,
leading to ineffective policy decisions.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 64
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Reasons for the Shift to 2022-23

The Indian economy has transformed in recent years. New sectors have emerged,
digitalisation has accelerated, and the economy has adapted to post-pandemic realities.
These factors necessitate a more current base year to reflect the evolving economic
structure.
Implications of the Change
This change will lead to a revision of past GDP rates, offering a clearer picture of the
economy. It will assist the government in crafting informed economic policies. The
updated figures will align more closely with other indices, such as the Wholesale Price
Index (WPI) and the Consumer Price Index (CPI).
Status of the Revision Exercise
The Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation has established a 26-member
Advisory Committee on National Accounts Statistics. This committee, chaired by Biswanath
Goldar, will determine the new base year for GDP calculations. It will also align GDP with
other economic indices, ensuring consistency in data reporting.
GDP Calculation Methods in India
India calculates GDP using two primary methods – the factor cost method and the
expenditure method. The factor cost method evaluates the performance of eight key
industries, while the expenditure method assesses the economy based on household
consumption, investments, and government spending. Both methods yield figures that
are closely aligned but may differ slightly.
Data Collection Process
The Central Statistics Office (CSO) is responsible for gathering macroeconomic data in
India. It conducts annual surveys and compiles various indices, such as the Industrial
Production Index (IPI) and the Consumer Price Index (CPI). The CSO collaborates with
federal and state agencies to collect necessary data for accurate GDP calculations.
The Factor Cost Figure
The factor cost figure is calculated by determining the net change in value for each of the
eight sectors. These sectors include agriculture, mining, manufacturing, utilities,
construction, trade, financial services, and public administration. The resulting data
provides vital information about the overall economic performance and sector-specific
contributions.
The Expenditure Figure
The expenditure method sums up domestic spending on final goods and services. It
includes household consumption, net investments, government expenditures, and net
trade. This approach marks which sectors contribute most to the economy, illustrating the
resilience of domestic consumption.

1. GDP is the standard indicator of a nation’s economic health.

2. The factor cost method assesses eight key sectors.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 65
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

3. The CSO collaborates with various government departments for data collection.
4. Domestic consumption constitutes over 60% of India’s GDP.
5. The Advisory Committee consists of 26 members, led by Biswanath Goldar.

Islamic State Group’s Recent Attacks and Tactics

January 3, 2025
The Islamic State (IS) group has recently been implicated in a series of violent attacks,
signalling a troubling resurgence. On New Year’s Day 2025, a truck attack in New Orleans
resulted in 15 fatalities and approximately 30 injuries. The assailant, Shamsud-Din Jabbar,
a U.S. citizen, displayed an Islamic State flag during the incident. This attack has raised
alarms about the group’s ongoing influence and capability to inspire domestic terrorism.
Recent Operations and Claims
On January 1, 2025, IS claimed responsibility for an attack on a military base in Puntland,
Somalia, resulting in over 20 military personnel deaths. The group used 12 militants and
two explosive vehicles. Despite being largely defeated in previous years, IS has executed
attacks, including a March concert hall assault in Russia that killed at least 143 people and
bombings in Kerman, Iran, that claimed nearly 100 lives.
Inspiration for Lone Wolf Attacks
IS has inspired numerous lone wolf attacks in Western nations. In August 2024, authorities
reported that a 19-year-old Austrian had planned an attack on a Taylor Swift concert,
pledging allegiance to IS. Such incidents highlight the group’s ability to influence
individuals far from its operational bases.
Historical Context of IS
At its peak from 2014 to 2017, IS controlled vast territories in Syria and Iraq, enforcing
brutal governance. The group’s leader, Abu Bakr al-Baghdadi, declared himself “caliph”
before being killed in 2019. The collapse of the IS caliphate occurred following extensive
military campaigns by a U.S.-led coalition, pushing the group into a more fragmented
existence.
Current Tactics and Strategies
Since losing its territorial control, IS has adapted its tactics. The group now operates
through autonomous cells, employing hit-and-run strategies. Its leadership remains
secretive, with estimates suggesting around 10,000 fighters still active in the region. Many
foreign fighters have joined the Khorasan branch (ISIS-K) in Afghanistan, indicating a shift
in operational focus.
IS Expansion into Africa
IS has also expanded its influence in Africa. The Allied Democratic Forces (ADF) in Uganda,
linked to IS, have conducted various violent attacks, including a school massacre and
killings in the Democratic Republic of Congo. Other groups across West Africa and the
Sahel have pledged allegiance to IS, controlling territories in Mali, Niger, and Burkina
Faso.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 66
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Assessment of Overall Strength

The U.S. National Counterterrorism Center has reported a decline in IS’s overall threat
level due to the suppression of its most dangerous elements. However, many IS branches
remain active, particularly in Africa, posing a potential risk for further expansion. The loss
of key leaders has contributed to a decrease in attacks in the Middle East, but the group
continues to adapt and evolve.

1. Shamsud-Din Jabbar was a U.S. citizen from Texas.

2. IS’s Khorasan branch operates along Iran’s borders with Afghanistan and
Pakistan.
3. IS is also referred to as ISIS, ISIL, or Daesh.
4. Abu Bakr al-Baghdadi declared himself “caliph” in 2014.
5. The ADF has moved operations primarily to the Democratic Republic of Congo.

Ebola Virus Study Reveals Skin Transmission Route

January 3, 2025
Ebola virus disease (EVD) remains a critical public health concern, particularly in regions of
East-Central and West Africa. Recent research has revealed new vital information about
how the Ebola virus (EBOV) can potentially spread through the skin, denoting the
importance of understanding this transmission route. The study, published in *Science
Advances*, was conducted by researchers from the University of Iowa Health Care, Texas
Biomedical Research Institute, and Boston University. Their findings suggest that the skin
may play role in the person-to-person transmission of the virus.
Transmission Mechanisms of Ebola Virus
EBOV transmission primarily occurs through direct contact with infected bodily fluids.
These fluids include saliva, urine, faeces, and semen. The virus can also spread through
contaminated clothing and bedding. Recent evidence indicates that infectious EBOV can
be present on the skin’s surface, particularly in the later stages of infection.
Research Methodology
The researchers developed a human skin explant model using full-thickness skin biopsies
from healthy individuals. This model allowed them to study how EBOV traverses the skin
layers. The explants were placed dermal side down in culture media, and the virus was
introduced from below. This setup simulated the virus’s journey from the bloodstream to
the skin’s surface.
Key Findings of the Study
The study identified multiple cell types within the skin that support EBOV infection. The
virus infects cells in the lower dermis and then infiltrates the outer epidermis. Specifically,
endothelial, myeloid, and fibroblast cells in the dermis were found to be positive for EBOV.
Within three days, the virus reached the epidermis, infecting keratinocytes. This rapid
movement indicates a potential pathway for person-to-person transmission via skin
contact.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 67
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

1. NPC1: An endosomal protein critical for EBOV entry.

2. AXL: A phosphatidylserine receptor essential for EBOV infection.
3. Keratinocytes: Unique skin cells that support EBOV replication.
4. Myeloid Cells: Immune cells in the dermis that can be infected by EBOV.
5. Explants: 3D tissue models used for studying EBOV transmission.

Future Directions in Ebola Research

The study’s findings pave the way for further research into the role of skin in EBOV
transmission. Future studies may focus on developing targeted antiviral strategies that
consider the skin’s involvement in the infection process. About the cellular dynamics of
EBOV infection in the skin could enhance public health responses during outbreaks. The
researchers also emphasised the need for more robust models to study EBOV skin
infection. This knowledge could improve our understanding of viral load and transmission
dynamics, ultimately aiding in the development of effective containment measures.
UN Environmental Summits Face Major Challenges
January 3, 2025
The United Nations has encountered setbacks in its environmental initiatives during 2024.
Four crucial summits held in Colombia, Azerbaijan, Saudi Arabia, and South Korea failed to
produce meaningful outcomes. These gatherings aimed to align goals among
governments, researchers, and civil society while mobilising necessary financial resources.
However, the lack of consensus and progress raises serious concerns about global efforts
to combat biodiversity loss and climate change.
Divergent National Interests
The breakdown of negotiations stems from conflicting national priorities. Developing
countries demand substantial financial assistance from wealthier nations to address
climate challenges. Conversely, developed nations express reluctance to provide
additional resources due to domestic political pressures. For instance, discussions in
Colombia on biodiversity financing stalled due to disagreements on sustainable land-use
practices.
Financing Challenges
At the Azerbaijan summit, developing nations sought $1.3 trillion annually from developed
countries, but discussions ended without concrete commitments. The division over fossil
fuel transition pledges further complicated negotiations. In South Korea, nations
dependent on plastic economies resisted a legally binding treaty, opting instead for
improved recycling practices.
Framework Disagreements
Several summits faltered over the frameworks necessary for monitoring and enforcing
environmental goals. In Azerbaijan, divisions emerged over accountability mechanisms for
emission reductions. In Saudi Arabia, industrialised nations clashed with African countries
regarding a legally binding drought protocol, denoting the complexities of establishing

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 68
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

effective frameworks.
Impact of Global Crises
The COVID-19 pandemic, economic instability, and geopolitical conflicts have diverted
attention from environmental priorities. Governments are increasingly focused on
domestic issues, which undermines their negotiating positions. Developing nations face
heightened challenges, balancing economic recovery with sustainability goals amid
inflation and debt burdens.
Consequences of Delayed Action
The inability to reach agreements delays crucial actions needed to combat biodiversity
loss and climate change. This postponement increases the risk of reaching irreversible
tipping points, adversely affecting global communities and economies. Fragmented
efforts may lead countries to pursue unilateral regional actions, which lack the coherence
necessary for effective environmental solutions.

1. The Colombia summit focused on biodiversity financing.

2. Azerbaijan’s talks sought $1.3 trillion for climate action.
3. South Korea’s summit faced opposition to plastic treaties.
4. Developed nations resisted stronger fossil fuel transition pledges.
5. Economic instability has weakened negotiating positions globally.

Rebuilding Momentum for Action

To advance environmental goals, several strategies are critical. Wealthier nations must
fulfil their financial commitments to support developing countries. Establishing robust
mechanisms for transparency and accountability will help restore confidence in
multilateral processes. Inclusive diplomacy is essential for addressing geopolitical
tensions and ensuring all voices, particularly vulnerable nations, are included in
negotiations. Moreover, the focus must shift from ambitious pledges to tangible actions,
with measurable outcomes. Recognising the interconnections between biodiversity loss,
land degradation, plastic pollution, and climate change is crucial for effective solutions.
Addressing these issues collectively rather than in isolation will enhance the chances of
achieving meaningful progress in global environmental efforts.
New Rules to Combat Caste Discrimination in Prisons
January 3, 2025
The Union Home Ministry of India has recently amended prison manual rules to eliminate
caste discrimination among inmates. This decision follows a Supreme Court order issued
on October 3, 2024, addressing concerns about caste-based discrimination in prisons. The
amendments aim to ensure that prisoners are treated equally, regardless of their caste,
and that no segregation occurs based on this criterion.
Amendments to the Model Prison Manual
The ‘Model Prison Manual, 2016’ has undergone changes. The revised rules prohibit any
form of discrimination, classification, or segregation based on caste. Prison authorities are

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 69
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

now required to ensure equal treatment in the allotment of duties and work for all
inmates. This change aims to encourage an environment of equality and respect within
correctional facilities.
Updates to the Model Prisons and Correctional Services Act
The ‘Model Prisons and Correctional Services Act, 2023’ has been updated to include a new
section titled ‘Prohibition of caste-based discrimination in Prisons and Correctional
Institutions’ as Section 55(A). This section reinforces the commitment to eradicating caste
discrimination in prisons and ensures that all inmates receive equal rights and
opportunities.
Provisions on Manual Scavenging
The Home Ministry has reiterated that the provisions of ‘The Prohibition of Employment as
Manual Scavengers and their Rehabilitation Act, 2013’ apply within prisons. Manual
scavenging and hazardous cleaning of sewers or septic tanks in correctional facilities are
explicitly prohibited. This measure aims to protect the dignity and safety of inmates.
Definition of Habitual Offenders Updated
In response to the Supreme Court’s directives, the definition of a ‘Habitual Offender’ has
been revised. A habitual offender is now defined as a person convicted and sentenced to
imprisonment for more than two occasions within a continuous five-year period. This
definition excludes any time spent in jail under sentence or detention from the five-year
calculation.
Compliance with State Legislation
The Ministry has brought into light that states without their Habitual Offenders legislation
must revise their prison manuals accordingly. The Union and State governments are
required to implement necessary changes within three months to align with the Supreme
Court’s judgement. This ensures a uniform approach to managing habitual offenders
across different jurisdictions.

1. The Model Prison Manual was first introduced in 2016.

2. The Prohibition of Employment as Manual Scavengers Act was enacted in 2013.
3. The Supreme Court’s order on caste discrimination was issued in October 2024.
4. The term ‘Habitual Offender’ now has a specific legal definition.
5. The changes aim to create a more equitable prison environment.

New Rules for Genetic Engineering Appraisal Committee

January 3, 2025
The Union Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change has recently amended the
rules for selecting experts in the Genetic Engineering Appraisal Committee (GEAC). These
changes aim to enhance transparency and address conflicts of interest among committee
members. The amendments follow a Supreme Court order that called for a national policy
on genetically modified (GM) crops. The GEAC plays important role in regulating GM seeds
in India and ensuring environmental safety.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 70
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Background of GEAC
The Genetic Engineering Appraisal Committee was established under the Environment
(Protection) Act, 1986. It was originally named the Genetic Engineering Approval
Committee but was renamed in 2010. The GEAC is responsible for evaluating activities
involving hazardous microorganisms and genetically engineered organisms. It reviews
proposals for the release of GM organisms and conducts environmental assessments.
Recent Amendments Overview
The new amendments require expert members to disclose any potential conflicts of
interest. Members must reveal affiliations that could influence their decisions. They are
also required to recuse themselves from discussions if they have a direct or indirect
association with the matter at hand. This change aims to ensure that decisions made by
the GEAC are unbiased and based on scientific evidence.
Supreme Court Directive
The amendments were influenced by a Supreme Court ruling in July 2023. The court
issued a split verdict regarding the approval of GM mustard crops, denoting the need for a
clear process to manage conflicts of interest. The ruling followed allegations that a
committee member had ties to a company with vested interests in GM crops. The court’s
decision emphasised the importance of transparency in the appraisal process.
Composition of GEAC
The GEAC is chaired by the Special Secretary or Additional Secretary of the Ministry of
Environment, Forest and Climate Change. It includes representatives from various
departments, such as the Department of Biotechnology and the Ministry of Industrial
Development. The committee currently comprises 24 members, including experts from
agricultural and scientific research councils.
Functions of GEAC
The GEAC is tasked with several key functions. It appraises activities involving large scale
use of hazardous microorganisms and genetically engineered organisms. The committee
evaluates proposals for environmental release of GM organisms, including experimental
field trials. It also has the authority to take punitive actions under the Environment
Protection Act if necessary.

1. GEAC was previously called the Genetic Engineering Approval Committee.

2. The GEAC meets monthly to review applications related to GM organisms.
3. It includes members from the Indian Council of Agricultural Research (ICAR).
4. The committee has the power to prohibit hazardous recombinants.
5. Amendments were made in response to a Supreme Court ruling from July 2023.

Innovative Bacteria Combat Soil Contamination

January 3, 2025
Soil contamination poses challenge in agriculture, threatening crop health and yield. Toxic
compounds hinder seed germination and plant growth. Traditional remediation methods,

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 71
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

such as chemical treatments, often fail to provide lasting solutions. Researchers from the
Indian Institute of Technology Bombay (IIT Bombay) have progressed in addressing this
issue. They have isolated specific bacteria capable of breaking down harmful pollutants
and enhancing soil health.
Identification of Beneficial Bacteria
The research team focused on bacteria from contaminated environments. They identified
species from the genera Pseudomonas and Acinetobacter. These bacteria excel in
degrading aromatic compounds found in polluted soils. By isolating these strains,
researchers aimed to harness their natural cleaning abilities to restore soil quality.
Mechanism of Action
The identified bacteria consume pollutants, converting them into harmless compounds.
This process not only cleans the soil but also releases essential nutrients. They transform
insoluble phosphorus and potassium into soluble forms, making them accessible to
plants. Additionally, these bacteria produce siderophores, aiding in iron absorption,
crucial for plant growth.
Promotion of Plant Growth
These bacteria contribute to healthier plant development by producing indoleacetic acid
(IAA), a growth hormone. This dual function of cleaning the soil while promoting plant
health enhances crop resilience. The research indicates that a combination of
Pseudomonas and Acinetobacter strains can increase crop yields by 45-50%. This synergy
allows the bacteria to perform multiple roles effectively.
Natural Defence Against Fungal Diseases
Fungal diseases threaten global crops, causing losses. The research marks the bacteria’s
ability to produce lytic enzymes and hydrogen cyanide (HCN), which inhibit pathogenic
fungi. This natural defence mechanism provides an eco-friendly alternative to chemical
pesticides. Unlike synthetic treatments, these beneficial bacteria target harmful fungi
without damaging the environment.
Future Applications and Considerations
Although the findings show promise, researchers acknowledge the need for further
development. Scaling up the technology and testing it in diverse environments is
essential. The goal is to create bio-formulations that combine these bacteria with natural
materials. Such products would be user-friendly for farmers, enhancing their application
in agricultural practices.

1. Pseudomonas and Acinetobacter are key bacterial genera.

2. Indoleacetic acid (IAA) is crucial for plant growth.
3. Fungal diseases affect 168 crops globally.
4. Hydrogen cyanide (HCN) inhibits harmful fungi.
5. Bio-formulations aim to simplify application for farmers.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 72
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Advanced Hydrogel Revolutionises Cancer Treatment

January 3, 2025
Recent advancements in cancer treatment have emerged from researchers at the Indian
Institute of Technology-Guwahati (IIT-G) and the Bose Institute, Kolkata. They have
developed an innovative injectable hydrogel that offers localised treatment for cancer,
particularly breast cancer. This hydrogel acts as a stable reservoir for anti-cancer drugs,
releasing them in a controlled manner while protecting healthy cells from damage. The
findings were published in the journal Materials Horizons, indicating leap forward in
cancer therapy.
What is the Hydrogel?
The hydrogel is a three-dimensional polymer network that is water-based. It is designed to
absorb and retain fluids, mimicking living tissues. This unique structure makes it suitable
for various biomedical applications, particularly in drug delivery systems.
Composition of the Hydrogel
The hydrogel is composed of ultra-short peptides, which are biocompatible and
biodegradable protein building blocks. Its formulation ensures that it remains insoluble in
biological fluids, allowing it to stay localised at the injection site.
Mechanism of Action
The hydrogel is engineered to respond to elevated levels of glutathione (GSH), a molecule
commonly found in tumour cells. When the hydrogel encounters high GSH levels, it
triggers a controlled release of the chemotherapy drug directly into the tumour,
minimising interaction with healthy tissues and reducing systemic side effects.
Efficacy in Preclinical Trials
In preclinical trials involving a murine model of breast cancer, the hydrogel demonstrated
remarkable efficacy. A single injection containing the chemotherapy drug Doxorubicin
resulted in approximately 75% reduction in tumour size within just 18 days.
Advantages Over Traditional Treatments
This hydrogel delivery system enhances drug effectiveness while reducing the required
dosage, which helps to minimise toxicity. It improves drug uptake by cancer cells, induces
cell cycle arrest, and promotes programmed cell death, attacking tumours on multiple
fronts.

1. GSH – Glutathione, a molecule abundant in tumour cells.

2. Doxorubicin – A chemotherapy drug used in the hydrogel.
3. IIT-G – Indian Institute of Technology-Guwahati, a leading research institution.
4. Murine model – A research model using mice for preclinical trials.
5. Biocompatible – Materials that are compatible with living tissue.

Future Implications of the Research

The researchers believe this hydrogel could change the landscape of cancer treatment.
The ability to deliver drugs precisely to the tumour site while sparing healthy cells may

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 73
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

lead to improved patient outcomes and fewer side effects compared to conventional
therapies. The innovative approach exemplifies how scientific advancements can address
critical healthcare challenges.
Manastu Space’s Green Propulsion Success
January 3, 2025
Manastu Space, a space tech start-up founded by IIT Bombay alumni, made headlines by
successfully test-firing its Green Propulsion System, VYOM 2U, onboard the PSLV-C60. This
event occurred on December 31, 2024, at 8:50 p.m. in Lucknow. The system represents a
non-toxic, environmentally friendly alternative to traditional chemical propulsion methods.
This innovation aims to minimise the environmental impact of space missions while
improving safety for human health.
Background of Manastu Space
Founded in 2017, Manastu Space was established by Tushar Jadhav and Ashtesh Kumar,
both graduates of IIT Bombay. The company focuses on developing sustainable
propulsion technologies. The team comprises experts in satellite technology, propulsion
systems, and advanced materials, collaborating closely with IIT Bombay. The initial
development and prototyping were guided by esteemed professors from various
engineering departments.
The PSLV Orbital Experimental Module (POEM)
The PSLV Orbital Experimental Module, or POEM, is a pioneering initiative by ISRO. It
transforms the fourth stage of the PSLV rocket into a platform for on-orbit experiments.
POEM enables startups and research institutions to conduct experiments in low Earth
orbit at a reduced cost. This initiative lowers the financial barriers for emerging players in
the space sector.
Test-Firing of VYOM 2U
On New Year’s Eve, Manastu Space executed a successful test-firing of its green
propulsion system, VYOM 2U, aboard the POEM-4. The test involved a 30-second firing
that tilted the platform by 24 degrees, demonstrating the system’s control and stability.
This event marked a very important moment in the development of sustainable
propulsion technologies.
Achievements and Future Plans
The VYOM 2U propulsion system has achieved Technology Readiness Level 8 (TRL-8),
indicating its readiness for commercial deployment. The system has undergone extensive
testing, with over 400 hours in orbit. Future plans include conducting various experiments,
such as seed germination in space and robotic debris capture, using the POEM-4 platform.
Growth and Commercialisation
Manastu Space aims to expand its team to support its growth and commercialisation
efforts. The company is actively seeking experienced professionals in the space domain.
This strategic move is intended to drive innovation and scale operations, positioning
Manastu Space for success in the global market for sustainable satellite propulsion.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 74
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

1. VYOM 2U – A green propulsion system by Manastu Space.

2. TRL-8 – Indicates technology readiness for commercial use.
3. POEM – A cost-effective platform for on-orbit experiments.
4. ISRO – Indian Space Research Organisation, facilitating space missions.
5. Adyanta – The mission name for the test of VYOM 2U.

Technological Impact of VYOM 2U

The successful test-firing of VYOM 2U is a historic leap for sustainable propulsion. The
system’s performance under real-world conditions demonstrates its potential for cleaner
space exploration. Ashtesh Kumar brought into light that the extensive testing solidifies
the system’s robustness, paving the way for long-duration missions in space.
Upcoming National Surveys in India 2025
January 3, 2025
The Ministry of Statistics & Programme Implementation (MoSPI) has announced the
initiation of several key surveys starting in January 2025. These surveys aim to gather
crucial data on various sectors, including health, telecommunications, education, and
labour force dynamics. The National Statistics Office (NSO) will oversee these surveys,
which have been designed to provide detailed and district-level estimates.
Survey Overview
The NSO will conduct the NSS 80th Round focusing on Social Consumption in Health,
alongside the Comprehensive Modular Survey for Telecom and ICT skills. The Periodic
Labour Force Survey (PLFS) and the Annual Survey on Unincorporated Enterprises (ASUSE)
will also take place throughout the year. These surveys are crucial for understanding the
socio-economic landscape of India.
Modified Sample Design
The sample design for these surveys has been updated to allow for the generation of
district-level estimates. This modification ensures that data collection is more relevant and
useful for local governance and policy-making. The surveys will also produce monthly and
quarterly estimates of key labour force indicators.
Selection of Households
Households will be selected using a scientifically designed sampling technique. This
approach ensures that the data collected is representative of the broader population. The
NSO employs well-trained Survey Enumerators who will gather information using tablets
equipped with e-SIGMA software.
Objectives of the PLFS
The PLFS aims to estimate employment and unemployment indicators in both urban and
rural areas. It focuses on producing short-term data every three months for urban areas,
while providing annual estimates for rural regions. This dual approach allows for a
comprehensive understanding of the labour market dynamics.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 75
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Importance of ASUSE
The ASUSE targets the unincorporated non-agricultural sector, which plays a vital role in
India’s economy. This survey examines economic characteristics such as the number of
workers, gross value added (GVA), and operational aspects like ownership and registration
status. The data collected will support informed decision-making among policymakers and
stakeholders.

1. NSS – National Sample Survey, crucial for socio-economic data.

2. e-SIGMA – Software used for efficient data collection by NSO.
3. PLFS – Periodic Labour Force Survey, launched in 2017 to track employment.
4. ASUSE – Annual Survey on Unincorporated Enterprises, focuses on non-
agricultural sectors.
5. GVA – Gross Value Added, a measure of economic productivity.

Role of State Governments

State governments will be responsible for generating district-level estimates based on the
data collected. This collaboration between the NSO and State Directorates of Economics &
Statistics (DESs) enhances the accuracy and relevance of the data for local contexts.
Data Collection Process
The data collection process will involve trained officials using advanced technology for
efficiency. The use of tablets and e-SIGMA software facilitates real-time data entry and
analysis, ensuring that the information gathered is both accurate and timely.
Socio-Economic Impact
These surveys will contribute to understanding India’s socio-economic landscape. The
insights gained will inform policies related to employment, health, and education,
ultimately supporting economic growth and development across the country.
Rythu Bharosa Scheme Expansion Announced
January 3, 2025
The Telangana Cabinet sub-committee has approved the extension of the Rythu Bharosa
farmers’ investment subsidy scheme. This decision aims to benefit all farmers with
cultivated lands. The scheme, a promise made by the Congress party, will credit ₹7,500
per acre for each crop season to approximately 70 lakh farmers in the state. The
government is preparing to raise the necessary funds, with implementation expected to
start around the Sankranti festival.
Background of Rythu Bharosa
The Rythu Bharosa scheme is designed to support farmers financially. It replaces the
previous Rythu Bandhu scheme, which provided ₹5,000 per acre. The Congress party
claims that the previous scheme suffered from misuse, with ineligible beneficiaries
receiving excessive funds. This new scheme aims to rectify those issues by focusing only
on lands that are actively cultivated.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 76
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Implementation Strategy
The Cabinet sub-committee, led by Deputy Chief Minister Mallu Bhatti Vikramarka, has
outlined the implementation process. Gram sabhas will be held from January 5 to 7 to
collect applications from eligible farmers. The committee has finalised its report to ensure
that the benefits reach only genuine farmers, thus preventing any potential leakages.
Financial Implications
The government plans to credit an additional ₹2,500 per acre under the Rythu Bharosa
scheme. This increase means that despite a potential reduction in beneficiaries, the overall
expenditure will remain . The scheme is expected to maintain a financial outlay similar to
the previous Rythu Bandhu scheme.
Market Borrowings Overview
In conjunction with the Rythu Bharosa scheme, the Telangana government intends to
raise ₹30,000 crore in market borrowings during the last quarter of the financial year
2024-25. This amount will be raised in three monthly tranches of ₹10,000 crore each. The
Reserve Bank of India will conduct auctions of securities every Tuesday during this period.
Government Borrowing Restrictions
The Union Finance Ministry has imposed limits on state borrowing due to financial
management concerns. Although the Telangana government projected borrowings
exceeding ₹61,000 crore, this was later reduced to ₹49,255 crore. The state has already
borrowed ₹37,850 crore by the end of November, with additional borrowings in
December.
Approval Process for Borrowings
The actual amount of borrowings will depend on several factors, including approval from
the Government of India and market conditions. The Union Finance Ministry’s consent is
crucial for the state to exceed its borrowing ceiling. As of now, the finance department has
not disclosed whether such approval has been granted.

1. Rythu Bharosa translates to “Farmer’s Trust” in English.

2. Gram sabhas are local village councils in India.
3. Sankranti is a major harvest festival celebrated in January.
4. The ₹7,500 per acre subsidy aims to support farmers during crop seasons.
5. The Reserve Bank of India regulates state borrowing through security auctions.

Future Prospects
The Telangana government is keen to ensure that the Rythu Bharosa scheme is beneficial
and sustainable. Senior officials have indicated that the scheme will undergo regular
assessments to maintain its integrity and effectiveness.
Assam’s Elephant Population Surges in 2024
January 3, 2025
Assam has recently reported increase in its elephant population. The latest estimate
reveals a total of 5,828 elephants, marking a rise of 109 since the previous count in 2017.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 77
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

This data, released by Chief Minister Himanta Biswa Sarma, is based on a thorough survey
conducted from February 20 to 27, 2024. The synchronised estimation involved 5,743
personnel across 1,536 survey blocks in 43 forest divisions. The report marks the
importance of elephant reserves in sustaining the population and mitigating human-
elephant conflicts.
Overview of Elephant Reserves
Assam is home to five main elephant reserves that play important role in conservation.
These reserves include Chirang-Ripu, Sonitpur, Dehing-Patkai, Kaziranga-Karbi Anglong,
and Dhansiri-Lungding. Together, they account for approximately 82% of the elephant
population.
Population Distribution
The 2024 estimate indicates that 68% of elephants reside in protected areas, while 30.4%
are found in managed forests. Only 1.6% of the population is recorded in revenue areas,
denoting the challenges posed by habitat fragmentation and human encroachment.
Methodology of Estimation
The estimation process utilised the Direct Visual Total Count (DVTC) method. This involved
dividing the estimation area into manageable blocks and deploying teams equipped with
GPS devices, binoculars, and data collection sheets. A preliminary survey was conducted to
gather essential data before the actual counting phase.
Key Findings from the Report
The report revealed an adult female-to-calf ratio of 0.49, indicating successful
reproduction. Additionally, the tusker-to-makhna ratio improved from 1:2.63 in 2017 to
1:1.97 in 2024, suggesting better survival rates for tuskers amidst ongoing poaching
threats.
Challenges Facing Elephants
Despite the stable population, elephants face numerous challenges, including habitat
degradation and human-elephant conflicts. The Dhansiri-Lungding Elephant Reserve was
identified as an area of concern due to its low density of 6 elephants per 100 sq. km,
signalling severe habitat fragmentation.

1. Chirang-Ripu Reserve spans 2,600 sq. km.

2. Dhansiri-Lungding Reserve has the lowest density of elephants.
3. The adult female-to-calf ratio is 0.49.
4. Kaziranga-Karbi Anglong is the largest reserve in Assam.
5. Makhna males are tuskless and less targeted by poachers.

Conservation Recommendations
The report recommends several strategies to enhance elephant conservation. These
include strengthening anti-poaching measures, restoring habitats in low-density areas,
and identifying critical elephant corridors. Advanced monitoring techniques, such as
radio-telemetry, are also suggested for better understanding elephant movements.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 78
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Importance of Protected Areas

Protected areas are very important for the long-term sustainability of Assam’s elephant
population. They serve as core breeding grounds, ensuring the survival and genetic
diversity of the species. Active management and protection of these areas are essential for
maintaining healthy elephant populations and mitigating human-elephant conflicts.
Nano-Formulation of Melatonin for Parkinson’s Disease
January 3, 2025
Recent studies have brought into light the potential of nano-formulated melatonin as a
promising therapeutic approach for Parkinson’s disease (PD). PD is a prevalent
neurological disorder characterised by the degeneration of dopamine-secreting neurons
in the brain. This degeneration is primarily caused by the aggregation of synuclein
protein. Current treatments focus on alleviating symptoms rather than curing the disease.
Therefore, there is an urgent need for innovative therapeutic strategies to address the
underlying causes of PD.
About Melatonin and Its Role
Melatonin is a neurohormone produced by the pineal gland in response to darkness. It
regulates the sleep-wake cycle and has been used to treat insomnia. Recent research
indicates that melatonin may also induce mitophagy, a critical process for removing
dysfunctional mitochondria and reducing oxidative stress in neurons. Enhanced
mitophagy may mitigate the effects of PD, making melatonin a candidate for therapeutic
development.
The Importance of Mitophagy in Parkinson’s Disease
Mitophagy is a quality control mechanism that identifies and eliminates unhealthy
mitochondria. In PD, dysfunctional mitochondria contribute to oxidative stress,
exacerbating neuronal damage. Studies have shown that PD-related genes play role in
regulating mitophagy. Therefore, targeting this process could provide a new avenue for
treating PD and improving neuronal health.
Research Advances at INST Mohali
Researchers at the Institute of Nano Science and Technology (INST) Mohali have
developed a nano-formulation of melatonin using human serum albumin (HSA) as a
biocompatible nanocarrier. This formulation improves the bioavailability of melatonin and
ensures targeted delivery to the brain. The team, led by Dr. Surajit Karmakar,
demonstrated that nano-melatonin enhances antioxidative and neuroprotective
properties, improving therapeutic efficacy compared to traditional melatonin.
Mechanisms of Action of Nano-Melatonin
The study revealed that nano-melatonin promotes mitophagy and mitochondrial
biogenesis, counteracting toxicity induced by pesticides like rotenone in in vitro PD
models. The sustained release of melatonin from the nano-formulation leads to increased
antioxidative effects. This is primarily due to the upregulation of BMI1, an essential
epigenetic regulator that controls gene expression related to mitophagy.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 79
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Neuroprotective Effects Observed in Animal Models

Experiments conducted on rat models demonstrated that nano-melatonin protected TH-
positive neurons from rotenone-mediated toxicity. The findings indicate that the
overexpression of BMI1 following nano-formulation treatment enhances mitophagy,
thereby safeguarding neurons from degeneration. This research elucidates the molecular
mechanisms through which melatonin mediates neuroprotection in PD.

1. Mitophagy: The process of removing dysfunctional mitochondria for cellular

health.
2. BMI1: An epigenetic regulator involved in controlling gene expression and
mitophagy.
3. HSA: Human serum albumin, used as a nanocarrier for drug delivery.
4. Neuroprotection: The preservation of neuronal structure and function against
injury.
5. Parkinson’s Disease: A neurodegenerative disorder primarily affecting
dopamine-producing neurons.

Future Implications of Nano-Melatonin Research

The ongoing research into nano-formulated melatonin opens new possibilities for treating
Parkinson’s disease and other conditions associated with dysregulated mitophagy.
Continued exploration may lead to the establishment of melatonin as a safer and more
effective therapeutic option, ultimately improving the quality of life for patients suffering
from neurodegenerative diseases.
India’s Climate Action and Emission Reduction Efforts
January 3, 2025
India has made strides in reducing greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions and promoting
sustainable growth. Recent reports indicate that India’s GHG emissions decreased by
7.93% in 2020 compared to 2019. The country’s forest and tree cover sequestered
approximately 522 million tonnes of CO2, effectively reducing 22% of total carbon dioxide
emissions. This progress is part of India’s commitment to environmental sustainability and
aligns with its national development goals.
Emission Intensity Reduction
Between 2005 and 2020, India achieved a remarkable 36% reduction in emission intensity
relative to its Gross Domestic Product (GDP). This indicates that the economy is growing
while becoming less carbon-intensive. The focus on decoupling economic growth from
GHG emissions demonstrates India’s commitment to sustainable development.
Contribution of Sectors to Emissions
In 2020, the energy sector was the largest contributor to India’s GHG emissions,
accounting for 75.66%. Other sectors included agriculture (13.72%), industrial processes
and product use (8.06%), and waste management (2.56%). About these contributions is
crucial for targeted policy interventions.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 80
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Forest and Tree Cover Impact

India’s forest and tree cover has consistently increased, currently covering 25.17% of the
country’s geographical area. From 2005 to 2021, an additional carbon sink of 2.29 billion
tonnes of CO2 equivalent was created. This marks the importance of afforestation and
sustainable land use practices in mitigating climate change.
Renewable Energy Capacity
As of October 2024, non-fossil sources constituted 46.52% of India’s installed electricity
generation capacity. The total installed capacity of renewable energy, including large
hydropower, reached 203.22 GW. Furthermore, the cumulative capacity of renewable
power (excluding large hydropower) increased from 35 GW in March 2014 to 156.25 GW.
This growth showcases India’s commitment to transitioning towards cleaner energy
sources.
Nationally Determined Contributions (NDC) Targets
India’s proactive measures align with its Nationally Determined Contributions (NDC) under
the Paris Agreement. The country aims to reduce emissions while addressing its
developmental aspirations. The principles of equity and common but differentiated
responsibilities guide these efforts, ensuring that India remains committed to global
climate action despite its low historical emissions.

1. BUR-4 – India’s Fourth Biennial Update Report to UNFCCC.

2. LULUCF – Refers to Land Use, Land-Use Change, and Forestry.
3. CBDR-RC – Common But Differentiated Responsibilities and Respective
Capabilities.
4. GW – Gigawatt, a unit of power equal to one billion watts.
5. NDC – Nationally Determined Contributions under the Paris Agreement.

Future Directions in Climate Policy

India’s climate policy focuses on enhancing renewable energy, improving energy
efficiency, and promoting sustainable land use. The government aims to further increase
the share of non-fossil fuel sources in energy generation. Continued investment in
technology and capacity-building is essential to achieve these goals.
Ramesh Chand Committee Set Up to Update WPI Base Year
January 3, 2025
The Government of India has established a committee to update the base year for the
Wholesale Price Index (WPI), aiming to enhance the accuracy of factory-gate inflation
measures. This initiative reflects structural changes in the economy since the last update
in 2011-12. The 18-member panel, led by Ramesh Chand of NITI Aayog, is tasked with
advising on transitioning the base year to 2022-23. This move is expected to improve the
estimation of economic output adjusted for inflation.
Purpose of Updating WPI
The primary goal of updating the WPI is to provide a more precise measure of inflation at

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 81
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

the producer level. The current WPI only accounts for goods, neglecting the service sector,
which constitutes over half of India’s economic output. By shifting to a more
comprehensive Producer Price Index (PPI), the government aims to capture a broader
spectrum of economic activity.
Composition of the Committee
The committee comprises 18 experts from various sectors, including economics and
finance. Notable members include Soumya Kanti Ghosh, Dharmakirti Joshi, and Indranil
Sengupta. The diverse expertise within the panel is expected to facilitate a thorough
review of the existing price collection system and propose necessary improvements.
Historical Context of the WPI
The WPI has undergone revisions in the past, with the last update occurring in 2015 when
the base year was changed from 2004-05 to 2011-12. This new update aims to reflect the
current economic landscape and improve the accuracy of national income calculations.
The previous base year has become outdated, necessitating this review.
Transition to Producer Price Index
The transition from WPI to PPI is crucial for capturing price changes across both goods
and services. The PPI will provide a more comprehensive understanding of inflationary
pressures faced by producers. This is particularly important as India seeks to align its
statistical practices with international standards.
Expected Outcomes of the Revision
The revision of the WPI and the introduction of a PPI are expected to yield several
benefits. These include improved accuracy in estimating real GDP and a better
understanding of inflation trends. A more reliable index will contribute to informed policy-
making and economic planning.

1. Bibek Debroy recommended a PPI for India.

2. The last WPI revision occurred in 2015.
3. The new panel has 18 months to submit its report.
4. The committee includes members from various economic sectors.
5. WPI currently excludes services and international trade.

Future Directions for Economic Measurement

The committee will not only focus on updating the base year but will also review the
methodology for computing WPI and PPI. Recommendations for enhancing the reliability
of these indices will be crucial for future economic assessments. This comprehensive
approach aims to ensure that India’s statistical system reflects the dynamic nature of its
economy.
Govt to Boost Delhi’s Transport Network
January 3, 2025
Nitin Gadkari, the Union Minister for Road Transport and Highways, announced
investment plan to improve Delhi‘s transport network. The government will allocate

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 82
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

₹12,500 crore, along with an additional ₹1,200 crore from the CRIF fund. This
announcement coincides with the upcoming Delhi elections, denoting the urgency of
addressing the city’s pollution and congestion issues. Gadkari’s proposals aim to reduce
traffic jams and improve air quality in the national capital.
Investment Breakdown
The proposed investment includes several key projects. ₹2,500 crore will be allocated to
connect UER-II to the Delhi-Katra Expressway through KMPE. This route will enhance
access for vehicles coming from Jammu and Kashmir and Punjab to the Indira Gandhi
International Airport and the Delhi-Mumbai Expressway. Additionally, ₹2,200 crore will be
invested in providing direct connectivity from UER-II near Alipur to the Delhi-Dehradun
Expressway near Tronica City.
Enhanced Connectivity
The plan aims to ease the commute for vehicles travelling to Haryana and Rajasthan from
Dehradun. Gadkari stated that vehicles from Dehradun will gain alternative access to the
Indira Gandhi International Airport via UER-II and the Dwarka Expressway. This
development will reduce travel time from one and a half hours to just 45 minutes.
Future Infrastructure Developments
In the next two years, a massive ₹1 lakh crore will be invested to transform Delhi’s
infrastructure. This initiative will not only improve transportation but will also address the
pressing issue of air pollution in the region. Gadkari emphasised that the investment is
crucial for the city’s long-term sustainability and growth.
Tunnel Construction Plans
A major component of the plan is the construction of a 5 km tunnel from Shiv Murti to
Nelson Mandela Marg (Vasant Kunj), costing ₹3,500 crore. This tunnel will alleviate traffic
jams in the Mahipalpur and Rangpuri areas, providing much-needed relief to commuters
from Delhi and Gurugram. The project will also create a bypass in East Delhi, enhancing
connectivity between the Delhi-Dehradun Expressway and Noida.
Comprehensive Connectivity Improvements
Moreover, the project will ensure that North Delhi, North-West Delhi, and South-West
Delhi have direct access to Noida via Ghaziabad. This comprehensive approach to
transport infrastructure aims to streamline traffic flow and reduce congestion across the
metropolitan area. The total estimated cost for this connectivity project stands at ₹4,400
crore, reflecting the government’s commitment to improving urban mobility.

1. CRIF – Central Road and Infrastructure Fund.

2. KMP – Kundli-Manesar-Palwal Expressway, enhancing connectivity.
3. UER-II – Urban Extension Road, vital for traffic management.
4. IGI – Indira Gandhi International Airport, major aviation hub.
5. Mahipalpur – Notorious for traffic congestion in Delhi.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 83
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

New Ant Species Discovered in Western Ghats

January 3, 2025
A recent discovery in the Western Ghats has brought attention to the biodiversity of leaf
litter ecosystems. Scientists from Goa, Karnataka, and Dehradun identified a new ant
species named Tapinoma onaele in Kodagu district, Karnataka. This discovery marks the
importance of leaf litter, which is often overlooked. The name ‘Onaele’ translates to ‘dried
leaves’ in Kannada, signifying the crucial role of this habitat. Pronoy Baidya, the head of
the research division at AERO, emphasised the leaf litter’s biodiversity as a vital
component of forest ecosystems.
Importance of Leaf Litter Ecosystems
Leaf litter is often dismissed as a lifeless zone. However, it serves as a habitat for countless
organisms. This microhabitat supports various ecosystem functions essential for forest
health. Leaf litter contributes to nutrient cycling, water retention, and soil formation. It
acts as a shelter for insects, fungi, and microorganisms, which are integral to the forest’s
food web.
Recent Ant Discoveries in Goa
Baidya has documented 133 ant species in Goa. Notably, Probolomyrmex procne was
rediscovered after three decades. This species has only been documented in two other
locations in India. The specimens were collected in Netravali Wildlife Sanctuary during the
post-monsoon season. The discovery puts stress on the rich biodiversity found in Goa’s
forests.
Identification of Tapinoma onaele
The new ant species, Tapinoma onaele, was identified based on its unique morphological
features. It shares similarities with Protanilla lini but can be distinguished by its shorter
antennal scape. The research involved meticulous measurements of various physical
characteristics to ensure accurate identification. This discovery adds to the known
diversity of the Protanilla genus in India.

1. Protanilla flamma is commonly called Vaibhav’s Protanilla.

2. The elevation of the collection site for Probolomyrmex procne was 445 m above
sea level.
3. Baidya’s research area covered 2,500 sq km in Goa.
4. Leaf litter can support millions of organisms.
5. Protanilla wardi is closely related to Tapinoma onaele.

Conservation of Leaf Litter Habitats

The destruction of leaf litter through burning poses threat to biodiversity. It is crucial to
recognise the ecological value of leaf litter ecosystems. Conservation efforts should focus
on protecting these habitats to ensure the survival of many species. Raising awareness
about the importance of leaf litter can encourage better environmental practices.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 84
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Kharif Rice Procurement Trends in 2024

January 3, 2025
Recently, the Kharif rice procurement landscape has shown varied results across state of
Indias. Punjab and Haryana, known for their agricultural output, have reported lower
procurement figures compared to previous years. Despite this, the overall Kharif rice
production is projected to reach a record 119.93 million tonnes, marking a 6% increase
from the previous year. The Agriculture Ministry’s initiatives, including crop diversification,
have played role in shaping these outcomes.
Current Procurement Overview
The procurement targets for Kharif rice in 2024-25 stand at 492.11 lakh tonnes. The Food
Corporation of India (FCI) has achieved 64% of this target within three months, primarily
driven by robust procurement in Punjab and Haryana. In the October to December period,
rice procurement rose by 4.3%, totalling 313.13 lakh tonnes compared to 300.15 lakh
tonnes in the previous year.
State-wise Procurement Performance
Punjab has recorded a procurement of 116.30 lakh tonnes, down 6.5% from last year’s
124.35 lakh tonnes. Haryana’s figures also fell to 35.99 lakh tonnes from 39.49 lakh
tonnes. In contrast, states such as Madhya Pradesh and Bihar have reported increases in
procurement, showcasing the diverse agricultural dynamics across India.
Notable Increases in Other States
Chhattisgarh’s rice procurement reached 52.84 lakh tonnes, a decrease of 37% compared
to the previous year. However, Telangana’s procurement rose by 4% to 28.25 lakh tonnes.
Uttar Pradesh recorded a 5.5% increase, reaching 23.88 lakh tonnes. Madhya Pradesh
experienced a remarkable 43.5% surge, totalling 16.65 lakh tonnes, while Maharashtra’s
procurement increased by 6%.
Challenges in Specific States
Andhra Pradesh, affected by floods and cyclones, still managed a 77% increase in
procurement, reaching 10.98 lakh tonnes. Conversely, Odisha’s procurement fell by 11.9%
to 7.87 lakh tonnes, although an anticipated increase is expected due to government
incentives. West Bengal and Tamil Nadu also reported lower procurement figures,
attributed to earlier harvesting periods and changing agricultural conditions.

1. Punjab’s procurement fell short of its 124 lakh tonne target.

2. Chhattisgarh’s rice procurement decreased by 37% year-on-year.
3. Bihar’s procurement surged by 63.7%, reaching 6.79 lakh tonnes.
4. Telangana’s procurement increased to 28.25 lakh tonnes.
5. Odisha’s government plans to buy rice at ₹3,100/quintal.

Future Expectations and Projections

The Agriculture Ministry anticipates that Kharif rice production will continue to rise,
potentially reaching record levels in future seasons. The government’s focus on improving

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 85
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

procurement systems and encouraging crop diversification is expected to enhance overall

agricultural productivity. As states adapt to changing conditions, the long-term trends in
rice procurement will reflect these efforts.
Unified District Information System for Education Plus (UDISE+) Report
2023-24
January 3, 2025
The Ministry of Education (MoE) has recently released the Unified District Information
System for Education Plus (UDISE+) report 2023-24. It reported a decline in student
enrolment for the academic year 2023-24. The total enrolment fell to 24.8 crore, a drop of
over one crore compared to previous years. This decrease marks a notable shift from the
stable enrolment figures of around 26 crore observed over the last four years.
Recent Enrolment Trends
In 2018-19, enrolment was recorded at 26.02 crore. This figure increased by 1.6% in
2019-20, reaching 26.45 crore. However, a slight decline occurred in 2020-21, followed by
a minimal increase of 0.76% in 2021-22. The 2022-23 academic year saw enrolment drop
to 25.18 crore, culminating in the current total of 24.8 crore for 2023-24. This represents a
6% decline from the 2018-19 figures.
UDISE+ System Enhancements
The UDISE+ system underwent revitalisation in 2022-23, which enabled the collection of
data across more than 60 fields for each student. The system now includes voluntary
collection of Aadhaar details to ensure the uniqueness of each student. By 2023-24, over
19.7 crore students had provided their Aadhaar numbers, enhancing data reliability.
Unique Student Identification
A unique educational ID (EID) has been created for every student within the UDISE+ portal.
This initiative aims to eliminate duplicate or ghost entries, facilitating precise identification
for various educational schemes. The introduction of unique identities for students and
teachers allows for accurate verification of credentials, which is essential for benefit
transfers associated with educational programmes.
Gender Disparities in Enrolment
The enrolment figures reveal a gender disparity. In 2018-19, 13.53 crore boys were
enrolled, but this number decreased to 12.87 crore in 2023-24, reflecting a 4.87% drop.
Similarly, girls’ enrolment fell from 12.49 crore to 11.93 crore, a decline of 4.48%. These
trends indicate a concerning pattern in gender representation within the education
system.
Regional Variations in Enrolment
Certain states have experienced more pronounced declines in student enrolment. Bihar’s
enrolment dropped from over 2.49 crore in 2018-19 to over 2.13 crore, a decrease of over
35.65 lakh students. Uttar Pradesh’s enrolment also fell from 4.44 crore to 4.16 crore, a
reduction of 28.26 lakh. Maharashtra recorded a decline of 18.55 lakh students, with
enrolment falling from over 2.32 crore to 2.13 crore.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 86
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

1. UDISE+ stands for Unified District Information System for Education Plus.
2. Aadhaar is a unique identification system in India.
3. Samagra Shiksha is an integrated scheme for school education.
4. EID refers to the Unique Educational ID for students.
5. MoE is the Ministry of Education in India.

Implications for Future Policies

The substantial drop in enrolment raises questions about the effectiveness of current
educational policies and the need for targeted interventions. The data collected through
UDISE+ will be crucial in informing future strategies aimed at improving student
enrolment and retention rates across various states and demographics.
Chhattisgarh’s Green GDP Initiative
January 3, 2025
Chhattisgarh has launched a pioneering initiative that integrates the ecological services of
its forests into the Green Gross Domestic Product (Green GDP). This innovative approach
aims to tell the relationship between the environmental contributions of forests and the
state’s economic growth. The initiative seeks to ensure sustainable economic development
while preserving the environment for future generations.
About Green GDP
Green GDP is an alternative economic indicator that factors in the environmental costs
associated with economic growth. Unlike traditional GDP, which focuses solely on
economic output, Green GDP considers natural resource depletion and ecological
degradation. This metric aims to provide a more holistic view of a nation’s economic and
environmental health.
Key Features of Green GDP
Green GDP incorporates environmental impacts into economic assessments. It
distinguishes between environmentally beneficial and harmful economic activities. This
includes categorising production and consumption based on their ecological effects and
evaluating investments in sustainable versus conventional technologies.
Objectives of Chhattisgarh’s Initiative
The primary goals of Chhattisgarh’s Green GDP initiative include enhancing budget
planning, creating policies that support economic growth while prioritising ecological
sustainability, and formally recognising the economic value of forest ecosystem services.
Economic Valuation of Forests
To accurately assess the economic value of forests, the initiative will quantify essential
ecosystem services. These include clean air, where the amount of CO2 absorbed by trees
will be measured, and water conservation, which calculates the economic impact of forest-
provided water resources. Biodiversity contributions to ecological balance and agriculture
will also be evaluated.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 87
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Cultural and Economic Significance

Chhattisgarh’s forests hold cultural and spiritual importance for local tribal communities.
They provide livelihoods through eco-tourism activities, such as jungle safaris and
camping in national parks. The initiative aims to enhance these benefits while conserving
forest resources.
Global Context of Green GDP
Countries like China, Bhutan, and members of the European Union have adopted Green
GDP principles. These nations emphasise balancing economic growth with environmental
preservation, aiming for a sustainable future. Chhattisgarh’s initiative aligns with this
global movement, contributing to a broader understanding of sustainable development.

1. Green GDP accounts for environmental degradation costs.

2. The Environmental Kuznets Curve illustrates growth’s impact on the
environment.
3. Bhutan’s Gross National Happiness prioritises ecological sustainability.
4. New Zealand’s Living Standards Framework integrates social and environmental
well-being.
5. Chhattisgarh has 44% forest cover, vital for local livelihoods.

Challenges in Implementing Green GDP

Several challenges exist in implementing Green GDP. These include complex valuation of
natural resources, data limitations regarding environmental costs, and the need for
standardisation across different regions. Addressing these challenges is crucial for
effective adoption and measurement of Green GDP.
Future Prospects of Green GDP
The future of Green GDP involves a paradigm shift in economic assessment, promoting a
transition to a low-carbon economy. It will provide essential data for policymakers and
enhance global comparability of sustainable practices. As consumer demand for eco-
friendly products rises, new markets will emerge, encouraging innovation and creating
green jobs.
January 4, 2025
Rising Costs of Drug-Resistant Infections
January 4, 2025
Drug-resistant infections present challenge to healthcare systems. A recent study by the
Indian Council of Medical Research (ICMR) reveals that these infections not only prolong
hospital stays but also increase treatment costs by an average of 33.1%. This research
marks the economic burden faced by families and the healthcare system in India,
particularly in both government and private hospitals.
About Antimicrobial Resistance
Antimicrobial resistance (AMR) occurs when pathogens evolve to survive despite the
presence of drugs designed to kill them. This resistance complicates the treatment of

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 88
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

common infections, leading to increased hospitalisation rates and extended stays. The
ICMR study analysed 1,723 patient records from eight hospitals, providing critical vital
information about the financial implications of AMR.
Cost Analysis of Treatments
The study found that the average cost of treating drug-resistant infections was
$1,238, compared to $827 for infections that were susceptible to treatment.
In government hospitals, the costs were $199.2 for resistant infections and $108.5
for susceptible ones.
Private hospitals reported higher figures, with costs of $3,382 for resistant infections
and $3,019 for susceptible infections.
The primary driver of these costs was the increased expenditure on medicines, which
rose by 61.5% in government facilities and 27.1% in private ones.
Hospital Stay Duration and Mortality Rates
Patients with resistant infections experienced longer hospital stays, averaging 23
days, compared to 12 days for those with susceptible infections.
The mortality rate for patients with resistant infections was also higher, with 29.5%
of these patients dying compared to 20% of those with susceptible infections.
This puts stress on the severity of drug resistance and its implications for patient
health outcomes.
Financial Impact on Families
Over 45% of patients borrowed money for treatment, with this figure rising to 47.6%
among those with resistant infections.
Additionally, 10.5% of families with resistant infections had to adjust their financial
situations, such as starting new jobs or withdrawing children from school, compared
to 6.2% for susceptible infections.
The study also noted that 11.4% of families with resistant infections sold or
mortgaged assets, compared to 9.8% for those with susceptible infections.
Importance of Preventing Drug Resistance
The findings of this study highlight the urgent need to address antimicrobial resistance to
alleviate financial distress and reduce mortality rates. With nearly 70% of health
expenditures coming from out-of-pocket payments, the economic implications are deep.
Preventing drug resistance could lead to lower treatment costs and improved health
outcomes.
Strategies for Reducing Resistance
To combat antimicrobial resistance, education is crucial. Patients should be informed
about the risks of misusing antibiotics, such as self-prescribing and discontinuing
treatment prematurely. Healthcare professionals can contribute by avoiding broad-
spectrum antibiotics and opting for targeted treatments based on specific infections.
Additionally, pharmaceutical companies must implement effective waste management
practices to prevent the release of antibiotics into the environment.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 89
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

1. ICMR – Indian Council of Medical Research, a key health research body.

2. AMR – Antimicrobial Resistance, a growing global health threat.
3. Out-of-pocket expenditure – Direct payments made by patients for healthcare
services.
4. Broad-spectrum antibiotics – Medications effective against a wide range of
bacteria.
5. Targeted treatments – Specific therapies aimed at particular pathogens.

AbbVie India Violates UCPMP, 2024

January 4, 2025
The recent actions of AbbVie Healthcare India Private Ltd have brought attention to the
ethical standards in pharmaceutical marketing. The company was found guilty of violating
the Uniform Code for Pharmaceutical Marketing Practices (UCPMP), 2024. An anonymous
report revealed that AbbVie sponsored international trips for doctors, which constituted a
breach of regulations designed to promote ethical conduct in the industry.
About UCPMP 2024
The UCPMP 2024 is a regulatory framework governing interactions between
pharmaceutical companies and healthcare professionals in India. It prohibits
pharmaceutical companies from offering gifts, benefits, or any financial advantages to
healthcare professionals and their families. The code aims to maintain transparency and
ethical practices within the pharmaceutical sector.
Key Regulations of UCPMP 2024
The UCPMP 2024 explicitly forbids companies from providing travel facilities or hospitality
to healthcare professionals, except in specified educational programmes. However, it does
allow for the provision of informational materials and free samples, provided they meet
certain conditions. This code replaces the earlier UCPMP 2014 and applies equally to
medical device companies.
The Doctor-Pharma Relationship
The relationship between doctors and pharmaceutical companies has long been
scrutinised due to potential conflicts of interest. Financial incentives can influence
prescribing practices, even if the gifts are small. The Indian Journal of Medical Ethics
marks the importance of self-awareness among doctors to mitigate these biases and
uphold ethical standards.
AbbVie’s Justification and Consequences
In response to the allegations, AbbVie claimed that their actions were an ‘acceptable
industry practice’ and cited a professional service agreement with the involved doctors.
However, the company rejected suggestions for remedial actions, leading to
repercussions. The Central Board of Direct Taxes has been tasked with evaluating the tax
implications for both AbbVie and the implicated doctors.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 90
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Importance of Strict Enforcement

Experts emphasise the need for stringent enforcement of the UCPMP to prevent conflicts
of interest and encourage trust in the medical community. The Indian pharmaceutical
industry is a global leader, supplying a vast array of generic drugs and maintaining a
strong domestic market. The industry’s growth necessitates adherence to ethical practices
to sustain its reputation.

1. UCPMP stands for Uniform Code for Pharmaceutical Marketing Practices.

2. AbbVie Healthcare is a subsidiary of AbbVie Inc, based in the USA.
3. The Indian pharmaceutical market was valued at USD 42 billion in 2021.
4. India exports pharmaceuticals to over 200 countries.
5. The National Medical Council regulates ethical practices for Indian doctors.

Future Directions in Pharmaceutical Ethics

The ongoing scrutiny of pharmaceutical marketing practices may lead to more stringent
regulations and oversight. It is crucial for the industry to adapt to these changes to ensure
compliance and maintain public trust.
Tularemia – Rising Cases of Rabbit Fever
January 4, 2025
Recent reports indicate a concerning rise in tularemia cases, also known as rabbit fever, in
the United States. The disease, caused by the bacterium *Francisella tularensis*, has seen
over a 50 per cent increase in reported cases. This rise is particularly notable among
children aged 5-9, older men, and American Indians or Alaska Natives. The Centers for
Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) categorises this bacterium as a Tier 1 Select Agent
due to its potential as a bioweapon.
About Tularemia
Tularemia is an infectious disease that can affect both animals and humans. Rabbits,
hares, and rodents are the primary carriers of the bacterium. Human infection can occur
through various routes, including bites from ticks and deer flies, direct contact with
infected animals, consumption of contaminated water, and inhalation of contaminated
dust or aerosols.
Recent Statistics
The CDC reported increase in tularemia cases between 2011 and 2022, with a 56 per cent
rise in annual average incidence compared to the previous decade. More than 2,400 cases
were documented, primarily in four states – Arkansas, Kansas, Missouri, and Oklahoma.
The increase may reflect better case detection methods and increased reporting rather
than a true rise in infections.
Symptoms of Tularemia
Symptoms of tularemia vary based on the infection route. Common symptoms include:
Skin Ulcer: A skin ulcer appears at the site of entry, often accompanied by swollen
lymph glands.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 91
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Ocular Symptoms: Irritation and inflammation of the eyes occur if the bacteria enter
through the eye, leading to oculoglandular tularemia.
Sore Throat and Mouth Ulcers: These symptoms arise from consuming
contaminated food or water, leading to oropharyngeal tularemia.
Respiratory Issues: Severe cases may present with cough, chest pain, and breathing
difficulties, particularly if left untreated.
Preventive Measures
Preventing tularemia involves several key practices:
Use insect repellents to deter ticks and deer flies.
Wear long sleeves and trousers to minimise skin exposure.
Promptly remove ticks using fine-tipped tweezers.
Avoid drinking untreated surface water.
Wear masks during activities like mowing to reduce inhalation risk.
Use gloves when handling potentially infected animals.
Ensure game meat is thoroughly cooked before consumption.
Treatment Options
While no vaccine for tularemia is currently available in the U.S., the illness is treatable with
antibiotics. The case fatality rate generally remains below 2 per cent, but it can rise to as
high as 24 per cent in severe cases.

1. Francisella tularensis is the causative agent of tularemia.

2. Tularemia is classified as a Tier 1 Select Agent.
3. Arkansas, Kansas, Missouri, and Oklahoma report the highest cases.
4. Oculoglandular tularemia occurs due to eye exposure.
5. No vaccine for tularemia is currently available in the U.S.

What is Human Metapneumovirus (HMPV)?

January 4, 2025
China’s disease control authority recently announced a pilot monitoring system aimed at
tracking pneumonia of unknown origin. This initiative comes in response to an expected
rise in respiratory infections during the winter months. The country has already observed
an increase in overall infections, particularly in northern provinces, with human
metapneumovirus (HMPV) emerging as a notable pathogen among younger populations.
Despite viral social media claims about a health emergency, no official declaration has
been made.
About Human Metapneumovirus (HMPV)
Human metapneumovirus is a respiratory virus first identified in 2001. It belongs to the
Pneumoviridae family, which includes other viruses like respiratory syncytial virus (RSV).
HMPV causes infections resembling the common cold, affecting both upper and lower
respiratory tracts. The virus is most prevalent during winter and early spring, with
children, the elderly, and immunocompromised individuals at higher risk for

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 92
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

complications.
Symptoms of HMPV Infection
Symptoms of HMPV infection include cough, runny or blocked nose, sore throat, fever,
and wheezing. The incubation period typically ranges from three to six days. Most
individuals recover without medical intervention within a few days. However, some may
develop complications such as bronchitis or pneumonia, necessitating medical attention.
Transmission of HMPV
HMPV spreads through direct contact with infected individuals or contaminated surfaces.
Transmission can occur via respiratory secretions from coughs or sneezes. Close contact,
such as shaking hands or hugging an infected person, increases the risk. Touching
contaminated objects, like doorknobs or phones, followed by touching one’s face can also
facilitate the spread of the virus.
Treatment Options for HMPV
Currently, there is no vaccine or specific antiviral treatment for HMPV. Most patients
manage symptoms with over-the-counter medications to alleviate fever and pain.
Decongestants may also be used. Antibiotics are ineffective against HMPV, as it is a viral
infection.
Preventing HMPV Infection
Preventative measures are crucial for reducing the risk of HMPV infection. Frequent
handwashing with soap and water is essential. Avoiding close contact with infected
individuals and refraining from touching the face, nose, or eyes can help. Wearing a mask
during potential exposure can prevent transmission to others. Individuals with pre-
existing lung conditions should exercise additional caution.

1. HMPV was first discovered in 2001.

2. It belongs to the Pneumoviridae family.
3. Symptoms can mimic those of the common cold.
4. There is currently no vaccine for HMPV.
5. The virus is more prevalent in winter and early spring.

Health Ministry’s Response to Rising Cases

In light of the situation in China, the National Centre for Disease Control (NCDC) in India is
actively monitoring respiratory infections. The NCDC is collaborating with international
health agencies to assess the situation. Recent data shows a rise in acute respiratory
infections, including HMPV, although the overall intensity of respiratory diseases in China
is reportedly lower than the previous year. A seasonal increase in respiratory pathogens is
anticipated in the northern hemisphere during winter.
Unrwa Faces Closure Amidst Rising Tensions
January 4, 2025
The United Nations Relief and Works Agency for Palestine Refugees in the Near East
(Unrwa) is on the brink of closure due to new Israeli legislation. This agency provides

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 93
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

essential services to Palestinians in the West Bank and Gaza Strip. The impending halt of
its operations poses threat to the livelihood of many families, including those like the
Hashash family in Balata Camp, who rely heavily on Unrwa for healthcare, education, and
food assistance.
Unrwa’s Role and Services
Unrwa was established in 1949 to support Palestinian refugees. It operates nearly 100
schools and numerous health facilities in the West Bank. The agency serves over 5 million
registered refugees, providing vital services such as food aid, medical care, and education.
In Balata Camp alone, Unrwa runs four schools and a health centre, employing around
200 people.
Recent Legislative Changes
In October 2023, Israel’s Parliament passed laws that threaten Unrwa’s ability to operate.
These laws would cut off the agency from Israeli permits necessary for delivering aid in
Gaza and the West Bank. Unrwa has been accused of employing individuals linked to
Hamas, which it denies, stating that it maintains transparency with Israeli authorities
regarding its staff.
Consequences of Unrwa’s Potential Closure
If Unrwa is forced to cease operations, the consequences could be dire. In the West Bank,
this could exacerbate an already fragile economic situation and increase political
instability. In Gaza, it would dismantle a critical aid network, worsening the humanitarian
crisis. The Palestinian Authority lacks the resources to absorb Unrwa’s services, facing its
own budget deficit of nearly $2 billion.
The Situation in Balata Camp
Balata Camp, founded in 1950, is densely populated, housing over 33,000 residents in less
than a square mile. Unemployment rates exceed 60%, and many families depend on
Unrwa for survival. The Hashash family, for example, relies on the agency for medical
treatment and basic needs, fearing the impact of its closure.

1. Unrwa was established in 1949 after the Arab-Israeli conflict.

2. Balata Camp was created to accommodate refugees from Jaffa.
3. Over 60% of Balata’s population is under the age of 25.
4. Unrwa’s annual budget for the West Bank is approximately $125 million.
5. The Palestinian Authority is projected to face a $2 billion budget deficit this year.

Unrwa’s Educational Impact

Unrwa plays important role in education for Palestinian children. The agency’s schools
provide education to thousands, but they face challenges such as underfunding and
strikes by teachers. The Palestinian Authority’s educational system is struggling, raising
questions about its ability to take over Unrwa’s schools if necessary.
Health Services and Challenges
Unrwa operates health clinics that serve tens of thousands of Palestinians. The agency’s

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 94
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

health services are critical, especially in light of the economic hardships faced by residents.
Dr. Haytham Abu Aita, head of the Balata health centre, emphasised that no other
organisation can replicate Unrwa’s expertise in delivering health services under current
conditions.
Future Implications for Peace
The potential closure of Unrwa could alter the landscape of the Israeli-Palestinian conflict.
Experts suggest that the removal of this safety net could hinder future peace efforts, as it
would exacerbate existing tensions and humanitarian issues. The international
community is watching closely, as the responsibility for refugee services may revert to
Israel under international law.
Odisha Declares Unseasonal Rain a Natural Calamity
January 4, 2025
In December 2023, Odisha experienced unprecedented unseasonal rainfall, leading to
crop damage. Chief Minister Mohan Charan Majhi announced this weather event as a
natural calamity during the ‘Krushi Odisha Conclave’ in Bhubaneswar. This declaration
aims to expedite compensation for farmers affected by the rainfall, allowing access to the
state disaster response fund (SDRF). The government has committed approximately Rs
291 crore to assist farmers who reported crop losses of over 33%.
About the Impact of Unseasonal Rain
Unseasonal rainfall can devastate agricultural productivity. In Odisha, 6,66,720 farmers
reported losses of 33% or more in their crops. The relentless rain damaged crops across
approximately 2,26,791 hectares of farmland. This situation marks the vulnerability of
farmers to changing weather patterns and the need for effective disaster management
strategies.
Financial Assistance for Affected Farmers
The Odisha government has pledged financial support to farmers impacted by the rainfall.
Compensation will be disbursed from the SDRF, which is designed to provide relief during
natural calamities. Farmers who have experienced crop loss are entitled to receive
assistance, ensuring their livelihoods are supported during this challenging time.
Government Response and Relief Measures
The government has activated its relief mechanisms to assist affected farmers. State
officials are collaborating with local authorities to assess damage and facilitate aid
distribution. Efforts are being made to ensure that financial assistance reaches farmers
promptly. The declaration of the rainfall as a ‘state calamity’ allows for a more structured
response to the crisis.
The Human Cost of Crop Loss
The severe impact of the rainfall has led to tragic consequences for some farmers. Reports
indicate that at least seven farmers died by suicide due to the immense stress caused by
crop loss. The emotional toll of such disasters puts stress on the importance of mental
health support alongside financial assistance for affected individuals.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 95
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

1. SDRF – State Disaster Response Fund, aids disaster victims.

2. Krushi Odisha – An agricultural conclave promoting farmer welfare.
3. Mohan Charan Majhi – Current Chief Minister of Odisha.
4. 2,91,000 hectares – Area affected by the unseasonal rain.
5. 33% crop loss – Threshold for farmers to qualify for compensation.

Future Preparedness and Policy Implications

The situation in Odisha reflects the need for improved agricultural policies and disaster
preparedness. As climate change continues to alter weather patterns, states must develop
robust strategies to mitigate risks. Enhanced forecasting, better crop insurance schemes,
and support for sustainable farming practices can help protect farmers from future
calamities.
Logistics Ease Across Different States (LEADS) 2024
January 4, 2025
The Logistics Ease Across Different States (LEADS) 2024 report has identified 13 states and
Union Territories as “achievers” in logistics performance. This report, released by the
Ministry of Commerce and Industry, evaluates the efficiency of logistics services. The
index aims to promote trade and reduce transaction costs, which is essential for economic
growth. The report marks the progress made since 2023, when the same number of states
were recognised for their logistics capabilities.
Achievers in Logistics Performance
The states categorised as “achievers” include Gujarat, Karnataka, Maharashtra, Odisha,
Tamil Nadu, and Delhi. Other achievers are Chandigarh, Haryana, Telangana, Uttar
Pradesh, Uttarakhand, Assam, and Arunachal Pradesh. These states excel in logistics
infrastructure and services, contributing to national economic development.
Categories of Logistics Performance
The report classifies states into three categories – “achievers,” “fast movers,” and
“aspirers.” Fast movers include Andhra Pradesh, Goa, Bihar, Himachal Pradesh, Madhya
Pradesh, Punjab, and Rajasthan. Aspirers consist of Kerala, West Bengal, Chhattisgarh,
Jharkhand, Andaman and Nicobar Islands, and Ladakh. This classification helps identify
areas for improvement and investment.
Key Pillars of the Logistics Index
LEADS evaluates states based on four key pillars – Logistics Infrastructure, Logistics
Services, Operating and Regulatory Environment, and Sustainable Logistics. These pillars
provide a framework for assessing logistical capabilities and highlight the importance of
sustainable practices in the logistics sector.
Importance of the LEADS Report
LEADS was developed to enhance the Logistics Performance Index (LPI) of the World Bank.
Unlike the LPI, which is perception-based, LEADS combines perception with objective data,
increasing the robustness of the evaluation. This comprehensive approach allows for

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 96
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

better decision-making at the state level.

Government Initiatives and Future Directions
Union Minister Piyush Goyal emphasised the need for states to develop action plans for
logistics improvement. He brought into light the importance of adopting new
technologies such as Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning. Skill development and
gender inclusivity in the logistics sector were also telld as vital for future growth.
Awards and Recognition in Logistics
The report also included the Logistics Excellence, Advancement, and Performance Shield
(LEAPS) 2024 awards. Recognitions were given across various categories, such as core
logistics services, MSMEs, and startups. This initiative aims to celebrate innovation and
leadership within the logistics sector.

1. LEADS was inspired by the World Bank’s Logistics Performance Index.

2. PM GatiShakti Course aims to enhance infrastructure planning.
3. LEAPS awards recognise excellence in logistics services.
4. States are encouraged to adopt public-private partnerships.
5. Sustainable Logistics is a newly introduced pillar in LEADS.

The Future of India’s Logistics Sector

The report outlines the need for multi-modal hubs and regional logistics plans to improve
last-mile connectivity. Minister Goyal urged states to adopt the LEAD framework, focusing
on Longevity, Efficiency, Effectiveness, Accessibility, Accountability, and Digitalisation.
These measures are crucial for preparing India for a more competitive logistics
environment.
Gujarat’s First Coastal Bird Census Begins Soon
January 4, 2025
The Gujarat government is preparing to launch India’s inaugural census of coastal and
wader birds. This landmark event will occur at the Marine National Park and Sanctuary in
Jamnagar from January 3 to 5, 2025. The census aims to enhance knowledge about bird
populations and their habitats. It is a collaborative effort between the state forest
department and the Bird Conservation Society of Gujarat (BCSG). Bird enthusiasts,
experts, and researchers from across India are expected to participate in this initiative.
Overview of the Marine National Park
The Marine National Park and Sanctuary is India’s first designated marine national park. It
spans approximately 170 km of coastline and includes 42 islands between Okha and
Navlakhi. This protected area is located in the Gulf of Kutch and was established to
conserve marine biodiversity and mangrove ecosystems. Visitors can explore marine life
on foot during low tide, a unique feature not found in other locations where scuba diving
is required.
Bird Diversity in Jamnagar
Jamnagar district is renowned for its rich bird diversity, hosting over 300 species of local

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 97
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

and migratory birds. Among these, more than 50 species are classified as wader birds.
Rare species such as the Crab Plover (Shankhlo) and the Great Knot (Moto Kichadiyo)
thrive in this region, making it important area for avian conservation.
Importance of the Central Asian Flyway
The Marine National Park lies within the Central Asian Flyway, a critical migratory route for
birds. This flyway extends from the Arctic to the Indian Ocean, facilitating annual
migrations for numerous species. The region serves as essential breeding and wintering
grounds, contributing to global bird diversity.

1. BCSG has been active for over 25 years.

2. Jamnagar hosts over 300 bird species.
3. The Marine National Park is India’s first marine park.
4. Coastal bird census occurs from January 3 to 5, 2025.
5. The region is part of the Central Asian Flyway.

Conservation Efforts in Gujarat

The Gujarat government is actively implementing initiatives for bird conservation. The
Forest Department conducts scientific estimations of bird populations to gather essential
data. These efforts help identify new habitats and assess population densities. About the
seasonal timing of bird migrations is also crucial for effective habitat management. This
comprehensive approach aims to ensure the sustainable preservation of avian biodiversity
in the region.
EPFO Launches Centralised Pension Payments System
January 4, 2025
The Employees’ Provident Fund Organisation (EPFO) has successfully rolled out its
Centralised Pension Payments System (CPPS) across India. This initiative benefits over 68
lakh pensioners and modernises the pension disbursement process. The CPPS allows
pensioners to withdraw their pensions from any bank branch, ensuring seamless and
efficient service. Union Minister Mansukh Mandaviya praised this reform, emphasising its
significance in simplifying pension services.
Overview of CPPS
The Centralised Pension Payments System represents a major overhaul of the previous
decentralised pension disbursement framework. Previously, regional offices had limited
agreements with banks, restricting pensioners’ access to their funds. The CPPS eliminates
these limitations, allowing all pensioners to access their pensions from any bank branch
across the country.
Key Features of the CPPS
Pensioners benefit from several key features under the CPPS. The system ensures that
pension amounts are credited directly to beneficiaries’ accounts without the need for
physical verification. This change streamlines the process, reducing the burden on
pensioners to visit banks for verification purposes.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 98
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Benefits for Relocating Pensioners

One of the primary advantages of the CPPS is its ability to accommodate pensioners who
relocate. Starting January 2025, pensioners will receive payments uninterrupted, even if
they change their location or bank branch. This feature is particularly beneficial for those
returning to their hometowns after retirement.
Successful Pilot Programs
Before the full rollout, the EPFO conducted two pilot programs to test the CPPS. The first
pilot in October 2024 involved regional offices in Karnal, Jammu, and Srinagar, disbursing
Rs 11 crore to over 49,000 pensioners. The second pilot in November 2024 included 24
regional offices and disbursed Rs 213 crore to more than 9.3 lakh pensioners. These pilots
validated the system’s effectiveness prior to its nationwide implementation.
Full-Scale Implementation and Impact
The full-scale rollout of the CPPS occurred in December 2024. During this phase, the EPFO
disbursed Rs 1,570 crore to over 68 lakh pensioners. This marks a historic milestone in
pension service delivery, improving access for beneficiaries across India.

1. CPPS allows pensioners to access funds from any bank.

2. Physical verification for pension commencement is eliminated.
3. Pensioners moving locations will face no payment disruptions.
4. Two pilot programs tested CPPS before full rollout.
5. Rs 1,570 crore disbursed during the full-scale implementation.

Future Reforms and Goals

The CPPS is part of EPFO’s broader strategy to enhance services for EPS pensioners. The
organisation aims to further simplify pension disbursement and improve accessibility. The
successful implementation of the CPPS reflects EPFO’s commitment to modernising its
services, aligning with a vision of tech-driven and member-centric support for all
beneficiaries.
New Amendments to India’s Foreign Trade Policy
January 4, 2025
The Directorate General of Foreign Trade (DGFT) has recently amended the Foreign Trade
Policy (FTP) 2023. This amendment introduces new provisions aimed at enhancing
stakeholder engagement in the formulation and amendment of trade policies. The
changes reflect the Government of India’s commitment to improving the Ease of Doing
Business (EoDB) by ensuring that various stakeholders, including importers, exporters,
and industry experts, can contribute their insights.
Stakeholder Consultation Requirement
The amendment adds Para 1.07A and 1.07B to the FTP. These paragraphs mandate
consultations with stakeholders before any policy changes. This requirement aims to
gather diverse views and suggestions from those directly impacted by trade policies. The
government seeks to create a more inclusive decision-making process.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 99
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Mechanism for Feedback

The new provisions establish a mechanism for informing stakeholders about the reasons
for accepting or rejecting their feedback. This transparency is intended to build trust and
encourage more active participation from stakeholders. The government acknowledges
that differing opinions may arise and aims to handle these constructively.
Right to Suo Moto Decision-Making
While encouraging stakeholder involvement, the government reserves the right to make
suo moto decisions in exceptional circumstances. This ensures that the government can
respond swiftly to urgent issues without being hindered by prolonged consultations. Such
provisions are essential for maintaining the smooth functioning of trade.
Objectives of the FTP 2023
The FTP 2023 is built upon four key pillars – incentive to remission, export promotion
through collaboration, ease of doing business, and emerging areas like e-commerce.
These pillars aim to create a robust framework for trade that supports sustainable growth
and adaptation to new challenges.
Long-term Goals for Export Growth
One of the primary objectives of the FTP 2023 is to increase India’s total exports to $2
trillion by 2030. To achieve this ambitious target, the goods and services sectors must
grow , with annual growth rates of 10.86% and 17.15%, respectively. This growth is crucial
for reaching the overall export growth target of 13.23% per annum.

1. FTP 2023 aims for $2 trillion exports by 2030.

2. Stakeholders include importers, exporters, and industry experts.
3. Suo moto decisions allow quick government responses.
4. Four pillars of FTP include e-commerce and collaboration.
5. Export growth rates needed are 10.86% and 17.15%.

The Importance of Feedback Mechanisms

The FTP 2023 integrates feedback mechanisms to ensure adaptability to emerging
challenges. This approach acknowledges exporters as partners in development. It reflects
a shift from previous policies that operated on a fixed five-year cycle, promoting continuity
and responsiveness to market demands.
NASA Unveils Mars Chopper Drone Successor
January 4, 2025
NASA has recently introduced the Mars Chopper, a new drone designed to succeed the
Ingenuity helicopter. Ingenuity operated on Mars for nearly three years, far exceeding its
initial mission parameters. The Mars Chopper represents advancement in aerial
exploration capabilities on the Red Planet.
Design Features
The Mars Chopper is approximately the size of an SUV. It features six rotors, each with six
blades, which are smaller than those of Ingenuity. This innovative design is expected to

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 100
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

provide enhanced lift and stability during flight. The bulkier structure allows for a greater
payload capacity, enabling it to carry up to five kilograms of scientific instruments.
Enhanced Exploration Capabilities
The new drone can fly distances of up to three kilometres. This capability allows scientists
to conduct detailed studies of large terrains quickly. The Mars Chopper can access areas
that rovers cannot safely navigate, making it an invaluable tool for Martian exploration.
Ingenuity’s Legacy
Ingenuity, which weighed only 1.8 kilograms, was originally designed for five
experimental flights over 30 days. However, it completed 72 flights and travelled 30 times
farther than anticipated. This remarkable achievement demonstrated the potential for
aerial vehicles on Mars, paving the way for the Mars Chopper.
Challenges of Martian Flight
Flying on Mars presents unique challenges due to its thin atmosphere, which has less than
1% of Earth’s density. This requires helicopters like Ingenuity and the Mars Chopper to
exert more effort to achieve lift. Additionally, the fine Martian dust poses risks to the
delicate equipment on these aerial vehicles.
Technological Advancements
The Mars Chopper incorporates several technological improvements. Its increased
payload capacity allows for the installation of advanced imaging and analysis kits. These
enhancements enable the drone to perform more complex tasks and gather critical data
about Mars’ surface and atmosphere.

1. The Jezero Crater is landing site for Mars missions.

2. NASA’s Jet Propulsion Laboratory (JPL) is renowned for its space exploration
innovations.
3. The Mars Chopper’s design was a collaboration with the Ames Research Center.
4. Ingenuity’s navigation failure was caused by challenging terrain conditions.
5. The thin Martian atmosphere complicates flight operations .

Future Implications for Mars Exploration

The Mars Chopper is expected to play important role in future missions to Mars. Its ability
to collect and transmit important information will support both robotic and human
exploration efforts. By providing aerial views of previously inaccessible areas, the Mars
Chopper will enhance our understanding of the Martian environment and its potential for
future human habitation.
Maharashtra Reviews Ladki Bahin Beneficiary List
January 4, 2025
Maharashtra is currently scrutinising beneficiaries of the Ladki Bahin scheme. This
initiative, launched in June 2024, aimed to support women from economically weaker
sections by providing monthly financial assistance. The government is now ensuring that
only eligible women, specifically those with an annual family income below ₹2.5 lakh,

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 101
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

receive these funds.

Background of the Ladki Bahin Scheme
The Ladki Bahin scheme was introduced by the Maharashtra government as part of a
broader welfare package ahead of the state elections. It promised ₹1,500 per month to
eligible women, with an increase to ₹2,100 if the ruling party was re-elected. The initiative
was part of a budget that also included other welfare measures, such as free LPG cylinders
for BPL families and free electricity for farmers.
Financial Implications
The scheme’s financial burden is , with an estimated annual cost of ₹46,000 crore. The
finance department expressed concerns about the sustainability of such expenditures,
warning that it could impact the ability to pay government salaries. The government is
now taking steps to reduce the number of beneficiaries to alleviate this financial strain.
Scrutiny Process Initiated
Women and Child Development Minister Aditi Tatkare announced that a review of the
beneficiary list would begin shortly. The scrutiny aims to identify and remove ineligible
recipients, ensuring that only those who meet the specified income criteria continue to
receive benefits. The government plans to collaborate with the income tax department for
accurate income verification.
Eligibility Criteria Defined
To remain eligible for the benefits, women must meet specific criteria. Those from families
owning four-wheelers or who have changed their residence post-marriage will be deemed
ineligible. Additionally, discrepancies in names between Aadhaar cards and bank accounts
will also disqualify applicants from receiving further payments.
Political Context and Voter Impact
The Ladki Bahin scheme played important role in the ruling coalition’s electoral success.
However, tightening the eligibility criteria poses a risk of alienating voters who relied on
this financial support. As the government reviews the beneficiary list, it must balance fiscal
responsibility with the expectations of its constituents.

1. The scheme was launched in June 2024.

2. Eligible women must be aged between 21 and 65.
3. The initial monthly support was ₹1,500.
4. The total estimated cost of the scheme is ₹46,000 crore.
5. Collaboration with the income tax department is planned for verification.

Future Considerations for the Scheme

The ongoing review of the Ladki Bahin scheme marks the government’s commitment to
ensuring that welfare initiatives are sustainable and effectively targeted. As the scrutiny
progresses, the implications for both the state’s finances and its social commitments will
become clearer.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 102
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

India Unveils Draft Rules for Data Protection

January 4, 2025
On January 3, 2024, the Ministry of Electronics and Information Technology (MeitY)
released the draft rules for the Digital Personal Data Protection Act (DPDP). This
announcement follows the Act’s passage in Parliament in August 2023. The government
has opened a feedback window via the MyGov portal, allowing stakeholders to submit
their comments until February 18, 2025. The anticipation surrounding these rules is high,
as they are expected to clarify various facets of the law.
Key Aspects of the Draft Rules
The draft rules aim to provide clarity on several important topics. They cover the
obligations of data fiduciaries, the role of consent managers, and the handling of
children’s personal data. Additionally, they outline the establishment of the Data
Protection Board, which will oversee compliance and address breaches.
Processing Children’s Data
The draft rules specify that a Data Fiduciary must obtain verifiable consent from a child’s
parent or legal guardian before processing their personal data. This requirement ensures
that consent is identifiable and legitimately obtained. Processing of children’s data is
allowed for particular activities, including health services and educational purposes,
provided these activities are essential for the child’s well-being.
Role and Registration of Consent Managers
Consent Managers play important role in the data protection framework. They must be
incorporated in India and possess a minimum net worth of Rs 2 crore. These entities are
required to maintain operational independence and avoid conflicts of interest. They must
also provide a certified platform for Data Principals to manage their consent effectively.
State’s Processing of Personal Data
The draft rules permit the State and its instrumentalities to process personal data for
issuing subsidies, benefits, and services. This processing must comply with specific
standards to ensure lawful and secure handling of data. The guidelines aim to protect
Data Principals while allowing the State to fulfil its obligations.
Establishment of the Data Protection Board
A feature of the draft rules is the proposed Data Protection Board. This regulatory body
will manage complaints, investigate breaches, and enforce penalties. It will operate
digitally, allowing for remote hearings, thereby increasing accessibility and efficiency in
handling data protection issues.

1. DPDP – Digital Personal Data Protection.

2. MeitY – Ministry of Electronics and Information Technology.
3. Data Fiduciary – Entity processing personal data.
4. Consent Manager – Oversees consent management for data processing.
5. Data Protection Board – Regulatory body for data protection compliance.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 103
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Feedback and Stakeholder Engagement

MeitY encourages stakeholders to provide their feedback on the draft rules. The ministry
has made the draft rules and explanatory notes available on its website for ease of
understanding. Stakeholders are invited to submit their comments in a rule-wise manner
by the deadline of February 18, 2025. This collaborative approach aims to refine the data
protection framework and address any ambiguities or challenges.
New E-Auction Portal ‘Baanknet’ Launched
January 4, 2025
The Government of India recently launched a revamped e-auction portal named
‘Baanknet’. This portal serves as a comprehensive platform for buyers and investors
interested in properties auctioned by public sector banks (PSBs). The initiative aims to
streamline the auction process and enhance transparency in the real estate market.
Features of Baanknet
Baanknet boasts several advanced features designed to improve user experience. It offers
a frictionless journey for users, integrating pre-auction, auction, and post-auction
processes into a single application. The portal includes an automated payment gateway
and KYC tools, ensuring secure transactions.
Property Listings
The portal consolidates listings of over 122,500 properties, including residential,
commercial, and agricultural assets. Users can find flats, houses, shops, vehicles, and
more, all in one place. This consolidation simplifies the search process for potential buyers
and investors.
Economic Impact
The Baanknet is expected to unlock the value of distressed assets. This initiative aims to
boost investor confidence and improve the economic environment. Enhanced efficiency in
the auction process will aid PSBs in recovering their assets, positively affecting their
balance sheets.
Training and Support
The Department of Financial Services has provided training on the portal’s features to
executives of all PSBs and recovery officers in Debt Recovery Tribunals (DRTs). This
training ensures effective utilisation of the platform and enhances the overall efficiency of
property auctions.

1. Baanknet aims to simplify e-auction processes.

2. Over 122,500 properties have migrated to the portal.
3. M. Nagaraju is the Secretary of the Department of Financial Services.
4. The portal features an integrated payment gateway.
5. It includes a dedicated helpdesk for user support.

Future Prospects
The introduction of Baanknet is anticipated to enhance credit availability for businesses

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 104
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

and individuals. The collaboration between PSBs, the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Board of
India (IBBI), and DRTs is crucial for the platform’s success. The government aims to create
a more transparent and efficient auction environment for all stakeholders involved.
What is Dozer Push Mining Method?
January 4, 2025
The CSIR-Central Institute of Mining and Fuel Research (CSIR-CIMFR) has achieved
milestone in the mining sector. They successfully conducted the first trial blast of the
Dozer Push Mining Method in India. This innovative method integrates advanced digital
technologies, aiming to improve safety and operational efficiency in mining processes.
The trial took place at the Parsa East and Kanta Basan (PEKB) Coal Mine, operated by
Adani Enterprises Limited in Chhattisgarh.
Background of the Dozer Push Mining Method
The Dozer Push Mining Method is a new approach developed by CSIR-CIMFR. It focuses on
optimising mining processes while ensuring safety. This method aims to control vibration
and flyrock within acceptable limits. The initiative is part of a sponsored project on deep
hole cast blasting at PEKB. After two years of research and adaptations, the method is
tailored for Indian coal mines.
Key Features of the Trial
The trial involved drilling 108 holes using an unmanned automated drill machine.
Following this, 60 tons of bulk emulsion explosives were used for cast/throw blasting. The
blasted material was then moved using a specially designed large automated dozer
machine. This method is a viable alternative to traditional truck-shovel techniques.
Advantages of the Dozer Push Mining Method
The Dozer Push Mining Method offers several advantages. It improves efficiency by
enabling quicker coal recovery. It reduces delays caused by adverse weather conditions,
particularly during the monsoon. The method is also cost-effective, with an estimated
7-10% reduction in operational costs compared to conventional methods. Moreover, it
enhances productivity by better utilising dragline machines.
Enhancing Worker Safety
One of the most benefits of this method is the enhancement of worker safety. The
unmanned operation minimizes the risks associated with manual labour. Traditional
mining techniques often expose workers to hazardous conditions. The successful trial
demonstrated precise detonation with minimal environmental impact, showcasing the
method’s effectiveness.
Future Plans for Implementation
The next phase involves conducting 8-10 additional trial blasts. These trials will refine the
blast design further. Final recommendations will focus on optimising the method for
broader implementation. The successful trials mark advancement for the Indian mining
industry.

1. CSIR-CIMFR – Council of Scientific and Industrial Research.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 105
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

2. PEKB – Parsa East and Kanta Basan, a coal mine in Chhattisgarh.

3. Adani Enterprises – Leading private mining company in India.
4. Bulk Emulsion Explosives – A safer alternative to traditional explosives.
5. Dozer Push Mining – A method utilising automated machinery for efficiency.

Impact on Coal Production in India

Pan-India coal production reached 97.94 million tonnes in December 2024. This marks a
5.33% annual growth rate. The captive and commercial coal mines recorded their highest
monthly production of 18.40 million tonnes, surpassing previous records. The cumulative
production for the first three quarters of FY25 rose by over 34% year-on-year. The coal
dispatch also hit an all-time high in December 2024, with 17.67 million tonnes dispatched.
This represents a 33.20% year-on-year increase. The total dispatch from April to December
reached 137.34 million tonnes, reflecting a 33.95% increase compared to the previous
year. The coal sector’s growth is attributed to a 7.5% increase in the Index of Eight Core
Industries. The coal industry’s index reached 172.9 points from April to November 2024,
showcasing a growth of 6.4% among all core industries. This surge in coal production
indicates advancement in the sector’s performance.
What is Project VISTAAR?
January 4, 2025
IIT Madras has partnered with the Ministry of Agriculture and Farmer Welfare to launch
Project VISTAAR. This initiative aims to enhance the agricultural extension system through
digitalisation. The pilot project, known as the Virtually Integrated System to Access
Agricultural Resources, focuses on strengthening agricultural extension services. Start-ups
play important role in this context by leveraging technology to offer innovative solutions
to farmers.
Objectives of Project VISTAAR
Project VISTAAR aims to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of agricultural extension
services. It seeks to provide farmers with access to relevant information and resources.
The project will enable better communication between farmers and agricultural experts.
By utilising digital tools, it aims to enhance the overall productivity of the agriculture
sector.
Role of Start-ups in Agriculture
Start-ups are vital in introducing innovative technologies in agriculture. They address
unique challenges faced by farmers through tailored solutions. The collaboration between
IIT Madras and various start-ups encourages an environment for growth and innovation.
Start-ups can improve access to market information and resources for farmers, thus
enhancing their productivity.
Collaboration Details
This agreement aims to enrich the VISTAAR platform with vital information on agricultural
start-ups. The Centre for Research on Start-ups and Risk Financing at IIT Madras has
compiled data on over 12,000 start-ups in the agriculture sector. This collaboration will
© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 106
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

facilitate easy access to this information for farmers and stakeholders.

Benefits of Digitalisation
Digitalisation of the agricultural extension system offers numerous advantages. It
expands the outreach of advisory services to a broader audience. Farmers will receive
high-quality, timely, and contextual information. This includes guidance on crop
production, marketing, and supply chain management. Additionally, farmers will be
informed about government schemes that can benefit them.
Importance of Agricultural Innovation
Agriculture is a mainstay of India’s economy and social structure. Ensuring its
sustainability is a critical policy objective. Innovative technologies from agricultural start-
ups play a very important role in achieving this goal. They contribute to making
agriculture more sustainable and climate-resilient. The collaboration with IIT Madras is
expected to enhance access to these technologies for farmers.

1. VISTAAR stands for Virtually Integrated System to Access Agricultural Resources.

2. YNOS Venture Engine is an incubated start-up at IIT Madras.
3. The Centre for Research on Start-ups focuses on start-up landscape insights.
4. The initiative includes over 12,000 start-ups in agriculture.
5. Samuel Praveen Kumar is the Joint Secretary for Extension in the Ministry of
Agriculture.

Future Prospects of Project VISTAAR

The future of Project VISTAAR looks promising with its focus on digitalisation. It aims to
create a robust framework for agricultural extension services. By connecting farmers with
innovative solutions, it enhances the agricultural landscape. The initiative has the potential
to transform how farmers access information and resources, leading to improved
agricultural practices.
The Discovery of Pallas’s Cat in India
January 4, 2025
The decline of feline species worldwide, especially big cats like snow leopards, is alarming.
Conservationists are increasingly concerned about their dwindling populations, primarily
due to habitat loss, poaching, and climate change. Snow leopards inhabit high mountain
ranges across Central and South Asia. Recently, finding occurred in Himachal Pradesh,
India, where the elusive Pallas’s cat was photographed for the first time. This discovery
marks the importance of conservation efforts and the need to protect lesser-known
species.
Overview of Pallas’s Cat
Pallas’s cat, scientifically known as Otocolobus manul, is a small wild feline native to the
steppes of Central Asia. Named after the German naturalist Peter Simon Pallas, who
described it in 1776, this cat has a unique appearance. It features a flat face, short legs,
and thick fur, which help it survive in harsh, high-altitude environments.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 107
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Habitat and Distribution

Pallas’s cats primarily inhabit mountainous plains and semi-desert foothills. Their range
extends across several countries, including Mongolia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, western
Iran, China, and Russia. In India, they are found at elevations between 3,900 and 4,100
meters, particularly in rocky habitats.
Physical Characteristics
These cats are about the size of a domestic cat, with a head and body length of 45 to 60
centimetres (18 to 24 inches) and a tail length of 23 to 30 centimetres (9 to 12 inches).
They typically weigh between 2.5 to 3.5 kilograms (5.5 to 7.7 pounds). Their fur is pale
silvery grey or light brown, with a distinctive broad head, high-set eyes, and low-set ears.
The tail has black rings and tips, while the underfur is longer, providing insulation against
cold ground.
Behaviour and Diet
Pallas’s cats are primarily solitary and nocturnal. They prey on small mammals, birds, and
insects, often hiding in rocky terrains to ambush their prey. Their elusive nature makes
them difficult to observe and study in the wild.
Conservation Status
The International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) lists Pallas’s cat as “Near
Threatened,” indicating a risk of becoming endangered without conservation efforts. Their
populations are affected by habitat loss, depletion of prey, and hunting. Conservation
initiatives are essential to protect this species and its habitat.

1. Pallas’s cat is also known as manul.

2. They were first described by Peter Simon Pallas in 1776.
3. Pallas’s cat is primarily found in Central Asia.
4. Their conservation status is classified as “Near Threatened.”
5. The IUCN Red List was established in 1964.

Importance of the Recent Discovery

The recent photographic evidence of Pallas’s cat in Himachal Pradesh is for several
reasons. It expands the known range of this species and marks the rich biodiversity of the
Indian Himalayas. This finding will aid conservationists in gathering critical data for
protecting Pallas’s cat and its habitat. It also puts stress on the need to focus on lesser-
known species, which often receive less attention than more prominent fauna like snow
leopards. The discovery opens new avenues for scientific research, including studies on
the behaviour and ecology of Pallas’s cats in India.
India’s Education Spending Under Scrutiny
January 4, 2025
India’s education system faces challenges according to a recent study. The report
compares educational investments across eight countries, revealing India’s stagnation in
spending. The Confederation of Indian Industry (CII) released the study, which advocates

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 108
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

for an increase in India’s education budget to 6% of GDP. This recommendation aligns

with global standards and aims to elevate the quality of education in the country.
Overview of the Study
The study titled ‘Comparative Study of School Education Systems’ evaluates eight countries
– India, Australia, China, Indonesia, Sweden, Thailand, the UK, and the USA. It spans the
years 2018 to 2023, providing a comprehensive analysis of education spending and
policies. The findings indicate that India’s education spending has remained stagnant
between 2.7% and 2.9% of GDP over the past six years.
Global Education Spending Trends
The report marks stark contrasts in education spending. Developed nations like Sweden
allocate between 6.7% and 6.9% of their GDP to education, while the UK spends 5.3% to
5.6%. Developing countries such as Indonesia and Thailand also exceed India’s spending,
with allocations of 3.7% to 4.3% and 4.0% to 4.3%, respectively. The study puts stress on
the urgent need for India to increase its spending to align with global benchmarks.
Comparative Growth Rates
The report notes that while Australia experienced an 8% increase in education spending,
China recorded a modest growth of 2.4%. In contrast, India’s spending showed no growth
during the same period. Indonesia and Sweden exhibited minor fluctuations, with
Indonesia declining by 2.8% and Sweden returning to its baseline. These trends highlight
India’s critical need for strategic investment in education.
Importance of Strategic Investment
The report asserts that India’s low allocation for education signifies a critical imperative
for national investment. The consistent range of 2.7% to 2.9% of GDP is lower than the
5-7% spent by many developed economies. This underinvestment has serious implications
for the quality of education and overall development in India.
Data Sources and Methodology
The study employs a strategic sampling approach, relying on secondary data from various
reliable sources. These include government reports, international organisations like the
OECD and UNESCO, and academic publications. The methodology focuses on key areas
such as educational structure, funding, curriculum, equity, and vocational training.
Implications of NEP 2020
Since the introduction of the National Education Policy (NEP) in 2020, the Government of
India has initiated several reforms aimed at improving the education sector. An official
from CII emphasised that NEP 2020 promotes holistic learning and supports children’s
overall growth. The policy aims to assess India’s educational standing compared to other
nations and develop recommendations for effective implementation.

1. NEP 2020 focuses on holistic learning for children.

2. The OECD is an international organisation promoting economic growth.
3. UNESCO stands for the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 109
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Organisation.
4. Sweden’s education spending ranges from 6.7% to 6.9% of GDP.
5. Australia’s education spending increased by 8% recently.

Recommendations for Improvement

The study provides several recommendations for enhancing India’s education system. It
suggests increasing the education budget to meet the 6% GDP target. The report also
advocates for the implementation of vocational and digital education as part of the NEP
2020 framework. By learning from best practices in other countries, India can improve its
educational outcomes.
Supreme Court Upholds Property Rights in India
January 4, 2025
The Supreme Court of India recently reaffirmed the significance of property rights within
the constitutional framework. The court’s ruling brought into light that while the right to
property is no longer a fundamental right, it remains a constitutional right under Article
300A. This ruling arose from a case involving long-overdue compensation for land
acquired for the Bengaluru-Mysuru Infrastructure Corridor Project. The justices
emphasised the need for adequate compensation and legal authority before depriving
individuals of their property.
Context of Property Rights in India
The right to property was originally a fundamental right under Article 19(1)(f) and Article
31 of the Constitution of India. These provisions allowed citizens to acquire, hold, and
dispose of property without arbitrary deprivation. However, the 44th Amendment in 1978
removed this status, relegating it to a legal right under Article 300A.
Article 300A
Article 300A states that no person shall be deprived of their property save by authority of
law. This legal right ensures that any acquisition of property must follow established legal
procedures, including the provision of fair compensation to the owner. The amendment
aimed to facilitate land acquisition for public purposes while protecting individual rights.
Supreme Court’s Interpretation of Property Rights
The Supreme Court has ruled that the state cannot acquire property without adhering to
proper procedures. The court emphasised that the right to property is intertwined with
human rights, including the rights to health, livelihood, and shelter. This interpretation
reinforces the need for the state to respect individual rights while pursuing public
interests.
Judicial Precedents on Property Rights
Several landmark cases have shaped the interpretation of property rights in India. In *A K
Gopalan v. State of Madras* (1950), the court upheld the state’s power to seize property
for public order. The *Kesavananda Bharati v. State of Kerala* (1973) case established the
basic structure doctrine, indirectly influencing the redefinition of property rights. In
*Jilubhai Nanbhai Khachar v. State of Gujarat* (1995), the court ruled that the right to
© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 110
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

property is not part of the Constitution’s basic structure.

Implications of the Recent Judgment
The recent judgment puts stress on the obligation of the state to provide prompt and
adequate compensation to landowners. The court condemned the Karnataka government
for its delays, stating that justice delayed is justice denied. The judges invoked Article 142
to adjust the valuation date of the land to 2019, ensuring fair compensation reflective of
current market values.

1. Article 300A was introduced by the 44th Amendment in 1978.

2. The right to property was a fundamental right until 1978.
3. The *Ultra-Tech Cement Ltd v. Mast Ram* case reinforced the need for timely
compensation.
4. The *Vidya Devi v. State of Himachal Pradesh* case brought into light state
obligations in property rights.
5. The basic structure doctrine prevents Parliament from altering fundamental
rights .

The Role of Eminent Domain

Eminent domain allows the state to acquire private property for public use, but it comes
with the obligation to ensure fair compensation. The Supreme Court’s interpretation
stresses that this power should not infringe on individual rights without due process. The
court’s recent ruling reiterates that the state must act within the constitutional framework
when exercising this power.
What is ‘Faral Sakhi’ Initiative?
January 4, 2025
The Mira Bhayandar Municipal Corporation (MBMC) has launched an initiative called ‘Faral
Sakhi’ to empower women entrepreneurs. This programme focuses on women involved in
traditional snack production, specifically festive snacks known as ‘Faral’. The initiative aims
to provide training and resources to help these women scale their businesses sustainably.
MBMC has partnered with the Women Entrepreneurship Platform (WEP) of NITI Aayog to
implement this initiative under the Award to Reward programme.
Background of Women Entrepreneurship Platform (WEP)
WEP was established in 2018 as an aggregator platform for women entrepreneurs. It
transitioned to a public-private partnership in 2022. The platform aims to support women
by addressing information gaps and offering a range of services. These services include
access to finance, market linkages, training, mentoring, and legal assistance. WEP seeks to
create a supportive ecosystem for women entrepreneurs across India.
Objectives of the ‘Faral Sakhi’ Initiative
The primary goal of ‘Faral Sakhi’ is to create permanent employment opportunities for
women. This initiative encourages women to engage in the production and sale of
traditional snacks. A central kitchen has been established by MBMC to facilitate the

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 111
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

professional preparation of these snacks. Women from self-help groups (SHGs) will benefit
from this initiative by receiving training and support.
Training and Support for Entrepreneurs
MBMC will select 25 women for technical training in business operations. This training will
be conducted by the Centre for Education, Governance, and Public Policy (CEGP
Foundation). Participants will learn essential skills to establish sustainable businesses. The
training will also focus on contributing to the local economy through entrepreneurship.
Success During the Diwali Season
The initiative saw success during the Diwali season, with over 3 tons of snacks sold. This
achievement marks the quality and taste of the products prepared by the women. MBMC
supports these entrepreneurs by providing sales spaces and promoting their products
through municipal advertisements. This visibility helps increase sales and encourages
more women to participate.
Collaboration and Ecosystem Development
WEP encourages collaboration among various stakeholders, including government,
business, and civil society. This partnership aims to create effective programmes for
women entrepreneurs. The Award to Reward initiative facilitates the development of
impactful programmes tailored to the specific needs of women. This collaboration
enhances the potential for women-led businesses to succeed both domestically and
internationally.
Guiding Principles of WEP
WEP operates on three guiding principles to empower women – Iccha Shakti, Gyaan
Shakti, and Karma Shakti. Iccha Shakti represents the motivation to start and scale
businesses. Gyaan Shakti signifies the knowledge needed to overcome information
barriers. Karma Shakti embodies the action taken through support and mentorship. These
principles are integral to encouraging self-reliance among women entrepreneurs.

1. ‘Faral’ refers to traditional festive snacks in Maharashtra.

2. WEP has engaged over 30,000 women entrepreneurs since its inception.
3. The Award to Reward programme was launched in 2023 to support women
entrepreneurs.
4. CEGP Foundation is responsible for the technical training in business operations.
5. Ms. Anna Roy is the Principal Economic Adviser at NITI Aayog.

Future Prospects for Women Entrepreneurs

The ‘Faral Sakhi’ initiative represents step towards empowering women in Mira
Bhayandar. This partnership with WEP aims to prepare women to lead sustainable
industries. The initiative not only seeks to create businesses but also encourages societal
transformation. Through these efforts, MBMC and WEP are setting the stage for a thriving
ecosystem of women-led enterprises.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 112
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

CCI Sets New Standards in M&A Regulations

January 4, 2025
The Competition Commission of India (CCI) has made strides in regulatory efficiency,
particularly in the realm of mergers and acquisitions (M&A). The Annual Report for FY
2023-24 revealed that the average clearance time for mergers is now just 16 days. This
marks a notable improvement from previous years and reflects CCI’s dedication to
maintaining a competitive market while ensuring fair practices.
Green Channel Scheme Overview
The Green Channel Scheme, introduced in August 2019, has revolutionised the M&A
landscape. This scheme allows automatic approvals for combinations that do not present
horizontal, vertical, or complementary overlaps. Since its launch, 100 combination notices
have been filed under this scheme. Despite a slight decrease in usage from 27% in FY
2021-22 to 22% in FY 2023-24, it remains a preferred option for businesses seeking quick
clearance.
Pre-Filing Consultations
CCI offers pre-filing consultations to assist businesses prior to formal merger filings. This
voluntary service enables parties to engage informally with CCI, allowing them to clarify
filing forms, documentation requirements, and initial competition concerns. Although
non-binding, these consultations improve transparency, reduce filing errors, and expedite
the review process, thereby facilitating smoother regulatory compliance.
The Competition Amendment Act 2023
The Competition Amendment Act 2023 introduced a new deal value threshold for
notifying mergers and acquisitions. This amendment aims to capture high-value
transactions, particularly in digital and new-age markets. CCI’s processes remain stringent
yet efficient, ensuring thorough scrutiny of combinations that may adversely affect
competition. Proposed modifications help mitigate potential competition concerns.
Impact on Inorganic Growth Strategies
The CCI’s rapid review processes have boosted inorganic growth strategies across various
sectors. The reduced timelines, alongside the Green Channel initiative, have alleviated
regulatory uncertainty, empowering businesses to pursue deals more efficiently. Analysts
credit the growing confidence in CCI’s mechanisms to its transparent processes and
robust competition analysis.

1. The Green Channel Scheme was launched in August 2019.

2. CCI’s average merger clearance time is now 16 days.
3. The deal value threshold aims to regulate high-value digital transactions.
4. Pre-filing consultations are a non-binding but helpful resource.
5. Usage of the Green Channel decreased from 27% to 22% in FY 2023-24.

Challenges Ahead for CCI

Despite the successes, the CCI faces challenges due to the increasing complexity of M&A

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 113
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

filings, especially in digital markets. The upcoming implementation of the deal value
threshold is expected to refine CCI’s regulatory approach. The Commission remains
committed to ensuring efficiency and fairness, positioning itself as important player in
India’s economic growth narrative. Its focus on encouraging competition and modernising
regulatory frameworks is essential for businesses aiming to expand through mergers and
acquisitions.
Decline in Rural to Urban Migration in India
January 4, 2025
Recent data from a study titled ‘400 Million Dreams!’ by the Economic Advisory Council to
the Prime Minister (EAC-PM) indicates decline in rural to urban migration in India. The
report reveals a reduction of 5.4 million migrants, or 11.8 per cent, compared to 2011. This
decline is attributed to various factors, including improved government services and
better economic opportunities in rural areas.
Migration Trends Over the Years
The migration rate in India has decreased from 37.6 per cent in 2011 to 28.9 per cent in
2023. The number of workers migrating for economic reasons has fallen to 5 million,
representing only 6.7 per cent of the workforce. This is a notable drop from 8.2 per cent in
1991 and 2001, and 9.3 per cent in 2011. The workforce has grown at a compound annual
growth rate (CAGR) of 1.8 per cent, while migration decreased at -1 per cent.
Factors Influencing Migration Decline
The study suggests that improved government services, such as education and health,
along with better infrastructure and connectivity, have contributed to the decline in
migration. However, the reality of this assertion is questionable, as data shows a decrease
in labour movement despite these improvements.
Evidence from Transport Data
Using railway ticket data, the report marks a 6.7 per cent decline in post-pandemic
migration during peak months. Additionally, bus travel has seen a 16 per cent decline
since FY11. The number of non-suburban railway passengers has also decreased,
indicating a contraction in economic migration.
Urban-Rural Remittance Patterns
The report analyses savings account to current account (SA/CA) ratios to assess urban-
rural remittances. Higher SA/CA ratios indicate areas with outbound migration, while
lower ratios reflect high economic activity. Major cities like Mumbai and Delhi have lower
ratios, suggesting greater economic activity compared to rural areas like Bihar, which has
a high ratio of 10.14.
Rural Infrastructure and Migration
The claim that rural electrification has reduced migration is debated. Historical data shows
minimal increases in electrification since FY01. The pace of rural housing construction
under the PM Awaas Yojna-Gramin has also been modest, suggesting that improved
infrastructure has not impacted migration trends.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 114
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Economic Slowdown and Migration

The report indicates that the decline in migration reflects a rising ruralisation trend rather
than urbanisation. The dependence on agriculture has increased, leading to disguised
unemployment and flat rural wages. The slowdown in economic activities and rising
automation have contributed to this trend.

1. The EAC-PM is a key advisory body for India’s economic policy.

2. Bihar’s high SA/CA ratio indicates lower economic activity.
3. The PM Awaas Yojna-Gramin aimed to improve rural housing.
4. The contraction in migration has resulted in rural labour oversupply.
5. Urbanisation previously drove migration during India’s economic liberalisation.

Implications for Future Policies

The contraction in migration suggests a need for policies that support rural incomes
through fiscal measures or employment-generating programmes. The stagnation in
worker movement across various transport modes indicates a broader economic
challenge that requires targeted interventions to stimulate growth and migration.
January 6, 2025
Banded Royal Butterfly Discovered in Tripura
January 6, 2025
Tripura has achieved milestone in biodiversity documentation with the discovery of the
Banded Royal butterfly (Rachana jalindra indra). This rare species was recorded for the
first time in the state, specifically within the Sepahijala Wildlife Sanctuary. Wildlife officials
announced this finding, which has been documented in the peer-reviewed journal Munis
Entomology & Zoology. The discovery puts stress on the importance of ongoing ecological
research in the region.
Discovery Context
The Banded Royal butterfly was first sighted on May 5, 2021, during an opportunistic
survey in Sepahijala Wildlife Sanctuary. The species is protected under Schedule II of the
Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972.
Butterfly Characteristics
The Banded Royal butterfly has distinct features:
Its upper side displays a deep purple or bluish sheen in males, while females exhibit
a more brownish appearance with white markings.
The underside is pale brown with notable white bands, contributing to its “banded”
name.
The butterfly prefers dense vegetation and is often found resting on leaves.
Habitat and Distribution
This butterfly species is found in forests across parts of South and Southeast Asia. Its
known habitats include the Western Ghats, Northeast India, Sri Lanka, Myanmar, Thailand,
and Malaysia. The Banded Royal has three subspecies in India, with R. j. indra being

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 115
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

recorded in Assam, Meghalaya, and Jharkhand.

Sepahijala Wildlife Sanctuary Overview
Sepahijala Wildlife Sanctuary is located approximately 25 kilometres from Agartala,
Tripura’s capital. The sanctuary covers around 18.53 square kilometres and is divided into
five sections, including carnivore, primate, ungulate, reptile, and aviary sections. It is also
home to Clouded Leopard National Park, established in 2007.
Flora and Fauna
The sanctuary boasts a rich diversity of flora, with at least 456 plant species, including
various bamboos and medicinal plants. The fauna includes several primate species such
as Rhesus macaques and Spectacled langurs, along with wild animals like leopards and
deer. Remarkably, the crab-eating mongoose, last seen in the 1930s, has been revived in
this sanctuary.

1. Rachana jalindra is a rare lycaenid butterfly.

2. Sepahijala spans 18.53 sq.km and houses diverse wildlife.
3. The Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act was enacted in 1972.
4. The crab-eating mongoose was last recorded in the 1930s.
5. Three subspecies of Rachana jalindra exist in India.

Importance of Biodiversity Research

The discovery of the Banded Royal butterfly marks the richness of Tripura’s biodiversity. It
emphasises the need for continued ecological research to uncover and protect the
region’s unique species. This finding not only adds to the scientific knowledge of the area
but also reinforces the significance of conserving natural habitats.
Telangana Government Engages IIT to Study Polavaram Irrigation Project
January 6, 2025
The Telangana government has initiated a collaboration with experts from the Indian
Institute of Technology, Hyderabad (IIT-H) to assess the effects of the Polavaram irrigation
project on the Godavari River. This decision follows concerns regarding the project’s
impact on local ecosystems and communities. The Polavaram project aims to provide
irrigation to approximately 295,000 hectares, stabilise an additional 400,000 hectares, and
supply drinking water to 540 villages, benefiting around 285,000 individuals.
Overview of the Polavaram Project
The Polavaram multipurpose project is located in the Eluru district of Andhra Pradesh. It
was declared a national project under the Andhra Pradesh Reorganisation Act of 2024.
The project is for its potential to generate 960 megawatts of hydropower. It aims to
enhance irrigation facilities and drinking water supply across several districts.
Objectives of the Project
The primary objectives of the Polavaram project include:
Development of irrigation facilities for agriculture.
Provision of drinking water to rural populations.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 116
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Generation of hydropower to meet energy demands.

Support the agricultural economy of the region.
Environmental and Cultural Concerns
The chief minister of Telangana, A Revanth Reddy, has expressed concerns about the
potential impact of the Polavaram project on the Lord Ram temple in Bhadrachalam. In
2022, flooding caused damage in the area, denoting the risks posed by the project. The
IIT-H study aims to evaluate these threats comprehensively.
Collaboration with IIT-H
The Telangana government has tasked IIT-H experts with conducting a detailed study of
the backwaters created by the Polavaram project. A special officer will coordinate this
effort, and a comprehensive report is expected within a month. This collaboration reflects
the government’s commitment to informed decision-making regarding water
management.
Krishna-Godavari River Linking Project
The Andhra Pradesh government has proposed the Krishna-Godavari river linking project,
which aims to divert water from the Godavari River. This project has raised objections
from Telangana officials, who are concerned about its implications for water resources in
their state. The Telangana government plans to formally address these concerns with the
Andhra Pradesh administration.

1. Polavaram is a multi-purpose irrigation project on the Godavari River.

2. It aims to stabilise irrigation for 400,000 hectares in Andhra Pradesh.
3. The project has been delayed and is now expected to finish by 2027.
4. The Godavari River is the second-longest river in India, spanning 1,465 km.
5. It is known as Dakshin Ganga due to its significance in southern India.

Key Facts About the Godavari River System

The Godavari River System is the largest river basin in Peninsular India.
It is known as “Dakshin Ganga” or “Vridhha Ganga” due to its size and importance.
The Godavari is the second-longest river in India, with a total length of about 1,465
km.
It originates from Trimbak in the Western Ghats (Nashik district, Maharashtra) and
flows into the Bay of Bengal, forming a delta near Rajahmundry.
It covers parts of Maharashtra, Andhra Pradesh, Chhattisgarh, Odisha, Madhya
Pradesh, Karnataka, and Yanam (Union Territory of Puducherry).
The river system is bounded by:
North: Satmala Hills, Ajanta Range, Mahadeo Hills.
South and East: Eastern Ghats.
West: Western Ghats.
Tributaries:
Left Bank Tributaries: Dharna, Penganga, Wainganga, Wardha, Pranahita,

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 117
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Pench, Kanhan, Sabari, Indravati.

Painganga: Originates in Ajanta ranges, flows along Maharashtra-Andhra
Pradesh border.
Wardha: Originates in Satpura Range, merges with Wainganga to form
Pranahita.
Wainganga: Originates from Mahadeo Hills, flows through Madhya
Pradesh and Maharashtra.
Right Bank Tributaries: Pravara, Mula, Manjra, Peddavagu, Maner.
Manjra: Originates in Balaghat Range (Ahmednagar), flows through
Maharashtra, Karnataka, and Andhra Pradesh; Nizam Sagar dam built on
it.
Discovery of 13th Century Saint Narahari Tīrtha’s Idol
January 6, 2025
In a notable archaeological find, Saikumar K. from the Team of Research on Culture and
Heritage (TORCH) has unearthed a three-foot idol of the 13th Century saint, Narahari
Tīrtha. This discovery adds to the historical narrative surrounding Narahari, who is
believed to have originated from Chikakolu, present-day Srikakulam. His lineage traces
back to aristocrats within the Gajapati empire, situated in modern Odisha. Epigraphical
evidence indicates that Narahari played role in assisting the Eastern Ganga dynasty’s kings
for thirty years. His ordination into the fourth order by Acharya Madhva reflects his deep
commitment to spiritual and societal welfare.
Narahari Tīrtha’s Historical Context
Narahari Tīrtha lived during the 13th century and was a disciple of Acharya Madhva. His
contributions to the Dvaita Vedanta philosophy were very important in the Kalinga region.
He was known for his multifaceted personality, excelling as an aristocrat, philosopher, and
poet. His aristocratic background allowed him to influence kings, ensuring adherence to
Sanatana Dharma and the welfare of its followers.
Contributions to Temple Administration
Narahari Tīrtha’s impact on temple administration is well-documented. He formulated a
structured executive system to manage temple affairs, particularly in the Simhachalam
and Srikurmam temples. His inscriptions highlight the importance of maintaining Dharma
and protecting devotees. This administrative framework ensured the sustainability of
religious practices during his time.
Literary Contributions
As a scholar, Narahari Tīrtha composed commentaries on several of Acharya Madhva’s
works. Although only four of these commentaries survive , they reflect his deep
intellectual engagement with Dvaita philosophy. He authored fifteen books, with Gita
Bhasya and Bhavaprakasika being the only existing works. His writings are crucial for
understanding the evolution of Dvaita thought.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 118
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Role in Cultural Development

Narahari Tīrtha was instrumental in the development of regional art forms. He is credited
with being the first to compose Devaranamas in Kannada, enriching the devotional music
tradition. Additionally, he contributed to Yakṣagana Bayalaṭa, a dance-drama form, and
Kuchipudi, a classical dance from Andhra Pradesh. These art forms reflect the cultural
syncretism of his time.
Legacy and Final Resting Place
Upon his passing, Narahari Tīrtha was consecrated near Chakratirtha at Hampi, alongside
the Tungabhadra River. His legacy continues to influence the temple traditions of Puri
Jagannath, strengthening the Madhva tradition in Odisha. His life and works remain a
testament to the integration of spirituality, governance, and culture.

1. Narahari Tīrtha was a Dvaita Vedanta philosopher.

2. He was a disciple of Acharya Madhva, the founder of Dvaita philosophy.
3. His aristocratic roots were linked to the Gajapati empire in Odisha.
4. Only two of his fifteen works survive .
5. He was the first to compose Devaranamas in Kannada.

Further Influence on Vaiṣṇavism

Narahari Tīrtha’s prolonged presence in the region boosted the influence of Acharya
Madhva’s Vaiṣṇavism. His approach was non-interfering and secular, allowing for a
harmonious coexistence of various religious traditions. This characteristic made his
teachings widely accepted and respected, contributing to the broader acceptance of
Dvaita philosophy in eastern India.
Adopting F-T-P Approach for Sustainable Sugar Industry
January 6, 2025
The biofuel sector is currently at important point where sustainable development, energy
security, and climate action converge. The Feedstock-Technology-Product (F-T-P) approach
provides a structured framework that integrates biofuels into various industries,
particularly sugar. This method aligns with India’s National Policy on Biofuels 2018 and
aims to make the sugar industry a driver of sustainable growth.
Feedstock Diversity and Its Importance
India’s agricultural diversity positions it as a potential leader in biofuel production. The F-
T-P approach categorises feedstocks into three generations for effective scalability and
sustainability. 1. First-Generation Feedstocks (1G) – These include molasses, sugarcane
syrup, and surplus grains. They are readily available but must be managed to prevent
food security issues. 2. Second-Generation Feedstocks (2G) – Comprising agricultural
residues like bagasse, rice straw, and wheat straw, these feedstocks offer a sustainable
alternative. The Ministry of New and Renewable Energy (MNRE) promotes research into 2G
ethanol technologies, leveraging the by-products of sugar mills. 3. Third-Generation
Feedstocks (3G) – Algal biofuels, still experimental, require minimal land and promise high

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 119
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

yields. India’s National Mission on Algal Biofuels marks the country’s commitment to
advancing this technology.
Technological Innovations in Biofuels
The biofuel industry’s success hinges on technological advancements that enhance
efficiency and sustainability. 1. Alcohol-to-Jet (ATJ) Technology – This technology is very
important for the aviation sector, which seeks decarbonisation solutions. India’s first
commercial Sustainable Aviation Fuel (SAF) plant marks advancement. 2. Bio-Methanation
– Promoted under MNRE’s SATAT initiative, this technology converts organic waste into
biogas, supporting a circular bioeconomy. 3. Lactic Acid Technologies – Developing
bioplastics from polylactic acid (PLA) aligns with economic and environmental goals,
reducing reliance on traditional plastics.
Expanding Product Horizons
The F-T-P framework redefines biorefineries as not just ethanol production sites but as
centres for diverse, high-value outputs. 1. Ethanol Production – The Ethanol Blending
Programme (EBP) has increased ethanol demand, but scaling 2G ethanol production is
essential for long-term goals. 2. Sustainable Aviation Fuel (SAF) – SAF presents a lucrative
opportunity as the aviation industry embraces biofuels for climate compliance. 3.
Renewable Chemicals and Materials (RCM) – Producing bio-based chemicals can enhance
profitability while reducing fossil fuel dependency. 4. Bioplastics and Bio-Bitumen – The
demand for sustainable materials aligns with these product categories, catering to eco-
friendly infrastructure and packaging needs.
Integrated Biorefineries – A Vision for the Future
Integrated biorefineries are central to the F-T-P approach. They combine feedstock
diversity, advanced technologies, and varied outputs to achieve multiple objectives: –
Optimising resource utilisation. – Minimising waste through circular production models. –
Serving as sustainable industrial hubs that promote rural development.
Trivia Facts

1. 1G feedstocks can compete with food supply, necessitating careful management.

2. ATJ technology is crucial for decarbonising the aviation sector.
3. 2G feedstocks use agricultural waste, enhancing sustainability.
4. Algal biofuels require less land than traditional crops.
5. Bioplastics are made from PLA, reducing plastic dependency.

The Future of Biofuels in India

The F-T-P approach is a practical pathway for achieving India’s biofuel ambitions. By
focusing on diverse feedstocks, innovative technologies, and a broad product range, the
sugar industry can play a vital role in India’s green economy. The government’s supportive
policies provide a solid foundation for industry players to drive collaboration, invest in
research, and adopt sustainable practices.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 120
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Punjab Arhtiyas Advocate for Agricultural Policy Reform

January 6, 2025
Punjab’s arhtiyas, the intermediaries between farmers and buyers, are currently urging
the state government to adopt the Punjab Agricultural Produce Markets Act, 1961, as a
national model. This Act has been very important in shaping Punjab’s agricultural
landscape for over six decades. The arhtiyas’ advocacy stems from concerns over the
proposed National Policy Framework for Agricultural Marketing (NPFAM), which they
believe could undermine the established system.
Key Features of the Punjab Agricultural Produce Markets Act
The Punjab Agricultural Produce Markets Act, 1961, operates under stringent state
regulation. Farmers are mandated to sell their produce through government-controlled
mandis. These mandis are financed by fixed market fees that contribute to infrastructure
development. The Act ensures transparency and establishes a committee to oversee
market operations. While private markets can exist, they must adhere to strict
government licensing requirements. The legislation prioritises fair remuneration for
farmers, enhancing their income through efficient marketing systems. It also safeguards
the interests of small and marginal farmers by allowing direct marketing through
registered entities.
Concerns Over NPFAM
Arhtiyas are particularly concerned about the implications of the NPFAM. The draft policy
promotes deregulation and flexibility, allowing farmers to sell directly to private buyers
and utilise digital trading platforms. This shift could weaken the traditional mandi system,
which has been a mainstay of Punjab’s agricultural economy. The NPFAM encourages
public-private partnerships and private investment in market infrastructure, potentially
favouring large corporations over local farmers.
Opposition to Private Silo Storage
Farmers and arhtiyas oppose the introduction of private silo storage in Punjab. They argue
that such facilities primarily store wheat, neglecting other essential crops like paddy. The
existing government storage facilities are deemed adequate for managing primary crops.
There is concern that allowing private silos to operate outside of established agricultural
marketing laws could lead to monopolistic practices, reducing options for farmers.
Revenue Loss and Market Access Issues
The proposed exemptions from market fees for private silos and cold storage facilities
could result in a substantial loss of revenue. This revenue is crucial for maintaining
Punjab’s robust mandi system. The arhtiyas fear that while the NPFAM claims to
encourage innovation, it may instead facilitate corporate dominance, marginalising small
farmers. They believe that equitable access to markets would be jeopardised, further
entrenching inequalities.

1. The Punjab Agricultural Produce Markets Act was enacted in 1961.

2. Arhtiyas facilitate transactions between farmers and buyers in Punjab.
© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 121
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

3. NPFAM stands for National Policy Framework for Agricultural Marketing.

4. The Act allows direct marketing through registered entities.
5. Ravinder Singh Cheema is the president of the Punjab Arhtiyas Association.

Future Implications for Agricultural Marketing

The ongoing debate surrounding these agricultural policies marks the complexities of
balancing traditional practices with modern market demands. The arhtiyas advocate for
the Punjab Act as a protective measure for farmers, ensuring their interests are prioritised
in an evolving agricultural landscape.
Biden Awards Presidential Medal of Freedom 2025
January 6, 2025
On January 5, 2025, President Joe Biden honoured 19 distinguished individuals during a
ceremony at the White House. This event recognised contributions across various fields,
including politics, entertainment, and sports. The honourees included prominent figures
such as Hillary Clinton, philanthropist George Soros, and posthumously awarded Robert F.
Kennedy. Notable personalities like Lionel Messi, Jane Goodall, and Denzel Washington
were also among the recipients. Messi could not attend due to prior commitments.
What is the Presidential Medal of Freedom?
The Presidential Medal of Freedom is the highest civilian honour in the United States. It
acknowledges individuals who have made contributions to national interests, world peace,
or cultural endeavours. Established in 1945 by President Harry S. Truman, it was later
renamed by President John F. Kennedy in 1963. The medal features a white star over a red
pentagon, encircled by five gold eagles, with a blue centre displaying 13 gold stars.
Who Decides the Recipients?
The selection process for the Presidential Medal of Freedom is informal and broad. The
President has the authority to award the medal based on recommendations or personal
initiative. Executive Order 11515, enacted in 1970, grants this wide latitude. Occasionally,
members of Congress may submit letters of recommendation for potential awardees.
Selection Criteria and Political Significance
The choices for recipients often reflect the political and personal interests of the sitting
President. Biden’s recent selections highlight support for the current political and cultural
establishments. Notably, he awarded Republican leader Mitt Romney, who has been a
vocal critic of Donald Trump. Previous recipients under Trump included conservative
figures like Antonin Scalia and Orrin Hatch, showcasing a diverse political landscape over
the years.
Historical Notables and Legacy
The Presidential Medal of Freedom has been awarded to a variety of influential
individuals. Recipients include Oprah Winfrey, Bill Gates, Rosa Parks, and Muhammad Ali.
The award is not restricted to U.S. citizens and can also be bestowed upon military
personnel. The distinction of receiving the medal “with distinction” exists, although there
are no specific criteria for this designation. This higher honour is granted at the
© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 122
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

President’s discretion.

1. The medal was first created in 1945 by Truman.

2. The award can be given to non-citizens.
3. It can also be awarded to military personnel.
4. The medal has been awarded with distinction at least 55 times.
5. The award is not limited to specific fields or professions.

The Medal’s Design and Symbolism

The medal’s design features a distinctive white star, symbolising excellence. The red
pentagon represents courage, while the gold eagles signify freedom. The blue circle with
13 stars pays homage to the original colonies of the United States. This intricate design
encapsulates the values and ideals that the award seeks to honour.
Farmers’ Protests and Supreme Court Committee Update
January 6, 2025
Recent events have intensified the ongoing farmers’ protests at the Punjab-Haryana
border. The Samyukta Kisan Morcha (Political) has declined to engage with a high-
powered committee established by the Supreme Court to address their demands. On
January 4, the Bharti Kisan Union (Ugrahan) also refused to meet the committee. The
committee has previously interacted with the Samyukta Kisan Morcha (Non-Political), but
only lower-ranking leaders attended. This situation raises questions about the
committee’s purpose and the farmers’ reluctance to participate.
Background of the Protests
The farmers’ protests began in response to contentious agricultural laws. Farmers argue
these laws threaten their livelihoods and demand their repeal. The protests have persisted
for over a year, with gatherings at the Punjab-Haryana border. The ongoing agitation
reflects deep-rooted issues within the agricultural sector, including economic distress and
policy inadequacies.
Supreme Court Committee’s Formation
The Supreme Court established the high-powered committee on September 2, 2024. Its
mandate includes engaging with agitating farmers and addressing their demands. The
committee aims to facilitate the removal of blockades affecting public highways and to
examine broader issues impacting the farming community. The Supreme Court
emphasised the need for a neutral approach to the farmers’ concerns.
Committee’s Mandate and Objectives
The committee’s primary objective is to encourage farmers to vacate highways to alleviate
public distress. The Supreme Court noted the importance of addressing the needs of
marginalised communities reliant on agriculture. The committee is tasked with examining
the challenges faced by farmers, including economic hardships and social issues affecting
rural populations.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 123
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Composition of the Committee

Justice (retd.) Nawab Singh chairs the committee, supported by experts in agriculture and
rural economics. Other members include BS Sandhu, Devinder Sharma, Prof. Ranjit Singh
Ghumman, and Dr Sukhpal Singh. These individuals bring diverse expertise and a
commitment to understanding the complexities of the agricultural sector. Their collective
knowledge aims to provide informed recommendations to the Supreme Court.
Initial Findings of the Committee
The committee’s first report, submitted on November 22, 2024, outlined factors
contributing to agrarian distress. It brought into light stagnant yields, rising costs, and
insufficient marketing systems as key issues. The report recommended exploring legal
protections for minimum support prices (MSP) and direct income support for farmers. It
telld the urgency of addressing the crisis affecting farming communities, particularly in
Punjab and Haryana.
Current Developments and Future Actions
The committee is currently preparing its second report, which will focus on boosting farm
income. This includes discussions on MSP and consultations with various agricultural
stakeholders. Meetings are scheduled with officials from agriculture departments and
experts in agricultural policies. The committee aims to gather comprehensive insights to
formulate effective solutions for the farming crisis.

1. The Samyukta Kisan Morcha (SKM) has both political and non-political factions.
2. Justice (retd.) Nawab Singh previously served on the Punjab and Haryana High
Court.
3. Over 4 lakh Indian farmers have committed suicide since 1995, denoting a severe
crisis.
4. The National Bank for Agriculture and Rural Development (NABARD) reported
institutional debt among farmers.
5. The committee’s first report was 11 pages long, detailing agrarian distress.

Kerala Forest Act Amendment Sparks Controversy

January 6, 2025
The Kerala government has introduced a Bill to amend the Kerala Forest Act of 1961. This
Bill is set to be debated in the upcoming session of the state Assembly. Farmer
organisations have expressed concerns regarding the proposed amendments. They argue
that the changes will negatively impact the lives of residents in approximately 430 village
panchayats.
Objective of the Bill
The primary aim of the Kerala Forest (Amendment) Bill, 2024, is to prevent the forest from
being used as a dumping ground for waste materials. The Bill seeks to criminalise the act
of dumping waste in rivers within forest areas or in bodies of water that lead into these
regions. Additionally, it proposes to enhance the powers of forest officers and increase

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 124
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

fines for various offences.

Controversial Amendments
One of the most contentious amendments is the provision allowing forest officers to
arrest or detain individuals without a warrant. This power extends to those suspected of
involvement in forest offences, even outside forest boundaries. The amendment also
expands the definition of a ‘forest officer’ to include beat forest officers, tribal watchers,
and forest watchers. Many of these positions are filled on a temporary basis and often rely
on political recommendations, raising concerns about potential misuse of power.
Impact on Local Rivers
The Bill broadens the scope of the forest Act to include rivers that flow into forest areas.
The legislation categorises the dumping of waste into these rivers as an offence. In Kerala,
numerous rivers pass through populated areas before entering forest tracts. This change
has raised fears that forest officials may assert control over river sections outside forested
regions, leading to increased scrutiny and potential penalties for local residents.
Increased Penalties
The proposed amendments also include substantial increases in penalties for violations of
the Act. For instance, the fine for minor forest crimes has surged from Rs 1,000 to Rs
25,000. Other fines have similarly doubled, with amounts previously set at Rs 25,000 now
raised to Rs 50,000. This escalation in penalties aims to deter forest crimes but has
sparked concerns regarding fairness and proportionality.
Excessive Powers Granted to Forest Officials
The amendments grant beat forest officers the authority to stop vehicles, conduct
searches, and enter private properties. They can inspect buildings, land, and vehicles,
presuming that any individual found with forest produce is unlawfully in possession of it
until proven otherwise. This presumption of guilt has alarmed many, as it could lead to
unjust actions against innocent individuals.
Certification of Forest Produce
Another change allows forest officials of the rank of range officer or higher to certify
whether a product qualifies as forest produce. This provision raises concerns that officials
may misuse their authority to seize trees or products from private lands, exacerbating
tensions between local communities and forest authorities.

1. Kerala has 941 village panchayats, with 430 affected by the Bill.
2. The existing fine for minor forest offences was Rs 1,000.
3. Forest officers can arrest without a warrant under the new amendments.
4. Temporary forest staff can now wield powers.
5. Rivers flowing into forests are now under the purview of the forest Act.

Why did Government Scrap No-Detention Policy?

January 6, 2025
In December 2024, the Union government amended the Rules of the Right to Education

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 125
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Act, 2009. This change allows schools to detain students in Classes 5 and 8 if they fail to
meet promotion criteria after year-end examinations. Students will have the opportunity
for a re-examination after two months of additional teaching. This amendment marks shift
from the original no-detention policy established in 2009, which aimed to alleviate
pressure on students.
Background of the No-Detention Policy
The no-detention policy was introduced to ensure that children could learn without the
stress of being held back. It was intended to promote continuous learning and reduce
demoralisation among students. The policy, however, faced challenges in implementation.
Many schools ceased testing altogether, leading to automatic promotion without
assessing essential skills.
Reasons for Policy Rollback
Recent surveys brought into light alarming learning gaps in India’s education system. The
Annual Status of Education Report (ASER) revealed that only 42.8% of Class 5 students
could read a Class 2-level text in 2022. Furthermore, the National Achievement Survey
indicated a decline in student performance as they progressed through school. The
government’s analysis showed failure rate among students in Classes 10 and 12,
prompting the need for a policy revision.
Proposed Measures for Improvement
Experts advocate for timely remedial actions at every educational stage. Regular
assessments should be conducted by teachers, who are best positioned to evaluate a
child’s learning. The amended rules require class teachers to identify learning gaps and
provide specialised support. School heads are responsible for monitoring the progress of
students who are held back.
Accountability in Education
The focus of accountability must shift towards teachers rather than solely on students.
Experts argue that teachers should be held responsible for their students’ learning
outcomes. Rigorous teacher appraisals are essential to ensure inclusive teaching
practices. Incentives and consequences should be established to motivate teachers to
support all students, particularly those from disadvantaged backgrounds.

1. ASER – Annual Status of Education Report, tracks learning outcomes.

2. CCE – Continuous and Comprehensive Evaluation, aimed to improve assessment
standards.
3. RTE – Right to Education Act, guarantees education for children aged 6 to 14.
4. NCERT – National Council of Educational Research and Training, develops
educational frameworks.
5. CISCE – Council for the Indian School Certificate Examinations, oversees school
examinations.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 126
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Future Directions for Education Policy

The education system must evolve to address the identified learning gaps. Emphasis
should be placed on equipping teachers with the necessary skills and resources.
Collaborative efforts between government bodies, educational institutions, and
communities are vital for encouraging an effective learning environment. Regular
evaluations and feedback mechanisms will be crucial in shaping a more accountable and
responsive education system.
Why Rupee Fell to Record Low
January 6, 2025
In December 2024, the Indian rupee reached a record low of 85.81 against the U.S. dollar.
This decline marked a 3% depreciation over the year, continuing a long-term trend.
Various factors contribute to currency depreciation, primarily involving supply and
demand dynamics in the foreign exchange market.
Currency Value Determinants
The value of a currency is influenced by its demand and supply in the foreign exchange
market. When demand for a currency decreases, its value falls. Conversely, if demand
increases, the currency appreciates. This mechanism operates similarly to product pricing
in conventional markets, where supply and demand dictate costs.
Role of Central Banks
Central banks play a very important role in determining currency supply through their
monetary policies. A looser monetary policy increases the currency supply, potentially
leading to depreciation. In contrast, tighter monetary policies can enhance currency value
by reducing supply and increasing demand.
Foreign Demand for Goods and Assets
The demand for a currency is also influenced by foreign interest in a country’s goods and
assets. High foreign demand necessitates purchasing local currency, thereby increasing
its value. Conversely, a decline in foreign demand results in decreased currency value.
Factors Behind the Rupee’s Decline
The recent depreciation of the rupee has largely been attributed to foreign investors
withdrawing from India. This trend has been exacerbated by global monetary policy shifts
and high inflation rates in India compared to the U.S. The Reserve Bank of India’s (RBI)
looser monetary policy has made the rupee less attractive, contributing to its decline.
Impact of Inflation and Imports
India’s high inflation rates, particularly in the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic, have
pressured the rupee. The country’s reliance on high-value imports, like crude oil and gold,
increases demand for the dollar, further weakening the rupee. Additionally, the inability to
boost exports has hindered rupee demand.
RBI’s Intervention Strategies
To mitigate rupee depreciation, the RBI has intervened by using its dollar reserves. This
strategy aims to increase dollar supply in the market, supporting the rupee’s value.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 127
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

However, this intervention has led to a decrease in foreign exchange reserves, which fell
to $640 billion by late December 2024.

1. The rupee’s low of 85.81 was a historic benchmark.

2. The RBI’s reserves dropped from $700 billion in September 2024.
3. Foreign investment shifts were prompted by global monetary policy changes.
4. High inflation in India contrasts sharply with the U.S. economy.
5. The RBI aims for gradual rupee depreciation to avoid economic disruption.

Future Prospects for the Rupee

Analysts suggest that without RBI intervention, the rupee’s depreciation could have been
more severe. The ongoing economic conditions and global market shifts will continue to
influence the rupee’s performance against the dollar.
Global Nutrition Targets – Progress and Challenges
January 6, 2025
Global Nutrition Targets (GNTs) were established by the World Health Assembly to combat
maternal and child malnutrition. The targets aim to reduce stunting, anaemia, and
childhood overweight by 2030. A recent evaluation published in The Lancet brought into
light the slow progress made towards these targets from 2012 to 2021 across 204
countries. The findings suggest that most nations are unlikely to meet the GNTs,
necessitating urgent action and innovative strategies.
About Global Nutrition Targets (GNTs)
GNTs are specific goals aimed at improving nutrition worldwide. They include reducing
stunting in children under five by 40%, decreasing anaemia in women of reproductive age
by 50%, and preventing any increase in childhood overweight. These targets serve as
indicators for assessing the effectiveness of public health policies.
Recent Evaluation Findings
The evaluation of global progress revealed that many countries have made insufficient
advancements. Projections suggest that by 2030, few countries will meet the stunting
target, and none will achieve the goals for low birthweight, anaemia, or childhood
overweight. This trend indicates a pressing need for renewed strategies to tackle
malnutrition.
Anaemia in India – A Case Study
Anaemia remains issue in India, with its prevalence stagnant for two decades. Although
iron deficiency is often blamed, recent studies indicate that it accounts for only a third of
cases. The lack of national surveys complicates understanding the true causes of anaemia,
denoting the need for comprehensive dietary assessments rather than focusing solely on
iron.
Importance of Diverse Diets
Research shows that a variety of nutrients is essential for preventing anaemia. A diverse
diet is more effective than targeting individual nutrient deficiencies. The COVID

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 128
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

lockdown’s impact on school meal programmes further illustrated the importance of

adequate nutrition in preventing anaemia among children.
Metrics for Measuring Nutritional Status
Accurate measurement methods are crucial for assessing anaemia and stunting.
Discrepancies between venous and capillary blood tests can lead to misleading prevalence
rates. Furthermore, the diagnostic cut-offs for anaemia may not be universally applicable,
necessitating context-specific approaches to measurement.
Addressing Stunting and Overnutrition
Stunting primarily occurs in the first two years of life, making early intervention critical.
Overfeeding children after this age may lead to increased overweight rather than
improved growth. Energy intake, particularly from fats, plays a vital role in growth during
these formative years. Recent guidelines have begun to include oil in children’s diets,
reflecting a positive shift.
The Growing Concern of Overnutrition
Despite the focus on undernutrition, the rising rates of childhood overweight must not be
overlooked. Metabolic risks associated with overnutrition affect portion of Indian children,
even those who are stunted. This dual burden of undernutrition and overnutrition
necessitates integrated policy responses.

1. GNTs aim for a 40% reduction in stunting.

2. Anaemia in India has remained static for 20 years.
3. Diverse diets are crucial for preventing anaemia.
4. Accurate metrics for anaemia measurement vary by method.
5. Recent guidelines now include oil for children’s nutrition.

Future Directions in Nutrition Policy

To effectively address the dual challenges of undernutrition and overnutrition, policies
must be multifaceted and data-driven. It is essential to focus on both immediate
nutritional needs and long-term health outcomes. This approach will ensure that efforts to
combat malnutrition are comprehensive and sustainable.
New PLI Scheme for Steel Sector Launched
January 6, 2025
The Union government is launching a new round of the Production-Linked Incentive (PLI)
scheme for the steel sector. This initiative aims to enhance domestic production of
specialty steel and reduce import reliance. The announcement was made by the Union
Ministry of Steel, with the launch scheduled for January 6, 2025. Union Minister H.D.
Kumaraswamy will oversee the launch, inviting applications from interested companies.
Background of the PLI Scheme
The PLI scheme was introduced during the COVID-19 pandemic to stimulate domestic
manufacturing. Initially, it covered three sectors but was expanded to include steel in
November 2020. The scheme’s primary objective is to encourage investments in specialty

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 129
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

steel production.
Achievements of the Previous PLI Scheme
The earlier PLI scheme attracted investments amounting to ₹27,106 crore. It aimed to
create approximately 14,760 direct employment opportunities. The estimated production
target was set at 7.90 million tonnes of specialty steel. By November 2024, companies had
already invested ₹18,300 crore, generating over 8,660 jobs.
Objectives of PLI Scheme 1.1
The new PLI scheme, termed ‘PLI scheme 1.1’, seeks to attract additional investments and
improve domestic manufacturing capabilities. The government aims to meet the
production targets set in the previous scheme while expanding the list of specialty
products eligible for incentives.
Industry Participation and Feedback
The Ministry of Steel has been in regular communication with participating companies.
Feedback indicated a need for a new initiative to boost participation. The reopening of the
application window will benefit new entrants in the specialty steel market.
Types of Specialty Steel Products
Specialty steel includes high-grade products used in various sectors, such as defence,
automotive, and electrical industries. The PLI scheme covers coated or plated steel
products, high strength wear-resistant steel, specialty rails, alloy steel products, and
electrical steel.

1. H.D. Kumaraswamy is the Union Minister of Steel and Heavy Industries.

2. The PLI scheme was initially launched in 2020 during the COVID-19 lockdown.
3. The first phase of the specialty steel PLI scheme approved 67 applications.
4. The scheme aims to create 5,25,000 jobs, including 68,000 direct jobs.
5. The total outlay for the PLI scheme is ₹6,322 crore.

Future Expectations for the PLI Scheme

The PLI scheme is expected to run from 2024-25 to 2030-31. An incentive of approximately
₹775 crore is anticipated for production achieved in 2023-24. The government is optimistic
about the scheme’s potential to boost the domestic specialty steel industry.
HPAI H5N1 Outbreak Affects Indian Wildlife
January 6, 2025
Recent events have brought into light a serious outbreak of Highly Pathogenic Avian
Influenza (HPAI) H5N1 in India. Three tigers and a leopard have succumbed to the virus at
the Balasaheb Thackeray Gorewada International Zoological Park in Nagpur. This incident
marks first, as it is the first recorded case of HPAI causing mortality among captive wildlife
in India. Following these deaths, the Maharashtra authorities have declared a red alert for
zoos across the state.
Background of HPAI H5N1
HPAI H5N1 is a highly contagious virus primarily affecting birds. It has been reported to

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 130
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

infect over 500 species, including at least 70 mammalian species. The virus has spread
globally, affecting wildlife and livestock across 108 countries on five continents. Notably, it
has reached extreme environments, impacting polar bears and even penguins in
Antarctica.
Recent Developments in Nagpur
The tigers and leopard were rescued from the wild in December 2024 due to human-
animal conflict. Following their deaths, samples were sent to the ICAR-National Institute of
High Security Animal Diseases (NIHSAD) for testing. On January 1, 2025, results confirmed
that three tigers and two leopards tested positive for the H5N1 virus. A male tiger tested
negative.
Response from Authorities
In response to the outbreak, the Wildlife Research and Training Centre (WRTC) has issued
an advisory. This advisory includes immediate measures to contain the spread of HPAI at
zoos and rescue centres. The measures aim to prevent further infection and ensure the
safety of both animals and humans.
Biosecurity Measures Implemented
The WRTC’s action plan includes several biosecurity protocols. These protocols involve
preventing bird access to other animals through the use of nets and covers. Hygiene
practices, such as disinfecting footwear and equipment, are crucial. Additionally, feeding
carnivores raw poultry or unverified meat products is strictly prohibited. Regular health
monitoring of animals for unusual behaviour or symptoms is also essential.
Isolation and Monitoring Protocols
The Animal Husbandry Commissioner has instructed the isolation of infected or
symptomatic animals. Facilities housing these animals have been temporarily closed to
the public. Enhanced biosecurity measures are now in place to prevent further
transmission of the virus. The urgency of the situation has prompted calls for a One
Health approach, integrating efforts across human health and wildlife management.

1. The H5N1 virus has been fatal to 70 mammalian species.

2. The strain responsible for the outbreak may be 2.3.4.4b.
3. The virus has spread to wildlife in 108 countries.
4. The WRTC has prepared a comprehensive advisory for zoos.
5. The first H5N1 cases in wildlife were reported in 2022.

Conclusion on Ongoing Efforts

The situation remains critical, and authorities continue to take measures to mitigate the
risks associated with the H5N1 outbreak. The importance of swift action and cooperation
among various sectors is paramount in addressing this public health concern.
Uttarakhand’s Action Plan for Glacial Lakes
January 6, 2025
The Uttarakhand State Disaster Management Authority (USDMA) is actively working on a

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 131
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

comprehensive action plan to study and monitor glacial lakes in the region. This initiative
aims to establish early warning systems to prevent disasters such as glacial lake outburst
floods (GLOFs). The National Disaster Management Authority (NDMA) has identified 13
glacial lakes in Uttarakhand, with five classified as high-risk. This effort follows previous
catastrophic events caused by GLOFs, denoting the need for effective monitoring and risk
mitigation.
Identification of High-Risk Glacial Lakes
The NDMA has categorised the 13 glacial lakes into three risk levels – A, B, and C. Among
these, five lakes fall under Category A, indicating they pose the highest risk. The lakes are
located primarily in Chamoli and Pithoragarh districts. A survey team, including
representatives from multiple disaster management and geological institutions, has
begun assessing these high-risk lakes.
Survey and Monitoring Technology
The survey process begins by gathering data on the dimensions and terrain of the glacial
lakes. Key metrics include length, width, depth, and downstream flow. Advanced
technology will be deployed, including water-level sensors and thermal imaging devices,
to monitor these lakes in real-time. This data will aid in developing effective early warning
systems.
Funding and Institutional Collaboration
The NDMA has allocated Rs 150 crore for the glacial lake study across India, with
Uttarakhand receiving Rs 30 crore. The initiative involves collaboration between various
institutions, including the Indian Institute of Remote Sensing and the Wadia Institute of
Himalayan Geology. This cooperative approach aims to create a robust monitoring system
to mitigate GLOF risks.
Historical Context of GLOFs in Uttarakhand
Uttarakhand has experienced GLOF events in recent years. The 2013 Kedarnath disaster
resulted in thousands of fatalities and widespread destruction. In 2021, another GLOF in
Chamoli led to over 70 deaths. These incidents tell the region’s vulnerability and the
urgent need for monitoring and preventive measures.

1. GLOFs can release millions of cubic meters of water rapidly.

2. Vasudhara Tal, a high-risk lake, is located at 4,795 meters elevation.
3. Uttarakhand has 13 identified glacial lakes at risk of GLOFs.
4. The NDMA categorises lakes into A, B, and C based on risk.
5. Approximately 6,353 sq km of land is at risk from potential GLOFs.

Climate Change Impacts on Glacial Lakes

Climate change exacerbates the risks associated with glacial lakes. Rising temperatures
accelerate glacier melting, increasing the volume of water in glacial lakes. Studies predict
that average temperatures in Uttarakhand may rise by 1.6-1.9 degrees Celsius by 2050.
This climatic shift is expected to heighten the frequency of GLOF incidents in the region.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 132
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Future Challenges and Preparedness

The ongoing monitoring efforts aim to enhance preparedness for potential GLOF events.
Continuous assessment of the glacial lakes will inform risk management strategies.
Furthermore, infrastructure development in vulnerable areas poses additional challenges,
necessitating a comprehensive approach to disaster risk reduction. The combination of
technological advancements, institutional collaboration, and proactive measures will be
crucial in addressing the threats posed by glacial lake outburst floods in Uttarakhand.
Major Infrastructure Projects Launched in Delhi
January 6, 2025
Recently, Prime Minister Narendra Modi inaugurated development projects in Delhi,
amounting to over ₹12,200 crore. These initiatives aim to enhance connectivity and
improve transportation for millions. Key projects include the Delhi-Ghaziabad-Meerut
Namo Bharat corridor and the Janakpuri-Krishna Park section of Delhi Metro Phase-IV. The
government emphasises that these projects will transform Delhi’s infrastructure and
contribute to India’s vision of becoming a developed nation.
Delhi-Ghaziabad-Meerut Namo Bharat Corridor
The Namo Bharat corridor spans 13 km and connects Sahibabad to New Ashok Nagar.
This project costs approximately ₹4,600 crore. It is designed to provide high-speed travel
between Delhi and Meerut. The corridor aims to ease congestion and reduce travel time .
With operational trains running every 15 minutes, passengers can expect a reliable and
safe commuting experience.
Delhi Metro Phase-IV Developments
The inauguration of the 2.8 km Janakpuri-Krishna Park section marks a milestone in Delhi
Metro Phase-IV. This segment is valued at around ₹1,200 crore. It is the first stretch of
Phase-IV to be inaugurated. The extension adds the Krishna Park Extension station to the
existing network. The Delhi Metro now includes 289 stations and covers 394.448 km in
total. The Magenta Line, now extended to approximately 40 km, will further expand to R K
Ashram Marg by 2026.
Rithala-Kundli Corridor Foundation Laid
PM Modi also laid the foundation stone for the Rithala-Kundli corridor, which will cover
26.5 km. This corridor will feature 21 stations, enhancing connectivity for residents in
Rohini, Bawana, and Kundli. It aims to improve access between Delhi, Haryana, and Uttar
Pradesh. This development will facilitate movement to residential, commercial, and
industrial areas, crucial for regional growth.
Operational Details and Fare Structure
The operational details for the new RRTS corridor include services starting from 5 pm. The
fare from New Ashok Nagar to Meerut South is set at ₹150 for standard coaches and ₹225
for premium coaches. This fare structure is designed to make travel affordable while
ensuring high-quality service. The corridor is expected to accommodate a large volume of
passengers daily, reflecting the growing demand for efficient public transport.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 133
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

1. Namo Bharat corridor aims for high-speed travel.

2. Delhi Metro now spans 394.448 km post-expansion.
3. Rithala-Kundli corridor enhances inter-state connectivity.
4. Operational trains on RRTS run every 15 minutes.
5. Magenta Line will extend further by 2026.

Future Implications of Infrastructure Development

The completion of these projects is anticipated to impact Delhi’s urban landscape.
Enhanced connectivity is expected to facilitate economic growth and improve the quality
of life for residents. The government projects that these developments will set a
precedent for future infrastructure initiatives across India.
New Fund to Boost Critical Minerals Exploration
January 6, 2025
The Indian Mines Ministry plans to establish a new fund to enhance exploration and
investment in critical and strategic minerals. This initiative aligns with the National Critical
Minerals Mission and aims to secure resources essential for various industries. The fund is
expected to adopt a structure similar to the National Mineral Exploration Trust (NMET),
featuring a two-tier framework for better management and oversight.
Fund Structure and Contributions
The proposed fund will likely include contributions from the mining industry and financial
institutions. Officials are considering the involvement of private equity firms and
sovereign wealth funds. The aim is to create a robust financial base for supporting
overseas mining projects and mineral processing facilities.
Objectives of the Fund
The primary objective of the fund is to facilitate investments in mining and exploration
activities. It may also assist in establishing processing facilities abroad. By acting as a
guarantor for overseas projects, the fund can help revive stalled initiatives and instil
confidence in private investors.
Legal Framework and NMET Influence
The fund’s establishment may require changes to existing legal frameworks. The NMET
operates under the Mines and Mineral (Development and Regulation) Act, which outlines
its governance and funding mechanisms. The proposed fund could draw from the ₹6,000
crore corpus of the NMET, but this would necessitate legal adjustments.
Exploration and Partnerships
India has signed 13 Memoranda of About (MoUs) with countries in South America and
Africa for mineral exploration and partnerships. Ongoing due diligence is being conducted
for lithium blocks in Australia. The Mines Ministry encourages public sector undertakings
with overseas experience to collaborate on critical mineral projects.
National Critical Minerals Mission Components
The National Critical Minerals Mission will offer targeted subsidies for mining activities and

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 134
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

infrastructure development. An incentive scheme for mineral recycling is also under

consideration. The Ministry is engaging with industry stakeholders to gather feedback and
refine the Mission’s details.

1. NMET stands for National Mineral Exploration Trust.

2. The fund may involve sovereign wealth funds as investors.
3. India has MoUs with countries like Argentina and Mozambique.
4. The fund aims to support overseas mineral processing facilities.
5. The NMET corpus is approximately ₹6,000 crore.

Future Developments and Industry Engagement

The Mines Ministry is actively consulting with industry participants to finalise the details of
the National Critical Minerals Mission. The timeline for implementing various components,
including pilot projects for mineral recovery, will be established in due course.
ISRO Successfully Sprouts Cowpea Seeds in Space
January 6, 2025
The Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) has made strides in space exploration with
two recent experiments. On January 4, 2025, ISRO announced the successful sprouting of
cowpea seeds in space, marking a major milestone in agricultural research beyond Earth.
This achievement occurred shortly after the PSLV-C60 SpaDeX mission, which launched on
December 30, 2024, carrying 24 payloads, including the innovative PS4-Orbital Experiment
Module (POEM-4).
Cowpea Seed Germination in Space
The CROPS (Compact Research Module for Orbital Plant Studies) experiment, developed
by the Vikram Sarabhai Space Centre (VSSC), successfully sprouted cowpea seeds in just
four days. This experiment aims to understand plant growth in microgravity, crucial for
future long-duration space missions. The setup involves growing eight seeds in a
controlled, closed-box environment with active thermal management. The experiment is
fully automated and designed to last between five to seven days, focusing on
demonstrating seed germination and sustaining growth until the two-leaf stage.
The Role of POEM
The PS4-Orbital Experiment Module (POEM) serves as a stabilised platform for conducting
various experiments in space. It is equipped with solar panels and a Li-Ion battery,
enabling it to power multiple payloads. POEM’s advanced navigation system includes sun
sensors, gyros, and a magnetometer, ensuring precise attitude control. This stabilised
platform represents upgrade over previous orbital platforms, enhancing the scientific
capabilities of the experiments onboard.
Importance of Crop Research in Space
Conducting agricultural experiments in space is vital for future exploration missions.
About how plants grow in microgravity will help scientists develop sustainable food
sources for astronauts on long-duration missions. The CROPS experiment is part of a

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 135
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

multi-phase platform aimed at enhancing ISRO’s capabilities in growing flora in

extraterrestrial environments. Successful plant growth in space could support human life
on other planets, paving the way for future colonisation efforts.

1. ISRO’s PSLV-C60 launched on December 30, 2024.

2. CROPS aims to sustain plants in microgravity.
3. RRM-TD features a unique ‘inchworm walking’ capability.
4. POEM enhances scientific payload positioning in orbit.
5. Cowpea seeds are known as lobia in Hindi.

Future Prospects in Space Exploration

The success of these experiments positions India as a leader in space technology and
research. The ability to grow plants in space and operate advanced robotic systems will
enable more complex missions in the future. As ISRO continues to innovate, these
developments will contribute to humanity’s understanding of life beyond Earth and the
potential for sustainable living on other celestial bodies.
Targeting Lipid Metabolism to Control Malaria Mosquitoes
January 6, 2025
Recent research has revealed a promising approach to combat malaria by targeting the
lipid transport in Anopheles gambiae mosquitoes. The study, published in PLOS Biology,
marks the critical role of lipophorin in the development of Plasmodium falciparum, the
malaria parasite. By inhibiting lipid metabolism, particularly through the use of broad-
spectrum lipase inhibitors, researchers demonstrated that it is possible to induce sterility
in female mosquitoes. This innovative strategy could lead to advancements in mosquito
control and malaria prevention.
The Role of Lipophorin in Mosquito Development
Lipophorin is essential for transporting lipids within the mosquito. It facilitates the
transfer of vital nutrients required for egg development. Disruption of lipophorin function
can severely affect the survival of mosquito embryos.
Impact of Lipase Inhibitors on Mosquito Fertility
Exposing adult female mosquitoes to lipase inhibitors, such as orlistat, before an
infectious blood meal can lead to reduced egg production. This treatment mimics the
effects of silencing triglyceride lipase, resulting in impaired energy metabolism in
embryos.
Mechanism of Embryonic Development Disruption
When triglyceride lipase is silenced, embryos develop normally during early stages but fail
to hatch. This failure is attributed to insufficient metabolic support, leading to embryonic
death. Lipoproteins, including vitellogenin, are crucial for delivering lipids to developing
oocytes.
Effects of Triglyceride Lipase Silencing
Silencing triglyceride lipase reduces the number of eggs laid. It also alters the metabolic

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 136
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

profile of embryos, causing a drop in crucial metabolites. The study found that embryos
from silenced mosquitoes exhibited lower glyceride levels, leading to poor larval
emergence.
Importance of Maternal Lipids in Embryogenesis
Maternal triglycerides are vital for driving metabolic processes during embryonic
development. When these lipids are limited, embryos struggle to complete their
development, indicating that lipid availability is crucial for survival.
Field Application of Lipase Inhibitors
The researchers tested the effectiveness of lipase inhibitors in field settings. Mosquitoes
were allowed to rest on surfaces coated with orlistat before feeding. The results showed
reduction in the number of larvae emerging from eggs, suggesting a viable method for
mosquito population control.

1. Lipophorin is a key lipid transporter in mosquitoes.

2. Orlistat is a broad-spectrum hydrolase inhibitor.
3. Triglyceride lipase silencing reduces egg production.
4. Vitellogenin transports about 5% of lipids in oocytes.
5. The study indicates a potential for field interventions.

Future Directions in Mosquito Control

The findings suggest that developing Anopheles-specific lipase inhibitors could provide
new strategies for controlling mosquito populations. This approach may enhance current
methods of malaria prevention and contribute to public health efforts globally.
Net Neutrality – Recent Developments and Context
January 6, 2025
The ongoing debate surrounding net neutrality has seen developments recently. On
January 2, 2025, the 6th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals ruled against the Federal
Communications Commission (FCC) in its second attempt to enforce net neutrality. This
ruling contrasts sharply with India’s approach over the past decade, where telecom
companies have sought to navigate net neutrality regulations to extract payments from
major technology platforms. About net neutrality is crucial, as it affects how internet traffic
is managed and the implications for users and providers alike.
What is Net Neutrality?
Net neutrality is the principle that all internet traffic should be treated equally by internet
service providers (ISPs) and telecom companies. This means that no service should be
prioritised over another, preventing the establishment of “fast lanes” for certain traffic and
“slow lanes” for others. The concept is essential for maintaining a level playing field for all
online services and ensuring that users have unrestricted access to information and
services.
The U.S. Context – A Tale of Two Motivations
In the United States, the push for net neutrality was largely driven by tech companies like

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 137
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Netflix, which resisted attempts by ISPs to charge them for increased bandwidth. Digital
rights advocates joined forces with these companies, fearing that allowing ISPs to create
preferential treatment would undermine the open nature of the internet. This led to
regulatory actions during the Obama administration, which established the first set of net
neutrality rules.
India’s Unique Path to Net Neutrality
India’s journey towards net neutrality has been distinct. In 2014, before the entry of Jio,
Bharti Airtel attempted to impose higher tariffs on internet calls made through apps like
Viber. This sparked widespread public opposition, leading to a movement against
discriminatory pricing. Facebook’s Free Basics initiative, which aimed to offer limited
services without data charges, intensified the debate, eventually shifting the focus to zero
rating practices.
Regulatory Milestones in India
The Telecom Regulatory Authority of India (TRAI) and the Department of
Telecommunications (DoT) made strides in net neutrality. In 2016, TRAI banned
discriminatory data pricing, and in 2018, net neutrality became part of the Unified Licence
that all ISPs must adhere to. Consequently, telecom operators have been prohibited from
creating exclusive data packages or manipulating service speeds based on content.
Current Challenges and the Network Usage Fee Debate
In recent years, Indian telecom companies have revived discussions around a network
usage fee, which would require large internet companies to compensate ISPs for the
traffic they generate. This demand has raised concerns among net neutrality advocates,
who argue that it could lead to unfair pricing structures. Dr. R.S. Sharma, former TRAI
chairperson, has dismissed this debate, asserting that ISPs should not charge different
rates based on the companies using their bandwidth.

1. TRAI – Telecom Regulatory Authority of India, regulates telecom services.

2. Zero Rating – Exempting specific data from charges, controversial in net
neutrality debates.
3. Ajit Pai – Former FCC chairman known for rolling back net neutrality rules in the
U.S.
4. Free Basics – Facebook’s initiative aimed at providing limited internet services for
free.
5. Unified Licence – Regulatory framework that incorporates net neutrality in India.

Future of Net Neutrality in India

Despite the victories for net neutrality in India, challenges remain. TRAI’s recommendation
for a multi-stakeholder body to address ongoing issues was rejected by the DoT in 2022,
citing budget constraints due to COVID-19. As the debate continues, the balance between
telecom companies’ demands and the principles of net neutrality will be crucial in shaping
the future of internet access in India.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 138
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Goa Shipyard Launches New Fast Patrol Vessels

January 6, 2025
Goa Shipyard Limited (GSL) has made advancements in shipbuilding with the recent
launch of two Fast Patrol Vessels (FPVs) for the Indian Coast Guard. This event took place
on January 5, 2025, and marks a milestone in GSL’s commitment to technological
innovation and operational excellence. The launch was presided over by CMD Brajesh
Kumar Upadhyay, who noted that GSL has experienced a remarkable 100 per cent
increase in gross revenue, surpassing the ₹2,000 crore mark. This growth reflects GSL’s
dedication to modernisation and partnership with the Indian Coast Guard.
Historical Launch Event
The vessels, named Amulya and Akshay, were launched simultaneously, a first for GSL.
The ceremony included the presence of Vandana Agrawal, Secretary (Defence Production)
Sanjeev Kumar, and other dignitaries. The event was marked by traditional chants from
the ‘Atharva Veda’, denoting the cultural significance of the occasion. GSL has previously
launched two vessels of the same series in October 2024, demonstrating its ongoing
commitment to enhancing the capabilities of the Indian Coast Guard.
Indigenous Design and Construction
Both FPVs are designed and constructed in-house by GSL, showcasing India’s self-reliance
in defence production. The vessels are tailored to meet the specific operational
requirements of the Indian Coast Guard. With dimensions of 52 metres in length and 8
metres in breadth, these vessels have a displacement of 320 tonnes, optimising them for
various maritime operations.
Technological Advancements
For the first time, GSL utilised its State-of-the-Art Ship-Lift System to launch two vessels
concurrently. This technological feat puts stress on GSL’s efforts to modernise its
operations. The Chief Guest praised the shipyard’s workforce for their commitment to
meeting the Indian Coast Guard’s needs despite various challenges, including the
COVID-19 pandemic and geopolitical disruptions.
Operational Capabilities of FPVs
The newly launched FPVs are designed for multiple roles, including patrolling, anti-
smuggling, and anti-terrorist operations. They can function as coastal convoy escorts and
communication links during wartime. The vessels are equipped with advanced navigation
and communication systems, ensuring they are capable of operating effectively in diverse
conditions.
Performance Features
The FPVs are powered by three 2720 KW diesel engines, driving independent water jets.
They can achieve speeds of up to 35 knots. The hull, constructed from robust steel, is
designed to withstand harsh sea conditions. These vessels provide fully air-conditioned
accommodation for 35 crew members and are equipped with a 30mm gun and machine
guns for defence.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 139
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

1. GSL – Goa Shipyard Limited, a key Indian shipbuilder.

2. Atmanirbhar Bharat – An initiative for self-reliance in India.
3. FPV – Fast Patrol Vessel, designed for maritime security.
4. IAS – Indian Administrative Service, a prestigious civil service in India.
5. Atharva Veda – One of the four Vedas, ancient Indian scriptures.

Future Developments
GSL is constructing a total of eight FPVs for the Indian Coast Guard, reinforcing its role in
national security. The shipyard continues to innovate, with plans for new generation Fast
Attack Crafts capable of higher speeds, up to 37 knots. These ongoing developments
illustrate GSL’s commitment to enhancing India’s maritime capabilities through
indigenous production and advanced technology.
January 7, 2025
Arunachal Pradesh’s Religious Conversion Act Revival
January 7, 2025
The Arunachal Pradesh government is reactivating a 1978 Act aimed at preventing forced
religious conversions. This move occurs nearly five decades after the Act was enacted by
the first Legislative Assembly of the then Union Territory. The Act prohibits religious
conversion by coercion, inducement, or deceit, with penalties including imprisonment and
fines. The government is now working on framing rules to implement this dormant
legislation.
Background of the Act
The 1978 Act emerged during a period of rapid change in Arunachal Pradesh. It was
designed to protect the diverse indigenous faiths of the region. The Act mandates that any
conversion must be reported to the local Deputy Commissioner, ensuring accountability.
The indigenous faiths defined in the Act include various forms of Buddhism, nature
worship, and Vaishnavism, reflecting the state’s rich cultural tapestry.
Religious Landscape of Arunachal Pradesh
Arunachal Pradesh is home to numerous ethnic communities, each with its unique beliefs.
The Monpas and Sherdukpens practice Mahayana Buddhism, while the Khamptis and
Singphos follow Theravada Buddhism. Other tribes engage in polytheistic nature worship.
The Tani group, particularly the Nyishis and Adis, has institutionalised the worship of
Donyi Polo, indigenous faith.
Historical Context of Christianity
Christianity began to gain a foothold in Arunachal Pradesh in the 1950s. This growth was
influenced by missionary activities in Assam and the establishment of the first church in
1957. Census data shows a rise in the Christian population, with figures increasing from
0.79% in 1971 to 30.26% in 2011. This rapid growth has sparked debates about the
implications for indigenous religions.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 140
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Opposition to the Act

The Act faced opposition from its inception. Bakin Pertin, a Christian MP, notably
contested it, and the Nagaland Legislative Assembly passed a resolution against it. The
Arunachal Christian Forum, established shortly after the Act’s enactment, has continued to
advocate for its repeal, labelling it an “anti-Christian law.” Concerns about potential misuse
by authorities have also been raised.
Current Developments
In 2022, a public interest litigation was filed to prompt the state government to implement
the Act. The Gauhati High Court has since received assurances that draft rules are being
prepared. Advocates believe that enforcing the Act is crucial to preserving indigenous
cultures amidst rising conversions.

1. The 1978 Act prohibits conversion by force or fraud.

2. Donyi Polo is a prominent indigenous faith in Arunachal Pradesh.
3. The first church in Arunachal was established in 1957.
4. Christianity grew from 0.79% in 1971 to 30.26% in 2011.
5. The Act requires all conversions to be reported to the Deputy Commissioner.

Future Implications of the Act

The revival of the 1978 Act may lead to changes in the religious landscape of Arunachal
Pradesh. The government’s commitment to implement the Act could alter the dynamics
between indigenous faiths and Christianity. As discussions continue, the implications for
cultural preservation and religious freedom remain very important in the ongoing
dialogue within the state.
US Surgeon General Report on Alcohol and Cancer
January 7, 2025
Alcohol consumption has been identified as the third leading preventable cause of cancer
in the United States. This information comes from a recent report by the US Surgeon
General. The report reveals that alcohol contributes to approximately 100,000 cancer
cases and 20,000 related deaths annually. It also advocates for warning labels on alcoholic
beverages, similar to those on cigarette packs.
The Impact of Alcohol on Cancer Risk
Research indicates that even moderate alcohol consumption can elevate the risk of
various cancers. The Surgeon General’s report marks that drinking just one alcoholic
beverage per day can increase the likelihood of developing breast, mouth, and throat
cancers.
Mechanisms of Alcohol-Induced Cancer
The report outlines four primary mechanisms through which alcohol can lead to cancer:
DNA Damage – Alcohol is metabolised into acetaldehyde, which can damage DNA
and disrupt cellular repair processes. This increases the risk of mutations and
tumour formation.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 141
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Oxidation and Inflammation – The conversion of acetaldehyde to acetate

generates unstable oxygen molecules. These molecules can harm cells and induce
inflammation, further contributing to cancer development.
Enhanced Tobacco Risk – Alcohol can dissolve carcinogens from tobacco smoke,
facilitating their absorption into the body. This interaction heightens cancer risk for
smokers.
Hormonal Changes – Alcohol consumption raises levels of certain hormones,
particularly estrogen. Increased estrogen levels can elevate the risk of breast and
ovarian cancers.
Types of Cancers Linked to Alcohol Consumption
The report specifies several cancers associated with alcohol use, including:
Breast cancer
Colon and rectal cancer
Esophageal cancer
Liver cancer
Mouth, throat, and laryngeal cancers
About Cancer Likelihood
The likelihood of developing an alcohol-related cancer varies based on consumption
levels. The report states that:
Approximately 10 out of 100 men who drink less than one alcoholic beverage per
week will develop an alcohol-related cancer.
This risk increases to 11 out of 100 for those averaging one drink daily and to 13 out
of 100 for those consuming two drinks daily.
For women, the risk of breast cancer increases from 11 cases per 100 for those
consuming less than one drink per week to 15 cases per 100 for those drinking two
drinks daily.
Defining Alcoholic Beverages
According to the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, one standard alcoholic
drink is defined as:
5 ounces of 80-proof liquor
5 ounces of wine with 12% alcohol
12 ounces of beer with 5% alcohol
This standardisation is crucial for understanding alcohol consumption levels and their
associated risks.

1. Acetaldehyde is a toxic byproduct of alcohol metabolism.

2. Estrogen is a hormone linked to increased breast cancer risk.
3. The mucosal lining protects cells from carcinogens.
4. The US Surgeon General is Dr Vivek Murthy.
5. Alcohol-related deaths in the US reach 20,000 annually.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 142
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Climate Change Disrupts Earth’s Water Cycle

January 7, 2025
Climate change has been wreaking havoc on the planet’s water cycle, leading to severe
consequences for ecosystems and human populations. The 2024 Global Water Monitor
Report marks the alarming effects of climate change on water distribution and availability.
Researchers from various countries, including Australia, Saudi Arabia, China, and
Germany, compiled the report using data from ground stations and satellites. The findings
indicate that the water cycle has become increasingly erratic, impacting billions of people
worldwide.
About the Water Cycle
The water cycle describes the continuous movement of water in its various forms — solid,
liquid, and gas. This cycle involves processes such as evaporation, condensation, and
precipitation. Water evaporates from the ground and oceans, rising into the atmosphere
as vapour. It condenses into clouds and eventually falls back to Earth as rain or snow. The
cycle is vital for sustaining life and regulating weather patterns.
Climate Change Intensifies the Water Cycle
Climate change has amplified the water cycle’s intensity. As global temperatures rise,
more water evaporates into the atmosphere. The capacity of warmer air to hold moisture
increases by approximately 7% for every 1 degree Celsius rise in temperature. This leads
to more severe storms, increased precipitation intensity, and ultimately, catastrophic
flooding in various regions.
Regional Variability in Weather Patterns
The impact of climate change on the water cycle is not uniform. Some areas are
experiencing more frequent and intense storms, while others suffer from prolonged
droughts. As evaporation rates increase, soil moisture diminishes, exacerbating drought
conditions. When rainfall occurs, it often runs off hard, dry ground, failing to adequately
replenish water sources.
Future Projections for the Water Cycle
If greenhouse gas emissions remain unchecked, global temperatures could rise by 2.6 to
3.1 degrees Celsius this century. Such an increase is expected to make the water cycle
even more erratic. A study published in 2022 indicated that climate change had already
intensified the global water cycle by up to 7.4%. The Intergovernmental Panel on Climate
Change (IPCC) has warned of long-term changes to the water cycle, predicting more
frequent and intense droughts and extreme rainfall events.
Key Findings of the 2024 Report
The 2024 Global Water Monitor Report presents concerning statistics regarding water-
related disasters. The report states that over 8,700 fatalities occurred due to water-related
events, displacing 40 million people and resulting in economic losses exceeding $550
billion. Notably, there were 38% more record-dry months compared to the baseline period
of 1995-2005. Rainfall records have also been broken more frequently, with monthly and

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 143
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

daily records set at alarming rates.

1. TWS: Terrestrial Water Storage, the total water on continents.

2. IPCC: Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, a UN body.
3. Sahel: A semi-arid region in Africa, prone to drought.
4. Evapotranspiration: Combined process of evaporation and transpiration.
5. Condensation: The process of water vapour turning into liquid.

Implications for Future Water Management

The findings of the report tell the urgent need for effective water management strategies.
Countries must adapt to the changing climate by implementing sustainable practices.
Investment in infrastructure to manage water resources efficiently is crucial. Additionally,
international cooperation will be essential in addressing the global water crisis
exacerbated by climate change.
NYC Launches Congestion Pricing Initiative
January 7, 2025
In January 2025, New York City became the first city in the United States to implement
congestion pricing. This initiative aims to alleviate traffic congestion in densely populated
areas. Drivers entering Manhattan’s central business district will incur a fee of $9 during
peak hours. In 2023, NYC experienced traffic delays, ranking among the most congested
cities globally. Similar strategies have been successfully employed in cities like Singapore,
London, Stockholm, and Milan.
What is Congestion Pricing?
Congestion pricing involves charging drivers a fee to enter busy urban areas during peak
traffic times. The goal is to reduce traffic congestion, improve air quality, and generate
revenue for public transport improvements. The system often employs electronic tolling,
allowing for efficient collection of fees.
Global Examples of Congestion Pricing
Many cities have adopted congestion pricing with varying structures. In Singapore, the
Electronic Road Pricing (ERP) charges drivers based on real-time traffic conditions. London
imposes a flat daily fee of £15 for entering the congestion zone. Stockholm’s fees fluctuate
based on time and season, while Milan charges €5 daily, with additional fees based on
vehicle emissions.
Benefits of Congestion Pricing
Implementing congestion pricing can yield multiple benefits. Cities can generate revenue,
which can be reinvested in transport infrastructure. For instance, NYC anticipates earning
$15 billion to enhance its transport systems. Environmental improvements are also
notable; cities like London and Milan have reported substantial reductions in pollution
levels since implementation.
Economic and Environmental Impacts
The Metropolitan Transportation Authority in NYC expects congestion pricing to fund vital

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 144
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

transport upgrades. In Singapore, the ERP programme has been financially self-sustaining
since its inception. Studies indicate that London’s air quality has improved , while Milan
has reduced carbon emissions by approximately 30%.
Enhancing Quality of Life
Congestion pricing can lead to a better quality of life for urban residents. In Stockholm,
traffic levels decreased by 25%, surpassing initial targets. Public transport users reported
improved punctuality and reduced noise levels. These changes contribute to a more
pleasant urban environment.

1. C40 Knowledge Hub – Global climate action network.

2. Eco Pass – Milan’s congestion charge system.
3. E-ZPass – Electronic toll collection system in NYC.
4. ERP – Singapore’s Electronic Road Pricing system.
5. Gustaf Landahl – Former Stockholm city government official.

Potential for Implementation in India

Studies suggest that Indian cities, such as Mumbai, could benefit from congestion pricing.
Research by the Urban Works Institute indicates potential advantages and challenges
unique to Mumbai’s context. The report advocates for tailored solutions that consider
local traffic patterns and public transport capabilities. Effective communication and public
awareness are crucial for successful implementation.
What is Rat-Hole Mining?
January 7, 2025
On January 6, 2025, several workers became trapped for over 12 hours in a coal “rat-hole”
mine in Dima Hasao district, Assam. The mine was flooded, prompting ongoing rescue
operations. Two motor pumps are currently at work to remove water from the mine,
which is reportedly several hundred feet deep. Assam’s Chief Minister, Himanta Biswa
Sarma, has stated that both the National Disaster Relief Force and the State Disaster Relief
Force are on-site to assist in the rescue. Additionally, the Army’s help has been solicited.
What is Rat-Hole Mining?
Rat-hole mining is a traditional method used to extract coal from narrow seams. This
technique is particularly common in Meghalaya. The term “rat hole” describes the small
pits dug into the earth, which are just large enough for a miner to enter. Miners typically
descend into these pits using ropes or bamboo ladders to reach the coal seams. They
employ basic tools like pickaxes, shovels, and baskets for manual extraction.
Types of Rat-Hole Mining
There are two main types of rat-hole mining – side-cutting and box-cutting. In side-cutting,
miners dig narrow tunnels on hill slopes until they locate the coal seam, which is often less
than 2 metres thick. Box-cutting involves creating a rectangular opening, ranging from 10
to 100 square metres, before digging a vertical pit that can extend 100 to 400 feet deep.
Once the coal seam is identified, horizontal tunnels are dug to facilitate coal extraction.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 145
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Environmental and Safety Concerns

Rat-hole mining presents numerous safety and environmental risks. These mines are
typically unregulated, lacking essential safety measures such as proper ventilation and
structural support. Workers often do not have access to safety gear. The mining process
leads to land degradation, deforestation, and water pollution. Critics have condemned the
practice due to hazardous working conditions and frequent accidents, resulting in injuries
and fatalities. Despite regulatory efforts, rat-hole mining continues due to economic
pressures and limited alternative livelihoods for local communities.
Legal Status of Rat-Hole Mining
The National Green Tribunal (NGT) banned rat-hole mining in 2014, reaffirming the ban in
2015. The tribunal noted the numerous fatalities resulting from flooding in mining areas
during the rainy season. The order specifically targeted Meghalaya, where this mining
technique has been widespread. The state government subsequently appealed the NGT’s
decision in the Supreme Court.

1. Rat-hole mining is primarily found in Meghalaya.

2. The NGT banned rat-hole mining due to safety concerns.
3. Side-cutting and box-cutting are two main mining techniques.
4. The coal seams are often less than 2 metres thick.
5. Unregulated mining leads to severe environmental degradation.

Current Rescue Efforts

Rescue operations are ongoing, with multiple agencies involved. The slow pace of the
operation has raised concerns among families of the trapped workers. The presence of
water in the mine complicates the rescue, making it imperative to pump out water
efficiently. Authorities are hopeful for a successful outcome as they continue to work
diligently on the site.
Supreme Court Ruling on Non-Cognizable Offences
January 7, 2025
In January 2025, the Supreme Court clarified the parameters for police investigations into
serious and non-serious crimes. The Court distinguished between cognizable and non-
cognizable offences, emphasising the importance of safeguards in place for non-
cognizable offences. This ruling arose from a case involving allegations against an
appellant under specific sections of the Indian Penal Code (IPC).
Cognizable vs Non-Cognizable Offences
Cognizable offences allow police to initiate investigations without prior approval. Non-
cognizable offences require a magistrate’s order before police can act. This distinction is
crucial for maintaining the balance between individual rights and state authority.
Legal Safeguards for Non-Cognizable Offences
The Court brought into light that non-cognizable offences come with built-in safeguards.
These measures prevent the immediate use of police powers, ensuring that citizens’

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 146
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

liberties are protected. The investigation of non-cognizable offences must be vetted by a

legally trained individual in the presence of a Judicial Magistrate.
The Role of Public Servants
For non-cognizable offences involving public servants, a complaint must originate from
the affected public servant. This requirement adds another layer of protection against
misuse of police authority. The Court asserted that without such a complaint, police
cannot initiate an investigation.
Section 195 of the Criminal Procedure Code
Section 195 mandates that cognizance of certain offences can only be taken based on a
complaint from a public servant. The Court reiterated that this complaint must be directed
to a Judicial Magistrate, not an Executive Magistrate. This distinction is vital for legal
proceedings.
Implications of the Ruling
The ruling has implications for how non-cognizable offences are handled. It reinforces the
need for judicial oversight in cases involving public servants. The decision also puts stress
on the necessity of following proper legal channels before police can act.

1. Section 186 IPC addresses obstruction of public servants.

2. Section 353 IPC involves assault or criminal force against public servants.
3. A Judicial Magistrate must receive complaints for cognizance.
4. The term “non-cognizable” refers to offences requiring magistrate approval.
5. Safeguards protect citizens from police overreach in investigations.

The Quashing of Criminal Proceedings

In the case at hand, the Court quashed the criminal proceedings against the appellant.
The Bench found that the necessary legal prerequisites were not met, particularly
concerning the filing of a complaint by a public servant. The absence of such a complaint
rendered the police investigation illegal, illustrating the importance of adhering to
established legal protocols.
US-China Tensions Rise Over Critical Minerals
January 7, 2025
The ongoing trade tensions between the United States and China have intensified,
particularly regarding critical minerals essential for advanced technology and defence.
Following the US’s stringent export controls on chipmaking equipment and software,
China has responded with its own set of restrictions. This escalation marks shift in the
dynamics of the tech war, with both nations leveraging national security as a justification
for their actions.
Background of Trade Restrictions
Since 2022, the US has imposed increasing restrictions on China’s access to critical
technologies. This includes advanced semiconductor components. In response, China has
restricted imports from US companies, notably banning chips from Micron in sensitive

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 147
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

sectors. The tit-for-tat nature of these restrictions marks the strategic importance of
critical minerals in the ongoing conflict.
China’s Export Control Measures
On December 3, 2024, China announced its most stringent controls on critical minerals.
This was a direct response to the US’s actions against Chinese companies. The restrictions
specifically target dual-use materials crucial for defence and technological development.
By creating a consolidated list of restricted items, China aims to exert pressure on the US
and signal its leverage in the trade war.
Impact on Global Supply Chains
China dominates the global critical mineral supply chain, producing nearly 60% of these
minerals and refining about 85%. The US’s reliance on these resources complicates its
position. Delays in deliveries have already impacted companies like Henkel, leading to
declarations of force majeure. The interconnectedness of global supply chains means that
restrictions can have widespread repercussions.
National Security Justifications
Both the US and China invoke national security to justify their export controls. The US aims
to hinder China’s advancements in artificial intelligence and semiconductor technology.
Conversely, China defends its actions by citing the need to protect its national security and
fulfil international obligations. This mutual invocation of national security raises concerns
about the genuine motivations behind these trade restrictions.
Future Projections Under Trump’s Administration
With Donald Trump returning to the White House, changes to the US’s critical minerals
strategy are expected. Anticipated actions include increasing tariffs on mineral imports
and investing in domestic mining projects. Trump’s administration is likely to continue
Biden’s focus on reducing dependence on China for critical minerals, further securitising
the supply chain.
The Broader Geopolitical Landscape
The trade restrictions between the US and China are affecting relationships with other
nations, particularly allies like Canada, South Korea, and Japan. These countries are key
exporters of critical minerals to the US. Increased tariffs and restrictions could lead to
retaliatory measures from these nations, complicating diplomatic relations.

1. Henkel, a German firm, faced force majeure due to mineral delays.

2. China controls 60% of global critical mineral production.
3. Micron chips are banned in China’s sensitive sectors.
4. Trump’s previous executive order aimed to curb foreign dependence.
5. Canada is exploring retaliatory measures against US tariffs.

The Complexity of National Security

As both nations continue to expand their definitions of national security, the implications
for global trade are deep. The critical mineral sector is becoming increasingly securitised,

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 148
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

with potential ramifications for international relations. The ongoing trade war marks the
complexities of balancing national interests with global economic realities.
US-China Science Agreement Sparks Global Debate
January 7, 2025
Recent developments have brought into light the shifting dynamics of international
scientific collaboration. On December 13, 2024, the United States and China signed a new
bilateral science and technology agreement. This agreement, described as a renewal of a
45-year-old pact, narrows the scope of permitted joint research. It introduces a dispute
resolution mechanism and limits collaborative topics, reflecting growing global concerns
about research security. As nations grapple with the balance between security and
openness, the implications for scientific progress are deep.
Background of the US-China Scientific Relationship
The relationship between the United States and China in science has evolved over
decades. Initially characterised by knowledge transfer, it transitioned into genuine
collaboration. However, heightened security measures now threaten this openness. The
two nations have engaged in extensive joint research, with thousands of Chinese students
and scholars working alongside their American counterparts.
China’s Rise in Global Research
China’s ascent in scientific publishing has transformed the global research landscape. In
1980, Chinese authors contributed less than 2% of articles in the Web of Science. By 2023,
they accounted for 25%, surpassing the United States. Additionally, China now leads in
U.S. patents issued to foreign companies, a dramatic increase from virtually none in 1980.
This shift signifies China’s emergence as a global leader in many advanced scientific fields.
National Security Concerns
Growing concerns about national security have prompted nations to tighten control over
research collaborations. The FBI has accused China of stealing sensitive technologies to
boost its military capabilities. The China Initiative aimed to combat such espionage, and
the Biden administration has continued these efforts. The 2022 Chips and Science Act
established SECURE, a centre to help the research community make informed security
decisions.
Global Responses to Research Security
Other nations have also reacted to the perceived threat from China. The European Union
has advised its member states to enhance security measures. Japan has implemented
policies requiring researchers to disclose affiliations and potential conflicts of interest.
Canada has established a Research Security Centre, mandating risk assessments for
sensitive technology partnerships. Germany and Australia have introduced similar
frameworks to safeguard their research environments.
The Impact on International Collaboration
The increasing emphasis on security poses risks to international collaboration in science.
Approximately 25% of U.S. scientific articles arise from international partnerships, which

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 149
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

have historically produced high-impact research. The free flow of ideas and talent is
crucial for scientific advancement. However, the current trend suggests a potential retreat
from global collaboration, which could hinder progress in various fields.

1. SECURE – A centre established to enhance research security.

2. China Initiative – A U.S. programme targeting espionage and theft.
3. Web of Science – A curated database of scholarly articles.
4. Chips and Science Act – Legislation mandating security measures in research.
5. Technological Sovereignty – A concept aimed at protecting national technologies.

Future Challenges in Research Collaboration

As nations implement new security measures, the challenge will be to maintain an
environment conducive to scientific innovation. The risk of creating a climate of suspicion
could stifle the very collaboration that drives progress. Balancing security with openness is
vital to ensuring that scientific advancements continue to flourish in an increasingly
interconnected world.
Polar Vortex Triggers Winter Storms in US
January 7, 2025
The United States is currently facing severe winter storms, impacting over 60 million
people in the eastern regions. This cold spell is expected to bring temperatures as low as
-50°C (-60°F). The cause is the polar vortex, a mass of extremely cold air that has expanded
southwards from the Arctic. This phenomenon predominantly affects areas in the
Northern Hemisphere, especially those at mid to high latitudes, leading to extreme cold
weather events.
What is the Polar Vortex?
The polar vortex is a large area of low pressure and cold air surrounding the Earth’s poles.
It spins anticlockwise around the North Pole, with wind speeds reaching approximately
155 mph (250 km/h). There are two main types of polar vortexes – tropospheric and
stratospheric. The tropospheric vortex exists in the lowest layer of the atmosphere,
influencing most weather patterns.
Types of Polar Vortexes
The stratospheric polar vortex forms higher in the atmosphere, typically 10-30 miles
(16-48 km) above the Earth’s surface. This vortex develops in autumn and dissipates in
spring. When stable, it confines cold Arctic air to polar regions. However, if weakened, it
allows frigid winds to extend southward, affecting areas as far as Florida.
Factors Affecting the Polar Vortex
The polar vortex can weaken due to rising warm air from lower atmospheric layers. This
warm air can be caused by weather patterns or climate phenomena, such as strong winds
in mountainous regions or shifts in tropical climates. Both types of polar vortexes play
crucial roles in global atmospheric circulation and climate regulation.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 150
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Frequency of Polar Vortex Events

Cold polar vortex events are seasonal but not guaranteed every year. The term “polar
vortex” gained popularity after the severe winter of 2013-14, which brought record low
temperatures and snowfall across Canada and the eastern United States. Major cities like
New York, Philadelphia, and Chicago experienced some of the highest snow
accumulations in their histories.
Historical Impact of the Polar Vortex
The 2013-14 polar vortex led to 92.5 percent of the Great Lakes being frozen over, the
second most extensive ice cover recorded. Lake Michigan experienced an unprecedented
93.3 percent ice coverage on March 8, 2014. The polar vortex became widely discussed in
media, solidifying its place in public understanding of winter weather patterns.
Climate Change and the Polar Vortex
Researchers are examining how climate change influences the polar vortex’s intensity and
frequency. Some evidence suggests that global warming may weaken the polar vortex. As
the North Pole warms faster than other regions, the temperature difference between
polar and mid-latitude areas decreases. This change destabilises the polar jet stream,
allowing polar air to move further south into Europe and North Asia.

1. The polar vortex was not a common term until 2014.

2. The 2013-14 polar vortex caused record ice coverage on the Great Lakes.
3. Lake Michigan had its highest ice coverage ever recorded at 93.3%.
4. The polar vortex spins at wind speeds of about 155 mph.
5. Climate change may weaken the polar vortex by reducing temperature
differences.

About Atmospheric Circulation

The polar vortex is integral to global atmospheric circulation. It influences weather
patterns and climate regulation across the Northern Hemisphere. About its dynamics
helps in predicting severe weather events and their impacts on various regions.
E-commerce Giants Face Legal Challenges in India
January 7, 2025
The ongoing legal battle involving e-commerce giants Amazon and Flipkart has escalated .
The Supreme Court of India recently transferred all petitions regarding alleged anti-
competitive practices by these companies to the Karnataka High Court. This decision
follows a lengthy investigation initiated by the Competition Commission of India (CCI) in
response to complaints from small traders. The case has raised serious questions about
the practices of major online marketplaces and their impact on competition.
Background of the Case
The controversy dates back to 2019 when the Delhi Vyapar Mahasangh, representing
small traders, filed a complaint against Amazon and Flipkart. The traders accused these
platforms of favouring select sellers through deep discounting and exclusive

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 151
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

arrangements. The CCI launched an investigation in January 2020, which culminated in a

report in August 2023, outlining various anti-competitive practices.
Allegations Against Amazon and Flipkart
The CCI’s investigation revealed several concerning practices. Firstly, the companies were
found to engage in preferential listing, giving priority to specific sellers with whom they
had business arrangements. Secondly, exclusive product launches for major smartphone
brands were observed, disadvantaging smaller sellers. Thirdly, deep discounting practices
were identified, which led to an ecosystem where only preferred sellers could thrive.
Lastly, the CCI noted that search results were manipulated to favour these sellers.
Legal Proceedings and Challenges
Amazon and Flipkart have consistently denied any wrongdoing, challenging the CCI’s
findings in various courts. They argue that the CCI lacks sufficient evidence to support its
claims. In response, vendors on these platforms have filed multiple lawsuits across
different high courts, further complicating the legal landscape. The Supreme Court’s
recent decision to consolidate these cases aims to streamline the proceedings.
Supreme Court’s Directive
On Monday, the Supreme Court directed that all related petitions be heard by a single-
judge bench of the Karnataka High Court. This decision followed an agreement between
the CCI and the e-commerce sellers to transfer the cases, given that the Karnataka High
Court was already handling some aspects of the matter. The Supreme Court emphasised
the need for an expedited hearing, with the next session scheduled for 15 January.
Forum Shopping Allegations
During the hearings, accusations of “forum shopping” emerged. The CCI alleged that
Amazon and Flipkart were using their sellers to challenge the investigation by filing
petitions in various jurisdictions. This practice involves choosing a court that is likely to
yield a favourable outcome. The CCI sought to centralise all petitions in the Delhi High
Court, but the Supreme Court rejected this proposal to avoid setting a dangerous
precedent.

1. Delhi Vyapar Mahasangh is a traders’ body linked to CAIT.

2. CCI stands for Competition Commission of India.
3. Forum shopping refers to selecting a court for a favourable ruling.
4. The term “deep discounting” describes price reductions.
5. Exclusive product launches can harm competition in retail.

Implications for E-commerce Regulation

The ongoing case against Amazon and Flipkart has broader implications for e-commerce
regulation in India. The findings of the CCI raise essential questions about the fairness of
competition in the online marketplace. The outcome of this legal battle could potentially
reshape the landscape for e-commerce companies operating in India and influence future
regulatory policies.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 152
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

National Anthem Controversy in Tamil Nadu Assembly

January 7, 2025
On January 6, 2025, Tamil Nadu’s Governor R.N. Ravi left the Legislative Assembly without
delivering his customary address. His departure stemmed from the absence of the
national anthem before his scheduled speech. This incident echoes a similar refusal from
the previous year, raising questions about protocol and respect for national symbols.
Background of the Incident
The Tamil Nadu Raj Bhavan claimed that the Constitution and the national anthem were
disrespected in the Assembly. The Governor’s office emphasised that respecting the
national anthem is a fundamental duty outlined in the Constitution of India. The Raj
Bhavan expressed deep concern over the omission, stating that such disrespect would not
be tolerated.
Tamil Nadu Government’s Defence
The Tamil Nadu government defended its practice of playing the State anthem, Tamil Thai
Vazhthu, at the beginning of the Governor’s address. This protocol was established in July
1991 during the AIADMK government’s tenure under Chief Minister Jayalalithaa. The
national anthem is traditionally played at the end of the address, a practice that has been
accepted in the Assembly for decades.
National Anthem Practices in Other States
Legislative Assemblies across India have varied practices regarding the national anthem.
For example, Nagaland did not play the anthem for decades until it was first performed in
February 2021, while Tripura introduced it in March 2018. These differences highlight the
lack of a uniform practice across states.
National Anthem Protocol in Parliament
In the Indian Parliament, a distinct protocol exists for the President’s address. Upon the
President’s arrival, a band plays the national anthem. After the address, the anthem is
played again as the President departs. This formal procedure puts stress on the
importance of the national anthem in parliamentary proceedings.
Constitutional Mandate on National Anthem
Section 51(A)(a) of the Constitution of India outlines the fundamental duties of citizens,
including respect for the national anthem and flag. This legal framework establishes a
clear expectation for citizens and officials alike, reinforcing the significance of national
symbols in public life.
Ministry of Home Affairs Guidelines
The Ministry of Home Affairs has issued guidelines stipulating when the national anthem
must be played. These occasions include civil and military ceremonies, parades, and
formal state functions. The guidelines also specify when mass singing of the anthem is
required, ensuring its prominence during events.

1. AIADMK – Dravidian political party in Tamil Nadu.

2. Bhishma Narain Singh – Former Governor of Tamil Nadu.
© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 153
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

3. Tamil Thai Vazhthu – State anthem of Tamil Nadu.

4. R.N. Ravi – Current Governor of Tamil Nadu.
5. Fundamental Duties – Enshrined in the Constitution of India.

Legal Implications of Anthem Non-Compliance

In a notable case from January 2019, a citizen petitioned the Madras High Court over the
absence of the national anthem at a public function. The court dismissed her petition,
citing the absence of a legal mandate for the anthem’s performance. This ruling marks the
distinction between customary practices and enforceable laws regarding the national
anthem.
UGC Revises Vice-Chancellor Selection Process
January 7, 2025
The University Grants Commission (UGC) has introduced new regulations for the
appointment and promotion of teachers in higher education. Released on January 6, 2025,
by Union Education Minister Dharmendra Pradhan, these draft regulations clarify the
selection process for Vice-Chancellors. The guidelines empower Chancellors or Visitors to
form a three-member search-cum-selection committee. This committee will be
responsible for appointing Vice-Chancellors. Institutions failing to implement these
guidelines may face consequences, including exclusion from UGC schemes and degree
programmes. Stakeholders have 30 days to provide feedback on the draft.
Key Changes in Appointment Process
The new regulations shift the power to appoint search committees from state
governments to Chancellors. This change aims to eliminate previous conflicts, particularly
in states like Tamil Nadu, West Bengal, and Kerala. The draft mandates that the selection
process for Vice-Chancellors must be advertised in all-India newspapers. Applications can
be accepted through nominations or talent searches conducted by the committee.
Composition of the Search Committee
The search-cum-selection committee will consist of three members. A nominee of the
Chancellor will serve as the Chairperson. Additionally, a nominee from the UGC Chairman
and another from the university’s apex body will complete the committee. Previously,
state cabinets recommended nominees, but recent practices have led to conflicts as
Governors began nominating their choices.
Flexibility in Faculty Appointments
The UGC’s draft regulations aim to enhance flexibility in faculty appointments. Candidates
can qualify based on their performance in the UGC National Eligibility Test, regardless of
their undergraduate or postgraduate fields. This approach allows candidates to transition
across disciplines, encouraging a multi-disciplinary environment in universities.
Emphasis on Indian Languages
The guidelines encourage the use of Indian languages in academic publishing. They
highlight the importance of promoting local languages in educational content. This
initiative aims to strengthen cultural identity and inclusivity within higher education.
© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 154
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Relaxation of Eligibility Criteria

The regulations provide a 5% relaxation in marks for specific categories, including
Scheduled Castes, Scheduled Tribes, Other Backward Classes, Economically Weaker
Sections, and Persons with Disabilities. This adjustment aims to promote diversity and
equal opportunity in higher education.

1. UGC – University Grants Commission, regulatory body in India.

2. NEP 2020 – National Education Policy aimed at transforming Indian education.
3. SC/ST – Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes, historically disadvantaged
groups in India.
4. OBC – Other Backward Classes, a classification for socially and educationally
disadvantaged communities.
5. EWS – Economically Weaker Sections, a classification for individuals from low-
income backgrounds.

Notable Contributions for Faculty Selection

Candidates applying for assistant professor positions can demonstrate notable
contributions through various avenues. Innovative teaching methods, research projects,
and consultancy work will be recognised. Contributions in Indian languages will also be
considered . These measures aim to elevate academic standards and encourage diverse
teaching practices in higher education.
RBI Mandates 15-Day Credit Score Updates
January 7, 2025
As of January 1, 2025, the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) has implemented regulation
requiring lenders to update credit bureau records every 15 days. This change aims to
enhance the accuracy and timeliness of credit score calculations, reflecting borrowers’
financial activities more promptly. Previously, updates occurred monthly, which often
delayed the representation of loan repayments and defaults. The RBI issued this mandate
in August 2024, allowing lenders and credit bureaus time to adjust their systems
accordingly.
About Credit Scores
A credit score is a numerical representation of a borrower’s creditworthiness, ranging
from 300 to 900. Higher scores indicate a better likelihood of repaying loans. Credit
bureaus calculate these scores based on data from lenders, including banks and credit
card companies. Key factors influencing credit scores include: – Payment History – Timely
payment of credit card and loan bills. – Credit Utilisation – Ratio of credit used to available
credit. – Credit Mix – Variety of credit types, such as mortgages and personal loans. –
Recent Credit Enquiries – Applications for new credit products.
Impact of the 15-Day Rule on Borrowers
The new 15-day reporting cycle allows for quicker updates to credit scores. Previously,
missed payments could take up to 40 days to reflect. With real-time updates, lenders will

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 155
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

receive more accurate information, enabling better assessments of borrowers’

creditworthiness. This change rewards responsible borrowers sooner and improves the
overall credit evaluation process.
Benefits for Lenders
Lenders will benefit from accessing current credit information more frequently. This
enables them to make informed decisions regarding personal loans. Enhanced data allows
for early detection of potential risks and encourages lenders to offer better terms to
borrowers with good repayment habits.
Addressing Credit Market Issues
The new regulation addresses several challenges in the credit market: 1. Multiple Loan
Applications – First-time borrowers often apply for multiple loans, leading to potential
repayment issues. Frequent updates will help lenders monitor borrower behaviour more
closely. 2. Preventing ‘Evergreening’ – The practice of taking new loans to pay off old ones
can create a cycle of debt. Regular updates will enable lenders to identify and manage
such situations effectively. 3. Improving EMI Management – With various EMIs due on
different dates, the previous monthly reporting system could lead to outdated data. A 15-
day cycle reduces this delay, allowing for accurate credit evaluations.
Challenges of Implementation
While the shift to a 15-day reporting system offers long-term benefits, it also presents
challenges. Lenders and credit bureaus must invest in technology upgrades to
accommodate the new requirements. Despite these challenges, the potential for
improved market efficiency and risk reduction is .

1. CRIF High Mark – A leading credit information company in India.

2. Evergreening – A cycle of debt caused by taking new loans to repay old ones.
3. EMI – Equated Monthly Instalment, a fixed payment amount made by borrowers.
4. Credit Utilisation – The ratio of credit used versus total available credit.
5. RBI – Reserve Bank of India, the central banking institution of India.

Future of Credit Reporting

The transition to 15-day updates is poised to enhance the credibility and transparency of
credit information. This change is expected to yield better loan deals for borrowers who
demonstrate disciplined repayment habits, encouraging a healthier credit market overall.
Alert on Beta Blocker Drug Reactions
January 7, 2025
The Indian Pharmacopoeia Commission (IPC) has recently raised concerns regarding
adverse drug reactions (ADRs) linked to widely used beta blocker medications. These
drugs, including metoprolol, propranolol, and atenolol, are commonly prescribed for
heart-related conditions. The IPC’s findings tell the importance of monitoring these
medications due to the potential for severe side effects, such as hypokalaemia, which can
be life-threatening.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 156
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

About Adverse Drug Reactions (ADRs)

Adverse drug reactions refer to harmful, unintended effects resulting from medication
use. ADRs can arise from a single dose or prolonged use of a drug. They may also occur
due to drug interactions, emphasising the need for careful monitoring by healthcare
professionals.
Beta Blockers and Their Uses
Beta blockers are medications primarily used to treat various cardiovascular conditions.
They help manage hypertension, prevent heart attacks, and control abnormal heart
rhythms. Additionally, beta blockers are effective in migraine prophylaxis and managing
angina. Their widespread use makes awareness of potential ADRs crucial.
The Impact of Hypokalaemia
Hypokalaemia is a condition characterised by low potassium levels in the blood. Normal
potassium levels range from 3.5 to 5.2 mEq/L. Levels below 3 mEq/L are considered severe
and can lead to serious health complications. Potassium is vital for muscle and nerve
function, denoting the importance of maintaining proper levels in the body.
Findings from the IPC Analysis
The IPC’s analysis revealed that beta blockers can lead to adverse drug reactions. The
findings were based on data from the Pharmacovigilance Programme of India (PvPI). The
alert serves as a reminder for healthcare professionals and patients to be vigilant about
potential ADRs associated with these medications.
The Role of the Central Drugs Standard Control Organisation (CDSCO)
The CDSCO is India’s national regulatory body overseeing pharmaceuticals and medical
devices. It plays a critical role in monitoring drug safety and efficacy. The IPC collaborates
with CDSCO to ensure the safe use of medications and to inform regulatory decisions
based on ADR reports.

1. Metoprolol is used for managing heart failure.

2. Propranolol is effective for performance anxiety.
3. Atenolol can be used for treating hyperthyroidism symptoms.
4. The IPC oversees drug safety in India.
5. Hypokalaemia can cause muscle weakness and arrhythmias.

Recommendations for Healthcare Professionals

Healthcare professionals are advised to monitor patients closely for any signs of adverse
drug reactions while using beta blockers. Reporting any suspected ADRs to the IPC is
essential for ensuring patient safety and improving drug monitoring practices.
New Drone Incentives to Boost Domestic Manufacturing
January 7, 2025
The Government of India is set to unveil a new Production-Linked Incentive (PLI) scheme
aimed at encouraging a self-sustaining drone ecosystem. This initiative is expected to
feature an allocation of over ₹500 crore in the upcoming Budget. The scheme will succeed

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 157
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

an earlier version that provided ₹120 crore for domestic drone manufacturing from 2021
to 2022. The new incentives aim to enhance local production and reduce dependency on
imports, which currently account for 50-60% of drone parts used in India.
Overview of the New PLI Scheme
The new PLI scheme will offer incentives as a predetermined percentage of the total sale
amount of drones and their components. It aims to promote local manufacturing while
expanding the scope to include services like drone leasing and software development. The
initiative is designed to stimulate innovation across the entire drone value chain.
Objectives of the PLI 2.0
The primary objective of PLI 2.0 is to increase localisation levels of drone components to
approximately 30% of the total value. This initiative will encourage local manufacturers to
develop and produce essential drone parts domestically. By doing so, the government
seeks to reverse the trend of high import dependency in the drone sector.
Key Areas of Focus
The new scheme will focus on several critical areas, including:
Drone Manufacturing – Incentives will be provided for the production of drones and
their components.
Drone Leasing – The scheme will promote services related to leasing drones, making
them more accessible to various sectors.
Software Development – It will support domestic coding and sale of software for
operating Unmanned Aircraft Systems (UAS).
Counter-Drone Systems – The inclusion of anti-drone technologies will enhance
security measures.
Impact on the Drone Ecosystem
Industry experts believe that the new PLI scheme will boost the growth of India’s drone
ecosystem. The government’s previous initiatives, such as the liberalised Drone Rules and
initial PLI scheme, have already accelerated this growth. By encouraging innovation and
enabling start-ups, India is positioning itself as an emerging leader in drone technology.
Demand Across Various Sectors
The demand for drones is projected to grow in sectors such as agriculture, infrastructure
development, and surveillance. Industry insiders have brought into light the importance
of a dedicated focus on the drone ecosystem in the upcoming Budget. This focus should
encompass not only drones but also components and software to ensure comprehensive
development.

1. PLI – Production-Linked Incentive scheme for manufacturing.

2. UAS – Unmanned Aircraft Systems, used for various applications.
3. DFI – Drone Federation India, representing industry interests.
4. Localisation – Increasing domestic production to reduce imports.
5. Anti-Drone Systems – Technologies designed to counteract drone threats.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 158
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Future Prospects of Drone Technology

The future of drone technology in India looks promising, with government support and
growing industry interest. As the PLI 2.0 scheme rolls out, it is expected to catalyse further
innovation and attract investments in high-value manufacturing. This will not only
enhance self-reliance but also position India as a competitive player in the global drone
market.
Income Inequality Trends in India 2023
January 7, 2025
Recent analysis reveals changes in income inequality in India, particularly following the
challenges posed by the Covid-19 pandemic. A working paper from the People Research
on India’s Consumer Economy (PRICE) indicates that while there has been a slight recovery
in income distribution, substantial wealth concentration persists among the highest
earners. This situation marks the need for ongoing, inclusive economic strategies to
ensure equitable growth.
About the Gini Index
The Gini index is important measure of income inequality within a population. It ranges
from 0 to 100, where 0 indicates perfect equality and 100 signifies perfect inequality. In
India, the Gini index improved from 0.506 in 2020-21 to 0.410 in 2022-23, revealing a
positive shift in income distribution. Despite this improvement, the index remains higher
than the 0.367 recorded in 2015-16, indicating ongoing disparities.
Income Distribution Post-Covid-19
The income share of the bottom 50 per cent of earners increased from 15.84 per cent in
2020-21 to 22.82 per cent in 2022-23. This group includes labourers, small traders, and
marginal farmers. However, their share is still lower than the 24.07 per cent recorded in
2015-16. The middle 40 per cent also saw an increase in their income share, rising to 46.6
per cent in 2022-23 from 43.9 per cent previously.
Impact of the Top Income Earners
The top 10 per cent of earners in India experienced rise in their income share during the
pandemic, reaching 38.6 per cent in 2020-21. This was attributed to the digitisation of the
economy and growth in technology sectors. Although their share decreased to 30.6 per
cent in 2022-23, they still command a substantial portion of national income. The top 1 per
cent saw their income share peak at 9.0 per cent in 2020-21, before declining to 7.3 per
cent in 2022-23.
Role of Social Welfare Schemes
Social welfare initiatives have played important role in improving income distribution.
Programmes like the Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act
(MGNREGA) and Direct Benefit Transfer (DBT) have contributed to the rise in income for
the lower segments of society. These schemes aim to provide financial support and
enhance economic stability for vulnerable populations.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 159
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Strategies for Sustainable Growth

To ensure the continued reduction of income inequality, the paper suggests investments
in education, healthcare, and infrastructure, particularly in rural areas. Progressive
taxation and robust social safety nets are also vital for equitably distributing the benefits
of economic growth. Policymakers must remain vigilant and adaptive to sustain
improvements and address disparities across all societal segments.

1. PRICE – People Research on India’s Consumer Economy.

2. MGNREGA – Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act.
3. DBT – Direct Benefit Transfer, a government scheme for financial assistance.
4. Gini Index – A statistical measure of income distribution inequality.
5. Income share of the bottom 10% fell to 1.1% in 2020-21.

Amendments to the Forest Conservation Act 2025

January 7, 2025
The recent passage of the Bill to amend the Forest (Conservation) Act marks change in
India’s approach to forest regulation. This amendment comes after more than four
decades since the original Act was enacted in 1980. The government aims to align the Act
with contemporary ecological, strategic, and economic needs. The brief nature of the
original Act, spanning only four pages, contrasts sharply with the complexities
surrounding its interpretation and application .
Historical Context of the FC Act
The Forest (Conservation) Act was established in 1980 to manage the diversion of forest
land for construction and mining activities. Initially, the Act applied only to areas
designated as forests under the Indian Forest Act of 1927. However, a 1996 Supreme
Court ruling broadened its scope, making it applicable to all land classified as forest,
restricting development activities.
Key Amendments Proposed
The proposed amendments aim to limit the applicability of the FC Act to notified forest
land and areas recorded as forests in government documents. This change addresses
concerns regarding plantations on private and non-forest land, which were previously
uncertain under the Act. The amendments also clarify that the Act will continue to apply to
unclassified forests and areas identified by expert committees.
Fast-Tracking Strategic Projects
A principal objective of the amendment is to expedite projects deemed strategically
important, particularly those located within 100 km of international borders and in regions
affected by Left Wing Extremism. Some states have expressed concerns about the broad
definitions of “national importance” and “national security”, fearing that these could lead
to excessive exemptions for various projects.
State-Specific Concerns
States like Himachal Pradesh and Chhattisgarh have called for clearer definitions

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 160
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

regarding the types of projects that qualify for expedited approval. Meanwhile, Mizoram
has raised fears that any project could be justified under the umbrella of national
importance, potentially leading to environmental degradation. Sikkim has requested a
reduction in the exemption zone from 100 km to 2 km to protect its forests.
Focus on Plantations and Compensatory Afforestation
The amendments encourage the establishment of plantations on private lands to enhance
carbon sinks. Developers are required to conduct compensatory afforestation on non-
forest land or degraded forest land, effectively ensuring that forest land remains
protected. The Bill clarifies that land not subject to the FC Act can be used for plantations,
promoting the creation of private land banks for afforestation.

1. The original FC Act was only four pages long.

2. The 1996 Supreme Court ruling expanded the Act’s scope .
3. Mizoram raised concerns over projects labelled as ‘national importance’.
4. Sikkim requested to reduce the exemption zone to 2 km.
5. Compensatory afforestation must occur on equivalent non-forest land.

Concerns Over Implementation and Interpretation

Despite assurances from the Environment Ministry, critics argue that the amendments
leave too much to executive discretion. The reliance on guidelines rather than explicit
provisions in the Bill raises concerns about potential misinterpretation and misuse.
Observers warn that the lack of clarity could undermine the intended protections for
India’s forests.
Pravasi Bharatiya Divas 2025
January 7, 2025
The 18th edition of the Pravasi Bharatiya Divas (PBD) will take place in Bhubaneswar from
January 8 to 10, 2025. This event aims to strengthen ties between India and its diaspora.
Prime Minister Narendra Modi will inaugurate the convention, with President Christine
Carla Kangaloo of Trinidad and Tobago as the chief guest addressing the gathering
virtually. The event celebrates the contributions of overseas Indians to India’s progress.
Historical Significance of PBD
The Pravasi Bharatiya Divas is celebrated annually on January 9. This date marks Mahatma
Gandhi’s return to India from South Africa in 1915. The event marks the importance of the
Indian diaspora in shaping India’s identity and global presence. It serves as a reminder of
the historical connections between India and its overseas citizens.
Participants and Themes
This year’s theme is “Diaspora’s Contribution to a Viksit Bharat.” The convention will see
participation from over 50 countries, including prominent businessmen, entrepreneurs,
and economists. The event aims to encourage dialogue between the Government of India
and its diaspora. Discussions will focus on visa regulations, investment opportunities, and
community welfare.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 161
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Awards and Recognitions

During the PBD, the Pravasi Bharatiya Samman Award will be conferred. President
Droupadi Murmu will deliver the valedictory address on January 10. This award recognises
individuals and organisations that have made contributions in various fields. A total of 27
honourees will be recognised this year from countries such as the US, Fiji, and Mauritius.
Cultural Exhibitions and Activities
Several exhibitions will be held during the PBD. One exhibition, titled “Vishwaroop Ram —
The Universal Legacy of Ramayana,” will be inaugurated by the Prime Minister. Another
exhibition will focus on the diaspora’s technological contributions. A third exhibition will
showcase the evolution of the Indian diaspora, featuring rare documents from migrants.
Focus on Economic Development
The PBD aims to encourage investment in India, particularly in Odisha. The state
government has planned discussions on business and investment opportunities.
Workshops and cultural exhibitions will provide vital information about Odisha’s heritage.
The event is expected to attract NRIs, government officials, and business leaders to
discuss economic development.

1. The Indian diaspora exceeds 35.4 million globally.

2. The largest PIO group resides in the US, with over 2 million.
3. The UAE is home to more than 3.5 million NRIs.
4. The first PBD was held in 2003.
5. The event aims to strengthen global ties through cultural exchange.

Future Prospects and Collaborations

The PBD will serve as a platform for NRIs to connect with state of India leaders.
Discussions will revolve around potential collaborations in industries, education, and
tourism. The event aims to encourage relationships that may lead to long-term
partnerships. Janata Maidan will be a hub for dialogue on the future of the Indian diaspora
and technology’s role in shaping these relationships.
Bharatpol Portal – A New Era in Crime Fighting
January 7, 2025
The Bharatpol portal, launched by Union Home Minister Amit Shah, marks advancement
in India’s law enforcement capabilities. This innovative platform, developed by the Central
Bureau of Investigation (CBI), facilitates real-time information sharing among state police
and central agencies. The initiative aims to enhance international police cooperation
through Interpol, particularly in addressing transnational crimes such as cybercrime,
human trafficking, and drug trafficking.
Purpose of the Bharatpol Portal
The Bharatpol portal is designed to streamline requests for international assistance in
criminal investigations. It allows police forces across states and Union Territories to send
requests for information on fugitives and other criminal matters. The portal aims to

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 162
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

expedite the process of obtaining support from Interpol, which is crucial for tackling
crimes that cross national borders.
Real-Time Information Sharing
This portal enables seamless communication between various law enforcement agencies.
By providing a common platform, it reduces reliance on traditional methods like letters
and faxes. The integration of Interpol Liaison Officers (ILOs) and Unit Officers (UOs)
enhances coordination among different levels of police forces, ensuring that information
is shared quickly and efficiently.
Impact on Law Enforcement
The Bharatpol portal is expected to transform the operational efficiency of field-level
police officers. By facilitating faster access to international assistance, it strengthens
India’s ability to combat transnational crimes. This improvement in coordination is
anticipated to lead to an increase in the number of notices published by Interpol, thereby
enhancing the overall effectiveness of law enforcement in India.
Historical Context of the CBI
The CBI was established in 1963, evolving from the Special Police Establishment set up
during World War II. Originally focused on corruption, the agency has expanded its
mandate to include serious crimes such as terrorism, economic fraud, and organized
crime. The CBI operates under the Delhi Special Police Establishment Act, 1946, and is
recognised as the nodal agency for Interpol-related affairs in India.
Types of Cases Handled by the CBI
The CBI investigates a wide range of cases, including:
Anti-Corruption Crimes – Cases under the Prevention of Corruption Act against
public officials.
Economic Crimes – Major financial scams, bank frauds, and cybercrime.
Special Crimes – Serious crimes like terrorism and kidnappings, often at the request
of state governments or courts.
Suo Moto Cases – Investigations initiated by the CBI in Union Territories or as
directed by higher courts.

1. Interpol Liaison Officers (ILOs): Key figures in coordinating international police

requests.
2. Delhi Special Police Establishment Act: The legal foundation for the CBI’s
investigative powers.
3. Red Notices: Requests to locate and provisionally arrest fugitives pending
extradition.
4. President’s Police Medals: Awards given to outstanding CBI officers for
distinguished service.
5. Transnational Crimes: Criminal activities that span across national borders,
requiring international cooperation.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 163
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Shahid Madho Singh Haath Kharcha Scheme Launched in Odisha

January 7, 2025
The Shahid Madho Singh Haath Kharcha Scheme was inaugurated by Chief Minister
Mohan Charan Majhi at the Adivasi Mela in Bhubaneswar. This initiative aims to reduce
the dropout rate among Scheduled Tribe (ST) students in Odisha. The scheme provides a
one-time incentive of ₹5,000 for ST students enrolling in Class IX and Class XI. It is
designed to encourage higher enrolment and completion rates for secondary and higher
secondary education. The financial support is exclusively available for ST students with an
annual family income not exceeding ₹2,50,000.
Objectives of the Scheme
The primary goal of the Shahid Madho Singh Haath Kharcha Scheme is to promote
educational continuity among tribal students. By offering financial incentives, the scheme
aims to motivate students to pursue their education beyond the upper primary level. This
initiative directly addresses the high dropout rates observed during critical transitions in
education.
Eligibility Criteria
To qualify for the scheme, students must belong to Scheduled Tribes and attend
government or government-aided schools. The family income limit is set at ₹2,50,000 per
year. The ₹5,000 incentive is provided directly to the students’ bank accounts. The
Principal or Headmaster of the school will recommend eligible students and process
applications through the Odisha State Scholarship Portal.
Historical Context of Madho Singh
Madho Singh was a prominent figure in India’s independence movement. He was born
around 1786 in Ghess, Bargarh district. As a zamindar, he governed a region of 20 villages
and was dedicated to justice and the welfare of his community. His leadership was marked
by a fierce resistance against British colonial rule, particularly following the mistreatment
of his family.
Role in the Tribal Uprising
During the First War of Indian Independence in 1857, Madho Singh emerged as a key
leader of tribal resistance in Odisha. He united various tribal groups to combat British
oppression. Using guerrilla warfare tactics, he led attacks against British forces, disrupting
their operations. His strategic skills and knowledge of local terrain were crucial in these
efforts.
Capture and Legacy
Madho Singh’s resistance came to an end in 1858 when he was captured after intense
fighting. His execution on December 31, 1858, marked a tragic conclusion to his rebellion.
Despite his death, Singh’s legacy lives on as a symbol of courage and resilience,
particularly among tribal communities in Odisha. His life serves as an inspiration for future
generations advocating for justice and tribal rights.

1. Madho Singh was born in 1786 in Ghess, Odisha.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 164
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

2. The scheme has a budget allocation of ₹156 crore for 2024-2025.

3. It aims to benefit approximately 300,000 tribal students.
4. Madho Singh led guerrilla attacks against British installations.
5. His execution took place in 1858, marking his martyrdom.

Impact on Tribal Education

The Shahid Madho Singh Haath Kharcha Scheme is step towards empowering tribal youth
in Odisha. By providing financial support, the initiative aims to alleviate the socio-
economic challenges faced by tribal families. The scheme is expected to contribute to a
more educated and empowered tribal community, encouraging opportunities for future
generations.
Golden Jackals Resurface in Urban Mumbai
January 7, 2025
The golden jackal, a native species, has been increasingly spotted in urban areas of
Mumbai, particularly in Navi Mumbai. Once thriving in mangroves and grasslands, these
animals are now venturing into bustling neighbourhoods due to habitat loss caused by
urban development. The Wildlife Conservation Society India conducted a survey revealing
that golden jackals are predominantly nocturnal but are now seen more frequently during
the day. This shift indicates their struggle to adapt to the pressures of urbanisation.
Current Status of Golden Jackals
Golden jackals (Canis aureus) are protected under Schedule I of the Wildlife Protection Act,
1972. Their population in India is estimated at 80,000, but specific numbers in the Mumbai
Metropolitan Region remain unclear. Recent urban encroachment has led to increased
sightings, particularly in Navi Mumbai, where construction projects have severely
impacted their habitats.
Reasons for Increased Sightings
Three primary factors contribute to the rise in jackal sightings. First, habitat destruction
from construction projects forces jackals into urban areas. Second, the presence of stray
dogs may encourage jackals to venture closer to human habitats. Third, jackals are
adapting to urban environments, altering their behaviour from being shy to being more
visible in community spaces.
Impact of Urbanisation on Jackals
Urbanisation has led to tragic consequences for golden jackals. Car accidents have
become a leading cause of death, with reports of jackals being killed on highways. The
adaptation of jackals to urban landscapes increases the risk of such incidents, as their
natural movement patterns are disrupted by roads and human activity.
Importance of Biodiversity and Conservation Efforts
Golden jackals play a vital role in maintaining biodiversity within their ecosystems. They
help control populations of smaller animals and contribute to the ecological balance.
Conservationists stress the need for a comprehensive census to understand jackal
populations better and to implement effective conservation strategies.
© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 165
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

The Need for a Census and Monitoring

Currently, there has been no formal census of golden jackals in the region. Experts
recommend using camera traps to study their relative abundance. This method helps
researchers gauge jackal activity in various locations, providing vital information about
their population dynamics and movements.

1. Golden jackals are nocturnal but increasingly active during the day.
2. They can adapt their behaviour due to urban pressures.
3. Jackals are crucial for controlling smaller animal populations.
4. Highway accidents are threat to their survival.
5. Camera traps are essential for studying jackal populations.

Proposed Conservation Measures

Conservationists advocate for launching a dedicated initiative to protect golden jackals
and their habitats. This includes conducting accurate population assessments through
radio-collaring and tracking. Additionally, operationalising a veterinary hospital in Jui
Nagar could provide care for injured jackals. Enhanced management of mangroves and
wetlands is crucial for preserving their natural habitats.
Community Coexistence and Future Outlook
In certain areas, like the BSNL Quarters and BARC in Chembur, residents have coexisted
peacefully with golden jackals for years. This coexistence model can serve as a blueprint
for other urban areas like Kharghar. As Navi Mumbai continues to develop, balancing
urban growth with wildlife conservation remains essential for ensuring the survival of
golden jackals and the ecosystems they inhabit.
Forest Rights Dispute in Madhya Pradesh
January 7, 2025
The Ministry of Tribal Affairs (MoTA) has intervened in dispute concerning forest rights in
Madhya Pradesh. Recently, 52 villages have raised concerns about the denial of their
forest rights and threats of eviction from the Rani Durgavati Tiger Reserve. This situation
has arisen after the reserve was established in September 2023, leading to allegations
that local communities are being unjustly displaced and restricted from accessing vital
forest resources.
Background of the Rani Durgavati Tiger Reserve
Rani Durgavati Tiger Reserve spans 2,339 square kilometres. It was formed by merging
the Rani Durgavati and Nauradehi wildlife sanctuaries. The creation of this reserve was
intended to compensate for the loss of 100 square kilometres of forest due to the Ken
Betwa River linking project. This initiative aims to support tiger conservation while
addressing environmental concerns.
Allegations from Local Villages
The affected villagers from Damoh, Narsinghpur, and Sagar districts have alleged that
their forest rights claims were ignored. They reported being pressured to relocate from

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 166
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

their ancestral lands, violating the Forest Rights Act (FRA) of 2006 and the Wildlife
Protection Act (WLPA) of 2006. The villagers claim that they have been barred from
accessing forest products and resources, which are crucial for their livelihoods.
MoTA’s Response to the Complaints
In response to these complaints, MoTA has directed the Madhya Pradesh government to
investigate the situation. The Ministry’s letter emphasised that the state should resolve
these issues in collaboration with local forest departments and district collectors. MoTA
brought into light that the violation of community rights under the FRA is a serious
concern that needs immediate attention.
Legal Framework Governing Forest Rights
The FRA and WLPA provide a legal framework for recognising the rights of tribal and
forest-dwelling communities. According to these laws, any relocation of communities from
forest areas must be voluntary and based on informed consent. The government must
ensure that the rights of local communities are acknowledged before creating protected
areas free from human settlements.
Current Status of Evictions and Relocations
Abdul Aleem Ansari, Divisional Forest Officer of Nauradehi Wildlife Sanctuary, has denied
allegations of forceful evictions. He stated that while some families have been informed
about relocation packages, no current evictions are taking place due to budget
constraints. Out of the 93 villages within the reserve, 40 have been relocated since 2014,
and eight more are in the process of relocation.

1. Rani Durgavati Tiger Reserve was established in 2023.

2. The FRA was enacted in 2006 to protect forest rights.
3. Ken Betwa River linking project affects 100 square kilometres of forest.
4. MoTA oversees tribal welfare and forest rights matters.
5. Damoh district has the highest number of villages in the reserve.

Future Steps and Community Participation

The future actions regarding the forest rights dispute will depend on thorough
investigations by the Madhya Pradesh government. Community participation and free,
prior, and informed consent will be essential in any decision-making processes concerning
relocations. The involvement of local villagers in discussions about their rights and
livelihoods is crucial for sustainable conservation efforts.
UDAN 2.0 – Reviving Regional Connectivity in India
January 7, 2025
The Indian civil aviation sector is poised for expansion with the anticipated introduction of
the UDAN (Ude Desh ka Aam Naagrik) 2.0 scheme. Union Finance Minister Nirmala
Sitharaman is expected to allocate funds for this initiative in the upcoming Union Budget.
This new iteration aims to enhance last-mile connectivity by developing cost-effective
airport infrastructure. The previous budget allocated ₹502 crore for the UDAN scheme,

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 167
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

which was lower than previous estimates. Industry insiders suggest that the allocation for
UDAN 2.0 will be higher, supporting the goal of increasing operational airports to 350-400
by 2047.
Objectives of UDAN 2.0
UDAN 2.0 aims to stimulate the regional aviation market. It seeks to provide affordable air
travel to underserved and unserved areas. The scheme focuses on reviving existing
airports and airstrips to facilitate connectivity. It also intends to ease operational
regulations for new airlines and operators.
Financial Framework
The financial framework includes support from the Central and state governments.
Viability Gap Funding (VGF) will incentivise airlines to operate in underserved regions. The
scheme aims to keep airfares affordable for passengers. This financial backing is crucial
for the sustainability of operations at smaller airports.
Operational Progress
Since its inception in 2016, UDAN has operationalised over 85 aerodromes, including
airports, heliports, and water aerodromes. The scheme has facilitated over 1.44 crore
passengers across more than 2.8 lakh flights. It has also successfully operationalised 601
routes, including helicopter routes. The number of operational airports has increased
from 74 in 2014 to over 157 in 2024.
Cost Reduction Strategies
UDAN 2.0 proposes to reduce the operational costs of small regional airports. Estimates
indicate that running costs can range from ₹7 to ₹10 crore annually. The scheme will
explore ways to lessen these expenses while maintaining service quality. This includes
easing entry barriers for new airlines and operators, which is critical for encouraging
competition.
Future Aspirations
The long-term vision for UDAN 2.0 includes developing over 100 underutilised airstrips.
The initiative aims to enhance regional connectivity across India. By 2047, the government
envisions a robust network of operational airports catering to diverse regions. This
expansion will help meet the growing demand for air travel in smaller towns and cities.

1. UDAN stands for “Ude Desh ka Aam Naagrik,” meaning “Let the common citizen
fly.”
2. The scheme has facilitated travel for over 1.44 crore passengers since its launch.
3. Viability Gap Funding (VGF) is a financial incentive to encourage airlines in
underserved areas.
4. The number of operational airports in India has doubled from 74 in 2014 to 157
in 2024.
5. ALGs refer to Advance Landing Grounds, essential for regional connectivity.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 168
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Challenges in Corporate Tax and Excise Duty Collections

January 7, 2025
Recent trends indicate that meeting Budget Estimates (BE) for Corporate Tax (CT) and
Union Excise Duty will be challenging. The Union Budget for Fiscal Year 2025-26 is set to
be presented on February 1, and revised figures for these levies will be disclosed. The
Income Tax Department has reported an actual growth rate in net Corporate Tax of
approximately 8.6 per cent, which falls short of the targeted growth rate of 10.5 per cent.
The Budget Estimate for FY25 stands at ₹10.20 lakh crore, compared to the Revised
Estimate of ₹9.23 lakh crore from FY24. Factors such as a slowdown in urban demand,
reduced government spending due to the model code of conduct, and disruptions caused
by the monsoon have adversely affected corporate profitability, impacting CT collections.
Current Economic Context
The economic landscape is influenced by various factors. The slowdown in urban demand
has raised concerns among analysts. Additionally, the model code of conduct has limited
government expenditure in the initial months of the fiscal year. Monsoon-related
disruptions have further complicated the situation. Despite these challenges, ICRA
predicts sequential revenue growth for Indian corporations in Q3 of FY2025, driven by
improved rural demand and increased government spending, especially during the festive
season.
Corporate Tax Collection Analysis
The actual collection of Corporate Tax has not met expectations in recent years. For FY24,
the BE was ₹9.23 lakh crore, but actual collection only exceeded ₹9.11 lakh crore. This
trend raises questions about the feasibility of achieving the current fiscal year’s target of
₹10.20 lakh crore. Analysts suggest that the required growth rate in the remaining
months of FY25 will be difficult to attain, given the current economic climate.
Union Excise Duty Overview
Union Excise Duty collections have also faced challenges. Data from the Controller General
of Accounts (CGA) indicates a marginal decline in collections from April to November. This
decline is attributed to the central rate cut in 2022. The structure of Excise Duty, which is
levied on a specific rate basis for petrol and diesel, means that fluctuations in cost prices
do not impact revenue. To meet the BE, average monthly collections from December to
March must reach approximately ₹36,000 crore, a substantial increase from the average
of ₹21,000 crore during the earlier months.
Fiscal Deficit Implications
Despite the shortfalls in CT and Union Excise Duty collections, officials maintain that these
will not impact the overall fiscal deficit. Other revenue sources, including non-corporate
tax collections, securities transaction tax, and Goods and Services Tax (GST), have
performed well. Additionally, capital expenditure has remained low, providing some
cushion against the shortfalls in tax collections.

1. CT – Corporate Tax, critical for government revenue.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 169
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

2. ICRA – Independent agency forecasting economic trends.

3. CGA – Controller General of Accounts, monitors government finances.
4. BE – Budget Estimate, projected revenue for the fiscal year.
5. OPM – Operating Profit Margin, a measure of profitability.

Future Outlook for Tax Collections

The future of tax collections remains uncertain. Analysts will closely monitor economic
indicators in the coming months. The festive season may provide a temporary boost, but
underlying issues such as urban demand and global uncertainties could hinder sustained
growth. The government’s approach to managing expenditures will also play important
role in shaping the fiscal landscape for the remainder of FY25.
January 8, 2025
Indonesia Joins BRICS as Full Member
January 8, 2025
Indonesia has officially become a full member of the BRICS group, as announced by
Brazil’s government. Indonesia’s foreign ministry expressed that this membership is vital
for strengthening partnerships with other developing nations.
Background of BRICS
BRICS is an acronym representing Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa. The
group was informally established in 2006 and formalised in 2009.
The inaugural summit took place in Yekaterinburg, Russia.
South Africa joined the following year, expanding the group’s influence.
BRICS has since included additional members, including Iran, Egypt, Ethiopia and
UAE, reflecting its growing prominence in global affairs.
The intergovernmental organization is currently looking to cement its reputation as
an alternative to G7 grouping, which is led by the US.
Over 30 nations, including Southeast Asian countries like Thailand, Malaysia, and
Vietnam, have shown interest or applied for BRICS membership.
Indonesia’s Membership Process
Indonesia’s journey to BRICS membership began with its long-standing interest in joining
the bloc. The approval for its membership occurred at the 2023 summit, with Brazil’s
presidency facilitating the process. Indonesia chose to finalise its membership after its
2024 presidential election, which led to President Prabowo Subianto taking office in
October.
Goals of BRICS Membership
Indonesia’s foreign ministry stated that BRICS membership represents a strategic step
towards enhancing collaboration with other developing nations. The principles of equality,
mutual respect, and sustainable development underpin this commitment. BRICS members
share a common goal of reforming global governance institutions, encouraging
cooperation within the Global South.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 170
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Economic Significance of BRICS

The BRICS group collectively represents approximately 3.5 billion people, accounting for
45% of the global population. The combined economies of its members exceed USD 28.5
trillion, representing around 28% of the world’s economy. The inclusion of new members
like Indonesia, Iran, and the UAE strengthens the economic clout of BRICS, making it a
formidable player in international trade.
Geopolitical Importance of BRICS Expansion
Access to substantial energy reserves, particularly from Saudi Arabia and Iran, is
crucial for the group’s energy cooperation. Russia’s diversification of energy markets
through BRICS reduces its reliance on traditional markets.
The presence of Egypt and Ethiopia strengthens the bloc’s influence over key
maritime trade routes like the Suez Canal and the Red Sea.
The Western-led global order is facing challenges due to economic instability and
wars in Ukraine and the Middle East. The Global South is aligning more with Beijing
and Moscow, reducing dependence on the West despite potential backlash from
Washington
China’s rise as a global economic and political power is driving the evolution of
BRICS. China advocates for a “multipolar” world order, challenging US dominance in
security and financial systems.
BRICS symbolizes the emergence of a multipolar world, providing China and Russia
with platforms to strengthen ties. The 2024 BRICS forum, hosted by Vladimir Putin,
showed that Russia still has global allies despite Western sanctions.

1. BRICS was initially coined by a Goldman Sachs banker.

2. The first BRIC summit took place in Yekaterinburg in 2009.
3. The New Development Bank was established during the 6th BRICS Summit.
4. BRICS members collectively contribute to 44% of global crude oil production.
5. Indonesia is the world’s fourth most populous country.

Future of BRICS and Indonesia

With Indonesia’s inclusion, BRICS is poised to further its agenda of promoting equitable
global governance. The group aims to facilitate trade and cooperation among its
members, with Brazil leading these efforts during its presidency. The ongoing
commitment to multilateral cooperation puts stress on Indonesia’s active role in shaping
global issues and encouraging inclusive development.
Analysing aDNA with Twigstats
January 8, 2025
Recent advancements in genetic research have opened new avenues for understanding
ancient human populations. The analysis of ancient DNA (aDNA) from burial sites, mass
graves, and war graves provides essential vital information about population dynamics
and migrations. Researchers utilise these genetic materials to explore the complexities of

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 171
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

ancestry and cultural transitions throughout history.

The Importance of Ancient DNA
Ancient DNA serves as important resource for reconstructing human history. It allows
scientists to study population expansions, admixture events, and migrations. These
genetic insights help illuminate the relationships between ancient populations and
modern descendants. However, challenges remain in tracing genetic ancestry due to
similarities across populations in different geographical regions.
Challenges in Genetic Ancestry Research
The primary challenge in studying aDNA is the limited sample sizes. Fewer ancient
samples result in lower sequencing quality compared to larger datasets from medieval or
modern genomes. This discrepancy complicates the comparison of genetic ancestry
across different time periods. Additionally, gene flow from ancient to modern populations
adds complexity to the analysis.
Traditional Methods of Analysis
Researchers have traditionally relied on single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) to
analyse aDNA. This method identifies natural genetic variations and has been
instrumental in reconstructing genetic histories. However, the reliance on high-quality
samples restricts its effectiveness, particularly for closely related populations.
Innovative Analytical Techniques
Recent studies have introduced more powerful analytical methods, such as haplotype
analysis. This approach examines shared segments of DNA and rare variants, offering a
broader understanding of population structures. Researchers utilise genealogical tree
inference methods to reveal demographic information and ancestral locations.
The Twigstats Method
A development in genetic analysis is the Twigstats method, introduced by a collaboration
led by the Francis Crick Institute. This technique enhances statistical power and reduces
errors by employing time-stratified ancestry analysis. Twigstats has been tested on
simulated genetic conditions and applied to aDNA samples from northern and central
Europe, revealing intricate details of genetic histories.
from Twigstats
Using Twigstats, researchers have reconstructed the genetic history of 1,556 aDNA
samples from 500 BC to 1000 AD. This analysis has provided high-resolution vital
information about individual ancestry and population movements. The method has
revealed genetic shifts during historical periods, particularly in regions like Poland, where
cultural transitions corresponded with changes in genetic makeup.
Viking Ancestry and Migration Patterns
The study has uncovered evidence of Scandinavian-like ancestry in Britain and the Baltic
regions before the Viking Age. This suggests earlier interactions and migrations between
these areas than previously believed. Additionally, the analysis indicates bidirectional gene
flow between Scandinavia and continental Europe, denoting the complex dynamics of

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 172
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Viking migrations.

1. Twigstats enhances genetic analysis accuracy .

2. Ancestral North Indians share genetic ties with Central Asians.
3. The Wielbark culture emerged in the early centuries AD.
4. Gene flow between Scandinavia and Britain predates the Viking Age.
5. Haplotype analysis reveals deeper ancestry insights than SNPs.

Cultural and Genetic Interactions

The interplay between cultural shifts and genetic changes is evident in the findings. The
study demonstrates how innovative genomic analysis techniques can refine our
understanding of early medieval populations. By integrating genetic data with
archaeological and historical evidence, researchers can construct a more nuanced picture
of our ancestors’ complex cultural histories.
10 Years of UJALA Scheme
January 8, 2025
The UJALA scheme, launched on 5th January 2015, has transformed India’s approach to
energy efficiency. This initiative, initially known as the Domestic Efficient Lighting
Programme, aimed to make affordable LED lighting accessible to millions of households.
As of January 2025, over 36 crore LED bulbs have been distributed, marking milestone in
energy conservation and economic savings for Indian families.
Background of UJALA
The UJALA scheme arose from the need to reduce high electricity costs associated with
traditional lighting. Traditional incandescent and compact fluorescent lamps consumed
excessive energy, leading to substantial electricity bills. The introduction of LED
technology provided a viable solution, offering energy savings and lower operational
costs.
Economic Impact of UJALA
The UJALA scheme has made LED bulbs available at drastically reduced prices. Consumers
can purchase LED bulbs for Rs 70, tube lights for Rs 220, and energy-efficient fans for Rs
1110. These prices reflect a competitive bidding process that ensures affordability while
covering costs associated with distribution and maintenance. The annual operating cost of
an LED bulb is only Rs 12, compared to Rs 40 for a CFL and Rs 108 for an incandescent
lamp, showcasing the economic advantages of LEDs.
Environmental Benefits
The UJALA scheme has contributed to reducing India’s carbon footprint. By distributing
energy-efficient LED bulbs, the initiative has helped lower national electricity consumption
and greenhouse gas emissions. As a result, the programme aligns with India’s broader
climate change mitigation goals and enhances environmental sustainability.
Achievements of UJALA
Since its inception, UJALA has achieved remarkable milestones. Over 36.87 crore LED bulbs

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 173
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

have been distributed, making it the world’s largest zero-subsidy domestic lighting
programme. This initiative has transformed the lighting market in India, leading to
substantial savings on household electricity bills and improved quality of life for millions of
citizens.
Street Lighting National Programme (SLNP)
Launched concurrently with UJALA, the Street Lighting National Programme (SLNP) aims
to replace conventional streetlights with energy-efficient LED alternatives. EESL oversees
this initiative, collaborating with local governments to implement the programme across
urban and rural areas. As of January 2025, over 1.34 crore LED streetlights have been
installed, resulting in energy savings and reduced operational costs for municipalities.

1. EESL – Energy Efficiency Services Limited, implementing UJALA.

2. SLNP – Street Lighting National Programme for public LED streetlight installation.
3. CO₂ reduction – 6.2 million tonnes annually from SLNP.
4. LED lifespan – LEDs last longer than traditional bulbs, reducing waste.
5. Market transformation – UJALA has increased LED market share from less than
1% in 2013 to over 40% in 2025.

Future Prospects of Energy Efficiency in India

The success of the UJALA scheme and the SLNP marks the potential for further
advancements in energy efficiency across India. Continued government support and
public awareness campaigns will be crucial in sustaining this momentum. The integration
of smart technologies and innovative business models promises to enhance the
effectiveness of energy-saving initiatives in the coming years.
Alaknanda River’s Landslide Vulnerability
January 8, 2025
Recent studies have brought into light the Alaknanda River’s susceptibility to landslide-
induced natural dams. Researchers from IIT Roorkee, Shivani Joshi and Srikrishnan Siva
Subramanian, conducted a comprehensive study titled ‘Landslide Dam Studies in
Uttarakhand, India – Past, Present, and Future’. Published by Springer, the study identifies
the Alaknanda River as the most vulnerable in the Garhwal region. The unique topography
of Uttarakhand, characterised by narrow valleys and gorges, contributes to this
vulnerability.
What are Landslide Lake Outburst Floods (LLOFs)?
Landslide Lake Outburst Floods occur when a landslide blocks a river or valley, creating a
natural dam. This dam impounds water, forming a lake until it eventually breaches. The
sudden release of water can lead to catastrophic flooding downstream. Factors such as
slope instability, intense rainfall, and seismic activity trigger these landslides. The study
indicates that climate change has exacerbated the frequency of landslide dams in the
higher Himalayas.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 174
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Geographic Impact of Landslide Dams

The study reveals that Chamoli district is the most affected by landslide dams, followed by
Rudraprayag and Uttarkashi. All three districts are located within the Garhwal region. The
Gohna Tal incident in Chamoli stands out as the most severe landslide damming event.
Formed in 1893, Gohna Lake partially breached in 1894 and completely in 1970, impacting
areas as far downstream as Haridwar.
Historical Context and Trends
Landslide dam formations in Uttarakhand date back to the Last Glacial Maximum,
occurring approximately 29,000 to 19,000 years ago. Significant landslide events have
been recorded since the 19th century. The peak month for landslide dam occurrences is
August, coinciding with the monsoon rains. Recent decades have seen an increase in
disasters linked to these dams, driven by climate change and human activities such as
deforestation and road construction.
Challenges in Disaster Management
Despite fewer major incidents since 2018, the unpredictability of dam stability remains a
challenge for disaster management. The study emphasises the need for preparedness to
mitigate future risks. Heavy rainfall and cloudbursts are key triggers for landslide events,
with debris slides being the most common type of landslide causing river blockages in
Uttarakhand.

1. LLOF – Landslide Lake Outburst Flood, a sudden release of water.

2. Gohna Tal – The most severe landslide dam incident in Chamoli.
3. LGM – Last Glacial Maximum, for historical landslide formations.
4. Chamoli – District most affected by landslide dams in Uttarakhand.
5. August – Peak month for landslide dam events due to monsoon rains.

Future Considerations for Uttarakhand

The study marks the growing need for effective disaster management strategies in
Uttarakhand. As climate change continues to impact the region, understanding the
dynamics of landslide dams is crucial. Enhanced monitoring and preparedness efforts will
be vital in safeguarding communities against potential flood risks.
IIT Madras Inaugurates Asia’s Largest Shallow Wave Basin Research Facility
January 8, 2025
The Indian Institute of Technology-Madras (IIT-M) has recently inaugurated Asia’s largest
shallow wave basin research facility. This development is located at the Discovery satellite
campus in Thaiyur, approximately 36 km from the main IIT-M campus. The facility is
designed to meet the research and industry requirements of India, particularly in coastal
engineering and port management.
Facility Overview
The shallow wave basin is a multidirectional structure capable of simulating complex wave
and current interactions. It serves as a vital tool for addressing challenges faced by Indian

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 175
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

ports and waterways. The facility was established by the National Technology Centre for
Ports Waterways and Coasts (NTCPWC), which is the technology arm of the Ministry of
Shipping, Government of India.
Indigenous Development
Most components of the shallow wave basin were developed indigenously. Professor K.
Murali from the Ocean Engineering department stated that this facility eliminates the
need for foreign technology to generate laboratory waves. The majority of the
wavemaker’s fabrications were completed at IIT-Madras, showcasing the institute’s
capabilities in engineering and research.
Research and Applications
The facility can be utilised for various research purposes, including the testing of coastal
structures and analysing the impact of climate change. It supports projects related to
harbour and offshore engineering, as well as inland waterways. The unique mobile
wavemaker allows for multiple simultaneous experiments, enhancing the facility’s
versatility.
International Collaboration
The establishment of this facility is expected to elevate IIT-Madras’ status on the global
stage. It has the potential for encouraging international collaboration in marine science
and engineering. The facility will enable groundbreaking research across various
disciplines.
Future Prospects
IIT-Madras aims to leverage the knowledge gained from this facility to assist other Indian
institutes in developing their own research centres. This initiative aligns with the
government’s plans for new ports and coastal engineering projects. By providing effective
solutions to industry challenges, the NTCPWC will contribute to the growth of maritime
transportation at multiple levels.

1. NTCPWC stands for National Technology Centre for Ports Waterways and Coasts.
2. IIT-Madras is located in Tamil Nadu, India.
3. Thaiyur is a suburb of Chennai.
4. Professor K. Murali is a key figure in the Ocean Engineering department.
5. The facility can simulate wave periods from 5 to 18 seconds.

Key Benefits of the Facility

The shallow wave basin offers numerous advantages for research and industry. It
facilitates the testing of various coastal structures and allows for post-impact analysis. The
facility is particularly relevant for assessing the effects of climate change and developing
large solar floating plants. Its capacity to handle multiple projects simultaneously makes it
a unique asset in the field of maritime research.
Jharkhand’s Maiya Samman Yojana Initiative
January 8, 2025

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 176
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

In January 2025, Jharkhand’s Chief Minister Hemant Soren initiated a substantial financial
transfer under the Maiya Samman Yojana. This programme aimed to empower women by
providing direct cash transfers. The ruling Jharkhand Mukti Morcha (JMM), part of the
INDIA bloc.
About Maiya Samman Yojana
Maiya Samman Yojana was launched on August 2024 by Jharkhand CM Hemant
Soren.
It aims to empower women by providing direct financial aid.
Initially, ₹1,000 per month was given to each beneficiary (women aged 18 to 50). In
December 2024, the amount increased to ₹2,500 per month after the Hemant Soren
government gained a full majority.
Double instalments for December 2024 and January 2025 (₹5,000 in total) will be
credited in January 2025 due to a delay.
Direct Cash Transfers to Women
The government transferred ₹1,415.44 crore to 56.61 lakh women. Each beneficiary
received an instalment of ₹2,500 for December. The January instalment is expected later in
the month. This direct transfer aims to enhance household income, especially in rural
areas.
Economic Impact on Households
The programme represents a transformative boost to household finances. Research
indicates that women often invest a higher percentage of their income in family welfare.
This initiative also encourages women to open bank accounts, thus integrating them into
the formal banking system.
Addressing State Challenges
Jharkhand faces challenges such as poverty, unemployment, and malnutrition. The Chief
Minister acknowledged these issues and expressed a commitment to overcoming them.
He brought into light the need for a shift in how policymakers view Jharkhand, advocating
for its development.
Future Plans for Economic Prosperity
The government plans to engage with rural communities to understand women’s
contributions to economic prosperity. This approach aims to harness women’s potential to
drive the state’s economy forward. It seeks to ensure active participation of women, which
is crucial for Jharkhand’s development.

1. Maiya Samman Yojana aims to empower women financially.

2. Jharkhand Mukti Morcha is the ruling party in Jharkhand.
3. The programme directly links women to the banking system.
4. Research shows women invest more in family welfare than men.
5. Jharkhand struggles with issues like malnutrition and poverty.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 177
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

7.1 Magnitude Earthquake Hits Tibet

January 8, 2025
On January 7, 2025, a 7.1 magnitude earthquake struck the Tibetan region near the Nepal
border. The quake’s epicentre was approximately 80 km north of Mt Everest, located 10
km below the surface. By evening, reports indicated at least 95 fatalities and over 130
injuries in China, with extensive property damage. Tremors were felt as far away as
Kathmandu and Kolkata. This event marks the seismic activity in the Himalayan region and
raises concerns about future earthquakes.
Location and Impact
The earthquake’s epicentre was in Tingry County, Shigatse, Tibet. This area is situated 4-5
km above sea level and is home to roughly 7000 residents. The region is for its spiritual
heritage, being the seat of the Panchen Lama. Local authorities have restricted tourist
access post-quake, especially as winter typically sees fewer visitors. The impact on
infrastructure has been devastating, with hundreds of houses reported flattened.
Seismic Activity in the Region
The Himalayan region is known for its seismic activity due to the collision of the Indian and
Eurasian tectonic plates. This interaction generates considerable stress along fault lines,
leading to earthquakes. The Indian plate continues to push northward at approximately
60 mm per year, causing frequent seismic events. Since 1950, over 21 earthquakes of
magnitude 6 or higher have been documented in the Lhasa terrane.
Geological Significance
The Lhasa terrane plays a critical role in understanding the earthquake’s cause. This
geological fragment is involved in construction projects, including the world’s largest
hydroelectric dam on the Yarlung Tsangpo River. Concerns arise regarding how this dam
may affect the river’s flow into India, where it becomes the Brahmaputra. The Himalayan
region is often referred to as the ‘third pole’ due to its vast freshwater reserves.
Future Earthquake Risks
Experts warn that the western Himalayas are prone to future seismic events. The region,
spanning from the Hindu Kush to Arunachal Pradesh, is overdue for a major earthquake,
potentially exceeding magnitude 8. The accumulation of energy along fault lines poses
risk. Historical data shows that only two major Himalayan earthquakes in the past 500
years have ruptured to the surface, indicating a build-up of elastic energy that could lead
to catastrophic quakes.

1. The Lhasa terrane is a key geological fragment in Tibet.

2. The Panchen Lama is spiritual figure in Tibetan Buddhism.
3. The Yarlung Tsangpo River is crucial for hydroelectric projects in Tibet.
4. Seismicity in the Himalayas results from the collision of two major tectonic plates.
5. The region is often called the ‘third pole’ due to its freshwater resources.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 178
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

About Tectonic Movements

Earthquakes occur due to movements along faults in the Earth’s crust. The Earth’s surface
comprises 15 major and minor tectonic plates. These plates are constantly in motion but
can become stuck at their edges due to friction. When stress overcomes this friction,
energy is released, causing an earthquake. The processes beneath the Earth’s surface,
including convection currents, drive these movements. About these mechanisms is crucial
for predicting future seismic events.
Advanced Light Helicopter (ALH) Mark-III Helicopter Crashes
January 8, 2025
On January 5, 2025, an Advanced Light Helicopter (ALH) Mark-III of the Indian Coast Guard
crashed during a training sortie in Porbandar, Gujarat. Tragically, all three personnel on
board lost their lives. This incident marked the second fatal crash involving the ALH Mark-
III within a span of four months. The previous crash occurred in September during a
medical evacuation mission, also resulting in three fatalities. Earlier, in March 2023,
another ALH incident in Kochi did not lead to any casualties. These events have raised
serious safety concerns regarding the helicopter model.
Investigation and Safety Audits
The specific causes of the recent crashes are still under investigation. The Indian Coast
Guard has initiated Boards of Inquiry to assess the incidents. The inquiries focus on the
helicopter’s flying controls and transmission systems. Following each crash, safety audits
have been conducted, leading to temporary groundings for thorough inspections. After
the January crash, the entire fleet of approximately 300 ALH helicopters was grounded for
safety checks.
Design and Development of HAL ALH
The HAL Dhruv, the base model of the ALH, began development in 1984. It was designed
to replace the older Chetak and Cheetah helicopters in the Indian defence services. The
ALH is intended as a multi-role, multi-mission helicopter. Significant components,
including the airframe, are produced in India. However, critical elements like the Shakti
engines were developed in collaboration with foreign companies. Over the years, the level
of indigenisation has increased, with more systems and parts being manufactured
domestically.
Previous Crashes of ALH Variants
Other variants of the ALH have also experienced crashes. In January 2021, an Army ALH
crashed due to a technical issue near Lakhanpur in Jammu and Kashmir. In August 2021,
an ALH Rudra, the attack helicopter variant, crashed into the Ranjit Sagar Dam, resulting
in the deaths of both pilots. An October 2022 crash in Arunachal Pradesh involved an ALH
Rudra, leading to the loss of two pilots and three soldiers. In May 2023, an Army ALH
crashed in Kishtwar, killing one soldier.
Safety Concerns and Design Flaws
The recent crashes have brought into light safety concerns about the ALH helicopters.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 179
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Military aviation veterans have called for independent inquiries to assess the safety record
of the helicopters. Previous investigations have identified design flaws, particularly with
the booster control rods, which could impact helicopter control. In response, HAL has
initiated a program to replace these rods with more durable steel versions in newer ALH
models.

1. ALH Dhruv – Multi-role helicopter developed by HAL.

2. Shakti engines – Jointly developed with Turbomeca, now Safran Helicopter
Engines.
3. Ranjit Sagar Dam – Site of a fatal ALH Rudra crash in 2021.
4. HAL – Hindustan Aeronautics Ltd, responsible for the ALH design.
5. Indigenisation – Increased domestic production of helicopter components over
time.

First US Death from H5N1 Bird Flu

January 8, 2025
In January 2025, a Louisiana resident became the first person in the United States to die
from the H5N1 bird flu virus. The individual, aged 65, had underlying health conditions
and had been hospitalised since mid-December. Health authorities confirmed that the
general public’s risk remains low, despite this tragic incident. The Louisiana Department of
Health indicated that the patient contracted the virus after exposure to both a non-
commercial backyard flock and wild birds. Fortunately, no additional infections or
evidence of person-to-person transmission have been reported in the state.
About H5N1 Bird Flu
H5N1 is a subtype of the influenza A virus primarily affecting birds. It can occasionally
infect humans, leading to severe respiratory illness. The World Health Organization has
documented over 950 global cases, with a mortality rate around 50%. The virus was first
identified in 1996, and outbreaks have surged since 2020, impacting various mammal
species.
Symptoms of Bird Flu
Bird flu symptoms can range from mild to severe. Common symptoms include fever,
cough, fatigue, and conjunctivitis. Some patients have reported nausea, vomiting, and
shortness of breath. In recent U.S. cases, pink eye has been a frequent symptom, often
linked to contaminated milk from infected cows.
Transmission of Bird Flu
Humans typically contract bird flu through direct contact with infected animals or their
bodily fluids. This includes saliva, respiratory droplets, and faeces. The virus does not
spread through properly cooked poultry or eggs. In rare cases, limited human-to-human
transmission has occurred, but this has not been documented in the U.S.
Diagnosis and Prevention
Healthcare providers diagnose bird flu using swabs from the throat, nose, or conjunctiva.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 180
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Tests specifically for H5N1 are not routine; patients must inform their providers of
potential exposure. Preventive measures include wearing protective clothing, frequent
hand washing, and avoiding contact with sick animals. Public health guidelines should be
followed during outbreaks to minimise spread.

1. H5N1 was first detected in 1996 in Hong Kong.

2. CDC reported 66 human cases in the U.S. since 2024.
3. Bird flu can cause conjunctivitis as a primary symptom.
4. Properly cooked poultry does not transmit the virus.
5. The virus can mutate to enable human-to-human transmission.

Current Surveillance and Research Efforts

In response to the rising concerns about bird flu, the U.S. government has allocated
additional funding for surveillance and research. The recent death has prompted
discussions about improving public health responses and ensuring preparedness for
potential outbreaks. Scientists are actively working on developing vaccines to combat
avian influenza, aiming to mitigate future risks.
Indo-US Nuclear Collaboration Challenges
January 8, 2025
Recent discussions surrounding the Indo-US nuclear deal highlight barriers that hinder
progress in nuclear collaboration. The US National Security Advisor, Jake Sullivan, has
hinted at potential changes, yet two primary legal obstacles remain. These challenges
stem from both American regulations and Indian legislation, which complicate the
partnership between the two nations.
Legal Barriers in the US
The US Atomic Energy Act of 1954 includes the ‘10CFR810’ authorisation. This regulation
permits US nuclear vendors to export equipment to India under strict safeguards.
However, it prohibits these vendors from manufacturing or designing nuclear equipment
in India. This restriction poses challenge for India, which seeks to participate in the
manufacturing value chain of nuclear components.
Indian Legislative Challenges
India’s Civil Liability for Nuclear Damage Act, 2010, aims to create compensation
mechanisms for nuclear accident victims. However, this legislation has raised concerns
among foreign nuclear firms, including GE-Hitachi and Westinghouse. These companies
worry that the law channels liability to equipment suppliers, deterring them from
investing in India’s nuclear sector due to potential future liabilities.
The China Angle
Sullivan’s visit also focused on enhancing the innovation alliance through the US-India
initiative on Critical and Emerging Technology (iCET). A successful agreement on iCET
could facilitate the joint manufacturing of nuclear components for new projects in India.
This is particularly crucial as India positions itself as a hub for manufacturing small

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 181
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

modular reactors (SMRs), which have a capacity of 30MWe to 300MWe.

Competitive Landscape in SMRs
China is actively pursuing leadership in the SMR sector, viewing these reactors as a means
of diplomatic outreach in the Global South. Unlike large reactors, where China has lagged,
it aims to dominate the small reactor market. India, with its expertise in smaller reactor
types, faces challenges due to the technological gap between its heavy water reactors and
the more prevalent light water reactors (LWRs) globally.
Collaborative Opportunities
Industry experts suggest that a collaborative approach could benefit both India and the
US. India struggles with technological constraints, while the US confronts high labour
costs and rising protectionism. By working together, both nations could enhance their
capabilities and better compete with China in the nuclear sector.

1. 10CFR810: Regulation governing US nuclear equipment exports.

2. PHWR: Pressurised Heavy Water Reactor, India’s primary reactor type.
3. iCET: Initiative for US-India collaboration on emerging technologies.
4. SMR: Small Modular Reactor, a focus for future nuclear projects.
5. LWR: Light Water Reactor, currently the dominant reactor technology.

Key Challenges of the Indus Script Decipherment

January 8, 2025
The Indus Valley Civilization, flourishing between 3300 and 1300 BCE, remains one of
history’s great mysteries. Despite extensive archaeological efforts, the script used by this
ancient culture continues to elude scholars. Recent advancements and studies have
reignited interest in deciphering this enigmatic writing system. Various experts have
proposed methodologies to tackle the complexities of the Indus script, yet challenges
persist.
About the Decipherment Process
Deciphering a script involves multiple steps. First, scholars must segment the symbols into
individual signs. Next, they reduce the signs to a minimal set, identifying allographs. After
that, assigning phonetic or other values to each symbol is crucial. Finally, scholars attempt
to match these values to a specific language. Each of these steps presents unique
challenges, particularly for the Indus script.
Challenges in Deciphering the Indus Script
Three main factors complicate the decipherment of the Indus script:
Firstly, the absence of multilingual inscriptions hinders direct comparison. Unlike the
Rosetta Stone, which facilitated understanding of Egyptian hieroglyphics, no such
artefacts exist for the Indus script.
Secondly, the language represented by the script remains unknown. This lack of
linguistic context makes it difficult to assign phonetic values to the symbols.
Lastly, the limited material evidence poses barrier. Although around 3,500 seals have

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 182
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

been found, each contains an average of only five characters, providing insufficient
data for analysis.
Recent Developments and Studies
Tamil Nadu Chief Minister M K Stalin recently announced a $1 million prize for deciphering
the Indus script. This initiative followed a study that identified parallels between South
Indian graffiti and Indus Valley symbols. The study analysed over 15,000 pot shards and
4,000 artefacts, revealing 42 base signs, 544 variants, and 1,521 composite forms. Such
findings may offer new avenues for understanding the script.
The Nature of the Indus Script
The Indus script is characterised by its variety of symbols, including human and animal
motifs. Scholars disagree on the total number of signs, with estimates ranging from 62 to
676. This lack of consensus reflects the broader debate regarding the script’s nature.
Some researchers argue it represents a logosyllabic system, while others suggest it may
not constitute a writing system at all.
Linguistic Theories and Controversies
Scholars have proposed various linguistic theories regarding the Indus script. Some have
sought to connect it to Sanskrit, while others argue for Dravidian roots. Asko Parpola
posits that the script employs a rebus system, where symbols represent whole words or
homophones. This theory has garnered support, but it remains contentious among
experts.

1. The Indus Valley Civilisation spanned over 800,000 sq km.

2. The Pashupati seal features a common unicorn motif.
3. The Rosetta Stone was very important for understanding Egyptian hieroglyphics.
4. The Brahui language in Balochistan supports Dravidian connections.
5. More than 100 attempts have been made to decipher the Indus script.

The Future of Indus Script Research

The future of Indus script research lies in continued archaeological efforts and
interdisciplinary collaboration. As new findings emerge, scholars may gain further vital
information about the writing system and its cultural context. The ongoing quest to
decipher the Indus script reflects a broader human desire to understand our historical
roots and the complexities of ancient civilisations.
India’s First Green Hydrogen Hub Launched
January 8, 2025
The Green Hydrogen Hub (GHH) project has been officially launched in Pudimadaka,
Anakapalli district, Andhra Pradesh. This initiative, part of the National Green Hydrogen
Mission, aims to establish India’s first integrated green hydrogen production facility.
Prime Minister Narendra Modi will virtually lay the foundation stone on January 8, 2025.
This project represents step towards enhancing India’s renewable energy capacity and
achieving its net zero goals by 2070.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 183
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Project Overview
The GHH project spans approximately 1,600 acres, located 2 km from the Bay of Bengal. It
involves a joint venture between the Andhra Pradesh New & Renewable Energy
Development Corporation (NREDCAP) and NTPC Green Energy Limited (NGEL). The project
will require an investment of around ₹1,84,700 crore, with the largest phase of investment
occurring in 2027.
Capacity and Production
The GHH will feature a capacity to produce 1,500 tonnes per day (TPD) of green hydrogen.
Additionally, it will produce 7,500 TPD of green hydrogen derivatives, including green
methanol, green urea, and sustainable aviation fuel. This production primarily targets the
export market, reinforcing India’s position in the global green energy landscape.
Infrastructure Development
The project will include various facilities, such as a green chemical zone with a capacity of
2.5 million tonnes per annum (MTPA), a chemical storage terminal, and port
infrastructure. A 7 GW substation and an 80 million litres per day (MLD) desalination plant
will also be developed. The overall operational framework aims for completion by 2032.
Employment Opportunities
The GHH project is expected to generate over 57,000 jobs by 2032. This employment
boost will impact the local economy, encouraging growth in the region and contributing
to India’s broader economic objectives.
Environmental Impact
The GHH project aligns with India’s target of achieving 500 GW of non-fossil energy
capacity by 2030. It aims to facilitate decarbonisation across major sectors and support
the nation’s quest for energy independence. The project will also contribute to India’s net
zero goals by promoting sustainable energy practices.

1. GHH is the first project under the National Green Hydrogen Mission.
2. The project site is 20 km from National Highway-16.
3. It will include a desalination plant extracting seawater 2 km away.
4. The investment plan spans multiple phases, with a peak in 2027.
5. It aims for 160 GW renewable energy capacity by 2024.

Infrastructure and Utilities

The project will utilise power supplied through the 400kV NTPC Simhadri and 800/765kV
Anakapalli substations. Freshwater will be sourced from the Yeleru canal and the
desalination plant. The development of common infrastructure is scheduled between May
2025 and December 2026, including roads, office spaces, and waste management
systems.
World Economic Forum’s Global Cooperation Barometer 2025
January 8, 2025
Recent global dynamics reveal a concerning stagnation in international cooperation,

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 184
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

primarily due to escalating geopolitical tensions. The World Economic Forum’s Global
Cooperation Barometer 2025 indicates that while cooperation has ‘flatlined’, there are
promising developments in climate finance, trade, and innovation. This report, created in
partnership with McKinsey & Company, employs 41 indicators to assess the current state
of global cooperation across five critical pillars.
Overview of the Global Cooperation Barometer
The Global Cooperation Barometer is a comprehensive tool designed to help leaders
understand the complexities of global cooperation.
The Barometer examines trade and capital flows, innovation and technology, climate
and natural capital, health and wellness, and peace and security.
The second edition draws on new data, providing an updated view of the
cooperation landscape, especially in light of technological advancements.
Current Global Instability
The Barometer’s release coincides with global instability. Børge Brende, President and
CEO of the World Economic Forum, emphasised the necessity of cooperation to tackle
pressing economic, environmental, and technological issues. The report marks that while
cooperation is vital, it is also feasible amid current turbulence.
Trends in Global Cooperation
The analysis reveals that global cooperation has stagnated after a decade of positive
trends. This stagnation is largely attributed to a decline in the peace and security pillar,
driven by increasing geopolitical tensions. Notably, conflicts in regions such as the Middle
East, Ukraine, and Sudan have exacerbated humanitarian crises.
Opportunities Amidst Challenges
Despite the decline in peace and security, the Barometer identifies emerging
opportunities for cooperation in areas like vaccine distribution, scientific research, and
renewable energy. These collaborative efforts serve as models for future international
partnerships, showcasing that cooperation can persist even in challenging circumstances.
Technological Advancements and Cooperation
The Barometer notes advancements in technology and innovation in 2023, largely due to
the digitisation of the global economy. This shift has led to increased adoption of new
technologies and a decrease in lithium battery prices. However, the rise of emerging
technologies, particularly artificial intelligence, poses new challenges and risks, potentially
leading to an “AI arms race.”
Climate Cooperation Progress
Cooperation regarding climate goals has improved, with increased financial flows and
trade in low-carbon technologies. Nevertheless, urgent actions are necessary to achieve
net-zero targets, as global emissions continue to rise. The Barometer stresses that
enhanced global cooperation is critical for scaling up technologies and securing the
required financing to meet climate objectives by 2030.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 185
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Health Cooperation
Post-pandemic health outcomes have shown improvements in life expectancy, although
overall progress is slowing compared to pre-2020 levels. While some health cooperation
metrics have declined, others, such as child and maternal mortality rates, remain strong.
Leaders are urged to invest in global cooperation to strengthen public health systems in
light of rising health risks and ageing populations.
Trade and Economic Flows
The report indicates mixed results regarding the flow of goods and services. Goods trade
declined by 5%, influenced by slower growth in China and other developing markets.
However, foreign direct investment has surged, particularly in sectors like semiconductors
and green energy. Labour migration and remittances have also rebounded, exceeding
pre-pandemic levels.

1. The Global Cooperation Barometer uses 41 indicators.

2. Børge Brende is the President and CEO of the World Economic Forum.
3. An “AI arms race” may emerge from technological advancements.
4. Climate cooperation has increased in low-carbon technology trade.
5. Foreign direct investment surged in strategic sectors post-pandemic.

Indian Cities’ Air Quality Progress Report 2025

January 8, 2025
In the years from 2019 to 2024, Indian cities made strides in reducing PM2.5 pollution
levels. The National Clean Air Programme (NCAP) cities achieved a notable 24% reduction.
Varanasi emerged as the frontrunner with a remarkable 76% decrease. Despite these
advancements, cities like Delhi, Gurugram, and Faridabad continue to grapple with severe
air pollution challenges.
Overview of PM2.5 Reductions
Between 2019 and 2024, Indian cities recorded an average reduction of 27% in PM2.5
pollution levels. The NCAP cities specifically noted a 24% decline. The report from Respirer
Living Sciences brought into light the varying levels of success across different cities,
indicating a mix of progress and ongoing issues.
Key Performers in Pollution Reduction
Varanasi topped the list with a 76% reduction in PM2.5 levels. Moradabad followed with a
58% decrease. Other cities with reductions include Kalaburagi (57.2%), Meerut (57.1%),
and Katni (56.3%). This data puts stress on the effectiveness of targeted interventions in
combating air pollution.
Cities with Persistent Pollution Issues
Despite overall improvements, several cities remain heavily polluted. Delhi recorded
PM2.5 levels of 107 µg/m³ in 2024. Byrnihat in Assam reported even higher levels at 127.3
µg/m³. Other cities facing severe pollution include Gurugram (96.7 µg/m³) and Faridabad
(87.1 µg/m³). These figures highlight the ongoing air quality challenges in urban areas.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 186
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

The Role of the National Clean Air Programme

Launched in 2019, the NCAP aimed to reduce particulate pollution by 20-30% by 2024,
using 2017 as the baseline. The target was later revised to a 40% reduction by 2026. The
programme focuses on improving air quality through targeted actions and stricter
regulations, although the implementation remains a challenge.
Challenges to Air Quality Improvement
Significant challenges persist in achieving cleaner air. Limited air quality monitoring
infrastructure often leaves smaller cities underrepresented. Additionally, industrial and
vehicular emissions continue to contribute heavily to pollution. Seasonal factors, such as
stubble burning, exacerbate the situation, particularly in northern states.

1. NCAP – National Clean Air Programme, launched in 2019.

2. Varanasi – Leading city with a 76% reduction in PM2.5.
3. Moradabad – Achieved a 58% reduction in pollution levels.
4. Byrnihat – Recorded the highest PM2.5 levels at 127.3 µg/m³.
5. Kalaburagi – Notable reduction of 57.2% in PM2.5 pollution.

Future Directions for Air Quality Management

The path ahead requires intensified efforts to meet the revised NCAP targets. Urgent
action is needed in high-density regions like Delhi, Gurugram, and Faridabad. Enhanced
compliance with regulations, innovative solutions, and public awareness are essential to
address the unique challenges faced by Indian cities. The report emphasises the
importance of cleaner technologies and expanded monitoring to sustain progress in air
quality improvement.
Uttar Pradesh Waives Community Contribution Under ‘Har Ghar Nal’ Scheme
January 8, 2025
The Uttar Pradesh government has recently made announcement regarding the ‘Har Ghar
Nal‘ scheme under the Jal Jeevan Mission. The state has waived the 10% community
contribution requirement, allowing the government to cover these costs. This decision will
directly benefit approximately 2.33 crore families, making clean drinking water more
accessible to rural populations. Villagers are now only required to pay a nominal
maintenance charge of Rs 50.
Background of the Jal Jeevan Mission
The Jal Jeevan Mission is a central government initiative aimed at ensuring piped water
access for every household in India. Launched under the Ministry of Jal Shakti, the mission
seeks to provide safe drinking water through individual household tap connections by
2024. It also promotes sustainable water management practices, including rainwater
harvesting and grey water reuse.
Har Ghar Nal Scheme Overview
The ‘Har Ghar Nal’ scheme is a vital component of the Jal Jeevan Mission. It focuses on
delivering functional tap connections to every rural household. Initially, villagers were

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 187
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

required to contribute 10% of the capital cost for these connections. However, the recent
waiver means that the state government will now absorb this financial burden.
Financial Implications of the Waiver
The waiver of the community contribution is expected to relieve villagers of approximately
Rs 9,092.42 crore. The Uttar Pradesh government has allocated Rs 2,000 crore in the
current financial year’s budget to support this initiative. This move is part of a broader
strategy to enhance access to clean drinking water across the state.
Community Contribution Details
Previously, the community contribution varied based on the demographic composition of
the villages. Villages with a higher SC/ST population were required to contribute 5%, while
others faced a 10% charge. The government’s decision to waive this contribution reflects a
commitment to ensuring that financial constraints do not hinder access to essential
services.
Other States’ Approaches
The approach taken by Uttar Pradesh is not isolated. Other states like Haryana, Bihar,
Odisha, and West Bengal have also covered community contributions for similar water
supply initiatives. In Rajasthan, the Chief Minister has announced a similar waiver, while
Madhya Pradesh is considering the matter.
Role of Gram Panchayats
Under the ‘Har Ghar Nal’ scheme, villagers will pay a minimal maintenance charge of Rs 50
to their Gram Panchayat. This charge is intended to support the ongoing maintenance of
the water supply system. The government emphasises that the financial burden on rural
residents should be minimal to ensure equitable access to clean water.

1. Jal Jeevan Mission aims for 100% tap connections by 2024.

2. Rs 1.52 lakh crore has been approved for 40,951 schemes.
3. Community ownership is encouraged through voluntary contributions.
4. Functional Tap Connection (FHTC) is a key objective.
5. States like Haryana and Odisha also cover community costs.

Objectives of the Jal Jeevan Mission

The Jal Jeevan Mission has several key objectives. It aims to provide Functional Tap
Connections (FHTC) to every rural household, prioritising areas with water quality issues
and drought-prone regions. The mission also focuses on ensuring the sustainability of
water supply systems and promoting community involvement in managing local water
resources.
Inaugural India-Malaysia Security Dialogue
January 8, 2025
India and Malaysia have recently taken steps to enhance their bilateral relationship
through the inaugural India-Malaysia Security Dialogue held in New Delhi. This meeting
was co-chaired by India’s National Security Adviser, Ajit Doval, and Malaysia’s National

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 188
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Security Council Director General, Raja Dato Nushirwan Bin Zainal Abidin. The dialogue
marks a very important moment in the two nations’ efforts to collaborate on various
security issues, reflecting their commitment to a comprehensive strategic partnership.
Context of the Dialogue
The dialogue follows Malaysian Prime Minister Anwar Ibrahim’s visit to India in August
2024. During this visit, both countries elevated their relationship to a Comprehensive
Strategic Partnership, focusing on security cooperation. The recent discussions aimed to
review ongoing partnerships and address global and regional security challenges.
Key Areas of Cooperation
The two nations agreed to strengthen collaboration in several critical areas. These include
counter-terrorism, de-radicalisation, cyber security, defence industries, and maritime
security. The commitment to deepen cooperation in these sectors is a response to the
evolving security landscape in both countries.
Institutionalising the Dialogue
A outcome of the inaugural meeting is the decision to institutionalise the dialogue. Both
parties agreed to hold annual meetings, ensuring that discussions continue regularly and
that progress is made in bilateral engagements.
Exploration of Critical Minerals
During the dialogue, both sides explored opportunities for collaboration in the critical
minerals and rare earths sectors. This cooperation is essential for both nations,
considering the growing importance of these resources in global supply chains and
technology development.
Historical Context of Relations
India and Malaysia share a long-standing diplomatic relationship that dates back to 1957.
The bond was strengthened through the personal friendship between Indian Prime
Minister Jawaharlal Nehru and Malaysian Prime Minister Tunku Abdul Rahman Putra. Over
the decades, successive leaders in both countries have worked to encourage closer ties,
denoting the importance of people-to-people connections.
Tourism and Civil Aviation Links
Tourism plays a vital role in enhancing bilateral ties between India and Malaysia. India is
now the fifth-largest source of tourists to Malaysia. The introduction of visa-free travel for
Indian nationals in December 2023 and the provision of gratis tourist visas in July 2024
have further facilitated this relationship. With over 200 weekly flights connecting the two
countries, civil aviation continues to flourish, contributing to stronger ties.

1. The first India-Malaysia diplomatic ties were established in 1957.

2. Malaysia has the second-largest community of Persons of Indian Origin globally.
3. Anwar Ibrahim’s visit in August 2024 marked a very important shift in bilateral
relations.
4. The dialogue will be held annually to ensure continuity in discussions.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 189
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

5. India is the fifth-largest source of tourists to Malaysia as of 2025.

Future Prospects
The inaugural India-Malaysia Security Dialogue sets a strong foundation for future
cooperation. As both countries continue to address shared security challenges, their
relationship is poised for further growth and collaboration across various sectors.
Multilingual e-Shram Portal
January 8, 2025
The Government of India has made strides in improving access to welfare schemes for
unorganised workers. Recently, Union Minister Mansukh Mandaviya launched a
multilingual feature on the e-Shram portal, which now supports 22 languages. This
upgrade, part of the Bhashini project, aims to simplify the process for workers to access
various government initiatives. The portal has been witnessing an impressive daily
registration rate of 30,000, denoting its growing popularity among unorganised workers.
Multilingual Functionality Overview
The e-Shram portal’s new multilingual functionality allows users to navigate the site in
their preferred language. Previously, the portal was limited to English, Hindi, Kannada,
and Marathi. The inclusion of all 22 Scheduled Languages enhances accessibility, ensuring
that more workers can benefit from the services offered.
Importance of e-Shram Portal
The e-Shram portal serves as a ‘One-Stop Solution’ for unorganised workers. It facilitates
access to a wide range of social security schemes tailored to their needs. The government
aims to integrate additional welfare programmes to further enhance the portal’s utility.
This initiative is part of a broader commitment to provide comprehensive social protection
to unorganised workers across India.
Registration Process and Benefits
Registration on the e-Shram portal is crucial for workers to avail themselves of various
government schemes. The portal currently supports access to twelve different schemes.
Workers are encouraged to register to ensure they receive the necessary support for their
livelihood and well-being. The ease of registration is expected to increase as more user-
friendly features are introduced.
Future Developments and Initiatives
The government plans to launch additional features to improve user experience. Future
initiatives include the development of an e-Shram Mobile App and the introduction of a
Single Common Application Form for easier registration. Integration with payment
gateways will streamline access to benefits and enhance the overall efficiency of the
portal. The engagement of local mediators will also play a vital role in outreach efforts.

1. The Bhashini project aims to promote multilingualism in government services.

2. The 8th Schedule of the Constitution of India lists 22 official languages.
3. The e-Shram portal records over 30,000 daily registrations.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 190
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

4. Article 344 establishes a Commission for the promotion of official languages.

5. The first 14 languages were recognised in 1950, with more added later.

About the 8th Schedule of the Constitution of India

The 8th Schedule of the Constitution of India outlines the official languages of India.
Initially comprising 14 languages, it now includes 22 languages. Articles 344 and 351
govern the use and promotion of these languages within government communication.
The schedule is essential for understanding India’s linguistic diversity.
What is UP Open Network for Agriculture?
January 8, 2025
The Uttar Pradesh government has partnered with Google Cloud to introduce a
groundbreaking agricultural network. This initiative, powered by Google’s Gemini
framework and the Beckn Protocol, aims to provide farmers with comprehensive access to
essential services. The UP Open Network for Agriculture will facilitate advisory services,
credit access, mechanisation, and market linkages. The network promises to empower
millions of farmers by breaking down barriers to technology adoption and enhancing their
productivity.
What is Digital Public Infrastructure (DPI)
Digital Public Infrastructure (DPI) refers to platforms that enable essential services
through digital means. DPIs include digital identification, payment systems, and data
exchange solutions. They are designed to enhance citizens’ lives by promoting digital
inclusion and service delivery.
Components of DPI Ecosystem
The DPI ecosystem comprises three critical flows:
Flow of People – Managed through a digital ID system.
Flow of Money – Facilitated by real-time payment systems.
Flow of Information – Governed by a consent-based data-sharing system.
These components work together to empower citizens and ensure efficient service
delivery.
Economic Impact of DPIs
DPIs are expected to contribute to India’s digital economy, aiming for a USD 1 trillion
valuation by 2030. The adoption of DPIs is projected to enhance social and financial
inclusion, increasing economic value from 0.9% to approximately 4.2% of GDP by 2030.
Mature DPIs like Aadhaar and UPI have already demonstrated exponential growth. By
2022, these systems had reached vast segments of the population. Their continued
evolution is anticipated to further enhance accessibility and service delivery across India.

1. Aadhaar – A unique identification system for social inclusion.

2. DigiYatra – A biometric travel system for seamless airport experiences.
3. DigiLocker – A digital storage service with 150 million users.
4. UPI – Handles over 8 billion transactions monthly in India.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 191
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

5. Beckn Protocol – An open standard for decentralised service discovery.

Key Features of the UP Open Network for Agriculture

The UP Open Network for Agriculture is designed to connect farmers with various service
providers. It supports multiple languages, including Hindi, Bangla, and Punjabi, making it
accessible to a broader audience. This network enables farmers to use voice commands to
access information, bridging the digital divide in agriculture. The integration of weather
data will provide real-time vital information about microclimates and market prices,
empowering farmers to make informed decisions.
Challenges and Future Directions
Despite the potential of DPIs, challenges remain, including limited connectivity and
language options. The government must provide regulatory clarity and encourage
partnerships with startups to enhance the adoption of DPIs. Continuous innovation and
collaboration will be essential to overcome these hurdles and expand the reach of digital
services in agriculture.
Kandla Port Capacity Expansion Announced in 2025
January 8, 2025
In January 2025, developments were announced for Kandla Port, aiming to enhance its
capacity and operational capabilities. This initiative aligns with Prime Minister Narendra
Modi’s vision of ‘Make in India, Make for the World’, focusing on boosting domestic
manufacturing and global trade.
Key Facts About Kandla Port
The port was established in 1931 with the construction of an RCC Jetty by Maharao
Khengarji.
It is also known as Deendayal Port
This port is situated on the West Coast of India in the Gulf of Kutch, Gujarat.
It is one of the twelve major ports in India.
It serves northern states like Jammu & Kashmir, Uttar Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh, and
Rajasthan.
It is ranked as India’s No. 1 Port in 2007-08 and has maintained this position for 14
consecutive years.
In 2016, it became the first Major Port in India to handle 100 million metric tonnes
(MMT) of cargo in a single year.
It is currently the largest port in India by cargo volume.
Investment Overview
The total investment for Kandla Port’s expansion exceeds ₹57,000 crores. This includes
₹30,000 crores for the Mega Shipbuilding Project and ₹27,000 crores for a new cargo
terminal. These projects aim to modernise the port infrastructure and increase its capacity
.
New Mega Shipbuilding Facility
The Mega Shipbuilding Facility will focus on constructing Very Large Crude Carriers
© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 192
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

(VLCCs) with a capacity of up to 3,20,000 tonnes DWT. It will produce 32 new ships
annually and repair 50 existing vessels. The facility will span over 8,000 acres,
incorporating various components such as a marina, fishing harbour, townships, and a
marine industrial cluster.
New Cargo Terminal Development
A new cargo terminal will be developed outside Kandla creek, adding 135 MTPA to the
port’s capacity. This terminal will handle existing dry bulk cargo operations and will
feature modern cargo handling equipment. The new infrastructure will facilitate more
efficient evacuation systems and enhance the port’s capabilities.
Impact on Liquid Cargo Handling
The expansion will convert existing jetties to handle liquid cargo, improving turnaround
times for liquid tanker vessels. The proximity of the new port to navigation channels will
reduce dredging needs, allowing larger vessels to dock efficiently.
Broader Economic Implications
The initiatives at Kandla Port are expected to create numerous job opportunities,
especially in ancillary manufacturing and assembly sectors. This expansion is crucial for
India’s economic growth, aligning with the goal of achieving an Atmanirbhar Bharat by
2047.

1. VLCC – Very Large Crude Carrier, a large oil tanker.

2. MTPA – Million Tonnes Per Annum, a measure of cargo capacity.
3. PPP – Public-Private Partnership, a collaborative investment model.
4. TEU – Twenty-foot Equivalent Unit, a standard measure for container capacity.
5. SBM – Single Buoy Mooring, a mooring system for tankers.

Future Projects and Developments

The Deendayal Port Authority is advancing several projects to further enhance Kandla’s
capacity. A mega cargo terminal at Tuna Tekra is under construction, aimed at handling
2.19 million TEUs. Additionally, a new Multi Cargo Terminal is being considered to add
18.33 MTPA to the existing capacity. Three new oil jetties and a Ship Repair Facility project
are also in the pipeline, aimed at boosting liquid cargo handling by an additional 34.5
MTPA.
MHA Directs States to Implement Section 479 of BNSS
January 8, 2025
The Central Government of India has taken steps to address the plight of undertrial
prisoners. On January 1, 2025, the Ministry of Home Affairs (MHA) issued a directive to all
states and Union Territories (UTs) regarding the implementation of Section 479 of the
Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha Sanhita, 2023 (BNSS). This initiative aims to provide relief to
undertrial prisoners who have been detained for extended periods.
Purpose of Section 479 of BNSS
Section 479 of the BNSS is designed to facilitate the release of undertrial prisoners. It

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 193
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

applies specifically to individuals who have undergone detention for portion of their
maximum sentence. This section aims to alleviate overcrowding in prisons and address
the issue of prolonged detention faced by many undertrial prisoners.
Key Provisions of the Law
Under Section 479 (1), a person detained for half of the maximum sentence for a non-
capital offence may be released on bail. For first-time offenders, release can occur after
serving one-third of the maximum sentence. This provision is crucial for ensuring that
individuals are not unduly punished while awaiting trial.
Responsibilities of Prison Authorities
The law places specific responsibilities on prison superintendents. They are required to
apply to the courts for the release of eligible undertrial prisoners on bail or bond. This
responsibility ensures that the rights of prisoners are upheld and that they receive fair
treatment under the law.
Implementation Process
The MHA has requested states and UTs to report on the implementation status of Section
479. The prescribed format includes details such as the number of first-time undertrial
prisoners and those released on bond. This reporting mechanism is essential for
monitoring the effectiveness of the initiative.
Previous Campaigns and Initiatives
Prior to this directive, the MHA had launched a campaign on Constitution Day, November
26, 2024. This campaign aimed to identify eligible prisoners and facilitate their release
applications. States and UTs actively participated, providing data on the number of
prisoners who benefited from the provisions of Section 479.

1. BNSS stands for Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha Sanhita.

2. UTPs refers to Undertrial Prisoners.
3. Section 479 aims to reduce overcrowding in prisons.
4. The MHA is responsible for overseeing prison conditions.
5. First-time offenders may be released on bond after one-third of their sentence.

Expected Outcomes of the Initiative

The implementation of Section 479 is anticipated to improve the conditions for undertrial
prisoners. It is expected to reduce the number of individuals held for extended periods
without trial. Furthermore, the initiative aligns with broader efforts to reform the criminal
justice system in India.
Anji Khad Rail Bridge: India’s First Cable-Stayed Bridge
January 8, 2025
The Anji Khad Rail Bridge, located in Reasi district, Jammu and Kashmir, is India’s first
cable-stayed rail bridge. It is part of the ambitious Udampur-Srinagar-Baramulla Rail Link
(USBRL) Project. This project aims to enhance connectivity in the region, which is crucial
for both economic development and tourism.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 194
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Overview of the Anji Khad Bridge

The bridge spans a total length of 725.5 metres.
It features a single main pylon that rises to 193 metres above the foundation,
making it an impressive sight.
The bridge connects Katra and Reasi, facilitating easier travel between these two
locations.
Engineering Challenges and Solutions
Constructing the bridge posed numerous challenges due to the region’s complex
geological features. The site is characterised by faults, folds, and seismic activity. To
address these issues, detailed investigations were conducted by the Indian Institutes of
Technology (IIT) at Roorkee and Delhi. A hybrid foundation was employed at the Katra end
to stabilise the slopes, ensuring the bridge’s structural integrity.
Structural Specifications
The bridge consists of four main sections. It includes a 120-metre ancillary viaduct on the
Reasi side and a 38-metre approach bridge on the Katra end. The main cable-stayed
portion measures 473.25 metres, while the central embankment is 94.25 metres long. The
total deck width is 15 metres, accommodating a single railway line, a service road, and
footpaths.
Advanced Construction Techniques
Innovative construction methods were employed to enhance safety and efficiency.
Techniques such as DOKA Jump form shuttering and pump concreting systems reduced
construction time by approximately 30%. A state-of-the-art tower crane, imported from
Spain, was utilised to facilitate construction at heights of up to 193 metres.
Safety and Monitoring Systems
The bridge incorporates an integrated monitoring system with numerous sensors
installed throughout its structure. These sensors monitor the bridge’s health during its
service life, ensuring safety for users. The design also considers extreme weather
conditions, with a wind speed tolerance of up to 213 km/h

1. USBML stands for Udampur-Srinagar-Baramulla Link.

2. ITALFERR is affiliated with Ferrovie dello Stato Italiane.
3. The main pylon stands at 331 metres above the riverbed.
4. The bridge’s design speed is 100 km/h.
5. Micro piles of 40-metre depth were used in construction.

Future Impact on Connectivity

The Anji Khad Rail Bridge is poised to enhance transportation in Jammu and Kashmir. It
will improve access to the Kashmir Valley and promote tourism, thereby contributing to
the region’s economic growth. The completion of this bridge marks a very important
moment in India’s infrastructure development.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 195
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Key Facts about the Udhampur-Srinagar-Baramulla Rail Link (USBRL) Project:

Udhampur-Srinagar-Baramulla Rail Link (USBRL) Project seeks to connect Kashmir
Valley to the Indian Railways network.
It aims to integrate Kashmir with the rest of India and boost development in the
region.
It was declared as National Project in 2002.
This project, spanning 272 km, includes the longest transportation tunnel in India
(T-49), measuring 12.75 km.
It features the Chenab Bridge, the world’s highest railway bridge, which measures
1,315 m in length.
January 9, 2025
Urea Production Boom in India
January 9, 2025
India’s urea production has surged in recent years, despite challenges in the fertiliser
sector. The government aims for self-reliance, known as atmanirbharta, which has driven
investments in urea manufacturing.
Recent Developments in Urea Production
From 2011-12 to 2023-24, India’s domestic urea production increased from 22 million
tonnes to 31.4 million tonnes.
During this period, imports decreased from 7.8 million tonnes to 7 million tonnes.
The current fiscal year has seen a 31.7% drop in imports, potentially falling below 5
million tonnes for the first time since 2006-07.
New Urea Plants and Investments
The rise in production is attributed to six new plants established by major companies,
including Hindustan Urvarak & Rasayan Ltd (HURL), Chambal Fertilisers, Matix Fertilisers,
and Ramagundam Fertilizers. These projects represent investments between Rs
6,000-8,600 crore each, collectively producing 7.55 million tonnes in 2023-24. The new
plants are energy-efficient, requiring only about 5 giga-calories per tonne of urea.
Location and Capacity of New Plants
The new plants are strategically located in eastern India, including Uttar Pradesh, West
Bengal, Bihar, Jharkhand, and Telangana. This contrasts with older facilities primarily
serving Punjab and Haryana. Matix Fertilisers, for instance, holds a 20% market share in
Eastern India and is the sole urea producer in West Bengal.
Upcoming Projects and Innovations
A seventh plant is under construction in Talcher, Odisha, at an estimated cost of Rs
17,080.69 crore. This facility will utilise coal as feedstock, marking a shift from the natural
gas-based plants. The project is about two-thirds complete and employs a unique coal
gasification technology.
Economic Considerations – Make vs Buy
The total investment in these new plants amounts to Rs 61,575 crore. Currently, importing

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 196
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

urea is cheaper at $370-403 per tonne compared to domestic production costs of around
$493 per tonne. However, after accounting for tax exemptions, domestic production costs
could drop to $427 per tonne.
Implications of Urea Consumption Trends
India’s urea consumption has increased from 29.6 million tonnes to 35.8 million tonnes
between 2011-12 and 2023-24. The price of urea has remained frozen since 2012, leading
to unsustainable consumption patterns. A more balanced pricing strategy could reduce
pressure on both domestic production and imports.

1. HURL – Hindustan Urvarak & Rasayan Ltd, a key urea producer.

2. Atmanirbharta – India’s goal for self-reliance in various sectors.
3. GCal – A unit of energy measurement, crucial for urea production efficiency.
4. Talcher – Location of a major upcoming coal-based urea plant.
5. LNG – Liquefied Natural Gas, vital for urea production feedstock.

Future Directions for Urea Production

The establishment of LNG terminals and extensive pipeline networks has transformed the
economics of urea production. This infrastructure supports a strategy where northern and
eastern regions focus on domestic production while southern areas may rely more on
imports. The shift towards more sustainable practices in urea consumption and
production is essential for the long-term viability of India’s agricultural sector.
Uttarakhand’s Soapstone Mining Crisis
January 9, 2025
The issue of unregulated soapstone mining in Uttarakhand’s Bageshwar district has
escalated into environmental and cultural crisis. The Uttarakhand High Court responded
to alarming reports about the impact of mining activities on local communities and the
environment. Residents have reported living in constant fear of natural disasters due to
the destabilisation of the land. The court has ordered investigations into the mining
practices, denoting serious concerns regarding land subsidence and the integrity of
traditional structures.
Context of Soapstone Mining
Soapstone is primarily composed of talc and is widely used in construction and various
industries. The Indian Bureau of Mines indicates that Rajasthan and Uttarakhand are
major producers of soapstone. However, the unregulated mining in Bageshwar has raised
environmental alarms, particularly regarding land stability.
Environmental Concerns and Land Subsidence
Land subsidence poses a critical risk in Uttarakhand, especially in areas like Kanda. The
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration defines subsidence as the sinking of
ground due to underground material movement. Factors contributing to this
phenomenon include mining, soil erosion, and earthquakes. The report indicates that
mining operations have compromised the structural integrity of the land, increasing the

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 197
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

risk of landslides and erosion.

Impact on Local Communities
The local population, particularly in Kanda, faces severe consequences from mining
activities. The erosion and destabilisation of the land have led to the displacement of
traditional homes, known as Kumaoni Bakhli. These structures have historically withstood
seismic activity but are now at risk due to the changing landscape.
Cultural Heritage at Risk
Kanda is culturally significant, known for its folk music, dance, and handicrafts. The Kalika
Temple, dating back to the 10th century, is a vital religious site. However, the integrity of
this temple has been compromised due to land subsidence. Cracks now mar its floors,
reflecting the broader impact of mining on the region’s cultural heritage.
Administrative Complicity and Challenges
The report submitted to the Uttarakhand High Court marks administrative failures in
regulating mining practices. The lack of a clear definition for semi-mechanised mining has
led to the issuance of environmental clearances without proper oversight. Allegations
have surfaced regarding officials suppressing villagers’ voices and colluding with mine
owners, exacerbating the crisis.

1. Bageshwar has over 160 soapstone mines.

2. The Kumaoni Bakhli is a traditional house design.
3. Kalika Temple is over 1,000 years old.
4. Talc is used in cosmetics and pharmaceuticals.
5. Joshimath faced national attention for land subsidence in 2022.

Future Implications of Mining Practices

The ongoing soapstone mining activities threaten not only the environment but also the
cultural identity of the region. Without effective regulation and community engagement,
the future of Bageshwar’s landscape and heritage remains precarious. The local
population continues to advocate for sustainable practices to preserve their homes and
culture amidst growing environmental challenges.
Southern California Wildfires
January 9, 2025
Southern California is currently facing a severe wildfire crisis. Multiple wildfires have
wreaked havoc across the region, leading to mass evacuations and extensive property
damage. As of January 7, 2025, over 30,000 residents in the Los Angeles area have been
forced to leave their homes due to the threat posed by three wildfires. The rapid spread
and intensity of these fires can be attributed to specific climatic conditions and human
factors.
Overview of Current Wildfires
Three major wildfires are currently active in Southern California. The Palisades Fire,
located in Pacific Palisades, has burned over 2,900 acres. The Eaton Fire is blazing in the

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 198
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

hills above Altadena, consuming more than 1,000 acres. Finally, the Hurst Fire erupted in
Sylmar and has quickly spread across hundreds of acres. The rapid escalation of these
wildfires poses a serious threat to local communities and infrastructure.
Causes of Wildfires
The primary causes of wildfires in the United States are human activities, accounting for
nearly 85% of all forest fires. These fires can be started either deliberately or accidentally.
In the case of the current wildfires, the exact cause remains undetermined. However, the
rapid spread can be linked to specific environmental factors.
Santa Ana Winds
Santa Ana winds are factor in the wildfire dynamics of Southern California. These winds
occur when high pressure builds over the Great Basin, creating a pressure difference with
low pressure along California‘s coast. The resulting winds blow from the inland deserts
towards the Pacific Ocean. As these winds descend from the mountains, they compress
and heat up, resulting in extremely low humidity levels. This dry air can lower moisture
levels in vegetation to as little as 10%, making it highly susceptible to ignition.
Impact of Climate Change
Climate change has exacerbated the wildfire situation in California. Research indicates
that the wildfire season has lengthened over the past two decades, shifting the peak burn
period from August to July. Additionally, the intensity of wildfires has increased, with ten
of California’s largest wildfires occurring in the last twenty years. Rising global
temperatures contribute to warmer springs and summers, leading to earlier snow melts
and prolonged dry seasons. These conditions create a more vulnerable environment for
wildfires to thrive.

1. The Great Basin is a large desert region between the Rocky Mountains and Sierra
Nevada.
2. Santa Ana winds typically occur between October and January.
3. The journal Nature Scientific Reports published study on wildfire seasons in 2021.
4. The United Nations warns of a potential 3°C rise in global temperatures by
century’s end.
5. Five of the ten largest California wildfires occurred in 2020 alone.

Future Outlook on Wildfires

The outlook for wildfires in Southern California remains grim. Experts predict that the
frequency and intensity of wildfires will continue to rise due to ongoing climate change
and human activities. Without changes in climate policies and emissions reductions, the
region will face an increasingly hazardous fire season in the coming years.
Nato’s Defence Spending and Membership Updates
January 9, 2025
Nato, the North Atlantic Treaty Organization, has been a very important military alliance
since its formation in 1949. In light of recent geopolitical tensions, particularly following

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 199
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, discussions around defence spending among member states
have intensified. US President-elect Donald Trump has urged European Nato members to
increase their defence spending to 5% of their national incomes, above the current target
of 2%. This call aligns with Nato Secretary-General Mark Rutte’s recent emphasis on
adopting a “wartime mindset”.
What is Nato?
Nato was established in 1949 in Washington DC by 12 founding countries. It was created
to counter the influence of the Soviet Union in Europe. The alliance operates on the
principle of collective defence, where an attack on one member is considered an attack on
all. Although Nato does not possess its own military force, it coordinates military actions
among member states.
Nato Membership Overview
As of 2025, Nato comprises 32 member countries, including the original 12 founders and
20 additional nations. After the Soviet Union’s dissolution, many Eastern European
countries joined. The latest additions include Finland in April 2023 and Sweden in March
2024. Both countries applied for membership in May 2022, motivated by security concerns
following Russia’s aggressive actions in Ukraine.
Ukraine’s Nato Aspirations
Ukraine has expressed a desire to join Nato, but its membership has been hindered by
Russian opposition. In 2008, Nato indicated that Ukraine could join in the future. Following
the invasion, Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky sought to expedite this process.
However, Nato’s leadership has stated that membership will only be possible after the
ongoing conflict concludes.
Defence Spending Requirements
Nato currently mandates that member countries allocate at least 2% of their GDP to
defence. In 2024, approximately 23 countries met this benchmark, increase from just
three in 2014. The US and nations bordering Russia, such as Poland and the Baltic states,
are among those with the highest defence spending. The UK plans to increase its
spending to 2.5% of GDP by 2025.
Military Support for Ukraine
Nato has not deployed troops to Ukraine but has recognised the invasion as threat to
member security. Individual countries have provided military assistance, with the US
contributing nearly €60 billion and European members supplying over €52 billion since the
conflict began. This support includes anti-tank weapons, missile defence systems, and
long-range missiles from various member states.
Nato’s Enhanced Defence Posture
In early 2025, Nato will conduct a military exercise named Steadfast Dart 25 in Bulgaria
and Romania. This exercise aims to prepare troops for potential enemy attacks and
reinforce eastern borders. Nato has also increased its readiness by raising the number of
troops on high alert from 40,000 to over 300,000 and establishing eight battlegroups

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 200
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

along its eastern flank.

1. Nato was founded in 1949 by 12 countries.

2. Finland and Sweden joined in 2023 and 2024, respectively.
3. Nato’s collective defence principle is known as Article 5.
4. Ukraine’s membership process has been delayed due to Russian opposition.
5. The US has provided the most military aid to Ukraine among Nato members.

Future of Nato and Defence Spending

Nato continues to adapt to the changing security landscape in Europe. The emphasis on
increased defence spending reflects a broader commitment to collective security. Member
nations are expected to reassess their military capabilities to respond effectively to
emerging threats.
What is “Toxic Male Technique” in Mosquito Control?
January 9, 2025
Recent advancements in genetic engineering have opened new avenues for pest control.
Australian scientists have proposed a novel method to combat tropical diseases caused by
mosquitoes. This method involves genetically modifying male mosquitoes to produce
toxic semen that kills female mosquitoes after mating. Female mosquitoes are the primary
vectors for diseases such as malaria and dengue fever, making them the target of this
innovative approach.
The Toxic Male Technique
The “toxic male technique” aims to reduce mosquito populations by targeting females.
Male mosquitoes would be engineered to express venomous proteins in their semen.
After mating, the toxic semen would shorten the lifespan of female mosquitoes, thereby
decreasing their capacity to spread diseases.
Proof-of-Concept Trials
Initial trials were conducted using fruit flies, which have a short life cycle of about two
weeks. In these trials, female flies that mated with toxic males exhibited a marked
reduction in lifespan. This proof-of-concept has provided a foundation for future trials
involving mosquitoes, as researchers aim to replicate these results in a more relevant
species for disease control.
Safety and Implementation Challenges
Before deploying this method in the wild, rigorous safety testing is essential. Researchers
emphasise the need to ensure no risks to humans or non-target species. The mosquitoes
must be genetically modified to express the toxic traits only after release, utilising
conditional expression techniques. These techniques allow specific genes to be activated
or deactivated based on environmental triggers.
Advantages Over Traditional Methods
Traditional methods of mosquito population control often involve releasing sterile males
to reduce reproduction. However, computer models suggest that actively killing female

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 201
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

mosquitoes could yield far better results. The toxic male technique may work as swiftly as
pesticides while minimising harm to beneficial species in the ecosystem.

1. The malaria parasite can lead to severe symptoms like high fever and chills.
2. Malaria accounts for 95% of fatal cases in Africa, primarily affecting young
children.
3. Eastern equine encephalitis virus is another disease spread by mosquitoes.
4. Genetic engineering has been used for years to control mosquito populations.
5. The mosquito has been responsible for approximately 50 billion human deaths
throughout history.

Future Directions in Research

The next steps involve further research and trials specifically with mosquitoes. The goal is
to refine the genetic modifications and ensure that the method is both effective and safe.
As researchers move forward, they aim to develop a scalable solution that can be
implemented in various regions plagued by mosquito-borne diseases. This innovative
approach offers hope for healthier communities and a sustainable future in pest
management.
What is NISAR Mission?
January 9, 2025
The NISAR mission, a collaborative effort between NASA and ISRO, aims to revolutionise
Earth observation. To be launched in March 2025 from ISRO’s Satish Dhawan Space
Centre, this dual-band radar satellite will monitor Earth’s land and ice surfaces with
remarkable precision. The project originated from an agreement signed in 2014, reflecting
a commitment to track environmental changes and assess damage from natural disasters.
How NISAR Operates
NISAR employs a drum-shaped radar antenna reflector, measuring 39 feet (12 metres)
across. This antenna focuses microwave signals transmitted to and received from the
Earth’s surface. The mission incorporates two radar systems – an L-band with a 10-inch
(25-centimetre) wavelength and an S-band with a 4-inch (10-centimetre) wavelength. Each
wavelength interacts differently with objects, allowing NISAR to capture detailed imagery.
Scientific Goals and Capabilities
NISAR will scan nearly all of Earth’s land and ice surfaces every 12 days, gathering
extensive scientific data. The shorter wavelengths are sensitive to smaller features, while
longer wavelengths can penetrate larger structures. This capability enables researchers to
observe changes in ecosystems, monitor glaciers, and track geological movements, such
as landslides and earthquakes.
Key Contributors to the Mission
The mission’s success relies on the collaboration between various ISRO centres. The Space
Applications Centre in Ahmedabad is responsible for the S-band SAR instrument, while the
U R Rao Satellite Centre in Bengaluru oversees the spacecraft bus. ISRO’s Vikram Sarabhai

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 202
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Space Centre provides the launch vehicle, and the ISRO Telemetry Tracking and Command
Network manages satellite operations. NASA contributes the L-band SAR, antenna, and
advanced data communication systems.
Expected Outcomes and
NISAR’s observations will yield unprecedented vital information about Earth’s surface
dynamics. Researchers will gain valuable data on ice sheets, sea ice, and forest
ecosystems. The mission will also track crustal movements and monitor volcanic activities.
The high-resolution imagery, with each pixel representing an area the size of half a tennis
court, will facilitate a deeper understanding of the planet’s living system.
Data Accessibility and Impact
NASA has committed to processing and storing NISAR’s data in the cloud, ensuring free
access for researchers worldwide. This open data policy will enhance disaster response
efforts by providing timely information before and after catastrophic events. The
availability of such data will assist in damage assessment and mitigation strategies.

1. NISAR stands for NASA-ISRO Synthetic Aperture Radar.

2. The mission will capture data down to a centimetre scale.
3. ISRO’s Space Applications Centre is in Ahmedabad.
4. The L-band and S-band systems serve different observational purposes.
5. The satellite will revisit areas every 12 days for continuous monitoring.

Future Implications of NISAR

The NISAR mission not only represents technological advancement but also marks the
importance of international collaboration in addressing global challenges. The data
collected will support climate change research, enhance environmental monitoring, and
contribute to sustainable development efforts worldwide.
Decline of Wading Birds in Southern India
January 9, 2025
Coastal and inland wetlands in southern India are experiencing decline. A recent study
conducted in Kerala has revealed alarming trends in the population of wading birds, which
serve as crucial indicators of wetland health. The research spans the decade from 2010 to
2019, denoting the impact of anthropogenic changes on these vital ecosystems.
Study Overview
The study involved a comprehensive analysis of 27 sites, including estuaries, beaches,
mudflats, mangroves, and agro-ecosystems along the Kerala coast. Key locations included
Azheekkal estuary, Ayikkara beach, and Kayamkulam estuary. Researchers monitored
environmental variables such as climatic conditions, sediment composition, water quality,
and fish stock availability to assess their effects on wading bird populations.
Key Findings on Wading Bird Populations
The researchers focused on six common wader species – Great Egret, Median Egret, Little
Egret, Indian Pond Heron, Western Reef Egret, and Black Headed Ibis. The study found

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 203
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

decline in the densities of all species over the study period. Seasonal variations were
evident, with higher densities recorded during post-monsoon seasons compared to lower
numbers during monsoons.
Environmental Changes Impacting Waders
The study identified several environmental factors contributing to the decline in wading
bird populations. Increased salinity, pH, and temperature levels were noted in both water
and sediment. Conversely, organic carbon and nitrogen levels in sediments decreased .
These changes adversely affected primary productivity and fish stock availability, crucial
for the survival of large waders.
Adaptation and Habitat Shift
In response to declining wetland health, wading birds have adapted by shifting their
foraging habits to agroecosystems and estuaries. The study indicates that as their natural
habitats deteriorate, these birds are forced to seek alternative environments for food. This
behavioural shift raises concerns about the long-term viability of wading bird populations
in the region.

1. Great Egret is also known as Ardea alba.

2. Median Egret is scientifically named Ardea intermedia.
3. Indian Pond Heron is referred to as Ardeola grayii.
4. Western Reef Egret is called Egretta gularis.
5. Black Headed Ibis is known as Threskiornis melanocephalus.

Recommendations for Ecosystem Restoration

The researchers emphasised the urgent need for strategies to mitigate the adverse effects
on wetland ecosystems. They advocate for comprehensive restoration efforts to improve
ecosystem health and support the recovery of wading bird populations. Enhanced
monitoring and management of environmental variables are critical to reversing the
current trends observed in these vital habitats.
Maha Kumbh – Managing River Ganga’s Cleanliness
January 9, 2025
The Maha Kumbh Mela, set to commence on February 13, 2025, in Prayagraj, Uttar
Pradesh, is anticipated to attract around 450 million pilgrims over 44 days. This
monumental gathering poses challenges, particularly regarding the cleanliness of the
Ganga River, where devotees seek to take holy dips. The government has initiated
measures to tackle the pollution in the river, but concerns remain about the water quality
during the event.
About Maha Kumbh
Maha Kumbh is held every 12 years; the 2025 event starts on January 13 and ends on
February 26. In the 2013 Maha Kumbh, 12 crore pilgrims attended the event. The event is
being promoted as a global example for managing large-scale religious gatherings
sustainably.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 204
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Massive Pilgrimage and Attendance Estimates

The Maha Kumbh is expected to witness an unprecedented footfall. It is one of the largest
religious congregations in India, with an estimated 40 crore visitors and 50 lakh pilgrims
and sadhus staying in camps for the entire duration. Approximately five million pilgrims,
referred to as ‘Kalpvasis,’ will reside in the mela area throughout the event. This
population is nearly 20 times that of Prayagraj. Four main bathing days are predicted to
draw up to 50 million people each, resulting in an immense increase in sewage
generation.
Sewage Management Challenges
On peak days, the sewage generated could reach approximately 16.44 million litres. This
figure is in addition to the city’s daily sewage output of 471.93 million litres. According to
estimates, Until recently, untreated sewage was being discharged directly into the Ganga,
exacerbating pollution concerns. The Uttar Pradesh government, under pressure from the
National Green Tribunal (NGT), has committed to improving sewage treatment processes.
Current Sewage Treatment Infrastructure
Prayagraj generates 471.92 million litres of sewage daily. Of this, 293 million litres flow
into 81 drains connected to the Ganga and Yamuna rivers. The remaining 178.31 million
litres enter the sewage network linked to ten sewage treatment plants (STPs), which have
a combined capacity of 390 million litres per day. Currently, 37 of the 81 drains are
connected to STPs, treating 216.17 million litres of sewage.
Projected Sewage Increases During Kumbh
During the Maha Kumbh, the sewage output is expected to increase by 10%, raising the
total sewage entering the STPs to 237 million litres. However, the total sewage from the
network and drains will surpass the STPs’ capacity by 43 million litres. The government
plans to treat 60.80 million litres of sewage on-site from 22 drains, while the remaining
15.23 million litres will soon connect to STPs.
Water Flow Management for Pollution Control
To enhance the Ganga’s water quality, increased water flow is essential. Since December
15, the Tehri Dam has been releasing 2,000 cusecs of water daily into the Ganga.
Additional releases from various barrages aim to elevate the river’s water level, facilitating
natural pollution reduction. This strategy, however, is a temporary measure and does not
address the long-term pollution issues.
Sanitation Infrastructure
A total of 1.45 lakh toilets have been installed. A many as 15,000 fibre-reinforced
polymer (FRP) toilets with septic tanks and 22,000 prefabricated steel toilets with
septic tanks were installed.
Special tent-type toilets have also been set up for religious camps.
A 200-km temporary drainage system was built for greywater.

1. The Kumbh Mela occurs every 12 years at four locations.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 205
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

2. Prayagraj was formerly known as Allahabad.

3. Ganga is considered the holiest river in Hinduism.
4. Kalpvasis are permanent residents during the Kumbh.
5. NGT stands for National Green Tribunal, a judicial body.

Long-term Solutions Needed for River Health

Addressing the Ganga’s pollution requires sustainable efforts beyond the Kumbh.
Continuous monitoring of biological oxygen demand and water quality is essential. The
government’s commitment to improving sewage treatment and river flow needs to be
translated into effective action to ensure the river remains clean and healthy for future
generations.
Two Rare Neuroptera Species Discovered in Kerala
January 9, 2025
Recent research in Kerala has revealed two rare species belonging to the Order
Neuroptera. The Shadpada Entomology Research Lab (SERL) at Christ College has
documented these findings, which include Glenochrysa zeylanica and Indophanes
barbara. The rediscovery of Glenochrysa zeylanica marks its first report in India after
being thought endemic to Sri Lanka for over a century. Indophanes barbara, an antlion,
has also been identified across various locations in Kerala.
Discovery Overview
The research team, led by Doctoral Scholar Suryanarayanan T. B. and supervisor Bijoy C.,
has made contributions to entomology. The findings were published in respected journals,
including the Journal of the Entomological Research Society and Natura Somogyiensis. The
study marks the biodiversity of Kerala and its similarities with Sri Lankan fauna.
Glenochrysa zeylanica Details
Glenochrysa zeylanica is a green lacewing species rediscovered in Wayanad district. This
species had not been observed for 111 years. Previously believed to be confined to Sri
Lanka, its presence in India expands the known range of this insect. This discovery
represents the twelfth green lacewing species identified in Kerala.
Indophanes barbara Characteristics
Indophanes barbara is classified as an antlion and is noted for its unique habitat
preferences. Unlike typical antlions, its larvae do not construct pits but dwell beneath
loose soil. This behaviour protects them from environmental elements. The adult form is
often mistaken for damselflies due to morphological similarities, yet they can be
distinguished by their long antennae.
Neuroptera Order
The Order Neuroptera encompasses net-winged insects, including lacewings and antlions.
This order contains approximately 6,000 species and is part of the broader taxon
Neuropterida. Neuropterans are characterised by their four membranous wings and
chewing mouthparts. They undergo complete metamorphosis, with larvae acting as
specialised predators.
© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 206
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Research Funding and Support

The research conducted by SERL received financial backing from the Council of Scientific
and Industrial Research (CSIR), New Delhi. The lab focuses on the study of lesser-known
organisms, contributing to the understanding of insect diversity in the region.

1. Glenochrysa zeylanica was last seen in 1914.

2. Indophanes barbara larvae do not build pits.
3. Neuroptera includes 6,000 species worldwide.
4. Antlions and damselflies belong to different orders.
5. SERL is based at Christ College, Irinjalakuda.

Implications for Biodiversity Research

The discoveries of these species tell the importance of ongoing entomological research.
They highlight the rich biodiversity of Kerala and the need for conservation efforts. The
findings also suggest potential undiscovered species within the region, encouraging
further exploration and study.
What is AnemiaPhone?
January 9, 2025
In recent developments, Cornell University researchers have transferred AnemiaPhone
technology to the Indian Council of Medical Research (ICMR). This innovative tool offers a
rapid, accurate, and cost-effective screening method for iron deficiency, a leading cause of
anaemia. Anaemily affects pregnant women in India, with prevalence rates reaching
50%-70%. AnemiaPhone promises to enhance screening efforts within India’s Anaemia
Mukt Bharat programme, which aims to combat anaemia among vulnerable populations.
What is AnemiaPhone?
AnemiaPhone is a portable testing device that assesses iron deficiency. It operates using a
simple test strip, requiring just a drop of blood and a few minutes for analysis. The results
are uploaded to a clinical database via mobile devices. This technology allows healthcare
workers to provide immediate guidance and interventions.
The Need for AnemiaPhone
Anaemia affects millions, particularly women and children. In India, the prevalence of
anaemia among women aged 15-49 is 57%, while 67.1% of children aged 6-59 months are
affected. Traditional laboratory tests are often inaccessible due to high costs and logistical
challenges. AnemiaPhone aims to decentralise healthcare by enabling testing at home or
local clinics.
Development and Transfer of Technology
Cornell University developed AnemiaPhone in collaboration with experts in precision
nutrition and health. The technology underwent rigorous testing in India, ensuring its
accuracy and reliability. The formal transfer of this technology to ICMR occurred on
November 7, 2024, at no cost, denoting a commitment to improving public health.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 207
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Integration into Anaemia Mukt Bharat Programme

The Anaemia Mukt Bharat (AMB) initiative launched in 2018 aims to reduce anaemia
among key demographics. The programme employs a 6X6X6 strategy, focusing on six
target groups, interventions, and institutional mechanisms. AnemiaPhone will enhance
the programme’s efficacy by providing accessible testing solutions.
Interventions Under Anaemia Mukt Bharat
AMB includes several interventions such as: – Prophylactic iron and folic acid
supplementation. – Behaviour Change Communication campaigns to promote dietary
diversity and iron-rich foods. – Testing and treatment using digital methods, especially for
pregnant women and adolescents. – Addressing non-nutritional causes of anaemia, like
malaria and hemoglobinopathies. – Management of severe anaemia through IV iron
administration and blood transfusions.
Challenges and Future Directions
Despite the progress, challenges remain, including the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic
on programme implementation. The government continues to strengthen partnerships
and enhance capacity-building initiatives for healthcare providers. The focus remains on
improving anaemia management across all states and union territories.

1. AnemiaPhone is a portable device for iron deficiency testing.

2. The AMB strategy targets six vulnerable age groups.
3. 57% of Indian women aged 15-49 are anaemic.
4. 67.1% of children aged 6-59 months suffer from anaemia.
5. COVID-19 has hampered anaemia programme implementation.

Future of Anaemia Screening in India

The integration of AnemiaPhone into national health initiatives represents advancement
in anaemia screening. By decentralising access to testing, India can enhance its healthcare
delivery, particularly in underserved areas. This technology has the potential to transform
the landscape of anaemia management and improve health outcomes for millions.
India’s GDP Growth Forecast for FY25
January 9, 2025
India’s Real Gross Domestic Product (GDP) growth is projected to reach a four-year low of
6.4 per cent for the financial year 2024-25. This estimate, released by the National
Statistics Office (NSO), reflects challenges in industrial and investment sectors. The
prediction falls short of the Reserve Bank of India’s growth estimate of 6.6 per cent and
the government’s range of 6.5-7 per cent as outlined in the Economic Survey 2023-24. The
first advance estimates are derived from data collected during the initial months of FY25
and aim to assist in the formulation of the upcoming Union Budget.
About GDP Growth Estimates
GDP growth estimates are crucial for economic planning. The NSO releases advance
estimates to guide government departments in budget preparation. The current estimate

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 208
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

indicates a slowdown influenced by various factors, including weak industrial performance

and investment growth.
Key Contributors to Economic Slowdown
Several factors contribute to the anticipated GDP slowdown. These include a strong base
effect from previous years, the impact of general elections, subdued private sector capital
expenditure, and tightening monetary and fiscal policies. Analysts believe these elements
have collectively led to the cyclical slowdown observed in the economy.
Sectoral Growth
The first advance estimates reveal a marked slowdown in the primary and secondary
sectors, excluding agriculture. Manufacturing Gross Value Added (GVA) is expected to
decline to 5.3 per cent from 9.9 per cent in the previous year. Mining and quarrying
growth is projected at 2.9 per cent, lower than the 7.1 per cent recorded in FY24.
Consumption and Investment Trends
Consumption demand is expected to rise by 7.3 per cent, up from 4 per cent last year.
However, investment growth is forecasted at 6.4 per cent, a decline from the previous
year’s 9 per cent. This disparity marks the challenges in stimulating corporate investments
despite improved consumption.
Performance of the Services Sector
The services sector is anticipated to perform relatively well, with growth estimated at 7.2
per cent compared to 7.6 per cent in FY24. Public administration, defence, and other
services are projected to grow by 9.1 per cent, showcasing resilience in this sector amidst
broader economic challenges.
Government Expenditure Impact
Government Final Consumption Expenditure (GFCE) is set to increase by 4.1 per cent, up
from 2.5 per cent in the previous year. This rise in government spending is expected to
support overall economic growth, despite the subdued investment climate.

1. GVA reflects national income derived from production.

2. The base effect refers to the impact of previous year’s growth on current
performance.
3. Fiscal deficit is the difference between government expenditure and revenue.
4. The Reserve Bank of India regulates monetary policy in India.
5. Advance estimates are preliminary figures released before final data.

Future Economic Outlook

Looking ahead, private consumption is projected to increase in the second half of FY25,
driven by rural demand due to strong agricultural output. However, investment growth
may remain stagnant, indicating ongoing challenges in stimulating economic activity.
Urban demand has weakened, influenced by slower wage growth, suggesting a need for
targeted economic strategies.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 209
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

AI Catalysts – Empowering India’s Future

January 9, 2025
India is on a transformative journey towards becoming an AI-first nation, supported by a
strategic partnership between IndiaAI and Microsoft. This collaboration aims to equip
500,000 individuals with AI skills by 2026. It focuses on encouraging innovation,
promoting responsible AI development, and building a robust ecosystem for AI
applications across the country, particularly in rural areas.
Collaboration Overview
The partnership between IndiaAI and Microsoft is formalised through a Memorandum of
About (MoU). This agreement is designed to enhance the adoption and development of
artificial intelligence in India. It aligns with the objectives of the India AI Mission, which
aims to leverage AI for economic growth and social inclusivity.
AI Catalysts – Centre of Excellence
One of the key initiatives is the establishment of “AI Catalysts,” a Centre of Excellence. This
centre will promote rural AI innovation in Tier 2 and Tier 3 cities. It aims to empower
100,000 AI innovators and developers through various initiatives, including hackathons
and community engagement.
AI Productivity Labs
The initiative includes setting up AI Productivity Labs in 20 National Skill Training Institutes
(NSTIs) and NIELIT centres across 10 states. These labs will train 20,000 educators and
provide foundational AI courses to 100,000 students in 200 Industrial Training Institutes
(ITIs). This effort aims to build a skilled workforce capable of leveraging AI technologies.
Focus on Critical Sectors
The collaboration will focus on developing AI-enabled solutions for critical sectors.
Microsoft Research (MSR) will provide expertise to ensure these solutions are effective and
relevant to India’s unique challenges. This approach is essential for driving innovation in
various industries.
Support for Startups
Microsoft’s Founders Hub programme will extend benefits to up to 1,000 AI startups
under the IndiaAI Mission. These benefits include Azure credits, business resources, and
mentorship. This initiative encourages innovation and growth within India’s startup
ecosystem, encouraging a culture of entrepreneurship.
Linguistic Diversity and Dataset Development
The partnership aims to develop foundational models that support Indic languages. This
focus addresses India’s linguistic diversity and ensures that AI solutions are culturally and
contextually relevant. Additionally, efforts will be made to build a robust datasets
platform, including tools for dataset curation and synthetic data generation.
Responsible AI Development
A aspect of this collaboration is the commitment to responsible AI development. The
partnership will create frameworks, standards, and evaluation metrics to ensure ethical AI

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 210
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

practices. This includes supporting the establishment of an AI Safety Institute in India,

which will focus on promoting safe and responsible AI use.

1. AI Catalysts will empower 100,000 innovators.

2. Microsoft will help train 500,000 individuals.
3. 20 AI Productivity Labs will be established.
4. Up to 1,000 AI startups will receive support.
5. Foundational models will focus on Indic languages.

Inclusive Development and Economic Growth

The collaboration emphasises inclusivity by empowering underserved communities. It
aims to promote ethical AI practices while supporting startups. This strategic approach is
expected to drive economic growth and position India as a global leader in AI applications.
Mahakumbh 2025 – Prayagraj’s Green Initiative
January 9, 2025
In anticipation of Mahakumbh 2025, Prayagraj has embarked on an extensive greening
project. The city aims to create dense forests to improve air quality for millions of
expected visitors. Over the past two years, the Prayagraj Municipal Corporation has
implemented the Japanese Miyawaki technique to develop multiple oxygen banks across
various locations. These efforts have resulted in lush green forests that enhance the city’s
environment while addressing pollution concerns.
Miyawaki Technique – An Overview
The Miyawaki technique is a method for creating dense forests in limited spaces.
Developed by Akira Miyawaki in the 1970s, it utilises a close planting strategy. This method
accelerates tree growth, allowing plants to thrive ten times faster than traditional
methods. The technique mimics natural forests by incorporating a variety of native
species, promoting biodiversity and improving soil quality.
Key Achievements in Prayagraj
Prayagraj Municipal Corporation has planted trees at over ten locations, covering 55,800
square meters. The largest plantation took place in the Naini industrial area, where
approximately 120,000 trees of 63 different species were planted. Additionally, 27,000
trees from 27 species were planted in Baswar after clearing the city’s largest garbage
dumping yard. These initiatives not only enhance greenery but also contribute to better
air quality and environmental conservation.
Environmental Benefits
The Miyawaki forests provide numerous environmental advantages. They help reduce air
and water pollution, prevent soil erosion, and increase biodiversity. According to experts,
these forests can lower temperatures by 4 to 7 degrees Celsius, mitigating the heat effects
during summer. They also contribute to improved soil fertility and create habitats for
various animal and bird species.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 211
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Tree Species Planted

The project includes a diverse range of species, from fruit-bearing trees to medicinal and
ornamental plants. Key species planted include mango, mahua, neem, peepal, tamarind,
and teak. Additionally, ornamental plants like hibiscus, bougainvillea, and jungle jalebi
have been incorporated. The inclusion of medicinal plants such as brahmi and amla
further enhances the ecological value of these forests.

1. Akira Miyawaki is a renowned Japanese botanist.

2. The Miyawaki technique promotes biodiversity in urban areas.
3. Dense forests can lower urban temperatures .
4. Prayagraj’s greening project spans over 55,800 square meters.
5. Miyawaki forests absorb more carbon than traditional forests.

Future Implications
The successful implementation of the Miyawaki technique in Prayagraj serves as a model
for urban greening initiatives worldwide. By transforming polluted lands into vibrant
ecosystems, this approach addresses environmental challenges while enhancing the
quality of life for residents and visitors alike. The project not only prepares Prayagraj for
Mahakumbh 2025 but also sets a precedent for sustainable urban development.
Gujarat’s Har Ghar Connectivity Programme
January 9, 2025
In January 2025, Gujarat’s Chief Minister Bhupendra Patel announced advancements in
the state’s digital infrastructure. The initiatives aim to improve public welfare and the ‘Ease
of Living’ through technology. The ‘Digital India’ campaign, launched by Prime Minister
Narendra Modi, serves as the foundation for these transformative projects. A key
component of this initiative is the Har Ghar Connectivity programme, which focuses on
providing high-speed internet access to rural households.
Har Ghar Connectivity Initiative
The Har Ghar Connectivity initiative aims to connect rural homes with Fibre-to-Home
(FTTH) technology. This pilot project will deliver approximately 25,000 connections. It is
designed to offer affordable high-speed internet along with value-added services. These
services include Wi-Fi, cable television, OTT platforms, and gaming options. The initiative is
a collaborative effort involving Gujarat Fibre Grid Network Limited (GFGNL) and various
agencies.
Benefits of High-Speed Internet
Access to high-speed internet will empower rural communities by providing essential
services. Citizens will benefit from television entertainment, digital bill payments, and
Government-to-Citizen (G2C) services. The initiative will also facilitate online education and
telemedicine. Additionally, it will support IoT solutions for agriculture and animal
husbandry, enhancing overall productivity and quality of life.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 212
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Expansion Plans and Future Goals

Following the pilot phase, the initiative will scale up to reach more rural households. The
Gujarat government aims to bridge the digital divide between urban and rural areas. By
transforming homes into ‘smart homes’, the initiative seeks to ensure equal access to
services and opportunities for rural citizens. This aligns with the broader vision of a
Connected Government and Connected Communities.
Other Digital Initiatives in Gujarat
Gujarat has launched several other initiatives to enhance digital connectivity. These
include the Fibre-to-Field Office initiative, which targets rural areas, and the Fibre-to-Far-
Flung Towers initiative. Improvements in urban connectivity are also underway. These
efforts aim to connect rural government offices to Gandhinagar via the BharatNet
network, promoting seamless digital governance.

1. GFGNL stands for Gujarat Fibre Grid Network Limited.

2. BharatNet is a government initiative to enhance digital connectivity.
3. FTTH refers to Fibre-to-Home technology.
4. G2C services facilitate direct communication between government and citizens.
5. IoT in agriculture refers to smart farming solutions using technology.

Leadership in Digital Connectivity

Gujarat has been recognised as a leader in digital connectivity initiatives. The state was
the first to be selected for BharatNet Phase-3 under the State-Led Model. This selection
follows a Memorandum of Cooperation with the Central Government. The commitment to
maintaining leadership in digital infrastructure is evident in the ongoing projects and
initiatives. The government aims to create a robust digital ecosystem that benefits all
citizens, particularly in rural areas.
CBI Enhances Ties with INTERPOL
January 9, 2025
The Central Bureau of Investigation (CBI) has taken steps to improve its collaboration with
the International Criminal Police Organization (INTERPOL). As of January 2025, three
senior CBI officers have been deployed to INTERPOL offices in France and Singapore. This
marks a historic first for the agency, as it previously only sent senior officers for temporary
assignments. The move aims to strengthen coordination in transnational crime
investigations and expedite the extradition process for fugitives.
CBI’s Role in INTERPOL
The CBI serves as India’s National Central Bureau (NCB) within INTERPOL. It facilitates
communication between Indian law enforcement and INTERPOL, ensuring that
information about fugitives and criminal activities is shared efficiently. This role is crucial
for addressing cross-border crimes and enhancing global police cooperation.
Types of INTERPOL Notices
INTERPOL issues various notices to assist member countries in tracking criminals. The

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 213
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

main types include:

Red Notice – Requests the location and arrest of a wanted person.
Blue Notice – Seeks information about a person involved in a crime.
Green Notice – Warns about a person’s criminal activities.
Yellow Notice – Aids in locating missing persons.
Black Notice – Gathers information on unidentified bodies.
Orange Notice – Alerts about imminent threats.
Purple Notice – Shares information on criminal methods.
Recent Achievements of CBI and INTERPOL
In 2024, INTERPOL issued over 170 notices, contributing to the return of at least 20
criminals to India. The collaboration has proven effective, with more than 100 Red Corner
Notices issued in 2023 alone. These efforts highlight the importance of international
cooperation in combating crime.
Establishment and Structure of CBI
The CBI was established in 1963, evolving from the Special Police Establishment set up
during World War II. It operates under the Delhi Special Police Establishment Act, 1946.
The agency is managed by a Director, who is appointed by a committee consisting of the
Prime Minister, the Leader of Opposition, and the Chief Justice of India.
CBI’s Mission and Vision
The CBI’s mission focuses on upholding the Constitution and enhancing law enforcement
cooperation. Its vision includes combating corruption, curbing economic crimes, and
supporting state police forces. The agency aims to maintain high standards of
professionalism and integrity in its operations.

1. INTERPOL has 195 member countries worldwide.

2. The CBI’s motto is “Industry, Impartiality and Integrity.”
3. Red Notices are the closest instrument to an international arrest warrant.
4. INTERPOL’s General Assembly is its supreme decision-making body.
5. The CBI was officially established in 1963.

Future Prospects for CBI and INTERPOL

The CBI’s enhanced presence at INTERPOL signifies a commitment to tackling
international crime. As global crime evolves, the collaboration between national agencies
and INTERPOL will be crucial for effective law enforcement. The deployment of officers
abroad may lead to further improvements in transnational investigations and extradition
processes.
V Narayanan Appointed New ISRO Chairman
January 9, 2025
On January 7, 2025, the Government of India announced the appointment of V Narayanan
as the new Chairman of the Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) and Secretary of
the Department of Space. He will officially take office on January 14, 2025, succeeding S

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 214
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Somanath. Narayanan’s extensive experience in rocket propulsion and his leadership role
at ISRO come at a very important time for India’s space programme, which is advancing in
satellite technology and human space missions.
Background of V Narayanan
V Narayanan hails from Melakattu village in Nagercoil, Tamil Nadu. He excelled in
mechanical engineering, earning the First Rank Diploma in Mechanical Engineering and
later an Associate Membership in Mechanical Engineering. He pursued further studies at
IIT Kharagpur, where he completed his M.Tech in Cryogenic Engineering, graduating with
a Silver Medal. Narayanan also holds a Ph.D. in Aerospace Engineering.
Professional Journey at ISRO
Narayanan joined ISRO in 1984 and has held various roles. He served as Director of the
Liquid Propulsion Systems Centre (LPSC) since January 2018. His contributions include
leading projects for the Augmented Satellite Launch Vehicle (ASLV) and the Polar Satellite
Launch Vehicle (PSLV). His work has been crucial in developing propulsion systems for
several missions, including the GSLV Mk III and the Chandrayaan missions.
Key Contributions to Space Missions
As Project Director for the GSLV Mk III C25 Cryogenic Project, Narayanan oversaw the
successful launch of the GSLV Mk III, a major milestone for ISRO. He played a vital role in
developing cryogenic propulsion systems for the Chandrayaan-2 and Chandrayaan-3
missions, enhancing landing strategies and ensuring mission success. His efforts in the
Gaganyaan programme focused on human-rating the LVM3 vehicle and ensuring safety
systems.
Awards and Recognition
Narayanan has received numerous accolades for his work in aerospace and space
research. He was honoured with the Gold Medal from the Astronautical Society of India
and the Outstanding Achievement Award from ISRO. In 2018, he received an Honorary
Doctorate of Science from Sathyabama University and the Distinguished Alumni Award
from IIT Kharagpur. His contributions were further recognised with the National Design
Award in 2019.

1. ISRO – Indian Space Research Organisation, founded in 1969.

2. GSLV Mk III – Geosynchronous Satellite Launch Vehicle Mark III, ISRO’s heavy-lift
launch vehicle.
3. Chandrayaan – India’s lunar exploration programme, initiated in 2003.
4. ASLV – Augmented Satellite Launch Vehicle, a predecessor to PSLV.
5. LPSC – Liquid Propulsion Systems Centre, crucial for propulsion system
development.

Future Prospects for ISRO

With Narayanan at the helm, ISRO is poised to enhance its capabilities in satellite
technology and international collaborations. His expertise in rocket propulsion and human

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 215
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

spaceflight is expected to drive ISRO towards new frontiers in space exploration. The
agency aims to achieve ambitious projects like Gaganyaan and strengthen its global
presence in space research. Narayanan’s leadership will be very important in navigating
ISRO through upcoming challenges and innovations in the space sector.
Jammu-Srinagar Vande Bharat Express to Commence Service
January 9, 2025
The Udhampur-Srinagar-Baramulla Rail Link (USBRL) project is infrastructure initiative by
Indian Railways. This project aims to connect the Kashmir Valley with the Indian Railways
network. The USBRL is set to operationalise soon, with the Jammu-Srinagar Vande Bharat
Express train service expected to commence shortly. This service will mark the first direct
train connectivity between Jammu and the Kashmir Valley, enhancing travel efficiency and
economic growth in the region.
Overview of the USBRL Project
The USBRL project spans a total length of 272 km.
The USBRL features 927 bridges with a total length of 13 km. Among these is the
Chenab Bridge, which will be the highest railway bridge in the world. It has an overall
length of 1,315 m and an arch span of 467 m, rising 359 m above the Chenab River
bed.
It includes the construction of 38 tunnels, with a combined length of 119 km. The
longest tunnel, T-49, measures 12.75 km, making it the country’s longest
transportation tunnel.
It connects Udhampur to Baramulla, thereby linking Kashmir with the rest of India.
The project was declared a National Project in 2002, denoting its importance for
regional development.
The project involves complex engineering due to the rugged Himalayan terrain.
Key Facts About Jammu-Srinagar Vande Bharat Express
The Jammu-Srinagar Vande Bharat Express will provide the first-ever train
connectivity between Jammu and the Kashmir Valley.
It will initially connect Katra to Srinagar in 3 hours 10 minutes.
Trains are specially designed with anti-freezing technology, allowing operations in
temperatures as low as -20°C.
Equipped with snow removal systems (snow ploughs/snow blowers) for all-weather
functionality.
Safety features include:
1. Silicon heating pads and self-regulating heating cables to prevent water freezing.
2. Embedded heating elements in windshields for clear visibility.
3. Anti-spall layers to protect drivers during extreme conditions.
Safety Inspections and Regulations
The Commissioner of Railway Safety (CRS) has completed final safety inspections for the
Katra-Banihal section of the USBRL. This section is 111 km long, with approximately 97 km

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 216
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

through tunnels. The route includes the world’s highest railway arch bridge, ensuring
safety and structural integrity.

1. T-49 is India’s longest transportation tunnel at 12.75 km.

2. The Chenab Bridge will be the highest railway bridge globally.
3. Vande Bharat trains can operate in temperatures as low as -20°C.
4. The USBRL project was declared a National Project in 2002.
5. The Katra-Banihal section features 97 km of tunnels.

Technical Innovations and Collaborations

Indian Railways has implemented anti-vibration seismic devices in the USBRL project.
These devices are crucial for maintaining safety in the earthquake-prone region.
Additionally, design issues for Vande Bharat sleeper trains have been resolved, with
production contracts awarded to multiple companies. Collaborations with Japanese
partners are ongoing for high-speed train technology and infrastructure.
NCLT Appointments Boost Corporate Governance in India
January 9, 2025
The Ministry of Corporate Affairs (MCA) has recently appointed 24 new members to the
National Company Law Tribunal (NCLT). This strategic move, announced on January 7,
2025, aims to enhance the tribunal’s efficiency in resolving corporate disputes. The
appointments include 11 Judicial Members and 13 Technical Members, each serving a
tenure of five years or until the age of 65. This initiative is designed to address the
increasing demands for effective handling of insolvency, mergers, and corporate disputes
in India.
Key Appointees and Their Roles
The new members bring diverse expertise to the NCLT. Judicial Members include Justice
Jyotsna Sharma and Sunil Kumar Aggarwal. Technical Members comprise Reena Sinha Puri
and Siddharth Mishra. Their backgrounds ensure a balanced approach to adjudication,
enhancing the tribunal’s capability to manage complex cases.
Implications for Corporate Disputes
The appointments are expected to reduce case pendency at the NCLT. They will expedite
resolutions, particularly for cases under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code (IBC) and the
Companies Act. Improved efficiency in the tribunal is vital for encouraging confidence
among businesses and investors.
Overview of the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code (IBC)
The Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, enacted in 2016, consolidates various laws
related to insolvency resolution.
It aims to streamline processes for creditors, aiding in the recovery of dues.
The IBC is often referred to as India’s exit law, addressing challenges in the economy.
Objectives of the IBC include:
1. Consolidate existing insolvency laws

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 217
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

2. Expedite resolution processes

3. Protect creditor interests
4. Promote entrepreneurship
5. Maximise asset value and provide timely recovery procedures for banks and financial
institutions

1. T.K. Vishwanathan led the committee that proposed the IBC.

2. The NCLT was established on June 1, 2016, to handle corporate disputes.
3. The IBC has been very important in promoting entrepreneurship in India.
4. The NCLT operates under principles of natural justice, not bound by civil
procedure rules.
5. The Insolvency and Bankruptcy Board oversees the IBC implementation.

Structure of the NCLT

The NCLT is a quasi-judicial authority that resolves civil disputes under the Companies Act,
2013. It consists of a President and several Judicial and Technical Members, functioning
with the flexibility to regulate its procedures. The NCLT plays important role as the
adjudicating authority for insolvency resolutions under the IBC.
US, India to Co-Produce Sonobuoys
January 9, 2025
In recent developments, India and the United States have announced a strategic
partnership aimed at co-producing sonobuoys for Undersea Domain Awareness (UDA)
within the Indian Navy. This initiative reflects both nations’ concerns regarding the
increasing Chinese naval presence in the Indian Ocean Region. The cooperation was
brought into light during U.S. National Security Advisor Jake Sullivan’s visit to India, which
focused on enhancing defence innovation and industrial collaboration.
Background of Sonobuoys
Sonobuoys are devices used for detecting submarines in deep waters. They are deployed
from aircraft or ships and can monitor underwater sounds. These technologies play a
critical role in naval operations, particularly in anti-submarine warfare.
Importance of Undersea Domain Awareness
UDA encompasses the ability to monitor and understand activities in the underwater
environment. It is vital for national security, especially in regions threatened by hostile
naval forces. The partnership aims to boost India’s capabilities in this domain, ensuring
maritime safety and security.
The Role of Ultra Maritime and BDL
Ultra Maritime, a leader in undersea warfare technology, is collaborating with Bharat
Dynamics Limited (BDL) for this project. The partnership will focus on developing
sonobuoys tailored for the unique conditions of the Indian Ocean. This collaboration
aligns with the U.S.-India Initiative on Critical and Emerging Technologies launched in May
2022.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 218
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Production and Interoperability Goals

The sonobuoys will be manufactured according to U.S. Navy standards, with production
distributed between the U.S. and India. This approach supports India’s ‘Make in India’
initiative, promoting domestic manufacturing. The interoperability of these devices will
ensure they can be used effectively across various platforms operated by both nations and
their allies.
Recent Developments in Maritime Cooperation
India has been enhancing its military capabilities through acquisitions from the U.S. The
Indian Navy operates several advanced platforms, including the P-8I maritime patrol
aircraft and the MH-60R helicopters. Recent contracts, such as the $3.5 billion deal for
MQ-9B drones, further strengthen this collaboration.
Broader Implications for Regional Security
The focus on UDA is crucial for maintaining security in the Indian Ocean Region. As
brought into light by Indian military leaders, UDA is essential for effective naval
operations. The partnership with Ultra Maritime and BDL signifies a commitment to
addressing emerging threats and ensuring maritime stability.

1. UDA – Undersea Domain Awareness, crucial for naval security.

2. BDL – Bharat Dynamics Limited, India’s defence manufacturer.
3. P-8I – Long-range maritime patrol aircraft used by India.
4. ICET – Initiative on Critical and Emerging Technologies, launched in 2022.
5. Quad – Strategic alliance of India, U.S., Australia, and Japan.

Future Directions in Defence Collaboration

The partnership is expected to pave the way for future technological advancements in
defence. Enhanced collaboration between India and the U.S. will likely lead to more joint
initiatives, focusing on maritime security and defence innovation.
Tiger Migration in Maharashtra
January 9, 2025
In a remarkable wildlife event, a male tiger born in the Tipeshwar Wildlife Sanctuary has
travelled an astonishing distance of 500 kilometres to reach the Solapur district in
Maharashtra. This journey has prompted the Pune Forest Department to propose
relocating the tiger to the Sahyadri Tiger Reserve, situated 300 kilometres away.
About Tipeshwar Wildlife Sanctuary
Tipeshwar Wildlife Sanctuary is located in Yavatmal district, Maharashtra. It is nourished
by several rivers, including the Purna, Krishna, Bhima, and Tapti, earning it the nickname
“Green Oasis.” The sanctuary is characterised by its basalt landscape, formed by volcanic
activity. Its diverse topography supports a variety of vegetation, including herbs, grasses,
and bamboo forests, making it a rich habitat for wildlife.
Flora and Fauna
The sanctuary is home to a wide range of flora and fauna. It features a rich assortment of

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 219
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

plant life, including various herbs and grasses. The fauna includes numerous species such
as hyenas, chital, blackbucks, sambars, jackals, wild boars, peacocks, monkeys, blue bulls,
and bears. This biodiversity marks the ecological importance of the sanctuary.
Sahyadri Tiger Reserve Overview
Established in 2008, the Sahyadri Tiger Reserve is located in the Sahyadri Ranges of the
Western Ghats. It encompasses rich evergreen, semi-evergreen, and moist deciduous
forests. The reserve serves as a vital habitat for tigers and plays important role in
conservation efforts in Maharashtra. It shares boundaries with Karnataka and Goa,
enhancing its ecological significance.
Monitoring the Tiger’s Movement
Officials from the Dharashiv and Solapur forest divisions are actively tracking the tiger’s
movements. Following reports of cattle attacks in Solapur, camera traps confirmed the
presence of this male tiger, which had previously been missing from the sanctuary. The
last sighting occurred in Solapur, where locals were informed about the tiger’s
movements to prevent potential conflicts.
Reasons for the Tiger’s Journey
Experts suggest that the tiger’s extensive journey may be due to its search for a mate or
suitable territory. The central Indian landscape, particularly Vidarbha, has limited
unoccupied territories, compelling the tiger to explore new areas. This phenomenon is not
unprecedented, as a similar event occurred in 2021 when another young male tiger
migrated from Tipeshwar to Gautala Autramghat Wildlife Sanctuary.

1. Tipeshwar Wildlife Sanctuary is known as “Green Oasis.”

2. The Sahyadri Tiger Reserve was established in 2008.
3. The tiger sighted in Solapur is a cub of T22 tigress.
4. Camera traps confirmed the tiger’s presence in Solapur.
5. The last tiger sighting in Solapur occurred 50 years ago.

Future Implications for Conservation

The ongoing situation with the male tiger marks the importance of understanding wildlife
movement and habitat needs. It also puts stress on the necessity of community
engagement in conservation efforts to ensure the safety of both humans and wildlife. The
successful relocation of this tiger could pave the way for future conservation strategies in
Maharashtra and beyond.
Toda Tribe Celebrates Modhweth Festival
January 9, 2025
The Toda tribe, an ancient Dravidian ethnic group, resides in the Nilgiris Hills of Tamil
Nadu. In December 2025, they celebrated their festival, Modhweth, marking the New Year.
This vibrant occasion took place at Muthanad Mund, the tribe’s community headquarters,
and involved members of various ages. The festival embodies their cultural identity and
spiritual beliefs, emphasising health, agriculture, and unity.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 220
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Significance of Modhweth Festival

Modhweth is the most important festival for the Toda tribe. It occurs annually, either on
the last Sunday of December or the first Sunday of January. The festival is a time for prayer
and reflection, where community members seek blessings for health, prosperity, and the
well-being of their livestock. Modhekuttan, a tribe member, brought into light the festival’s
purpose, stating that prayers to their deity, Shakti, are believed to fulfil wishes.
Rituals and Celebrations
The celebration commenced with prayers at the Moonpo temple, dedicated to the deity
Thenkish Amman. The Toda community gathered to offer prayers, seeking good health,
adequate rainfall, and abundant harvests. Following the prayers, a shared buttermilk
ritual symbolised unity among the tribe. Mandesh Kuttan explained that men pray
together for everyone’s welfare, a tradition that strengthens communal bonds.
Traditional Performances
After the prayers, the festivities included devotional songs and dances. The Toda tribe
showcased their cultural heritage through traditional dance, performed outside the
temple. This vibrant display of dance serves not only as entertainment but also as a way to
honour their deities. The culmination of the celebrations featured a unique stone-lifting
ceremony, where young men lifted a greased boulder weighing approximately 80 kg,
demonstrating strength, balance, and masculinity.
The Moonpo Temple
The Moonpo temple holds historical significance for the Toda tribe. It is known for its
distinctive architectural design, featuring a vertical thatched roof with a flat stone atop.
This temple is one of the last remaining examples of its kind in the Nilgiris. It attracts not
only the Toda community but also tourists interested in their rich cultural heritage. The
temple serves as a focal point for the Modhweth celebrations, reinforcing the tribe’s
spiritual beliefs.
The Toda Community
The Toda tribe consists of around 50 members, primarily engaged in cattle-herding and
dairy work. Their settlements, known as mund, typically feature small thatched houses
arranged in half-barrel shapes. The Toda people are strictly vegetarian and abstain from
consuming meat, fish, and eggs that can hatch. Their religious practices revolve around a
pantheon of gods, with Tökisy and Ön being central figures. The Toda language belongs
to the Dravidian family, reflecting their deep-rooted cultural identity.

1. Modhweth is celebrated on the last Sunday of December or first Sunday of

January.
2. The Moonpo temple is one of the last of its kind in the Nilgiris.
3. The Toda tribe is classified as a Particularly Vulnerable Tribal Group.
4. Todas live in settlements called mund, shaped like half-barrels.
5. The tribe’s primary occupation is cattle-herding and dairy work.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 221
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

January 10, 2025

Delhi Land Reforms Act Controversy
January 10, 2025
The Delhi Land Reforms Act of 1954 has recently gained attention due to allegations made
by former Chief Minister Arvind Kejriwal. He claimed that Prime Minister Modi has not
fulfilled his promise to repeal Sections 33 and 81 of the Act. These sections have
implications for land use in rural Delhi, affecting many small farmers.
Overview of Sections 33 and 81
Section 33 prohibits the sale, gift, or transfer of agricultural land if it leaves the
owner with less than eight acres. This rule aims to prevent the fragmentation of
agricultural holdings.
Section 81 mandates the ejection of landowners using their land for purposes
unrelated to agriculture, horticulture, or animal husbandry. Such land will be vested
in the Gram Sabha, which manages local governance.
Implications for Landowners
These sections restrict landowners from using their property for residential or commercial
purposes. Many landowners argue that these restrictions hinder their ability to sell or
develop their land. They express frustration over the inability to utilise their land for
personal emergencies, such as weddings or education costs. The restrictions have led to
calls for the repeal of these sections.
Urbanisation of Delhi Villages
Delhi consists of 357 villages, with 308 declared urban. Once a village is designated as
urban, it falls under the Delhi Municipal Act 1957 and the Delhi Development Act 1954,
thus escaping the purview of the Delhi Land Reforms Act. This change has made many
cases under Sections 33 and 81 redundant, as urbanised areas are not governed by these
agricultural regulations.
Calls for Reform
Experts suggest that Section 81 should be modified. Instead of vesting land in the Gram
Sabha, they propose imposing penalties on those misusing agricultural land. Additionally,
they advocate for alternatives for farmers with small landholdings, as many are unable to
sustain profitable farming. The government has been critiqued for its lack of support for
these farmers.
Political Context and Blame Game
With the Delhi Assembly elections approaching, the political blame game has intensified.
Both AAP and BJP are attempting to position themselves as champions of rural
development. Kejriwal’s recent statements highlight the ongoing tension between the two
parties, with each accusing the other of failing to address the concerns of rural
landowners.

1. The Bhoodan movement aimed to promote land redistribution in India.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 222
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

2. Gram Sabha refers to the village assembly in rural governance.

3. The Delhi Economic Survey tracks agricultural land use trends.
4. Section 81 includes provisions for pisciculture and poultry farming.
5. Urbanisation has decreased Delhi’s gross cropped area.

Future of Agricultural Land in Delhi

The future of agricultural land in Delhi remains uncertain. The increasing urbanisation
poses challenges for traditional farming practices. The government’s failure to provide
alternative solutions for small farmers continues to be a pressing issue. As political parties
prepare for elections, the fate of Sections 33 and 81 hangs in the balance, with many
landowners eagerly awaiting change.
Tirupati Temple Stampede Tragedy
January 10, 2025
On January 8, 2025, a stampede occurred at the Tirupati Temple, resulting in the deaths of
six individuals. Thousands had gathered to collect tokens for the darshan of Lord
Venkateswara due to the Vaikunta Ekadasi festival. This festival, celebrated in the second
week of January, attracts number of pilgrims, prompting the Tirumala Tirupati
Devasthanams (TTD) to make extensive arrangements for the influx of devotees.
About Vaikunta Ekadasi
Vaikunta Ekadasi is a highly auspicious day for Hindus, dedicated to Lord Vishnu.
Traditionally a one-day event, the festival has expanded to ten days due to increasing
attendance. The temple features the Vaikuntha Dwara, a special entrance that opens only
on this day, believed to grant devotees access to Vaikuntha, the heavenly realm.
TTD Preparations for the Festival
Preparations for the festival commence in early January with rituals such as Koil Alwar
Tirumanjanam, which involves cleansing the temple premises. The TTD anticipates over
700,000 devotees during the festival, providing free darshan tokens through various
counters. More than 5,000 officials, including TTD staff and volunteers, are mobilised to
ensure smooth operations. Security measures include the deployment of 1,800 police
personnel at Tirumala and 1,200 at Tirupati.
Events During the Festival
The festival features numerous activities, including the procession of Sri Malayappa
Swamy in a golden chariot on January 10. The TTD issues Slot Sarva Darshan (SSD) tokens
in advance, detailing entry and parking information to facilitate the devotees’ experience.
The temple is adorned with floral decorations and lights, enhancing the festive
atmosphere.
Human Psychology and Crowd Behaviour
Crowd dynamics play role in stampedes. Panic often leads to chaotic behaviour, as
individuals react impulsively to perceived threats. Psychologist Alexander Mintz’s theory
marks that when cooperation breaks down in emergencies, individuals may resort to
pushing, exacerbating the situation. Sociologist Neil J. Smelser’s concept of “craze” further
© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 223
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

explains how collective beliefs can lead to irrational behaviours in crowds.

Mitigation Strategies for Stampedes
Preventing stampedes requires careful planning and design of spaces for mass
gatherings. Factors such as crowd density, exit accessibility, and real-time monitoring are
crucial. Researchers suggest implementing live surveillance to track crowd behaviour and
density. Effective communication among organisers and timely warnings to the crowd can
also mitigate risks.

1. Vaikuntha Ekadasi is a 10-day festival.

2. TTD employs over 5,000 officials for crowd management.
3. Stampedes are often triggered by panic and miscommunication.
4. Traumatic asphyxia is a leading cause of stampede fatalities.
5. Psychological theories explain crowd behaviour during emergencies.

Notable Historical Stampedes

Several stampedes have occurred throughout history, often during mass gatherings:
The 1896 Moscow stampede resulted in over 1,000 deaths
The 1954 Kumbh Mela in Allahabad led to approximately 800 fatalities
In 1963, a stampede during a football match in Lima claimed 326 lives
Haryana’s Declining Sex Ratio at Birth
January 10, 2025
In 2024, Haryana reported a concerning drop in its sex ratio at birth, reaching an eight-
year low of 910 girls for every 1,000 boys. This figure has alarmed activists and civil society
members, despite government officials describing it as a minor fluctuation. The sex ratio
is a critical indicator of gender equality and reflects the status of women in society.
Nationally, the sex ratio at birth in India was recorded at 929 in the National Health and
Family Survey-5 (NFHS-5) published in 2021.
About the Sex Ratio
The sex ratio at birth measures the number of female births per 1,000 male births. A
balanced sex ratio is vital for gender equity and societal health. In Haryana, the ratio has
fluctuated over the past decade, indicating ongoing challenges in addressing gender bias.
Historical Context
Haryana’s sex ratio at birth was alarmingly low at 871 in 2014. This situation prompted
widespread protests and initiated government and civil society efforts to improve the
ratio. The ‘Beti Bachao Beti Padhao’ campaign, launched by Prime Minister Narendra Modi
in 2015, aimed to combat female foeticide and promote the welfare of girls.
Recent Trends
In 2024, Haryana saw 270,354 boys and 246,048 girls born, resulting in a sex ratio of 910.
This decline from 916 in 2023 marks a troubling trend, especially after a peak of 923 in
2019. The decline is particularly disheartening given the state’s recent successes in
improving gender ratios.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 224
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Factors Behind the Decline

The initial improvements in Haryana’s sex ratio were attributed to strict enforcement of
the Pre-Conception and Pre-Natal Diagnostic Techniques Act, 1994 (PNDT Act) and
awareness campaigns. However, activists argue that enforcement has weakened recently,
allowing sex determination and selective abortions to persist.
Changing Attitudes
Social attitudes towards gender continue to pose challenges. Many families still prefer
male children, viewing daughters as financial burdens. Activists like Sunil Jaglan highlight
the emergence of a new trend where families opt for “only one boy” due to economic
pressures, including rising inflation and decreasing land holdings.
Government Initiatives
Haryana officials assert that the state has made progress, with over 4,000 arrests made
under the PNDT Act in the past decade. The government has implemented financial
incentives for families with daughters and has worked to improve educational
opportunities for girls. These initiatives aim to alter societal perceptions of the girl child.

1. The PNDT Act was enacted in 1994 to prevent sex-selective abortions.

2. Haryana’s sex ratio improved from 871 in 2014 to 916 in 2023.
3. The ‘Selfie With Daughter’ campaign promotes pride in girl children.
4. More than 4,000 individuals have been arrested under the PNDT Act.
5. The Sukanya Samriddhi Scheme supports girls’ financial security.

The Role of Civil Society

Activists and organisations play important role in advocating for gender equality. They
work to shift societal attitudes and hold authorities accountable for enforcing laws
designed to protect the rights of women and girls. Their efforts are essential in combating
the entrenched biases that contribute to skewed sex ratios.
Quantum Computing – A 2025 Perspective
January 10, 2025
Recent advancements in quantum computing have positioned the technology at the
forefront of scientific innovation. As the United Nations has proclaimed 2025 as the
International Year of Quantum Science and Technology, the global race to develop full-
scale quantum computers intensifies. This technology promises to revolutionise data
processing capabilities, offering unprecedented advantages in various fields, including
medicine, chemistry, and materials science.
About Quantum Chips
Quantum chips are the heart of quantum computing. Unlike classical computers, which
use bits as the basic unit of information, quantum chips employ qubits. A qubit can exist in
multiple states simultaneously, thanks to a property called superposition. This allows
quantum processors to handle vast datasets much faster than classical computers.
Various methods exist for creating qubits, including superconducting devices,

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 225
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

semiconductors, and photonics.

The Importance of Qubit Quality
The effectiveness of a quantum chip hinges on the quality of its qubits. A chip with
numerous low-quality qubits will struggle to perform meaningful computations. High-
fidelity qubits are essential for stability and reliability. Factors such as manufacturing
defects, environmental changes, and control signal issues can introduce noise, adversely
affecting qubit performance.
Error Correction Techniques
Researchers have developed theoretical techniques for error correction that leverage
multiple low-fidelity qubits to form a high-fidelity logical qubit. This logical qubit is resilient
to errors, enabling more reliable quantum processors. Many leading developers are now
focusing on implementing these error correction theories, moving from individual qubits
to logical qubits.
Progress in Quantum Computing
By 2024, advancements were made in quantum error correction by companies like Google
and IBM. Quantum chips with over 100 qubits are operational and are being utilised by
researchers to assess and enhance current quantum technologies. However, the
integration of multiple logical qubits into a cohesive quantum chip remains a challenge.
Applications of Quantum Computers
Quantum computers have the potential to solve complex problems that classical
computers cannot handle efficiently. They could lead to breakthroughs in medical
research, improve AI system safety, and enhance various technological applications.
Achieving quantum supremacy, where a quantum processor outperforms classical
computers on specific tasks, is a critical milestone.
Future Developments in Quantum Technology
The coming years will see continued scaling of quantum chips, with an emphasis on
developing logical qubits for practical applications. While hardware advancements are
crucial, parallel progress in quantum software and algorithms is equally important.
Researchers are actively testing quantum algorithms on classical computers, preparing for
a future where quantum hardware can support real-world applications.

1. Qubit – The fundamental unit of quantum information.

2. Quantum Supremacy – When quantum computers outperform classical
counterparts.
3. Logical Qubit – An error-corrected qubit that maintains high fidelity.
4. Superposition – A qubit’s ability to exist in multiple states simultaneously.
5. CSIRO – Australia’s national science agency, involved in quantum research.

Ancient Ice Core Discovered in Antarctica

January 10, 2025
Recent advancements in climate science have emerged from Antarctica, where an

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 226
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

international team of scientists successfully drilled an ice core estimated to be 1.2 million
years old. This monumental achievement involved drilling nearly 2.8 kilometres deep to
reach the Antarctic bedrock. The ice core, extracted from a site known as Little Dome C, is
expected to provide invaluable vital information about historical atmospheric conditions
and climate changes, particularly regarding greenhouse gases.
The Significance of Ice Cores
Ice cores are cylindrical samples of ice drilled from ice sheets or glaciers. They contain
trapped air bubbles that preserve ancient atmospheric gases, providing a timeline of
climate changes. Analysing these cores allows scientists to reconstruct past climate
conditions and understand the Earth’s climate history over millennia. This latest core is
particularly as it extends our knowledge of climate data back beyond the previous
maximum of 800,000 years.
The Beyond EPICA Project
The Beyond EPICA (European Project for Ice Coring in Antarctica) project is a collaborative
effort funded by the European Union and supported by various nations. Italy leads the
project, with Carlo Barbante coordinating the research team. The project aims to study
greenhouse gas concentrations and other atmospheric changes over the past 1.2 million
years. The team drilled during the summer months over four years, enduring average
temperatures of minus-35 degrees Celsius.
Key Findings from the Ice Core
Preliminary analyses indicate that greenhouse gas concentrations, including carbon
dioxide and methane, have not exceeded current levels during the warmest periods of the
last 800,000 years. The findings suggest that current atmospheric carbon dioxide levels
are 50% higher than the historical maximum recorded in the ice core. This data is crucial
for understanding the impact of human activity on current climate conditions.
The Role of Isotope Analysis
Isotope analysis was employed to determine the age of the ice core. This technique
measures the ratio of different isotopes of elements within the ice, allowing scientists to
date the samples accurately. The results confirmed that the ice is at least 1.2 million years
old, providing a valuable reference point for climate studies.

1. Little Dome C is drilling site in Antarctica.

2. Carlo Barbante is a prominent Italian glaciologist.
3. The project has been supported by multiple European nations.
4. Richard Alley is a renowned climate scientist awarded the National Medal of
Science.
5. The ice core may reveal insights beyond climate, related to Earth’s geological
history.

Future Implications of the Research

The findings from the ice core analysis will enhance understanding of how Earth’s climate

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 227
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

has evolved over millions of years. This research may also provide critical data for
predicting future climate changes and understanding the long-term effects of human-
induced climate change. The insights gained could inform global climate policy and
conservation efforts. The successful drilling of this ancient ice core marks milestone in
climate science. It opens new avenues for research and enhances our understanding of
the complexities of Earth’s climate system.
Gaddi Dog Breed Officially Recognised
January 10, 2025
The Indian Council of Agricultural Research National Bureau of Animal Genetic Resources
(ICAR-NBAGR) has officially recognised the Gaddi dog breed. This indigenous breed hails
from the Himalayan region and is now acknowledged alongside nine other livestock
breeds. The recognition aims to promote conservation efforts for the Gaddi, which
currently lacks support from major kennel clubs. The breed faces threats from declining
populations and a diminishing nomadic lifestyle, prompting concerns about its future.
Background of the Gaddi Dog Breed
The Gaddi dog is primarily associated with the Gaddi shepherds of Himachal Pradesh.
These dogs have a long history of guarding livestock against predators. The breed’s
lineage is thought to trace back to the Tibetan Mastiff, although it is less bulky and
possesses distinct features, such as a tufted mane. The Gaddi is also referred to as the
Bhote Kukur or Bhotia dog.
Population Concerns and Conservation Efforts
Current estimates suggest that fewer than 1,000 Gaddi dogs remain. The breed’s
population is declining due to a lack of dedicated breeding programmes and the dilution
of its gene pool. The Gaddi dog’s status as a lesser-known breed has hindered
conservation efforts, making official recognition vital for its survival.
Physical Characteristics of the Gaddi Dog
Gaddi dogs are predominantly black, often featuring white markings on their feet, tail, or
trunk. They possess a muscular build and a massive, arched neck that enhances their
ability to fend off predators. The breed typically has a medium stature and robust body,
which contributes to its effectiveness as a guardian.
Breeding and Reproduction
Gaddi dogs usually have a litter size ranging from four to eight pups. In a lifetime, a
female Gaddi dog can give birth to approximately eight to twelve litters. This reproductive
capacity is essential for maintaining the breed’s population, especially in light of its
endangered status.

1. The Gaddi is also known as the Bhote Kukur.

2. Gaddi dogs can fend off predators like the Snow Leopard.
3. The breed’s population is estimated to be under 1,000.
4. Gaddi dogs have a distinctive tufted mane.
5. They are primarily found across the Himalayan range.
© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 228
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Importance of Recognition
Official recognition by ICAR-NBAGR is crucial for the Gaddi dog breed. It raises awareness
about the breed and its unique attributes. This recognition can facilitate conservation
initiatives and encourage dedicated breeding programmes. The Gaddi dog is an integral
part of the Himalayan ecosystem, and preserving its legacy is essential for biodiversity.
Freshwater Species at Risk of Extinction
January 10, 2025
Recent assessments reveal alarming statistics regarding freshwater biodiversity. A study
conducted by the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) indicates that
nearly 25 per cent of the 23,496 species examined are threatened with extinction. This
analysis marks the urgent need for conservation efforts in critical habitats.
Extinction Statistics
The study identified 4,294 species at high risk of extinction, which equates to
approximately 18.3 per cent of the total assessed. The majority of these species are found
in biodiversity hotspots such as Lake Victoria, Lake Titicaca, Sri Lanka’s wet zone, and
India’s Western Ghats. These areas are home to unique species that exist nowhere else on
the planet.
Historical Context of Extinctions
Since the year 1500, there have been 89 confirmed extinctions, with an additional 178
suspected. The United States, Mexico, and the Philippines have reported the highest
numbers of extinctions among freshwater species. Notably, 11 species of freshwater fish
are now extinct in the wild, surviving only in captivity.
Major Threats to Freshwater Species
The study marks agriculture and invasive species as threats to freshwater biodiversity.
Pollution, dam construction, and water extraction are particularly detrimental to these
species. The researchers recommend a shift in water management practices to address
these threats effectively.
Climate Change Impact
Climate change poses a dual threat to freshwater ecosystems. Directly, it alters
temperatures and flow regimes. Indirectly, it exacerbates existing threats, such as habitat
invasions and increased human demand for water resources. The researchers anticipate
that the impact of climate change on freshwater species will intensify over time.
Conservation Strategies Needed
The analysis puts stress on the importance of integrating conservation efforts for both
freshwater species and tetrapods. Conservation plans must account for the specific needs
of freshwater species, as their requirements differ from those of terrestrial species.
Collaborative management strategies are essential to mitigate threats effectively.
Importance of Freshwater Biodiversity
Freshwater ecosystems support over 10 per cent of all known species, including
proportion of vertebrates and fishes. These ecosystems provide vital services such as

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 229
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

nutrient cycling, flood control, and climate change mitigation. Protecting freshwater
habitats is crucial for both biodiversity and human livelihoods.

1. Lake Lanao in the Philippines is home to 15 endemic species.

2. Approximately one-fifth of threatened freshwater species are impacted by
climate change.
3. Over 10 per cent of all known species inhabit freshwater ecosystems.
4. The IUCN World Conservation Congress will take place in Abu Dhabi in October
2025.
5. Eleven species of freshwater fish are extinct in the wild.

Urgency for Action

The study calls for immediate action to prevent further declines in freshwater species. It
stresses that the lack of data on freshwater biodiversity can no longer justify inaction.
Freshwater ecosystems are vital for billions of people, making their protection essential
for both nature and human well-being.
Key Initiatives Launched at Genome India Data Conclave
January 10, 2025
India has made leap towards self-reliance in genomics. At the Genome India Data
Conclave in New Delhi, Union Minister Dr. Jitendra Singh announced that India now
possesses its own genomic data. This achievement marks a very important moment for
the nation, as it reduces reliance on foreign genomic data. The initiative is aimed at
encouraging advancements in personalised healthcare and medical research.
Launch of Key Initiatives
The Genome India Data Conclave saw the unveiling of the Indian Genomic Data Set. Dr.
Singh launched the ‘Framework for Exchange of Data Protocols (FeED)’ and the Indian
Biological Data Centre (IBDC) Portals. These platforms provide access to 10,000 whole
genome samples for researchers worldwide. The IBDC will facilitate research by offering
valuable genetic information.
Significance of the GenomeIndia Project
The GenomeIndia project is led by the Department of Biotechnology (DBT). It aims to
create a comprehensive database reflecting India’s genetic diversity. The data will support
research in various fields, including mRNA-based vaccines and genetic disorder
treatments. Dr. Singh brought into light the importance of this project in enhancing the
precision of genetic studies.
Diversity in Indian Genomes
India’s genetic diversity mirrors its cultural and geographical variety. The 10,000 whole
genome samples encompass a wide range of genetic variations from different Indian
populations. This diversity is crucial for developing genomic tools tailored to the Indian
demographic, which will improve healthcare outcomes.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 230
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Ethical Data Sharing Protocols

The launch of the FeED Protocols is underpinned by the Biotech-PRIDE Guidelines. These
guidelines ensure that high-quality, nation-specific genomic data is shared transparently
and responsibly. Introduced in 2021, the Biotech-PRIDE Guidelines reflect India’s
commitment to ethical data sharing practices.
Growth of India’s Bioeconomy
India’s bioeconomy has rapidly expanded from $10 billion in 2014 to over $130
billion in 2024.
Projections indicate it could reach $300 billion by 2030.
This growth is attributed to strong leadership and the new Bioeconomy Policy,
positioning India as a global biotech leader.
Future Goals in Genomics
Dr. Singh announced a target to sequence 10 million genomes in the future. This
ambitious goal aims to accelerate advancements in genomics and personalised medicine.
Collaborations with institutions like Tata Memorial Hospital are planned to enhance data
enrichment efforts.
Transformative Potential of Genomic Data
Experts emphasised the transformative impact of the genomic data on healthcare. Dr.
Rajesh S. Gokhale noted its potential in combating genetic and hereditary diseases. Prof.
Ajay Kumar Sood brought into light the data’s significance in agricultural, environmental,
and industrial research.

1. GenomeIndia aims to catalogue India’s genetic diversity.

2. IBDC archives 10,000 whole genome samples.
3. Biotech-PRIDE Guidelines ensure ethical data sharing.
4. India ranks 12th globally in biotechnology.
5. The bioeconomy is projected to reach $300 billion by 2030.

Collaborative Efforts in Genomics

The event featured contributions from various scientific leaders. Dr. Rajiv Bahl, Dr. Y
Narahari, and Dr. Arvind Sahu were among those present, denoting the collaborative
effort behind the GenomeIndia project. Prime Minister Narendra Modi praised the
scientific community, reaffirming the government’s commitment to advancing genomics
in India.
8th Edition of the National Programme for Organic Production (NPOP)
January 10, 2025
India’s organic farming sector is poised for growth, with total export values projected to
reach Rs 20,000 crore by 2028. This outlook was shared by Union Minister of Commerce
and Industry, Shri Piyush Goyal, during the launch of the 8th edition of the National
Programme for Organic Production (NPOP).

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 231
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Key Launches
Key Digital Initiatives and Portals
NPOP Portal: Facilitates operations and visibility for organic producers and
exporters.
Organic Promotion Portal: Connects farmers and FPOs with global buyers,
providing capacity-building resources.
TraceNet 2.0: Ensures traceability and compliance with global certification
standards.
Revamped APEDA Portal: Simplifies processes for agricultural and processed food
exporters.
AgriXchange Portal: Provides trade insights and connects exporters to international
buyers.
New Reforms in Organic Certification
Simplified Certification: Legal status for organic grower groups.
Reduced Conversion Period: Potential reduction of up to three years for converting
land to organic farming.
Enhanced Monitoring: Strengthened oversight through IT tools and public access to
farmer information.
Importance of Organic Farming
Organic farming is increasingly recognised for its role in sustainable agriculture. It
combats water scarcity and reduces the overapplication of harmful fertilisers and
pesticides. Farmers adopting organic methods have reported increased yields and
income, contributing to national food security.
Showcasing Indian Organic Farming
The event witnessed the participation of over 1,000 farmers and prominent
companies like Organic India and Amul.
Stalls organized by APEDA highlighted the diversity and quality of Indian organic
produce.
Representatives from countries like the USA, EU, South Korea, Australia, and UAE, as
well as organizations like FAO, IFOAM, and FiBL attended the event.

1. APEDA – Agricultural and Processed Food Products Export Development

Authority.
2. NPOP – National Programme for Organic Production, enhancing India’s organic
certification.
3. TraceNet – An online traceability system for organic products from farm to
market.
4. FPOs – Farmer Producer Organisations supporting collective farming efforts.
5. NCOL – National Co-operative Organics Limited, promoting organic farming
cooperatives.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 232
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Future Prospects for Organic Exports

With the launch of the 8th NPOP edition, India aims to solidify its position as a leading
global exporter of organic products. The government’s commitment to sustainable
agriculture and farmer welfare is evident in its initiatives. This strategic focus on organic
farming is expected to generate employment and enhance India’s reputation in the
international market.
India Revamps Medical Device Regulations
January 10, 2025
The Government of India is revising its regulatory framework for medical devices to
enhance safety and efficiency. This initiative aims to classify approximately 1,178 medical
devices into four distinct categories based on their risk profiles. The Central Drugs
Standards Control Organization (CDSCO) is spearheading this effort under the Medical
Device Rule, 2017. The new classifications will ensure that medical devices are approved
only by the appropriate State Licensing Authorities, thereby improving oversight in the
sector.
Classification Categories
The medical devices will be divided into four categories
Interventional radiology – 186 devices
Radiology therapy – 114 devices
Oncology – 75 devices
A new class A for non-sterile and non-measuring devices – 803 types of medical
equipment.
Market Growth Projections
India’s medical devices market is currently valued at approximately $11 billion. Experts
predict that this market will expand to $50 billion by 2030. This growth is attributed to
increased healthcare demands and advancements in medical technology. The regulatory
updates are expected to facilitate this growth by ensuring that devices meet safety and
efficacy standards.
Current Regulatory Framework
All medical devices in India are governed by the Medical Device Rule, 2017. Under this
framework, the Central Licensing Authority is responsible for classifying medical devices
based on a risk-based approach. This ensures that higher-risk devices undergo more
stringent scrutiny before approval.
Industry Feedback and Updates
The CDSCO has reached out to industry stakeholders for feedback on the updated
classification list. Rajeev Singh Raghuvanshi, the Drugs Controller General of India,
indicated that the list would be finalised soon. Stakeholders are encouraged to propose
additional devices for classification to ensure comprehensive coverage.
Categories for Registration
There are currently 24 categories designated for the registration of medical devices. These

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 233
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

categories include anesthesiology, pain management, cardiovascular, dental,

gastroenterological, respiratory, and neurological devices. The classification aims to
provide clarity and harmonisation in the approval process of medical devices across India.

1. CDSCO – Central Drugs Standards Control Organization.

2. MDR – Medical Device Rule, 2017.
3. DCGI – Drugs Controller General of India.
4. Class A devices – Non-sterile and non-measuring medical devices.
5. 86% – Proportion of medical devices in India that are imported.

Challenges in Domestic Production

The medical device industry in India faces several challenges, including high capital
intensity and long development cycles. Although there have been efforts to boost
domestic production, most devices imported are high-value and low-volume. Conversely,
local production tends to focus on low-value, high-volume diagnostic tools.
Government Initiatives for Industry Support
In November 2023, the government launched a scheme to strengthen the medical device
industry, with an initial budget of ₹500 crore. This initiative spans three years, from 2024
to 2027, and targets critical areas such as manufacturing key components, skill
development, clinical studies, and promoting the industry. The regulatory reforms and
government initiatives aim to enhance the safety, efficacy, and growth potential of India’s
medical device sector, ultimately benefiting the healthcare landscape across the country.
Assam Seeks Defence Industrial Corridor Development
January 10, 2025
In January 2025, Assam’s Chief Minister, Hemanta Biswa Sarma, announced ongoing
discussions with the central government regarding the establishment of a defence
industrial corridor in Assam. This initiative aims to enhance the logistical capabilities of the
armed forces in the northeastern region of India. The proposal follows similar projects in
Uttar Pradesh and Tamil Nadu, which have already seen investment and development.
Background of Defence Industrial Corridors
The Government of India initiated the establishment of defence industrial corridors to
boost domestic defence manufacturing. These corridors aim to attract investment, create
jobs, and develop a robust supply chain for defence equipment. The two existing corridors
are located in Uttar Pradesh and Tamil Nadu, with plans for a third corridor in Assam.
Importance of Assam’s Defence Corridor
Assam’s strategic location makes it crucial for national security, particularly concerning
borders with China, Bangladesh, and Myanmar. The proposed corridor would facilitate the
local repair and maintenance of military equipment, reducing the need for transportation
to distant facilities in Uttar Pradesh and Rajasthan. This would enhance operational
efficiency for the Indian Army, which has deployment in the northeast.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 234
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Current Status of Discussions

Chief Minister Sarma has stated that discussions with the government of India are
progressing well. He expressed optimism about the establishment of the corridor,
denoting the demand for local defence production capabilities. The Chief Minister believes
that a defence corridor in Assam would not only support military logistics but also attract
investment to the state.
Investment Potential and Economic Impact
The establishment of a defence corridor could lead to substantial economic growth in
Assam. The Union government’s existing corridors have attracted investments, with Uttar
Pradesh aiming for ₹20,000 crore by 2024-25. The Assam corridor could similarly enhance
the state’s economy, create jobs, and encourage local industries.
Existing Defence Industrial Corridors Overview
The Uttar Pradesh Defence Industrial Corridor (UPDIC) consists of six nodes – Aligarh,
Agra, Jhansi, Kanpur, Chitrakoot, and Lucknow. The Tamil Nadu Defence Industrial
Corridor (TNDIC) has five nodes – Chennai, Hosur, Coimbatore, Salem, and Tiruchirappalli.
Each corridor has its nodal agency responsible for facilitating investment and
development.

1. UPDIC has attracted investments worth ₹12,191 crore through 108 MoUs.
2. TNDIC has secured ₹11,794 crore in potential investments with 53 industries.
3. The total investment target for both corridors is ₹20,000 crore by 2024-25.
4. Assam’s proposed corridor aims to meet local military equipment maintenance
needs.
5. Defence manufacturing is critical for India’s self-reliance in military capabilities.

Future Prospects for Assam’s Defence Corridor

The successful establishment of a defence industrial corridor in Assam could revolutionise
the region’s defence capabilities. It would enhance military readiness and improve local
economies. The ongoing discussions signal a commitment to strengthening India’s
defence infrastructure, particularly in strategically important areas.
Role of Androgen Receptors in Avian Sexual Development
January 10, 2025
Recent research from the Max Planck Institute of Biological Intelligence and Technical
University, Munich, has revealed findings regarding androgen receptors in birds.
Traditionally, androgens such as testosterone have been associated primarily with male
sexual development. However, this study indicates that androgen receptors play
important role in the sexual development and fertility of both male and female birds.
The Role of Androgen Receptors
Androgen receptors are essential for the sexual development of both male and female
chickens. Research demonstrates that chickens lacking these receptors become infertile.
Despite this infertility, both male and female chickens develop their respective gonads,

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 235
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

albeit smaller than normal. This finding challenges the long-held belief that androgens are
solely male hormones.
Effects on Sexual Behaviour and Traits
The absence of androgen receptors affects sexual behaviours and physical traits in both
sexes. Female chickens without these receptors fail to develop and lay eggs, while males
do not exhibit typical sexual behaviours. Certain physical characteristics, such as tail
feathers and spurs, persist, but overall sexual traits are diminished.
Bursal Involution and Sexual Maturation
The bursa of Fabricius is a lymphoid organ in birds involved in immune response and
sexual maturation. In chickens, this organ shrinks as they reach puberty. The study found
that chickens without androgen receptors exhibited delayed or absent bursal involution,
indicating disrupted sexual development. This process is sensitive to androgen activity.
Crowing Behaviour in Male Chickens
Crowing is a vital behaviour in male chickens, regulated by their internal body clock and
influenced by androgens. Male chickens lacking androgen receptors do not crow, even
when exposed to testosterone. This suggests that the development of neural circuits
responsible for crowing is dependent on the presence of androgen receptors.
Comb Development and Sexual Maturity
Comb development is another indicator of sexual maturation in chickens. Male chickens
without androgen receptors do not develop combs, even with testosterone exposure. In
contrast, receptor-positive males begin to develop combs within 13 to 20 days after
exposure to testosterone, denoting the importance of androgen receptors in this process.

1. The bursa of Fabricius aids in sexual maturation.

2. Male chickens without androgen receptors do not crow.
3. Comb development is androgen receptor-dependent.
4. Somatic cells in birds can show sexual traits independent of hormones.
5. Oestrogen receptors alone are insufficient for complete sexual maturation.

Hormonal Interactions in Sexual Development

This research puts stress on the complexity of hormonal interactions in avian sexual
development. While androgens and oestrogens are crucial, their receptors dictate the
overall sexual characteristics. The study marks that both hormonal and non-hormonal
factors contribute to the sexual development of birds. About these interactions may lead
to further vital information about avian biology and reproductive health.
India Engages with Taliban Amid Geopolitical Shifts
January 10, 2025
In recent months, India has intensified its engagement with the Taliban. This move comes
amid geopolitical changes in the region. The Taliban, having established control over
Afghanistan since August 2021, has sought stronger ties with India. Meanwhile, India aims
to protect its national and security interests against a backdrop of shifting alliances and

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 236
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

regional instability.
Key Factors Influencing India’s Engagement
India’s decision to engage with the Taliban is driven by several critical factors. Firstly,
Pakistan, once a supporter of the Taliban, has become an adversary. Tensions have
escalated between the Taliban and Pakistan, particularly following airstrikes that resulted
in civilian casualties. Secondly, Iran’s influence has waned due to its preoccupation with its
own regional challenges, particularly after Israel’s military actions against its proxies.
Russia’s Changing Stance
Russia’s focus has shifted towards its ongoing conflict in Ukraine. President Vladimir Putin
has expressed a willingness to collaborate with the Taliban, viewing them as allies in
combating terrorism. This marks change, as Russia had previously classified the Taliban as
a terrorist organisation. The evolving dynamics in Afghanistan have led to a reassessment
of relationships in the region.
China’s Growing Influence
China has been making inroads into Afghanistan. By sending ambassadors and engaging
in development projects, China aims to tap into Afghanistan’s natural resources. The
Taliban has welcomed this support, contrasting it with the withdrawal of Western nations.
India’s concerns are heightened as it observes China’s Belt and Road Initiative expanding
into Afghanistan.
The Role of the United States
The prospect of Donald Trump’s return to the White House adds another layer of
complexity. The previous Trump administration initiated talks with the Taliban, leading to
the withdrawal of US troops. India is wary of potential shifts in US policy that may affect its
strategic interests in Afghanistan. The timing of India’s diplomatic engagements reflects
these concerns.

1. Deepak Mittal: Indian ambassador who first met Taliban representatives in

Qatar.
2. Sher Mohammad Abbas Stanikzai: Former Indian Military Academy cadet and
Taliban Deputy Foreign Minister.
3. Islamic State Khorasan Province: A security threat in Afghanistan, of concern to
India.
4. Chabahar Port: A strategic trade route for India to Afghanistan, bypassing
Pakistan.
5. Vikram Misri: India’s Foreign Secretary who engaged with Taliban officials in
Dubai.

Humanitarian and Development Aid

India has committed to providing humanitarian aid and development support to
Afghanistan. The Taliban has expressed appreciation for India’s past projects, which total
approximately USD 3 billion over two decades. The Government of India aims to maintain

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 237
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

its influence and support the Afghan people, despite the Taliban’s controversial
governance.
Security Concerns for India
India’s primary concern remains the prevention of terrorism emanating from Afghan soil.
The Taliban has assured India of its commitment to combatting threats from groups like
the Islamic State Khorasan Province. Ensuring the safety of Indian interests and personnel
in Afghanistan is a top priority for New Delhi.
Conclusion of Engagement Strategy
India’s engagement strategy with the Taliban is multifaceted, considering regional
dynamics and security imperatives. The evolving geopolitical landscape necessitates a
careful approach to maintain stability and protect national interests in Afghanistan.
Mandatory Farmer ID Requirement for PM-Kisan Scheme
January 10, 2025
The Government of India has implemented a new rule regarding the Pradhan Mantri
Kisan Samman Nidhi (PM-Kisan) scheme. As of January 1, 2025, new applicants must now
obtain a farmer ID to register for this welfare programme. This initiative aims to
streamline the application process and ensure that only eligible farmers receive benefits.
The farmer ID serves as a unique digital identity linked to land records, thus simplifying
verification.
What is the PM-Kisan Scheme?
The PM-Kisan scheme provides financial assistance to eligible farmer families. Each family
receives Rs 6,000 annually, distributed in three instalments of Rs 2,000. The scheme was
launched on February 24, 2019, and is fully funded by the Central Government. It aims to
support small and marginal farmers in meeting their financial needs for agricultural
inputs.
Importance of the Farmer ID
The introduction of the farmer ID is crucial for verifying land ownership. This unique
identifier ensures that the applicants are farmers. It links to the state’s land records and
contains essential information such as demographics and crop details. The farmer ID will
help prevent fraudulent applications and streamline the registration process.
Implementation Across States
The farmer ID requirement is currently enforced in ten states – Andhra Pradesh, Assam,
Bihar, Chhattisgarh, Gujarat, Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra, Odisha, Rajasthan, and Uttar
Pradesh. These states account for approximately 84% of the total PM-Kisan beneficiaries.
Other states will adopt this requirement at a later date.
Creation of the Farmer’s Registry
The database created through the farmer ID will form the Farmer’s Registry. This registry
is part of the Agri-Stack component under the Digital Agriculture Mission. The government
aims to create 6 crore farmer IDs by the end of March 2025. As of January 7, 2025, one
crore IDs have already been generated.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 238
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Direct Benefit Transfer Mechanism

The PM-Kisan scheme utilises a Direct Benefit Transfer (DBT) mechanism. This system
ensures that the financial assistance reaches the beneficiaries directly into their bank
accounts. This approach eliminates intermediaries and enhances transparency in fund
distribution.

1. The PM-Kisan scheme was launched just before the 2019 elections.
2. The government aims to create 6 crore farmer IDs by March 2025.
3. The scheme has 100% funding from the Central Government.
4. Over 9.4 crore farmers received the latest instalment in October 2024.
5. A Parliamentary panel has recommended increasing the annual payout to Rs
12,000.

Future Prospects for Farmers

The mandatory farmer ID is expected to enhance the efficiency of the PM-Kisan scheme. It
will likely lead to more streamlined operations and better support for farmers. The
government’s commitment to digital infrastructure in agriculture promises to improve
overall productivity and farmer welfare in the long run.
Whale Longevity
January 10, 2025
Recent research has revealed surprising vital information about the lifespans of Southern
and North Atlantic right whales. This study, published in the journal *Science Advances*,
indicates that Southern right whales can live well beyond the previously accepted lifespan
of 70-80 years. In contrast, North Atlantic right whales face alarming mortality rates,
leading to a drastically reduced average lifespan.
Southern Right Whales’ Longevity
Southern right whales may live over 100 years, with some individuals reaching ages of
150. This finding challenges the traditional understanding of their lifespan. Researchers
used long-term photographic identification to track individual whales over decades. This
method allowed for accurate estimations of their age and longevity.
North Atlantic Right Whales’ Declining Numbers
North Atlantic right whales, once thought to share similar lifespans with their Southern
counterparts, currently average only 22 years. Human activities, particularly
entanglements in fishing gear and ship strikes, are the primary causes of their early
deaths. This species is critically endangered, with few individuals living past 50 years.
Methodology of the Study
The research employed “survivorship curves,” which estimate the likelihood of whales
disappearing from the photographic record as they age. By analysing these curves,
scientists could determine the maximum potential lifespans of both whale species. This
methodology has provided new vital information about the longevity of marine mammals.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 239
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Historical Context of Whale Lifespan Research

Research into whale longevity dates back over 25 years, when scientists discovered that
bowhead whales could live over 200 years. This was evidenced by the discovery of ancient
harpoon points in the blubber of recently killed whales. Such findings challenged the
belief that humans were the longest-living mammals.
Implications for Conservation Strategies
About whale lifespans is crucial for conservation efforts. Species with longer lifespans
often reproduce more slowly. Therefore, conservation strategies must consider the
reproductive rates and potential lifespan of these animals. This is essential for effective
management, especially in light of climate change.
Unanswered Questions About Other Species
Many large whale species, including blue and humpback whales, were also impacted by
historical whaling. Current assumptions suggest they live around 80 to 90 years. However,
like right whales, their true lifespans may be much longer. Further research is needed to
uncover the longevity of these species.

1. Bowhead whales can live over 200 years.

2. North Atlantic right whales average only 22 years.
3. Survivorship curves estimate whale longevity.
4. Industrial whaling ended in the 1960s.
5. Long-lived whales reproduce slowly.

Future Research Directions

Future studies aim to investigate the impact of whaling on the age structure of current
whale populations. Researchers seek to understand when these populations will recover
to pre-whaling age distributions. Preliminary findings suggest it may take another century
for whale populations to fully rebound, even for those species currently increasing in
number.
BHEL Commissions Two Units in Bhutan Hydropower Project
January 10, 2025
Bharat Heavy Electricals Limited (BHEL) has achieved milestone by successfully
commissioning two units of the Punatsangchhu-II Hydroelectric Project (PHEP-II) in
Bhutan. This project, which involves a total capacity of 6×170 MW, was executed under a
bilateral agreement between India and Bhutan. The commissioning of these units marks
the latest advancement in a longstanding partnership aimed at enhancing energy
generation in the region.
Project Overview
PHEP-II is a greenfield hydroelectric project located in the Wangdue district of Western
Bhutan. It is designed to generate substantial renewable energy, contributing to Bhutan’s
energy independence. Upon full commissioning of all six units, the project is expected to
produce an annual power generation of 4,357 gigawatt-hours.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 240
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Turbine Specifications
The project features the installation of Francis Turbines, specifically designed to operate at
a rated head of 241 meters. This is the highest rated head for any Francis Type Hydro
Turbine in Bhutan, showcasing advanced engineering and technology. The turbines are
instrumental in maximising energy efficiency and output.
Key Dates and Events
The synchronisation of Unit 1 and Unit 2 took place on December 16 and December 17,
2024, respectively. A ceremony to celebrate Bhutan’s National Day was held on December
17, 2024, at the project site. The event was attended by His Excellency Lyonpo Gem
Tshering, Minister of Energy & Natural Resources for Bhutan, denoting the project’s
significance to the nation.
BHEL’s Role and Contributions
BHEL’s responsibilities in the PHEP-II included the design, manufacture, supply,
installation, and commissioning of various electro-mechanical works. This encompassed
6×170 MW vertical Francis turbines, synchronous generators, a SCADA system, and other
essential equipment. The equipment was sourced from BHEL’s production units located in
Bhopal, Jhansi, Rudrapur, and Bengaluru.
Previous Projects in Bhutan
BHEL has a strong history of executing hydroelectric projects in Bhutan. Notable projects
include the 4×84 MW Chukha, 4×15 MW Kurichhu, 6×170 MW Tala, and 4×180 MW
Mangdechhu. With the commissioning of PHEP-II, BHEL’s contribution to Bhutan’s total
installed capacity has reached nearly 89%.
Current and Future Projects
BHEL is actively expanding its footprint in the region. Currently, the company is executing
an order for the 6×200 MW Punatsangchhu-I Hydroelectric Project. Additionally, BHEL is
involved in the 4×225 MW Arun-3 HEP and 2×20 MW Rahughat HEP in Nepal. The company
has successfully executed over 3.8 GW of hydro projects internationally, with more than
2.8 GW of hydro projects still under execution.

1. PHEP-II stands for Punatsangchhu-II Hydroelectric Project.

2. SCADA refers to Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition.
3. Francis Turbines are named after James B. Francis, an American engineer.
4. Bhutan’s National Day is celebrated on December 17.
5. BHEL has executed over 3.8 GW of hydro projects abroad.

What is Gravitational Lensing?

January 10, 2025
Recent advancements in astrophysics have led to a groundbreaking discovery involving
the identification of 44 previously unknown stars within a distant galaxy cluster. This
research, conducted by the Centre for Frontier Science at Chiba University, Japan, and
supported by over 45 international partners, utilised the James Webb Space Telescope

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 241
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

(JWST) and a technique known as gravitational lensing. The findings provide vital
information about the behaviour of stars during important period in the Universe’s
history, referred to as “cosmic noon.”
Gravitational Lensing
Gravitational lensing is a phenomenon where a massive foreground galaxy cluster bends
and magnifies the light from a more distant galaxy. This effect allows astronomers to
study objects that would otherwise be too faint or distant to observe. In this case, the
galaxy cluster Abell 370 acted as a lens, stretching the light from the Dragon Arc into an
elongated shape, akin to a “hall of mirrors.”
The Role of the James Webb Space Telescope
The JWST played important role in this discovery. It provided high-resolution images over
a year-long observation period. The telescope’s advanced capabilities allowed researchers
to peer through cosmic dust, revealing hidden stars that were previously obscured. This
technology has transformed our understanding of star formation in distant galaxies.
Identifying the Stars
The research team identified 44 stars based on their brightness variations during the
study. These stars were confirmed as individual entities rather than clusters or
supernovae. The size of the observed points, after accounting for lensing effects, indicated
they were distinct stars, marking milestone in astronomical research.
Into Cosmic Noon
The term “cosmic noon” refers to a period approximately eight to ten billion years ago
when star formation peaked in the Universe. The findings from this study provide a
unique glimpse into the composition and behaviour of stars during this era. The research
indicates that stars from this time behaved differently than those in the present day,
contributing to our understanding of cosmic evolution.
The Importance of Red Supergiants
Many of the newly identified stars are classified as red supergiants. These massive stars
are typically shrouded in cosmic dust, making them challenging to detect. The JWST’s
capabilities allowed the research team to observe these stars more clearly, revealing their
characteristics and contributing to our understanding of stellar evolution.

1. Abell 370 is a massive galaxy cluster that magnifies distant objects.

2. Cosmic noon refers to a peak period of star formation in the Universe.
3. Red supergiants are massive stars often obscured by cosmic dust.
4. The Dragon Arc is a distant galaxy observed through gravitational lensing.
5. The Centre for Frontier Science is based at Chiba University, Japan.

Future Research Directions

The research team plans to continue their observations of the Dragon Arc to distinguish
between various stellar populations magnified by Abell 370. This ongoing study aims to
deepen our understanding of star formation and the characteristics of galaxies during

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 242
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

critical periods in cosmic history. The implications of this research extend beyond mere
identification, as they offer a window into the processes that shaped the Universe as we
know it .
Future of Jobs Report 2025
January 10, 2025
The World Economic Forum’s Future of Jobs Report 2025 marks changes in the global
labour market. The report indicates that artificial intelligence (AI), big data, and security
management specialists will dominate job growth over the next five years. It also forecasts
a job disruption affecting 22% of the workforce by 2030, alongside the creation of 170
million new jobs. This transformation is driven by technological advancements, economic
factors, and demographic shifts.
Key Findings from the Report
The Future of Jobs Report 2025 is based on data from over 1,000 global companies. These
companies represent more than 14 million workers across 22 industries and 55
economies. The report identifies the rapid adoption of digital technologies as a
transformative trend for businesses. Employers anticipate that 60% of their operations will
be affected by increasing digital access.
Fastest Growing Job Roles
The report lists the top ten fastest-growing job roles expected by 2030: 1. Big data
specialists 2. FinTech engineers 3. AI and machine learning specialists 4. Software and
applications developers 5. Security management specialists 6. Data warehousing
specialists 7. Autonomous and electric vehicle specialists 8. UI and UX designers 9. Light
truck or delivery services drivers 10. Internet of Things specialists These roles reflect the
ongoing digital transformation across various sectors.
Skills in Demand
The report marks several skills that will see increases in demand. AI and big data skills are
expected to rise by 87%. Networks and cybersecurity skills will grow by 70%. Creative
thinking and resilience will also be essential, both increasing by 66%. Conversely, skills
such as dependability and attention to detail will see minimal growth or decline.
Job Market in India
India’s job market is influenced by increased digital access and geopolitical tensions.
Companies in India are investing heavily in AI, robotics, and energy technologies. The
report notes that Indian employers are likely to lead in adopting certain technologies, with
35% expecting advancements in semiconductors and computing.
Declining Job Roles
The report also outlines the fastest declining job roles. These include: 1. Postal service
clerks 2. Bank tellers 3. Data entry clerks 4. Cashiers 5. Ticket clerks 6. Printing and trades
workers 7. Legal secretaries These roles are likely to diminish due to automation and
technological advancements.

1. AI and big data skills are projected to rise by 87%.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 243
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

2. 60% of employers believe digital access will transform businesses.

3. India is expected to lead in semiconductor technology adoption.
4. Creative thinking skills will increase by 66%.
5. 22% of jobs are at risk of disruption by 2030.

Future Skills and Adaptation

As industries evolve, workers must adapt by acquiring new skills. Emphasis on upskilling
will be crucial, as 77% of employees plan to enhance their capabilities in response to
automation. Resilience, flexibility, and a creative mindset will be vital for navigating the
changing job landscape. The Future of Jobs Report 2025 serves as a roadmap for
understanding how the labour market will shift in the coming years. Adaptation to these
changes will be essential for both individuals and organisations.
GEAPP, International Solar Alliance Sign Multi-Donor Trust Fund for Solar
Energy Projects
January 10, 2025
The Global Energy Alliance for People and Planet (GEAPP) has made strides in promoting
solar energy in India. Recently, GEAPP signed a Multi-Donor Trust Fund with the
International Solar Alliance (ISA) to mobilise $100 million for impactful solar energy
projects. This collaboration aims to accelerate India’s clean energy transition through
innovative initiatives. The efforts focus on bridging financing gaps and enhancing
institutional capacity.
Key Initiatives and Funding
GEAPP and ISA have launched two major initiatives alongside the trust fund. The
Digitalization of Utilities for Energy Transition (DUET) aims to modernise grid systems. It
involves developing a technology suite that integrates smart sensors for real-time data
analysis. The Energy Transitions Innovation Challenge (ENTICE 2.0) encourages innovative
solutions for energy transition challenges. Together, these initiatives are designed to
support scalable solar energy solutions across member countries.
Project Management and Oversight
The ISA will guide the strategic direction of the solar energy initiatives. GEAPP will provide
governance oversight through its Project Management Unit. This includes facilitating
fundraising efforts and leveraging expertise in energy transition planning. The
collaboration aims to ensure that projects align with the needs of member countries.
Investment Impact and Goals
Since its inception in 2021, GEAPP has committed $464 million to 130 projects across 40
countries. These projects are expected to mobilise over $6.1 billion in capital. They aim to
improve energy access for over 50 million people and businesses. Additionally, these
initiatives are projected to reduce carbon dioxide emissions by 43 million tons, benefiting
over 2 million individuals.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 244
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Addressing Electricity Access Challenges

India has made progress in extending electricity access, reaching over 800 million people
since 2001. However, approximately 2.5% of households remain without electricity. GEAPP
marks that distributed renewable energy will be crucial in addressing this gap. The
partnership aims to enhance energy access for low-income customers.
Battery Energy Storage Systems (BESS) Project
In June, the Delhi Electricity Regulatory Commission approved India’s first commercial
standalone BESS project. This project, a collaboration between GEAPP, IndiGrid, and B-S-E-
S Rajdhani Power Limited, received a concessional loan from GEAPP for 70% of the total
cost. It is expected to be operational by early 2025, providing reliable power to over
12,000 low-income customers at ly reduced tariff rate.

1. GEAPP stands for Global Energy Alliance for People and Planet.
2. ISA is the International Solar Alliance, focusing on solar energy initiatives.
3. BESS refers to Battery Energy Storage Systems, crucial for energy management.
4. DUET aims to digitalise grid systems for efficient energy distribution.
5. ENTICE 2.0 encourages innovative solutions for energy transition challenges.

Digitalisation and Smart Grids

DUET focuses on integrating technology into grid systems. It aims to digitally capture grid
assets and utilise live smart sensors. This technology will conduct load flow analysis and
track voltage and current in real-time. The goal is to reduce transmission and distribution
losses. Additionally, it will assist in deploying BESS and integrating Distributed Renewable
Energy (DRE) into the grid.
EmpowHER Biz – Empowering Women Entrepreneurs
January 10, 2025
The Women Entrepreneurship Platform (WEP) of NITI Aayog has recently launched a new
initiative called EmpowHER Biz – Sapno Ki Udaan. This programme is in partnership with
New Shop, a leading 24/7 convenience retail chain in India. The initiative aims to empower
women entrepreneurs by providing them with essential skills and resources to thrive in
the organised retail sector.
Objective of EmpowHER Biz
EmpowHER Biz is designed to equip aspiring women entrepreneurs with mentorship and
comprehensive training. The programme focuses on key areas such as retail
management, digital tools, financial literacy, and business development. It seeks to create
a supportive environment for women to succeed in retail.
Selection Process
Fifty participants aged 18 to 35 will be selected through an online application process.
Specific criteria will guide the selection to ensure that the most deserving candidates are
chosen. The top twenty participants will benefit from a 100% waiver on New Shop
franchise fees, reducing the barriers to entry for these women.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 245
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Target Regions
The initiative is aimed at women from various states, including Delhi NCR, Punjab,
Rajasthan, Uttar Pradesh, Haryana, Madhya Pradesh, and Gujarat. This geographic focus
ensures that women from diverse backgrounds can access the programme.
WEP’s Background and Goals
WEP was incubated in NITI Aayog in 2018 and transitioned into a public-private
partnership in 2022. The platform aims to empower women entrepreneurs by addressing
information asymmetry and providing support across several pillars – Access to Finance,
Market Linkages, Training and Skilling, Mentoring & Networking, Compliance & Legal
Assistance, and Business Development Services.
Collaboration with New Shop
WEP collaborates with over 30 public and private sector partners to develop impactful
programmes. The ‘Award to Reward’ initiative, launched in 2023, offers a framework for
stakeholders to create programmes that benefit women entrepreneurs. New Shop
operates over 200 convenience retail stores and plans to expand its presence to mass
transit hubs like airports and railway stations.
Commitment to Empowerment
New Shop’s commitment includes empowering over 10,000 entrepreneurs in India by
2030 through a franchising model. The partnership with WEP aims to democratise retail
ownership and provide women with valuable training, mentorship, and financial support.

1. WEP was founded to tackle information gaps faced by women entrepreneurs.

2. New Shop plans to expand to airports and railway stations.
3. EmpowHER Biz focuses on women aged 18-35.
4. The initiative waives franchise fees for top participants.
5. WEP has over 30 partners from public and private sectors.

Challenges Faced by Women Entrepreneurs

Women entrepreneurs often encounter challenges, including societal biases and limited
access to financing. The programme aims to address these obstacles by providing a
strong foundation for their entrepreneurial journeys.
Goa Launches Bima Sakhi Yojana for Women
January 10, 2025
The Bima Sakhi Yojana was recently launched in Goa, aiming to provide insurance access
to all citizens. This initiative follows the successful launch in Haryana and is part of a
broader vision by Prime Minister Narendra Modi. The scheme focuses on empowering
women, particularly those aged 18 to 70, who have completed at least Class X education.
It aims to enhance financial literacy and insurance awareness among women while
increasing life insurance coverage at the grassroots level.
Scheme Overview
The Bima Sakhi Yojana is designed to empower women by training them to become LIC

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 246
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

agents. Women who qualify will receive specialised training and a stipend for the first
three years. The initiative seeks to create a network of female agents who can promote life
insurance in their communities. The government’s goal is to achieve “insurance for all”
through this programme.
Eligibility Criteria
To be eligible for the Bima Sakhi Yojana, applicants must meet specific criteria. Women
aged between 18 and 70 years are eligible. They must have completed their Class X
education. This allows for a diverse group of women to participate, including those who
may have previously been excluded from financial sectors.
Training and Stipend
Participants in the Bima Sakhi Yojana will undergo comprehensive training. The training
will equip them with the necessary skills to sell insurance policies. During the training
period, Bima Sakhis will receive a monthly stipend. The stipend structure is Rs 7,000 for
the first year, Rs 6,000 for the second year, and Rs 5,000 for the third year. Over three
years, each participant can earn a total of Rs 2.16 lakh.
Role of Bima Sakhis
Bima Sakhis will play important role in promoting life insurance. They will not only sell
policies but also educate their communities about the importance of insurance. This
initiative aims to create mass awareness about life insurance among the residents of Goa.
The government emphasises the significance of expanding the insurance sector through
the efforts of these women.
Future Aspirations
LIC aims to recruit 200,000 Bima Sakhis over the next three years. The goal is to ensure
that each panchayat in India has at least one Bima Sakhi within a year. This expansion will
help in reaching more people and providing them with insurance coverage. The initiative
is part of the larger vision of Viksit Bharat 2047, which aims for a developed India.

1. Bima Sakhi Yojana aims to empower women financially.

2. Over 52,511 registrations occurred within a month of launch.
3. Each Bima Sakhi can earn commissions on policies sold.
4. The scheme targets women aged 18-70 with Class X education.
5. LIC plans to cover every panchayat with a Bima Sakhi.

Impact on Communities
The Bima Sakhi Yojana is expected to have impact on local communities. By empowering
women, the scheme promotes gender equality and economic independence. The initiative
also aims to increase the overall insurance penetration in Goa. By creating awareness, the
government hopes to change perceptions about life insurance among the populace.
January 11, 2025
Can Trump Rename Gulf of Mexico?
January 11, 2025

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 247
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

In early January 2025, US President-elect Donald Trump announced plans to rename the
Gulf of Mexico to the “Gulf of America”. This statement emerged amidst escalating
tensions with neighbouring countries, particularly Mexico. Trump’s remarks were part of a
broader critique of trade and immigration issues. He claimed that the United States does
most of the work in the region and suggested the name change was appropriate. In
response, Mexico’s President Claudia Sheinbaum proposed renaming North America to
“Mexican America”, referencing historical maps.
Historical Context of “America”
The name “America” originates from the Italian explorer Amerigo Vespucci. His letters
described the existence of a “New World”. In 1507, cartographer Martin Waldseemüller
created a map that labelled the new continent as “America”, inspired by Vespucci’s first
name. This map represented advancement in geographical knowledge, clearly
distinguishing the Western Hemisphere.
Origins of the Name “Mexico”
The term “Mexico” derives from the Nahuatl language of the Aztecs. It combines three
words – “metztli” (moon), “xictli” (belly button), and “-co” (place). This refers to Tenochtitlan,
the Aztec capital located on an island in Lake Texcoco, also known as the Moon Lake. The
official name “United Mexican States” was first used in 1824, inspired by the United States.
Naming of the Gulf of Mexico
Spanish explorers first documented the Gulf of Mexico in the 16th century. The name
appeared on early maps, predating the establishment of the United States. The Gulf is
crucial for the US economy, accounting for portion of offshore oil and natural gas
production. It also houses a large percentage of the country’s petroleum refining capacity.
The Feasibility of Renaming the Gulf
Renaming the Gulf of Mexico would not be a unilateral action by the US. The International
Hydrographic Organisation (IHO) oversees the naming of maritime areas and requires
consensus among member states. There is no formal protocol for renaming such bodies
of water. Countries often have different names for the same geographical features, as
seen in disputes over the South China Sea.

1. Amerigo Vespucci was the first to write about the “New World”.
2. Tenochtitlan was the capital of the Aztec Empire.
3. The Gulf of Mexico was first named by Spanish explorers.
4. The IHO ensures uniform naming of maritime areas.
5. “Mexican America” was used in 17th-century maps.

The Impact of Trump’s Statement

Trump’s proposal has been interpreted as part of his broader criticism of Mexico. His
administration’s stance on immigration and trade has often been contentious. The
suggestion to rename the Gulf has drawn mixed reactions, with some viewing it as a
symbolic gesture of US dominance. However, historical and geographical naming

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 248
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

conventions complicate the feasibility of such changes.

Wooden Satellite LingoSat
January 11, 2025
The launch of LingoSat marks milestone in space exploration. This unique wooden satellite
is the first of its kind to be sent into Earth’s orbit. It was delivered by the International
Space Station, diverging from traditional rocket launches. Built as a collaborative effort
between Kyoto University and Sumitomo Forestry in Japan, LingoSat aims to assess the
viability of wood as a material for satellites.
Construction and Design
LingoSat measures just 10 cm and weighs 900 grams. It is crafted from Honeki Magnolia
wood panels. The construction process utilised a traditional Japanese wood joinery
method, eliminating the need for metal screws or adhesives. This innovative design
enhances the satellite’s environmental credentials.
Purpose and Functionality
The primary aim of LingoSat is to evaluate how wood behaves in the harsh conditions of
space. Its sensors will monitor the wood’s reaction to extreme temperature fluctuations
and radiation exposure. The satellite will orbit Earth for six months, providing valuable
data on wood’s durability and performance in space.
Environmental Impact
LingoSat’s design prioritises sustainability. Unlike traditional satellites that leave harmful
debris upon re-entry, LingoSat will burn up harmlessly in the atmosphere. This
characteristic reduces its environmental footprint. The choice of wood also reflects a
commitment to using renewable resources in space technology.
Advantages of Using Wood
Wood may offer several advantages over conventional materials like aluminium and
titanium. It is lightweight, which can lead to reduced fuel consumption during launches.
Furthermore, wooden satellites do not interfere with radio waves, making them suitable
for antennas and sensors. The natural insulating properties of wood can also protect
sensitive equipment from extreme temperatures.
The Role of Magnolia Wood
Magnolia wood was specifically selected for its properties. It is lightweight, strong, and
aesthetically pleasing, often featuring purple mineral streaks. The wood is also known for
its fragrance, adding to its unique characteristics. Researchers tested other types of wood
but concluded that magnolia was the most appropriate choice for this mission.

1. LingoSat is the first wooden satellite in orbit.

2. The satellite was launched from the ISS, not a rocket.
3. Honeki Magnolia wood is used for its durability and aesthetics.
4. The satellite will monitor temperatures from -100°C to 100°C.
5. Traditional satellites leave aluminium oxide particles upon re-entry.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 249
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Future Implications
The success of LingoSat could revolutionise satellite design and construction. If wood
proves to be a viable alternative, it may pave the way for more sustainable space
technology. This experiment could inspire further research into the use of natural
materials in aerospace applications, potentially leading to a new era of environmentally
friendly satellites.
ICEGATE and Trade Data Challenges
January 11, 2025
Recent developments in India’s trade data management have brought into light changes
in the way import and export statistics are compiled. The shift from the SEZ Online System
to ICEGATE (Indian Customs Electronic Gateway) has raised concerns about data accuracy,
particularly regarding double counting. This migration began in May 2024 and aimed to
streamline the accounting of imports, especially those entering Special Economic Zones
(SEZs). However, technical glitches have complicated this process, leading to discrepancies
in reported trade figures.
About ICEGATE and SEZ Online System
ICEGATE is the national portal of the Central Board of Indirect Taxes and Customs (CBIC).
It records imports at non-SEZ ports. The SEZ Online System was previously used
exclusively for over 100 SEZs. Both systems transmitted separate data to the Directorate
General of Commercial Intelligence and Statistics (DGCIS) for foreign trade statistics. The
transition to ICEGATE aimed to unify these processes.
Migration Process and Challenges
The migration process involved transferring data from the SEZ Online System to ICEGATE.
This change meant that ICEGATE began accounting for imports into SEZs. However, the
old system did not automatically transfer Bills of Entry for imports into the Domestic Tariff
Area (DTA). This led to ICEGATE not distinguishing between imports into SEZs and those
from SEZs into DTAs.
Double Counting Issues
Double counting arose because ICEGATE treated movements of goods from abroad to
SEZs and from SEZs to DTAs as separate transactions. As a result, goods that were
imported into SEZs and then moved to DTAs were recorded multiple times. For instance, if
100 units were imported into an SEZ and 90 units were subsequently sent to a DTA,
ICEGATE would count both transactions independently, inflating import figures.
The Role of Customs Duties
For customs purposes, the movement of goods from DTAs to SEZs is considered an
export. This distinction is crucial for the accurate assessment of customs duties. Goods
manufactured in SEZs often undergo value addition in DTAs before returning to the SEZs.
Therefore, it is essential to track these movements accurately to avoid misrepresentation
in trade data.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 250
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Ongoing Improvements and Future Prospects

The Government of India is currently working on upgrading ICEGATE’s digital
infrastructure. This upgrade aims to enhance the efficiency and speed of import counting.
While the migration to ICEGATE is ongoing, both SEZ Online and ICEGATE continue to
capture and transmit exclusive EXIM data. The goal is to resolve these discrepancies and
improve the overall accuracy of trade data reporting.

1. ICEGATE was established to streamline customs procedures.

2. SEZs are treated as foreign entities for customs duty purposes.
3. Technical glitches have delayed the complete migration to ICEGATE.
4. Goods imported into SEZs can be exempt from duty if used there.
5. ICEGATE’s upgrade aims to resolve data counting issues.

Implications for Trade Data Accuracy

The issues surrounding double counting and data discrepancies tell the need for accurate
trade data management. As India continues to adapt its systems, the focus will remain on
ensuring that trade statistics reflect the true dynamics of imports and exports.
Agricultural Subsidy Schemes in India
January 11, 2025
The landscape of agricultural subsidies in India has undergone changes in recent years. As
of 2025, the need for periodic review of subsidy schemes is paramount to ensure
alignment with social equity and economic growth. The Public Distribution System (PDS)
remains important mechanism for distributing food grains to the economically
disadvantaged at subsidised rates. However, the overall subsidy for agriculture and
fertiliser sectors has been declining as a percentage of the Gross Domestic Product (GDP).
Factors such as the recovery from the Covid-19 pandemic and the global economic impact
of the Russia-Ukraine war have influenced these trends.
Current State of Subsidies
Subsidies for food grains and fertilisers are essential for supporting the agricultural
backbone of India. Recent reports indicate a potential correction in subsidy values due to
changing economic conditions. The reduction in subsidies raises concerns about the
financial burden on taxpayers while simultaneously considering the benefits to the
underprivileged sections of society.
Key Subsidy Schemes
Seeds and Planting Materials: The Sub-Mission on Seeds & Planting Materials
(SMSP) aims to enhance the availability of quality seeds. Financial assistance is
provided to farmers for certified seeds, promoting self-sufficiency and improved
crop yields.
Agricultural Mechanisation: The Sub Mission on Agricultural Mechanisation
(SMAM) focuses on increasing mechanisation among small and marginal farmers. It
encourages the establishment of Custom Hiring Centres and promotes awareness

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 251
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

through demonstrations.
Irrigation Initiatives: The Pradhan Mantri Krishi Sinchai Yojana (PMKSY) includes
components that enhance water use efficiency. The “Per Drop More Crop” initiative
promotes micro-irrigation techniques to optimise water resources.
Agricultural Marketing Infrastructure: The Agricultural Marketing Infrastructure
(AMI) scheme supports the creation of storage capacities for agricultural produce. It
aims to reduce post-harvest losses and improve market access for farmers.
Fertilisers Subsidy: The government provides urea at a fixed Maximum Retail Price
(MRP) to ensure affordability. A Nutrient Based Subsidy Policy governs the pricing of
phosphatic and potassic fertilisers based on nutrient content, benefiting all farmers.
Impact on Farmers and Taxpayers
The fluctuation in subsidy amounts raises questions about its implications for farmers and
taxpayers. While subsidies are crucial for supporting small and marginal farmers, any
reduction could adversely affect agricultural productivity and farmer incomes. Conversely,
increased subsidies could lead to a heavier tax burden on the general populace.

1. PDS – Public Distribution System for food grain distribution.

2. SMSP – Sub-Mission on Seeds & Planting Materials.
3. SMAM – Sub Mission on Agricultural Mechanisation.
4. PMKSY – Pradhan Mantri Krishi Sinchai Yojana for irrigation.
5. AMI – Agricultural Marketing Infrastructure for storage.

Future Directions for Subsidy Schemes

The ongoing assessment and modification of subsidy schemes are essential for
maximising benefits to farmers. The government aims to adapt these initiatives to current
economic conditions, ensuring that support reaches those who need it most while
maintaining fiscal responsibility.
Stricter Laws for Women’s Safety in Tamil Nadu
January 11, 2025
Recent legislative developments in Tamil Nadu focus on enhancing the legal framework
for the protection of women. Chief Minister MK Stalin introduced amendment bills in the
Tamil Nadu Assembly aimed at revising punishments for crimes against women. These
amendments seek to clarify existing laws and impose stricter penalties, reflecting the
government’s commitment to women’s safety.
Overview of Amendment Bills
The amendment bills propose changes to the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita (BNS) and the
Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha Sanhita (BNSS). These laws replace the Indian Penal Code and
the Code of Criminal Procedure, respectively. The updates aim to address ambiguities in
punishments and ensure consistency in legal interpretations across Tamil Nadu.
Changes to Rape Punishments
One of the key changes involves increasing the minimum term of imprisonment for rape

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 252
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

from 10 years to 14 years. The definition of “life imprisonment” is clarified to mean the
remainder of a person’s natural life, eliminating confusion regarding sentence durations.
In cases of repeated rape against the same victim, the minimum imprisonment term is
proposed to rise to 20 years.
Enhanced Consequences for Stalking and Voyeurism
The amendments also introduce stricter penalties for stalking and voyeurism. Stalking,
previously punishable by a maximum of three years, will now incur a punishment of up to
five years for first-time offenders. Repeat offenders face up to seven years in prison, a
notable increase from the previous maximum of five years.
Acid Attack Legislation
Acid attacks, which inflict severe physical and psychological harm, will now carry a
minimum sentence of life imprisonment. This replaces the previous minimum of 10 years,
reflecting a more severe stance against such heinous crimes.
Digital Harassment and Expanded Definitions
The definition of harassment has been broadened to encompass digital harassment. This
includes online threats and harassment through electronic means. The punishment for
harassment has been raised to five years for first-time offenders, with fines increased to
Rs 1 lakh.
Obligations for Public Spaces
Public places such as malls and hospitals are now required to implement stricter
measures to prevent harassment. This includes the installation of CCTV cameras. Non-
compliance with these regulations will result in higher fines compared to previous
legislation.
Introduction of Protection Orders
A new concept, the “Protection Order,” allows magistrates to issue orders prohibiting the
accused from contacting victims. Violating these orders will lead to both fines and
imprisonment, further reinforcing the legal protections available to victims.

1. BNS – Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita, replaces IPC.

2. BNSS – Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha Sanhita, replaces CrPC.
3. Minimum term for repeated rape – 20 years.
4. Digital harassment included in legal definitions.
5. Protection Orders can be issued by magistrates.

Goals of the Legislative Changes

The overarching goal of these legislative changes is to create a safer environment for
women in Tamil Nadu. By imposing stricter punishments and clarifying legal definitions,
the government aims to enhance the protection available to victims of gender-based
violence. These amendments reflect a proactive approach to addressing crimes against
women, signalling a commitment to justice and safety.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 253
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Uttar Pradesh Launches Maa Ki Rasoi Initiative

January 11, 2025
Uttar Pradesh’s Chief Minister Yogi Adityanath inaugurated ‘Maa Ki Rasoi’ on January 10,
2025. This community kitchen initiative aims to provide affordable meals for the
economically weaker sections. The kitchen operates at Swaroop Rani Nehru Hospital in
Prayagraj, managed by Nandi Sewa Sansthan. The initiative offers a full meal for just ₹9,
making it accessible to many.
Purpose of Maa Ki Rasoi
The primary goal of Maa Ki Rasoi is to ensure food security for those in need. It addresses
hunger among the economically disadvantaged. The initiative aligns with the
government’s commitment to social welfare.
Meal Composition
Each meal served includes dal, four rotis, vegetables, rice, salad, and a dessert. This
balanced meal provides essential nutrients. The price of ₹9 makes it highly affordable for
the target demographic.
Operational Management
Nandi Sewa Sansthan oversees the kitchen’s operations. They ensure the quality and
hygiene of the food served. Regular inspections and reviews maintain high standards of
cleanliness.
Government Support and Involvement
Chief Minister Yogi Adityanath actively participated in the launch. He personally served
meals to attendees, showcasing his dedication. Other dignitaries present included Jal
Shakti Minister Swatantra Dev Singh and Industrial Development Minister Nand Gopal
Gupta Nandi.

1. ‘Maa Ki Rasoi’ translates to ‘Mother’s Kitchen’ in English.

2. Prayagraj is known for hosting the Kumbh Mela, religious gathering.
3. Nandi Sewa Sansthan focuses on social initiatives in Uttar Pradesh.
4. ₹9 meal initiative aims to combat food insecurity in India.
5. Swaroop Rani Nehru Hospital serves as a key healthcare facility in Prayagraj.

Impact on Community
The initiative is expected to positively impact the local community. It provides nutritious
meals to those who may otherwise struggle to afford food. This effort promotes social
equity and community support.
Future Prospects
Maa Ki Rasoi may expand to other regions based on its success. The government plans to
assess its impact regularly. Future initiatives may include additional services to enhance
community welfare.
Telangana Government Requests Polavaram-Banakacherla Link Project

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 254
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Details
January 11, 2025
The Telangana government has formally requested information regarding the Polavaram
(Godavari)-Banakacherla (Krishna) link project. This request was directed to the Chairman
of the Godavari River Management Board (GRMB). The urgency stems from reports that
surfaced in leading newspapers, prompting the Engineer-in-Chief of the Irrigation
Department, G. Anil Kumar, to act. The request marks the need for clarity on a project that
could impact regional water supply and agricultural irrigation.
Overview of the Polavaram-Banakacherla Project
The Polavaram (Godavari)-Banakacherla (Krishna) link project aims to enhance water
supply and irrigation. It is designed to provide drinking water to approximately 80 lakh
individuals. The project also intends to irrigate over 7.41 lakh acres of new land.
Additionally, it will stabilise irrigation for another 22.59 lakh acres already under
cultivation.
Project Cost and Water Diversion
The preliminary cost of the project is estimated at ₹80,112 crore. The plan includes
diverting Godavari river water for up to 120 days each year. The Godavari river typically
experiences surplus flows for 90 to 120 days. This strategic diversion is crucial for meeting
the water demands of both domestic and industrial sectors.
Reservoir Capacity and Land Acquisition
The project proposes the construction of transit balancing reservoirs with a capacity of
approximately 150 to 200 tmc ft. Notably, the project claims that large-scale land
acquisition is unnecessary. The Bollapalle hill range in Palnadu district can serve as a
natural balancing reservoir. This approach aims to store about 150 tmc ft of water by
closing four small gaps between the hills.
Historical Water Draw from Srisailam Reservoir
Between 2010 and 2019, approximately 855.69 tmc ft of water was drawn from the
Srisailam reservoir. This was facilitated through the Pothireddypadu head regulator
towards the Banakacherla cross regulator. The historical data indicates reliance on this
water source for regional needs.
Daily Water Diversion Capacity
The report estimates that at a diversion rate of 2 tmc ft per day, around 243 tmc ft of
water could be redirected from Polavaram to Banakacherla. This diversion is essential for
fulfilling the water requirements of the Rayalaseema region.

1. GRMB stands for Godavari River Management Board.

2. Ayacut refers to the area irrigated by a particular source of water.
3. tmc ft means thousand million cubic feet, a unit of water volume.
4. Bollapalle hill range serves as a natural reservoir for the project.
5. N. Chandrababu Naidu is the Chief Minister of Andhra Pradesh.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 255
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Impact of Tropical Forest Loss on Biodiversity

January 11, 2025
Recent research conducted in Sabah, Malaysian Borneo, has showcased the detrimental
effects of tropical forest loss on biodiversity and ecosystem functioning. The study was
part of the Stability of Altered Forest Ecosystems (SAFE) Project, which began in 2011. It
aimed to understand the ecological consequences of forest fragmentation through a
detailed comparison of old-growth forests, logged forests, and oil palm plantations. The
findings revealed alarming trends, indicating that deforestation and logging harm
ecological integrity.
Study Overview
The SAFE Project collated data from 82 datasets collected over five years. Researchers
employed advanced sampling techniques to analyse various forest plots. They focused on
critical ecological factors such as canopy height, soil nutrients, carbon storage, species
diversity, and ecosystem functions. Linear mixed-effects models were used to assess the
impact of different disturbance levels on these factors.
Key Findings on Biodiversity Loss
The study linked selective logging and the conversion of forests into oil palm plantations
with severe biodiversity loss. Old-growth forests were identified as havens for rich
biodiversity, supporting a diverse range of soil microbes, insects, birds, and bats. In
contrast, logged forests showed reduced species richness, while oil palm plantations
experienced drastic declines in biodiversity. Sensitive species, particularly soil fungi and
ectomycorrhizal communities, were heavily impacted by these disturbances.
Species Adaptation and Decline
The response of biodiversity to disturbances was complex. Some bat species adapted to
moderately logged forests, displaying slight population increases. However, this trend
reversed in highly degraded habitats. Soil microbial communities exhibited mixed
responses; bacterial richness improved in some disturbed areas, while fungi critical for
dipterocarp tree health were highly sensitive to changes in land use.
Structural Changes in Forests
Logged forests demonstrated structural changes, characterised by lower canopy heights
and fewer large trees. Oil palm plantations presented a simplified canopy structure that
further exacerbated the loss of biodiversity. Indicators of carbon storage and soil health
declined markedly in both logged and converted forests, affecting the overall ecosystem
functionality.
Ecosystem Functions and Resilience
While some ecosystem functions, such as litter decomposition, remained resilient, crucial
processes like nutrient cycling were severely impacted in oil palm plantations. The study
brought into light the importance of preserving old-growth forests and recognised the
ecological value of moderately logged forests. Recommendations included maintaining
riparian reserves and high-carbon stock areas within agricultural regions to mitigate

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 256
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

biodiversity loss.

1. SAFE Project – Focuses on altered forest ecosystems.

2. Ectomycorrhizal fungi – Essential for forest health.
3. Dipterocarp trees – Dominant in Southeast Asian forests.
4. Carbon storage – Decreased in logged and converted areas.
5. Roundtable on Sustainable Palm Oil – Advocates for sustainable practices.

Recommendations for Future Research

Lead researcher Charles J Marsh from Yale University brought into light the sensitivity of
forest structure to low-intensity logging. He called for global initiatives to minimise
disturbances in healthy forests, restore degraded lands, and promote sustainable land-
use practices. Although the study focused on lowland tropical forests in Sabah, it provides
a framework for similar ecosystem-wide research in other tropical regions. Future studies
could explore whether these findings are applicable across diverse landscapes and
broader land-use contexts.
Startups Return to India Post Angel Tax Abolition
January 11, 2025
The recent abolition of the angel tax in India has sparked a wave of optimism among
startups. Many companies are relocating their headquarters back to India, encouraged by
government initiatives aimed at improving the ease of doing business. The decision, part
of the FY25 Budget, has been instrumental in reversing the trend of startups registering
abroad for better tax advantages. The Department for Promotion of Industry and Internal
Trade (DPIIT) has reported uptick in the number of startups returning to the country.
About Angel Tax
Angel tax, formally known as Section 56(2)(viib) of the Income Tax Act, was introduced in
2012. It aimed to curb tax avoidance and money laundering by taxing the difference
between the fair market value (FMV) of shares and the price at which closely held
companies issued them. This provision was often seen as a deterrent for startups, leading
many to seek registration in foreign jurisdictions.
Impact of Abolishing Angel Tax
The removal of angel tax has led to a wave of “reverse flipping,” where startups that
initially registered abroad are now returning to India. The DPIIT has indicated that this
change is positively impacting the equity market. The Ministry of Corporate Affairs is
expediting processes to facilitate these transitions, making it easier for startups to operate
in India.
Growth of Startups in India
Since the launch of the Startup India initiative in 2016, the number of registered startups
has surged to over 157,000 by the end of 2024. In terms of funding, startups received
$155 billion in 2024, increase from just $8 billion in 2016. This growth has also led to the
creation of over 1.7 million jobs across the country, showcasing the vital role startups play

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 257
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

in the Indian economy.

International Collaborations and Opportunities
Countries like Saudi Arabia have shown interest in Indian startups, particularly in events
such as the Startup Mahakumbh. The DPIIT is actively pursuing collaborations that allow
foreign sovereign pension funds to invest in Indian startups. This strategy aims to create a
global network where startups can address international challenges, thereby enhancing
their visibility and potential for growth.
Promoting Manufacturing Startups
To boost manufacturing startups, the DPIIT has engaged large companies to identify
products they can procure from startups. This initiative seeks to create a symbiotic
relationship between established firms and emerging startups, encouraging innovation
and economic growth.

1. The term “reverse flipping” refers to startups returning to India from abroad.
2. Startup India initiative was launched in 2016 to boost entrepreneurship.
3. The Centre’s Fund of Funds Scheme (FFS) supports startups with a corpus of Rs
10,000 crore.
4. DPIIT reported over 1.7 million jobs created by startups as of 2024.
5. Angel tax was introduced in 2012 to combat tax avoidance through inflated
valuations.

Future Meetings with Alternate Investment Funds

Ahead of the ninth anniversary of the Startup India programme, the DPIIT is convening
with alternate investment funds (AIFs) to discuss startup funding. The meeting aims to
address capital mobilisation and funding opportunities for startups in smaller cities.
Approximately 75 AIFs are expected to participate, denoting the growing interest in
supporting the startup ecosystem in India. The Centre’s Fund of Funds Scheme (FFS) is a
key component of this initiative, providing financial backing to Sebi-registered AIFs, which
in turn invest in startups.
Inland Waterways Development Council
January 11, 2025
The Inland Waterways Development Council (IWDC) has recently convened to discuss
advancements in India’s inland waterways infrastructure. The meeting, led by Union
Minister Sarbananda Sonowal, brought into light a commitment of over ₹50,000 crore for
the next five years. This investment aims to enhance the National Waterways (NWs) and
promote sustainable shipping practices. The IWDC’s initiatives focus on improved
connectivity, economic growth, and environmental sustainability.
Investment and Infrastructure Development
The IWDC announced a series of investments exceeding ₹1,400 crore for various projects
across 21 states. These projects will facilitate the development of jetties, ship repair
facilities, and the establishment of new cargo routes. The government plans to invest

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 258
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

₹3,000 crore specifically for the development of NW 2, NW 16, and the Indo-Bangladesh
Protocol Route (IBPR) by 2030.
Green Shipping Initiatives
To promote eco-friendly practices, the IWDC aims to launch 1,000 green vessels over the
next five years. This initiative is part of a broader strategy to enhance green shipping in
inland waterways, reducing the carbon footprint associated with transportation.
National River Traffic and Navigation System
The IWDC introduced the National River Traffic and Navigation System (NRT&NS) to
ensure safe and efficient movement of vessels. This system will monitor river traffic and
improve navigation, thereby enhancing operational efficiency across national waterways.
Riverine Community Development Scheme
A new policy initiative, the Riverine Community Development Scheme, seeks to uplift
coastal communities. This programme will focus on infrastructure development, skill
training, and promoting tourism to improve the socio-economic conditions of those living
along the rivers.
Regional Centres of Excellence
The IWDC plans to establish Regional Centres of Excellence (RCoE) across the country.
These centres will focus on skill development and innovation in the inland waterways
sector. The first RCoE will be set up in Dibrugarh, Assam, to cater to the Northeast region’s
specific needs.

1. IWDC was established in 2023 to enhance inland waterways.

2. The Jalvahak scheme incentivises cargo movement via waterways.
3. NW 1 connects four states and is very important for cargo logistics.
4. The Riverine Community Development Scheme aims to uplift local communities.
5. A 767% increase in operational national waterways occurred since 2014.

Enhancements in Cruise Tourism

The IWDC announced plans to boost river cruise tourism . A circuit from Kailash Mandir to
the Taj Mahal will provide tourists with a unique perspective of the monument. The
government aims to establish 100 river cruise terminals and 10 sea cruise terminals
across the country.
Future Projects and Collaborations
Future projects include the development of floating and steel jetties across various rivers,
including the Godavari and Mandovi. Collaborative efforts with neighbouring countries
will enhance regional trade and connectivity. The government is also focused on
operationalising several rivers for tourism and transport.
Legislative Reforms and Economic Impact
The IWDC’s initiatives are backed by legislative reforms such as the National Waterways
Act of 2016. These reforms have streamlined vessel movement and increased cargo traffic
. The volume of cargo handled on national waterways has grown from 18 million tonnes a

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 259
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

decade ago to 133 million tonnes in FY 2023-24.

Advancements in Nanoscale Light Control
January 11, 2025
Recent developments in nanoscale light control have emerged from the Indian Institute of
Science (IISc) in Bangalore. Researchers have made strides in integrating two-dimensional
(2D) semiconductor colloidal quantum wells (CQWs) with dielectric metasurface resonators
(MSRs). This integration enhances light emission properties, paving the way for
advancements in quantum communication and photonic devices. The study showcases
the potential of nanoscale materials to revolutionise quantum information processing.
The Role of Colloidal Quantum Wells
Colloidal quantum wells are nanoscale semiconductor structures that exhibit unique
optical properties. They possess giant oscillator strengths and large absorption cross
sections, making them ideal for photon generation. Their ability to emit light with high
purity and brightness is crucial for applications in quantum metrology and cryptography.
Dielectric Metasurface Resonators
Dielectric metasurface resonators are engineered structures designed to manipulate light
at the nanoscale. They feature a precise arrangement of holes in a square-lattice
geometry, which enables narrow resonances. This design allows for tuning light emission
properties, thus enhancing the efficiency of light-matter interactions.
Integration Process and Results
The integration of CQWs with MSRs was led by Prof. Jaydeep K. Basu and involved
collaboration with experts from various institutions. The team achieved a remarkable 12-
fold increase in brightness and a 97% reduction in the width of the emitted light’s spectral
line. This integration demonstrated unprecedented emission line narrowing and long-
range photon transport capabilities.
Photonic Quantum Information Processing
The advancements in light control are very important for on-chip photonic quantum
information processing. The platform allows for long-range photon transport across the
chip, reaching distances of up to 1 mm. This capability is essential for the development of
compact and efficient quantum devices.
Future Directions in Quantum Technologies
Looking forward, researchers aim to extend their work by integrating single quantum
emitters (SPEs) with MSRs. This combination could lead to the creation of highly efficient
single-photon sources. Such sources are vital for applications in quantum cryptography
and secure communications.

1. Cadmium Selenide (CdSe) is a semiconductor used in CQWs.

2. Dielectric metasurfaces manipulate light at the nanoscale.
3. Emission line narrowing enhances spectral purity .
4. Long-range photon transport can reach up to 1 mm.
5. Prof. Girish S. Agarwal contributed theoretical support from Texas A&M
© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 260
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

University.

Impact on Quantum Communication and Sensing

The integration of CQWs with MSRs is set to transform quantum communication and
advanced sensing technologies. By combining spectral filtering capabilities with precise
light emission, the platform can facilitate secure communications and improve the
performance of quantum devices. The ongoing research at IISc represents leap forward in
the field of quantum photonics.
Kumbhvani FM Channel Launched
January 11, 2025
In move for the Maha Kumbh 2025, Uttar Pradesh Chief Minister Yogi Adityanath
inaugurated a dedicated FM channel called Kumbhvani (103.5 MHz) at Circuit House,
Prayagraj. The launch event included Union Minister of State for Information and
Broadcasting, Dr. L. Murugan, who participated online. This initiative aims to enhance
accessibility to the Kumbh experience for devotees across the nation, especially those
unable to attend in person.
Kumbhvani Channel Overview
Kumbhvani is an FM channel specifically created for the Maha Kumbh festival. It will
broadcast from 10 January 2025 to 26 February 2025. The channel will operate daily from
5:55 AM to 10:05 PM on the frequency of 103.5 MHz.
Special Broadcast Events
The channel will feature live broadcasts of key bathing rituals on 14 and 29 January and 3
February. Additionally, it will provide daily live updates on activities in the Kumbh area,
ensuring that listeners stay informed about the festival’s happenings.
Cultural Programming
Kumbhvani will include a special presentation titled ‘Shiva Mahima’, showcasing Indian
cultural heritage. Furthermore, it will host various talk shows, including ‘Namaskar
Prayagraj’ from 9:00-10:00 AM and ‘From the Bank of Sangam’ from 4:00-5:30 PM,
enriching the cultural experience for listeners.
Health and Community Services
The channel will offer live health consultations through the ‘Hello Doctor’ programme,
providing essential medical advice to listeners. This initiative aims to address health
concerns during the large gathering of devotees.
News and Information Broadcasting
Kumbhvani will deliver main news bulletins at 8:40 AM, 2:30 PM, and 8:30 PM. It will cover
cultural events organized by the state government and provide crucial information on
travel, health, hygiene, and safety measures for attendees.

1. Kumbh Mangal Dhwani is a special programme initiated alongside Kumbhvani.

2. The last Maha Kumbh was held in 2013, followed by the Ardh Kumbh in 2019.
3. The channel aims to reach remote villages where access to Kumbh is limited.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 261
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

4. All India Radio has a long history of promoting Indian cultural traditions.
5. The channel’s programming includes content for youth, women, and foreign
visitors.

Historical Context and Importance

The Kumbh Mela is one of the largest religious gatherings in the world, drawing millions
of devotees. This initiative by Prasar Bharati aims to preserve and promote India’s rich
cultural heritage while ensuring that everyone can participate in this historic event,
regardless of their location.
Regional Conference on “Drug Trafficking and National Security”
January 11, 2025
In January 2025, India is intensifying its fight against drug trafficking. The Union Home
Minister, Amit Shah, will lead a regional conference focused on the implications of drug
trafficking on national security. This initiative is part of a broader effort under Prime
Minister Narendra Modi’s Zero Tolerance Policy against drugs.
Drug Disposal Fortnight Overview
The Drug Disposal Fortnight runs from 11 January to 25 January 2025. During this period,
authorities will dispose of 44,792 kilograms of seized narcotics. The estimated market
value of these drugs is approximately Rs 2411 crore. This effort marks the government’s
commitment to eradicating drug-related issues.
Conference Objectives
The conference aims to enhance collaboration among various states and Union
Territories. It will focus on sharing real-time data from the National Narcotics Helpline
MANAS. The goal is to improve the effectiveness of the Anti-Narcotics Task Force (ANTF) in
combating drug trafficking.
Key Participants
The conference will feature governors, chief ministers, and senior officials from eight
northern states and UTs. Representatives from various ministries and law enforcement
agencies will also be present. Their collective expertise is crucial for addressing the drug
crisis.
Strategic Framework for Drug Control
The Government of India is implementing a three-pronged strategy to achieve a drug-free
nation by 2047. This strategy includes strengthening institutional frameworks, enhancing
coordination among narcotics agencies, and launching a public awareness campaign.
These steps are vital for long-term success.
Enhancing Forensic Capabilities
The conference will address the need to strengthen State Forensic Science Laboratories
(SFSLs). Improved forensic capabilities will aid in the investigation and prosecution of
drug-related cases. This enhancement is essential for effective law enforcement.
Legislative Measures and Special Courts
The implementation of the Prevention of Illicit Traffic in Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic
© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 262
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Substances (PIT-NDPS) Act will be discussed. Establishing special NDPS courts for
expedited trials of drug cases is also a priority. These measures aim to streamline the legal
process and ensure justice.

1. MANAS – A helpline for drug-related issues.

2. NCB – Narcotics Control Bureau, India’s drug enforcement agency.
3. PIT-NDPS – Legislation combating drug trafficking.
4. ANTF – Anti-Narcotics Task Force, coordinating drug enforcement.
5. SFSL – State Forensic Science Laboratories aiding investigations.

Public Awareness Campaigns

The government plans to launch extensive public awareness initiatives. These campaigns
aim to educate citizens about the dangers of drug abuse. Increasing awareness is crucial
for community involvement in prevention efforts.
Last Scorpene Submarine INS Vaghsheer Delivered
January 11, 2025
Mazagon Dock Shipbuilders Limited (MDL) recently delivered the final submarine of the
Scorpene class to the Indian Navy. This submarine, named INS Vaghsheer, represents
milestone in India’s naval capabilities. The delivery occurred after extensive testing to
ensure the submarine is combat-ready. MDL’s achievement marks India’s growing
reputation as a submarine-building nation.
Overview of Scorpene Class Submarines
The Scorpene class submarines are advanced diesel-electric vessels. They are designed for
a variety of missions, including anti-surface and anti-submarine warfare. The submarines
feature state-of-the-art technology, ensuring superior stealth and operational capabilities.
India has now joined an exclusive group of nations capable of building submarines of this
sophistication.
Key Features of INS Vaghsheer
INS Vaghsheer is equipped with advanced stealth capabilities. These include low radiated
noise levels and hydro-dynamically optimised shapes. It is equipped with low radiated
noise levels, acoustic silencing techniques and a hydrodynamically optimised shape. The
submarine can launch precision-guided weapons, such as torpedoes and anti-ship missiles
at the surface or underwater. It is designed to operate effectively in various theatres,
enhancing interoperability with naval task forces.
Advanced Technology and Systems
The submarine features a sophisticated Integrated Platform Management System (IPMS).
This system integrates diverse equipment, systems, and sensors into a cohesive platform.
The Combat Management System (CMS) further enhances operational effectiveness.
Vaghsheer also includes an indigenously developed air conditioning plant and a modern
internal communication system.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 263
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Significance of the Delivery

The delivery of INS Vaghsheer reinforces India’s position in global naval power. It marks
the completion of a series of six submarines, including Kalvari, Khanderi, Karanj, Vela, and
Vagir. MDL’s ability to deliver these submarines puts stress on its status as a premier
shipyard in India. The programme demonstrates India’s commitment to enhancing its
maritime capabilities.

1. INS Vaghsheer is the sixth submarine in the Scorpene class.

2. MDL can build up to 10 capital warships concurrently.
3. Vaghsheer features advanced acoustic absorption techniques for stealth.
4. The submarine can conduct intelligence gathering and area surveillance.
5. It is fitted with a unique Ku-Band SATCOM system named Rukmini.

Future Developments in Submarine Technology

MDL is modernising its infrastructure to meet future maritime needs. The shipyard aims
to expand its capacity . Ongoing programmes will ensure that MDL remains competitive in
submarine construction. This commitment to innovation positions India for future naval
advancements.
DRDO’s New Cold Weather Clothing System HIMKAVACH
January 11, 2025
The Defence Research and Development Organisation (DRDO) has made advancements in
military clothing technology. The HIMKAVACH multi-layer clothing system has successfully
passed user trials, demonstrating its effectiveness in extreme cold weather conditions.
This innovative clothing is specifically designed for operational use in the Himalayan
region, where temperatures can drop drastically. The system is engineered to function
within a temperature range of +20°C to -60°C.
Overview of HIMKAVACH
HIMKAVACH is a multi-layer clothing system developed by DRDO. It aims to protect
military personnel in harsh cold weather environments. The design focuses on
maintaining body heat while allowing for mobility and comfort. This clothing system is
crucial for operations in the Himalayan region, where soldiers face extreme weather
challenges.
Features of the Clothing System
The HIMKAVACH system incorporates several layers to enhance thermal insulation. Each
layer serves a specific purpose, including moisture-wicking, insulation, and wind
resistance. The outer layer is designed to repel water and wind while maintaining
breathability. The inner layers trap heat close to the body, ensuring warmth even in frigid
conditions.
User Trials and Results
The clothing system underwent rigorous user trials under actual operational conditions.
Soldiers tested the garment in various scenarios, simulating real-life military operations.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 264
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Feedback from users indicated high satisfaction with the system’s performance. The trials
confirmed that the clothing met all necessary standards for functionality and comfort.
Importance for Military Operations
HIMKAVACH is vital for enhancing the operational readiness of soldiers in cold climates. It
provides essential protection against hypothermia and frostbite. The system’s design
allows soldiers to remain agile while ensuring they are adequately insulated from the
elements. This capability is particularly important for missions in the challenging terrain of
the Himalayas.

1. DRDO stands for Defence Research and Development Organisation.

2. HIMKAVACH means “Armour of the Himalayas” in Hindi.
3. The temperature range of HIMKAVACH is +20°C to -60°C.
4. The Himalayan region is home to some of the world’s highest peaks.
5. Multi-layer clothing systems are common in extreme weather military gear.

Future Developments in Military Clothing

The success of HIMKAVACH may lead to further innovations in military clothing
technology. DRDO plans to explore additional features, such as enhanced camouflage and
integrated communication systems. Future developments may also focus on sustainability
and the use of advanced materials. These innovations aim to improve the overall
effectiveness of military personnel in various operational environments.
PMEGP: Rural Enterprises Surpass Urban Job Creation
January 11, 2025
The Prime Minister’s Employment Generation Programme (PMEGP) has shown remarkable
success in rural job creation over the last sixteen years. Rural micro enterprises have
generated more jobs per unit compared to urban enterprises. This trend marks the
significance of PMEGP in enhancing rural livelihoods and providing sustainable
employment opportunities.
Overview of PMEGP
PMEGP aims to promote self-employment and entrepreneurship in both rural and urban
areas. The programme has supported the establishment of micro enterprises primarily in
the non-farm sector. The Ministry of Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises (MSME) and the
Khadi and Village Industries Commission (KVIC) oversee its implementation.
Job Creation Statistics
From 2008-09 to 2023-24, PMEGP has created an estimated 80.52 lakh jobs. Of these,
64.55 lakh jobs were generated in rural areas, while urban areas accounted for 15.97 lakh
jobs. Rural enterprises created approximately 8.19 jobs per unit, surpassing the 8.07 jobs
per unit from urban enterprises.
Impact of Covid-19
The Covid-19 pandemic affected employment patterns. In 2021-22, rural areas recorded
the highest job creation under PMEGP with 6.77 lakh jobs. The migration of individuals

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 265
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

from urban to rural regions during the pandemic necessitated this shift. Conversely,
urban job creation peaked in 2023-24, with 1.61 lakh jobs, indicating a recovery phase.
Funding and Subsidy Structure
PMEGP provides subsidies to beneficiaries based on their category and location. General
category beneficiaries receive a subsidy of 25% in rural areas and 15% in urban areas.
Special category beneficiaries can receive up to 35% in rural areas and 25% in urban areas.
The maximum project cost allowed is ₹50 lakh for manufacturing and ₹20 lakh for service
sectors.
Support for Existing Enterprises
Since 2018-19, successful PMEGP/MUDRA enterprises have been eligible for a second loan
to aid expansion. The maximum project cost for this second loan is ₹1 crore for
manufacturing and ₹25 lakh for services. The subsidy for the second loan is 15%,
increasing to 20% for projects in the North Eastern Region and hilly areas.
Financial Outlay and Demand-Based Allocation
PMEGP operates as a Central sector scheme, meaning no specific state budget allocations
are made. Funds are allocated based on demand and loans sanctioned by financial
institutions. An outlay of ₹13,554.42 crore has been approved for PMEGP for the financial
years 2021-22 to 2025-26.

1. PMEGP – A programme initiated in 2008 to promote self-employment.

2. KVIC – Khadi and Village Industries Commission, responsible for implementing
PMEGP.
3. CAGR – Compound Annual Growth Rate, measuring growth over time.
4. NER – North Eastern Region, receiving additional subsidies.
5. MUDRA – Micro Units Development and Refinance Agency, supporting small
enterprises.

Key Objectives of PMEGP

PMEGP focuses on generating self-employment opportunities and integrating traditional
artisans with unemployed youth. The programme seeks to encourage entrepreneurship in
both rural and urban settings, enhancing economic stability and growth.
Nanobodies Role in Ebola Virus Treatment
January 11, 2025
Ebola virus remains threat to global health, with a high fatality rate of approximately 50%.
Recent advancements at the University of Minnesota and the Midwest Antiviral Drug
Discovery (AViDD) Center have led to the development of novel nanobody-based inhibitors
targeting this deadly pathogen. These inhibitors, named Nanosota-EB1 and Nanosota-
EB2, represent milestone in combating Ebola and potentially other related viruses.
Key Facts About Ebola Virus
Ebola Virus belongs to the virus family Filoviridae, which includes three genera:
Cuevavirus, Marburgvirus, and Ebolavirus. Within the genus Ebolavirus, six species

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 266
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

have been identified: Zaire, Bundibugyo, Sudan, Taï Forest, Reston, and Bombali.
Fruit bats (family Pteropodidae) are believed to be the natural hosts of the Ebola virus.
It spreads to humans through contact with blood, secretions, or organs of infected
animals like fruit bats, chimpanzees, gorillas, monkeys, antelope, or porcupines
found sick or dead in rainforests.
The virus was first identified in 1976 during two simultaneous outbreaks:
One in Nzara, South Sudan.
The other in Yambuku, near the Ebola River in the Democratic Republic of the
Congo (from which the disease gets its name).
About Nanobodies
Nanobodies are unique antibodies derived from animals such as alpacas. Their small size
allows them to navigate areas inaccessible to traditional antibodies. This characteristic
enhances their effectiveness against various pathogens. Researchers have leveraged this
property to create nanobodies that can bind to specific viral components.
Development of Nanosota-EB1 and Nanosota-EB2
The research team developed two new nanobodies specifically targeting the Ebola virus.
Nanosota-EB1 works by preventing the protective layer of the virus from opening. This
blockage stops the virus from attaching to human cells. In contrast, Nanosota-EB2 targets
important component of the virus responsible for cell entry. By inhibiting this function,
Nanosota-EB2 effectively halts the virus’s spread.
Laboratory Testing and Results
In laboratory tests, Nanosota-EB2 showed remarkable efficacy. It improved survival rates
in mice infected with the Ebola virus. These results highlight the potential of nanobodies
as a therapeutic strategy against Ebola and similar viruses.
Implications for Other Viruses
The design methods used to create these nanobodies could also be applied to develop
treatments for related viruses. This includes Sudan and Marburg viruses, which belong to
the same viral family as Ebola. The adaptability of the nanobody design process opens
new avenues for antiviral research.

1. Nanobodies are also known as single-domain antibodies.

2. Dr. Fang Li co-directed the research effort.
3. The AViDD Center focuses on antiviral drug discovery.
4. PLOS Pathogens is a peer-reviewed scientific journal.
5. The nanobody technology was initially developed during the COVID-19
pandemic.

Future Directions in Antiviral Research

The success of Nanosota-EB1 and Nanosota-EB2 paves the way for further research into
nanobody applications. Future studies will explore their potential against a broader range
of viruses. Researchers aim to enhance the efficacy and specificity of these nanobodies

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 267
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

through continued innovation.

Z-Morh Tunnel to be Inaugurated on Jan 13
January 11, 2025
The Z-Morh tunnel is poised to revolutionise access between Kashmir and Ladakh. Prime
Minister Narendra Modi is set to inaugurate the tunnel on January 13, 2025. This landmark
infrastructure project aims to ensure that the tourist destination of Sonamarg remains
accessible throughout the year. Historically, heavy snowfall and avalanches have
disrupted access during winter months. The Z-Morh tunnel, located in Ganderbal district,
is crucial for boosting winter tourism in the region.
Importance of the Z-Morh Tunnel
The Z-Morh tunnel is for several reasons. It will enhance year-round tourism in Sonamarg,
a popular destination. Local hoteliers express optimism about increased tourist footfall.
The tunnel is expected to facilitate safe travel during winter, as many hotels currently
remain closed due to unreliable access.
Construction Details
Built under the Thajiwas Glacier, the tunnel spans 6.5 kilometres. It features a two-lane
design with a main tunnel measuring 10.8 metres in height. Additional tunnels include a
modified horseshoe-shaped escape tunnel and a D-shaped ventilation tunnel. The project
also includes multiple culverts to manage water flow and prevent flooding.
Strategic Significance
The Z-Morh tunnel is part of a broader strategic route to Ladakh. It is built at a cost of
₹2,680 crore. This infrastructure will connect to the Zojila tunnel, which is currently under
construction and will be Asia’s longest tunnel. The Zojila tunnel will further facilitate access
to the Kargil district, reducing travel time.
Security Measures and Challenges
Security assessments have been conducted to ensure the safety of the project and its
inauguration. Increased security measures are in place across the Valley, particularly in
Srinagar. The Z-Morh project’s construction faced challenges, including a militant attack
that resulted in fatalities among workers. These incidents highlight the importance of
security in the region.
Future Prospects for Tourism
The completion of the Z-Morh tunnel is expected to boost adventure tourism. The
intelligent traffic management system will optimise vehicle flow, enhancing safety and
convenience. Local officials anticipate that the tunnel will open new winter destinations in
Kashmir, contributing to economic growth.

1. The Z-Morh tunnel is 6.5 km long.

2. The Zojila tunnel will be Asia’s longest at 13.14 km.
3. The Z-Morh tunnel cost ₹2,680 crore.
4. Security forces rely on the surface connection for supplies.
5. The region is in seismic zone IV, requiring special precautions.
© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 268
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Environmental Considerations
The construction of the Z-Morh tunnel has raised environmental concerns. The project
must adhere to regulations to minimise ecological impact. Authorities are implementing
measures to protect the surrounding natural landscape while ensuring safe construction
practices.
Mount Ibu in Indonesia Erupts
January 11, 2025
Mount Ibu, located in North Maluku, Indonesia, erupted recently, sending ash clouds up
to 3 kilometres high. This eruption is part of a larger pattern of volcanic activity in the
region, which is known for its geological volatility. The Centre for Volcanology and
Geological Hazard Mitigation (PVMBG) has issued an orange-level Volcano Observatory
Notice for Aviation (VONA), signalling heightened caution for air travel. This page provides
essential information regarding the eruption, safety measures, and implications for travel
and aviation.
The Eruption and Its Immediate Impact
On Tuesday, Mount Ibu erupted, producing ash column that posed immediate risks to
nearby communities. The ash cloud drifted northwest, prompting authorities to extend
the danger zone to 5.5 kilometres in certain areas. A 4-kilometre exclusion radius around
the crater has been established to ensure public safety.
Historical Activity of Mount Ibu
Mount Ibu is one of Indonesia’s most active volcanoes, with 21,100 eruptions recorded in
2023 alone. Noteworthy eruptions include one on November 14, 2023, which also resulted
in an aviation warning. In August 2009, the eruption alert level was raised to orange,
indicating ongoing volcanic activity.
The Broader Context – Indonesia’s Volcanic Landscape
Indonesia is situated on the Pacific ‘Ring of Fire‘, making it one of the most volcanically
active regions globally. The country boasts 127 active volcanoes, which pose risks and
attract tourists interested in exploring these natural wonders. Balancing tourism
promotion with public safety is a continual challenge for Indonesian authorities.
What is the Ring of Fire?
The Ring of Fire, also called the Circum-Pacific Belt, is a horseshoe-shaped area in the
Pacific Ocean known for frequent earthquakes and active volcanoes.
It is caused by plate tectonics, where the massive Pacific Plate interacts with
surrounding, less-dense tectonic plates.
Most of the Earth’s volcanic eruptions and earthquakes occur here.
The Ring of Fire is the most seismically active region on Earth.
The second-most active region is the Alpide Belt, which extends from the
Mediterranean through Turkey, Iran, and northern India, accounting for 5–6% of
global earthquakes.
It spans about 40,000 kilometers (24,900 miles) and marks the boundaries of tectonic

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 269
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

plates such as the Pacific Plate, Juan de Fuca Plate, Cocos Plate, Indian-Australian
Plate, Nazca Plate, North American Plate, and Philippine Plate.

1. VONA – Volcano Observatory Notice for Aviation, crucial for flight safety.
2. PVMBG – Centre for Volcanology and Geological Hazard Mitigation in Indonesia.
3. Pacific Ring of Fire – A region with high volcanic and seismic activity.
4. Pyroclastic Flow – A fast-moving current of hot gas and volcanic matter.
5. Ashfall – Volcanic ash that falls to the ground, posing health risks.

Madhya Pradesh Launches PARTH Yojana Initiative

January 11, 2025
Madhya Pradesh has revealed the PARTH Yojana, aimed at empowering youth for careers
in defence and law enforcement. This initiative, introduced by Chief Minister Mohan Yadav
during the State-Level Youth Festival, focuses on enhancing physical and mental
preparedness. The scheme seeks to instil patriotism and employability among the youth,
facilitating their entry into the Indian Army, police, and paramilitary forces.
Overview of PARTH Yojana
The PARTH Yojana stands for Police Army Recruitment Training and Hunar. It is designed
to provide targeted training for aspiring candidates in Madhya Pradesh. The initiative
addresses the need for structured support for youth pursuing careers in security services.
Objectives of the Scheme
The primary objectives include encouraging patriotism, enhancing skill development, and
improving employability. The scheme aims to channel the enthusiasm of the youth into
productive career paths. It also seeks to reduce unemployment by preparing candidates
for competitive examinations in defence and law enforcement.
Training Components
Candidates enrolled in the PARTH Yojana will undergo comprehensive training. This
includes physical fitness preparation to meet the rigorous demands of defence services.
Additionally, training will cover written examination coaching, focusing on general
knowledge, mathematics, and English proficiency.
Personality Development
An essential aspect of the training is personality development guidance. This component
aims to equip candidates with the necessary soft skills for interviews and selection
processes. Emphasis will be placed on communication skills, confidence building, and
leadership qualities.
Establishment of Training Centres
The scheme will see the establishment of training centres at divisional levels across
Madhya Pradesh. These centres will serve as hubs for training and preparation. District
sports and youth welfare officers will oversee the implementation and management of
these centres.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 270
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Support Structure
Support for the PARTH Yojana will come from various stakeholders. Rural youth
coordinators and departmental employees will be involved in the training process. Their
participation is crucial for reaching out to potential candidates and ensuring effective
training delivery.

1. PARTH focuses on defence and law enforcement careers.

2. Mohan Yadav is the Chief Minister of Madhya Pradesh.
3. Vishwas Sarang is the Minister of Sports and Youth Welfare.
4. Training includes physical fitness and written exam coaching.
5. District officers will oversee the training centres.

Expected Outcomes
The expected outcomes of the PARTH Yojana include a well-prepared youth ready for
recruitment in security services. The initiative is anticipated to lead to increased
employment rates among the youth of Madhya Pradesh. By providing structured training,
the scheme aims to enhance the overall quality of candidates entering these crucial
sectors.
INROAD Project Boosts Natural Rubber Quality
January 11, 2025
The INROAD (Indian Natural Rubber Operations for Assisted Development) project is
making progress in the North East of India. Launched with a financial backing of ₹100
crore, the initiative aims to enhance the quality of natural rubber produced in the region.
This funding will facilitate skill development for rubber growers and the establishment of
model infrastructure. The project has garnered support from key players in the tyre
industry, demonstrating a unique collaboration between agriculture and manufacturing.
Project Overview
The INROAD project is a pioneering initiative in the global tyre industry. It focuses on
improving the quality of natural rubber through direct involvement from tyre
manufacturers. The project is financially supported by four major companies – Apollo,
Ceat, JK, and MRF. The Rubber Board of India oversees its implementation.
Achievements to Date
In its first four years, the project has successfully established 1,25,272 hectares of new
natural rubber plantations. These plantations span across 94 districts in the North East
and parts of West Bengal. The substantial scale of this initiative marks step towards
enhancing local rubber production.
Skill Development Initiatives
Skill development is a core component of the INROAD project. The initiative will provide
training to rubber growers through digital platforms. This approach aims to equip farmers
with the necessary knowledge and skills for effective rubber tapping and processing. The
focus is on areas that are critical for improving the quality of rubber.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 271
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Infrastructure Development
Infrastructure development is equally important in the INROAD project. Model Smoke
Houses and Processing and Grading Centres will be established to support rubber
growers. These facilities are designed specifically for the region’s needs. The smokehouses
play important role in producing high-quality rubber sheets by drying and curing latex.
Economic Empowerment of Women
The project also emphasises the economic empowerment of women in rubber cultivation.
A model smokehouse has been inaugurated for the Bhaishkhuli Pragatishil Mohila
Samittee, a cooperative of 65 female rubber growers in Goalpara, Assam. This facility will
not only enhance the quality of rubber produced but also serve as a training and
demonstration centre.

1. INROAD is the first project of its kind globally.

2. The Rubber Board of India is the implementing agency.
3. Smokehouses are essential for drying and curing latex.
4. The project covers 94 districts in two states.
5. Women cooperative members focus on sustainable practices.

Future Directions
The INROAD project aims to continue its efforts in capacity building and infrastructure
development. The focus will remain on enhancing the quality of natural rubber and
empowering local farmers. By encouraging collaboration between the tyre industry and
rubber growers, the project seeks to create a sustainable model for rubber cultivation in
India.
World Economic Situation and Prospects Report 2025
January 11, 2025
The Indian economy is projected to grow by 6.6 per cent in 2025, according to the United
Nations’ World Economic Situation and Prospects report. This growth is supported by
strong private consumption and investment. The report maintains its previous growth
forecast, reflecting confidence in India’s economic resilience. The public sector plays
important role in funding infrastructure projects. These projects enhance physical and
digital connectivity and improve social infrastructure, including sanitation and water
supply.
Infrastructure Investment and Economic Impact
The UN report emphasises the importance of capital expenditure on infrastructure. Such
investment is expected to yield strong multiplier effects on economic growth.
Infrastructure development is crucial for enhancing productivity across various sectors.
The manufacturing and services sectors are anticipated to expand, contributing to overall
economic activity. Strong export growth in service industries and specific goods
categories, such as pharmaceuticals and electronics, will further stimulate the economy.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 272
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Agricultural Growth Expectations

Favourable monsoon rains in 2024 have positively impacted agricultural output. Improved
summer-sowing areas for major crops are expected to boost production in 2025.
Agricultural growth will contribute to the overall economic performance of India.
Enhanced agricultural productivity can support rural incomes and consumption.
Regional Economic Outlook
The economic growth forecast for South Asia remains robust, primarily driven by India.
The region is projected to grow at 5.7 per cent in 2025 and 6 per cent in 2026. India’s
performance is crucial for the region’s overall economic health. The interconnected nature
of economies in South Asia amplifies the impact of India’s growth on its neighbours.
Risks to Economic Growth
Despite positive growth projections, several risks threaten the outlook. Possible escalation
of geopolitical tensions could disrupt economic stability. A deceleration in external
demand may negatively impact exports. Ongoing debt challenges and potential social
unrest could hinder progress. Additionally, the region’s vulnerability to climate hazards
poses risks to sustained growth.

1. António Guterres is the UN Secretary-General.

2. The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) projected 6.6% growth for 2024-25.
3. South Asia’s growth is heavily reliant on India’s economic performance.
4. The agricultural output is expected to improve due to favourable monsoon rains.
5. Infrastructure investment is linked to strong multiplier effects on growth.

Conclusion on Economic Resilience

The Indian economy’s resilience is evident in the face of global challenges. The
commitment to infrastructure development and strong sectoral performance will be vital
for future growth.
January 13, 2025
Global Temperature Records and Climate Trends
January 13, 2025
In 2024, the Earth experienced unprecedented warming, officially breaching the 1.5
degrees Celsius threshold above pre-industrial levels. This marked the first time a
calendar year exceeded this critical limit, with the average temperature recorded at 1.6
degrees Celsius higher than the pre-industrial baseline.
About the 1.5 Degrees Celsius Threshold
The 1.5 degrees Celsius threshold is marker in climate science. It was established during
the 2015 Paris Agreement to limit global warming. Crossing this threshold does not
initiate new climate phenomena but intensifies existing impacts. The World
Meteorological Organization (WMO) has indicated that the severity and frequency of
climate events will escalate with rising temperatures.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 273
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

The Role of El Niño and Other Factors

The years 2023 and 2024 were influenced by a mild El Niño, a natural climate pattern that
typically raises global temperatures. The previous record year, 2016, was impacted by a
stronger El Niño. Other factors contributing to the recent warming include underwater
volcanic eruptions and reduced sulphur dioxide emissions from shipping. These elements
alter the Earth’s climate system, affecting temperature trends.
Current and Future Temperature Projections
Looking ahead, 2025 is not anticipated to surpass 2024 as the warmest year. However, it is
expected to remain within the range of 1.1 to 1.4 degrees Celsius above pre-industrial
levels. The UK Met Office has forecasted that 2025 could be the third warmest year on
record. A WMO report suggests a possibility of temperatures reaching up to 1.9 degrees
Celsius above pre-industrial levels in the coming years.
Implications of the Recent Warming Trend
The breach of the 1.5 degrees Celsius threshold does not imply that the Paris Agreement
is invalidated. It marks the need for urgent action to address climate change. Current
global emissions continue to rise, indicating that 2030 emission reduction targets are
unlikely to be met. The ECMWF has warned that the probability of breaching the 1.5
degrees Celsius target within the 2030s is highly likely.

1. El Niño is a periodic climate pattern affecting global weather.

2. WMO stands for World Meteorological Organization.
3. ECMWF refers to the European Centre for Medium Range Weather Forecasting.
4. The solar maximum phase occurs every 11 years in the solar cycle.
5. Volcanic eruptions can impact global temperatures.

The Need for Global Action

As climate change continues to present challenges, the need for coordinated global action
becomes increasingly critical. The current trajectory of warming suggests that future years
may also breach the 1.5 degrees Celsius threshold. The international community must
work collaboratively to implement effective climate policies and reduce greenhouse gas
emissions.
La Niña Conditions Confirmed in 2025
January 13, 2025
La Niña conditions have re-emerged in the Pacific Ocean, as reported by the National
Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) on January 9, 2025. This phenomenon is
part of the El Niño Southern Oscillation (ENSO), which influences global weather patterns.
The emergence of La Niña is characterised by below-average sea surface temperatures in
the central and eastern Pacific, contrasting with the warmer conditions typically
associated with El Niño.
About La Niña
La Niña is a climate pattern that represents the cool phase of ENSO. It occurs when cooler

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 274
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

ocean temperatures dominate the central and eastern tropical Pacific. This phenomenon
typically leads to increased rainfall in some regions and droughts in others. La Niña
conditions are often linked to stronger trade winds, which push warm water towards the
western Pacific.
The ENSO Cycle
The El Niño Southern Oscillation comprises three phases – El Niño, La Niña, and neutral. El
Niño is characterised by warmer sea surface temperatures, while La Niña features cooler
temperatures. These phases occur irregularly, typically every two to seven years. Each
phase lasts approximately one year, but La Niña events may repeat and persist longer
than El Niño events.
Mechanisms Behind ENSO
The Bjerknes feedback mechanism plays important role in ENSO. This process involves
interactions between sea surface temperatures and atmospheric winds. Weaker easterly
trade winds during El Niño allow warm water to accumulate in the eastern Pacific.
Conversely, stronger trade winds during La Niña enhance the upwelling of cooler water.
The exact triggers for these oscillations remain a subject of ongoing research.
Global Climate Impacts
ENSO impacts global weather patterns. El Niño can lead to increased global temperatures
and extreme weather events, such as heavy rainfall and flooding in some areas. In
contrast, La Niña often results in cooler temperatures and can cause droughts in regions
reliant on consistent rainfall. The effects of these phenomena are particularly pronounced
in developing countries bordering the Pacific Ocean, where agriculture and fishing are
heavily dependent on stable weather conditions.

1. ENSO affects global weather patterns every 2-7 years.

2. Bjerknes feedback was named after Jacob Bjerknes in 1969.
3. La Niña typically leads to increased rainfall in India.
4. El Niño events can spike global temperatures for about a year.
5. The last La Niña occurred from 2020 to 2023.

Current Forecast and Implications

Meteorologists predict that the current La Niña will be weak, with limited impact due to
warmer ocean temperatures persisting for over a year. The Nino 3.4 index, a key indicator
of ENSO conditions, is not expected to drop . Experts note that this La Niña’s emergence
may be delayed, raising questions about its potential effects on global weather patterns
during the current season.
What is Pink Fire Retardant?
January 13, 2025
Recent wildfires in Southern California have brought into light the use of pink fire
retardant as authorities deploy aerial resources to combat the flames. The United States
Forest Service has mobilised nine large planes and 20 helicopters to disperse this chemical

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 275
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

mixture, aiming to protect lives and property. Despite its long-standing use, the
environmental impact and effectiveness of pink fire retardant have come under scrutiny.
What is Pink Fire Retardant?
Pink fire retardant is a chemical mixture used to extinguish or slow down wildfires. The
most common brand used in the United States is Phos-Chek, which primarily consists of
ammonium phosphate-based slurry. This formulation includes salts like ammonium
polyphosphate, which remains effective longer than water. The bright pink colour is added
for visibility, enabling firefighters to identify treated areas against the landscape.
How Does it Work?
Fire retardant is strategically sprayed ahead of advancing flames to coat vegetation. This
coating prevents oxygen from igniting the foliage, thereby slowing the fire’s progress. The
effectiveness of this method is contingent upon several environmental factors, including
terrain, fuel type, and weather conditions. Firefighters create fire lines around the treated
areas to enhance safety and control the fire’s spread.
Environmental Concerns
Environmental experts express concerns regarding the use of aerial fire retardants. A
study from the University of Southern California revealed that Phos-Chek contains toxic
metals, including chromium and cadmium. These substances pose health risks, including
cancer and organ damage, while also threatening aquatic ecosystems when they enter
waterways. The debate continues over the balance between fire suppression and
environmental safety.
Effectiveness Debate
The effectiveness of aerial fire retardants is contentious. Researchers argue that it is
difficult to ascertain the effectiveness of Phos-Chek since it is used alongside various
firefighting strategies. Additionally, the conditions under which it works best are shrinking
due to climate change. Experts assert that the increasing frequency and intensity of
wildfires will lead to more reliance on aerial retardants, making the need for effective and
safe alternatives more pressing.

1. Phos-Chek is the most widely used fire retardant in the US.

2. Over 440 million gallons of retardant were used from 2009 to 2021.
3. The pink colour aids visibility for firefighters during operations.
4. Heavy metals released from fire retardants can harm aquatic life.
5. Environmental effectiveness is influenced by climate change factors.

What is Space Docking?

January 13, 2025
The Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) is set to achieve milestone in space
exploration. Over the next few days, ISRO will attempt to dock two small satellites in orbit,
marking India’s first foray into this complex operation. If successful, India will join the
ranks of the United States, Russia, and China, becoming the fourth nation to possess

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 276
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

docking capabilities. The initial trials have already taken place, with both satellites brought
within three metres of each other, although the actual docking has faced delays.
What is Docking?
Docking refers to the process of bringing two spacecraft together in orbit. This operation
can be performed manually or autonomously. Docking is essential for missions that
require multiple spacecraft to work together, such as assembling a space station or
transporting supplies and crew. The capability to dock allows for larger payloads that
cannot be launched in a single rocket.
Historical Context of Docking
The first successful docking occurred in 1966 with the Gemini VIII mission, which was
crewed by Neil Armstrong. The Soviet Union followed closely with an uncrewed docking in
1967. In 2011, China demonstrated its capability with the Shenzhou 8 spacecraft docking
with the Tiangong 1 space laboratory. These milestones paved the way for future missions
and the development of docking technologies.
ISRO’s Vision for the Future
ISRO aims to establish a space station by 2035 and send humans to the moon by 2040.
The successful docking of satellites is important step towards these ambitious goals. The
upcoming Bharatiya Antariksh Station will consist of multiple modules that need to be
docked in space. The first robotic module is scheduled for launch in 2028.
Chandrayaan-4 Mission Overview
The Chandrayaan-4 mission will require docking capabilities to bring lunar samples back
to Earth. This mission will involve launching five key modules in two separate launches.
The propulsion module will ferry the spacecraft from Earth orbit to lunar orbit, where the
lander will collect samples. The ascender will then dock with a transfer module to return
the samples to Earth.
Docking Experiment Details
The docking experiment will involve a series of manoeuvres to bring the Chaser satellite
closer to the Target satellite. The satellites will gradually approach at various distances – 5
km, 1.5 km, 500 m, 225 m, 15 m, and finally 3 m. Once the docking rings make contact,
they will retract and lock into place, allowing power sharing between the satellites.
Challenges Faced by ISRO
The docking mission has faced postponements due to technical challenges. Initial
attempts were slated for January 7 and January 9 but had to be rescheduled due to
unexpected issues during manoeuvres. More simulations are being conducted to refine
the docking process and ensure accuracy.

1. ISRO’s docking mechanism is androgynous, meaning both satellites use identical

systems.
2. The International Docking System Standard is used by spacecraft heading to the
International Space Station.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 277
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

3. Gemini VIII was the first crewed mission to dock, featuring astronaut Neil
Armstrong.
4. China’s first crewed docking occurred in 2012, following its automated docking in
2011.
5. The Chandrayaan-4 mission aims to return lunar samples using a multi-module
approach.

ISRO’s Docking Mechanism

ISRO’s docking mechanism employs an androgynous design, allowing both satellites to
share identical systems. This design is similar to the International Docking System
Standard but utilises fewer motors. Advanced sensors, including Laser Range Finders and
Proximity Sensors, will facilitate precise measurements during the docking process. The
mission also aims to develop autonomous systems capable of docking without relying on
satellite navigation data.
India’s Higher Education Crisis
January 13, 2025
India’s higher education system faces challenge. A recent report indicates that 80% of
graduates are unfit for industry roles. With around 50 million graduates entering the job
market annually, this statistic raises concerns about the education system’s quality and
relevance. While technology often captures attention, most graduates find employment in
sectors such as services, construction, retail, and healthcare.
Current Employment Landscape
The Indian workforce predominantly consists of graduates from various sectors. The
personal grooming industry alone requires approximately 1.3 million professionals each
year. In contrast, the software industry adds only 300,000 to 400,000 jobs annually. This
disparity marks the need for education to align with industry demands.
Skills Gap and Curriculum Issues
Critics argue that the education system focuses too heavily on theory. Graduates often
lack practical skills and industry relevance. To address this, universities are beginning to
incorporate experiential learning, internships, and soft skills training. Government
initiatives like the National Education Policy (NEP) 2020 aim to modernise education and
improve employability.
Impact of Online Learning
The shift towards online learning has transformed India’s educational landscape.
Regulatory bodies such as the UGC and AICTE are integrating online courses into
curricula. While this enhances accessibility, it diminishes the traditional teacher-student
relationship. The lack of personal mentorship can hinder students’ emotional and
academic growth.
Commercialisation of Education
The increasing commercialisation of education poses additional challenges. Online
tutoring and courses often replace the nurturing environment provided by dedicated
© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 278
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

teachers. This shift can lead to a lack of skilled graduates, impacting India’s economic
competitiveness and innovation capacity.

1. NPTEL – National Programme on Technology Enhanced Learning.

2. NEP 2020 – National Education Policy 2020 aims to reform education.
3. AICTE – All India Council for Technical Education.
4. UGC – University Grants Commission oversees higher education.
5. SWAYAM – Online platform for higher education courses.

Teacher Development and Support

To revitalise the education system, prioritising teacher training is essential. Investing in
quality teaching and creating a supportive environment can enhance student outcomes.
Improved working conditions and compensation for teachers can motivate them to
inspire students effectively.
Global Comparisons and Lessons
Examining other countries reveals important lessons. Nations like Argentina and Greece,
despite having highly educated populations, face unemployment and economic
stagnation. To prevent similar issues, India must focus on building strong teacher-student
relationships and encouraging a culture of mentorship.
Future Directions for Education
India’s educational future hinges on balancing technological advancements with the
human element. The NEP 2020 represents progress, but continued investment in teacher
development is crucial. Empowering educators can ensure that students not only acquire
knowledge but also develop essential skills for success in the 21st century.
Russia’s Floating Nuclear Power Plant Initiative
January 13, 2025
Russia has made advancements in nuclear energy with the introduction of floating nuclear
power plants (FNPPs). The Akademik Lomonosov, operational since 2019 in Pevek,
represents a shift in energy production. This innovation aims to meet energy demands in
remote areas, including potential markets like India. The FNPPs can be relocated, making
them versatile for various applications.
What is a Floating Nuclear Power Plant?
An FNPP is a nuclear power facility located on a ship. It can connect to coastal power lines
and be towed to different locations. The Akademik Lomonosov features two light-water
reactors with a combined capacity of 70 MW. This technology allows for efficient energy
production without the need for land-based facilities.
The Akademik Lomonosov’s Specifications
The Akademik Lomonosov houses two reactors using 14-15% enriched uranium fuel. Each
reactor generates 35 MW of power. The plant has a lifespan of approximately 40 years,
with options for extension. It has successfully supplied nearly 978 million kWh of electricity
to the Chukotka region, demonstrating its capability to fulfil energy needs.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 279
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Potential Applications in India

India’s extensive coastline and numerous islands present an opportunity for FNPPs.
Rosatom has expressed interest in collaborating with India to implement such technology.
The FNPPs are designed to be earthquake-resistant and require no land for construction.
Their ability to provide energy in remote areas could be transformative for India’s energy
landscape.
Advantages of FNPPs
FNPPs offer several benefits. They require less infrastructure compared to traditional
nuclear plants. The vessels can be decommissioned without leaving nuclear traces.
Additionally, they have ample water supply for cooling processes. Their mobility allows for
energy production in areas where traditional power plants are impractical.
Cost Considerations for Implementation
The cost of FNPPs is a critical factor for India. A retired Indian nuclear official suggested
that the government should consider establishing shipyards for production. Russia’s
experience with nuclear icebreakers could facilitate the construction of FNPPs. Fuel for
these plants can be imported under the supervision of the International Atomic Energy
Agency (IAEA).

1. FNPPs can be towed to various locations.

2. The Akademik Lomonosov is named after Mikhail Lomonosov, an 18th-century
scientist.
3. FNPPs have a lifespan of around 40 years.
4. Rosatom aims to build four additional FNPPs in Chukotka.
5. India has a coastline of approximately 7,500 km.

Future Prospects of FNPPs

Rosatom is exploring the construction of new floating nuclear power plants. The company
plans to develop a new FNPP with four reactors at Cape Nagleyynyn. Additionally, a land-
based small modular reactor is under consideration in Yakutia. These developments
indicate a growing trend towards innovative nuclear solutions in energy production.
Controversial Drilling Approved in Hollongapar Gibbon Wildlife Sanctuary
January 13, 2025
The recent approval by the Standing Committee of the National Board for Wildlife (NBWL)
for exploratory drilling in the eco-sensitive zone (ESZ) of Hollongapar Gibbon Wildlife
Sanctuary has sparked debate. This decision, made during the committee’s 81st meeting,
raises concerns about the balance between energy needs and wildlife conservation. The
proposed drilling site, which covers nearly 4.5 hectares, lies just 13 kilometres from the
sanctuary, home to the endangered Hoolock gibbon and other primate species.
Project Overview
The drilling project is initiated by an oil exploration company. The site includes a 1.44-
hectare well pad and a 3.0598-hectare access road located in the AA-ONHP-2017/4 block.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 280
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

This area is critical for the survival of the Hoolock gibbon, which is the only ape species
found in India. The sanctuary itself spans 20.98 square kilometres, with an ESZ of 264.92
square kilometres designed to maintain ecological connectivity with surrounding forests.
Site Inspection Findings
A site inspection conducted on November 15, 2024, by representatives from various
environmental bodies concluded that exploratory drilling would likely have limited
immediate environmental impact. However, they firmly opposed any commercial drilling
within the ESZ. The committee acknowledged the sanctuary’s significance for the Hoolock
gibbon while expressing concerns about potential future impacts.
Conditions for Approval
The NBWL imposed stringent conditions to safeguard the environment. These stipulations
include the installation of real-time digital surveillance systems, submission of detailed
operational plans, minimal tree felling, and strict pollution control measures. Notably, any
extraction of hydrocarbons discovered must occur outside the ESZ, ensuring the sanctuary
remains protected.
Gibbon Species in India
India is home to two distinct hoolock gibbon species – the eastern hoolock gibbon
(Hoolock leuconedys) and the western hoolock gibbon (Hoolock hoolock). Recent genetic
studies conducted by the Centre for Cellular and Molecular Biology revealed that these
populations may actually represent one species, diverging from a common ancestor
approximately 8.38 million years ago. This insight challenges previous classifications
based solely on coat colour.
Conservation Status and Threats
All gibbon species, including hoolock gibbons, face a high risk of extinction due to various
conservation challenges. Habitat loss from deforestation, particularly for infrastructure
projects, poses the greatest threat to these primates in India. The International Union for
Conservation of Nature (IUCN) lists the western hoolock gibbon as endangered and the
eastern hoolock gibbon as vulnerable. Both species are also protected under Schedule 1
of the Indian (Wildlife) Protection Act of 1972.

1. Hoolock gibbons are the smallest and fastest apes.

2. They inhabit tropical and subtropical forests in Southeast Asia.
3. Genetic studies show a common ancestor for hoolock gibbons diverged 8.38
million years ago.
4. The western hoolock gibbon is classified as endangered by the IUCN.
5. The ESZ of Hollongapar extends over 264.92 square kilometres.

Future Implications
The decision to allow exploratory drilling has implications for both energy development
and conservation efforts. The NBWL’s conditions aim to mitigate environmental impacts,
but the long-term effects on the Hoolock gibbon’s habitat remain uncertain. The balance

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 281
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

between development and conservation will be crucial for the future of this unique wildlife
sanctuary.
Andhra Pradesh’s Swarnandhra Vision-2047
January 13, 2025
Andhra Pradesh Chief Minister N. Chandrababu Naidu recently shared his Sankranti
greetings with the global Telugu community. He emphasised the importance of festivals
free from economic disparities. Naidu brought into light the government’s commitment to
improving the lives of the people through welfare, development, and effective
governance. He mentioned the “Swarnandhra Vision-2047,” a comprehensive plan aimed
at transforming Andhra Pradesh into a prosperous and inclusive state by the centenary of
Indian independence.
About Swarnandhra Vision-2047
The Swarnandhra Vision-2047 outlines ten guiding principles designed to elevate Andhra
Pradesh. The vision focuses on achieving a ‘wealthy, healthy, and happy’ state. The
principles include zero poverty, employment generation, and human resource
development. The government aims to ensure water security, enhance agricultural
technology, and optimise energy costs. Additionally, the vision promotes cleanliness,
innovation, and the integration of advanced technologies into various sectors.
Key Principles of the Vision
Zero Poverty – The foremost goal is to eradicate poverty within the state.
Employment and Skilling – Initiatives will focus on creating job opportunities and
enhancing skills among the workforce.
Water Security – Ensuring access to clean water for all residents is a priority.
Agricultural Advancement – The vision promotes the use of technology in farming
to increase productivity.
Energy Efficiency – Cost optimisation for energy and fuel is crucial for sustainable
development.
Public-Private-People Partnership (P-4)
The P-4 model aims to involve the public, private sectors, and citizens in achieving the
vision’s goals. This system is designed to eliminate poverty and encourage community
empowerment. Collaboration among these sectors will lead to transformative changes in
the lives of the underprivileged. The P-3 model, previously established, has already
generated substantial employment and wealth.
Community Engagement and Consultation
The vision document was developed through extensive consultations and grassroots
engagement. Workshops were conducted at various levels, covering over 111.8 million
households. This inclusive approach ensures that the needs and aspirations of the
community are reflected in the vision. Naidu aims to create a thriving and responsible
society that encourages innovation and knowledge.

1. Swarnandhra Vision-2047 aims for zero poverty.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 282
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

2. P-4 system promotes collaboration for societal upliftment.

3. 111.8 million households consulted for the vision.
4. Naidu emphasises community empowerment through P-4.
5. Vision includes deep-tech integration in everyday life.

Goals for the Future

By 2047, Andhra Pradesh aspires to achieve the highest per capita income in India. The
vision also focuses on nurturing global thinkers and making the state a hub for skill
development. The government aims to create a progressive and inclusive community that
thrives on innovation. Naidu envisions a future where every citizen can contribute to and
benefit from the state’s growth.
Sweden Bolsters NATO Presence in the Baltic Sea
January 13, 2025
Sweden has announced military contribution to NATO in response to escalating tensions
in the Baltic Sea. This marks Sweden’s first deployment of armed forces as a NATO ally
since joining the alliance in March 2024. The decision comes amid rising concerns
regarding potential Russian activities in the region, particularly related to the security of
underwater infrastructure.
Sweden’s Military Contribution
Sweden will send up to three warships to enhance NATO’s presence in the Baltic. The
Swedish military will also deploy an ASC 890 surveillance aircraft. Additionally, the Swedish
coast guard will contribute four ships, with seven more vessels on standby for further
support. This move aims to boost maritime security and deter any potential threats.
Background of Sweden’s NATO Membership
Sweden became NATO’s 32nd member after Finland joined the alliance. This membership
followed Russia’s full-scale invasion of Ukraine, which heightened security concerns in
Northern Europe. Sweden’s commitment to NATO marks shift in its defence policy,
reflecting the changing geopolitical landscape.
The Baltic Sea’s Strategic Importance
The Baltic Sea is important body of water that connects several countries, including
Denmark, Estonia, Finland, Germany, Latvia, Lithuania, Poland, and Russia. It serves as a
vital trade route and is home to numerous undersea cables and pipelines that enhance
energy security. These connections are essential for reducing reliance on Russian energy
resources.
Recent Incidents in the Baltic Sea
Since 2023, ten undersea cables in the Baltic Sea have been damaged, impacting Estonia,
Finland, Sweden, Germany, and Lithuania. At least two incidents involved ships accused of
dragging their anchors, raising suspicions about potential sabotage. These events have
increased the urgency for enhanced military presence and monitoring in the region.

1. The Baltic Sea is the largest brackish water body globally.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 283
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

2. The ASC 890 is a surveillance aircraft designed for maritime operations.

3. Sweden’s coast guard operates independently from the military.
4. The Gulf of Bothnia divides into the Bothnian Bay and Bothnian Sea.
5. The Øresund Strait connects the Baltic Sea to the North Sea.

Sweden’s Stance on Conflict

Prime Minister Ulf Kristersson emphasised Sweden’s current position, stating that while
the nation is not at war, there is also no peace. This statement reflects the ongoing
tensions in the region and the need for vigilance. Sweden’s military contributions to NATO
signify a proactive approach to safeguarding national and regional security.
Future Implications for NATO and the Baltic Region
Sweden’s involvement in NATO operations could lead to increased collaboration among
member states in the Baltic region. Enhanced military presence aims to deter potential
aggressors and ensure the security of critical infrastructure. The situation in the Baltic Sea
will remain a focal point for NATO as it navigates the complexities of regional security
dynamics.
Interpol Introduces First Silver Notice for Asset Recovery
January 13, 2025
Interpol has recently launched its first Silver Notice, aimed at locating laundered assets
across borders. This initiative, announced on January 10, 2025, is part of a pilot project
involving 52 member countries, including India. The Silver Notice is a new addition to
Interpol’s existing suite of colour-coded notices, which facilitate international cooperation
in law enforcement.
Purpose of the Silver Notice
The Silver Notice is designed to assist countries in tracking down assets linked to criminal
activities. It allows member nations to request information on properties, vehicles,
financial accounts, and businesses associated with individuals involved in serious crimes
such as fraud, corruption, and drug trafficking.
Participation and Scope
The pilot project includes participation from 52 countries. Each participating country can
request up to 500 notices, which will be evenly distributed among them. This collaborative
approach aims to enhance the effectiveness of asset tracing on a global scale.
Information Confidentiality
Details regarding the individuals or assets linked to Silver Notices will remain confidential.
Interpol will not disclose this information to the public, ensuring that sensitive data is
protected during investigations.
Interpol’s Approach to Criminal Assets
According to Interpol Secretary General Valdecy Urquiza, targeting the financial gains of
criminals is crucial in combating transnational organised crime. The Silver Notice aims to
disrupt criminal networks by recovering illicit profits, as 99% of criminal assets remain
unrecovered.
© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 284
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Compliance and Review Process

Before publication, every Silver Notice will undergo a review by Interpol’s General
Secretariat to ensure compliance with the organisation’s rules. This includes verifying that
notices are not used for political purposes, in line with Article 3 of Interpol’s Constitution.
Overview of Interpol’s Colour-Coded Notices
Interpol currently employs several types of notices to facilitate international cooperation:
Red Notice – Requests the detention of fugitives.
Yellow Notice – Aids in locating missing persons, especially minors.
Blue Notice – Collects additional information related to individuals in criminal
investigations.
Black Notice – Seeks information on unidentified bodies.
Green Notice – Provides warnings about individuals posing a potential threat.
Orange Notice – Warns of imminent threats to public safety.
Purple Notice – Shares information on criminal methods and techniques.
UN Security Council Special Notice – Targets individuals or entities under UN
sanctions.

1. The Silver Notice will help trace assets linked to criminal activities.
2. Interpol’s General Assembly approved the Silver Notice pilot in 2023.
3. 99% of criminal assets remain unrecovered worldwide.
4. Each country can request up to 500 Silver Notices.
5. The pilot phase will run until at least November 2025.

India Joins UN Committee of Experts on Big Data and Data Science for Official
Statistics
January 13, 2025
India’s membership in the UN Committee of Experts on Big Data and Data Science for
Official Statistics (UN-CEBD) marks milestone in the nation’s statistical landscape. This
development reflects India’s commitment to utilising data and technology for informed
decision-making. The UN-CEBD aims to explore the benefits and challenges associated
with Big Data, particularly in monitoring sustainable development goals. As a committee
member, India will influence global standards and practices in the realm of official
statistics.
The Role of UN-CEBD
Established in 2014, the UN-CEBD focuses on leveraging Big Data for official statistics. It
serves as a platform for countries to share experiences and best practices. The committee
addresses the potential of Big Data in monitoring sustainable development goals. It also
promotes the integration of non-traditional data sources into statistical processes.
India’s Data Innovation Lab
India’s Data Innovation Lab represents a pioneering initiative in data science. This lab
explores alternative data sources, including satellite imagery and machine learning. It

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 285
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

aims to enhance policy-making through improved data analysis. The establishment of the
lab puts stress on India’s proactive approach to modernising its statistical capabilities.
Modernising Statistical Processes
India’s engagement in the UN-CEBD will help modernise its statistical processes. The
country aims to integrate Internet of Things (IoT) data, satellite imagery, and private
sector data streams. This integration will improve the accuracy of estimates and ensure
timely data availability. Enhanced statistical processes will support effective governance
and policy formulation.
Enhancing Decision-Making
The incorporation of Big Data techniques will revolutionise decision-making in India. Real-
time insights will empower policymakers to make evidence-based decisions. This
approach addresses key socio-economic challenges by providing timely and accurate data.
The emphasis on data-driven governance will lead to more effective policies.
Strategic Opportunities for India
India’s membership in the UN-CEBD presents strategic opportunities. It aligns domestic
advancements in Big Data with international goals. The country can showcase its
capabilities in leading transformative initiatives in the data domain. This membership will
facilitate knowledge sharing and collaboration with other nations.

1. UN-CEBD was first chaired by Australia.

2. The committee meets approximately four times a year.
3. Big Data encompasses structured and unstructured data.
4. IoT is a key driver of data proliferation.
5. Machine learning is used for predictive modelling in Big Data.

The Future of Big Data in India

India’s future in Big Data looks promising with ongoing innovations. The focus on
capacity-building and training will enhance data literacy. Public trust in the use of Big Data
for official statistics is essential. Continued collaboration with the UN-CEBD will further
strengthen India’s position in the global statistical community.
HAL’s Combat Air Teaming System Warrior
January 13, 2025
Hindustan Aeronautics Limited (HAL) has marked achievement in military aviation with the
engine ground run of the Combat Air Teaming System (CATS) Warrior on January 11, 2025.
This event precedes Aero India 2025, denoting HAL’s commitment to advancing India’s
defence capabilities. CATS is an innovative air combat system that integrates manned and
unmanned aircraft to enhance operational efficiency and reduce risks to pilots.
Overview of Combat Air Teaming System (CATS)
CATS is designed to operate with a manned fighter aircraft as the mothership controlling a
swarm of unmanned aerial vehicles (UAVs) and unmanned combat aerial vehicles (UCAVs).
The HAL Tejas, a twin-seated aircraft, is expected to serve as the mothership. The system

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 286
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

aims to improve surveillance, strike capabilities, and reduce human error during missions.
Development Partners and Components
The development of CATS involves collaboration between HAL, National Aerospace
Laboratories (NAL), Defence Research and Development Organisation (DRDO), and
Newspace Research & Technologies. Key components include the Light Combat Aircraft
(LCA) Tejas, the Hunter drone, the Alpha drone, and the Warrior drone. Each element plays
important role in the overall system’s functionality.
Mission Objectives and Capabilities
The primary mission of CATS is to conduct high-altitude surveillance and precision strikes
from standoff distances. The system is designed to operate autonomously, allowing for
deep penetration into enemy territory while minimising risks to human life. The
integration of advanced technology aims to enhance firepower and operational
effectiveness.
Recent Milestones and Future Plans
The successful engine ground run of CATS Warrior signifies a major step forward in the
programme. HAL has demonstrated effective collaboration between its various research
and development centres, showcasing advancements in aircraft design, mission computer
technology, and indigenous power plants. The prototype is set to be revealed at Aero
India 2025.

1. CATS stands for Combat Air Teaming System, integrating UAVs and UCAVs.
2. HAL is based in Bengaluru and is a leading defence PSU in India.
3. The Tejas aircraft is important component of the CATS programme.
4. The system aims to reduce human error in combat situations.
5. The Warrior drone can strike targets up to 700 km inside enemy territory.

Historical Context of HAL and Tejas

HAL has a storied history in aviation, contributing to India’s defence sector. The Tejas
aircraft, developed by HAL, represents a leap in indigenous aerospace capabilities. The
integration of the Tejas as the mothership in CATS puts stress on HAL’s focus on
innovation and self-reliance in defence technology.
Technological Innovations in CATS
CATS incorporates advanced technologies such as artificial intelligence for autonomous
operations and mission planning. The system’s design allows for seamless communication
between the mothership and its UAVs, enabling coordinated attacks and real-time data
sharing. This technological synergy enhances mission success rates and operational
flexibility.
Strategic Implications for India
The development of CATS has strategic implications for India, as it boosts the country’s
defence posture. By enhancing aerial capabilities, India aims to deter potential threats and
assert its position in regional security dynamics. The CATS programme reflects a broader

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 287
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

trend towards modernising India’s armed forces through indigenous technologies.

Indonesian President Prabowo Subianto to Attend Republic Day 2025
January 13, 2025
Indonesian President Prabowo Subianto will attend India’s Republic Day celebrations as
the Chief Guest. This visit marks diplomatic engagement between Indonesia and India.
Subianto’s itinerary has changed, as he will now visit Malaysia instead of Pakistan after
discussions with Indian officials. This decision reflects India’s concerns regarding the
potential implications of including Pakistan in his travel plans.
Historical Context of Republic Day Celebrations
India’s Republic Day is celebrated annually on 26th January. The event commemorates the
adoption of the Constitution in 1950. Each year, India invites a foreign leader as the Chief
Guest. The tradition began in 1950, and it has included notable figures such as French
President Emmanuel Macron and Egyptian President Abdel Fattah El-Sisi. The celebrations
showcase India’s military might and cultural heritage through a grand parade in New
Delhi.
Notable Chief Guests Over the Years
The list of Chief Guests at Republic Day celebrations includes various world leaders. In
2020, Brazilian President Jair Bolsonaro attended. In 2019, South African President Cyril
Ramaphosa was the guest. The years 2021 and 2022 saw no Chief Guest due to the
COVID-19 pandemic. In 2018, leaders from all ASEAN countries participated, denoting
India’s growing ties with Southeast Asia.
Prabowo Subianto’s Diplomatic Maneuvers
President Subianto’s visit to India aims to strengthen bilateral relations. His decision to
visit Malaysia instead of Pakistan indicates a careful diplomatic approach. This change
comes after India’s formal objections regarding his planned trip to Pakistan. The
Indonesian government has expressed interest in military cooperation with India,
particularly concerning defence procurement.
Military Cooperation and BrahMos Missiles
Indonesia’s defence ministry has requested a loan from India to purchase BrahMos
missiles. This joint development between India and Russia has gained interest from
several Southeast Asian nations. Indonesia seeks to modernise its military capabilities,
particularly in light of its extensive coastline. The proposed $450 million loan reflects
Indonesia’s commitment to enhancing its defence infrastructure.
Challenges in Defence Procurement
Indonesia faces financial constraints in its defence spending. The current government
prioritises social sector projects, limiting available funds for military purchases. Previous
discussions between Subianto and Indian officials regarding BrahMos missiles had not
materialised due to budgetary issues. However, with the recent focus on military
upgrades, there is renewed interest in finalising this deal.

1. ASEAN leaders attended Republic Day in 2018.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 288
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

2. Subianto was Indonesia’s defence minister in 2020.

3. BrahMos missiles are developed by India and Russia.
4. Indonesia has Su-27 and Su-30 fighter jets.
5. The Republic Day parade showcases military strength.

Future Prospects for Indonesia-India Relations

The evolving relationship between Indonesia and India holds promise for future
collaborations. Defence procurement discussions may lead to enhanced military
capabilities for Indonesia. Additionally, the potential maintenance support for Sukhoi
fighter jets could further strengthen ties. As both nations navigate regional security
challenges, their partnership may deepen in the coming years.
Breakthrough in Plasticiser Degradation Technology
January 13, 2025
The alarming rise of carcinogenic plasticisers in the environment has become a pressing
concern. These chemicals, commonly used to enhance the flexibility and appearance of
plastics and personal care products, pose direct threats to human health through skin
absorption. A team of researchers led by Dr. Pravindra Kumar at IIT Roorkee has made
strides in addressing this issue. They successfully utilised an esterase enzyme from the soil
bacterium Sulfobacillus acidophilus to break down diethyl hexyl phthalate (DEHP), a
difficult-to-degrade plasticiser. This innovative research offers a promising approach to
mitigating the environmental impact of plastics.
About Plasticisers
Plasticisers are additives used in a variety of products, including toys, shampoos, and food
containers. They improve flexibility and durability but can leach into the environment.
DEHP is one of the most prevalent high molecular weight phthalates, known for its
persistence and potential health risks.
The Role of Esterase Enzyme
The esterase enzyme from Sulfobacillus acidophilus was identified for its ability to
degrade DEHP. Researchers characterised this enzyme using X-ray crystallography, which
revealed its active sites and degradation mechanisms. The enzyme breaks DEHP into
mono-(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate (MEHP) and 2-ethyl hexanol, making it important player in
plasticiser breakdown.
Research Methodology
The IIT Roorkee team cloned the genes of the EstS1 esterase enzyme into E. coli bacteria
for large-scale production. This method allows for efficient enzyme production through
aerobic culture. The researchers also employed sophisticated biochemical techniques to
evaluate the enzyme’s efficiency in degrading DEHP.
Sequential Enzyme Action
In laboratory experiments, the team used a sequential enzyme approach. After the
esterase enzyme breaks down DEHP into MEHP and 2-ethyl hexanol, a second enzyme,
phthalate dioxygenase, converts the phthalate into intermediate compounds. Finally,
© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 289
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

these intermediates are transformed into protocatechuate, which enters the tricarboxylic
acid cycle, ultimately producing carbon dioxide and water.
Future Prospects
The research team aims to integrate all five enzymes involved in the degradation process
into bacteria. This integration will enhance the degradation efficiency, as the enzymes will
remain active longer and operate continuously within the bacteria. The team is also
exploring enzyme engineering to further expedite the breakdown of plasticisers.

1. DEHP stands for diethyl hexyl phthalate, a common plasticiser.

2. Sulfobacillus acidophilus is a soil bacterium used in this research.
3. MEHP is the primary breakdown product of DEHP degradation.
4. Comamonas testosteroni was previously isolated for phthalate breakdown.
5. Phthalate dioxygenase is crucial for converting phthalates into intermediates.

Environmental Impact
This research represents advancement in tackling environmental pollution caused by
plasticisers. By breaking down harmful substances into harmless by-products, the IIT
Roorkee team is paving the way for a cleaner future. The findings highlight the potential
of bioremediation techniques in addressing one of the most pressing challenges of our
time.
Z-Morh Tunnel Inaugurated
January 13, 2025
The Z-Morh Tunnel, infrastructure project in Kashmir, aims to enhance connectivity in the
region. This 6.4-kilometre-long tunnel connects Sonamarg, a popular tourist destination,
with Kangan town in the Ganderbal district. Its construction addresses the challenges
posed by heavy snowfall and avalanches during winter, which often render the roads
impassable. The tunnel promises year-round access, benefiting both tourism and military
operations in Ladakh.
The Need for the Z-Morh Tunnel
The region’s altitude of over 8,500 feet leads to severe winter conditions. Seasonal road
closures have historically isolated Sonamarg, impacting its tourism-driven economy. The
Z-Morh Tunnel will ensure uninterrupted access, vital for both civilian and military
transport.
Construction Challenges
Initiated in 2012, the project faced numerous delays due to financial and administrative
issues. Initially awarded to Tunnelway Ltd., it was later taken over by the National
Highways & Infrastructure Development Corporation Limited (NHIDCL). APCO Infratech
eventually won the contract, leading to a soft opening in February 2024. The final
inauguration was postponed due to the Model Code of Conduct for local elections.
Strategic Importance
The Z-Morh Tunnel is part of the broader Zojila Tunnel project, which aims to connect

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 290
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Srinagar with Ladakh. This connectivity is critical for India’s defence strategy, especially
given the region’s contentious borders with Pakistan and China. The tunnel will reduce
reliance on air transport for military logistics, enhancing operational efficiency.
Economic Benefits
Beyond military significance, the Z-Morh Tunnel is expected to boost local economies. By
ensuring year-round access to Sonamarg, it will revive the tourism sector and facilitate
trade between Kashmir and Ladakh. Farmers and traders will benefit from reduced travel
times, leading to increased investment in the region.

1. The Z-Morh Tunnel spans 6.4 km and is located at over 8,650 feet.
2. It complements the ongoing Zojila Tunnel project, Asia’s longest under
construction.
3. The original completion date for the Z-Morh Tunnel was set for August 2023.
4. APCO Infratech formed a special purpose vehicle for the project’s execution.
5. The Zojila Tunnel aims to connect Sonamarg with Drass in Ladakh.

Future Prospects
The Z-Morh Tunnel will transform Sonamarg into a year-round tourist destination,
promoting winter sports and adventure tourism. Local leaders envision the area becoming
a major ski resort. The improved connectivity will reduce travel distance between Srinagar
and Leh, enhancing accessibility and economic opportunities in the region.
New Appointment Process for Election Commissioners
January 13, 2025
The Chief Election Commissioner (CEC) and Election Commissioners (ECs) in India are very
important figures in ensuring free and fair elections. Traditionally, the next senior-most
Election Commissioner succeeded the CEC. However, the Chief Election Commissioner and
Other Election Commissioners (Appointment, Conditions of Service and Term of Office)
Act, 2023, has introduced change to this process. This Act allows for a broader selection of
candidates for the position of CEC, which is currently held by Rajiv Kumar, who will step
down on February 18, 2025.
New Selection Process Overview
The new selection process aims to enhance transparency and accountability in appointing
the CEC and ECs. The Ministry of Law will establish a Search Committee, chaired by the
Law Minister, to create a panel of five candidates. This panel will be presented to the
Selection Committee, which comprises the Prime Minister, a Cabinet minister, and the
Leader of the Opposition in the Lok Sabha.
Role of the Search Committee
The Search Committee is responsible for preparing a panel of candidates for the CEC and
EC positions. According to Section 6 of the Act, the committee will consist of the Law
Minister and two other members of Secretary rank within the Government of India. This
system aims to ensure a more diverse and representative selection process.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 291
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Inclusion of External Candidates

An aspect of the new Act is the provision to consider candidates outside the current pool
of Election Commissioners. While Gyanesh Kumar remains a potential candidate for the
CEC role, the Act opens the possibility for qualified individuals from outside the Election
Commission to be appointed. This change has sparked discussions regarding the
implications for the credibility and independence of the Election Commission.
Legal Background and Supreme Court Intervention
This legislative change was prompted by a Supreme Court intervention, which brought
into light concerns over the exclusive power of the Executive in appointing Election
Commissioners. The court ruled that the appointment process should involve a
committee, including the Leader of the Opposition, to ensure checks and balances. This
ruling was aimed at preventing potential biases in the appointment process and ensuring
that the Election Commission remains impartial.
Implications of the New Law
Former CEC O P Rawat expressed concerns regarding the potential erosion of the
Commission’s credibility due to the new law. He noted that allowing the government to
nominate candidates could lead to partisan appointments. The Act is viewed as a double-
edged sword, as it could either enhance the Commission’s independence or compromise
it, depending on how the new selection process is implemented.

1. The Act allows for appointments from outside the current Election Commission.
2. The Supreme Court intervened after petitions challenged the Executive’s
exclusive powers.
3. The new law was enacted following a ruling that included the Leader of the
Opposition in the selection process.
4. The Chief Justice of India was excluded from the Selection Committee in the final
Act.
5. The change was implemented amid scrutiny over the Election Commission’s
handling of electoral processes.

Future Considerations
As the new appointment process unfolds, its impact on the Election Commission’s integrity
will be closely monitored. The upcoming selection of the next CEC will serve as a test case
for the effectiveness of this legislative change. Stakeholders will be watching to see how
the new law influences the dynamics of electoral governance in India.
India to Host 2026 Commonwealth Parliamentary Conference
January 13, 2025
India is set to host the 28th Conference of Speakers and Presiding Officers of Parliaments
of Commonwealth Countries (CSPOC) in January 2026. Lok Sabha Speaker Om Birla
announced this at the recent CSPOC Standing Committee Meeting in Guernsey. The
conference will centre on the role of artificial intelligence and social media in

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 292
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

parliamentary processes. Birla brought into light India’s economic growth and
technological advancements. He invited participants to witness the integration of India’s
rich cultural heritage with its modern developments during the conference.
Background of CSPOC
The CSPOC was established in 1969 by the then Speaker of the House of Commons of
Canada, Lucien Lamoureux. It serves as a platform for Speakers and Presiding Officers
from Commonwealth parliaments. The conference is held every two years, with Canada
providing a secretariat to facilitate its activities. The group operates independently without
formal ties to the Commonwealth Parliamentary Association or the Commonwealth
Secretariat.
Objectives of the Conference
The primary goals of CSPOC include promoting impartiality and fairness among
parliamentary leaders. It seeks to enhance knowledge and understanding of
parliamentary democracy. Additionally, it aims to develop parliamentary institutions
across member nations. The conference is an opportunity to discuss best practices and
share experiences among Commonwealth countries.
India’s Role and Responsibilities
As the host nation, India will have the opportunity to showcase its traditions and
commitment to inclusivity. Speaker Om Birla emphasised the importance of dialogue
among parliamentary leaders to address global challenges. He pointed out issues such as
climate change, terrorism, and cybercrime, which require collaborative efforts from all
nations.
Agenda Setting for 2026 Conference
The Standing Committee is responsible for setting the agenda for the upcoming
conference. This committee comprises 15 members, with a quorum of five required for
decision-making. The committee’s chair is the Speaker of the lower house of the hosting
jurisdiction. The agenda will focus on issues facing parliaments globally, including
sustainable development and governance.

1. CSPOC was initiated in 1969 by Lucien Lamoureux.

2. The term “Vasudhaiva Kutumbakam” means “the whole world is one family.”
3. India previously hosted the CSPOC in 1970-71, 1986, and 2010.
4. The Standing Committee oversees CSPOC activities and sets the agenda.
5. CSPOC operates on a two-year cycle, alternating between full conferences and
committee meetings.

Importance of Inclusivity and Dialogue

Birla stressed the need for inclusive and transparent parliamentary practices. He believes
that dialogue among parliamentary leaders is essential for tackling shared issues. The
conference will serve as a platform for enhancing cooperation among member countries.
Participants will discuss strategies to address pressing global challenges, such as poverty,

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 293
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

inequality, and malnutrition.

Future Implications for Global Cooperation
The 2026 CSPOC will likely influence future parliamentary practices across the
Commonwealth. By focusing on technology and social media, the conference aims to
modernise parliamentary processes. The insights gained from this event can lead to
improved governance and policy-making in member nations.
Germany Faces First FMD Outbreak in Decades
January 13, 2025
Germany has reported its first outbreak of foot and mouth disease (FMD) in nearly 40
years. The outbreak occurred in a herd of water buffalo near Berlin and presents
challenge for local agriculture. In response, authorities have euthanised the affected
animals and established a 3-kilometre exclusion zone, accompanied by a 10-kilometre
monitoring area. These measures aim to prevent further spread of the disease. Despite
the outbreak, no national or international measures are currently planned, as Germany
and the EU are still recognised as free of the disease.
About Foot-and-Mouth Disease (FMD)
FMD is a highly contagious viral disease that affects livestock, including cattle, sheep,
goats, and swine. It is classified as a transboundary animal disease (TAD) and can have a
devastating economic impact on agriculture. The disease is caused by an Aphthovirus
from the Picornaviridae family, with seven strains identified worldwide. Symptoms of FMD
include fever, blisters in the mouth and on the feet, drooling, and lameness.
Global Impact and Prevalence
FMD is prevalent in parts of Africa, Asia, and South America, affecting approximately 77%
of the global livestock population. Countries that are free of FMD without vaccination
remain vulnerable to outbreaks. The economic burden of FMD is disproportionately borne
by low-income and lower-middle-income countries, which account for 75% of prevention
and control costs. Africa and Eurasia incur the highest costs, representing 50% and 33% of
total expenses, respectively.
Control Measures and Vaccination
Preventing FMD relies on early detection and effective surveillance systems. Vaccination is
critical, as each strain of the virus requires a specific vaccine to provide immunity. The
World Organisation for Animal Health (WOAH) has established a list of disease-free
countries, which can be recognised as free of FMD either entirely or in specific zones.
Germany’s recent outbreak puts stress on the importance of stringent control measures
and rapid response to any signs of the disease.
Historical Context of FMD in Germany
Germany last reported an FMD outbreak in 1988 in Lower Saxony. The country has
successfully maintained its FMD-free status for decades. The last confirmed case in Europe
occurred in Bulgaria in 2011. However, FMD continues to be endemic in Turkey, the
Middle East, and parts of Africa and Asia. Illegally imported animal products from these

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 294
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

regions pose threat to European agriculture.

1. FMD was eradicated in the USA in 1929.

2. The last German outbreak before 2025 was in 1988.
3. 75% of FMD control costs are borne by low-income countries.
4. FMD affects cloven-hoofed animals, including deer.
5. WOAH maintains a list of disease-free countries for FMD.

The Role of the World Organisation for Animal Health

WOAH has acknowledged Germany’s outbreak notification and emphasised the need for
vigilance. While FMD is not a public health concern, its economic impact necessitates
ongoing monitoring and rapid response strategies. The organisation is committed to
supporting its members in preventing and managing FMD risks through collaboration and
resource sharing.
Great Indian Bustard Conservation Success in Rajasthan
January 13, 2025
Recent sightings of the Great Indian Bustard (GIB) in Rajasthan have provided boost to
conservation efforts for this critically endangered species. Recently, twelve GIBs were
spotted together in the Desert National Park (DNP), showcasing the success of protective
measures implemented in their habitat. These birds, known locally as “Godawan” and
“Maldhok,” are vital to the ecosystem and cultural heritage of northern and western India.
Current Population Status
Only 173 Great Indian Bustards remain in existence, with 128 living in the wild. The
remaining birds are bred in captivity. Their primary habitat includes regions in Rajasthan,
Gujarat, Maharashtra, Madhya Pradesh, Andhra Pradesh, and Karnataka. Conservationists
continue to monitor their numbers closely to prevent further decline.
Conservation Efforts Initiated
In 2013, the Rajasthan government initiated a Rs 12.90 crore project aimed at conserving
the GIB population. This project adopted a dual approach – protecting the birds’ natural
habitat and enhancing breeding conditions. The state has successfully bred 45 chicks
across two sites, Sam and Ramdevra, contributing to population recovery.
Habitat Protection Measures
To safeguard the GIBs, conservationists have improved grassland habitats, which are
essential for their survival. The birds are omnivorous, feeding on insects and desert fruits.
Enhanced habitats provide ample food resources, while fenced areas protect them from
predators like desert foxes and mongooses. Field staff patrol these regions to ensure the
safety of the birds.
Breeding and Reproduction Strategies
Great Indian Bustards lay their eggs on the ground, making them vulnerable to predation.
By fencing their nesting areas, conservationists have increased the likelihood of successful
breeding. The protective measures have proven effective, allowing the population to grow

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 295
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

steadily.
Recent Milestones in Conservation
In a groundbreaking achievement, scientists at the National Conservation Breeding
Centre in Jaisalmer successfully hatched a GIB chick through artificial insemination.
Named “Arambh,” this male chick is now four months old, marking milestone in the
conservation programme. This initiative is part of the broader Bustard Recovery Program
launched in collaboration with multiple governmental bodies.

1. The GIB is also known as the “Indian Bustard.”

2. Rajasthan’s DNP is crucial for GIB habitat preservation.
3. GIBs are primarily found in the Thar Desert region.
4. The IUCN classified GIBs as “critically endangered” in 2011.
5. “Arambh” is the first GIB chick born from artificial insemination.

Future Directions for GIB Conservation

Ongoing efforts are focused on habitat restoration and public awareness to further
protect the GIB population. Collaboration with local communities is essential for the
success of these initiatives. Continued research and monitoring will help ensure that the
Great Indian Bustard does not face extinction.
Modi to Attend AI Action Summit in France
January 13, 2025
Prime Minister Narendra Modi is set to participate in the upcoming Artificial Intelligence
(AI) Action Summit in France. This event will take place from February 10 to 11, 2025, at
the Grand Palais in Paris. French President Emmanuel Macron announced the summit
during the 30th Conference of Ambassadors. The summit aims to encourage international
dialogue on AI, bringing together key global players.
Purpose of the AI Action Summit
The AI Action Summit is designed to facilitate discussions on AI’s role in society. It will
focus on innovation, talent, and positioning Europe as a leader in the global AI landscape.
Countries such as the US, China, and India will be central to the conversations. The
summit will also address the importance of AI governance and public interest.
Key Participants
The summit will gather a diverse group of attendees. Heads of State and Government will
engage in discussions alongside leaders from international organisations. CEOs from both
large and small companies will contribute their insights. Additionally, representatives from
academia, NGOs, artists, and civil society will be present, ensuring a multifaceted
dialogue.
Main Themes of the Summit
Five key themes will guide the discussions at the summit. These themes are
Public interest in AI
The future of work

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 296
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Innovation and culture

Trust in AI 5. Global AI governance
These topics aim to address the multifarious impacts of AI on society and the economy.
Addressing Challenges
The summit will also tackle pressing challenges related to AI. Issues such as
disinformation and the misuse of AI technologies will be central to the discussions.
Participants will explore strategies to mitigate these risks and promote responsible AI
development.

1. The Grand Palais is a historic exhibition hall in Paris.

2. Emmanuel Macron is the youngest President in French history.
3. AI governance refers to the frameworks regulating AI technologies.
4. The Gulf countries play role in global technology development.
5. The summit will include a formal dinner hosted by Macron for VIPs.

Schedule of Events
The summit’s agenda is structured to maximise engagement among participants. On
February 10, various sessions will involve heads of state and government representatives.
The day will culminate with a formal dinner hosted by President Macron. February 11 will
feature a dedicated session exclusively for heads of state, allowing for focused discussions
on critical issues. Overall, the AI Action Summit presents an opportunity for global leaders
to collaborate on the future of AI. By addressing both the potential and challenges of AI,
the summit seeks to create a framework for responsible development and governance.
Bharat Cleantech Manufacturing Platform Launched
January 13, 2025
The Bharat Cleantech Manufacturing Platform was recently launched by Union Minister
Piyush Goyal at the Bharat Climate Forum 2025 in New Delhi. This initiative aims to
enhance India’s cleantech value chains, focusing on solar, wind, hydrogen, and battery
storage sectors. Goyal brought into light the importance of self-reliance in the clean
energy sector, cautioning against over-dependence on subsidies and Product Linked
Incentives (PLIs). He called for innovative approaches to scale manufacturing and
positioned the platform as a catalyst for collaboration and co-innovation among Indian
firms.
Objective of the Bharat Cleantech Manufacturing Platform
The platform aims to strengthen India’s position in the global cleantech market. It
encourages collaboration among businesses to secure financing and share resources. The
initiative is expected to make India an attractive destination for cleantech investments and
innovations.
Significance of Product Linked Incentives (PLIs)
Goyal expressed concerns that PLIs could hinder the long-term growth of the clean energy
sector. While PLIs can initiate growth, he emphasised the need for the sector to become

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 297
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

self-sufficient. The focus should be on sustainable development rather than reliance on

government support.
Targets for Clean Energy Capacity
India aims to achieve 500 gigawatts of clean energy capacity by 2030. Goyal noted that
India has already achieved its 2022 clean energy target eight years ahead of schedule.
With 200 gigawatts currently installed, the country is on track to meet its ambitious goals.
India’s Performance in Climate Commitments
India has been a top performer in fulfilling its Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs)
under the Paris Agreement. Goyal pointed out that the country is ahead of its targets,
showcasing its commitment to addressing climate change proactively.
Role of Gujarat in Solar Energy Adoption
Gujarat has been a pioneer in adopting solar power in India. Goyal credited the state for
its early embrace of renewable energy. The affordability of solar energy in India is
attributed to the government’s focus on transparency and fair competition.

1. PLI: Product Linked Incentives, aimed at boosting manufacturing.

2. NDC: Nationally Determined Contributions, climate commitments under the
Paris Agreement.
3. 3S: Speed, Scale, and Skill, principles guiding India’s renewable energy
programme.
4. UNFCCC: United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, an
international treaty.
5. Gigawatt: A unit of power equal to one billion watts, used to measure energy
capacity.

Future of Cleantech in India

The Bharat Cleantech Manufacturing Platform is poised to play important role in the
future of India’s cleantech industry. By encouraging innovation and collaboration, it aims
to position India as a leader in sustainable energy solutions. The initiative aligns with the
government’s broader vision of enhancing the renewable energy sector and contributing
to global climate goals.
Boda Tyohar Festival Celebrates Hatti Culture
January 13, 2025
The Boda Tyohar festival, celebrated by the Hatti tribes in Himachal Pradesh’s Trans-Giri
region, commenced with vibrant enthusiasm. This festival is the largest annual celebration
for the Hatti community, which consists of approximately three lakh members. The
festival, known locally as Magho ko Tyohar, spans the entire month of Magha and is
marked by three distinct mini-festivals, each with unique customs and rituals.
About Boda Tyohar
Boda Tyohar kicked off on the eve of Posh Dwadashi, which fell on a Friday this year. The
festival holds immense cultural significance for the Hatti community, showcasing their rich

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 298
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

traditions and communal spirit. The celebrations are deeply rooted in centuries-old
customs, denoting the importance of family and community bonds.
Bodhto – The Beginning of Festivities
The first day of the festival is known as Bodhto. On this day, families prepare traditional
dishes such as Pude, Bedoli, Patanday, Dhroti, and Gudoli. These dishes are offered to the
deities as a mark of respect and gratitude. The community comes together to celebrate,
reinforcing their cultural identity and shared heritage.
Bhatioj – Community Gatherings
The following day is called Bhatioj. Celebrations commence at the Sanjha Angan, a
communal courtyard typically owned by the village head, known as Siyana. Villagers
gather at temples dedicated to Kul Devtas, including Shirgul Maharaj and Mahasu
Maharaj. After a communal meal, the evening is filled with singing and dancing, which
continues until dawn. This day puts stress on the vital role of women in Hatti culture, as
they participate actively in the festivities.
Saje ka Duna – Gifts and Traditions
On the morning after Bhatioj, men visit their married sisters, bringing gifts of meat,
jaggery, and wheat flour, collectively known as Saje ka Duna. This exchange strengthens
familial ties. The sisters visit their parental homes to collect their share of the meat,
reinforcing the importance of family connections during the festival.
Geet – Musical Celebrations
Married women join in the Geet celebrations, where local composers present newly
composed songs. This musical aspect of the festival marks the cultural creativity of the
Hatti community. The songs often reflect the themes of love, family, and nature, enriching
the festival’s atmosphere.
Khoda Festival – The Grand Feast
The festival reaches its zenith on the eighth day with the celebration of Khoda. This event
is marked by inviting friends and family for a grand feast. The communal aspect of dining
is central to Hatti culture, encouraging unity and togetherness among the community
members.
Boidoot – Continuing the Tradition
Following the Khoda festival, the Boidoot celebrations begin, lasting until the end of the
Magha month. During this time, every household invites family members and close
relatives for communal dinners at least once throughout the month. This tradition
emphasises hospitality and the importance of maintaining family connections.

1. The Hatti community was declared a Scheduled Tribe in 2023.

2. Bodhto is celebrated with traditional dishes offered to deities.
3. Sanjha Angan serves as a communal courtyard for festivities.
4. Geet showcases newly composed songs by Hatti composers.
5. Khoda festival is the highlight, featuring a grand communal feast.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 299
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Discovery of New Indo-Burmese Pangolin Species

January 13, 2025
The Zoological Survey of India (ZSI) has recently identified a new species of pangolin,
named Manis indoburmanica. This species diverged from the Chinese pangolin
approximately 3.4 million years ago. The discovery marks the impact of geoclimatic
changes in the Indo-Burma region, a recognised biodiversity hotspot. The findings were
published in the journal Mammalian Biology, emphasising the urgent need for
conservation measures.
Discovery Details
The identification of the Indo-Burmese pangolin was led by a team of scientists, including
Mukesh Thakur from ZSI. They utilised advanced genomic tools to analyse mitochondrial
genomes. The research confirmed the genetic distinctiveness of the species, which has
evolved in isolation during the Pliocene and Pleistocene epochs. It was found to be 3.8%
different from Chinese pangolin. It lives at heights between 180 and 1830 meters above
sea level. It has olive-brown and dark brown scales and a pinkish face, similar to other
Asian pangolins.
Significance of the Discovery
The recognition of Manis indoburmanica as a distinct species is crucial for conservation
efforts. The unique evolutionary history of this pangolin underlines its vulnerability amid
threats such as poaching and habitat degradation. Dr. Thakur stated that this discovery
enriches our understanding of pangolins and marks the necessity for region-specific
conservation strategies.
Geographic Distribution
The Indo-Burmese pangolin is believed to inhabit regions in Arunachal Pradesh and
Assam. Its distribution may extend to neighbouring countries, including Nepal, Bhutan,
and Myanmar. The study’s findings suggest that the species has been shaped by climatic
and geological shifts over millions of years, leading to its current distribution.

1. Manis indoburmanica diverged from Manis pentadactyla 3.4 million years ago.
2. The Indo-Burma region is biodiversity hotspot.
3. Pangolins are the most trafficked mammals worldwide.
4. World Pangolin Day is celebrated on February 18.
5. The study was published in Mammalian Biology.

Future Research Directions

Further research is necessary to understand the ecological role of the Indo-Burmese
pangolin. Scientists aim to investigate its behaviour, diet, and reproductive patterns.
Continued genetic studies could also reveal more about its relationship with other
pangolin species. This information will be vital in developing effective conservation
strategies.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 300
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Key Facts About Pangolins

Pangolins are mammals found in Africa and Asia.
There are eight species of pangolins—four in Africa and four in Asia.
They are special because they are the only mammals with large protective scales
made of keratin. When in danger, they roll into a ball for protection.
Pangolins mainly eat ants and termites, using their long, sticky tongues to catch
them.
They are skilled diggers and often live in burrows.
Pangolins are heavily trafficked worldwide because their scales are used in
traditional medicine and luxury products.
January 14, 2025
Discovery of Carnivorous Plant in Rajasthan
January 14, 2025
Recently, Keoladeo National Park in Rajasthan has gained attention for the large presence
of the rare carnivorous plant, Utricularia, commonly known as bladderworts. This season
marks increase in their numbers, enhancing the park’s biodiversity. Experts highlight that
the presence of Utricularia contributes positively to the ecosystem by preying on small
insects, thus maintaining environmental balance. This plant plays an important role in
controlling insect populations, which is crucial for the local ecosystem.
Characteristics of Utricularia
Utricularia uses bladder-like traps to capture small organisms. These traps can ensnare
protozoa, insects, larvae, mosquitoes, and even tadpoles. Once an organism enters the
bladder, it becomes trapped and dies. The terrestrial species thrive in waterlogged soil,
where they effectively trap small swimming creatures.
Habitat and Growth Conditions
The growth of Utricularia in Keoladeo National Park is attributed to the abundant water
supply from the Panchana Dam. This water source creates ideal conditions for the plant’s
proliferation. Singh notes that the plant has been observed in the L, K, and B blocks of the
park. The presence of Utricularia is not a new phenomenon; it was previously spotted
when the park received water from the dam years ago.
Biodiversity of Keoladeo National Park
Keoladeo Ghana National Park is renowned for its rich biodiversity. It is home to
thousands of native, resident, and migratory birds, particularly during the winter months.
The park has recorded at least 400 avian species. In addition to birds, the park supports
diverse wildlife, including 20 fish species, 70 reptiles and amphibians, and 50 mammalian
species. Over 60 unique species of Lepidopterans and nearly 400 plant species have also
been documented.
Historical Significance of the Park
Originally established as a waterfowl hunting ground, Keoladeo National Park was
designed by Maharaja Suraj Mal of Bharatpur. It became a bird sanctuary in 1956 and was

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 301
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

declared a protected area in 1971. In 1982, it was officially designated as a national park.
The park was recognised as a UNESCO World Heritage Site in 1985, denoting its ecological
importance.
Environmental Role of Carnivorous Plants
The large-scale growth of carnivorous plants like Utricularia plays a vital role in
maintaining ecological balance. These plants help control the populations of small insects
and microorganisms, which supports overall biodiversity in the region. Their presence
contributes to a healthy ecosystem, showcasing the intricate relationships between
different species within Keoladeo National Park.

1. Utricularia furcilata was last seen in India in 2021.

2. Keoladeo National Park was formerly known as Bharatpur Bird Sanctuary.
3. The park covers an area of 29 km² (11 sq mi).
4. Over 1,000 invertebrate species inhabit the park.
5. Keoladeo Ghana is located at the desert-tropics interface.

World’s First 300 MW Compressed Air Energy Storage Plant

January 14, 2025
The Nengchu-1 project in Yingcheng, Hubei Province, has marked advancement in China’s
energy storage capabilities. This facility is the world’s first 300-megawatt compressed air
energy storage (CAES) demonstration project. It has achieved full capacity grid connection
and is now generating power. The project has set three world records and demonstrates
China’s leadership in CAES technology, which addresses the challenges of clean energy
intermittency.
Overview of Compressed Air Energy Storage (CAES)
Compressed Air Energy Storage (CAES) is a technology that stores excess energy by
compressing air in underground caverns. During periods of high energy demand, the
stored air is released to generate electricity. This method is advantageous for balancing
energy supply and demand.
Key Features of Nengchu-1
Nengchu-1 boasts a single-unit power capacity of 300 megawatts and an energy storage
capacity of 1,500 megawatt-hours. It utilises a maximum underground gas storage
volume of 700,000 cubic meters. The facility can store energy for up to eight hours and
release it over five hours daily. Its operational lifespan exceeds 30 years.
Environmental Impact and Efficiency
The Nengchu-1 project is expected to generate 500 million kilowatt-hours of electricity
annually. This output will save more than 150,000 tons of standard coal each year. The
project operates without fossil fuels, contributing to a greener energy system.
Technological Advancements and Records
This project has set records for power output, energy storage scale, and energy
conversion efficiency. It represents step towards technological self-reliance in China. The

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 302
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

facility’s performance during trial operations has exceeded expectations, with stable
equipment operation and high efficiency.
Historical Context of CAES Technology
CAES technology has been under investigation for over 40 years, with commercial
applications existing since the late 1970s. Early investigations focused on load following
and meeting peak demand in nuclear power. Today, CAES is recognised for its economic
and environmental benefits.

1. CAES technology can be adapted for small-scale operations using high-pressure

tanks.
2. The Nengchu-1 facility reaches a maximum depth of 600 meters.
3. CAES technology has been commercially available for over 40 years.
4. The project is expected to save 150,000 tons of coal annually.
5. China aims for non-fossil energy to constitute 25% of total consumption by 2024.

Future Implications for China’s Energy Transition

The completion of Nengchu-1 aligns with China’s guidelines to accelerate its green
transition. These guidelines aim to increase non-fossil energy usage and expand pumped
storage hydropower capacity . The project is seen as a driving force for modernising the
power grid and supporting a low-carbon future.
Semiconductor Synthesized from Graphene
January 14, 2025
In February 2024, a remarkable achievement in materials science occurred when a US-
China research team synthesised a functional semiconductor from graphene. This
breakthrough is set to transform various industries, including electronics, energy storage,
and medical devices. The unique properties of graphene, such as its strength,
conductivity, and flexibility, have positioned it as a very important material for future
technological advancements.
Graphene – A Game-Changer in Technology
Graphene is a one-atom-thick layer of carbon atoms arranged in a two-dimensional lattice.
Its exceptional electrical and thermal conductivity makes it ideal for a multitude of
applications. Industries are beginning to explore its potential in computing, energy
solutions, and advanced materials. As a result, graphene is considered a mainstay of
future technological innovations.
China’s Dominance in Graphene Production
China has emerged as a leader in the global graphene market, controlling over 70% of
production by 2023. The country’s strategic investments in research and infrastructure
have propelled its advancements. National policies like ‘Made in China 2025’ have
contributed to the rapid growth of graphene technology. This dominance marks the need
for secure access to essential resources like graphite.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 303
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

India’s Progress in Graphene Research

India is making commendable strides in graphene research and development. Institutions
like the Centre for Nano Science and Engineering at IISc Bangalore have developed
innovative methods for producing graphene. Companies such as Tata Steel and Log 9 are
exploring applications in plastic recycling and energy storage. The establishment of the
India Innovation Centre for Graphene further showcases India’s commitment to
advancing this field.
Growth Potential in India’s Graphene Market
The Indian graphene market is projected to grow at a compound annual growth rate
(CAGR) of 20.1% from 2017 to 2027. The electronics sector, which has the largest market
share, is driving this growth. Government initiatives like Make in India and Production
Linked Incentives have boosted the electronics industry, creating a favourable
environment for graphene applications.
Challenges Facing India’s Graphene Industry
Despite notable advancements, India faces challenges in the graphene sector. Patent
filings remain limited, with most applications originating from foreign companies.
Additionally, India’s production capacity is a fraction of that of leaders like China and
Brazil. Fragmented infrastructure, high production costs, and a lack of skilled workforce
hinder competitiveness on the global stage.

1. Graphene’s name derives from “graphite” and “phenomenon”.

2. The National Graphene Institute is based in Manchester, UK.
3. PCBL received a patent for graphene-based rubber compounds (Patent No
IN544320).
4. Graphene is 200 times stronger than steel.
5. The global graphene market is projected to reach $6.25 billion by 2031.

Strategic Steps for India’s Graphene Future

To harness the potential of graphene, India must adopt a strategic approach. Establishing
dedicated industrial parks for graphene production and increasing R&D funding are
essential steps. Collaborating with international leaders in graphene research could
enhance India’s capabilities. Forming a National Graphene Industry Alliance may help
address industry needs and promote the adoption of graphene-based solutions.
Educational initiatives can raise awareness about graphene’s benefits, driving demand
and production capacity.
CII’s 10-Point Agenda for Ease of Doing Business
January 14, 2025
The Confederation of Indian Industry (CII) has revealed a 10-point agenda aimed at
enhancing the Ease of Doing Business (EoDB) in India ahead of the 2025-26 Budget. This
initiative puts stress on the need for transparency, speed, and a reduction in compliance
burdens across various regulatory frameworks.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 304
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

1. Mandatory Use of NSWS for Approvals

CII proposes that the National Single Window System (NSWS) be made mandatory for all
regulatory approvals. This integration should occur within six months for central
ministries, followed by states in a phased approach. A dedicated budget should incentivise
states to adopt NSWS, promoting transparency and efficiency in processing applications.
2. Time-Bound Services with Statutory Backing
A new Act is recommended to enforce statutory obligations on public authorities. This Act
would mandate the timely processing of industry applications and grievances. Provisions
for “deemed approvals” beyond deadlines are also suggested to ensure accountability.
3. Strengthening Dispute Resolution Mechanisms
CII advocates for the expansion of commercial courts and increased use of Alternative
Dispute Resolution (ADR) methods. Establishing the Mediation Council of India and the
Arbitration Council of India is a priority to expedite dispute resolution.
4. Expanding the National Judicial Data Grid (NJDG)
The NJDG should encompass tribunal cases to effectively manage and reduce backlog.
Tribunals represent portion of unresolved cases, necessitating their inclusion in the data
grid for better oversight.
5. Unified Environmental Compliance Framework
CII calls for a single framework to consolidate environmental compliance. Existing laws,
such as the Water Act and Air Act, should be integrated into the Environmental Protection
Act. Performance-based incentives could encourage companies to exceed environmental
standards.
6. Facilitating Land Access
States should create an Online Integrated Land Authority to streamline land records. This
initiative would digitise land banks and provide information on disputes. The India
Industrial Land Bank (IILB) should evolve into a National Level Land Bank with support
from the central budget.
7. Simplified Labour Compliances
The implementation of the four Labour Codes is crucial for easing compliance burdens.
The Shram Suvidha Portal should serve as a centralised platform for all labour law
compliance, covering both central and state levels.
8. Improving Trade Facilitation
CII suggests simplifying the Authorized Economic Operator (AEO) programme. Enhanced
benefits such as extended duty payment periods and self-declared renewals should be
introduced, particularly to support Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises (MSMEs).
9. Aligning Metrology Rules with Global Standards
Synchronising legal metrology rules with international standards is essential. Equipment
imported from OIML-certified labs should be exempt from additional approval processes,
streamlining trade operations.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 305
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

10. Addressing Tax Dispute Pendency

CII urges the government to tackle income tax litigation by reducing cases at the
Commissioner of Income Tax (Appeals) level. Improving ADR mechanisms like Advance
Pricing Agreements and Dispute Resolution Schemes is vital for unclogging the system.

1. NSWS – National Single Window System for approvals.

2. ADR – Alternative Dispute Resolution methods for quicker resolutions.
3. IILB – India Industrial Land Bank for land management.
4. AEO – Authorized Economic Operator programme for trade facilitation.
5. OIML – International Organisation of Legal Metrology for global standards.

First Phase of Bima Sugam to be Launched on Mid-2025

January 14, 2025
Bima Sugam is a transformative project launched by the Insurance Regulatory and
Development Authority of India (Irdai). This initiative aims to create a comprehensive
digital platform for insurance transactions, akin to Amazon’s model. Originally slated for
an April 2025 launch, the first phase is now expected mid-2025. The platform is designed
to enhance consumer access and streamline insurance processes, marking shift in the
Indian insurance sector.
Background of Bima Sugam
The concept of Bima Sugam was introduced in 2022. It aims to establish a user-friendly
interface for buying and managing insurance products. The initiative has faced multiple
delays in its rollout schedule, initially expected in January 2023. The project is seen as a
very important moment for the insurance industry, akin to the introduction of the Unified
Payments Interface (UPI) for digital transactions.
Core Features of the Platform
Bima Sugam will serve as a single-window marketplace for various types of insurance.
Consumers will be able to compare policies across life, health, and general insurance
sectors. The platform intends to simplify the purchasing process, making it more efficient
for both consumers and distributors. This approach aims to democratise insurance access
in India.
Investment and Funding
The capital requirement for Bima Sugam has escalated to approximately ₹500 crore. This
is increase from the earlier projections of ₹100-200 crore. Insurance companies are
expected to contribute the initial funding. However, there is uncertainty among insurers
regarding the timeline and progress of the project.
Management and Development
Prasun Sikdar has been appointed as the first Managing Director and CEO of Bima Sugam
as of November 1, 2024. His leadership will be crucial in steering the project towards its
goals. ExecutiveAccess has been engaged as the HR consultant to assist in recruiting
personnel for the platform. Ernst & Young (EY) is collaborating with Irdai to provide

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 306
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

strategic support for the initiative.

Strategic Importance of Bima Sugam
Bima Sugam is part of Irdai’s broader Bima Trinity initiative. This trinity includes Bima
Vistaar, a rural-focused insurance product, and Bima Vahaak, a network of women-centric
agents responsible for selling these products. The platform is expected to enhance the
reach of insurance services, particularly in underserved areas.

1. Bima Vistaar targets rural insurance markets.

2. Bima Vahaak focuses on empowering women agents.
3. Prasun Sikdar is the first CEO of Bima Sugam.
4. Bima Sugam aims to streamline insurance transactions.
5. The project has faced multiple delays since its inception.

Future Prospects of Bima Sugam

The successful implementation of Bima Sugam could redefine the insurance landscape in
India. By providing a user-centric platform, it aims to enhance customer experience and
promote insurance literacy. The ongoing developments will be closely monitored by
stakeholders eager for updates on its progress.
Controversy Over Voter ID-Aadhaar Linking in Delhi
January 14, 2025
The political landscape in Delhi has become tumultuous as the Aam Aadmi Party (AAP) and
the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) exchange accusations regarding the manipulation of
electoral rolls ahead of the upcoming Assembly elections. This controversy has reignited
discussions about the proposal to link voter IDs, specifically the Election Photo Identity
Card (EPIC), with Aadhaar numbers. The history of this proposal reveals a complex
interplay of legal and administrative challenges.
Background of the Proposal
In February 2015, the Election Commission (EC) initiated the National Electoral Rolls
Purification and Authentication Program (NERPAP). The aim was to eliminate duplicate
entries in electoral rolls. The EC linked EPIC data with the Aadhaar database, successfully
authenticating over 300 million voters in just three months. However, in August 2015, the
Supreme Court intervened, stating that Aadhaar should only be mandatory for welfare
schemes and PAN linking, causing the NERPAP to be halted.
Supreme Court Rulings and Legislative Changes
The Supreme Court‘s final ruling in the Puttaswamy case in September 2018 affirmed the
constitutional validity of the Aadhaar Act. Following this, the EC sought amendments to
the Representation of the People Act, 1950. In December 2021, Parliament amended this
Act and The Registration of Electors Rules, 1960. These amendments allowed for the
optional linking of EPIC with Aadhaar, introducing Forms 6 and 6B for new and existing
voters, respectively.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 307
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Voluntary Nature of Amendments

The amendments were designed to be voluntary, as indicated by the use of the word
“may.” The regulations stipulate that no voter shall be denied inclusion in the electoral roll
or have their name deleted due to an inability to provide their Aadhaar number. Alternate
identification documents, such as PAN cards or driving licences, are accepted if a voter
does not possess an Aadhaar number.
Current Status of Forms and Legal Challenges
Despite the amendments, the EC reported in September 2023 that submission of Aadhaar
was not mandatory. However, Forms 6 and 6B remain unchanged, still requiring voters to
declare their Aadhaar status. The EC is considering clarifications to these forms, but
concerns persist about the potential for misuse of personal information.
Pros and Cons of EPIC-Aadhaar Linkage
Linking EPIC with Aadhaar could reduce duplicate entries, which is crucial for electoral
integrity. Over 650 million Aadhaar numbers have already been linked during the electoral
roll finalisation process. However, issues such as errors in the Aadhaar database could
lead to wrongful deletions. Additionally, Aadhaar serves merely as proof of residence, not
citizenship, necessitating further efforts to ensure only eligible voters are on the rolls.
Ensuring Voter Confidence
The right to vote is constitutionally protected and integral to free and fair elections. To
maintain public trust, the EC must communicate the benefits of linking EPIC and Aadhaar
effectively. Voter concerns regarding privacy must be addressed to prevent any erosion of
confidence in the electoral process. Swift modifications to the application forms are
essential to reflect the voluntary nature of Aadhaar submission.

1. NERPAP aimed to eliminate duplicate voter entries.

2. The Supreme Court ruled Aadhaar mandatory only for welfare schemes.
3. Over 650 million Aadhaar numbers are linked to electoral rolls.
4. EPIC linkage addresses electoral integrity but raises privacy concerns.
5. Forms 6 and 6B still require Aadhaar details despite EC’s clarification.

What is Firenado?
January 14, 2025
A firenado recently captured public attention during the Palisades Fire in Los Angeles. The
viral footage showcased a swirling column of flames and smoke, stirring curiosity about
this rare phenomenon. Firenados, also known as fire whirls, occur when intense heat and
turbulent winds combine, creating a vortex that can carry debris and flames. This article
provides an overview of firenados, their characteristics, and notable occurrences.
What is a Firenado?
A firenado is a fire whirl, defined as a spinning column of hot air and gases rising from a
fire. It can vary in size, with diameters ranging from less than one foot to over 500 feet.
These whirls can exhibit wind speeds comparable to small tornadoes, making them

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 308
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

hazardous. The phenomenon typically forms when intense heat from a blaze creates
rising air currents, which then spiral into a vortex.
Characteristics of Firenados
Firenados are characterised by their ability to lift and transport smoke, debris, and flames.
They often form under specific conditions, including high temperatures and turbulent
winds. The vortex may be visible due to the presence of smoke and ash. Although they can
resemble tornadoes, firenados differ in that their rotation is primarily driven by thermal
dynamics rather than a mesocyclone.
Historical Context of Firenados
One of the most recent firenados occurred during the 2018 Carr Fire in California, where
wind speeds reached up to 143 mph. This intensity is comparable to that of an EF-3
tornado. Another notable event took place in Tokyo in 1923, where a fire whirl caused by
an earthquake resulted in approximately 38,000 fatalities. Such historical occurrences
highlight the destructive potential of firenados.
Current Wildfire Situation in California
As of now, California faces multiple active wildfires, including the Palisades Fire. These
fires have resulted in the loss of at least 24 lives and the destruction of over 12,000
structures. The fires have consumed more than 29,000 acres of land, underscoring the
ongoing threat posed by wildfires in the region. The emergence of firenados during these
events further complicates firefighting efforts.

1. Firenados can reach wind speeds comparable to EF-2 tornadoes.

2. The term “fire whirl” encompasses various types of fire-induced wind
phenomena.
3. The first verified firenado occurred during the 2003 Canberra bushfires.
4. The 1923 Tokyo fire whirl was one of the deadliest, killing around 38,000 people.
5. Firenados are distinct from tornadoes, lacking a connection to a cloud base.

About Fire Whirls

Fire whirls, also known as fire devils or fire tornadoes, are induced by fire and consist of
flames or ash. They are formed when rising heat interacts with turbulent wind conditions,
creating whirling eddies of air. These eddies can develop into a tornado-like vortex,
capable of lifting debris and flammable gases. While fire whirls may resemble tornadoes,
they are not classified as such due to their unique formation processes.
ICMR Releases National Essential Diagnostics List (NEDL) 2025
January 14, 2025
The Indian Council of Medical Research (ICMR) has released a draft for the National
Essential Diagnostics List (NEDL) 2025. This initiative aims to improve diagnostic services
across various healthcare levels in India. The ICMR seeks public feedback until January 15,
2025, before finalising the list. The first NEDL was introduced in 2019 to ensure that
diagnostics are a fundamental part of the healthcare system.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 309
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Overview of the NEDL 2025

The NEDL 2025 outlines the essential diagnostic tests required at different healthcare
facilities. It covers village-level health centres, Ayushman Arogya Mandirs, primary health
centres (PHCs), community health centres (CHCs), sub-district hospitals (SDHs), and district
hospitals (DHs). This revised list includes crucial tests for diseases such as diabetes,
malaria, tuberculosis, HIV, and syphilis.
Key Changes in Diagnostic Tests
The draft proposes increases in the number of diagnostic tests available at various
healthcare levels. Ayushman Arogya Mandirs will now offer 16 tests, up from 12. PHCs will
provide 74 tests, an increase from 64. CHCs will expand from 70 to 93 tests, and district
hospitals will grow from 117 to 171 tests. Village-level testing will also see an increase,
with Accredited Social Health Activists (ASHAs) conducting tuberculosis tests directly.
Hub-and-Spoke Model Implementation
The NEDL 2025 adopts a hub-and-spoke model for diagnostics. Sample collection occurs at
all healthcare levels, while actual testing is centralised at equipped facilities. This model
promotes efficient resource use and enhances access to essential diagnostics across the
country.
Stakeholder Involvement and Feedback Process
The draft was prepared with input from various stakeholders through multiple
consultation meetings. The ICMR encourages public comments and feedback via email at
icmr.nedl2@gmail.com before the feedback deadline. This collaborative approach aims to
ensure the NEDL meets the healthcare needs of the population effectively.
Alignment with National Health Programmes
The revised NEDL aligns with existing Health Ministry guidance documents and national
health programmes. It builds on the initial NEDL, reinforcing the importance of essential
diagnostics in the public healthcare framework. This alignment ensures that the proposed
tests correspond with the prevalent health concerns in the country.

1. ASHA – Accredited Social Health Activist, key in rural health.

2. FDSI – Free Diagnostics Service Initiative, aligns services with NEDL.
3. CT Scan – Imaging technique for detailed internal views.
4. HIV – Human Immunodeficiency Virus, affects immune system.
5. HbA1c – Test for long-term glucose control in diabetes.

Future of Diagnostic Services in India

The expansion of diagnostic services is crucial for achieving equitable healthcare in India.
Enhanced testing capabilities in tier 2 and tier 3 cities will facilitate early detection and
timely treatment. Integrating advanced technologies like AI and Electronic Health Records
(EHRs) in government hospitals will further improve diagnostic accuracy and efficiency.
India’s Labour Laws and Overwork Culture
January 14, 2025

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 310
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

India’s labour laws, designed to protect workers, often fall short in practice. Despite
regulations capping working hours at 48 per week, many employees face extensive
overtime without proper compensation. The ongoing dialogue about workers’ rights is
particularly relevant as India observes National Youth Day on January 12. This page
explores the current landscape of labour laws, the culture of overwork, and the challenges
in enforcing regulations.
The Culture of Overwork
A survey by Indeed revealed alarming statistics about the Indian workforce.
Approximately 88% of employees receive work communications outside regular hours.
Moreover, 85% reported being contacted during public holidays or sick leave. This
constant connectivity encourages a culture where employees feel pressured to respond,
fearing negative impacts on their careers. The situation is dire, with 79% of workers
believing that not engaging after hours could hinder their career progression.
Overview of Labour Laws in India
Indian labour laws, including the Factories Act of 1948, aim to protect workers’ rights. The
Act stipulates a maximum of 48 working hours per week and mandates rest intervals and
paid leave for eligible employees. Additionally, laws like the Minimum Wages Act and the
Maternity Benefit Act provide further safeguards. However, despite these regulations,
enforcement remains weak, leaving many workers vulnerable to exploitation.
Challenges in Enforcement
Enforcement of labour laws is often lax, particularly in the informal sector, where many
workers lack basic protections. The rise of multinational corporations and outsourcing has
complicated the landscape, as third-party contractors may not adhere to fair pay practices.
Consequently, millions of employees endure poor working conditions and insufficient
support, exacerbating the issue of overwork.
New Labour Codes – A Double-Edged Sword
In 2020, India introduced four new labour codes aimed at modernising the workforce.
These codes offer more flexibility for employers, allowing for 12-hour workdays in
exchange for a four-day workweek, provided the weekly limit is maintained. However, the
implementation of these codes has faced delays, leaving many workers uncertain about
their rights. Critics argue that these changes could further erode existing protections.
Are Employees Entitled to Overtime Pay?
Under the Shops and Establishments Act, employees in certain states are entitled to
overtime pay for hours worked beyond the weekly limit. For example, in Maharashtra and
Telangana, overtime is compensated at double the regular wage. However, many white-
collar employees are excluded from these protections, as their roles or salaries often
disqualify them. Consequently, company policies dictate overtime pay, which can lead to
exploitation.

1. SN Subrahmanyan is the Chairman of Larsen & Toubro.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 311
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

2. The Factories Act was enacted in 1948 to protect workers’ rights.

3. India ranks high in deaths linked to overtime work.
4. The Minimum Wages Act aims to prevent worker exploitation.
5. New labour codes were introduced in 2020 for regulatory reform.

The Future of Workers’ Rights

The ongoing discourse around India’s labour laws and the culture of overwork indicates a
critical need for reform and better enforcement. Workers continue to face challenges in
securing their rights, particularly in an evolving economic landscape. The balance between
corporate demands and employee well-being remains a central issue in the conversation
about the future of work in India.
How are Genes Made?
January 14, 2025
Recent studies have advanced our understanding of gene evolution and function. In
December 2024, two prominent research groups published findings that shed light on
how new genes are created. One group from the University of Nevada, Reno, reported in
*Molecular Biology and Evolution*, while the other from the Max Planck Institute for
Evolutionary Biology in Germany published in *Genome Biology and Evolution*. These
studies explored gene duplication, methylation, and the role of random DNA sequences in
evolution.
Genes and Chromosomes
Genes are segments of DNA that determine the characteristics of an organism. Humans
possess 24 chromosomes, which include 22 numbered chromosomes and two sex
chromosomes (X and Y). Each person inherits one set of chromosomes from each parent,
resulting in two copies of each chromosome. Identical twins originate from a single
zygote, while non-identical twins arise from separate zygotes.
DNA Structure and Function
Each DNA molecule consists of two strands connected by base pairs. The human genome
comprises approximately 3.2 billion base pairs, with about 20,000 protein-coding genes.
Genes are expressed when the DNA sequence is transcribed into messenger RNA (mRNA),
which guides protein synthesis. Additionally, genes known as promoters and enhancers
regulate when and where other genes are expressed.
Gene Duplication as a Source of New Genes
Japanese-American biologist Susumu Ohno proposed in 1970 that gene duplication is a
primary source of new genes. This process allows one copy of a gene to maintain its
original function while the other can mutate and develop new functions. Recent research
from the University of Nevada, Reno, revealed that duplicated genes exhibit higher levels
of methylation, which prevents excessive protein production and enables the survival of
duplicate genes.
Exogenous DNA and Random Sequences
The Max Planck Institute team inserted exogenous DNA into human-derived cells to study
© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 312
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

the effects of random base-pair sequences on cell growth. After 20 days, they observed
that 53% of cell types became less abundant, while 8% increased. This indicates that
random DNA sequences can influence cell characteristics and may act as incipient genes
in evolution.
The Complexity of Gene Utility
For a gene to be retained in a genome, it must provide some utility or be allowed to
mutate. Determining a gene’s usefulness can be challenging. For example, blood types are
determined by variants of the ABO gene. Individuals can have blood types A, B, AB, or O,
depending on the inherited gene variants. Notably, the O variant encodes a protein with
no known function, denoting the complexities of gene retention in evolution.

1. Exogenous DNA refers to genetic material from external sources.

2. Susumu Ohno’s hypothesis on gene duplication laid the groundwork for modern
genetics.
3. Methylation is a chemical modification that can influence gene expression.
4. Incipient genes are newly formed genes that may arise from random DNA
sequences.
5. The ABO blood group system illustrates gene variation without essentiality.

Evolutionary Implications of Gene Retention

About how genes evolve and are retained within genomes offers vital information about
biological diversity. The mechanisms of gene duplication, methylation, and the impact of
random sequences illustrate the complexity of genetic evolution. These findings
contribute to the broader understanding of genetic variation and its implications for
species adaptation and survival.
Role of Debris Flow in Wayanad Landslides
January 14, 2025
Recent events in Wayanad have tells the urgent need for enhanced disaster management
strategies. A study conducted in response to the catastrophic landslides of July 2024 has
provided vital information about the behaviour of rapid debris flows. This research
involved multiple prestigious institutions and aimed to better understand the dynamics of
natural disasters in mountainous regions.
Study Overview
The collaborative research included contributions from the University of Kerala, Indian
Institute of Science Education and Research, Mohali, University of Mississippi, British
Geological Survey, and T.K.M. College of Engineering. Published in *Nature Natural
Hazards*, the study focused on tracking debris flow paths using advanced modelling
techniques. It aimed to identify how speed, pressure, and material accumulation
contribute to the destruction caused by landslides.
Key Findings
The study revealed that lower elevations are particularly vulnerable to debris flow events.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 313
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

By employing crowd-sourced data and Rapid Mass Movement Simulation (RAMMS),

researchers mapped areas of intense activity. These maps indicated regions at high risk of
damage, confirming the deposition of debris at lower elevations. This information is
crucial for understanding future hazards downstream.
Vulnerability Mapping
Creation of detailed vulnerability maps is crucial for efficient disaster management. These
maps depict potential run-out paths of debris flows, offering guidance for urban planning
and disaster mitigation. Avoiding development in high-risk zones could reduce destruction
and loss of life.
Historical Context
The study also noted a concerning trend regarding the path of the recent debris flow. It
mirrored the trajectory of a devastating landslide from July 1984, which resulted in 14
fatalities, as well as a smaller event in 2019. This historical context reinforces the need for
ongoing research and monitoring in the region.
Importance of Early Warning Systems
Early warning systems are crucial for reducing the impact of debris flows. The research
advocates for the installation of rainfall and soil moisture monitoring stations. By
establishing thresholds, authorities can alert communities about imminent hazards. This
proactive approach could facilitate timely evacuations and other safety measures,
ultimately saving lives.
Threshold Volume
A related study investigated 66 debris flows along the Western Ghats in Kerala. It
established that a threshold volume of 7,072 cubic metres is critical for predicting debris
flow paths. Flows exceeding this volume tend to follow the steepest hill slope stream
channels, while smaller flows are more likely to adhere to existing stream channels.

1. RAMMS – Rapid Mass Movement Simulation, a modelling tool.

2. Sajin Kumar K.S – Co-author and Assistant Professor of Geology.
3. Wayanad – A mountainous district in Kerala, India.
4. Threshold Volume – 7,072 cubic metres indicates flow path behaviour.
5. Nature Natural Hazards – Journal where the study was published.

US Unveils New AI Chip Export Framework

January 14, 2025
The Biden administration has introduced a new framework for exporting advanced
computer chips integral to artificial intelligence (AI) development. This proposal aims to
address national security concerns while considering the economic interests of chip
producers and international partners. However, the framework has raised apprehensions
within the chip industry, as executives fear it may restrict access to existing chips used in
various applications, including video games. Countries such as Mexico, Portugal, Israel,
and Switzerland could face limited access under these new regulations.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 314
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

National Security and AI Development

The rapid evolution of AI allows for advancements, including novel generation, scientific
breakthroughs, and automation in various sectors. As AI capabilities expand, so do the
associated risks to national security. The proposed framework aims to safeguard
advanced AI technologies from foreign adversaries while promoting collaboration with
allied nations.
Industry Concerns
Chip industry representatives have voiced concerns over the potential negative impact of
the new rules. The Information Technology Industry Council warned that hastily
implemented regulations could disrupt global supply chains and disadvantage U.S.
companies. The Semiconductor Industry Association expressed disappointment at the
rushed nature of the policy, fearing it could harm America’s economic competitiveness in
semiconductors and AI. Critics noted that the restrictions might limit access to chips
already utilised in video games, contrary to government claims.
Political Implications
The framework includes a 120-day comment period, allowing the incoming Republican
administration under President-elect Donald Trump to influence the final rules regarding
the export of advanced computer chips. This situation presents a challenge for Trump,
who must balance economic interests with national security priorities. Government
officials acted swiftly to preserve the perceived advantage of the U.S. in AI technology,
especially against competitors like China.
Access for Allies and Restrictions for Others
Under the proposed framework, approximately 20 key allies will face no restrictions on
accessing advanced chips. These allies include Australia, Canada, Germany, Japan, the UK,
and others. In contrast, countries outside this group will have caps on the number of chips
they can import. For instance, non-allied nations can purchase up to 50,000 graphics
processing units per country. Government-to-government agreements may allow for
increased caps, depending on alignment with U.S. technological security goals.
Exemptions and Compliance
Certain exemptions exist within the framework to support the AI-driven data centre
expansion plans of leading cloud providers such as Amazon, Google, and Microsoft. These
companies can seek large clusters of advanced AI chips while complying with high security
standards. Microsoft has expressed confidence in meeting the regulatory requirements
and fulfilling the technology needs of global customers.

1. Gina Raimondo – U.S. Commerce Secretary advocating for AI leadership.

2. Ned Finkle – Nvidia’s VP denoting risks of proposed restrictions.
3. G42 – Abu Dhabi-based firm known for Arabic-language AI model.
4. Semiconductor Industry Association – Group expressing concerns over rapid
policy changes.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 315
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

5. AI Cap – Non-allied countries face limits on chip imports.

Future Implications for AI and Technology

The proposed framework raises questions about the future of AI technology development
and international collaboration. The balance between national security and economic
interests will be critical as the U.S. navigates its role in the global AI landscape.
India-Saudi Arabia Haj Agreement for 2025
January 14, 2025
India has recently finalised a Haj agreement with Saudi Arabia, allowing for a quota of
1,75,025 pilgrims for the year 2025. The agreement was signed by Minister of Minority
Affairs Kiren Rijiju in Jeddah, in a meeting with Saudi Arabia’s Minister for Hajj and Umrah,
Tawfiq Bin Fawzan Al-Rabiah. This agreement aims to enhance the pilgrimage experience
for Indian Muslims and strengthen bilateral relations between the two countries.
Haj Quota Details
The total quota for Indian pilgrims has been set at 1,75,025 for the Haj of 2025. The
distribution of this quota will follow a 70:30 ratio between the Haj Committee of India
(HCoI) and Haj Group Organisers (HGOs). This means that HCoI will manage 70% of the
quota, amounting to 1,22,518 pilgrims, while HGOs will handle the remaining 30%, which
equals 52,507 pilgrims.
Bilateral Discussions
During the meeting, Rijiju and Al-Rabiah discussed various aspects related to the Haj
pilgrimage. They focused on improving the overall experience for Indian pilgrims,
ensuring better services and facilities. The discussions also aimed to address any
challenges faced by pilgrims in previous years and to explore new initiatives to facilitate a
smoother pilgrimage.
Haj Policy Overview
The Haj Policy for 2025 was issued on August 5, 2024. It outlines the quota distribution
and other important guidelines for the pilgrimage. The policy aims to streamline the
process for pilgrims and ensure that all Indian Muslims have the opportunity to perform
the Haj if they meet the necessary criteria.

1. Hajj is one of the Five Pillars of Islam.

2. The pilgrimage occurs in the last month of the Islamic calendar.
3. The quota distribution has varied between 70:30 and 80:20 in the last five years.
4. Pilgrims may appoint proxies to perform Haj on their behalf.
5. The rites of Haj were established by the Prophet Muhammad.

Historical Context of Haj

Haj is religious duty for Muslims, requiring them to undertake the pilgrimage to Mecca at
least once in their lifetime if they are physically and financially capable. The pilgrimage is
marked by a series of rituals that take place over several days, commencing on the 7th day
of Dhū al-Ḥijjah and concluding on the 12th day. The rites include standing at Arafat, the
© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 316
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Tawaf around the Kaaba, and the symbolic stoning of the devil at Mina.
Importance of Haj for Muslims
The Haj pilgrimage holds immense spiritual significance for Muslims worldwide. It serves
as a means of purification and a demonstration of unity among Muslims. The pilgrimage
allows individuals to seek forgiveness, reflect on their faith, and connect with fellow
believers from diverse backgrounds. The experience is regarded as transformative and
life-changing for many participants.
Reconstitution of the Atomic Energy Commission
January 14, 2025
The Government of India has recently reconstituted the Atomic Energy Commission (AEC),
incorporating new members to enhance its oversight and policy formulation capabilities.
The reconstitution reflects a strategic move to strengthen the governance of atomic
energy in the country. The AEC is crucial for developing policies that guide the
Department of Atomic Energy (DAE), which plays a very important role in India’s nuclear
energy landscape.
Key Members of the Reconstituted AEC
The reconstituted AEC now includes figures such as T V Somanathan and Manoj Govil, who
serve as the Cabinet Secretary and Expenditure Secretary, respectively. Ajit Kumar
Mohanty, the Secretary of the Department of Atomic Energy, has been appointed as the
Chairman of the commission. Other notable members include National Security Adviser
Ajit Doval and Foreign Secretary Vikram Misri, both of whom bring a wealth of experience
to the commission.
Historical Context of the AEC
The Atomic Energy Commission was established in August 1948 as part of the Department
of Scientific Research. The Department of Atomic Energy was formed later, on August 3,
1954, under the direct supervision of the Prime Minister. The AEC was officially constituted
in March 1958, following a Government Resolution. This historical framework has set the
foundation for India’s nuclear policy development.
Structure and Function of the AEC
The AEC is responsible for formulating policies related to atomic energy and ensuring
their implementation through the DAE. The commission comprises both ex-officio
members, including the Bhabha Atomic Research Centre Director Vivek Bhasin, and
appointed members such as former chairpersons M R Srinivasan and Anil Kakodkar. The
structure allows for diverse expertise in nuclear science and policy-making.
Current Responsibilities and Objectives
The primary objective of the reconstituted AEC is to enhance the governance of atomic
energy in India. It aims to address national security concerns, promote research and
development, and ensure the safe and sustainable use of nuclear energy. The AEC also
plays a vital role in international collaborations and compliance with global nuclear
standards.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 317
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

1. DAE: Department of Atomic Energy, established in 1954.

2. Ajit Kumar Mohanty: Current Chairman of AEC.
3. P Rama Rao: Former Secretary of the Department of Science and Technology.
4. Vivek Bhasin: Director of the Bhabha Atomic Research Centre.
5. Jawaharlal Nehru: Prime Minister who established the AEC.

Future Directions for the AEC

As the AEC moves forward, it is expected to focus on enhancing India’s nuclear capabilities
while ensuring safety and environmental sustainability. The commission will likely engage
in more research initiatives and international partnerships, aiming to position India as a
leader in nuclear technology and energy. The reconstituted AEC represents a commitment
to advancing atomic energy in a responsible manner, reflecting both national interests
and global standards.
Cybercrime Suspect Registry Saves Billions in Fraud Prevention
January 14, 2025
In the wake of rising cybercrime, India has taken steps to combat financial fraud. The
online ‘suspect registry’, launched on September 10, 2024, has already proven effective. It
has led to the rejection of over six lakh fraudulent transactions, saving approximately Rs
1,800 crore. This initiative, developed by the Indian Cyber Crime Coordination Centre (I4C),
consolidates data on cybercriminals and is accessible to various law enforcement and
financial institutions.
Overview of the Suspect Registry
The suspect registry is a central database containing information on 1.4 million
cybercriminals. It was created to enhance the fraud risk management capabilities of the
financial system. By using data from the National Cybercrime Reporting Portal (NCRP), the
registry helps identify potential threats posed by cybercriminals.
Impact on Fraudulent Transactions
Since its launch, the suspect registry has successfully declined around 6.10 lakh fraudulent
transactions. This achievement has resulted in substantial financial savings for the
country. The Reserve Bank of India has encouraged all banks to utilise this registry to
boost their fraud prevention measures.
Cooperative Federalism in Action
The Cyber Fraud Mitigation Centre (CFMC) was also established to promote cooperation
among various stakeholders. Representatives from banks, telecom service providers, and
law enforcement agencies collaborate to tackle online financial crimes. This initiative
exemplifies the concept of Cooperative Federalism in law enforcement.
Measures Against Mule Accounts and SIM Cards
As part of the fraud prevention efforts, approximately 8.67 lakh mule accounts have been
frozen. Additionally, around 7 lakh SIM cards and 1.4 lakh mobile devices have been
blocked. These actions are essential in disrupting the operations of cybercriminals.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 318
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Reporting Mechanisms and Public Involvement

The Citizen Financial Cyber Frauds Reporting and Management System (CFCFRMS) allows
citizens to report cyber fraud easily. They can do this through the National Helpline
number 1930 or via the NCRP. This system connects various stakeholders, including banks
and law enforcement agencies, to ensure effective action against fraud.

1. I4C: Indian Cyber Crime Coordination Centre.

2. CFMC: Cyber Fraud Mitigation Centre.
3. NCRP: National Cybercrime Reporting Portal.
4. MHA: Ministry of Home Affairs.
5. UPI: Unified Payments Interface.

The Role of the National Cybercrime Reporting Portal

The NCRP was launched on August 30, 2019, to facilitate reporting of various cybercrimes.
The revamped portal allows citizens to report all forms of cybercrime, including sensitive
cases like child pornography. It features monitoring dashboards and a chatbot named
Vani-CyberDost for user assistance.
Future Directions in Cybercrime Prevention
The ongoing initiatives aim to strengthen the financial system against cyber threats. The
integration of various stakeholders is crucial in creating a robust defence mechanism.
Continuous updates to the suspect registry and reporting systems will enhance the
nation’s capability to combat cybercrime effectively.
Deccan Volcanism’s Impact on Tropical Flora
January 14, 2025
Deccan Volcanism, occurring approximately 66 million years ago, is renowned for its role
in mass extinctions, particularly affecting the dinosaur population. Recent research reveals
a less destructive impact on tropical flora, suggesting that these volcanic eruptions may
have encourageed the growth of diverse angiosperms. This knowledge enhances our
understanding of ecological resilience amidst catastrophic events.
Context of Deccan Volcanism
The Deccan volcanic eruptions extended over several hundred thousand years, coinciding
with the Cretaceous-Paleogene (K-Pg) boundary. These eruptions contributed to global
environmental changes, leading to the extinction of numerous faunal species. The Indian
Plate serves as a focal point for studying the effects of this volcanic activity on flora,
particularly angiosperms.
Positive Impact on Tropical Flora
Contrary to expectations, the Deccan Volcanism did not have a uniformly negative impact
on tropical flora. Instead, the study indicates that the elimination of large faunal
communities created opportunities for angiosperms to thrive. The warm and humid
climate during the volcanic dormancy phases provided ideal conditions for plant
diversification.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 319
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Research Methodology
Researchers from the Birbal Sahni Institute of Palaeosciences conducted extensive studies
on sedimentary rocks from the Yeotmal area in Maharashtra. They collected rock samples
and extracted palynomorphs—pollen, spores, and organic matter—using acid digestion
techniques. This palynological analysis facilitated the reconstruction of past ecological and
climatic conditions.
Palaeoecological Models Used
The study employed various palaeoecological models, including the Nearest Living
Relative (NLR) approach and the Coexistence Approach (CA). These methods allowed
scientists to interpret the ecological dynamics of the time, revealing how floral diversity
evolved in response to geological upheavals.
Resilience of Tropical Flora
Despite the release of toxic greenhouse gases during the eruptions, tropical flora
demonstrated remarkable resilience. The findings suggest that these ecosystems can
recover quickly from climatic stresses, denoting their adaptive capabilities. This resilience
provides vital information about how current tropical rainforests might respond to
ongoing climate change.

1. K-Pg – Cretaceous-Paleogene boundary marking mass extinction.

2. BSIP – Birbal Sahni Institute of Palaeosciences, key research institute.
3. NLR – Nearest Living Relative, method for ecological analysis.
4. CA – Coexistence Approach, used for studying ancient ecosystems.
5. Palynology – Study of pollen and spores for ecological insights.

Implications for Future Research

The findings from this study tell the importance of understanding historical floral
turnover. By analysing past responses to climatic changes, researchers can better predict
how current ecosystems may react to ongoing global warming. This knowledge is vital for
conservation efforts and managing biodiversity in the face of environmental challenges.
Watershed Development Component of the Pradhan Mantri Krishi Sinchayee
Yojana (WDC-PMKSY)
January 14, 2025
The Watershed Development Component of the Pradhan Mantri Krishi Sinchayee Yojana
(WDC-PMKSY) is focused on revitalising degraded and rainfed areas across India. Recent
evaluations of past projects have shown promising results, including improved
groundwater levels and increased farmers’ incomes.
Overview of WDC-PMKSY
WDC-PMKSY aims to develop degraded lands through integrated watershed
management. The scheme addresses critical issues such as water scarcity and soil erosion.
It incorporates a variety of activities designed to improve land productivity and ensure
sustainable agricultural practices.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 320
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Key Activities Under the Scheme

The programme includes several important interventions:
Ridge area treatment to prevent soil erosion
Drainage line treatment to manage water flow effectively
Soil and moisture conservation techniques to retain water
Rainwater harvesting to maximise water resources.
Nursery raising for sustainable plant production
Pasture development to support livestock grazing
Livelihood initiatives for asset-less individuals to enhance income.
Recent Developments in 2025
Recently, the DoLR announced the sanctioning of 56 new watershed development
projects. These projects will be implemented at a cost of ₹700 crores. They will cover
approximately 2.8 lakh hectares across ten states. The selected states include Rajasthan,
Madhya Pradesh, Karnataka, Odisha, Tamil Nadu, Assam, Nagaland, Himachal Pradesh,
Uttarakhand, and Sikkim.
Expected Outcomes of New Projects
The new projects are expected to yield benefits:
Increased income for farmers through enhanced agricultural productivity.
Addressing land degradation by restoring ecological balance.
Strengthening climate resilience to combat the effects of climate change
Improving water availability for irrigation and domestic use.
Project Implementation Details
Each of the 56 projects will cover approximately 5,000 hectares. In hilly regions, the area
may be smaller due to geographical constraints. The allocation of ₹700 crores is aimed at
ensuring timely execution and effective utilisation of funds. The focus remains on
achieving visible impacts in the field.

1. WDC-PMKSY stands for Watershed Development Component of Pradhan Mantri

Krishi Sinchayee Yojana.
2. MoRD refers to the Ministry of Rural Development in India.
3. DoLR is the Department of Land Resources.
4. ₹700 crores is approximately £70 million in UK currency.
5. 50 lakh hectares equals 5 million hectares of land.

Future Prospects
The continued implementation of WDC-PMKSY is crucial for the sustainable development
of rural areas. The government aims to enhance the livelihoods of farmers while ensuring
environmental sustainability. Future projects will likely build on the successes of earlier
initiatives, further promoting resilience against climate change.
Odisha Joins AB PM-JAY Health Scheme
January 14, 2025

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 321
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

The National Health Authority (NHA) of India has recently signed a Memorandum of About
(MoU) with the State Health Agency of Odisha. This agreement marks milestone as Odisha
becomes the 34th state to implement the Ayushman Bharat Pradhan Mantri Jan Arogya
Yojana (AB PM-JAY). The scheme aims to provide comprehensive health coverage to a
large portion of the state’s population, enhancing healthcare accessibility and quality.
Overview of AB PM-JAY
AB PM-JAY is the world’s largest health coverage scheme. It aims to provide health
insurance of ₹5 lakh per family per annum. Women members are entitled to an additional
₹5 lakh coverage. The scheme is fully digitized and aims to cover approximately 45% of
India’s population.
Convergence with Gopabandhu Jan Arogya Yojana
In Odisha, AB PM-JAY will be implemented in conjunction with the existing Gopabandhu
Jan Arogya Yojana (GJAY). This convergence will benefit approximately 1.03 crore families,
with 67.8 lakh families receiving support from the Union Government. This integration
aims to streamline healthcare services and improve health outcomes in the state.
Impact on Healthcare Accessibility
The implementation of AB PM-JAY will enhance healthcare accessibility in Odisha.
Previously, patients had access to around 900 empaneled hospitals. Now, they can avail
cashless treatment in over 29,000 government and private hospitals. This expansion
allows patients to receive quality healthcare without financial burden.
Historical Significance of the MoU
The signing of the MoU is considered a historic event for Odisha. It was presided over by
key officials, including Shri Jagat Prakash Nadda, the Union Minister of Health. The event
brought into light the government’s commitment to improving healthcare services in the
state and addressing health disparities among various populations.
Notable Achievements of AB PM-JAY
Since its inception, AB PM-JAY has recorded 8.19 crore hospital admissions. Approximately
₹1.13 lakh crore has been spent on healthcare for marginalized communities. The scheme
has also improved access to healthcare in remote areas, including Naxal-affected districts,
showing a notable increase in hospital admissions.

1. AB PM-JAY covers nearly 2,000 medical procedures across 27 specialties.

2. The scheme aims to benefit around 4.5 crore people in Odisha.
3. Hospital admissions in Madhya Pradesh increased by 30 times due to AB PM-JAY.
4. Ayushman Vay Vandana Card was launched for people aged 70 and above.
5. AB PM-JAY has improved cancer patient access by 33% according to a Lancet
study.

Future Prospects for Odisha’s Healthcare

The MoU is expected to transform the health status of 86% of Odisha’s population.
Government officials have expressed optimism about the integration of digital healthcare

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 322
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

services across all districts. This initiative aligns with the broader goals of ‘Viksit Bharat’
and ‘Utkarsh Odisha’, aiming for progressive development in the healthcare sector. The
collaborative effort will particularly benefit tribal, underprivileged, and migrant
populations, addressing healthcare inequalities effectively.
What is Nag Mark 2 Missile?
January 14, 2025
The Defence Research and Development Organisation (DRDO) has recently conducted
successful field evaluation trials of the Nag Mark 2 missile. This third-generation fire-and-
forget anti-tank guided missile was tested at the Pokhran field range in Rajasthan. The
trials demonstrated exceptional precision and reliability, effectively destroying all
designated targets. The Defence Ministry confirmed that the trials validated the missile’s
firing range capabilities.
About Nag Mark 2 Missle
Nag Mark 2 is a third-generation anti-tank guided missile developed in India. It features
fire-and-forget technology, allowing operators to lock onto targets before launch. This
technology ensures precision strikes without requiring further guidance after launch. The
missile is designed to neutralise modern armoured threats, making it a vital addition to
India’s defence arsenal.
Field Evaluation Trials
The field evaluation trials took place under the supervision of senior officers from the
Indian Army. During three separate trials, the missile system successfully destroyed all
targets at both maximum and minimum range limits. This achievement marks the
missile’s operational readiness and capability to function effectively in diverse battlefield
scenarios.
Integration with Nag Missile Carrier
The Nag Mark 2 missile has been successfully integrated with the Nag Missile Carrier
(NAMICA) Version 2. This integration enhances battlefield mobility and deployment
flexibility. The successful evaluations of NAMICA mark a critical step in operationalising
the complete weapon system, ensuring that the missile can be effectively deployed in
combat situations.
Significance of the Trials
The successful trials tell India’s growing capabilities in anti-tank warfare. They reaffirm
India’s commitment to self-reliance in defence manufacturing, reducing dependence on
imported systems. This aligns with the broader ‘Atmanirbhar Bharat’ initiative aimed at
strengthening indigenous capabilities.
Features of Nag Mark 2
The Nag Mark 2 boasts several key features:
Fire-and-Forget Technology – This allows for precision targeting with minimal
operator intervention after launch.
Versatile Performance – It can neutralise modern armoured vehicles, including those

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 323
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

equipped with explosive reactive armour (ERA).

Platform Compatibility – The missile is successfully integrated with NAMICA,
enhancing its deployment options on the battlefield.
Trivia Facts about Nag Mark 2

1. DRDO stands for Defence Research and Development Organisation.

2. NAMICA is the Nag Missile Carrier, enhancing missile mobility.
3. Atmanirbhar Bharat translates to ‘Self-Reliant India’.
4. Pokhran is testing range in Rajasthan, India.
5. Rajnath Singh is the current Defence Minister of India.

The Nag Mark 2 missile represents advancement in India’s defence technology,

addressing critical operational needs in anti-tank warfare. Its successful trials mark a very
important moment in the nation’s journey towards self-sufficiency in defence
manufacturing.
C-DOT, IIT Mandi and IIT Jammu Collaborate to Develop Wideband Spectrum-
Sensor ASIC-Chip
January 14, 2025
The Centre for Development of Telematics (C-DOT) has recently partnered with the Indian
Institute of Technology Mandi (IIT Mandi) and IIT Jammu. This collaboration aims to
develop a Wideband Spectrum-Sensor ASIC-Chip to enhance spectrum utilisation. The
agreement, signed under the Telecom Technology Development Fund (TTDF), reflects
investment in India’s telecommunication research and development. The TTDF supports
Indian startups and institutions in creating innovative telecommunications solutions. This
initiative is crucial for providing affordable broadband and mobile services, particularly in
rural areas.
About Spectrum Sensing
Spectrum sensing is a technology that allows cognitive radio users to detect unused
spectrum bands, known as spectrum holes. This capability enables efficient use of
available bandwidth without interfering with existing networks. The goal is to improve
overall spectrum efficiency, which is vital for meeting the increasing demand for wireless
communication.
Project Objectives
The project seeks to create a reliable wideband spectrum sensing (WSS) algorithm. This
algorithm will enhance the efficiency of spectrum utilisation, especially in rural India. By
detecting under-utilised bands, it aims to provide better broadband services. Additionally,
the project focuses on developing hardware architectures that offer quick sensing times
and high data throughput.
Technical Specifications
The initiative targets the design of communication algorithms that are hardware-friendly.
The focus will be on sensing wideband spectrum beyond 2 GHz. This includes developing a

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 324
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

hardware solution capable of scanning over 2 GHz of spectrum with minimal sensing time.
The project will also demonstrate a wideband cognitive radio module for the 6 GHz
satellite band.
Implementation Strategies
Initial designs will be emulated in a field-programmable gate-array (FPGA) environment.
Following this, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) semiconductor chip will be
developed. This process will contribute to achieving better spectrum efficiency and
creating intellectual properties (IPs) related to wideband spectrum sensing technology.
Collaborative Efforts and Goals
The signing ceremony included key figures such as Dr. Raj Kumar Upadhyay, CEO of C-
DOT, and Dr. Rahul Shrestha from IIT Mandi. They brought into light the importance of
indigenous technology in meeting India’s diverse telecommunications needs. The project
aligns with government initiatives like “Atmanirbhar Bharat” and the “Make-In-India”
mission, which aim to boost domestic manufacturing and innovation.

1. TTDF stands for Telecom Technology Development Fund.

2. WSS refers to Wideband Spectrum Sensing.
3. ASIC is an acronym for Application-Specific Integrated Circuit.
4. C-DOT is the Centre for Development of Telematics.
5. FPGA means Field-Programmable Gate Array.

Future Prospects
The collaboration between C-DOT, IIT Mandi, and IIT Jammu is poised to enhance India’s
capabilities in telecommunications. The focus on developing cutting-edge technologies
will play a vital role in bridging the digital divide. As the project progresses, it will
contribute to the advancement of telecommunications infrastructure in India.
January 15, 2025
Mission Mausam Launched
January 15, 2025
Mission Mausam was inaugurated by Prime Minister Narendra Modi on January 14, 2025.
This initiative marks the 150th anniversary of the India Meteorological Department (IMD),
which was established in 1875. The mission aims to enhance India’s weather forecasting
and climate resilience capabilities.
Objectives of Mission Mausam
Mission Mausam seeks to upgrade the IMD’s forecasting, modelling, and dissemination
capabilities. The mission has a budget of Rs 2,000 crore for its first two years. It aims to
support various sectors, including agriculture, aviation, defence, disaster management,
tourism, and health.
Weather Event Management
The mission will also focus on managing specific weather events. This includes the
potential to enhance or suppress rainfall, hail, fog, and lightning strikes. Effective weather

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 325
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

modification will require advancements in cloud physics research.

Cloud Chamber Development
A aspect of Mission Mausam is the establishment of a cloud chamber at the Indian
Institute of Tropical Meteorology in Pune. This facility will allow for the study of cloud
formation under controlled conditions. It will focus on the seed particles that develop into
cloud droplets or ice particles.
Oversight Institutions
Mission Mausam will be overseen by three key institutions. These include the IMD, the
Indian Institute of Tropical Meteorology, and the National Centre for Medium-Range
Weather Forecasting. All three institutions receive funding from the Ministry of Earth
Sciences.
Key Facts about IMD
The IMD is the National Meteorological Service of India. It provides meteorological
information for various sectors, including agriculture and aviation. The IMD also warns
against severe weather phenomena and conducts research in meteorology and related
fields.
Remembering Dulla Bhatti on Lohri
January 15, 2025
The annual celebration of Lohri in Punjab brings communities together around bonfires.
On this occasion, the legacy of Dulla Bhatti, a folk hero from the 16th century, is
celebrated. Dulla Bhatti is known for his resistance against Mughal oppression. His legend
is intertwined with themes of bravery, justice, and cultural unity, transcending religious
boundaries among Punjabis.
Who Was Dulla Bhatti?
Dulla Bhatti, also known as Rai Abdullah Khan Bhatti, was a legendary figure from Punjab.
He belonged to the Bhatti Rajput clan and hailed from Pindi Bhattian. His family had a
history of opposing Mughal authority, particularly Emperor Akbar’s tax reforms. Dulla’s
grandfather, Sandal Bhatti, and father, Farid Bhatti, were executed for their defiance,
which set the stage for Dulla’s own rebellion.
The Historical Context
Dulla Bhatti’s story is rooted in the socio-political landscape of 16th-century Punjab.
During this time, Emperor Akbar implemented reforms to centralise revenue collection.
His policies threatened the traditional power of zamindars, including the Bhatti clan. The
Bhattis resisted these reforms, leading to violent confrontations with Mughal forces. This
resistance was not only about taxation but also about preserving local authority and
autonomy.
The Rise of a Folk Hero
Dulla Bhatti’s transformation into a folk hero began after he faced personal tragedy.
Following his father’s execution, he was raised by his mother, who concealed their family’s
past. A chance encounter with a villager ignited Dulla’s desire for revenge and justice. He

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 326
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

unearthed his father’s weapons and launched a guerrilla campaign against the Mughals.
Dulla became known for his Robin Hood-like actions, robbing imperial caravans and
sharing the spoils with the poor.
The Impact of Dulla Bhatti’s Actions
Dulla’s rebellion disrupted Mughal supply lines and challenged Akbar’s authority. His
actions garnered support from the local populace, uniting them against the Mughal
regime. Akbar’s eventual withdrawal of the revenue collection system is seen as a
response to Dulla’s insurgency. This shift indicated the emperor’s recognition of the
growing unrest among the peasants, influenced in part by Dulla’s exploits.
The Legacy of Dulla Bhatti
Dulla Bhatti’s legacy continues to resonate in Punjabi culture. He is celebrated during
Lohri, symbolising resistance and community solidarity. The folk song recounting his
deeds remains popular, denoting the themes of bravery and justice. Dulla’s story has
transcended time, uniting people across religious lines and serving as a reminder of the
struggle against oppression.

1. Dulla Bhatti was born shortly after his father’s execution.

2. His mother, Ladhi, hid their family history to protect him.
3. The Bhatti clan opposed Akbar’s tax reforms in the 16th century.
4. Dulla’s rebellion led to the withdrawal of Mughal revenue collection.
5. The song about Dulla is a staple during Lohri celebrations.

The Cultural Significance of Lohri

Lohri is celebrated on the last night of the month of Poh in the Bikrami calendar. It marks
the end of winter and the arrival of longer days. The festival is for Punjabis, bringing
communities together in celebration. The bonfires symbolize warmth and the light of
knowledge, while the stories shared around them preserve cultural heritage.
India-Bangladesh Border Fencing Dispute
January 15, 2025
The ongoing border fencing dispute between India and Bangladesh has escalated
recently. The Ministry of External Affairs of India affirmed its commitment to existing
agreements concerning the border. This statement followed Bangladesh’s summoning of
India’s High Commissioner in Dhaka, expressing serious concerns over the Border Security
Force‘s (BSF) activities. Tensions arose when the Border Guards Bangladesh (BGB)
attempted to halt the construction of barbed wire fencing along the international border
in West Bengal’s Malda district. This issue has a long history, rooted in the complexities of
the India-Bangladesh border.
Background of the Dispute
The India-Bangladesh border spans approximately 4,096.7 km, making it India’s longest
land border with any neighbour. The border’s intricate nature stems from historical
events, including the Partition. The 1975 Joint India-Bangladesh Guidelines for Border

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 327
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Authorities restrict the construction of defence structures within 150 yards of the zero line.
However, interpretations of what constitutes a defence structure vary between the two
nations.
Recent Incidents
In Malda, the BSF, in collaboration with the Central Road Works Department, began
erecting a single row fence (SRF) in Kaliachak No 3 block. The BGB intervened, claiming the
construction violated the bilateral agreement. Similar tensions occurred in Cooch Behar,
where villagers sought to erect fencing to prevent cattle from Bangladesh from damaging
their crops.
Importance of Fencing
The BSF argues that fencing is crucial for curbing trans-border crime. According to former
officials, the SRF is intended to control animal movement and prevent illegal activities. The
BSF maintains that their fencing does not possess defensive capabilities, contrasting with
structures such as concrete walls or bunkers, which are seen as threats by Bangladesh.
Negotiation Challenges
Negotiations between the BSF and BGB have often been fraught with misunderstandings.
Bangladesh’s objections to the SRF are based on two primary concerns – adherence to the
1975 agreement and the inconvenience caused to local residents. The BSF has attempted
to clarify that the SRF is not a defensive measure, yet Bangladesh remains unconvinced.
Current Status of Fencing
As of 2023, approximately 3,141 km of the India-Bangladesh border has been fenced. The
ongoing challenges include objections from villagers, geographical difficulties, and
negotiations with Bangladesh. Notably, over 900 km of the border is riverine, where
fencing is impractical. In such areas, the BSF relies on its water wing for security.

1. SRF: Single Row Fence, not considered a defence structure by India.

2. 1975 Agreement: Prohibits construction within 150 yards of the border.
3. Dahagram–Angarpota: A Bangladeshi enclave located within Indian territory.
4. Trans-border Crime: Estimated that 60% occurs where no fencing exists.
5. Water Wing: BSF’s unit responsible for guarding riverine border areas.

Future Implications
The ongoing negotiations and incidents will likely shape the future of border security and
bilateral relations between India and Bangladesh. The complexities of the border,
combined with historical agreements, continue to pose challenges for both nations.
First Shahi Snan of Mahakumbh 2025
January 15, 2025
The Mahakumbh Mela in Prayagraj commenced with its first amrit snan on January 14,
2025. This ritual bath, known as shahi snan, marks event in Hindu traditions and draws
thousands of devotees. The Kumbh Mela occurs every 12 years at four sacred locations,
with Prayagraj being one of them. The first dip is reserved for sadhus from various

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 328
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

akhadaas, who are considered the royalty of this religious gathering.

About Amrit Snan
Amrit snan, or royal bath, is a ritualistic dip in holy rivers during the Kumbh Mela. It is
believed that bathing during this period washes away sins. The term ‘amrit’ signifies the
nectar of immortality, which is central to Hindu beliefs about the Kumbh. The significance
of this ritual is heightened by its timing, which aligns with auspicious planetary
movements.
Significance of Makar Sankranti
Makar Sankranti, celebrated on January 14, marks the transition of the Sun into Capricorn.
This day is as it heralds the end of winter and the beginning of warmer days. It is also
considered a time for spiritual renewal. The festival is associated with the idea of
Uttarayan, or the gods’ daytime, which is deemed auspicious for rituals and celebrations.
Important Dates for Bathing
Several auspicious bathing dates occur during the Kumbh Mela. Following Makar
Sankranti, Mauni Amavasya falls on January 29, and Vasant Panchami on February 3. The
final date is Shiv Ratri on February 26, marking the conclusion of the Kumbh Mela. Each of
these dates is believed to hold special spiritual merit for devotees participating in the
ritual baths.

1. Thirteen akhadaas participate in the Mahakumbh.

2. Shri Panchayati Akhara Mahanirvani led the first dip.
3. Makar Sankranti marks the Sun’s transition to Capricorn.
4. Uttarayan signifies the gods’ daytime in Hindu beliefs.
5. Shani, the lord of Capricorn, is the Sun’s son.

Role of Sadhus in the Kumbh Mela

Sadhus, or holy men, play a central role during the Kumbh Mela. They belong to various
akhadaas, which are spiritual groups that embody different sects of Hinduism. The first
dip taken by these sadhus is a symbol of their spiritual authority. Their participation adds
to the grandeur and sanctity of the event, attracting thousands of devotees who seek
blessings and spiritual merit.
Conclusion of the Kumbh Mela
As the Mahakumbh Mela progresses, it will culminate in various rituals and celebrations.
The spiritual significance of the event continues to resonate with devotees, making it a
very important aspect of Hindu culture. The participation in the rituals, especially during
auspicious dates, is believed to bring immense spiritual benefits and blessings.
Draft Gaza Ceasefire Agreement
January 15, 2025
Recent developments have emerged regarding the ongoing conflict in the Gaza Strip. On
January 14, 2025, Hamas signalled its agreement to a draft ceasefire. While progress was
made, final details were still under negotiation. The Israeli Cabinet must approve the plan,

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 329
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

which could present challenges. The conflict, which erupted in October 2023, has resulted
in casualties, with over 64,000 fatalities reported in Gaza. As the situation escalated,
international calls for a ceasefire intensified, especially with the impending transition of
US leadership from President Joe Biden to President-elect Donald Trump.
Background of the Conflict
The conflict began with Hamas launching attacks on Israel in October 2023. This prompted
a substantial Israeli military response in Gaza. The humanitarian crisis escalated as
casualties mounted, drawing global condemnation. Previous ceasefire attempts have
faltered due to disputes over military actions and hostage situations.
Overview of the Ceasefire Plan
The ceasefire plan is structured in three phases, based on a framework proposed by Biden
in June 2024. The first phase spans six weeks and includes a complete ceasefire,
withdrawal of Israeli forces from populated areas, and the release of 33 Israeli hostages.
These hostages were taken during the initial attacks. In exchange, hundreds of Palestinian
prisoners would be released.
Humanitarian Assistance
During the first phase, humanitarian aid is a priority. The plan stipulates that 600 trucks of
aid will be sent daily to Gaza. This assistance aims to support civilians returning to their
homes amidst widespread destruction caused by the conflict.
Negotiation Challenges
The second phase of the plan remains under negotiation. It requires Hamas to release
remaining hostages, primarily male soldiers, in exchange for additional prisoners.
However, disagreements over the extent of Israeli military withdrawal complicate these
discussions. The absence of written guarantees for the continuation of the ceasefire raises
concerns about the potential resumption of hostilities.
Political Implications in Israel
The ceasefire agreement faces political hurdles within Israel. Far-right Minister Itamar
Ben-Gvir has threatened to resign if the deal is accepted. He, along with Finance Minister
Bezalel Smotrich, has historically opposed similar proposals. The Israeli war cabinet,
formed after the Hamas attack, includes members from Netanyahu’s Likud Party and far-
right factions, complicating consensus on negotiations with Hamas.

1. Hamas – Palestinian militant group founded in 1987.

2. The Lancet – A prominent medical journal based in London.
3. Itamar Ben-Gvir – Israeli far-right politician and government minister.
4. Bezalel Smotrich – Israeli Finance Minister and political ally of Ben-Gvir.
5. Biden’s Framework – Proposal for a ceasefire structure established in June 2024.

Future Prospects for Gaza

The third phase of the plan focuses on Gaza’s reconstruction and the return of deceased
hostages’ remains. The success of this plan hinges on effective negotiations and the

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 330
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

commitment of all parties involved. The international community continues to monitor the
situation, hoping for a lasting resolution to the conflict.
Why Union Budget is Presented on February 1?
January 15, 2025
The Union Budget of India is presented annually, specifically on February 1 since 2017.
This date allows the government to make necessary financial adjustments before the fiscal
year begins in April. Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman will outline India’s financial
trajectory for the upcoming year. The change to February 1 ended a long-standing
colonial practice.
Historical Context of Budget Presentation
Previously, the Union Budget was presented on the last working day of February.
This tradition persisted since colonial times.
The shift to February 1 was initiated by then Finance Minister Arun Jaitley in 2017.
The rationale behind this change was to provide the government with more time to
implement financial adjustments before the new fiscal year.
Reasons for Changing the Budget Date
The primary reason for moving the budget presentation date was to end a colonial-
era practice.
Additionally, it allowed the government a longer period to implement necessary
changes.
The previous timing left little room for adjustments, which could impact effective
governance.
Changes in Presentation Timing
The historical timing for presenting the budget was at 5 pm. This practice was altered in
1999 by Finance Minister Yashwant Sinha, who moved the presentation to 11 am. The shift
was made to align with Indian time zones and to move away from colonial traditions that
favoured British time.
Constitutional Provisions of the Union Budget
According to Article 112 of the Constitution of India, the Union Budget is known as the
Annual Financial Statement. The Constitution does not explicitly mention the term
“budget.” Key documents associated with the budget include the Annual Financial
Statement, Demands for Grants, and the Finance Bill.
Key Budget Documents
The Union Budget comprises several important documents. These include the Annual
Financial Statement, which outlines estimated receipts and expenditures. The Finance Bill
contains taxation proposals. Additional documents provide detailed explanations of the
budget’s provisions and implementation strategies.
Budget Preparation and Classification
The Department of Economic Affairs is responsible for preparing the Union Budget. The
budget is classified into two main categories – the Revenue Budget and the Capital

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 331
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Budget. The Revenue Budget includes expected income from taxes, while the Capital
Budget focuses on expenses related to government assets and infrastructure
development.
Parts of the Union Budget
The Union Budget consists of two main parts. Part A includes the macroeconomic section,
which announces government schemes and priorities. Part B involves the Finance Bill,
which outlines taxation proposals, including revisions to income tax.

1. Arun Jaitley initiated the February 1 budget date change.

2. The Railway Budget merger aimed to improve financial health.
3. The budget presentation time changed from 5 pm to 11 am in 1999.
4. Article 110 defines a Finance Bill as a Money Bill.
5. The Union Budget is classified into Revenue and Capital Budgets.

US Imposes Aggressive Sanctions on Russian Oil

January 15, 2025
The recent announcement by the United States regarding sanctions on Russia’s oil trade
marks escalation in efforts to curb Russian petroleum exports. Just days before President
Joe Biden’s departure from office, the sanctions target around 160 oil tankers, two major
oil producers, and various trading and insurance companies. The measures aim to disrupt
Russia’s oil supply chain, particularly affecting key buyers like India and China.
Overview of Sanctions
The US sanctions encompass a wide range of entities involved in the Russian oil trade.
They include the sanctioning of approximately 160 oil tankers, two major oil companies,
and several traders linked to oil shipments. This comprehensive approach seeks to impose
maximum pressure on Russia’s oil exports.
Targeted Companies
Surgutneftegas and Gazprom Neft are the two major Russian oil producers sanctioned.
Together, they accounted for the shipment of about 970,000 barrels of oil per day in 2024.
The sanctions on these companies are expected to create disruptions in the oil supply
chain, particularly for refineries in India and state-run companies in China.
Impact on Oil Tankers
The sanctions on 160 oil tankers double the previous number targeted by Western
powers. This includes vessels already sanctioned by the UK and EU. The US sanctions have
proven to be particularly effective, with a notable number of designated tankers ceasing
operations after being listed. This increased scrutiny could lead to further disruptions in
oil transportation.
Effects on Oil Prices
Following the announcement, Brent oil futures experienced a notable rise, surpassing $80
per barrel. This increase reflects market reactions to the potential reduction in oil supply
due to the sanctions. The International Energy Agency anticipates a surplus of nearly 1

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 332
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

million barrels per day, making the sanctions crucial in shaping future oil supply dynamics.
Role of China in Sanctions
The sanctions also extend to a Chinese oil terminal operator, Shandong United Energy
Pipeline Transportation Co. Ltd. This inclusion marks the US’s willingness to target
businesses in countries that support Russian oil exports. The sanctions may deter other
companies from engaging with sanctioned entities, increasing the risk of doing business
with Russia.
Traders and Insurance Companies
The sanctions specifically target opaque trading companies that facilitate Russian oil
shipments. Many of these traders emerged after Russia’s invasion of Ukraine and are
often registered in high-risk jurisdictions. Additionally, two major Russian insurance
providers, Ingosstrakh and Alfastrakhovanie Group, have been sanctioned, potentially
complicating insurance coverage for oil tankers.
Oil Services Sector
US petroleum service companies are required to cease operations in Russia by February
27. However, the impact on Russian oil production may be limited, as domestic providers
primarily handle oil services. The long-term effects might be felt in new projects that rely
on advanced technologies, particularly in Arctic and offshore developments.

1. Surgutneftegas and Gazprom Neft ship 970,000 barrels daily.

2. 160 oil tankers sanctioned, doubling previous targets.
3. Brent oil futures rose above $80 post-sanctions.
4. Shandong United Energy supports Russia’s state tanker giant.
5. Ingosstrakh Insurance covers oil tanker operations.

Enforcement Challenges
The effectiveness of the sanctions hinges on the incoming administration’s willingness to
enforce them. Many buyers of Russian oil, particularly in India and China, have shown
reluctance to engage with sanctioned vessels. The new sanctions alter the landscape,
targeting a larger portion of the shipping fleet, which may lead to increased compliance
among buyers.
Thailand Bans Plastic Waste Imports in 2025
January 15, 2025
Thailand has recently taken step in combating the global plastic waste crisis by banning
the import of plastic waste. This decision, effective from January 1, 2025, aims to address
the toxic pollution that has plagued the country for years. Thailand has been a major
destination for plastic waste from developed nations, including the United States and
Japan. The following notes outline the context and implications of this ban.
Context of the Ban
Thailand has been a leading importer of plastic waste since 2018. Over this period, the
country received more than 1.1 million tonnes of plastic scraps. In 2023 alone, Japan

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 333
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

exported approximately 50,000 tonnes of plastic waste to Thailand. The Ministry of

Natural Resources and Environment introduced the ban to prevent the mishandling of
waste, which often resulted in burning rather than recycling.
Reasons for Exporting Plastic Waste
Western countries frequently export plastic waste to nations like Thailand due to
economic reasons. It is often cheaper to send waste abroad than to manage it
domestically. Countries in the Global South can process and recycle waste at lower costs,
making it an attractive option for wealthier nations. This practice also allows developed
countries to meet recycling targets while projecting a commitment to environmental
sustainability.
Economic Incentives for Acceptance
Countries in the Global South, including Thailand, have historically accepted plastic waste
because of the economic opportunities it presents. Importing and repurposing plastic
waste can create jobs and support local economies. The global plastic waste management
market is projected to grow , indicating a lucrative opportunity for countries willing to
accept waste.
Environmental and Health Impacts
Plastic waste poses severe risks to both health and the environment. Mixed household
plastics are challenging to recycle and are often burned or dumped. This process releases
harmful chemicals, increasing the risk of respiratory and cardiovascular diseases.
Furthermore, microplastics, which result from the breakdown of larger plastic items, pose
a growing health concern as they accumulate in air, water, and food supplies.
Other Countries Involved
Several Southeast Asian countries, including Vietnam, Malaysia, and Indonesia, have also
been recipients of plastic waste from Western nations. China was once the largest
importer of plastic waste but implemented a ban in 2018. Following this, the UK shifted its
exports to Turkey, which has since faced pressure regarding its own waste import policies.

1. ASEAN – Association of Southeast Asian Nations, promoting regional

cooperation.
2. OEC – Observatory of Economic Complexity, analysing global trade data.
3. OECD – Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development, a group of
wealthy countries.
4. Greenpeace – An environmental organisation advocating for ecological issues.
5. Microplastics – Tiny plastic particles that pose health risks and persist in the
environment.

Waste Colonialism
The term “waste colonialism” refers to the practice of developed nations exporting their
plastic waste to poorer countries. The top exporters of plastic waste are primarily high-
income nations, with Germany being the largest. This dynamic raises ethical concerns

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 334
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

about environmental justice and the responsibilities of developed nations towards less
affluent countries.
Actions by Western Countries
Some Western countries have begun to take action to reduce or stop their exports of
plastic waste. The European Union has announced plans to ban plastic waste exports to
non-OECD countries by mid-2026. This move aims to safeguard the environment and
health of nations that may lack adequate waste management systems.
The Need for a Global Treaty
Activists argue that piecemeal solutions like country-specific bans are insufficient. They
advocate for a comprehensive global treaty to establish binding rules for reducing plastic
production and improving waste management. Recent UN-led talks failed to reach an
agreement on such a treaty, indicating ongoing challenges in addressing the plastic waste
crisis on a global scale.
National Turmeric Board Set Up in Nizamabad
January 15, 2025
The National Turmeric Board was inaugurated on 14 January 2025 in New Delhi by Union
Minister of Commerce & Industry, Shri Piyush Goyal. This event coincided with
celebrations across the nation. The board aims to enhance the welfare of turmeric
farmers, develop superior varieties, and boost exports. The headquarters is located in
Nizamabad, region for turmeric cultivation.
Objectives of the National Turmeric Board
The board’s primary objective is to support turmeric farmers across 20 states. It will focus
on increasing productivity, ensuring quality, and promoting research and development.
The board will also facilitate awareness regarding the health benefits of turmeric and its
diverse applications.
Composition of the Board
Shri Palle Ganga Reddy has been appointed as the first Chairperson. The board will
include representatives from various ministries, exporters, and producers’ bodies. States
such as Maharashtra, Tamil Nadu, Andhra Pradesh, Telangana, Madhya Pradesh, and
Meghalaya will have rotating representation. This diverse composition aims to address the
needs of the turmeric sector effectively.
Turmeric Production in India
In the 2023-24 season, turmeric was cultivated over an area of 3.05 lakh hectares, yielding
approximately 10.74 lakh tonnes. India contributes over 70% of global turmeric
production, underscoring its significance in the agricultural landscape. The country is
home to 30 distinct varieties of turmeric, each with unique properties and uses.
Focus on Export and Trade Enhancement
The board will work to increase the export of turmeric and its products. In the last fiscal
year, India exported 1.62 lakh tonnes of turmeric valued at around 226.5 million USD. The
board’s initiatives will aim to tap into international markets, leveraging the growing

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 335
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

demand for health and wellness products.

Research and Development Initiatives
The National Turmeric Board will prioritise research and development of new turmeric
products. This includes exploring value addition and innovative uses of turmeric. The
board will collaborate with various stakeholders to encourage advancements in cultivation
techniques and product development.

1. Turmeric is referred to as the ‘Golden Spice’.

2. Meghalaya is known for its unique Lakadong Turmeric.
3. India holds a 62% share of global turmeric trade.
4. Shri Bandi Sanjay Kumar is the Union Minister of State for Home Affairs.
5. The board will ensure quality and safety standards for turmeric exports.

Future Directions for the Turmeric Sector

The National Turmeric Board aims to enhance the overall development of the turmeric
sector. It will coordinate with government departments and agencies to streamline
efforts. The board’s initiatives will focus on increasing trade opportunities and promoting
the health benefits associated with turmeric.
PMAY-G Progress Update
January 15, 2025
The Ministry of Rural Development continues to focus on its ambitious goal of “Housing
for All” through the Pradhan Mantri Awaas Yojana
Gramin (PMAY-G). Launched on 1st April 2016, this initiative aims to construct 4.95 crore
houses by March 2029. Recent developments indicate progress, particularly in Madhya
Pradesh, where the scheme’s impact is notably evident.
Overview of PMAY-G
PMAY-G is a flagship programme aimed at providing affordable housing to the rural poor.
It replaces the previous Indira Awaas Yojana, which was initiated in 1985. The scheme
offers pucca houses with essential amenities, including hygienic kitchens, to those living in
kutcha houses.
Key Statistics and Achievements
As of now, PMAY-G has set a target of 3.33 crore houses, with 3.23 crore already
sanctioned and 2.69 crore completed. The total financial assistance disbursed since the
scheme’s inception amounts to ₹2.37 lakh crore. Recently, the Union Cabinet approved an
additional 2 crore houses, with a financial outlay of ₹3,06,137 crore for the new phase
from FY 2024-25 to FY 2028-29.
Progress in Madhya Pradesh
In Madhya Pradesh, the target is set at 41,68,046 houses. To date, 41,51,931 houses have
been sanctioned, and 36,80,620 houses have been completed, representing 88%
completion. There are 16.42 lakh households on the waiting list, with 8.21 lakh houses
scheduled for allocation on 15th January 2025.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 336
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Financial Support and Allocation

For FY 2024-25, ₹3,726 crore has been allocated to Madhya Pradesh, including ₹2,165
crore released on 7th January 2025. Timely utilisation may lead to an additional ₹4,934
crore being released within the fiscal year. The current allocation includes 11,89,690
houses with an estimated cost of ₹18,036 crore.
Technological Advancements
The launch of the Awaas+ 2024 mobile application on 17th September 2024 marks
technological advancement. This app uses AI-based facial recognition for accurate
beneficiary identification. Over 2.5 lakh surveyors have been trained for efficient
implementation across the country.
Integration with Other Schemes
PMAY-G beneficiaries can also benefit from other government schemes, including
MGNREGA, SBM-G, SHGs, Jal Jeevan Mission, and PM-Surya Ghar Yojana. In Madhya
Pradesh, achievements include the construction of 36.37 lakh toilets and electrification of
35 lakh houses.

1. PMAY-G aims to provide 4.95 crore houses by 2029.

2. ₹32,537.85 crore has been disbursed to Madhya Pradesh since 2016.
3. 74% of PMAY-G houses are owned by women.
4. Each house includes a financial support of ₹12,000 for toilets.
5. The funding ratio for hilly states is 90:10 between central and state governments.

Future Goals and Commitments

The Ministry remains committed to ensuring that no eligible family is left without a pucca
house. The Madhya Pradesh government is urged to expedite fund utilisation for
seamless implementation. The future target includes the allocation of 8,21,190 houses in
FY 2025-26, with an estimated cost of ₹12,636 crore. The total estimated cost for FY
2024-25 and 2025-26 is ₹30,672 crore, reflecting the government’s robust commitment to
rural development.
New Guidelines for PM-Surya Ghar – Muft Bijli Yojana
January 15, 2025
The PM-Surya Ghar – Muft Bijli Yojana was launched on February 15, 2024, by Prime
Minister Narendra Modi. This initiative aims to promote the adoption of rooftop solar
systems in the residential sector across India. The Ministry of New and Renewable Energy
(MNRE) has released operational guidelines to facilitate the scheme’s implementation.
These guidelines introduce two innovative models for rooftop solar installations,
enhancing accessibility and affordability for households.
Scheme Objectives
The primary goal of the PM-Surya Ghar scheme is to provide free electricity to households
in India. The programme aims to benefit approximately 1 crore households, reducing
electricity costs for the government. It is projected that the scheme will save the

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 337
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

government ₹75,000 crore annually in electricity expenses.

Implementation Models
The scheme offers two main models for installing rooftop solar systems: 1. RESCO Model –
Under this model, third-party entities invest in rooftop solar installations. Consumers only
pay for the electricity they consume, eliminating upfront costs. 2. Utility-Led Aggregation
(ULA) Model – This model involves Distribution Companies (DISCOMs) or state-designated
entities installing rooftop solar systems on behalf of households. This approach simplifies
the process for consumers.
Financial Mechanisms
A ₹100 crore corpus fund has been established for the Payment Security Mechanism (PSM)
to minimise investment risks associated with the RESCO model. This fund may receive
additional support through grants and other sources, subject to MNRE approval. The
scheme also offers a Central Financial Assistance (CFA) component, providing a subsidy of
up to 60% for 2 kW systems and 40% for systems between 2 to 3 kW.
Subsidy Structure
The subsidy structure under the PM-Surya Ghar scheme is as follows: – 2 kW System –
₹60,000 subsidy – 3 kW System – ₹78,000 subsidy The CFA is capped at 3 kW, ensuring
households receive substantial financial support for their installations.
Financing Options
Households can access collateral-free, low-interest loans for the installation of rooftop
solar systems. Current interest rates are around 7%. This financial support encourages
more households to invest in renewable energy solutions.
Application Process
To apply for the subsidy, households must use the national portal
(https://www.pmsuryaghar.gov.in/). The portal assists consumers in selecting suitable
vendors, determining appropriate system sizes, and calculating potential benefits. It
serves as a comprehensive resource for households considering rooftop solar
installations.

1. PM-Surya Ghar aims to reach 1 crore households.

2. RESCO stands for Renewable Energy Service Company.
3. ULA involves DISCOMs for installations.
4. The scheme was launched in February 2024.
5. ₹100 crore is allocated for Payment Security Mechanism.

Bhashini Revolutionises Mahakumbh Experience

January 15, 2025
The Mahakumbh festival in Prayagraj, scheduled from 13 January to 26 February 2025,
marks spiritual gathering. The Ministry of Electronics and Information Technology (MeitY)
has introduced the Bhashini platform to enhance communication for millions of
attendees. This initiative offers real-time translation and voice-enabled assistance in 11

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 338
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

languages, ensuring that all visitors can engage meaningfully.

Multilingual Accessibility
Bhashini provides multilingual support, allowing visitors to communicate in their native
languages. Attendees can register lost or found items through kiosks or mobile
applications. This feature aims to streamline the experience for everyone, particularly
those who may not be fluent in Hindi or English.
Digital Lost & Found Solution
A key highlight of the Bhashini platform is the Digital Lost & Found Solution. This feature
enables users to report lost items or register found belongings using voice-based
registration. The system supports real-time text and voice translation, facilitating effective
communication among attendees and staff.
Kumbh Sah’AI’yak Chatbot
The Kumbh Sah’AI’yak chatbot, launched by Prime Minister Narendra Modi, employs
advanced AI technologies, including Llama LLM. This voice-enabled chatbot assists
attendees with navigation and information in multiple languages. By catering to diverse
linguistic needs, it enhances the overall experience for pilgrims.
Emergency Helpline Integration
The UP 112 emergency helpline has integrated the Bhashini platform to address language
barriers. The ‘CONVERSE’ feature allows seamless communication between devotees and
police officers. This ensures that grievances are understood and resolved efficiently,
promoting safety and support during the event.
Technological Commitment
MeitY’s incorporation of Bhashini at Mahakumbh 2025 demonstrates a commitment to
technological innovation. The platform aims to enhance inclusivity and accessibility for
both domestic and international visitors. By breaking down language barriers, Bhashini
enriches the spiritual journey for all attendees.

1. Bhashini is part of India’s National Language Translation Mission.

2. Kumbh Sah’AI’yak uses Llama LLM for advanced AI capabilities.
3. UP 112 emergency helpline features the ‘CONVERSE’ tool.
4. MeitY aims to increase digital content in Indian languages.
5. Bhashini supports 11 languages, including nine Indian languages.

Future of Digital Inclusion

Bhashini’s implementation aligns with the vision of Digital India. The platform aims to
empower citizens by connecting them to digital initiatives in their own languages. This
initiative encourages participation from startups and promotes a digital government
ecosystem, encouraging collaboration among various stakeholders.
Odisha Launches Initiatives to Expand Milk Procurement Capacity
January 15, 2025
The dairy sector in Odisha is set for a major transformation. Recent initiatives,

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 339
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

inaugurated by the Hon’ble President of India, Smt. Droupadi Murmu, aim to enhance
milk production and improve nutritional outcomes. These initiatives focus on increasing
milk procurement capacity from 5 lakh to 10 lakh litres per day. The programs are
spearheaded by the Department of Animal Husbandry and Dairying (DAHD) under the
Ministry of Fisheries, Animal Husbandry and Dairying.
Cattle Induction Program Overview
The Cattle Induction Program was launched under the Rashtriya Gokul Mission. This
initiative involves the distribution of 3,000 high-genetic-merit cattle to beneficiaries in
Mayurbhanj district. The aim is to improve livestock productivity and enhance rural
livelihoods. The National Dairy Development Board is implementing a Productivity
Enhancement project with a budget of ₹37.45 crores over five years.
Gift Milk Program for Children
The Gift Milk Program was also introduced to combat malnutrition among children. This
programme will provide 200 ml of fortified flavoured milk to around 1,200 schoolchildren
in Mayurbhanj. The milk is enriched with Vitamins A and D, addressing critical nutritional
needs in the region. The initiative aims to improve children’s health and educational
outcomes.
Market Support Program Details
The newly launched Market Support Program is designed to strengthen milk
procurement, processing, and marketing. This initiative will double the state’s milk
procurement capacity. It focuses on building branding and distribution networks,
ensuring better returns for farmers. Enhanced market support is expected to uplift rural
incomes and boost the dairy sector.
Importance of Advanced Technologies
The President emphasised the need for adopting advanced technologies in dairy farming.
Techniques such as Artificial Insemination and sex-sorted semen can enhance livestock
productivity. These innovations are crucial for increasing the profitability of dairy farming.
The integration of technology is expected to modernise the sector and improve overall
efficiency.
Contributions of Various Dignitaries
The event was attended by various dignitaries, including Union Ministers and the Chief
Minister of Odisha. They brought into light the importance of the Rashtriya Gokul Mission
in breed improvement and productivity enhancement. The collaborative efforts of DAHD
and the National Dairy Development Board were praised for driving rural economic
growth. The commitment to innovative, farmer-centric programs was reiterated by state
officials.

1. Rashtriya Gokul Mission aims at breed improvement.

2. ₹37.45 crores allocated for dairy enhancement in Mayurbhanj.
3. 200 ml of flavoured milk provided to schoolchildren.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 340
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

4. Odisha’s milk procurement capacity to double.

5. Advanced technologies include Artificial Insemination.

IMD’s Vision-2047 Document

January 15, 2025
The India Meteorological Department (IMD) recently celebrated its 150th foundation day.
Prime Minister Narendra Modi revealed the Vision-2047 document, outlining ambitious
goals for weather forecasting and disaster management. The IMD aims for 100% accuracy
in weather forecasts for three days and 90% for five days. The initiative seeks to enhance
severe weather detection at the village level, ultimately aiming for zero fatalities from such
events by 2047.
Forecast Accuracy Goals
The IMD has set specific targets for forecast accuracy. The goals include 100% accuracy for
three days, 90% for five days, 80% for seven days, and 70% for ten days. These targets will
cover all severe weather events at block and panchayat levels. The focus is on improving
the reliability of weather predictions to protect communities.
Severe Weather Detection
By 2047, India aims for complete detection of severe weather at the village and household
levels. The IMD plans to enhance observational systems using remote-sensing
technologies, including satellites and radars. This will enable timely warnings for disaster
managers and the public, allowing for proactive measures.
Disaster Management and Safety
The Vision-2047 document prioritises safety by aiming for zero deaths from extreme
weather events. It focuses on providing impact-based forecasts and risk-based warnings.
These forecasts will be developed using geospatial technology and data-driven systems to
minimise property damage and losses.
Integrating Weather with National Goals
IMD Director General Mrutyunjay Mohapatra emphasised the integration of weather and
climate information into national objectives. The document aims to establish India as a
“weather-ready” and “climate-smart” nation. This integration will enhance socio-economic
conditions across the country.
Mission Mausam Initiative
As part of the anniversary celebrations, Modi launched “Mission Mausam.” This initiative
aims to improve weather forecasting through enhanced observation networks and
advanced tools like artificial intelligence and machine learning. The mission seeks to
revolutionise how weather data is collected and analysed.

1. IMD was founded after major weather disasters in the 1860s.

2. Mission Mausam focuses on advanced weather modelling techniques.
3. The IMD will showcase its tableau at the Republic Day parade.
4. A commemorative coin and postal stamp were released for the anniversary.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 341
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

5. The Vision-2047 document outlines targets for the next 22 years.

Future Technological Advancements

The IMD’s plans include leveraging advancements in science and technology over the next
two decades. This will involve addressing current gaps in weather and climate monitoring
systems. The focus will be on enhancing forecasting capabilities to better serve the
population’s needs.
Retinal Vascular Analysis for Assessing Stroke Risk
January 15, 2025
Recent research has brought into light the potential of retinal vascular analysis as a non-
invasive method for assessing stroke risk. This study, involving over 68,000 fundus
images, identified 29 indicators of retinal health. It reported nearly 750 strokes over a
follow-up period of 12.5 years. Researchers found that the blood vessels in the retina can
predict stroke risk as accurately as traditional risk factors, such as high cholesterol. This
finding is particularly for primary healthcare and low-resource settings, where invasive lab
tests may not be feasible.
What is Retinal Vascular Analysis?
Retinal vascular analysis examines the blood vessels in the retina to assess overall
vascular health. It employs fundus photography, a specialised imaging technique, to
capture detailed images of the retina. The analysis identifies changes in the vascular
network, which can indicate potential health risks, including stroke.
Study Overview
The study analysed fundus images from 68,753 individuals in the UK Biobank dataset.
Researchers evaluated five characteristics of the retinal blood vessel network – density,
twistedness, complexity, calibre, and overall health. The study aimed to correlate these
characteristics with the incidence of strokes over time.
Key Findings
Out of 118 measures identified, 29 indicators were associated with first-time stroke risk.
More than half of these indicators related to the density of blood vessels. Changes in the
density were linked to a 10-19% increase in stroke risk. Additionally, alterations in calibre
were associated with a 10-14% increase in risk. A decrease in complexity and twistedness
correlated with a risk increase of 10.5% to nearly 20%.
Implications for Healthcare
The results suggest that retinal vascular analysis could serve as a practical tool for stroke
risk assessment. This method is particularly beneficial in primary healthcare settings,
where resources may be limited. It allows for early detection of stroke risk without the
need for invasive procedures, making it accessible for broader populations.
Advantages of Non-Invasive Screening
Retinal vascular analysis offers several advantages over traditional risk stratification
models. It is non-invasive, cost-effective, and can be performed using routine fundus
photography. With readily available data on age and sex, healthcare providers can
© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 342
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

implement this model easily in various settings, enhancing early stroke detection.

1. The study involved 68,753 fundus images from the UK Biobank.

2. 29 retinal indicators were linked to stroke risk.
3. Changes in vascular density could increase stroke risk by up to 19%.
4. The research was conducted by The Royal Victorian Eye and Ear Hospital.
5. Fundus photography is essential for retinal vascular analysis.

Future Research Directions

Future studies may focus on refining the indicators identified in this research. Researchers
could explore the application of retinal vascular analysis in diverse populations and
settings. Further investigation into the relationship between retinal health and other
chronic conditions may also prove beneficial in understanding overall vascular health.
CISF Expands with New Battalions for Security
January 15, 2025
The Central Industrial Security Force (CISF) is undergoing expansion, as approved by the
Ministry of Home Affairs (MHA). This decision will create two additional battalions, each
comprising 1,025 personnel. The total number of CISF battalions will increase from 13 to
15, resulting in 2,050 new job opportunities. The expansion aims to enhance national
security, particularly in internal security and the management of high-security jails.
Recent Developments in CISF Expansion
The MHA’s approval for the creation of two new battalions reflects the increasing
demands placed on the CISF. Each battalion will be led by senior commandant officers.
This expansion is part of a broader effort to boost national security, especially following
the establishment of the Mahila Battalion. The total personnel strength of CISF will
approach 200,000, enhancing its capabilities.
Importance of the New Battalions
The newly sanctioned battalions will improve CISF’s rapid response capabilities in
emergencies. The dedicated reserve units will be well-equipped with transport fleets and
weapons, ensuring faster deployment. This capability will enhance the management of
critical situations, thereby improving public safety and security.
Enhanced Personnel Wellbeing
The expansion is expected to alleviate stress on existing personnel. CISF Inspector General
Ajay Dahiya stated that the new strength will lead to improved leave and weekly relief
opportunities for the workforce. This focus on personnel wellbeing is crucial for
maintaining operational effectiveness.
About CISF
Established under the CISF Act of 1968, the CISF initially aimed to provide integrated
security for public sector undertakings. Over the years, it has evolved into a
comprehensive security agency responsible for safeguarding critical infrastructure across
India. The force now protects key installations, government buildings, airports, seaports,

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 343
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

and historical monuments like the Taj Mahal.

Organisation Structure of CISF
CISF is led by a Director-General, an Indian Police Service officer. The force is divided into
seven sectors – Airport, North, North-East, East, West, South, and Training. Additionally, it
includes a Fire Service Wing, denoting its multifaceted capabilities.
Functions and Responsibilities of CISF
CISF’s security umbrella encompasses critical facilities like nuclear installations, space
establishments, and power plants. The force was assigned airport security in 2000,
following the hijacking of Indian Airlines Flight IC-814. CISF also protects government
buildings, the Delhi Metro, and Parliament House. Its VIP Security vertical offers round-
the-clock protection to important individuals.

1. CISF Act: Established CISF on 10 March 1969.

2. Current Strength: Over 188,000 personnel.
3. Fire Service: CISF has a dedicated fire wing.
4. Airport Security: Assigned to CISF in 2000.
5. Consultancy Services: Offers security consultancy to private entities.

Future Prospects of CISF

The expansion of CISF is likely to enhance its operational capabilities and security
measures across India. The additional battalions will provide the necessary support to
meet the growing demands of national security. The force’s ongoing commitment to
personnel welfare and public safety remains a priority as it evolves to address emerging
challenges.
Launch of INS Utkarsh
January 15, 2025
Larsen & Toubro (L&T) has successfully launched the second multi-purpose vessel (MPV)
for the Indian Navy, named INS Utkarsh. The launch took place at the Kattupalli Shipyard
near Chennai. This event marks India’s advancements in indigenous shipbuilding as part
of the Aatmanirbhar Bharat mission. The launch occurred within three months of the first
MPV, INS Samarthak, demonstrating L&T’s accelerated production capabilities.
Overview of INS Utkarsh
INS Utkarsh measures 107 metres in length and 18.6 metres in width. It has a
displacement of over 3,750 tonnes. The vessel is designed to achieve a maximum speed of
15 knots. It will enhance the Navy’s maritime surveillance, patrolling, and disaster relief
capabilities.
Features and Capabilities
The MPVs serve multiple roles, including towing ships, launching and recovering various
targets, and operating unmanned autonomous vehicles. They act as trial platforms for
indigenous weapons and sensors. The vessels contribute to humanitarian assistance and
combat sea pollution.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 344
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Design and Construction

The design engineering of the MPVs was conducted at L&T’s in-house Warship Design
Centre in Chennai. Construction occurred at Kattupalli Shipyard, one of India’s most
advanced shipbuilding facilities. The shipyard is equipped with ship-lift, dry, and wet
berths for concurrent shipbuilding and repairs.
Other Projects by L&T
In addition to the two MPVs, L&T is constructing three Cadet Training Ships and six other
defence vessels for the Indian Navy. These projects are part of a public-private partnership
model. The repair of the Indian naval ship INS Tir is also currently underway at the
Kattupalli Shipyard.

1. INS Utkarsh means ‘Superior in Conduct’ in Hindi.

2. Vice Admiral B. Sivakumar oversees Warship Production & Acquisition.
3. Kattupalli Shipyard is equipped for concurrent shipbuilding and repairs.
4. INS Samarthak was the first MPV launched by L&T.
5. Aatmanirbhar Bharat promotes self-reliance in defence manufacturing.

Future of Indigenous Shipbuilding

The launch of INS Utkarsh and the ongoing projects at L&T signify important step towards
enhancing India’s naval capabilities. The commitment to indigenous shipbuilding reflects
the government’s vision for self-reliance in defence. The advancements in technology and
production tell the importance of local manufacturing in strengthening national security.
Pune to Host Army Day Parade 2025
January 15, 2025
The Army Day Parade, event in India’s military calendar, will take place in Pune for the first
time on 15 January 2025. This parade commemorates the appointment of Field Marshal K
M Cariappa as the first Indian Commander-in-Chief of the Indian Army. The event, which
traditionally occurs in Delhi, has been rotating to different cities since 2023, enhancing
local engagement with the Armed Forces. Pune’s selection puts stress on its historical
connection to the military, being home to the Southern Command Headquarters and the
National Defence Academy.
History of Army Day
Indian Army Day is celebrated annually on 15 January. This date marks the founding of the
Indian Army and the transfer of military leadership to Indian hands post-independence.
Originally observed on 1 April 1895, the date was changed to honour the contributions
and sacrifices of soldiers. The day aims to instil patriotism and respect for the armed
forces among citizens.
Significance of the Parade
The Army Day Parade serves as a national celebration of bravery and technological
advancement. It showcases the Indian Army’s commitment to defending the nation. The
event promotes a sense of unity between the military and civilians, allowing communities

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 345
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

to connect with the Armed Forces. This year’s parade will feature marching contingents,
mechanised columns, and cutting-edge defence technologies.
The 2025 Parade Highlights
The 2025 parade will take place at the Bombay Engineering Group and Centre in Pune. It
will include various demonstrations, such as combat displays, martial arts performances,
and an exhibition of advanced military equipment, including drones and robotics. The
theme for the 77th Army Day celebration is “Samarth Bharat, Saksham Sena,” reflecting
the Army’s capabilities and commitment to the nation.
Participation and Access
For the first time, the Indian Army has introduced a digital seat-booking system for the
parade. The ADP 25 app, available on iOS and Android, allows residents to register for
attendance. Users must link their Aadhaar number and complete a face scan for
verification. This system ensures safe and easy access for all attendees.

1. K M Cariappa was the first Indian Commander-in-Chief.

2. The Indian Army Day was first observed on April 1, 1895.
3. The ADP 25 app facilitates digital seat booking for the parade.
4. The Southern Command Headquarters is located in Pune.
5. “Samarth Bharat, Saksham Sena” is the 2025 theme.

Role of the Indian Army

The Indian Army is one of the world’s largest and most respected military forces. It
operates under the command of the Chief of Army Staff, who oversees all branches of the
military. The Army plays important role in maintaining national security and responding to
various challenges. Events like Army Day reinforce the importance of military service and
the sacrifices made by soldiers.
Clouded Leopard Conservation Efforts in Asia
January 15, 2025
The clouded leopard (Neofelis nebulosa) is an elusive predator found in Asia’s ancient
forests. Its striking coat patterns have made it a subject of fascination. However, its
population is declining rapidly due to habitat destruction, hunting, and climate change.
The International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) classifies the species as
‘vulnerable’. Recent studies highlight the urgent need for conservation efforts to address
these threats and ensure the species’ survival.
Current Status of Clouded Leopard Populations
The clouded leopard’s range includes the Himalayas in Nepal, Bhutan, and India,
extending to South China and Peninsular Malaysia. Populations in Taiwan are extinct,
while those in Vietnam and China are critically low. The IUCN classifies the species’ range
into four statuses – extant, possibly extant, possibly extinct, and extinct. The extant range
currently includes Bhutan, northeast India, Myanmar, and parts of Southeast Asia.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 346
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Habitat Analysis and Climate Impact

Research has shown that only 31.66% of the clouded leopard’s habitat remains within the
extant range. The study utilised Species Distribution Models (SDMs) to predict habitat
suitability under current and future climate scenarios. Two scenarios were analysed –
moderate (SSP245) and high emissions (SSP585). The findings indicate a potential habitat
loss of up to 41% due to climate change, exacerbating habitat fragmentation.
Importance of Wildlife Corridors
Transboundary wildlife corridors are essential for the clouded leopard’s survival. These
corridors connect isolated habitats and promote genetic diversity. The study identified 18
critical corridors, but increasing habitat fragmentation threatens their viability. The
connectivity between patches is crucial for the species to maintain genetic health and
avoid inbreeding.
Conservation Strategies and International Cooperation
Enhanced transboundary cooperation is vital for safeguarding the clouded leopard.
Coordinated conservation efforts between neighbouring countries can expand protected
areas and ensure habitat connectivity. Key strategies include developing comprehensive
species management plans, conducting ground assessments, and raising public
awareness. Phylogeographic studies can identify distinct populations for breeding
programmes, enhancing genetic diversity.

1. Neofelis nebulosa is the clouded leopard’s scientific name.

2. Clouded leopards are known for their unique cloud-shaped coat patterns.
3. The IUCN classifies the clouded leopard as ‘vulnerable’.
4. Climate change may cause up to 41% habitat loss for the species.
5. Transboundary corridors are essential for maintaining genetic diversity.

Role of the Clouded Leopard in Ecosystems

The clouded leopard plays important role in maintaining the health of forest ecosystems.
As a top predator, it regulates prey populations, contributing to ecological balance.
Designating it as a flagship species could enhance conservation efforts by attracting
public and governmental support. This approach has proven successful for other species
and could catalyse initiatives benefiting the entire ecosystem. Efforts to conserve the
clouded leopard are not insurmountable. Collaborative conservation projects, such as the
India-Nepal Terai Arc Landscape, demonstrate the effectiveness of integrated approaches
in reducing illegal activities and restoring habitats. Similar initiatives could benefit the
clouded leopard and its ecosystem.
Parbati-Kalisindh-Chambal-Eastern Rajasthan Canal Project
January 15, 2025
The Parbati-Kalisindh-Chambal-Eastern Rajasthan Canal Project (PKC-ERCP) is initiative
aimed at enhancing irrigation in Rajasthan. This project will impact 23 districts and is
crucial for providing water for irrigation, drinking, and industrial use. However, it poses

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 347
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

environmental challenges, particularly regarding the Ranthambhore tiger reserve.

Project Context
The PKC-ERCP will submerge 408.86 sq km of land, including 37 sq km of the
Ranthambhore tiger reserve. This reserve is home to 57 tigers and is vital for wildlife
conservation. The project aims to channel surplus water from the Chambal river basin,
benefiting approximately 3.45 crore people in Rajasthan.
Dam Specifications
The project includes a 39-metre-high dam across the Banas river, located near Doongri,
about 30 km from Sawai Madhopur. The dam will be 1.6 km long and is designed to
support the irrigation needs of the region. However, its construction will disrupt the north-
south animal dispersal route within the tiger reserve.
Environmental Concerns
Conservationists have raised alarms about the project’s impact on habitat connectivity and
the carrying capacity of the tiger reserve. The submergence of land is expected to
adversely affect the ecosystem. Experts suggest that high-value forests should be avoided
in dam designs to mitigate these impacts.
Government Response
Baleshwar Thakur, director general of the National Water Development Agency, stated
that multiple agencies will evaluate the Detailed Project Report (DPR) before approval. He
assured that measures would be taken to minimise the impact on the tiger reserve. If
unavoidable, compensatory measures will be implemented, similar to those in previous
projects.
Project History
The Eastern Rajasthan Canal Project was initially conceived in 2017. After political changes,
the project was expanded to include the PKC initiative. An MoU was signed by Rajasthan
and Madhya Pradesh with the Centre for the revised project. The DPR for the Rajasthan
segment is set to be submitted to the Central Water Commission soon.
Future Developments
Phase One of the PKC-ERCP includes constructing the Doongri dam and five barrages.
These structures aim to enhance the water supply for irrigation purposes. The deadline
for completing this phase is set for 2028, with ongoing assessments to ensure minimal
environmental disruption.

1. Ranthambhore was declared a tiger reserve in 1974.

2. The PKC-ERCP will affect 23 districts in Rajasthan.
3. 57 tigers currently inhabit the Ranthambhore tiger reserve.
4. The Doongri dam is 39 metres high and 1.6 km long.
5. Phase One of the project includes five barrages in Rajasthan.

Conservation Strategies
Environmental experts recommend that if submergence occurs, compensatory land

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 348
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

should be designated to offset the losses. The focus should be on preserving the core
areas of wildlife sanctuaries to maintain biodiversity. Future project designs must consider
the ecological significance of high-value forests to prevent irreversible damage to natural
habitats.
January 16, 2025
Supreme Court on Conjugal Rights
January 16, 2025
Recently, the Supreme Court has clarified that proceedings for the restitution of conjugal
rights and maintenance are independent. This decision emphasises that a husband must
continue paying maintenance to his wife, even if she does not comply with a court order
for restitution.
Restitution of Conjugal Rights
Section 9 of The Hindu Marriage Act, 1955 allows a spouse to petition for restitution if the
other has withdrawn from their society. This aims to preserve the traditional family unit.
Challenges to Section 9
1983: Andhra Pradesh High Court struck down the law, questioning its place in
modern society.
1984: The Supreme Court overturned this ruling, stating it aids in preventing marital
breakdown.
2019: A PIL by Gujarat National Law University students challenged the
constitutionality of Section 9, arguing it violates rights to privacy and non-
discrimination. The case is pending.
Case Background
In the recent case, the wife left her husband in 2015. The husband filed for restitution in
2018, while the wife sought maintenance in 2019, claiming neglect.
Maintenance Proceedings
The family court ordered the wife to return home in 2022, but she did not comply. In
February 2022, she was granted Rs 10,000 monthly maintenance, which the husband
contested.
Supreme Court Ruling
The Supreme Court overturned the Jharkhand High Court’s decision, ordering the
husband to continue maintenance payments. It emphasised that the refusal to comply
with a conjugal rights decree does not automatically disqualify a wife from receiving
maintenance.
Legal Implications
The ruling marks that courts must consider individual circumstances when determining
maintenance eligibility. The Supreme Court noted that the Jharkhand High Court had
placed too much emphasis on the conjugal rights case findings.
Current Legal Debate
The constitutionality of Section 9 remains contested. Critics argue it perpetuates gender

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 349
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

stereotypes and violates rights to privacy. The Centre maintains that it provides a
balanced legal remedy for marital disputes.
Kanuma Panduga Festival
January 16, 2025
Kanuma Panduga is a vibrant festival celebrated in Andhra Pradesh, India, coinciding with
the Makar Sankranti harvest celebrations. This year, it was celebrated on January 15.
About Kanuma Panduga
Kanuma Panduga marks the Sun entering the zodiac sign Capricorn, an important
event in the Hindu calendar.
Unlike other festivals, it falls on the same date every year.
This harvest festival celebrates and honors cattle, treating them as sacred beings.
On this occasion, farmers decorate their cattle with paint, ornaments, and colorful
clothes to show gratitude for their help in farming.
The festival includes important rituals. A key tradition is the Govardhan Puja or Gaw
Puja.
Villages also host processions featuring the beautifully adorned cattle.
Deities Honored During Kanuma Panduga
During Kanuma Panduga, Lord Krishna and Gau Mata (Mother Cow) are worshipped.
People offer prayers and make offerings to seek their blessings for prosperity and well-
being. It commemorates Lord Krishna’s divine act of lifting Govardhan Hill to protect
villagers and cattle from a devastating storm.
Key Facts About Makar Sankranti
Makar Sankranti is a Hindu festival that marks the Sun’s transition into the zodiac
sign Capricorn (Makar). It is one of the few Hindu festivals based on the solar
calendar.
The festival signals the end of winter and the start of longer days, coinciding with the
beginning of the Hindu month of Magha.
Celebrated across India with different names and traditions, Makar Sankranti is a
major harvest festival.
The day is dedicated to Surya, the Sun God. It also marks the start of the six-month
auspicious Uttarayana period, significant for spiritual practices.
On this occasion, millions take a sacred dip at Sangam, the meeting point of the
Ganga and Yamuna rivers, to cleanse sins and seek blessings.
Among the 12 Sankrantis in the Hindu calendar, Makar Sankranti holds the highest
importance and is widely celebrated across India.
Gangasagar Mela 2025
January 16, 2025
The Gangasagar Mela, Hindu pilgrimage held annually on Makar Sankranti, has recently
faced the impacts of climate change. Sagar Island, located in the Ganges delta, hosts this
festival where millions gather for sacred rituals. Recently, the event brought into light

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 350
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

rising temperatures and sea erosion, alongside robust state management and ongoing
political tensions regarding the festival’s national recognition.
Location and Significance
Sagar Island is situated about 100 km south of Kolkata.
It is part of the Sundarbans but lacks typical mangrove forests and tiger habitats.
The island is a pilgrimage site for Hindus, particularly during Makar Sankranti, when
devotees gather to bathe at the confluence of the Ganges and Bay of Bengal.
Climate Change Effects
The island has experienced climate change effects, including higher morning
temperatures—1.25°C above the normal trend—during the festival. Erosion has affected
half of the six ghats, and reduced fog has contributed to a warmer atmosphere, altering
the traditional experience of the event.
Key Facts About Gangasagar
Gangasagar refers to the confluence of the Ganges River with the Bay of Bengal,
located in Sagardwip, West Bengal.
It is a sacred pilgrimage site in Hinduism, mentioned in ancient texts like the
Mahabharata and Raghuvaṃśa.
Historical Mentions:
The Mahabharata describes the Pandavas visiting Gangasagar during their
travels, dating the site to 1500–2000 BC.
The site is also mentioned in the 5th-century epic poem Raghuvaṃśa by
Kalidasa.
The temple of Kapil Muni is referenced in 16th-century texts like
Tirthaattvapradayini and in inscriptions by King Devapala of the Pala dynasty.
Gangasagar Mela:
Held annually on Makar Sankranti (14 or 15 January), the Gangasagar Mela is
the second-largest Hindu fair after the Kumbh Mela.
Devotees gather to take a holy dip at the confluence, believed to cleanse sins
and bring blessings.
Festival Management
Despite climate challenges, the West Bengal government has effectively managed the
mela. Approximately 2,500 buses, nine barges, and 120 launches facilitated
transportation. Over 13,000 police personnel ensured safety and order, with ministers
actively overseeing arrangements.
Attendance and Facilities
An estimated 8.5 million devotees attended, though actual figures may be lower due to
concurrent events like the Maha Kumbh Mela. Visitors praised the facilities, noting
improvements over the years, although some reported issues with vessel services and
bathing conditions.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 351
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Political Context
The mela has been a focal point of political debate. The ruling Trinamool Congress
accused the central government of neglecting the event, while the opposition claimed
insufficient efforts to elevate Gangasagar’s status. Calls for national recognition have been
met with mixed responses, denoting ongoing tensions between state and central
authorities.
Kampala Declaration on Agriculture
January 16, 2025
The Extraordinary African Union Summit on the Comprehensive Africa Agriculture
Development Program (CAADP) concluded in Kampala, Uganda, on January 11, 2025. The
summit adopted the Kampala Declaration, which sets a transformative agenda for Africa’s
agri-food systems from 2026 to 2035. This declaration succeeds the Malabo Declaration,
marking shift towards a comprehensive agri-food systems approach to tackle food
security and agricultural productivity challenges across the continent.
Background of CAADP
The CAADP was launched in July 2003 in Maputo, Mozambique. It aimed to address low
agricultural productivity and food insecurity in Africa. The Maputo Declaration urged
Member States to allocate at least 10% of their national budgets to agriculture.
Malabo Declaration Overview
In 2014, the Malabo Declaration expanded CAADP’s framework. It introduced targets such
as eradicating hunger, tripling intra-African trade, and enhancing resilience. However,
progress has been slow, with no Member State meeting the goal of ending hunger by
2025.
Food Security Challenges
As of 2024, 20.4% of Africa’s population experiences hunger. The continent faces food
security issues, with 58% of people grappling with food insecurity. Malnutrition and rising
obesity rates further complicate the situation.
Impact of Recent Shocks
Africa’s agricultural sector has been severely affected by the COVID-19 pandemic, internal
conflicts, the Russia-Ukraine war, and climate change. These events brought into light the
need for a renewed CAADP agenda.
Post-Malabo Agenda
The post-Malabo agenda, adopted in 2025, introduces an agri-food systems approach.
This new framework aims to build resilient systems that address challenges across the
food value chain while aligning with broader development goals.
Focus on Sustainability and Resilience
The agenda prioritises environmental sustainability and aims to combat malnutrition. It
promotes diverse and nutritious diets, recognising the interconnectedness of agriculture,
nutrition, and economic development.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 352
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Challenges in Resilience Building

Only two African countries were on track to meet resilience-building targets in 2023. The
slow progress in this area hampers efforts to end hunger and reduce poverty.
Significance of the Kampala Declaration
The Kampala Declaration signifies a commitment to modernising Africa’s agricultural
sectors. It advocates for climate-smart innovations and technologies to ensure food
security for a projected population of 2.5 billion by 2050.
CRPF VIP Security Group Established
January 16, 2025
In January 2025, the Ministry of Home Affairs (MHA) officially disbanded the Parliament
Duty Group (PDG) of the Central Reserve Police Force (CRPF) and merged it with the VIP
Security Group (VSG). This transition follows the withdrawal of the PDG from Parliament
security duties in May 2024. The restructured unit now boasts an expanded personnel
strength to enhance the protection of high-profile individuals.
Transition of Personnel
The Parliament Duty Group (PDG), comprising about 1,400 personnel, has been rebranded
as the VSG. This change was formalised through an MHA order on January 15, 2025. The
PDG was previously linked to the VSG after its withdrawal from Parliament.
New Battalion Addition
The CRPF’s VIP security unit has received a new battalion, Battalion 190, with over 1,000
personnel. This battalion was previously engaged in anti-Naxal operations in Jharkhand.
Its integration aims to boost VIP protection capabilities.
Current Responsibilities
The VSG is tasked with safeguarding over 200 individuals, including prominent political
figures such as Union Home Minister Amit Shah and members of the Gandhi family. The
unit’s duties have expanded , now exceeding 8,000 personnel in total.
Historical Context
The PDG was removed from Parliament security following security breach in December
2023. This incident involved individuals infiltrating the Lok Sabha chamber, raising
concerns about the effectiveness of the PDG’s previous responsibilities.
Role of the CRPF
The CRPF, established in 1939, is one of India’s leading paramilitary forces.
Its mission encompasses maintaining public order, internal security, and supporting
national integrity.
The force has played vital roles in various operations, including crowd control and
counter-terrorism.
Other Central Armed Forces
The CRPF operates alongside other Central Armed Police Forces, including the Assam
Rifles, Border Security Force, Central Industrial Security Force, Indo Tibetan Border Police,
National Security Guard, and Sashastra Seema Bal. Each has specific mandates for internal

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 353
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

security and border protection.

CRPF Duties
The CRPF performs a variety of essential functions, such as riot control, counter-
insurgency operations, VIP protection, and participating in UN peacekeeping missions. Its
adaptability allows it to respond effectively to both domestic and international security
challenges.
Fast Track Immigration Trusted Traveller Program (FTI-TTP)
January 16, 2025
The Fast Track Immigration Trusted Traveller Program (FTI-TTP) is an initiative aimed at
enhancing immigration processes in India. Launched by Union Home Minister Amit Shah,
the programme aims to provide seamless and secure international travel experiences for
eligible travellers. Following its initial launch in New Delhi, the programme is now
expanding to seven additional major airports across India.
Key Facts About
FTI-TTP was first launched on June 22, 2024, at Indira Gandhi International Airport,
New Delhi.
The programme is similar to the United States’ Global Entry Program, which allows
expedited clearance for pre-approved travellers.
The Bureau of Immigration serves as the nodal agency for the FTI-TTP.
The programme was inaugurated at Mumbai, Chennai, Kolkata, Bengaluru,
Hyderabad, Cochin, and Ahmedabad airports on January 16, 2025.
Ultimately, it will be implemented at 21 major airports nationwide.
FTI-TTP registration is valid for a maximum of five years or until the passport’s expiry,
whichever comes first.
Objectives
The primary goal is to facilitate world-class immigration facilities.
It aims to make international travel smoother and more secure for travellers.
Immigration Clearance Process
Registered travellers use e-gates for faster processing.
They scan their boarding pass and passport at the e-gates.
Successful biometric authentication opens the e-gate, granting immigration
clearance.
Biometric Requirements
Biometric data (fingerprints and facial images) is collected at designated locations.
Biometrics can be captured at Foreigners Regional Registration Offices (FRRO) or at
the airport.
Updated Obesity Guidelines in India
January 16, 2025
Recently, Indian medical professionals introduced revised obesity guidelines, marking the
first update in 15 years. This change shifts focus from the traditional Body Mass Index

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 354
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

(BMI) to include Waist Circumference (WC) and Waist-to-Height Ratio (W-HtR) as crucial
metrics. The new guidelines aim to provide a more comprehensive understanding of
obesity and its health implications. The National Diabetes Obesity and Cholesterol
Foundation and other institutions contributed to these guidelines.
What is BMI?
Definition and Calculation of BMI:
BMI (Body Mass Index) is calculated as the ratio of weight in kilograms to
height in meters squared (kg/m²).
BMI Classification:
Underweight: BMI < 18.5
Normal weight: BMI between 18.5 and 24.5
Overweight: BMI between 24.5 and 30
Obese: BMI > 30
Diagnostic Uses:
BMI is a simple and widely used tool for assessing body weight categories.
It has been a strong determinant of blood pressure and type 2 diabetes.
Limitations of BMI:
Does not differentiate between fat and muscle: A high BMI may indicate
high muscle mass rather than fat.
Does not account for lifestyle and overall health: BMI alone may not provide
a complete picture of an individual’s health status.
Revised Metrics for Obesity
The updated guidelines establish BMI over 23 kg/m² as a new threshold for obesity. Waist
Circumference and Waist-to-Height Ratio are now also considered important measures.
These changes address the limitations of BMI, which does not differentiate between fat
and muscle.
Two-Step Classification
The guidelines classify obesity into two stages:
Stage 1 Obesity – Increased adiposity (BMI > 23 kg/m²) without health issues.
Stage 2 Obesity – Advanced obesity with both high BMI and abdominal fat, leading to
health complications.
Lifestyle Interventions
Lifestyle changes are crucial for managing both stages of obesity.
Stage 1 – Focus on personalised nutrition, physical activity, and behaviour
modification.
Stage 2 – Requires intensive lifestyle changes, including a daily calorie deficit and
regular exercise.
Importance of Comprehensive Evaluation
Evaluating obesity involves a thorough medical history, physical examination, and
necessary tests. This process helps identify secondary causes of obesity and associated

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 355
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

health conditions.
Healthcare Implications
The new guidelines aim to improve healthcare resource allocation and treatment
prioritisation. They encourage tailored care for individuals based on their specific health
needs.
Future Directions
The updated guidelines signify a shift towards a more holistic understanding of obesity.
This approach is expected to enhance early intervention strategies and improve overall
health outcomes.
Shikari Devi Wildlife Sanctuary ESZ
January 16, 2025
The Government of India has recently established eco-sensitive zones (ESZs) around the
Shikari Devi Wildlife Sanctuary in Mandi district. This initiative aims to mitigate the adverse
effects of urbanisation and development on the sanctuary, which spans 29.94 square
kilometres and was created in 1962 to protect wildlife.
Sanctuary Overview
Shikari Devi Wildlife Sanctuary is located in the Himalayas. It encompasses diverse forest
types and habitats, ranging from 1,800 to 3,400 metres in altitude. The sanctuary is
named after the goddess Shikari Devi, with a temple dedicated to her.
Eco-Sensitive Zones (ESZs)
The ESZ includes 43 villages from the Nachan and Karsog Forest Divisions. It aims to limit
human activities, particularly those that could harm wildlife, while allowing sustainable
practices like organic farming.
Regulations and Restrictions
Under the ESZ regulations, activities such as commercial mining, major hydropower
projects, and deforestation are prohibited. Sustainable practices are encouraged, and a
Zonal Master Plan will guide future developments.
Management Strategy
The ESZ will be managed using a core and buffer model. This approach seeks to balance
wildlife protection with the needs of local communities. A committee, led by the Chief
Conservator of Forests, is overseeing the implementation of the ESZ.
Human-Wildlife Conflict
The initiative aims to reduce human-wildlife conflicts and deforestation. Grazing,
poaching, and collection of forest resources pose threats to the sanctuary.
Flora and Fauna
The sanctuary hosts a variety of forest types, including alpine pastures and mixed
coniferous forests. Notable species include the Snow Leopard, though confirmation of
sightings is needed.
Community Impact
The designation of the ESZ affects local communities, with restrictions on certain activities.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 356
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

However, it is designed to protect the ecological integrity of the region, which is crucial for
both wildlife and local livelihoods.
Zombie Deer Disease Threat to Humans
January 16, 2025
Recent reports have raised alarm over Chronic Wasting Disease (CWD), also known as
“zombie deer disease,” and its potential to jump to humans. This incurable prion disease
primarily affects deer and has recently been detected in feral pigs. Experts warn that if
CWD evolves to infect humans, it could lead to severe neurological symptoms and even
death.
What Is Chronic Wasting Disease?
Chronic Wasting Disease (CWD) is a transmissible spongiform encephalopathy (TSE)
affecting deer. It is caused by misfolded proteins called prions, leading to severe
neurological damage and death in affected animals.
Symptoms of CWD
Symptoms in infected animals include drooling, confusion, weight loss, aggression, and
unsteadiness. These symptoms may appear about a year after infection.
Transmission of CWD
CWD spreads through saliva, urine, blood, and feces. Infected animals can transmit the
disease to others, raising concerns about its potential spillover to humans.
Current Spread of CWD
CWD has been reported in at least 33 U.S. states, including Wyoming, Wisconsin, and
Colorado. The disease has also been found in Canada and some European countries.
Potential Human Impact
While no human cases of CWD have been confirmed, experts are concerned about the
risk. Consumption of infected venison may lead to diseases similar to Creutzfeldt-Jakob
Disease (CJD).
Historical Context
CWD was first identified in 1967 in Colorado. Since then, it has spread to numerous states
and countries, with increasing reports of its impact on various deer species.
Expert Opinions
Experts warn of the potential for a health emergency if CWD spills over to humans. They
draw parallels to past outbreaks, such as the mad cow disease crisis, denoting the need
for preparedness.
Precautionary Measures
Hunters are advised to avoid consuming high-risk tissues from deer known to be infected
with CWD. Increased monitoring and research are essential to understand the risks
associated with this disease.
Kashi Tamil Sangamam 3.0 Launch
January 16, 2025
The Kashi Tamil Sangamam (KTS) 3.0 registration portal has been launched by Union

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 357
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Minister for Education, Dharmendra Pradhan. The event is set to take place from 15th to
24th February 2025 in Varanasi, Uttar Pradesh. This initiative aims to strengthen cultural
ties between Tamil Nadu and Kashi, celebrating their shared heritage.
Event Dates and Registration
KTS 3.0 will be held from 15th to 24th February 2025. Registrations are open until 1st
February 2025 via the portal kashitamil.iitm.ac.in.
Significance of KTS 3.0
This edition coincides with the Mahakumbh and is the first Sangamam after the ‘Pran
Pratishtha’ of Shri Ram Lalla in Ayodhya. It aims to celebrate the legacy of Maharishi
Agasthyar.
Delegates and Participants
Around 1000 delegates from Tamil Nadu will attend, including students, farmers,
professionals, and women. An additional 200 Tamil-origin students from various
universities will also participate.
Activities and Exhibitions
The event will feature exhibitions on Sage Agasthyar’s contributions, seminars,
workshops, and book releases. Competitions and awareness programs will take place in
Tamil Nadu prior to the event.
Government Collaboration
KTS 3.0 is organised by the Ministry of Education in collaboration with various ministries
and the Government of Uttar Pradesh. It aims to encourage cultural exchange and
learning.
Previous Editions
The Kashi Tamil Sangamam has been celebrated twice before, in 2022 and 2023, with
approximately 4000 delegates participating in both editions. The events received positive
responses from attendees.
Implementing Agencies
IIT Madras and Banaras Hindu University (BHU) are the implementing agencies for KTS
3.0, facilitating participation and organisation of the event.
National Startup Day 2025
January 16, 2025
National Startup Day is celebrated annually on January 16 to recognise the contributions
of startups to India’s economy. Recently, India stands as the third-largest startup
ecosystem globally, with over 99,000 registered firms valued at $500 billion. This day
marks the importance of innovation and entrepreneurship in driving economic growth.
History
National Startup Day was established on January 16, 2016, during the Startup India
Innovation Week. Prime Minister Narendra Modi announced this day to honour the
economic impact of startups. The initiative aimed to encourage a supportive environment
for entrepreneurs through various government schemes.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 358
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Significance
The day puts stress on the role of startups in economic development, innovation, and job
creation. It serves as a reminder of the government’s commitment to supporting the
startup community and recognising their contributions.
National Startup Day 2025 Events
Recently, notable events include Startup Baithak and Startup Baatcheet, organised by the
Startup Policy Forum in collaboration with DPIIT and Startup India. These events focus on
critical policy discussions related to data privacy, AI governance, and fintech regulations.
Udyamotsav 2025
Udyamotsav 2025 is a key event scheduled for January 16, 2025. It aims to empower
student entrepreneurs by connecting them with investors. The initiative will take place in
14 cities across India, facilitating mentorship and funding opportunities.
Growth of Startups
The number of DPIIT-recognised startups has surged from around 500 in 2016 to 159,157
by January 15, 2025. This growth reflects the increasing dynamism of India’s startup
ecosystem.
State Revenue Dependency Trends
January 16, 2025
In recent years, Indian States have increasingly relied on financial transfers and grants
from the Central government. Over the last decade, the share of Central transfers in State
revenues has increased, raising concerns about the sustainability of State finances and
their ability to generate independent revenue.
Rise in Central Transfers
From FY16 to FY25, Central transfers accounted for 23-30% of State revenues. This is an
increase from 20-24% in the 2000s and early 2010s.
Decline in Own Tax Revenue
States’ own tax revenue has remained below 50% of total revenue for over a decade. This
contrasts with the 2000s when it often exceeded this threshold.
Non-Tax Revenue Trends
Non-tax revenue from States is projected to fall below 24% in FY25, marking a 25-year low.
This includes grants, service earnings, and interest receipts.
SGST’s Impact
State Goods and Services Tax (SGST) has grown from 15% of total revenue in FY18 to
about 22%. Without SGST, own tax revenue has decreased from 34% to 28%.
Central Grants Dominance
Approximately 65-70% of non-tax revenue comes from Central grants, up from 55-65% in
previous decades. This marks the increasing reliance on Central support.
Challenges in Tax Collection
Many States struggle to efficiently collect taxes. Efforts to enhance tax mobilisation
through stamp duty and vehicle taxes have been sporadic and often inadequate.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 359
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Variations Among States

The ratio of own tax revenue to Gross State Domestic Product (GSDP) has declined in
several States, including Tamil Nadu and Kerala, while remaining stagnant in others.
Concerns for Fiscal Sustainability
Experts warn that stagnant tax revenue limits States’ ability to implement effective fiscal
measures, impacting economic growth and demand.
January 17, 2025
World Employment and Social Outlook Report 2025
January 17, 2025
The International Labour Organisation (ILO) has released its World Employment and Social
Outlook Report for 2025, denoting the ongoing struggles in global labour markets. The
report reveals that geopolitical tensions, climate change costs, and unresolved debt issues
continue to hinder economic recovery. Despite a slight decrease in the global jobs gap,
challenges remain, particularly for low-income countries and vulnerable populations.
Global Jobs Gap
The global jobs gap reached 402 million in 2024. This includes 186 million unemployed,
137 million temporarily unavailable, and 79 million discouraged workers. The gap has
narrowed since the pandemic but is expected to stabilise in the coming years.
Unemployment Rates
The global unemployment rate remained steady at 5% in 2024. Youth unemployment is
particularly concerning, standing at 12.6%. Many low-income countries struggle to create
decent jobs, with informal work returning to pre-pandemic levels.
Labour Force Participation
Labour force participation rates have declined in low-income nations while rising in high-
income countries, especially among older workers and women. However, gender gaps
persist, limiting economic progress.
NEET Statistics
The rates of young people not in education, employment, or training (NEET) have risen. In
low-income countries, young men’s NEET rates increased by 4 percentage points above
pre-pandemic levels, affecting 15.8 million young men and 28.2 million young women in
2024.
Economic Growth Trends
Global economic growth slowed to 3.2% in 2024, down from previous years. A similar
growth rate is anticipated for 2025, but a gradual deceleration is expected over the
medium term.
Real Wages and Inflation
Although inflation has decreased, it remains high, impacting wage values. Real wage
increases have been limited to some advanced economies, with many countries still
recovering from pandemic effects.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 360
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Opportunities in Green and Digital Sectors

Job growth potential exists in green energy and digital technologies. Renewable energy
jobs have reached 16.2 million globally, but distribution is uneven. Many countries lack the
infrastructure to fully utilise digital advancements.
Recommendations for Action
The ILO calls for increased productivity through skills training, expanded social protection,
and effective use of private funds. Low-income countries are encouraged to harness
remittances for local development.
FEMA Regulations Update 2025
January 17, 2025
Recently, changes to the Foreign Exchange Management Act (FEMA) were implemented to
facilitate cross-border transactions in Indian rupees (INR) and other foreign currencies.
The Reserve Bank of India (RBI), in collaboration with the government, introduced these
amendments amid increasing pressure on the rupee, driven by global economic factors.
The reforms aim to enhance international trade and investment opportunities for Indian
exporters and foreign investors.
Overview of FEMA
FEMA was enacted in 1999 to replace the Foreign Exchange Regulation Act (FERA).
Its primary goal is to promote external trade and maintain a stable foreign exchange
market in India.
The act regulates all foreign exchange transactions, including the acquisition,
holding, and settlement of foreign currency.
FEMA violations are treated as civil offences, with penalties imposed for non-
compliance.
The Enforcement Directorate oversees the implementation and enforcement of
FEMA regulations to combat economic crimes.
Recent Changes to FEMA
The RBI revised FEMA regulations to allow residents outside India to use repatriable INR
accounts for foreign investments, including foreign direct investment (FDI). This move
aims to boost the use of INR in global transactions.
Special Rupee Vostro Account (SRVA)
Introduced in July 2022, the SRVA facilitates trade in INR by enabling foreign banks to
settle transactions with Indian banks. This arrangement has led to several foreign banks
establishing SRVAs, promoting the rupee’s role in international trade.
Currency Accounts for Exporters
Indian exporters can now open foreign currency accounts abroad to manage trade
transactions. This allows them to receive export proceeds and pay for imports more
efficiently, enhancing their global competitiveness.
Cross-Border Currency Transactions
The revised regulations permit cross-border transactions in all foreign currencies,

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 361
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

including local currencies of trading partners. This flexibility aims to simplify international
trade and reduce dependence on the dollar.
International Collaborations
The RBI has signed Memorandums of About (MoUs) with central banks in the UAE,
Indonesia, and the Maldives to encourage cross-border transactions in local currencies.
These collaborations are part of a broader strategy to enhance financial integration.
Impact on Foreign Investment
The changes to FEMA are expected to attract more foreign investment into India by
providing clearer guidelines and greater flexibility for investors. This could lead to
increased economic growth and development in various sectors.
Non-Scientists Receive INSA Fellowship
January 17, 2025
Recently, the Indian National Science Academy (INSA) made changes to its annual list of
Fellows, breaking from its long-standing tradition. This year’s list includes prominent
figures from various fields who are not professional scientists, reflecting a broader
approach to recognising contributions to science in India. INSA aims to enhance diversity
and acknowledge those who apply scientific principles in society.
About INSA
INSA was founded in January 1935 to promote science in India and use it for
humanity and national welfare.
It was initially called the National Institute of Sciences of India (NISI).
The Indian Science Congress Association (ISCA) played a major role in establishing it.
INSA started in Calcutta (Kolkata) and operated at the Asiatic Society of Bengal until
1951 before moving its headquarters to Delhi.
Objectives of INSA:
Promote scientific knowledge and its practical use to solve national problems.
Coordinate with scientific institutions, societies, and government bodies.
Represent India’s scientific achievements internationally and safeguard scientists’
interests.
Form committees to handle important national and international scientific work.
Publish journals, reports, and other materials to share scientific knowledge.
Encourage collaboration between science and humanities.
Manage funds to support scientific initiatives.
Role and Activities:
Advises the government on critical science and technology issues.
Serves as a platform for Indian and international scientists to collaborate.
Awards medals and prizes to young scientists, engineers, and technologists.
Offers financial support for research.
Honors senior scientists by electing them as Fellows.
Runs exchange programs with foreign academies to enable research visits and

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 362
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

discussions.
New Categories of Fellows
INSA introduced two new fellowship categories – Science in Translation and Science in
Society. These categories aim to recognise individuals who contribute to science beyond
traditional academic roles.
Notable Non-Scientists Included
The list features several well-known personalities, such as Sudha Murthy, N.R.
Narayanamurthy, Nandan Nilekani, and Rajendra Singh. Their contributions to science
through funding and social initiatives highlight the importance of diverse involvement in
scientific advancement.
Historical Context
Traditionally, INSA Fellows were primarily nominated based on scientific publications and
contributions. This shift in policy reflects a growing recognition of the roles played by
industrialists and non-academic contributors in advancing science.
Concerns and Criticism
Some members, like P. Balaram, expressed concerns about the inclusion of wealthy
individuals with limited scientific connections. Critics argue that this approach may
undermine the integrity of the fellowship by prioritising influence over scientific merit.
Future Implications
The changes in INSA’s fellowship criteria may pave the way for recognising future
contributors in emerging fields like deep-tech and space exploration. This move could
attract more private funding for research and development in India.
Kokborok Language Protests
January 17, 2025
Recently, the Twipra Student Federation (TSF) protested in Agartala, Tripura, demanding
the adoption of the Roman script for the Kokborok language. This movement marks the
ongoing struggle for linguistic recognition and cultural justice among the Borok people.
Background of Kokborok
Kokborok is a Sino-Tibetan language.
It is spoken by the Borok people of Tripura.
Officially recognised in 1979, it has historical roots dating back to the 1st century AD.
The name Kokborok combines “Kok” (verbal) and “Borok” (people).
According to the 2011 Census, approximately 880,537 people speak Kokborok,
accounting for nearly 24% of Tripura’s population.
Previous Efforts
The TSF has pursued this demand for several years. They have met with various officials,
including the President of the Tripura Board of Secondary Education. Despite assurances
of updates before 2025, no progress has been made.
Roman Script Significance
The Roman script, or Latin script, is the most widely used writing system globally.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 363
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Its adoption for Kokborok aims to enhance literacy and cultural identity among its
speakers.
Official Language Status
There is a demand for Kokborok to be recognised as one of India’s official languages
under the Eighth Schedule of the Constitution. This recognition would promote its use in
government and education.
Language Classification
Kokborok belongs to the Bodo–Garo branch of the Sino-Tibetan language family.
It is related to Bodo and Dimasa languages and has various dialects, with the
Agartala dialect being the official form.
Current Challenges
Despite its official status, Kokborok faces challenges in terms of recognition and
resources.
The community continues to advocate for linguistic rights and educational support
for the language.
RBI Introduces Daily VRR Auctions
January 17, 2025
In move to manage liquidity, the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) has announced daily variable
rate repo (VRR) auctions. This decision comes amid a liquidity deficit exceeding ₹2 trillion
in the banking system. The auctions aim to alleviate the tight liquidity conditions,
particularly with upcoming goods and services tax (GST) outflows.
Daily VRR Auctions
The RBI will conduct VRR auctions every working day in Mumbai. The initial amount for
these auctions is set at approximately ₹50,000 crore. Reversals will occur the next working
day, except for Fridays, when it will be on the following Monday.
Current Liquidity Situation
The banking system’s liquidity deficit has been recorded at ₹2.09 trillion recently. This
situation is expected to worsen with GST outflows anticipated later in the month.
Impact on Banks
Banks have shown reluctance in previous VRR auctions, viewing them as temporary
measures. They bid only ₹3,980 crore against a notified amount of ₹75,000 crore,
indicating cautious participation.
What is Variable Repo Rate?
The variable repo rate is a lending rate set by the RBI that adjusts based on
economic conditions.
It directly influences the interest rates banks charge on loans.
A higher repo rate increases borrowing costs, while a lower rate reduces them.
Benefits of Variable Repo Rate
The variable repo rate provides transparency for borrowers, aligning loan costs with
market conditions.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 364
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

It helps control inflation and promotes economic stability, allowing for potential
savings when rates decrease.
Home loan borrowers linked to the variable repo rate will see fluctuations in their
EMIs based on rate changes. A drop in the repo rate leads to lower payments, while
an increase raises costs, affecting financial planning.
RBI’s Future Actions
The RBI may consider further measures, such as a cash reserve ratio cut, to ensure
durable liquidity. The focus is currently on liquidity management rather than rate cuts.
Participating Entities
Eligible participants for the VRR auctions include standalone primary dealers. Their
involvement is crucial for the effectiveness of the liquidity management strategy.
Monitoring Economic Indicators
The RBI will assess various economic indicators, including the Consumer Price Index, to
inform its decisions on repo rate adjustments. Global economic trends will also play a role
in these considerations.
Upcoming Challenges
The banking system is expected to face tight liquidity conditions until the end of March.
The RBI’s ongoing measures aim to provide assurance to market participants during this
challenging period.
ISRO Successfully Germinates Black-eyed Pea Seeds in Space
January 17, 2025
Recent advancements in space agriculture have emerged as critical for long-duration
human missions to celestial bodies. The Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO)
successfully germinated black-eyed pea seeds in space as part of its Compact Research
Module for Orbital Plant Studies (CROPS). This milestone marks the potential for
sustainable food sources during extended space travel, addressing both nutritional needs
and psychological well-being of astronauts.
ISRO’s CROPS Initiative
The CROPS project aims to explore plant growth in space.
It is designed to simulate Earth-like conditions, excluding gravity.
The first mission, CROPS-1, demonstrated seed germination and initial plant growth
in a controlled environment aboard a spacecraft.
Challenges of Space Agriculture
Growing plants in microgravity presents unique challenges:
Roots cannot grow downwards, and water distribution is difficult.
High radiation levels and extreme temperature fluctuations also threaten plant
development.
Adequate light is essential for photosynthesis, especially in areas with limited
sunlight.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 365
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Methods of Cultivation
Plants in space can be grown using the following methods:
Hydroponics delivers nutrients through liquid solutions
Aeroponics uses mist to reduce water and fertiliser usage
Soil-like media can also be employed to create a familiar growing environment.
Technical Specifications of CROPS-1
CROPS-1 features a mini greenhouse setup with a soil-like medium made of porous
clay pellets.
The module maintains Earth-like atmospheric conditions, with controlled
temperature and light cycles.
Water is delivered via an electric valve, allowing for precise moisture regulation.
Germination Process
After launch, water was injected into the soil medium, initiating germination. Sensors
monitored carbon dioxide and oxygen levels, indicating plant growth. On the fourth day,
sprouting was observed, and by the fifth day, two leaves had emerged.
Ideal Plants for Space
Plants selected for space cultivation are fast-growing and nutrient-rich. Leafy greens like
lettuce and spinach are ideal, along with beans for their protein content. Root vegetables
and grains like wheat and rice are also suitable for long-term sustenance.
Future Prospects
The next phase of the CROPS initiative will focus on extended growth periods, aiming for
plant development beyond the two-leaf stage. This will involve active control systems to
manage environmental factors, ensuring sustainable plant growth in space.
Why Indian Farmers Protest Against WTO?
January 17, 2025
Farmers in India continue to protest against the World Trade Organization (WTO) policies,
arguing that these regulations undermine their livelihoods. The protests, particularly
strong in Punjab, have expanded beyond the demand for legalising Minimum Support
Prices (MSP) to a call for India to withdraw from the WTO. Farmers claim that WTO rules
disproportionately benefit developed countries, threatening food security and smallholder
incomes in India.
Farmers’ Demands
Farmers are demanding the withdrawal of India from the WTO. They seek legal
guarantees for Minimum Support Prices (MSP) for all crops. Their protests highlight the
perceived bias of WTO rules against developing nations.
Impact on Food Security
WTO regulations restrict agricultural subsidies and public procurement, jeopardising
India’s food security. The public distribution system, crucial for affordable food, is
threatened by these policies.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 366
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Minimum Support Price (MSP)

The MSP is capped at 10% of production value, failing to adjust for inflation. Farmers
argue that this limits their income and makes them vulnerable to market fluctuations.
WTO’s Agreement on Agriculture (AoA)
The AoA aims to reduce agricultural subsidies globally but is seen as favouring developed
countries. Critics argue it restricts India’s domestic support programmes.
About WTO
The WTO has 164 member countries and aims to facilitate international trade.
It operates through a Ministerial Conference and a General Council.
It addresses trade in goods, services, and intellectual property rights, but struggles
with consensus among diverse members.
WTO rules are often viewed as skewed towards wealthier nations, leading to calls for
reform.
Concerns for Small Farmers
Small farmers, who make up 86% of India’s agricultural population, face challenges due to
lack of access to technology and markets. Liberalised trade exposes them to unfair
competition.
India’s Position
India seeks a permanent solution for public stockholding and opposes non-trade issues in
WTO discussions. It demands greater protection for geographical indications for its
agricultural products.
Future of WTO
The WTO faces criticism for its effectiveness and transparency. Reform discussions are
ongoing, with suggestions for plurilateral agreements among like-minded countries to
address emerging trade issues.
India Achieves Satellite Docking
January 17, 2025
Recently, the Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) successfully completed its first
satellite docking manoeuvre, milestone in India’s space exploration efforts. This makes
India the fourth country after the US, Russia, and China to achieve this capability.
What is Docking?
It is the process of joining two fast-moving spacecraft in the same orbit.
Its use cases include:
Building space stations (joining modules in space).
Transporting crew and supplies to space stations.
Historical Context
United States:
First docking in 1966: NASA’s Gemini VIII docked with Agena.
Astronauts manually controlled the spacecraft (Neil Armstrong was the
commander).

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 367
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

USSR:
1967: First uncrewed automated docking (Kosmos 186 & 188).
China:
2011: First unmanned docking (Shenzhou 8 with Tiangong 1).
2012: First crewed docking (Shenzhou 9 with Tiangong 1).
ISRO’s Space Docking Experiment (SpaDeX)
The SpaDeX mission commenced on December 30, 2024. It involved two satellites, which
were launched separately, joining at an altitude of approximately 475 km. The final
docking commands were executed from the ISRO Telemetry, Tracking and Command
Network (ISTRAC) in Bengaluru.
Docking Process
Two 220-kg satellites – SDX01 (“Chaser”) and SDX02 (“Target”) – were brought within
3 meters of each other in orbit.
It involves several phases:
Satellites were brought progressively closer: 5 km → 1.5 km → 500 m → 225 m →
15 m 3 m.
Joined at 3 meters and operated as one unit.
Their docking rings connected, retracted, and locked together.
Commands were successfully given to the satellites as a single unit.
Technical Specifications
ISRO employed a petal-based docking system, adhering to the International Docking
System Standard (IDSS). This technology is crucial for future missions, ensuring
compatibility with international space vehicles.
Challenges Faced
The docking process faced several delays due to the need for further validation and
ground simulations. Initial attempts were aborted due to issues like drifting and accuracy.
Adjustments ensured success on January 16.
India’s Docking Mission Objectives
1. Space Station:
India aims to set up the Bharatiya Antariksh Station using five modules.
First module launch is expected to take place in 2028.
2. Chandrayaan-4:
Docking is essential for the Moon sample-return mission involving five key
modules.
Modules will perform complex docking maneuvers in lunar orbit.
3. Future Human Missions:
Likely to follow similar docking techniques for lunar missions.
PMLA Bail Controversy
January 17, 2025
Recently, the Supreme Court of India addressed the Enforcement Directorate’s (ED)

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 368
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

interpretation of bail conditions under the Prevention of Money Laundering Act (PMLA),
2002. The case involved Shashi Bala, a teacher accused of aiding a money laundering
scam. The court’s ruling brought into light the legal exceptions for women in such cases,
sparking discussions on the application of stringent bail standards.
Prevention of Money Laundering Act
The PMLA, enacted in 2002, aims to prevent money laundering and confiscate
properties derived from such activities.
It defines money laundering offences and imposes penalties, including
imprisonment and fines.
The Act mandates financial institutions to report suspicious transactions.
Bail Provisions Under PMLA
Section 45 of the PMLA outlines stringent bail conditions.
The accused must prove they are not guilty and unlikely to commit further offences.
However, there is an exception for women, minors, and the infirm, allowing for bail
at the discretion of the Special Court.
Shashi Bala Case Overview
Shashi Bala was accused of assisting Rasheed Naseem of Shine City Group in a money
laundering scheme involving around ₹800-1000 crore. She was arrested in November
2023 and denied bail by the Allahabad High Court, which cited her connections to the
main accused as a risk factor.
Supreme Court Ruling
On January 15, 2025, the Supreme Court granted bail to Bala, criticising the ED’s argument
against the statutory exception for women. The Court brought into light the need for legal
representatives to understand the law accurately.
Legal Precedents
In 2023, the Delhi High Court granted bail to Preeti Chandra, emphasising that the PMLA
does not distinguish between types of women. The ruling reinforced the application of the
exception for women under Section 45(1).
Concerns Over PMLA
Critics argue that the PMLA’s definition of “proceeds of crime” is overly broad, potentially
leading to misuse. The burden of proof on the accused is seen as excessively onerous,
raising fairness concerns in legal proceedings.
Recent Amendments
Amendments to the PMLA have aimed to clarify the definition of “proceeds of crime” and
to treat money laundering as an independent crime. These changes reflect evolving
international standards and address previous ambiguities.
Reforms and Suggestions
Proposals for reforming the PMLA include reassessing the burden of proof, refining
definitions, and enhancing oversight of the Enforcement Directorate. Suggestions also
include periodic reviews of the Act and public education on its implications.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 369
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Judicial Perspectives
The judiciary has stressed the importance of personal liberty in bail decisions. Historical
rulings emphasise careful consideration of individual rights and the implications of
denying bail under stringent laws like the PMLA.
IMD Reports 2024 as Hottest Year Recorded
January 17, 2025
Recently, the India Meteorological Department (IMD) reported that 2024 was the hottest
year in India since records began in 1901. This unprecedented heat wave was part of a
global trend, with 2024 being declared the hottest year worldwide. The report brought
into light temperature anomalies across different seasons and regions.
Record Temperatures
2024 saw an average land surface air temperature increase of +0.65 degrees Celsius
above the long-term average (1991-2020). It surpassed the previous record of +0.54
degrees Celsius set in 2016. Monthly averages were above normal for all months except
March.
Seasonal Temperature Anomalies
Winter (January-February) recorded +0.37 degrees Celsius
Pre-monsoon (March-May) recorded +0.56 degrees
Monsoon (June-September) recorded +0.71 degrees
Post-monsoon (October-December) recorded +0.83 degrees Celsius anomalies.
October had the highest anomaly of +1.23 degrees Celsius.
Geographical Heatwaves
Heatwaves affected various regions – April saw heatwaves on the eastern coast, May in
north-western India, and June across northern and central India. Some areas recorded
temperature anomalies exceeding 4 degrees Celsius.
Monthly Temperature Records
October recorded the highest monthly average temperature anomaly at +1.23 degrees
Celsius. November was the third highest since 1901, with an anomaly of +0.84 degrees.
July and September also had anomalies of +0.70 and +0.76 degrees, respectively.
Minimum Temperature Trends
July, August, September, and October experienced the highest average minimum
temperatures on record, with anomalies of +0.89, +0.59, +0.99, and +1.78 degrees Celsius,
respectively. February also recorded a high anomaly of +0.79 degrees Celsius.
Cyclonic Activity
In 2024, four cyclonic storms formed over the northern Indian Ocean, including two
severe storms – Remal and Dana. These storms led to extreme weather events, including
heavy rainfall, floods, and landslides.
Extreme Weather Events
The year was marked by various extreme weather phenomena across India, including
storms, droughts, and rainfall resulting in floods and landslides in several regions.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 370
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

UNICEF Report on Children’s Crises in 2025

January 17, 2025
A recent UNICEF titled “Prospects for Children in 2025 – Building Resilient Systems for
Children’s Futures” assessed the escalating crises faced by children globally in 2025. The
report outlines how climate change, economic instability, and conflict are severely
impacting their lives and futures. It stresses the urgent need for resilient systems to
protect children and ensure they receive adequate support.
Impact of Armed Conflict
Over 473 million children live in conflict-affected areas. This represents 19% of the global
child population, nearly double the percentage from the 1990s. Armed conflicts pose risks
to children’s lives, leading to displacement, starvation, and psychological trauma.
Debt Crisis and Child Welfare
Nearly 400 million children reside in countries burdened by debt.
Governments struggle to finance essential services due to high debt servicing costs.
In some African nations, more is spent on debt than on education. This situation
limits investments in health and social protection, exacerbating poverty.
Climate Change and Child Rights
Only 2.4% of climate finance targets child-responsive initiatives. This lack of funding
undermines the resilience of essential services for children. Enhanced financing is crucial
for recovery from climate disasters and ensuring access to education and healthcare.
Digital Inequality
Technological advancements are reshaping children’s lives, but digital access remains
unequal. In Africa, only 53% of youth are online, with disparities affecting girls and
children with disabilities. Bridging this digital divide is essential for equitable
opportunities.
Need for Systemic Change
The report calls for integrated systems that prioritise children’s rights and needs. These
systems should focus on inclusion and responsibility, addressing current challenges while
preparing for future crises. Strengthening governance and funding is essential for
building resilient futures for children.
Fixing DDT-Contaminated Soil with Biochar
January 17, 2025
Recent research from Chalmers University of Technology in Sweden has revealed a
promising method for remediating DDT-contaminated soils. This study marks the ongoing
environmental impact of DDT, a pesticide banned for over 50 years, and presents biochar
as a viable solution to restore soil health and agricultural viability.
DDT Overview
DDT (dichloro-diphenyl-trichloroethane) was introduced as an insecticide in 1939.
It effectively controls pests but degrades soil quality over time.
Despite its ban in many countries, DDT contamination persists in numerous sites

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 371
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

worldwide.
Biochar Application
Biochar, a charcoal-like substance, was mixed with contaminated soil. This process
effectively reduced DDT uptake by earthworms by 50%. Biochar binds contaminants and
enhances soil health, making it a sustainable option for remediation.
Experimental Methodology
Researchers divided the contaminated soil into piles, treating half with biochar. They
established 24 experimental plots, planting pumpkin, grasses, legumes, and willows.
Various indicators were used to assess soil health and plant performance.
Environmental and Economic Benefits
Using biochar on-site is cost-effective and environmentally friendly. It avoids the need to
transport contaminated soil to landfills, preserving good-quality soil. This method could
rehabilitate large areas of contaminated land.
Potential Crop Cultivation
Post-remediation, the treated land could support various crops. Potential plants include
pine and spruce saplings, hay for livestock, and bioenergy crops like willow trees. This
could revitalise previously unusable land.
Regulatory Challenges
Landowners face strict regulations regarding DDT contamination. Even without health
risks associated with crops, the obligation to manage ecological risks has left much land
uncultivated. This research presents a pathway to address these challenges.
Future Implications
The findings from this study could influence global practices in soil remediation. By
integrating biochar into contaminated sites, agricultural productivity may be restored
while mitigating environmental risks associated with historical pesticide use.
World Economic Forum Releases Global Risks Report
January 17, 2025
Recently, the World Economic Forum (WEF) released its Global Risks Report. This report
precedes the WEF annual meeting in Davos, focusing on the need for global cooperation
to tackle environmental challenges. The report notes rise in the frequency and cost of
extreme weather events, which are affecting numerous countries worldwide.
Global Risks Overview
The report categorises risks into economic, environmental, geopolitical, societal, and
technological domains. It assesses these risks over short (1-2 years) and long-term (10
years) horizons.
Short-Term Risks
For 2025-2027, extreme weather events rank as the second most severe global risk. They
are now among the top five risks in 28 countries, up from 24. The United States faces
challenges, particularly from wildfires in Los Angeles, projected to incur losses exceeding
$200 billion.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 372
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Impact on Countries
Twelve countries consider extreme weather among their top three short-term risks.
Countries like the Dominican Republic, Oman, and Bangladesh rank these events first or
second. Some nations, including Malawi and Mauritius, have seen a rise in the severity of
these risks.
Climate Change Drivers
Climate change influences multiple global risks, including involuntary migration, which
ranks as the eighth most severe short-term risk. The World Meteorological Organization
reported 2024 as the warmest year recorded, exacerbating extreme weather impacts.
Environmental Risks
Biodiversity loss, ecosystem collapse, and pollution are among the top ten long-term risks.
These interconnected challenges threaten global ecosystems and human health,
necessitating urgent action.
Pollution Threats
Pollution, ranked tenth in long-term risks, is driven by unsustainable practices. It
threatens air, water, and land quality, contributing to public health issues such as
cardiovascular diseases and cancers. Current green initiatives often overlook pollution
mitigation.
Recommendations
The report stresses the need for coordinated global action to address interconnected
crises, including climate change and pollution. Without comprehensive strategies, the
risks to ecosystems and human health will continue to escalate.
9th Anniversary of Startup India Mission
January 17, 2025
As of January 2025, the Startup India mission celebrates its ninth anniversary, denoting
achievements in encouraging entrepreneurship across the nation. Key government
funding initiatives have transformed the startup landscape, particularly benefiting Tier II
and Tier III cities. The mission’s success is attributed to strategic financial support and a
growing ecosystem of private investment.
Government Funding and Support
The Fund of Funds for Startups (FFS) is very important in mobilising capital. Administered
by SIDBI, it has facilitated substantial funding, totalling Rs 13 trillion. This financial backing
empowers startups to expand and innovate.
Startup Ecosystem Expansion
India now boasts the world’s third-largest startup ecosystem, with 159,157 startups as of
January 2025. This growth reflects a rise from approximately 500 startups in 2016,
generating 1.72 million direct jobs.
Impact on Society
Startups are recognised as agents of change. They address critical issues such as
sustainability, healthcare, and digital transformation. Their innovations contribute to a

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 373
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

better future for society.

Women in Entrepreneurship
Women play a vital role in India’s startup scene. The government promotes initiatives like
the Women Entrepreneurship Platform, aiming to empower women-led startups with
resources and opportunities.
Upcoming Events
The Startup Mahakumbh, set for April 2025, will feature 2,500 startups. This event is
positioned as the largest startup gathering, showcasing India’s entrepreneurial talent and
innovation.
PRABHAAV Factbook
The PRABHAAV Factbook, which was launched recently, documents the startup
ecosystem’s growth from 2016 to 2024. It serves as a comprehensive guide, denoting
achievements and regional developments in India’s vibrant startup landscape.
Bharat Startup Grand Challenge
The Bharat Startup Grand Challenge was also launched. It invites innovative solutions
across 75 sectors. It offers cash prizes, funding, mentorship, and networking
opportunities, encouraging collaboration between industry leaders and startups.
India’s Third Launch Pad Approved
January 17, 2025
The Government of India has approved the establishment of a Third Launch Pad (TLP) at
the Satish Dhawan Space Centre in Sriharikota, Andhra Pradesh. This initiative aims to
enhance India’s space capabilities, particularly for future human spaceflight missions. The
TLP will support the Next Generation Launch Vehicles (NGLV) and act as a backup for the
existing Second Launch Pad.
Project Overview
The TLP will be constructed to accommodate the NGLV and LVM3 vehicles. It is designed
to be adaptable for various configurations. The project is crucial for meeting increasing
launch demands.
Funding and Duration
The total estimated cost for the TLP is Rs. 3984.86 Crore. The project is expected to be
completed within 48 months, or four years.
Benefits to Indian Space Ecosystem
The TLP will boost India’s launch frequency and capacity. It is essential for supporting
human spaceflight and future exploration missions.
Current Launch Infrastructure
India currently relies on two launch pads – the First Launch Pad (FLP) and the Second
Launch Pad (SLP). FLP has been operational for 30 years, while SLP has been active for
nearly 20 years.
Future Vision
The TLP aligns with India’s expanded vision for space exploration, including plans for the

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 374
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Bharatiya Antariksh Station by 2035 and an Indian Crewed Lunar Landing by 2040.
Next Generation Launch Vehicle (NGLV)
The NGLV is a three-stage, partially reusable heavy-lift vehicle under development by
ISRO. It aims to replace older systems like PSLV and GSLV. The NGLV represents a shift
towards more advanced propulsion systems.
Historical Context
Previously known as the Unified Launch Vehicle (ULV), the NGLV has evolved from an
expendable design to one featuring partial reusability. This change reflects advancements
in space technology and operational efficiency.
India in QS World Future Skills Index
January 17, 2025
Recently, India has been recognised as the second most prepared job market globally,
following the United States, according to the QS World Future Skills Index. This inaugural
index evaluates countries based on their readiness for future job demands, particularly in
key sectors such as Artificial Intelligence, digital, and green industries. India’s strong
performance marks both its potential and the challenges it faces in aligning education
with industry needs.
QS World Future Skills Index
The index assesses countries on four main indicators – Skills Fit, Academic Readiness,
Future of Work, and Economic Transformation. India ranks 25th overall but excels in the
Future of Work category, scoring 99.1, just behind the US.
Key Strengths of India
India is noted for its robust GDP growth, youthful population, and vibrant start-up culture.
It is identified as the most prepared nation alongside Mexico for recruiting in digital roles,
showcasing its strong potential in emerging job markets.
Challenges in Higher Education
Despite its strengths, India faces challenges in higher education and industry
collaboration. There is a need to enhance partnerships between educational institutions
and industries to better equip graduates with in-demand skills.
Innovation and Sustainability Issues
India scored low on Future-Oriented Innovation and Sustainability metrics, indicating a
need for improvement in sustainable practices and innovative solutions. Addressing these
areas is crucial for long-term growth.
Demographic Advantage
India’s youthful demographic is asset, providing a dynamic workforce ready for future
challenges. This contrasts with many countries facing ageing populations, positioning
India favourably for growth in various sectors.
Recommendations for Improvement
To unlock its full potential, India must focus on deeper integration between education and
industry, encourage innovation, and expand access to higher education across diverse

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 375
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

regions. These steps are essential for preparing a future-ready workforce.

Future Outlook
India’s ranking in the QS index marks its capability to prepare for the future job market.
With continued efforts in education, sustainability, and innovation, India is poised to
become a leader in digital, AI, and green sectors.
MRSAM Contract for Indian Navy
January 17, 2025
Recently, the Indian Ministry of Defence signed contract worth Rs 2,960 crore with Bharat
Dynamics Limited for the supply of Medium-Range Surface-to-Air Missiles (MRSAM) to the
Navy. This agreement marks India’s commitment to defence self-reliance under the
‘Aatmanirbhar Bharat’ initiative, aiming to boost domestic manufacturing and create
substantial employment opportunities.
What is MRSAM?
It is a medium-range missile with a range between 1,000 km and 3,000 km.
Development: Defence Research and Development Organisation (DRDO) and Israel
Aerospace Industries (IAI)
Production: Bharat Dynamics Limited (BDL).
Designed to counter airborne threats such as helicopters, combat jets, cruise
missiles, and aircraft.
BARAK-8 is the land-based version of the MRSAM.
Technical Details of MRSAM:
Launch and Weight: High-response, vertically launched missile weighing 275 kg.
Functionality: Operates using a proximity fuse, which detonates when the target is
nearby.
It emits radio waves and activates based on reflected waves.
Control: Can be operated remotely using radar or directly from close distances (e.g.,
from a ship).
Employment Generation
The MRSAM contract is expected to generate approximately 3.5 lakh man-days of
employment in the defence sector. This includes opportunities for various Micro, Small,
and Medium Enterprises (MSMEs) involved in the production process.
Focus on Indigenous Technology
The MRSAM systems will be produced under the ‘Buy (Indian)’ category, featuring
indigenous content. This aligns with the broader goal of reducing reliance on foreign
imports in defence.
Make in India Achievements
India’s Navy has made substantial strides in indigenisation, constructing 39 out of 40 naval
vessels domestically. Notable projects include the aircraft carrier INS Vikrant and nuclear
submarines INS Arihant and INS Arighaat.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 376
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Defence Production Growth

Defence production in India has surpassed Rs 1.25 lakh crore, with equipment exports to
over 100 countries. The government is establishing major manufacturing hubs to further
enhance production capabilities.
Four New Tarantula Species Discovered in Western Ghats
January 17, 2025
Recent research has revealed four new tarantula species, including a new genus, from
India’s Western Ghats. This region, rich in biodiversity, is home to over 60 tarantula
species, yet many people remain unaware of their existence. The discoveries highlight the
ecological significance of these spiders and the urgent need for conservation measures.
Habitat and Behaviors
Tarantulas live in tree hollows, along streams, forest paths, and shola forest patches
surrounded by tea plantations.
Females exhibit unique behaviors like carrying egg sacs under their mouthparts and
creating hammock-like web structures to protect their eggs.
Examples of newly discovered species:
Haploclastus bratocolonus (“tree dweller”): Found in hollow trees along rivers.
Haploclastus montanus: Lives at elevations above 2,000 meters, making it one of
the highest-living tarantulas in the region.
About Cilantica
It is named after the Tamil word for spider
Cilantica is identified by its unique pattern of curved bristles, differing from other
tarantulas.
Ecological Importance:
Tarantulas play a key role as biological pest controllers, preying on smaller
invertebrates and vertebrates.
They are keystone species and indicators of undisturbed habitats.
They also form part of the diet for spider wasps and small carnivores.
Threats to Tarantulas:
Illegal Pet Trade:
25% of tarantula species described since 2000 have entered the international
pet trade.
Rare species often appear for sale online shortly after scientific description
(e.g., Haploclastus devamatha from Kerala was sold online within eight months
of discovery).
Over 73% of traded arachnid species are not monitored by international trade
systems.
Challenges in Detection:
Tarantulas are hard to detect in smuggling due to their lack of bones, making X-
ray screening ineffective.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 377
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Vulnerability:
Tarantulas have slow reproduction rates and long lifespans (10–20+ years).
Many species are endemic to small areas, making them highly susceptible to
overcollection.
Conservation Efforts
Tarantulas could serve as flagship species for invertebrate conservation in the
Western Ghats.
Conservation challenges include habitat destruction, deforestation, agriculture, and
climate change.
Experts suggest several solutions:
Train customs and airport security to detect smuggled tarantulas, possibly
using sniffer dogs.
Encourage reporting of illegal collection by local communities.
Promote responsible pet ownership, ensuring tarantulas are captive-bred and
not sourced illegally.
January 18, 2025
India Phases Out HCFCs
January 18, 2025
In 2024, India successfully phased out hydrochlorofluorocarbons (HCFCs) in
manufacturing, aligning with its commitments under the Montreal Protocol. This initiative
is crucial for protecting the ozone layer and addressing climate change. The Montreal
Protocol, established in 1987, has been very important in reducing ozone-depleting
substances globally. India’s actions mark step towards sustainable environmental
practices.
Montreal Protocol Overview
The Montreal Protocol is an international treaty aimed at phasing out ozone-
depleting substances.
Established in 1987, it came into force in 1989.
It is regarded as one of the most successful environmental agreements, with 98% of
ozone-depleting substances eliminated since 1990.
The protocol’s success is projected to restore the ozone layer by mid-century.
Hydrochlorofluorocarbons (HCFCs)
HCFCs are chemical compounds used mainly in refrigeration and air conditioning.
Introduced as temporary substitutes for CFCs, they still pose a threat to the ozone
layer.
The 1992 Copenhagen Amendment accelerated HCFC phase-out efforts, culminating
in India’s recent ban on HCFCs in manufacturing.
India’s Commitment
India joined the Vienna Convention in 1991 and the Montreal Protocol in 1992. It
developed a phased plan to eliminate ozone-depleting substances, achieving reductions

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 378
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

by 2010. The recent phase-out of HCFCs is part of a larger strategy to address climate
change and protect the ozone layer.
Hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs)
HFCs are greenhouse gases used as alternatives to CFCs and HCFCs.
They do not deplete the ozone layer but contribute to global warming.
The Kigali Amendment, adopted in 2016, aims to reduce HFC use by 85% by 2036 for
developed countries and by 2047 for developing countries.
Future of Cooling Technologies
Discussions at the 2024 COP brought into light the need for sustainable cooling solutions.
Innovations such as solar cooling and evaporative cooling are being explored. The focus is
on reducing energy consumption and managing refrigerant leakage effectively.
Global Negotiation Context
Countries are negotiating the future of cooling technology, aiming to establish standards
for refrigerant management. The conversation is shifting towards sustainable alternatives,
including natural refrigerants, to combat environmental challenges effectively.
India’s Future Plans
India aims for a complete HCFC phase-out by 2030, with plans to limit HFC use in
subsequent years. The country has set specific reduction targets for HFCs, demonstrating
its commitment to sustainable environmental practices and compliance with international
agreements.
Indo-Myanmar Border Regulations
January 18, 2025
In recent months, the Government of India has intensified its regulations regarding the
entry of foreigners into the Northeastern states bordering Myanmar. This shift follows a
period of relative openness, with implications for local communities and cross-border
relations.
Protected Area Regime (PAR)
The Government of India reinstated the Protected Area Regime in Manipur, Mizoram, and
Nagaland. This policy restricts foreign nationals from visiting these areas without special
permits. The PAR aims to enhance security and control foreign access, countering
previous efforts to promote tourism.
Free Movement Regime (FMR) Amendments
The Centre amended the Free Movement Regime, which previously allowed border
residents to travel 16 km into each other’s territory without a visa. The new protocol limits
this to residents within 10 km of the border, requiring a border pass for visits lasting up to
seven days.
Political and Social Reactions
The amendments have sparked mixed reactions. While the BJP-led government in Manipur
supports tighter controls due to concerns over illegal immigration, political factions in
Mizoram and Nagaland have opposed the changes. Local communities share ethnic ties

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 379
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

across the border, complicating the issue.

Community Concerns
Local organisations, such as the Zo-Reunification Organisation, express dissatisfaction
with the new FMR rules. They argue that restricting movement to those living within 10
km is insufficient, as many have relatives further inland. They advocate for longer border
pass validity.
Government and Civil Society Responses
The Mizoram government and civil society groups have largely refrained from opposing
the new regulations, indicating a sense of resignation to central government decisions.
They still advocate for welcoming tourists and maintaining some level of cross-border
movement.
Geopolitical Implications
Analysts suggest that these regulatory changes are a response to the evolving political
landscape in Myanmar, particularly the weakening of the junta’s control. The Government
of India’s approach aims to balance security with the complexities of local ethnic
dynamics.
Future Considerations
The recent interventions reflect an ongoing effort to manage border security while
navigating the sensitivities of local communities. The effectiveness of these measures and
their impact on Indo-Myanmar relations remain to be seen.
Maharashtra FDA Allows Homeopathic Practitioners to Prescribe Allopathic
Medicine
January 18, 2025
In late December 2025, the Maharashtra Food and Drugs Administration (FDA) issued a
directive allowing homeopathic practitioners with a certificate in modern pharmacology to
prescribe allopathic medications. This decision has sparked considerable controversy and
legal challenges, particularly from the Indian Medical Association (IMA), which questions
the safety and legality of the directive.
Background of the Directive
The directive follows a 2014 amendment to the Maharashtra Medical Council Act, which
recognised homeopathic practitioners as registered medical practitioners if they
completed a state-approved pharmacology course. This aimed to clarify prescription
practices for chemists and pharmacists.
Legal Challenges
The IMA has challenged the directive in the Bombay High Court, citing concerns over
patient safety. A previous 2017 notification allowing homeopaths to practice modern
medicine was stayed by the court, raising questions about the FDA’s authority to issue the
new directive.
Concerns from Medical Professionals
Doctors argue that allowing homeopaths to prescribe allopathic medications after a short

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 380
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

course undermines patient safety. They emphasise the extensive training required for
MBBS doctors compared to the limited training of homeopathic practitioners.
Supreme Court Rulings
In a landmark 1996 case, the Supreme Court held that homeopaths could be liable for
negligence if they prescribed allopathic medications. Subsequent rulings have reinforced
the view that cross-system practice is generally considered medical negligence unless
explicitly authorised by law.
Government Policies on AYUSH Practitioners
The central government promotes AYUSH (Ayurveda, Yoga, Unani, Siddha, and
Homeopathy) practitioners to address the shortage of doctors in rural areas. However,
critics argue that this could lead to unsafe practices if not properly regulated.
Impact on General Practice
Experts warn that allowing homeopaths to prescribe allopathy could further destabilise
the already disordered general practice system in India. They stress the need for a
coherent strategy to improve healthcare access without compromising patient safety.
What is Integrated System of Medicine?
A healthcare approach that combines conventional medicine with traditional,
complementary, or alternative medicine to provide holistic, patient-centered care.
What is Homeopathy?
It is an alternative medicine founded by German physician Samuel Hahnemann in
the 18th century.
It is based on the idea that the body can heal itself.
The approach uses tiny amounts of natural substances (plants, minerals) to stimulate
healing.
Key Principles:
1. Law of Similar: A substance causing symptoms in a healthy person can treat similar
symptoms in a sick person.
2. Minimal Dose: Remedies are highly diluted to reduce toxicity and enhance healing
properties.
3. Individualization: Treatments are tailored to a person’s unique physical, mental,
and emotional symptoms.
4. Totality of Symptoms: Focuses on all symptoms rather than just the disease.
Concerns About Homeopathy
Studies show no significant effects compared to placebo.
Not recommended for serious conditions like HIV, malaria, or cancer.
Many trials are unregistered, raising doubts about the reliability of results.
Relying on homeopathy for severe conditions can delay proper medical care,
harming patients.
Limited or no evidence for treating cancers or reducing side effects of cancer
treatments.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 381
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Arguments Supporting Homeopathy

Historical Use: Widely used for centuries.
Individualized Treatment: Customized remedies address unique patient needs.
Minimal Side Effects: Highly diluted remedies are safe for most people.
Holistic Approach: Considers physical, mental, and emotional well-being.
Anecdotal Evidence: Many patients and famous figures (e.g., Gandhi, Tagore) claim
positive experiences.
Way Forward for India
Evidence-Based Research: Conduct rigorous clinical trials to assess homeopathy’s
effectiveness and safety.
Stronger Regulations: Enhance oversight to ensure quality and safety in
homeopathy.
Education and Awareness: Inform healthcare professionals and the public about
homeopathy’s strengths and limitations.
Holistic Approach: Promote healthcare that addresses physical, mental, and social
aspects.
Continuous Improvement: Regularly update practices based on new research and
evolving healthcare needs.
Sri Lanka to Receive Largest FDI from China
January 18, 2025
Recently, Sri Lanka is set to receive its largest foreign direct investment from China,
amounting to $3.7 billion for an oil refinery. This investment comes during President
Anura Kumara Dissanayake’s visit to China and is integral to China’s Belt and Road
Initiative (BRI). The project raises concerns regarding potential debt traps and regional
geopolitical tensions, particularly with India.
Investment Details
China’s Sinopec will build the refinery with a capacity of 200,000 barrels per day.
The agreement was signed between Sri Lanka’s Ministry of Energy and Sinopec.
The project aims to meet domestic fuel demand and generate foreign currency
through exports.
Geopolitical Context
The refinery is located near the strategic Hambantota port, previously leased to China for
99 years. This location heightens regional tensions, as India views Chinese influence in Sri
Lanka as a direct threat to its interests in the Indian Ocean.
Debt Trap Concerns
Sri Lanka has faced financial challenges, partly due to debts incurred from Chinese loans.
The Hambantota port deal is often cited as a classic example of a “debt trap,” where
countries lose control of assets due to inability to repay loans.
India’s Counter Strategies
India has responded to China’s growing influence by proposing its own energy projects,

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 382
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

including a $1.2 billion fuel pipeline to Trincomalee. Indian Oil Corporation is fuel supplier
in Sri Lanka, holding a 20% market share.
Sinopec’s Market Strategy
Sinopec aims to dominate the Sri Lankan market by prioritising domestic sales over
exports. The company has also launched a fuel import and distribution business in Sri
Lanka, further solidifying its presence.
Sri Lanka’s Balancing Act
Sri Lanka seeks to balance its relationships with both China and India. The government
has engaged in various agreements with India, including leasing an oil tank farm and
extending licenses to Indian companies.
Historical Context
Sri Lanka’s economic crisis in 2023 led to a default on $46 billion in foreign debt. Past
Chinese investments have resulted in commercial failures, raising concerns about Sri
Lanka’s dependency on Chinese financing.
Future Implications
The outcome of this investment will impact Sri Lanka’s economy and its geopolitical stance
in the Indian Ocean region. The nation’s leadership aims to navigate the complex
relationship between its two powerful neighbours, China and India.
Protection and Enforcement of Interests in Aircraft Objects Bill, 2024
January 18, 2025
The Protection and Enforcement of Interests in Aircraft Objects Bill, 2024, aims to
transform India’s aviation sector by enhancing the leasing framework. This legislation is
expected to lower costs, improve accessibility to air travel, and attract investment as India
anticipates a surge in aircraft acquisitions.
Objectives of the Bill
The Bill seeks to protect aircraft lessors’ rights to reclaim leased equipment.
It aims to reduce leasing costs, thereby making air travel more affordable for
consumers.
The legislation is designed to facilitate the acquisition of over 1,000 new aircraft by
the end of the decade.
Ratification of the Cape Town Convention
If passed, the Bill will ratify the Cape Town Convention, a global treaty that secures lessors’
rights to repossess aircraft in default cases. India is a signatory but has yet to ratify it,
leading to reliance on local court decisions.
Key Facts about the Cape Town Convention and Aircraft Protocol
The Convention on International Interests in Mobile Equipment and the Protocol
on Matters Specific to Aircraft Equipment were signed in Cape Town on 16
November 2001.
These agreements are collectively referred to as a single instrument under Article
6(1) of the Convention.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 383
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

They were adopted under the joint supervision of ICAO (International Civil
Aviation Organization) and UNIDROIT (International Institute for the
Unification of Private
The Convention and Protocol address issues related to securing rights over high-
value aviation assets like airframes, aircraft engines, and helicopters.
These assets have no fixed location, making it difficult for creditors to enforce their
rights due to varying legal systems across countries.
By reducing legal uncertainty, the Convention promotes easier financing and lowers
borrowing costs for aviation assets.
Benefits of the Convention
Predictability and Enforcement:
Establishes an international interest recognized in all Contracting States.
Introduces an electronic international interest registration system to
ensure quick enforcement.
Reduces the global average delay in contract enforcement from 10 months to 2
months.
Cost Savings:
Reduces risks for creditors, leading to lower borrowing costs for debtors.
Encourages financing for fuel-efficient and modern aircraft.
Airlines in member states can get a 10% discount on export credit premiums.
Example of cost savings:
Australian airlines saved $330,000 on an ATR 72 aircraft and $2.5 million
on an Airbus A380 purchase after adopting the Convention.
Impact on Ease of Doing Business
The Bill is expected to enhance the business environment for aviation by ensuring
legal clarity and reducing conflicts.
It aims to address challenges faced by lessors, particularly brought into light during
the Go First crisis, by aligning local laws with international standards.
Boosting Investor Confidence
By guaranteeing repossession rights, the Bill will boost the confidence of global lessors in
Indian airlines. This legislative change is critical for attracting foreign investment in the
aviation sector, which has been deemed a high-risk jurisdiction.
Reduction of Lease Costs
The Bill aims to lower lease rentals by reducing the current high-risk premium associated
with leasing in India. This reduction is expected to decrease overall aircraft financing costs
for airlines, leading to lower airfares for passengers.
Snow Leopard Population
January 18, 2025
Recent studies reveal that the Sanjiangyuan area in China’s Qinghai province is a critical
habitat for snow leopards, hosting approximately 1,000 individuals. This region is vital for

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 384
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

the conservation of this endangered species, as it comprises portion of their global

population. The findings tell the importance of understanding snow leopard dynamics for
effective conservation strategies.
Snow Leopard Habitat
The snow leopard primarily inhabits the mountains of Central and South Asia. It thrives at
elevations ranging from 1,800 to 5,500 metres. The species is adapted to alpine,
subalpine, and semi-arid ecosystems. Sanjiangyuan is crucial as it holds the headwaters of
major rivers in Asia.
Population Estimates
Recent estimates suggest that Sanjiangyuan contains 1,000 snow leopards, representing
11-21% of the global population. The density in this area is about 0.90 individuals per 100
sq km. Two conservative estimates suggest populations of 971 and 978 snow leopards in
defined regions.
Diet and Prey
Snow leopards primarily prey on bharal (blue sheep), which constitutes over 80% of their
diet. The high bharal density in Sanjiangyuan contributes to the snow leopard population
in the region.
Conservation Status
The International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) classifies snow leopards as
‘Vulnerable’. Their status was downgraded from ‘Endangered’ in 2017, but this decision
faced criticism due to potential biases in population estimates.
Threats to Survival
Snow leopards face numerous threats, including habitat loss, poaching, and human-
wildlife conflict. Livestock predation leads to retaliatory killings by herders. Additionally,
illegal hunting poses risk to their population.
Research and Methodology
The recent study utilised camera trap data from various organisations collected between
2015 and 2021. This data was standardised to provide a comprehensive estimate of the
snow leopard population across 360,000 sq km.
Significance of Findings
About snow leopard populations is essential for conservation planning. The research aims
to establish a framework for future population assessments and enhance conservation
efforts for this iconic species.
Green Hydrogen Challenges Ahead
January 18, 2025
The recent surge in green hydrogen project announcements has not translated into
successful implementations, according to a study by researchers from the Potsdam
Institute for Climate Impact Research. Despite ambitious goals, only a small fraction of
announced projects have become operational, denoting challenges in the sector.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 385
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Current Project Landscape

In 2023, 190 green hydrogen projects were tracked globally.
Only 0.3 GW of the projected 4.3 GW capacity was installed, resulting in a mere 7%
success rate.
Delays were common, with 86% of projects announced in 2021 not realised on time.
Future Ambitions
The announced project pipeline has nearly tripled to 422 GW since 2021.
Europe leads in capacity announcements, followed by Australia and Central/South
America.
This growth reflects a closing ambition gap towards meeting 1.5°C climate targets.
Key Challenges
Three main factors contribute to the low success rate:
1. Rising electrolyser costs
2. Lack of offtake agreements
3. Insufficient supportive policies.
These challenges hinder timely project realisation and investment confidence.
Investment Needs
Realising the announced projects would require global subsidies of US$ 1.3 trillion,
exceeding current commitments. Without carbon pricing, achieving these goals remains
difficult.
Technological Advancements
Green hydrogen production relies on renewable energy sources. Innovations in
electrolysis and storage are essential for cost-effective production and widespread
adoption.
Sectoral Applications
Green hydrogen can decarbonise sectors like agriculture and transport, offering
alternatives to fossil fuels. Its potential includes powering farm machinery and hydrogen
fuel cell vehicles.
Infrastructure and Safety Concerns
Robust infrastructure for production, storage, and distribution is vital. Safety protocols are
necessary due to hydrogen’s flammability, ensuring secure handling and usage.
India’s Green Hydrogen Initiatives
India’s National Hydrogen Mission aims to position the country as a global hub for green
hydrogen. Initiatives include consumption obligations for key industries and the
development of green hydrogen hubs.
Way Forward Strategies
To advance green hydrogen, reducing production costs through efficient technologies is
crucial. Regulatory incentives and coordinated efforts among stakeholders are necessary
for developing a sustainable supply chain. Awareness and capacity building will further
facilitate its adoption.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 386
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Krishna River Flood Protection

January 18, 2025
Recently, the Andhra Pradesh State Cabinet approved the construction of a flood
protection wall along the Krishna River. This initiative aims to mitigate recurring flooding
issues affecting local communities. The decision follows previous efforts to address soil
erosion and flooding on the river’s banks, particularly in Vijayawada and surrounding
areas.
Krishna River System
The Krishna River is one of India’s major river systems, flowing approximately 1,400
km through several states.
It is vital for agriculture and industry, supporting millions of people.
This river is the second-largest east-flowing river in Peninsular India.
It originates from Mahabaleshwar near Jor village in Satara district, Maharashtra.
It is bounded by the Balaghat range (north), Eastern Ghats (south/east), and Western
Ghats (west).
Tributaries of Krisha River
Right Bank Tributaries:
Major Rivers: Venna, Koyna, Panchganga, Dudhganga, Ghataprabha,
Malaprabha, and Tungabhadra.
Key Features:
Koyna: Koyna Dam (largest hydroelectric project in Maharashtra).
Ghataprabha: Gokak Waterfall, Ghataprabha Project (hydroelectric and
irrigation).
Malaprabha: Navilatirtha Dam, UNESCO heritage sites (Aihole, Pattadakal,
Badami).
Tungabhadra: Raichur Doab region, historical significance as Pampa.
Left Bank Tributaries:
Major Rivers: Bhima, Dindi, Peddavagu, Halia, Musi, Paleru, and Munneru.
Key Features:
Bhima: Originates in Bhimashankar hills, flows through Maharashtra,
Karnataka, and Andhra Pradesh.
Musi: Osmansagar and Himayatsagar dams; supports water supply for
Hyderabad.
Drought and Flood Prone Areas:
Drought-Prone:
Rayalaseema (Andhra Pradesh), Bellary, Raichur, Dharwad, Bijapur (Karnataka),
Pune, Solapur, Osmanabad, Ahmednagar (Maharashtra).
Flood-Prone:
Delta region due to silt deposition and coastal cyclones.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 387
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Major Projects
1. Tungabhadra Project: Hydroelectricity, irrigation, and flood control.
2. Srisailam Project: Large dam with the Srisailam Sagar reservoir.
3. Nagarjuna Sagar Dam: Crosses the borders of Nalgonda and Guntur districts.
4. Prakasam Barrage: Conceptualized by Major Cotton, built near Vijayawada.
5. Bhima Project: Across the Bhima River in Solapur district.
Flood Protection Wall
A flood protection wall will be built from 0.9 km to 2.61 km downstream of the Prakasam
Barrage. The project is located in Tadepalli village, Guntur district. The estimated cost is
₹294.20 crore. This wall aims to protect Sundarayya Nagar and Mahanadu Colony from
future floods.
Mini Hydel Plants Approval
The Cabinet approved the establishment of two mini hydel plants by M/s May Encans (P)
Limited. One will have a capacity of 1 MW, and the other will be 2.7 MW. Both plants will
be located near the Sardar Gouthu Latchanna Thotapalli Barrage on the Nagavali River.
Swachh Survekshan Toolkit Launch
January 18, 2025
Recently, the Union Minister for Housing and Urban Affairs, Manohar Lal Khattar, revealed
a new toolkit for the ninth edition of Swachh Survekshan, the largest urban cleanliness
survey globally. This edition introduces a simplified and systematic approach, promoting
urban sanitation through citizen engagement and third-party validation. The launch event
brought into light the introduction of the Super Swachh League, which recognises cities
excelling in cleanliness.
About Swachh Survekshan
Swachh Survekshan was initiated in 2016 by the Ministry of Housing and Urban
Affairs (MoHUA).
It aims to enhance urban sanitation through public participation.
The survey evaluates cities based on cleanliness and sanitation metrics.
Introduction of Super Swachh League
The new category, Super Swachh League, was introduced to acknowledge top-
performing cities.
It creates a competitive environment among cities that have ranked in the top three
for at least two of the last three years (2021-2023).
Cities in Super Swachh League (12 Cities)
Very Small Cities (<20,000 population): Panchgani, Patan
Small Cities (20,000–50,000 population): Vita, Sasvad
Medium Cities (50,000–3 Lakh population): Ambikapur, Tirupati, NDMC (New
Delhi Municipal Council)
Big Cities (3–10 Lakh population): Noida, Chandigarh
Million-Plus Cities (>10 Lakh population): Navi Mumbai, Indore, Surat

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 388
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Each category has tailored assessment parameters.

Assessment Criteria
To stay in the Super Swachh League, cities must maintain a score of at least 85% to
retain their position.
They will also be evaluated on additional aspirational indicators.
Impact of Swachh Survekshan
The initiative has encourageed collaboration and responsibility among citizens and local
governments. It aims to make cleanliness a national priority and encourages cities to
strive for higher standards.
Recognition and Awards
Awards will be given to the cleanest cities in each population category, allowing smaller
cities to gain recognition alongside larger ones like Indore and Surat. Indore has been the
cleanest city for 7 consecutive years.
Telecom Initiatives in India
January 18, 2025
Recently, Union Minister Jyotiraditya Scindia launched several telecom initiatives aimed at
enhancing connectivity and security across India. These initiatives include the Sanchar
Saathi Mobile App, the National Broadband Mission (NBM) 2.0, and Intra Circle Roaming at
DBN-funded 4G mobile sites. The government aims to empower citizens through
improved access to telecom services while encouraging a digitally inclusive society.
Sanchar Saathi Mobile App
The Sanchar Saathi Mobile App is designed to boost telecom security. Key features include
reporting suspected fraud, managing mobile connections, blocking lost devices, and
verifying handset authenticity. It is available on both Android and iOS, targeting over 90
crore smartphone users in India.
National Broadband Mission (NBM) 2.0
NBM 2.0 aims to connect 1.7 lakh villages by 2030. It builds on the success of NBM 1.0,
which established 8 lakh towers. Objectives include achieving a minimum broadband
speed of 100 Mbps and expanding connectivity to 90% of anchor institutions. The mission
envisions a digitally inclusive future for all citizens.
Intra Circle Roaming (ICR)
The ICR initiative allows multiple telecom service providers to share infrastructure at DBN-
funded 4G sites. This collaboration among BSNL, Airtel, and Reliance enhances
connectivity for over 35,400 rural villages, providing seamless 4G services while reducing
capital expenditure for operators.
Cybersecurity Measures
The Sanchar Saathi initiative has successfully combated cyber fraud, disconnecting 2.75
crore fraudulent connections and securing over 25 lakh lost devices. The International
Incoming Spoofed Calls Prevention System has blocked 90% of spoofed calls, reducing
cyber threats to citizens.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 389
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Collaboration and Stakeholder Engagement

The initiatives involve collaboration with various stakeholders, including ministries, state
governments, and telecom service providers. This collective effort aims to streamline
processes and enhance the effectiveness of the new telecom regulations.
Previous Achievements of NBM 1.0
NBM 1.0, initiated in 2019, expanded optical fibre networks and increased broadband
subscribers to 941 million. It resolved Right of Way issues and introduced the “Call Before
u Dig” app to protect telecom infrastructure. The mission focused on bridging the digital
divide and enhancing access to essential services.
Future Vision
The initiatives align with the government’s vision for a Viksit Bharat by 2047. They aim to
create a connected, resilient, and sustainable India. The focus on technology and
innovation is expected to drive socio-economic growth and empower citizens across the
nation.
RINL Revival Package Announced
January 18, 2025
Recently, the Government of India announced revival package for Rashtriya Ispat Nigam
Ltd (RINL), a state-owned steel manufacturer facing severe financial difficulties. The
₹11,440 crore package aims to restore the company’s operations and safeguard
thousands of jobs amid political pressure and economic challenges.
Background of RINL
RINL, also known as Vizag Steel, is located in Vishakhapatnam, Andhra Pradesh. It has a
production capacity of 7.3 million tonnes per annum. The plant operates three blast
furnaces, with two currently in operation. RINL has been struggling financially, reporting a
negative net worth and debt.
Details of the Revival Package
The revival package includes ₹10,300 crore as equity infusion and ₹1,140 crore as working
capital. The working capital will be converted into non-cumulative preference shares
redeemable after ten years. This financial support is one of the largest in the recent
history of Indian public sector undertakings.
Political Influence and Support
The push for the package was led by Andhra Pradesh Chief Minister N. Chandrababu
Naidu and Union Steel Minister H. D. Kumaraswamy. Their political alliances were crucial
in persuading the central government to approve the financial support, which was seen as
a commitment to the people of Andhra Pradesh.
Impact on Employment
The revival of RINL is expected to protect the jobs of approximately 30,000 to 35,000
workers, including both permanent and contractual staff. The financial support aims to
stabilise the company and ensure job security for its employees.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 390
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Financial Challenges Faced by RINL

As of March 2024, RINL had a debt exceeding ₹25,000 crore and was defaulting on loan
repayments. Current liabilities were higher than current assets, indicating severe financial
strain. The new capital infusion is intended to address these operational challenges.
Future Prospects
The revival package aims to enhance capacity utilisation to nearly 92.5% over the next
18-24 months. A second tranche of funding may be considered based on RINL’s
performance post-infusion. The operationalisation of all three blast furnaces is a key goal
of the revival efforts.
Conclusion of Events
The approval of the RINL revival package marks important step in addressing the
challenges faced by the steel manufacturer. The collaboration between state and central
government officials marks the importance of political support in reviving struggling
public sector enterprises.
Huntington’s Disease Research Advances
January 18, 2025
Recent studies have shed light on Huntington’s disease, a genetic disorder leading to the
degeneration of brain cells. Despite the known genetic mutation, its delayed onset
remains puzzling. New research indicates that the mutation, initially harmless, becomes
harmful over time, ultimately causing neurological damage. This disease typically
manifests between the ages of 30 and 50, with symptoms worsening over a period of 10
to 25 years.
What is Huntington’s disease?
Huntington’s disease is linked to a specific gene with a repeating DNA sequence known as
CAG. In affected individuals, this sequence repeats 40 times or more, whereas in healthy
individuals, it ranges from 15 to 35 repeats. The mutation’s length increases over time,
with detrimental effects on neurons when exceeding 150 repeats.
Research Findings
A study involving 53 Huntington’s patients and 50 controls analysed half a million brain
cells. Researchers discovered that CAG repeat expansions accelerate after reaching 80
repeats, correlating with earlier disease onset. This contradicts previous beliefs that fewer
expansions could trigger the disease.
Implications for Treatment
Current treatments primarily manage symptoms. However, new findings suggest that
targeting the slowing of DNA repeat expansions could be a more effective strategy.
Companies are increasingly exploring methods to delay or prevent the disease, marking a
shift in research focus.
Future Directions
Ongoing research aims to refine treatment approaches for Huntington’s disease, which
affects around 41,000 Americans. About the mutation’s behaviour may lead to

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 391
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

breakthroughs in prevention and delay of symptom onset. Researchers are optimistic

about the potential for innovative therapies in the near future.
Maharashtra AI Policy Initiative
January 18, 2025
Recently, the Maharashtra government announced the formation of a 16-member
committee to draft the state’s first Artificial Intelligence (AI) policy. This initiative aims to
position Maharashtra as the first state in India with a dedicated AI policy. The committee’s
recommendations will align with the central government’s India AI Mission, enhancing the
state’s digital economy and encouraging industrial growth.
Formation of AI Committee
A 16-member committee has been established to create Maharashtra’s AI Policy 2025.
Chaired by the director of the Directorate of Information Technology, Mumbai, the
committee is tasked with submitting recommendations within a specified timeframe.
Objectives of the AI Policy
The policy aims to complement the IndiaAI Mission by leveraging Maharashtra’s
entrepreneurial spirit. It seeks to accelerate industrial development and contribute to the
state’s goal of achieving a $1 trillion GDP.
India AI Mission Overview
Launched in March 2024, the India AI Mission focuses on enhancing the nation’s AI
capabilities. Key initiatives include the IndiaAI Datasets Platform, Innovation Centre, and
funding for AI startups.
Cyber Security Policy Task Force
Alongside the AI policy, a Cyber Security Policy Task Force has been formed. This task
force aims to protect Maharashtra’s IT infrastructure and ensure secure digital services for
citizens.
Economic Impact of AI
AI is projected to boost Maharashtra’s digital economy, estimated at ₹6 lakh crore. The
policy is designed to catalyse growth in various sectors, including healthcare, agriculture,
and manufacturing.
Global Context of AI Development
India’s AI strategy, known as “AI for All,” aims to establish India as a global hub for AI
innovation. The Government of India is actively promoting AI through various initiatives
and partnerships.
Challenges in AI Adoption
Maharashtra faces challenges such as a lack of skilled talent, insufficient infrastructure,
and privacy concerns. Addressing these issues is crucial for the successful implementation
of the AI policy.
Future Directions for AI in Maharashtra
The Maharashtra government is focused on encouraging research and development in AI.
Strategies include enhancing educational programmes and promoting public-private

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 392
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

partnerships to accelerate AI adoption across sectors.

Musi River Heritage Sites
January 18, 2025
Recently, the World Monuments Fund (WMF) announced the inclusion of the Musi River
Historic Buildings in Hyderabad on its World Monuments Watch list. This recognition
marks the urgent need for preservation efforts amid environmental challenges and urban
development. The initiative coincides with local government plans to rejuvenate the river
and its heritage structures, aiming to enhance tourism and community engagement.
World Monuments Watch
The WMF’s biennial programme identifies sites worldwide at risk from climate change,
conflict, and neglect. Recently, the Musi River Historic Buildings were spotlighted
alongside 24 other sites globally. This initiative aims to advocate for heritage preservation.
Significant Historic Buildings
Key structures along the Musi River include Telangana High Court, State Central Library,
Osmania General Hospital, and British Residency (now Koti Women’s College). These
landmarks showcase the city’s civic legacy and architectural history.
Environmental Context
Hyderabad faces pollution and ecological degradation of the Musi River. The WMF
emphasises that restoring these historic sites can contribute to environmental
conservation and community resilience.
Key Facts about the Musi River
Location: The Musi River is a key tributary of the Krishna River in the Deccan Plateau
and flows through Telangana, India.
Historical Name: The river was historically called Muchukunda.
City Connection: Hyderabad is situated on the banks of the Musi River. The river
separates the Old City from the newer parts of Hyderabad.
Reservoirs:
The Musi River flows into two artificial lakes: Himayat Sagar and Osman Sagar.
These lakes were reservoirs that once provided drinking water to Hyderabad
and Secunderabad.
Origin: The river starts in the Ananthagiri Hills, near Vikarabad.
Flow Path:
It flows eastward and turns south at Chittaloor.
It merges with the Krishna River at Vadapally near Miryalaguda in Nalgonda
district.
Government Initiatives
The Telangana government plans to conserve nearly 12 heritage structures. Projects are
already underway for sites like the State Central Library and British Residency, with further
redevelopment proposed under the Musi Riverfront Development Corporation Limited
(MRDCL).

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 393
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Funding and Support

The WMF has allocated $2 million for preservation efforts. This funding will support local
partners in research, education, and conservation planning. Collaborative efforts aim to
safeguard Hyderabad’s heritage for future generations.
Community Engagement
The government seeks to involve private firms in heritage conservation, promoting
adaptive reuse of historic structures. This approach is designed to enhance community
benefits and tourism potential.
Future Plans
Over the next two years, the WMF will work with local teams to assess the needs of the
listed sites. Strategies for preservation, advocacy, and fundraising will be developed to
ensure the sustainability of these cultural landmarks.
SVAMITVA Property Card Distribution
January 18, 2025
On 18th January 2025, Prime Minister Shri Narendra Modi presided over the e-Distribution
of SVAMITVA Property Cards. This event marks step in India’s rural governance and
empowerment, with around 65 lakh cards being distributed across over 50,000 villages in
10 states and 2 Union Territories. The initiative aims to enhance property rights and
improve land governance in rural areas.
Overview of SVAMITVA Scheme
Launched on 24th April 2020, the SVAMITVA Scheme aims to provide property owners in
rural areas with a “Record of Rights”. It employs drone and GIS technology for accurate
land surveying.
Geographical Reach
The initiative spans 10 states – Chhattisgarh, Gujarat, Himachal Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh,
Maharashtra, Mizoram, Odisha, Punjab, Rajasthan, Uttar Pradesh, and the Union
Territories of Jammu & Kashmir and Ladakh.
Achievements Under the Scheme
As of January 2025, nearly 2.25 crore property cards have been generated. Drone surveys
have been completed in 3.17 lakh villages, with progress in states like Uttar Pradesh and
Madhya Pradesh achieving 100% survey completion.
Economic Significance
The surveyed rural land covers 67,000 sq.km, valued at Rs. 132 lakh crore. This marks the
economic importance of the SVAMITVA initiative in enhancing land governance and
financial stability.
International Outreach
In March and May 2025, the Ministry plans to showcase the SVAMITVA Scheme globally.
Workshops will be held to share best practices in land governance with representatives
from various countries.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 394
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Impact on Rural Development

The SVAMITVA Scheme has strengthened land governance, facilitated financial inclusion,
and empowered women by securing property rights. It has also improved access to bank
loans and resolved land disputes, contributing to rural community development.
Interest Equalisation Scheme Extension
January 18, 2025
The Indian Commerce Ministry is advocating for a further extension of the Interest
Equalisation Scheme (IES) in the upcoming Budget. This initiative aims to boost export
activities amid ongoing global economic challenges. The scheme, which provides financial
support to exporters, is set to expire soon, and stakeholders are urging its continuation to
maintain competitiveness in international markets.
Background of the Scheme
The Interest Equalisation Scheme was launched on April 1, 2015. Initially valid for five
years, it aimed to support exporters by providing pre- and post-shipment rupee export
credit at lower interest rates. The scheme was extended multiple times, including during
the COVID-19 pandemic.
Current Status
As of December 31, 2024, the scheme is scheduled to end. The government has disbursed
Rs 2,641.28 crore from an allocated budget of Rs 2,932 crore for the period from April
2023 to November 2024.
Financial Benefits
Exporters receive a 2% interest equalisation benefit on rupee export credit for 410
identified tariff lines. MSME manufacturer exporters benefit from a higher rate of 3%. The
cap for individual exporters has been raised to Rs 50 lakh per annum per Import Export
Code (IEC).
Implementation and Monitoring
The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) administers the scheme through public and private banks.
The Directorate General of Foreign Trade (DGFT) and RBI jointly monitor the scheme’s
implementation and effectiveness.
Export Sector Impact
The scheme targets various sectors, including handicrafts, leather, and textiles, enhancing
their international competitiveness. Exporters argue that the IES is crucial for maintaining
market presence against countries like China, where interest rates are lower.
Future Prospects
The Commerce Ministry is expected to propose a budget extension for the IES to ensure
continued support for exporters. The Federation of Indian Export Organisation (FIEO)
advocates for this extension, denoting its importance in turbulent economic times.
Benami Transactions in Madhya Pradesh
January 18, 2025
In recent years, Madhya Pradesh has seen a rise in Benami transactions, particularly

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 395
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

within its tiger reserves. The Income Tax Department’s Benami Prohibition Unit (BPU) has
identified and attached properties linked to these illegal transactions in the Pench Tiger
Reserve, area known for its biodiversity and tourism.
Benami Transactions Overview
Benami transactions involve purchasing property in someone else’s name to conceal the
true ownership. Under the Benami Transactions (Prohibition) Amendment Act 2016, such
practices are illegal. Beneficial owners are the individuals who ultimately benefit from the
property, while Benamidars hold it nominally.
Pench Tiger Reserve Context
Pench Tiger Reserve straddles Madhya Pradesh and Maharashtra. It covers an area of
approximately 1,179.63 km² in Madhya Pradesh. Known for its rich wildlife, it is also a
popular tourist destination, famously linked to “The Jungle Book.”
Recent Discoveries
The BPU has detected three Benami transactions within the Pench Tiger Reserve. These
involve land for two resorts and a planned resort, all acquired illegally through tribal
proxies. The total value of these properties is around Rs 4 crore.
Legal Framework
In Scheduled Tribe areas of Madhya Pradesh, selling tribal land to non-tribals is
prohibited. Only leasing is permitted without district collector approval. This legal
framework aims to protect tribal land rights.
Enforcement Actions
The IT Department has attached the three identified properties under the amended
Benami law. This move marks step in curbing illegal land transactions in sensitive
ecological zones.
Wider Implications
The detection of these transactions could set a precedent for future investigations. With
many resorts under scrutiny, further actions may follow as the IT Department expands its
focus on tribal areas.
Statistics of Attachments
Madhya Pradesh has the highest number of Benami properties attached in India,
exceeding 1,400. The total estimated value of these properties ranges from Rs 900 crore
to Rs 950 crore, denoting the scale of the issue.
Future Outlook
With ongoing investigations, the IT Department is likely to uncover more Benami
transactions in the region. The focus on protecting tribal land rights and preserving
ecological integrity remains paramount.
Ayurvedic Treatment for Alzheimer’s Disease
January 18, 2025
Recent breakthroughs in Alzheimer’s disease research offer new hope for effective
treatments. A team led by Professor Anirban Bhunia at the Bose Institute has explored

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 396
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

innovative approaches to combat neurodegenerative disorders, particularly focusing on

amyloid proteins, which are central to Alzheimer’s pathology.
Role of Amyloid Proteins
Amyloid proteins contribute to Alzheimer’s disease. They aggregate to form plaques in the
brain, leading to cell death. This process causes cognitive decline and memory loss,
hallmarks of the disease.
Innovative Treatment Strategies
Professor Bhunia’s team employed two main strategies. First, they chemically synthesised
peptides to inhibit amyloid beta aggregation. Second, they repurposed Lasunadya Ghrita
(LG), an Ayurvedic remedy, to target amyloid beta aggregation effectively.
Lasunadya Ghrita (LG)
LG is a traditional Ayurvedic medicine known for treating mental illnesses. Its non-toxic
compounds were characterised for their ability to disrupt amyloid fibrillation and inhibit
oligomer formation, showing promise in treating Alzheimer’s.
Research Findings
The study published in *Biochemistry* brought into light chemically designed peptides as
non-toxic and effective against amyloid proteins. Collaborations with Ayurveda experts
showed that natural compounds could enhance the breakdown of amyloid beta more
effectively than synthetic peptides.
Symptoms and Progression
Early symptoms include memory loss and difficulty in recent events. As the disease
progresses, patients may struggle with daily tasks, lose recognition of familiar faces, and
experience personality changes such as depression and aggression.
Preserved Skills
Despite severe cognitive decline, individuals with Alzheimer’s may retain some abilities,
known as preserved skills. These can include reading, storytelling, singing, and engaging
in crafts, often managed by unaffected brain regions.
Future Directions
The promising results of this research may lead to further exploration of Ayurvedic
remedies in treating neurodegenerative diseases. This could enhance the quality of life for
those affected by Alzheimer’s and similar disorders.
January 20, 2025
World Economic Forum 2025
January 20, 2025
The World Economic Forum (WEF) is hosting its Annual Meeting from January 20 to 24,
2025, in Davos, Switzerland. This global gathering brings together leaders from business,
politics, and civil society to address pressing issues facing the world . Key figures such as
European Commission President Ursula von der Leyen and China’s Vice Premier Ding
Xuexiang are expected to attend.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 397
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

History of the WEF

The WEF was founded in 1971 by Klaus Schwab, a German professor.
Originally called the European Management Forum, it aimed to enhance European
business practices.
The focus shifted to global economic and social issues after events in the 1970s.
Concept of Stakeholder Capitalism
Klaus Schwab introduced “stakeholder capitalism,” where companies prioritise long-
term value over short-term profits.
This approach encourages businesses to consider the interests of all stakeholders,
including employees and communities, not just shareholders.
Annual Meeting Format
The Annual Meeting attracts around 3,000 participants, including business leaders,
politicians, and journalists. It features over 500 sessions discussing various global issues,
encouraging dialogue and collaboration among diverse stakeholders.
Funding of the WEF
The WEF is primarily funded by partnering corporations, typically large enterprises with
annual revenue. This financial model supports the organisation’s initiatives and events.
Significance of Davos
Davos is not only a scenic location but also a historical backdrop for international
diplomacy. It has hosted critical meetings, such as those between North and South Korea
and discussions leading to German reunification.
Global Issues Addressed
The WEF focuses on major themes, including artificial intelligence, climate change, and
geopolitical tensions. These topics reflect current global challenges and aim to generate
actionable solutions.
Impact on Global Policy
The WEF has influenced international policy discussions, notably contributing to the
establishment of the G20. It also publishes reports, such as the Global Competitiveness
Report, which assess various socio-economic factors.
Lasting Legacy of the WEF
The WEF continues to be a vital platform for dialogue on global issues. Its emphasis on
collaboration among different sectors aims to create a more prosperous and sustainable
future for all.
1965 India-Pakistan War and the Strategic Importance of Haji Pir
January 20, 2025
The 1965 India-Pakistan War remains conflict in South Asian history. Recently, Defence
Minister Rajnath Singh brought into light that strategic advantages gained during the war
were not fully exploited in negotiations, contributing to ongoing infiltration issues. This
page explores the war’s context, key events, and the strategic importance of Haji Pir.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 398
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Background of the 1965 War

The war was rooted in territorial disputes over Kashmir. Tensions escalated when Pakistan
initiated Operation Gibraltar, aiming to incite a rebellion in Kashmir. The Indian Army
responded to protect its territorial integrity.
Operation Gibraltar
Launched in August 1965, Pakistani soldiers infiltrated Kashmir disguised as locals. The
goal was to spark local unrest against Indian rule. However, the operation failed as local
populations alerted Indian forces.
Key Battles and Strategies
Indian troops crossed the Line of Control on August 15, capturing strategic positions,
including Haji Pir Pass. This victory curtailed Pakistani supply lines and infiltration routes,
marking a very important moment in the conflict.
The Capture of Haji Pir
Haji Pir Pass, at 8,661 ft above the sea level, was critical for controlling access along
the Line of Control.
It is situated in Pakistan Occupied Kashmir, close to the Indian border.
This mountain pass is located at the Pir Panjal Range’s western fringe in the Inner
Himalayan Region.
Its capture allowed India to reduce travel distance between Poonch and Uri,
enhancing military logistics.
Operation Grand Slam
In response to Indian advances, Pakistan launched Operation Grand Slam on September
1, 1965, targeting Akhnoor. Despite initial successes, Indian forces counterattacked,
moving into Pakistani territory and threatening Lahore.
Tashkent Declaration
The war concluded with a ceasefire on September 20, 1965, followed by the Tashkent
Declaration on January 10, 1966. Both nations agreed to return to pre-war positions, with
India relinquishing Haji Pir.
Significance of Haji Pir
Haji Pir’s strategic location allowed for control over infiltration routes into India. Its return
to Pakistan restored their geographical advantage, complicating future security dynamics
along the Line of Control.
Post-War Implications
The 1965 war resulted in a political setback for Pakistan, failing to instigate rebellion in
Kashmir. The conflict led to a reassessment of military strategies on both sides,
influencing future engagements.
Legacy and Recognition
Local heroes emerged during the conflict, such as Mohammad Deen and Ghulam Din, who
were honoured for their contributions to the Indian war effort. Their legacies highlight
civilian involvement in wartime scenarios.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 399
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Kuka Martyrs’ Day

January 20, 2025
On January 17, 2025, Punjab Chief Minister Bhagwant Mann paid tribute to the Kuka
martyrs at the Namdhari Shaheed Smarak in Malerkotla. This event marked the
anniversary of the execution of 66 Namdhari Sikhs in 1872, denoting their struggle against
British colonial rule.
Background of the Namdharis
The Namdhari Sikhs, also known as Kukas, were founded by Satguru Ram Singh in
1857.
They are recognised for their distinctive high-pitched recitations of Gurbani.
The sect arose in response to social issues, advocating against alcohol and meat
consumption.
Kuka Movement and Rebellion
The movement called for boycotting British goods and services. It gained momentum in
the 1870s, leading to violent confrontations with British authorities. The Kukas aimed to
protect cows and sought a ban on cow slaughter.
Events of January 1872
On January 13, 1872, about 200 Namdharis, led by Hira Singh and Lehna Singh, clashed
with government officials in Malerkotla. Their protests escalated into violence, leading to a
failed attack on Malaudh Fort.
British Retaliation
In retaliation, British Deputy Commissioner John Lambert Cowan ordered the execution of
66 Kukas. On January 17 and 18, they were brutally executed by cannon fire in front of
spectators.
Notable Martyrs
Among the martyrs was 12-year-old Bishan Singh, who refused to renounce his faith. His
courageous defiance included tugging Cowan’s beard, leading to his brutal execution.
Another martyr, Waryam Singh, demonstrated extraordinary bravery despite his stature.
Aftermath of the Kuka Revolt
Following the executions, Satguru Ram Singh and other leaders were exiled to Rangoon,
never to return. The Namdharis believe Ram Singh will return one day, mourning his
absence by wearing white.
Current Status of Namdhari Sect
Today, there are approximately 200,000 Namdharis in Punjab. The sect has experienced
internal divisions since the death of Satguru Jagjit Singh in 2012, with factions led by
Thakur Dilip Singh and Sangrur Uday Singh.
Olive Ridley Turtle Deaths
January 20, 2025
In recent weeks, Tamil Nadu has witnessed a concerning rise in the number of dead olive
ridley turtles washing ashore, particularly in Chennai. Experts estimate that between 300

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 400
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

and 350 turtles have been found dead, raising alarms among conservationists and the
public. This unusual spike in mortality during the early nesting season has prompted
investigations into the causes behind these deaths.
Recent Mortality Events
Numerous dead olive ridley turtles have been reported along Chennai’s coastline and in
the Kancheepuram district. Specific locations include Neelankarai, Besant Nagar, and
Kovalam. The state Forest Department is gathering data on the situation. Reports of turtle
carcasses have also emerged from Pulicat in Thiruvalluvar district.
Causes of Death
The primary cause of death is bycatch from commercial fishing nets. Turtles often get
trapped and drown, as they need to surface for air. Experts suggest the high number of
deaths this year may be linked to increased fish availability, attracting more fishing vessels
to the area.
Health Indicators of Carcasses
Post-mortem examinations have revealed health issues in the turtles. Many showed signs
of suffocation, including lung lesions, bulging eyes, and swollen necks, indicating
drowning. These findings highlight the urgent need for conservation efforts.
Nesting Season Overview
Olive ridley turtles nest from late November to March. Mass nesting occurs primarily in
Odisha, with activity in Andhra Pradesh and Tamil Nadu. Female turtles lay 100-110 eggs
per nest, covering them with sand to protect against predators.
Conservation Measures
The Andhra Pradesh government has imposed a month-long fishing ban near Hope Island
to protect nesting turtles. Conservationists advocate for stricter enforcement of turtle-
excluding devices in fishing nets to reduce bycatch.
About Olive Ridley Turtles
Olive ridley turtles (Lepidochelys olivacea) are the smallest and most abundant sea
turtles.
They are known for their mass nesting behaviour, called Arribada.
Found in warm ocean waters, they typically measure 62-70 cm and weigh 35-45 kg.
Their conservation status is classified as Vulnerable by the IUCN Red List.
Abetment of Suicide Law
January 20, 2025
In recent developments, the Supreme Court of India has emphasised the need for greater
sensitivity among investigation agencies and courts regarding abetment of suicide cases
under Section 306 of the Indian Penal Code (IPC). This comes in light of a case involving a
bank manager accused of pressuring a borrower, who later died by suicide. The court’s
ruling aims to prevent misuse of this provision solely to appease grieving families.
Definition of Abetment
Abetment is defined under Section 107 of the IPC. It includes instigating, conspiring, or

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 401
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

intentionally aiding someone to commit an act. In suicide cases, it requires proof that the
accused directly encouraged or assisted the deceased in taking their life.
Legal Consequences
The punishment for abetment of suicide under Section 306 IPC can be up to 10 years of
imprisonment and a fine. The conviction rate for such cases was only 17.5% in 2022, lower
than the overall IPC conviction rate of 69.8%.
Case Background
The recent case involved a bank manager accused of harassing a borrower who died by
suicide in October 2022. The deceased left a note alleging harassment for loan repayment.
The police filed charges against the manager based on this note.
Judicial Proceedings
Initially, a Madhya Pradesh trial court framed charges against the bank manager in
February 2023. The High Court upheld this decision in July 2023, citing prima facie
evidence of harassment. The manager then appealed to the Supreme Court.
Supreme Court’s Ruling
On January 15, 2025, the Supreme Court discharged the bank manager, stating that cases
should reflect real-life complexities. It cautioned against using informal exchanges as
evidence of instigation for suicide.
Standards for Prosecution
The Supreme Court has set higher standards for proving abetment in workplace-related
cases. It requires clear evidence of intent to cause suicide and direct encouragement from
the accused.
Precedents in Legal Interpretation
Previous rulings, such as M Mohan v The State (2011) and Ude Singh v State of Haryana
(2019), established that abetment requires an active act leading the deceased to perceive
no other option but suicide. The courts must assess the accused’s conduct thoroughly.
Current Legal Climate
The Supreme Court has called for a more nuanced approach to abetment of suicide cases.
It aims to prevent unnecessary prosecutions while ensuring genuine cases are not
overlooked. This reflects a shift towards a balanced interpretation of the law.
Gangetic Dolphin Conservation Efforts
January 20, 2025
The Gangetic dolphin, an endangered species, is undergoing conservation efforts in India.
Recent surveys indicate a population of approximately 3,936 dolphins in the Ganga River
basin. This assessment is part of a broader initiative by the Wildlife Institute of India (WII)
and the National Mission for Clean Ganga (NMCG) to enhance the species’ survival
through targeted strategies.
Population Assessment
A survey conducted by WII and NMCG estimated 3,936 Gangetic dolphins in the Ganga
River basin. During the survey, 2,510 dolphins were sighted. The Ganga holds nearly half

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 402
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

of the population, with numbers in its tributaries.

Key Findings
The survey revealed 1,303 dolphins in the Ganga and 335 in the Ghaghara river. A
conservation priority stretch of 2,850 km has been identified for habitat protection. Over
6,800 freshwater turtles and crocodiles have also been rescued.
Legal Framework
Conservation Status:
IUCN Red List: Endangered
CITES: Appendix I
Legal Protection:
Listed under Schedule I of the Wildlife Protection Act, 1972.
Vikramshila Ganges Dolphin Sanctuary established in Bihar under the 1972 Act
Action Plan:
The Conservation Action Plan for Ganges River Dolphin (2010–2020) addressed
threats like river traffic, irrigation canals, and prey depletion.
National Recognition:
Declared as the National Aquatic Animal in 2009 by the National Ganga River Basin
Authority.
October 5 celebrated as National Ganga River Dolphin Day by the National Mission for
Clean Ganga.
Government Initiatives
The Namami Gange scheme focuses on biodiversity conservation, habitat
restoration, and community involvement.
It resulted to the increase in the dolphin population, in line with the government’s
goal to increase the double the population by 2030.
Species Characteristics
The Gangetic dolphin is a mammal that cannot breathe underwater. It surfaces every
30–120 seconds for air.
It is also known as ‘Susu’ due to the sound it makes while breathing.
It lives in freshwater and surfaces every 30-120 seconds to breathe. Females are
larger and give birth every two to three years.
It is found in the Ganges-Brahmaputra-Meghna and Karnaphuli-Sangu river systems
across Nepal, India, and Bangladesh.
Major Threats
Key threats include accidental entanglement in fishing gear, poaching for oil, habitat
destruction from development, and pollution. These factors contribute to the species’
declining numbers.
Significance of Conservation
The Gangetic dolphin serves as an indicator of river ecosystem health. Its conservation is
vital not only for the species itself but also for the overall biodiversity of the Ganga River

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 403
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

basin.
Global Fertility Declines
January 20, 2025
Recent demographic studies reveal global decline in fertility rates across 204 countries
from 1950 to 2021, with projections indicating this trend will continue. Notably, India has
experienced a sharp drop in its Total Fertility Rate (TFR), raising concerns about socio-
economic implications, especially in southern states.
Global Fertility Rates
Fertility rates are declining worldwide. The Total Fertility Rate (TFR) is projected to remain
low, even with pro-natal policies. Countries face challenges related to ageing populations
and labour shortages.
India’s Fertility Decline
India’s TFR fell from 6.18 in the 1950s to 1.9 in 2021.
This is below the replacement level of 2.1.
Projections suggest a further decline to 1.04 by 2100.
Factors Contributing to Decline
Key factors include increased female literacy, workforce participation, and changing
societal attitudes towards marriage and motherhood. Women are increasingly prioritising
careers over motherhood, leading to later marriages.
Impact of Migration
Young Indians are migrating abroad for education and job opportunities. This trend
contributes to declining fertility rates as many choose to settle overseas, impacting
population growth.
Consequences in Southern States
States like Kerala are experiencing rapid demographic transitions. An ageing population
and declining young workforce are pressing issues. The state achieved replacement level
fertility in 1988, leading to socio-economic challenges.
Kerala’s Demographic Challenges
Kerala faces high labour wages and an ageing demographic. Migration of educated youth
is leading to a shrinking workforce. Projections indicate that by 2036, the elderly
population will surpass that of children.
International Comparisons
Other Asian nations are also witnessing fertility rates drop below one. Countries like South
Korea have struggled to reverse this trend despite investments.
Future Considerations
Declining fertility rates may be irreversible. Socio-economic policies that enhance job
prospects and support the elderly population are crucial for mitigating the impacts of low
fertility rates.
Pixxel’s Firefly Satellite Constellation
January 20, 2025

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 404
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

In early 2025, Prime Minister Narendra Modi brought into light the achievement of
Bengaluru-based startup Pixxel, which launched India’s first private Earth imaging satellite
constellation, named ‘Firefly’. This milestone marks a very important moment in India’s
space sector, showcasing advancements in satellite technology and imaging capabilities.
Overview of Firefly
Firefly is India’s first commercial satellite constellation.
It consists of three satellites launched into a 550-kilometre low Earth orbit.
The launch occurred using a SpaceX Falcon-9 rocket from Vandenberg Space Force
Base, California.
Firefly aims to deliver critical climate and Earth insights.
Technological Significance
The Firefly satellites are the world’s highest-resolution hyperspectral satellites.
They are six times sharper than the 30-metre standard of existing satellites.
This capability allows them to capture fine details previously invisible to conventional
systems.
Purpose and Applications
Firefly is designed to detect, monitor, and predict global environmental phenomena.
Its advanced imaging capabilities provide unprecedented precision in Earth
monitoring, contributing valuable data for climate research and resource
management.
Future Plans
Pixxel plans to expand the Firefly constellation with three additional satellites later in
2025. This expansion will enhance the constellation’s capabilities and further strengthen
India’s position in the global space industry.
Background of Pixxel
Pixxel was founded in 2019 by Awais Ahmed and Kshitij Khandelwal while they were
students at the Birla Institute of Technology & Science, Pilani. The startup has raised $95
million, establishing itself as a prominent player in the private space-tech sector.
ISRO’s Contributions
Alongside Pixxel’s achievements, Prime Minister Modi also commended the Indian Space
Research Organisation (ISRO) for successfully performing satellite docking. This milestone
makes India the fourth country to achieve this capability, following the US, Russia, and
China.
Pradhan Mantri Kisan Sampada Yojana (PMKSY) Update
January 20, 2025
Recently, the Ministry of Finance reported advancements in food processing projects
under the Pradhan Mantri Kisan Sampada Yojana (PMKSY). A total of 1,646 projects have
been sanctioned, aimed at enhancing the agricultural and food processing sectors in
India. These initiatives are expected to generate substantial employment and investment
opportunities.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 405
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

About PMKSY
The Pradhan Mantri Kisan Sampada Yojana (PMKSY) was launched to modernise food
processing.
It aims to reduce agricultural waste and improve supply chain efficiency.
The scheme includes various components like Mega Food Parks and Integrated Cold
Chains.
Financial Overview
As of December 2024, the sanctioned projects are valued at ₹31,830.23 crore. They are
expected to attract private investments of ₹22,722.55 crore.
Employment and Farmer Benefits
The projects are projected to create processing capacity of 428.04 LMT annually. They aim
to generate 13.42 lakh jobs and benefit approximately 51.24 lakh farmers.
PMFME Yojana Details
The PM Formalisation of Micro Food Processing Enterprises (PMFME) Yojana supports
small-scale enterprises. Over 3.10 lakh Self-Help Groups (SHGs) and 1,14,388 individuals
have received financial support since its inception in 2020-21.
Multi-Product Food Irradiation Units
The government plans to establish 50 multi-product food irradiation units. An Expression
of Interest was issued in August 2024, and 20 proposals are currently under evaluation.
PLI Scheme for Food Processing
Under the Production-Linked Incentive (PLI) scheme, 133 companies are participating.
Investments of ₹8,910 crore have been secured, with ₹1,084 crore in incentives disbursed
to eligible projects.
Agro-Processing Defined
Agro-processing involves the transformation of agricultural products into consumable
goods. It plays important role in enhancing the value of raw materials and supports the
agricultural economy.
La Perouse Naval Exercise 2025
January 20, 2025
Recently, nine Indo-Pacific nations participated in the La Perouse naval exercise, hosted by
France. This exercise took place in the strategic straits of Malacca, Sunda, and Lombok,
crucial for maritime trade between the Indian and Pacific Oceans. The Indian Navy
contributed with its guided-missile destroyer INS Mumbai. The exercise aimed to enhance
maritime safety and interoperability among participating navies amid rising Chinese naval
activities in the region.
Participating Nations
The exercise involved nine countries – Australia, Canada, France, Indonesia, Malaysia,
Singapore, the U.K., and the U.S. Each nation brought specific naval capabilities to
strengthen collective maritime security.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 406
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Strategic Importance of Straits

The straits of Malacca, Sunda, and Lombok are vital chokepoints for global trade. They
face risks from maritime accidents, environmental hazards, illegal immigration, and drug
trafficking. The exercise aimed to address these challenges.
Focus on Interoperability
A key objective was to develop interoperability among navies. Participants trained using
IORIS (Indo-Pacific Information Sharing platform), a communication system for real-time
information exchange during maritime crises. This platform enhances coordination and
situational awareness.
Maritime Security Operations
The exercise included training for maritime security operations, such as searching and
intervening on vessels suspected of illicit activities. These operations aimed to enhance
cooperation in maritime surveillance and interdiction.
Complex Naval Drills
Participants engaged in advanced multi-domain exercises. These included surface
warfare, anti-air warfare, air defence, and VBSS (Visit, Board, Search and Seizure)
operations. The drills aimed to improve tactical interoperability among the navies.
Previous Exercises and Port Calls
Before La Perouse, the French Carrier Strike Group conducted a port call in Goa and Kochi.
They also participated in the 42nd edition of the bilateral exercise Varuna with the Indian
Navy, further strengthening ties.
Significance of the Exercise
La Perouse showcased the commitment of participating navies to a rules-based
international maritime order. It brought into light the importance of collective action in
maintaining maritime security in the Indo-Pacific region.
ICAR Renames Central Tobacco Research Institute
January 20, 2025
Recently, the Indian Council of Agricultural Research (ICAR) officially renamed the Central
Tobacco Research Institute (CTRI) in Rajahmundry to the National Institute for Research
on Commercial Agriculture (NIRCA). This change reflects a broader research mandate that
now includes turmeric, chilli, castor, and ashwagandha, alongside tobacco.
History of Tobacco Research in India
Tobacco research in India began in the mid-1930s. The Cigarette Tobacco Research
Station was established in Guntur. The Central Tobacco Research Institute was founded in
1947 to advance tobacco science. ICAR took over the institute in 1965.
ICAR’s New Mandate
NIRCA’s new focus areas include research and development, sustainability, capacity
building, and market linkage for four commercial crops. This shift aims to enhance
agricultural productivity and economic viability.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 407
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Geographical Distribution of Tobacco

Tobacco is cultivated in about 15 state of Indias. Major producing states include Andhra
Pradesh, Gujarat, Karnataka, and Tamil Nadu. Each region supports various tobacco types
adapted to local conditions.
Types of Tobacco Cultivated
Key tobacco varieties grown in India include Flue-cured Virginia (FCV), bidi, hookah, and
chewing tobacco. FCV is the primary export type, while bidi tobacco is for local
consumption.
Economic Impact of Tobacco
Tobacco contributes to India’s economy, providing employment to approximately 45.7
million people. It generates substantial excise revenue and foreign exchange earnings,
making it a high-value crop.
Conditions for Tobacco Growth
Tobacco thrives in tropical and sub-tropical climates. It requires well-drained sandy loam
soil, adequate rainfall, and a temperature range of 16° to 35°C. Frost can damage crops.
Trade and Export of Tobacco
India ranks second globally in tobacco production. The country exports about 6% of the
world’s tobacco by volume. Key markets include the UK, Germany, and South Africa, which
account for over 60% of exports.
Health and Environmental Concerns
Tobacco production raises health issues and environmental challenges. Sustainable
agricultural practices are increasingly discussed to mitigate these impacts while
maintaining economic benefits.
Future of Tobacco Research
The rebranding of CTRI to NIRCA signals a commitment to diversify agricultural research.
The focus on multiple crops aims to enhance resilience in the face of climate change and
market fluctuations.
H5N1 Avian Influenza Mutations
January 20, 2025
In early 2025, a study revealed mutations in the H5N1 avian influenza strain isolated from
a human in Texas. This discovery raised alarms about the potential for the virus to evolve
and pose a greater threat to human health. The research brought into light the strain’s
unique genetic changes compared to those found in cattle, indicating a worrying trend in
the virus’s adaptability.
Recent Findings
A study published on January 8, 2025, identified nine unique mutations in the H5N1 strain
from a human patient. These mutations enhance the virus’s ability to replicate in human
cells and increase its virulence.
Impact on Agriculture
Since 2024, clade 2.3.4.4b of H5N1 has affected around 928 dairy herds in the United

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 408
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

States. Millions of birds have died due to the outbreak, denoting the virus’s widespread
impact on agriculture.
Human Infection Case
The Texas case involved a dairy farm worker who developed symptoms after contact with
infected milk. This incident puts stress on the zoonotic potential of H5N1, raising concerns
about human exposure.
Research Methodology
Researchers introduced the human-derived strain into mice for analysis. The study found
that this strain replicated more efficiently and caused more severe disease compared to
the bovine strain.
Genetic Analysis
The mutations in the human strain, labelled H5N1 HPhTX, were absent in the bovine
version. This suggests rapid mutation post-human infection, potentially increasing
transmissibility.
Antiviral Efficacy
The study assessed FDA-approved antivirals against both strains. The mutations did not
reduce the effectiveness of these treatments, offering some reassurance in managing
infections.
Public Health Concerns
Scientists warned that the adaptations could lead to H5N1 gaining the ability to transmit
between humans. Continuous monitoring of H5N1 strains is essential for public health
safety.
Recent Deaths
On January 6, 2025, Louisiana reported the first human death from HPAI H5N1 in the US,
marking a critical moment in the ongoing battle against this virus.
Carbon Dioxide Levels Surge
January 20, 2025
In early 2025, atmospheric carbon dioxide levels are projected to reach unprecedented
heights, raising concerns over climate change. The Mauna Loa Observatory in Hawaii
indicates that CO2 concentrations will peak at 429.6 ppm, the highest in over two million
years. This increase is alarming as it contradicts the goals of the Paris Agreement aimed at
limiting global warming.
Record CO2 Increase
Between 2023 and 2024, CO2 levels rose by 3.58 ppm, the fastest annual increase on
record. This surpassed the Met Office’s prediction of 2.84 ppm. Satellite data confirms
global increases, driven by fossil fuel emissions and reduced carbon capture.
Fossil Fuel Emissions
Global carbon emissions from fossil fuels reached a record 41.6 billion tonnes in 2024, up
from 40.6 billion tonnes in 2023. This surge is attributed to increased energy demands and
reliance on fossil fuels.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 409
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Impact of Wildfires
Wildfires released approximately 7.3 billion tonnes of CO2 in 2023. Burning forests
contribute to atmospheric CO2, exacerbating climate change.
Climate Change Consequences
Higher CO2 levels trap heat, leading to severe weather events. In 2024, global
temperatures surpassed previous records, causing extreme heatwaves, droughts, and
floods.
Human Toll of Extreme Weather
In India alone, over 3,200 people died due to extreme weather events in 2024. These
incidents displaced millions and brought into light the human cost of climate change.
Future Projections
The World Meteorological Organization predicts continued temperature rises through
2025, likely making it one of the hottest years on record. Extreme weather events are
ranked as a top global risk.
International Action Needed
Experts stress the urgency for emissions cuts to limit global warming to 1.5°C.
International cooperation is essential to halt the accumulation of greenhouse gases and
mitigate climate impacts.
Rupee’s Real Effective Exchange Rate (REER)
January 20, 2025
Recently, the Real Effective Exchange Rate (REER) of the Indian rupee decreased to 107.20
from a peak of 108.14 in November. This change reflects the rupee’s ongoing volatility
amidst global economic shifts, including foreign portfolio investor outflows and
fluctuating US Treasury yields. The REER serves as a critical indicator of India’s trade
competitiveness against other currencies.
What is Real Effective Exchange Rate (REER)?
REER measures a currency’s value against a weighted average of several foreign
currencies, adjusted for inflation.
It indicates international competitiveness.
A higher REER suggests reduced export competitiveness and increased import
affordability.
REER is calculated by averaging bilateral exchange rates and weighting them
according to trade volume. The formula can vary, but it typically reflects the relative
importance of each trading partner’s currency.
REER does not account for factors like tariffs or price changes that can affect trade. It
primarily reflects currency value rather than comprehensive trade dynamics.
Recent Trends in the Rupee
The rupee depreciated by approximately 3% against the US dollar in 2024.
In December, it fell by 1.31%.
The dollar index rose by 2.75% to 108.48, reflecting a stronger dollar amidst global

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 410
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

economic conditions.
Factors Influencing REER
Heavy foreign portfolio investor outflows and a widening trade deficit contributed to the
rupee’s decline. The US Federal Reserve’s unexpected rate adjustments also impacted
investor confidence and currency value.
Reserve Bank of India’s Actions
In November, the Reserve Bank of India sold a record $20.2 billion in the spot market to
stabilise the rupee. Despite these interventions, the rupee continued to face downward
pressure, with net short positions in the forward market increasing.
Future Projections
Economists predict further depreciation of the rupee, estimating a potential decline of
20-30 paise. This projection considers external market conditions and inflation
differentials with major trading partners.
Visakhapatnam Steel Plant Revival
January 20, 2025
The Government of India has recently approved a substantial financial package to revive
the Visakhapatnam Steel Plant (VSP), public sector enterprise in Andhra Pradesh. This
initiative is part of a broader strategy to strengthen the steel industry and support
economic growth in the region. Chief Minister N Chandrababu Naidu expressed gratitude
towards Prime Minister Narendra Modi and other officials for their support, marking this
decision as a historic moment for the state.
Financial Package Details
The government announced a financial package of Rs 11,440 crore for VSP. This includes
an equity infusion of Rs 10,300 crore and converting Rs 1,140 crore of working capital
loans into preference share capital. This support aims to stabilise RINL and boost its
operational capacity.
Production Capacity and Goals
VSP currently has an installed capacity of 7.3 million tonnes per annum (MTPA). The revival
plan aims to activate two blast furnaces by January 2025 and all three by August 2025,
enhancing production capabilities.
Strategic Importance
VSP is the only offshore steel plant owned by the Government of India. Its revival is crucial
for stabilising the Indian steel market and protecting local jobs. The government
emphasises the plant’s role in building an Aatmanirbhar Bharat (self-reliant India).
Operational Challenges
RINL has faced severe financial difficulties, with liabilities exceeding Rs 35,000 crore. The
plant’s expansion from 3 MTPA to 7.3 MTPA led to increased financial strain due to high-
interest loans and reliance on costly raw materials.
Future Prospects
The government is exploring options to secure captive iron ore mines from Odisha. This

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 411
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

initiative could lower raw material costs and enhance operational efficiency, positioning
RINL as a leading steel producer in India.
Alignment with National Policies
The revival plan aligns with the National Steel Policy, 2017, which aims to boost steel
production and economic growth. It supports the vision of Atmanirbhar Bharat by
encouraging local industries and securing employment for thousands.
Trajan 155 mm Towed Artillery Gun System
January 20, 2025
In move towards modernising its military, Armenia has selected India’s Trajan 155 mm
towed artillery gun system. This decision marks Armenia’s strategic pivot towards India for
advanced defence technologies amidst evolving regional security challenges. The
partnership signifies the deepening defence ties between India and Armenia, showcasing
India’s growing influence in the global arms market.
Trajan Artillery System Overview
The Trajan is a 155 mm towed artillery gun system.
Jointly developed by India’s L&T and France’s KNDS, it has undergone extensive
testing.
The system meets qualitative requirements for varied terrains and modern combat
demands.
It features a range exceeding 40 kilometres, depending on ammunition.
Indigenous Development
The Trajan gun system is manufactured in India. Key subsystems, such as the auxiliary
power unit and control panel, are indigenously developed. This reflects India’s capabilities
in low-cost manufacturing and advanced military technology.
Armenia’s Defence Modernisation
Armenia is modernising its military due to regional security threats, particularly from
Azerbaijan. The Trajan artillery system is part of a broader strategy to enhance its defence
capabilities and diversify its arms suppliers beyond Russia.
Future Defence Acquisitions
Armenia is exploring additional defence systems from India. This includes the Pinaka
multi-barrel rocket launcher and Arudhra radar systems. Such acquisitions aim to boost
Armenia’s artillery and aerial defence capabilities.
Geopolitical Implications
India’s growing defence ties with Armenia reflect its strategy to engage with nations
seeking reliable military partnerships. This move reduces Armenia’s reliance on traditional
suppliers and enhances India’s strategic footprint in the Caucasus region.
Nord Stream Methane Leak Study
January 20, 2025
In 2022, the Nord Stream pipelines experienced ruptures, leading to a massive release of
methane into the atmosphere. This event has since raised alarms about its impact on

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 412
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

climate change due to methane’s potency as a greenhouse gas. An international study,

spearheaded by the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP), aimed to accurately
quantify the emissions from this leak, involving numerous scientists and advanced
satellite technology.
Nord Stream Overview
Nord Stream consists of two major offshore natural gas pipelines from Russia to Germany.
It includes Nord Stream 1 and Nord Stream 2, designed to provide Western Europe with
natural gas. The pipelines bypass Ukraine, starting in Russia and ending in Lubmin,
Germany.
Methane Emissions Significance
The 2022 leaks released approximately 465,000 metric tons of methane. This amount
equates to the climate impact of over 8 million cars driven for a year. Methane is more
effective than carbon dioxide at trapping heat in the short term.
International Research Collaboration
The UNEP led the study with 67 scientists from 30 organisations. They combined various
methodologies to estimate the leak size, including satellite data, atmospheric models, and
direct measurements. This comprehensive approach improved the accuracy of the
emissions assessment.
Role of UK Scientists
Scientists from the UK’s National Centre for Earth Observation (NCEO) played important
role. They utilised satellite-based measurements to track the methane plume across
Scandinavia and the North Sea. Their work helped estimate the leak rate using advanced
atmospheric models.
Satellite Technology Utilised
The Infrared Atmospheric Sounding Interferometer (IASI), aboard EUMETSAT’s MetOp-B
satellite, was very important in capturing the methane plume. It provided critical
observations despite cloud cover that hindered other satellite instruments.
Methodologies for Estimation
The study employed both “top-down” modelling and comparisons to background methane
levels. This dual approach validated their findings against real-world data from aircraft
and ground monitoring stations.
Implications for Climate Action
The Nord Stream leaks tell the need for broader methane emission reduction strategies.
While this event was , human activities such as agriculture and energy production
contribute far more to global methane emissions.
Future Monitoring Initiatives
The research marks the importance of continuous monitoring of methane emissions. It
supports global initiatives like the 2030 Global Methane Pledge aimed at mitigating
greenhouse gas concentrations.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 413
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Ratnagiri Buddhist Excavations

January 20, 2025
Recently, the Archaeological Survey of India (ASI) resumed excavations at the Ratnagiri
Buddhist complex in Odisha after a 60-year hiatus. This site, for its historical and cultural
connections to Buddhism, aims to uncover more relics and evidence of Odisha’s links to
Southeast Asian cultures. Recent findings include a colossal Buddha head and other
ancient artefacts, shedding light on the region’s rich Buddhist heritage.
Historical Significance
Ratnagiri dates from the 5th to 13th centuries, peaking in construction between the
7th and 10th centuries.
It was a vital centre of Buddhist learning, rivaling Nalanda.
The site is linked to Mauryan Emperor Ashoka, who embraced Buddhism after his
Kalinga conquest.
Recent Discoveries
Excavations have revealed a massive Buddha head, a five-foot palm, and inscribed relics
from the 8th and 9th centuries. These findings highlight the site’s historical richness and
its role in Buddhist culture.
Previous Excavations
The last major excavations occurred between 1958 and 1961, led by Debala Mitra. They
uncovered a brick stupa, monastic complexes, and numerous votive stupas. These earlier
efforts laid the groundwork for understanding the site’s historical context.
Trade Links with Southeast Asia
Odisha had extensive maritime trade with Southeast Asia. Kalinga traded spices, silk, and
precious metals. The Baliyatra festival commemorates these historical connections,
celebrating the cultural links with regions like Bali and Sri Lanka.
Buddhism’s Influence
Despite no evidence of Buddha’s direct visit, Kalingly contributed to spreading Buddhism
in Southeast Asia. Merchant brothers Tapassu and Bhallika, believed to be from Odisha,
were among Buddha’s first disciples.
Future Excavations
The current excavation efforts will continue for another month or two, with potential for
further studies based on findings. The ASI aims to explore more about the site’s material
culture and its connections to Southeast Asia.
Digantara’s SCOT Mission Success
January 20, 2025
On January 14, 2025, Indian space startup Digantara achieved milestone with the
successful launch of its Space Camera for Object Tracking (SCOT) mission. This marks an
important step in enhancing space situational awareness and tracking capabilities in Low
Earth Orbit (LEO). The mission was launched aboard SpaceX’s Transporter-12 rocket,
showcasing India’s growing presence in the global space industry.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 414
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Mission Overview
SCOT is designed for space surveillance and is one of the world’s first commercial
Space Situational Awareness (SSA) satellites.
The satellite aims to track Resident Space Objects (RSOs) effectively.
Launch Details
The SCOT satellite was launched on SpaceX’s Transporter-12 mission from Vandenberg
Space Force Base in California. The mission successfully established contact with its
ground station shortly after launch.
Operational Capabilities
SCOT is built to monitor smaller RSOs, ensuring surveillance of objects as small as 5 cm. It
is equipped to deliver higher revisit rates and improved tracking accuracy compared to
existing systems.
Funding and Support
The mission is backed by Aditya Birla Ventures and SIDBI. It aims to boost national
security and enhance space operations through improved tracking capabilities.
Technological Advancements
SCOT will operate in a sun-synchronous orbit, optimising its ability to track objects in LEO.
This positioning allows it to overcome limitations faced by traditional systems, such as
geographic restrictions and weather conditions.
Reactions and Recognition
Prime Minister Narendra Modi congratulated Digantara on the success of SCOT,
emphasising its contribution to India’s space industry. The mission was also praised by
other political figures, denoting its significance on National Startup Day.
Related Launches
Alongside SCOT, two other Indian startups launched satellites on the same SpaceX
mission. Bengaluru-based Pixxel deployed three satellites of its Firefly constellation,
marking development in India’s private space sector.
Future Plans
Digantara plans to focus on commissioning the SCOT satellite, preparing it for its core
mission of precise object tracking and imaging in LEO. The team is set to fine-tune the
satellite for optimal performance in the coming weeks.
Goby Fish Discovery in Andhra
January 20, 2025
Recently, researchers from the Zoological Survey of India (ZSI) made a notable discovery
at the Coringa Wildlife Sanctuary in Andhra Pradesh. They identified two previously
unrecorded species of goby fish, Hemigobius hoevenii and Mugilogobius tigrinus. This
finding marks the first time M. tigrinus has been documented along India’s eastern
coastline, denoting the importance of mangrove ecosystems.
Significance of Goby Fish
Goby fish are vital to estuarine ecosystems.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 415
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

They serve as indicators of environmental health and occupy various levels in the
food chain, contributing to ecological balance.
Coringa Wildlife Sanctuary
Coringa is the third largest mangrove forest in India, located near Kakinada.
It features 24 species of mangrove trees and over 120 bird species, including
critically endangered vultures.
Research Findings
The ZSI researchers found that 95 out of 135 goby species recorded in India inhabit
mangroves. The sanctuary is home to 53 of these species, indicating rich biodiversity.
Mangrove Ecosystems
Mangroves are coastal trees that thrive in intertidal zones. Their complex root systems
protect shorelines from erosion and provide habitats for various marine life.
Challenges to Biodiversity
Access issues and pollution near estuaries hinder research on goby fish. Waste disposal
impacts species diversity, threatening ecological stability in these habitats.
Future Research Directions
The discovery encourages further exploration of mangrove ecosystems in India. Other
mangrove areas, like the Sundarbans and Andaman Islands, require more research to
uncover hidden biodiversity.
Global Context
Globally, there are 5,561 known goby species. India’s goby diversity is relatively low, with
ongoing research needed to understand the full extent of species in its mangrove forests.
Nigeria Joins BRICS Bloc
January 20, 2025
Recently, Nigeria was officially admitted as a partner country of the BRICS group, which
includes Brazil, Russia, China, and South Africa. This move reflects Nigeria’s growing
influence as Africa’s largest economy and its commitment to enhancing international
collaboration. BRICS aims to provide a counterbalance to Western-led economic forums
and promote South-South cooperation.
BRICS Overview
BRICS was formed in 2009 to represent emerging economies. Initially comprising Brazil,
Russia, and China, South Africa joined in 2010. The group focuses on economic
cooperation, political dialogue, and reforming global governance.
Recent Expansion
In 2023, BRICS expanded by inviting Iran, Egypt, Ethiopia, and the UAE. Nigeria’s
admission marks it as the ninth partner, joining Belarus, Bolivia, Cuba, Kazakhstan,
Malaysia, Thailand, Uganda, and Uzbekistan.
Nigeria’s Role
Nigeria’s inclusion is due to its large population and economic potential. It aims to
leverage BRICS for trade, investment, and socio-economic cooperation, aligning with its

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 416
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

development objectives.
Geopolitical Context
The BRICS bloc seeks to challenge the dominance of the US dollar in global trade. Leaders
have discussed creating alternative payment systems to reduce dependence on dollar-
based transactions.
BRICS Summits
Annual summits address global issues such as climate change, food security, and
international terrorism. The 15th summit in 2023 focused on partnerships for sustainable
development and inclusive multilateralism.
Challenges Ahead
Despite its expansion, BRICS faces challenges, including differing geopolitical interests
among members and the need for cohesive strategies. Economic slowdowns and trade
disputes can hinder progress.
Future Prospects
With over 40 countries expressing interest in joining BRICS, the group’s influence is
expected to grow. However, managing diverse interests will be crucial for its continued
relevance in global affairs.
India’s GDP Growth Projections
January 20, 2025
Recent estimates indicate a real GDP growth of 6.4% for India in the fiscal year 2024-25,
falling short of earlier predictions. This slowdown has raised concerns about the
government’s capital expenditure and its impact on future economic performance. The
projections for the upcoming fiscal year suggest a reliance on domestic demand and
increased government investment to stimulate growth.
Current GDP Estimates
The First Advance Estimates show a real GDP growth of 6.4% and nominal GDP growth of
9.7% for 2024-25. This is below the Reserve Bank of India’s revised estimates of 6.6% and
10.5%, respectively. Growth is expected to improve slightly in the second half of the year.
Sectoral Performance
The manufacturing sector has seen decline, with growth dropping from 9.9% in 2023-24 to
just 5.3% in 2024-25. This has contributed to the overall dip in GDP growth.
Investment Trends
Gross Fixed Capital Formation has stabilised around 33.4% from 2021-22 to 2024-25. A
continuation of this rate is anticipated for 2025-26, with a projected real GDP growth of
6.5%.
Government Capital Expenditure
Government capital expenditure has been negative at -12.3% for the first eight months of
the fiscal year. Current expenditure stands at ₹5.14 lakh crore, only 46.2% of the budget
target.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 417
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Future Growth Prospects

The International Monetary Fund projects a steady real GDP growth rate of 6.5% for India
from 2025-26 to 2029-30. This growth may be accompanied by inflation around 4%,
leading to nominal GDP growth of 10.5%-11%.
Challenges Ahead
Achieving a sustained growth rate of 6.5% will be challenging as the economic base
expands. Increased government investment is crucial to stimulate private investment.
January 21, 2025
Shift in Great Barrier Reef Ecosystem
January 21, 2025
Recent studies reveal shifts in the Great Barrier Reef (GBR) ecosystem, primarily driven by
climate change and human activities. Researchers highlight alterations in fish
communities and coral composition, raising concerns about the long-term implications for
marine biodiversity and human livelihoods.
Transformations in Fish Communities
Fish diversity in the GBR has dramatically changed since the 1990s. An international team
led by Lancaster University and AIMS studied three decades of data. They observed
accelerated changes in fish communities, questioning established biodiversity patterns.
Pressures on the Reef
The GBR faces multiple stressors, including coral bleaching, cyclones, pollution, and
crown-of-thorns starfish outbreaks. These factors have reduced coral abundance and
altered fish diversity. Notably, fish groups have decreased in the northern GBR while
increasing in the south.
Long-Term Changes in Diversity
Fish communities are experiencing continuous turnover, with species replacing one
another frequently. This trend shows no signs of stabilisation, indicating ongoing
transformations in the GBR’s biodiversity.
Coral Composition’s Role
Changes in coral species types impact fish diversity more than overall coral cover. The
specific mix of coral species affects the habitat structure vital for fish shelter and food.
Future Implications for Ecosystems
Reef fish play crucial roles in maintaining ecosystem processes, including controlling
seaweed growth and generating sand for beaches. About shifts in fish communities is
essential for predicting future benefits of the GBR for both ecosystems and human
populations.
Reviving Bison Population in Jharkhand
January 21, 2025
In recent years, the population of Bison, or Gaur, in Jharkhand has faced decline. The
Palamu Tiger Reserve (PTR) remains the last bastion for this species in the state. With
numbers dwindling to 50-70 individuals, the Jharkhand Forest Department has initiated a

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 418
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

comprehensive study to revive the Bison population, addressing issues such as poaching,
habitat loss, and disease transmission from domestic cattle.
Key Facts About Indian Bison
Indian Bison or Gaur (Bos gaurus) is found in South and Southeast Asia.
It lives in evergreen, semi-evergreen, and moist deciduous forests with open
grasslands.
It prefers hilly terrains below 1,500-1,800 meters with undisturbed forests and
abundant water sources.
Bison is among the tallest and largest in the family of wild cattle.
It is a social animal living in groups of 30-40 individuals.
Conservation Status:
1. IUCN Red List: Vulnerable
2. Indian Wildlife Protection Act, 1972: Schedule I.
3. CITES: Appendix I.
Bison Population Status
The Bison population in PTR has decreased from around 150 in the 1970s to 50-70 . Once
widespread in Jharkhand, they are now extinct in other regions. Their survival is critical for
the ecosystem, particularly for local tiger populations.
Threats to Bison
Major threats include poaching, habitat disturbance, and diseases from domestic cattle.
Over 150,000 local cattle encroach on Bison habitats, competing for food and spreading
infections like foot-and-mouth disease.
Conservation Efforts
The PTR is conducting studies on Bison behaviour, habitat requirements, and preferred
vegetation. A comprehensive plan will be developed to enhance their population.
Tiger Population Dynamics
The tiger population in PTR has recently increased to five, up from none in 2018. Bison
serve as a vital food source for tigers, making their revival essential for the overall health
of the ecosystem.
Vaccination Initiatives
To combat zoonotic diseases, a vaccination drive for 150,000 domestic cattle is underway.
This initiative aims to protect Bison and other wildlife from diseases transmitted through
water bodies.
Anti-Poaching Measures
The PTR has established 32 anti-poaching centres staffed with guards to protect wildlife.
These efforts are showing positive results, with indications of a rising Bison population.
Relocation of Villages
Plans are in place to relocate eight villages from the PTR core area to reduce human-
wildlife conflict. This relocation is crucial for creating a safe habitat for Bison and other
wildlife.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 419
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Geographical Overview
Palamu Tiger Reserve spans 1,129.93 km², with a core area of 414.08 km² and a buffer
zone of 715.85 km². It is situated across the Palamu, Latehar, and Garhwa districts and is
one of India’s first nine tiger reserves established in 1974.
Historical Context
The PTR was designated as a wildlife sanctuary in 1960 and formally established as a tiger
reserve in 1973. Over the decades, it has faced challenges, including Naxal control and
environmental degradation, but conservation efforts are ongoing.
Kalaripayattu Controversy Ahead of 38th National Games
January 21, 2025
Kalaripayattu, the ancient martial art from Kerala, is at the centre of a dispute as the 38th
National Games approach. The Indian Kalaripayattu Federation has raised concerns about
its relegation to a demonstration event by the Indian Olympics Association (IOA). This
decision has disappointed athletes and sparked discussions about the sport’s future in
competitive arenas.
Background of Kalaripayattu
Kalaripayattu is a traditional Indian martial art originating in Kerala, dating back to
the 11th–12th century CE.
It combines combat techniques with unique weapons and healing methods.
The term derives from “kalari” (training ground) and “payattu” (martial arts practice).
Recent Developments
Ahead of the 38th National Games, Kalaripayattu was moved from a competitive event to
a demonstration section. This change affects approximately 200 athletes from 18 states.
The decision was made public in December 2024, leading to widespread discontent.
Legal Intervention
The Delhi High Court intervened on January 15, 2025, mandating a review of
Kalaripayattu’s status in the National Games. The IOA is expected to make a decision
based on this ruling.
Historical Significance
Kalaripayattu has deep roots in Kerala’s culture, historically linked to military training and
discipline. It was essential in the feudal society of Kerala, with each village having its own
kalari for martial education.
Decline and Resurgence
The art form declined in the 17th century due to the advent of firearms and colonial rule.
However, a revival occurred in the 20th century, thanks to efforts by prominent gurukkals
who preserved and promoted the practice.
Training and Techniques
Training in Kalaripayattu involves rigorous physical conditioning, weaponry, and healing
arts. Classes follow the guru-shishya tradition, emphasising respect and discipline.
Techniques include strikes, grappling, and the use of various weapons.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 420
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Current Status
Kalaripayattu is gaining recognition globally, with practitioners incorporating it into dance
and performance arts. The establishment of the Kalaripayattu Academy in Kerala aims to
further promote and preserve this ancient martial art.
ISRO Successfully Demonstrates Vikas Engine Restart Capability
January 21, 2025
Recently, the Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) achieved milestones with its
Vikas liquid engine. The successful demonstration of engine restart capabilities marks a
critical step towards enhancing the reusability of launch vehicles. This progress aligns with
ISRO’s commitment to advancing space technology and commercial operations.
Vikas Engine Overview
The Vikas engine is a family of hypergolic liquid-fuel rocket engines developed by ISRO. It
powers the liquid stages of various launch vehicles, including PSLV, GSLV, and LVM3. The
engine was first developed in the 1970s and has undergone several enhancements since.
Recent Testing Milestones
On January 17, 2025, ISRO successfully demonstrated the restart of the Vikas engine. The
test involved firing the engine for 60 seconds, shutting it off for 120 seconds, and then
restarting it for an additional seven seconds. Previous tests in December 2024 had shorter
shut-off durations.
Engine Specifications
The Vikas engine operates using a combination of Unsymmetrical Dimethylhydrazine
(UDMH) as fuel and Nitrogen Tetroxide (N2O4) as an oxidiser. It achieves a maximum
thrust of 725 kN. The propellant loading varies – 40 tonnes for PSLV and GSLV Mark I and
II, and 55 tonnes for LVM3.
Types of Vikas Engines
There are several variants of the Vikas engine, including:
HTVE (High Thrust Vikas Engine): Modified engine with 800 kN thrust for GSLV.
HPVE (High Pressure Vikas Engine): Under development for future GSLV boosters.
Throttling Tests
The first throttling test of the Vikas engine occurred in January 2023, achieving a 67%
thrust level for 43 seconds. Throttling allows for precise control of speed and trajectory
during missions.
Applications in Gaganyaan Mission
The Vikas engine will play important role in India’s Gaganyaan mission, the country’s first
manned space initiative. A high-thrust variant underwent successful testing to ensure
resilience under extreme conditions.
Commercial Launch Operations
ISRO has flagged off the L110 core liquid stage of the LVM3 launch vehicle for commercial
operations. This mission is part of a commercial agreement to launch the BlueBird Block-2
satellite, further establishing ISRO’s role in global space commerce.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 421
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

India’s Economic Growth Surge

January 21, 2025
India is poised to remain the fastest-growing major economy, with a projected growth
rate of 6.7% for fiscal years 2026 and 2027. This growth outstrips the global average of
2.7% and reflects the country’s robust services sector and revitalised manufacturing base.
Recent reports from the World Bank and the International Monetary Fund highlight India’s
potential amid a global economic landscape marked by slower growth in other regions.
World Bank Projections
The World Bank’s Global Economic Prospects report forecasts India’s growth at 6.7% for
FY26 and FY27. This positions India as a mainstay of global economic stability. The report
emphasises the importance of government initiatives in driving growth.
IMF
The International Monetary Fund’s World Economic Outlook aligns with the World Bank,
predicting 6.5% growth for India in both 2025 and 2026. This consistency showcases
India’s stable economic fundamentals despite global uncertainties.
Key Growth Drivers
India’s growth is supported by a thriving services sector and a strengthening
manufacturing base. Government reforms in infrastructure and taxation are very
important. Initiatives like PM GatiShakti and the Production Linked Incentive (PLI) Scheme
are crucial for enhancing productivity.
Private Consumption and Investment
Private consumption is expected to rise due to a stronger labour market and improved
credit access. Investment growth remains strong, driven by rising private investments and
favourable financing conditions.
Emerging Markets Contribution
Emerging markets and developing economies now contribute 45% of global GDP, up from
25% in 2000. India, along with China and Brazil, accounts for about 60% of global growth
since the turn of the century.
Government Schemes and Reforms
Visionary government schemes are transforming India’s economy. Programs like Startup
India and infrastructure projects are encouraging innovation and enhancing
manufacturing capabilities.
Inclusive Growth Commitment
India’s economic strategy focuses on inclusive growth and innovation. The nation is
committed to building a resilient and globally competitive economy through forward-
thinking policies and digital transformation.
Global Economic Context
While India thrives, the global economy is projected to grow at only 2.7% in 2025-26.
Emerging markets face challenges in achieving substantial growth and income catch-up
with advanced economies.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 422
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Future Outlook
India’s trajectory suggests a commitment to sustained growth and resilience. The
combination of strategic reforms, infrastructure development, and a focus on
entrepreneurship positions India for continued prominence on the global stage.
Sewa Singh Thikriwala Memorial
January 21, 2025
January 20 commemorates the death of Sewa Singh Thikriwala, a very important figure in
the Praja Mandal movement advocating for self-rule in Punjab. He died in 1935 during a
hunger strike while imprisoned. His legacy is celebrated annually from January 18 to 20 in
his village, where a memorial event takes place.
Background of Sewa Singh
Sewa Singh Thikriwala was born in the late 19th century in Thikriwala village, Punjab. He
was the son of Dewa Singh, a court official. Initially a health officer, he left his position to
join the Singh Sabha movement, which countered British influence and Christian
proselytism.
The Singh Sabha Movement
The Singh Sabha movement emerged in response to British annexation of the Sikh
Empire. It focused on religious reform, promoting Gurmukhi education and traditional
Sikh marriage practices. Sewa Singh played important role in organising Gurmukhi classes
in Gurdwaras.
Praja Mandal Movement
The Praja Mandal movement aimed to secure civil liberties, protest oppressive taxation,
and demand government reforms. It was active across 600 princely states, particularly in
the Malwa region, which remains politically .
Imprisonment and Hunger Strike
Sewa Singh was imprisoned multiple times for his activism. After his release in 1928, he
continued to participate in the Praja Mandal. In 1934, he began a hunger strike in protest
of his treatment in jail, ultimately leading to his death.
Annual Memorial Events
The memorial for Sewa Singh Thikriwala includes a Nagar Kirtan, seminars, and lectures. A
statue of him stands in Thikriwala village. Recent memorials have attracted political
figures, including promises for local development and educational improvements.
Current Developments
In 2023, Punjab’s Finance Minister announced upgrades to local schools and the
establishment of a nursing college in Thikriwala. Plans were also revealed to convert Sewa
Singh’s dilapidated house into a memorial site, preserving his legacy for future
generations.
TRAI’s Spam Regulation Innovations
January 21, 2025
In recent years, the Telecom Regulatory Authority of India (TRAI) has intensified efforts to

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 423
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

combat spam in telecommunications. With the integration of distributed ledger

technology (DLT), TRAI aims to enhance the traceability of commercial messages. This
initiative is part of a broader strategy to protect consumers from unsolicited commercial
communications (UCC), commonly known as spam.
Role of TRAI
TRAI regulates the telecom sector in India. It oversees Unsolicited Commercial
Communications (UCC). Established in 2007, the Do-Not-Disturb (DND) registry allows
customers to opt out of spam calls and messages. TRAI has developed a DND app for user
convenience, facilitating preference registration and complaint lodging.
Telecom Commercial Communication Customer Preference Regulation (TCCCPR)
The TCCCPR, enacted in 2018, penalises telemarketers contacting DND-registered users.
Accumulated warnings can lead to blacklisting. The DND app faced maintenance issues
but was reinstated with enhanced user-friendly reporting options in 2024.
Blockchain Implementation
TRAI mandated the use of blockchain technology to manage spam messages. This
distributed ledger records approved SMS senders and standard message formats. The
requirement for sender IDs instead of phone numbers is regulatory advancement.
Traceability Enhancements
In 2024, regulations were tightened for message traceability. Telecom operators must
maintain a comprehensive record of message origins. This addresses vulnerabilities that
allowed fraudulent registrations and spam messaging.
Effectiveness of Measures
DND registrants have reported fewer communications from compliant businesses.
However, evolving spam tactics challenge these measures. Cyber fraud and disposable
phone numbers complicate enforcement, while international spam calls pose additional
difficulties.
Government Initiatives
The Department of Telecommunications (DoT) launched the Sanchar Saathi portal for
reporting suspicious communications. Collaborating with law enforcement and financial
institutions, it aims to curb fraudulent activities. The Telecom Security Operation Centre
monitors internet traffic for potential threats.
AI and Telco Innovations
Telecom companies, like Airtel, are employing Artificial Intelligence to label suspicious
calls as “Suspected Spam.” This practice is being adopted by other operators, enhancing
consumer protection against spam and scams.
4th Edition of “International Migrant Workers” Report
January 21, 2025
Recently, the International Labour Organization (ILO) released its fourth edition of ‘Global
Estimates on International Migrant Workers’. The report brought into light the role of
international migrants (IMs) in both the global labour market and economic growth.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 424
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Despite challenges such as the pandemic, the number of IMs has increased, contributing
to host nations and their home countries through remittances.
Global Labour Force Statistics
In 2022, IMs constituted 4.7% of the global labour force, totalling 167.7 million. This
included 155.6 million employed and 12.1 million unemployed. The growth rate from 2019
to 2022 was less than 1% annually, influenced by various factors including the COVID-19
pandemic.
Gender Disparities
The employment rates for IMs showed disparities between genders. In 2022, 61.3% of
male IMs were employed, compared to 38.7% of female IMs. Female IMs have steadily
increased since 2015, but their representation remains lower due to fewer women in the
overall IM population.
Age Distribution
Prime-age adults (25-54 years) made up 74.9% of IM workers in 2022. Young IMs (15-24
years) accounted for 9.3%, while those aged 55-64 and above 65 represented 12.5% and
3.4%, respectively. This age distribution reflects the workforce dynamics among IMs.
Sector Employment
The services sector employed 68.4% of IMs, with women holding 80.7% of these positions.
Comparatively, only 24.3% of IMs worked in industry and 7.4% in agriculture. The services
sector’s dominance has been consistent over the past decade.
Host Countries
High-income countries hosted 68.4% of IMs, primarily in the services sector, particularly in
care roles. Upper-middle-income countries accounted for 17.4%. Northern America saw a
slight decrease in IM share, while the Arab states experienced a notable decline.
Future Trends
The demand for IMs in high-income countries is expected to persist due to ageing
populations and the growing care economy. Economic opportunities will continue to
attract IMs, shaping future labour market dynamics globally.
European Banks and NZBA
January 21, 2025
Recent developments have seen European banks reassessing their membership in the Net
Zero Banking Alliance (NZBA). This follows a wave of withdrawals by major US banks,
leading to concerns over climate collaboration and potential legal ramifications.
Executives are now contemplating their positions in light of these challenges.
What is the Net Zero Banking Alliance?
The NZBA is a UN-convened initiative. It comprises global financial institutions committed
to achieving net-zero greenhouse gas emissions by 2050. Established nearly four years
ago, it aims to align banks with global net zero targets. The alliance operates under the
UN Environment Programme Finance Initiative’s Principles for Responsible Banking.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 425
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Membership and Climate Targets

Banks joining the NZBA commit to setting emissions reduction targets. They must publicly
share these targets within 18 months and develop detailed transition plans within 12
months. Members are also required to publish sectoral targets for carbon-intensive
sectors within 36 months.
Recent Withdrawals by Major Banks
JPMorgan, Citigroup, and Goldman Sachs have recently exited the NZBA. This trend has
raised alarms among European banks, prompting them to consider similar actions.
Canadian banks have also followed suit, creating a ripple effect in the alliance.
US Political Climate and Legal Challenges
Right-wing politicians in the US have intensified their scrutiny of corporate climate
policies. Allegations of collusion against banks blocking financing for oil and gas
companies have emerged. This has led US banks to distance themselves from climate
collaborations due to fears of antitrust issues.
European Banks’ Concerns
European banks are caught between legal challenges in the US and their environmental
commitments. Recent updates to NZBA’s guidelines require banks with capital market
activities to include emissions from these operations in their targets, adding to their
concerns.
Gfanz’s Reassessment
The Glasgow Financial Alliance for Net Zero (Gfanz) is re-evaluating its role amid
increasing political and legal pressures. The Net Zero Asset Managers initiative has ceased
tracking its membership criteria, indicating broader uncertainty within climate-focused
alliances.
Future Meetings and Uncertainties
Efforts to convene a Gfanz meeting have faced hurdles due to scheduling conflicts and
political distractions. The group aims to meet in February to discuss the future of climate
collaboration. Despite achieving initial goals, the ongoing political and legal pressures
pose challenges ahead.
Indian Army Pushes to Expand Pinaka MBRL Procurement
January 21, 2025
The Pinaka Multi-Barrel Rocket Launcher (MBRL) is advancement in India’s artillery
capabilities. Developed by the Defence Research and Development Organisation (DRDO),
it was designed to replace older Soviet-era systems. As of January 2025, the Pinaka has
gained international recognition, with countries like Armenia and France expressing
interest in its acquisition. The Indian Army plans to expand its orders, denoting the
system’s strategic importance. Army Chief General Upendra Dwivedi stated that two
Pinaka missile system contracts will be signed before March 31, the end of this financial
year. One contract, worth ₹5,700 crore, is for high-explosive pre-fragmented ammunition,
and the other, worth ₹4,500 crore, is for area denial munitions.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 426
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Development and Specifications

Developed by DRDO’s Armament Research and Development Establishment (ARDE)
in the late 1980s.
Designed to replace the Grad BM-21 rocket launcher.
Features a range of 60 km in its latest version, with future variants targeting up to
120 km.
Capable of launching 12 rockets in 44 seconds.
Utilises a Tatra truck for mobility.
Operational History
First deployed during the Kargil War in 1999.
Played important role in targeting enemy positions in challenging terrains.
Inducted into the Indian Army with multiple regiments operational in high-altitude
areas.
International Interest
Armenia received the first lot of Pinaka systems in early 2025.
Countries in ASEAN, Africa, and Europe have shown interest in acquiring the system.
Expected to enhance India’s defence exports .
Future Orders and Contracts
The Indian Army plans to finalise contracts worth Rs 10,200 crore for Pinaka systems.
Two major contracts include Rs 5,700 crore for ammunition and Rs 4,500 crore for
area denial munitions.
Additional orders for advanced towed artillery gun systems are also anticipated.
Variants of Pinaka
Pinaka Mk-1 – Range of 48 km.
Pinaka Mk-I Enhanced – Range of 60 km.
Pinaka Mk-II – Range of 90 km.
Pinaka Mk-III – Under development with a projected range of 120 km.
Operational Structure
Each Pinaka battery typically consists of six launchers and can fire a total of 72
rockets.
A single battery can neutralise an area of 1,000 m x 800 m.
Plans to increase operational regiments from 16 to 22 by 2028.
Strategic Impact
The Pinaka MBRL is positioned as a mainstay of India’s artillery capabilities, enhancing
firepower while reducing soldier casualties. Its development reflects India’s growing
emphasis on indigenous defence technology and international collaboration in military
hardware.
Ingenuity Helicopter’s Final Flight
January 21, 2025
The Ingenuity helicopter, a pioneering rotorcraft on Mars, concluded its mission with a

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 427
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

final flight on January 18, 2024. This flight marked the end of a remarkable journey that
showcased controlled flight on another planet. Despite its unexpected demise, Ingenuity
continues to provide valuable data for future Mars explorations.
Mission Overview
Ingenuity was deployed on April 4, 2021, attached to the Perseverance rover. It aimed to
test powered flight in Mars’ thin atmosphere. The helicopter completed 71 successful
flights, exceeding its initial goal of five flights. Its achievements demonstrated the
feasibility of aerial exploration on Mars.
Final Flight Details
On January 18, 2024, Ingenuity attempted its 72nd flight. The plan involved a brief vertical
ascent to 40 feet, followed by a hover. However, during descent, communication was lost
with the Perseverance rover, which serves as a relay for data transmission back to Earth.
Investigation Findings
After re-establishing contact, engineers discovered damage to Ingenuity’s rotor blades.
The crash was attributed to navigation system failures, which struggled to track surface
features in Jezero Crater. The lack of visual cues led to high horizontal velocities at
touchdown, causing the helicopter to pitch and roll.
Technical Challenges
Flying on Mars poses unique challenges due to its low gravity and thin atmosphere.
Ingenuity’s rotor blades, measuring 4 feet wide, required precise navigation to achieve lift.
The helicopter operated autonomously, relying on onboard systems for guidance, as real-
time control from Earth was impossible.
Future Missions
NASA plans to develop a second helicopter, learning from Ingenuity’s experiences. The
new rotorcraft will incorporate enhancements based on the data gathered during
Ingenuity’s flights. This will aid in future Mars exploration missions, potentially involving
crewed missions.
Ongoing Contributions
Despite its loss, Ingenuity continues to provide valuable data to the Perseverance rover. It
sends weekly updates on Martian weather and avionics information, informing the design
of future exploration vehicles. Its imagery supports rover operations, helping to identify
geological features for study.
Legacy of Ingenuity
Ingenuity’s mission has paved the way for future aerial exploration on Mars and beyond.
Its successful flights have demonstrated the potential for helicopters to assist in planetary
exploration. The lessons learned will guide the development of advanced aerial vehicles
for subsequent missions to the Red Planet.
Uttarakhand’s Manual for Uniform Civil Code
January 21, 2025
Recently, Uttarakhand’s government approved a comprehensive manual for its Uniform

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 428
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Civil Code (UCC), aiming to standardise personal laws across the state. This initiative marks
Uttarakhand as the first state of India to implement the UCC, with preparations underway
for training officials and launching online services. The UCC seeks to streamline processes
related to marriage, divorce, inheritance, and other personal matters, amid ongoing
discussions about its broader implications for Indian society.
Key Provisions of UCC
The UCC introduces several provisions, including Tatkal registration for expedited services
and simplified processes for live-in relationships. It allows online registration of wills and
provides a platform for various civil services through a dedicated portal.
Training and Implementation Timeline
Training for officials is in its final stages, with a state-wide mock drill scheduled for January
21, 2025. The government aims to train 10,000 Village Development Officers (VDOs) by
January 24, 2025, to facilitate local registration services.
Online Services and Accessibility
The UCC portal features Aadhaar-based verification and AI translation in 22 languages. It
aims to improve access to registration services, especially in remote areas through
Common Service Centres (CSCs) and local officials.
Historical Context of UCC in India
The UCC concept is rooted in Article 44 of the Constitution of India, which calls for a
uniform set of laws governing personal matters for all citizens. Historical debates have
shaped its evolution, with judicial pronouncements advocating for its necessity.
Arguments Supporting UCC
Proponents argue that UCC promotes equality, simplifies legal processes, and empowers
women. It aims to eliminate discriminatory practices and encourage national integration
by treating all citizens equally under the law.
Arguments Against UCC
Critics raise concerns about cultural preservation and the potential infringement on
religious freedoms. They argue that a UCC might marginalise minority communities and
face practical implementation challenges in India’s diverse society.
Future Considerations for UCC
The path forward for UCC may involve inclusive dialogue with stakeholders and phased
implementation. Safeguards for minority rights could be essential to address concerns
while ensuring legal uniformity across the state.
Strategic Significance of Philadelphi Corridor
January 21, 2025
The Philadelphi Corridor is an important strip of land along the Gaza-Egypt border. It
serves as link for Gaza, particularly for Hamas, amidst ongoing conflicts and ceasefire
negotiations. Recent developments have seen a ceasefire brokered by international
parties, impacting control and security arrangements in the corridor.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 429
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Geographical Significance
The corridor stretches approximately 14 km from the Mediterranean Sea to the Kerem
Shalom crossing with Israel. It is about 100 metres wide, consisting mainly of scrubland
and sand dunes. This area is vital for smuggling activities, connecting Gaza to Egypt.
Historical Context
Established under the 1979 Camp David Accords, the corridor was intended as a
demilitarised zone. Following Israel’s withdrawal from Gaza in 2005, the Palestinian
Authority and Egypt managed the area. Tensions escalated after Hamas took control in
2007.
Security Arrangements
Post-2005, the corridor was designated a demilitarised zone, restricting heavy military
presence. However, Israel maintained a military interest to prevent smuggling and
attacks, particularly after the October 7, 2023, Hamas attack on Israel.
Smuggling Activities
The corridor is a key route for Hamas to smuggle weapons and goods. Tunnels and
crossings facilitate the movement of arms and operatives, despite Egyptian efforts to curb
these activities. The Mediterranean Sea has also been implicated in smuggling operations.
Ceasefire Negotiations
A recent ceasefire agreement, facilitated by Qatar, the US, and Egypt, includes phased
withdrawal of Israeli forces from the corridor. This agreement stipulates Hamas releasing
hostages in exchange for Palestinian prisoners and increased humanitarian aid to Gaza.
Current Control Dynamics
The Israeli Defense Forces (IDF) have begun to withdraw from the corridor as part of the
ceasefire terms. Netanyahu’s government is cautious about relinquishing control, citing
security concerns over Hamas’s potential resurgence.
International Implications
The corridor’s status affects regional stability and international relations. The dynamics
between Israel, Hamas, and Egypt are critical in shaping future peace efforts and security
arrangements in the area.
Future Prospects
The future of the Philadelphi Corridor remains uncertain. Ongoing negotiations and the
security situation will determine its role as a lifeline for Gaza and as a buffer zone between
conflicting parties.
NeGD Launches Entity Locker
January 21, 2025
Recently, the Government of India revealed Entity Locker, a digital platform designed to
streamline the management and verification of business documents. Developed by the
National eGovernance Division (NeGD) under the Ministry of Electronics and Information
Technology (MeitY), this initiative aims to enhance digital governance and facilitate ease of
doing business in India.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 430
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

What isEntity Locker?

Entity Locker is a secure, cloud-based platform. It caters to various entities, including
corporations, MSMEs, trusts, and startups. The platform simplifies document storage,
sharing, and verification.
Technological Framework
The platform integrates with multiple government systems. It provides real-time access to
documents through government databases. Key features include consent-based sharing
and Aadhaar-authenticated access management.
Storage and Security Features
Entity Locker offers 10 GB of encrypted cloud storage. It includes legally valid digital
signatures for document authentication. This ensures secure and reliable document
management.
Benefits for Businesses
The platform streamlines document sharing with partners. It simplifies compliance with
regulatory requirements. It also tracks document activities for accountability and reduces
administrative overhead.
Integration with Government Systems
Entity Locker connects with institutions like the Ministry of Corporate Affairs and GSTN.
This integration facilitates instant access to critical documents, enhancing compliance
processes.
Use Cases Supported
The platform supports various applications. These include vendor verification, expedited
MSME loan applications, and corporate annual filings. It also aids in FSSAI compliance and
GSTN registrations.
Strategic Importance
Entity Locker is more than a technological tool; it is a strategic initiative. It aims to reduce
administrative friction and boost productivity across sectors. The platform reflects the
government’s commitment to a digitally empowered business environment.
Future Implementation
The phased implementation of Entity Locker will expand its integration with more
government platforms. Businesses and stakeholders are encouraged to adopt this
innovative solution for improved operational efficiency.
What is KaWaCHaM?
January 21, 2025
The Kerala Warnings, Crisis and Hazard Management System (KaWaCHaM) is set to be
launched by Chief Minister Pinarayi Vijayan. This initiative aims to enhance disaster
preparedness and response in Kerala, utilising advanced technology for timely alerts
regarding extreme weather events. The system integrates various communication
methods to ensure effective dissemination of warnings to the public.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 431
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

System Overview
KaWaCHaM is developed by the Kerala State Disaster Management Authority (KSDMA)
with support from the National Disaster Management Authority and the World Bank. It
includes 126 sirens with strobe lights and 93 emergency operation centres linked via VPN.
Alert Mechanism
The sirens are designed to broadcast alerts for heavy rain, strong winds, and sea surges.
Each siren features three lights (red, yellow, orange) and eight loudspeakers, capable of
reaching a distance of 1.2 km.
Installation and Testing
Sirens are installed on government buildings and schools in disaster-prone areas,
positioned 13 to 15 metres high. Testing will occur on the launch day at various locations,
with public reassurance to remain calm during trials.
Coordination Structure
The State Emergency Operations Centre will oversee KaWaCHaM’s implementation. It will
coordinate activities at the taluk level, ensuring a unified response to disasters.
Data Integration
KaWaCHaM incorporates data from multiple sources, including weather networks and
social media. This comprehensive approach enhances the accuracy and speed of alerts.
Community Engagement
The project includes collaboration with social media platforms for community alerts. Local
volunteers and NGOs will receive training in disaster preparedness and response.
Shelter Network
A network of 20,000 buildings has been documented as emergency shelters, capable of
accommodating 400,000 people. This includes 17 specialised shelters across the state.
Future Developments
The project will operate in pilot mode for one year, with ongoing development of flood
forecasting and landslide early warning systems. An impact forecast is also being
prepared for various disaster scenarios.
23 Blood-Sucking Flies Discovered in Andaman and Nicobar Islands
January 21, 2025
Recent research by the Zoological Survey of India has revealed 23 species of blood-
sucking flies, known as Culicoides, in the Andaman and Nicobar Islands. This study marks
the first comprehensive survey of these insects in the region, with 13 species identified for
the first time in India. The findings raise concerns about the transmission of bluetongue
disease, which poses threat to livestock.
Identification of New Species
Researchers identified 23 species of Culicoides. Thirteen of these are new to India. The
survey included 3,529 adult specimens.
Characteristics of Culicoides
Culicoides are small, blood-sucking flies.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 432
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

They resemble flies but are more closely related to mosquitoes.

Locally, they are called “bhusi flies.”
Feeding Habits
These flies primarily feed on the blood of livestock such as sheep, goats, and cattle. They
also feed on wild animals, including deer.
Bluetongue Disease Transmission
Five Culicoides species are known vectors for bluetongue disease. This disease can be fatal
for livestock, leading to symptoms such as fever, facial swelling, and blue discolouration of
the tongue.
Impact on Agriculture
Bluetongue disease poses threat to livestock farming. Its presence could impact the
agricultural economy in the Andaman and Nicobar Islands.
Human Interaction
Seventeen of the identified species are known to bite humans. However, there have been
no reported cases of disease transmission to humans.
Need for Surveillance
Regular surveillance is crucial due to the presence of multiple Culicoides species. This is
particularly important for a region that attracts many tourists.
Chilika Lake Bird Census 2025
January 21, 2025
Recently, the annual bird census at Chilika Lake revealed a decline in the number of
visiting birds compared to previous years. However, there was an increase in the variety of
species. The census, conducted on January 18, brought into light the ecological changes
affecting this critical habitat for migratory birds.
Chilika Lake Overview
Chilika Lake is Asia’s largest brackish water lagoon.
It spans 1,165 square kilometres.
The lake serves as important wintering ground for migratory birds.
2025 Bird Census Results
The census recorded 1,127,228 birds of 196 species. This included 1,087,226 migratory
birds from 109 species and 40,002 resident birds from 87 species.
Comparison with Previous Years
In 2024, the census recorded 1,137,759 birds of 187 species. In 2023, the count was
1,131,929 birds of 184 species. The slight decrease in 2025 was noted despite a rise in
species variety.
Impact of Environmental Changes
Untimely rains in December 2024 raised water levels in the lake. This reduced the
availability of mudflats, essential for waterfowl feeding. Experts believe this change may
have driven migratory birds to nearby farmlands.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 433
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Bird Population in Other Wetlands

Hirakud wetland saw an increase, hosting 377,732 birds of 122 species in 2025.
Bhitarkanika National Park reported 151,614 birds of 118 species, showing stable
numbers year-on-year.
Species Highlights
Gadwalls were the most numerous species with 201,926 counted. Northern Pintails and
Eurasian Wigeons followed closely. Greater flamingos also increased to 2,638.
Census Methodology
The census was a collaborative effort involving the Chilika wildlife division and the Chilika
Development Authority. It included 126 experts from various organisations, ensuring
comprehensive data collection and analysis.
Importance of Chilika Lake
Chilika Lake is vital for migratory birds from regions beyond the Himalayas. Birds travel
here to escape harsh winters and prepare for their return journeys before summer.
Cardiovascular Risk in HIV
January 21, 2025
Recent studies have brought into light discrepancies in cardiovascular risk assessment for
individuals with HIV. Research from Massachusetts General Hospital indicates that
existing risk models often miscalculate cardiovascular events, particularly among women
and African descent individuals in high-income countries, while overestimating risks in low
and middle-income countries. These findings are crucial for enhancing cardiovascular
disease prevention strategies in the HIV population.
Study Overview
The study published in Lancet HIV on January 17, 2025, analysed data from the REPRIEVE
trial. It focused on individuals with HIV aged 40-75 years, assessing their cardiovascular
risk across various income levels globally.
Key Findings
Risk Underestimation – In high-income countries, cardiovascular risk was
underestimated for women and black participants
Risk Overestimation – In low and middle-income countries, the risk was
overestimated for all individuals with HIV.
Calibration Adjustments – The PCE risk score was adjusted to improve accuracy,
multiplying scores for specific demographics.
Research Methodology
The study involved 3,893 participants from 12 countries. Researchers evaluated the
performance of pooled cohort equations (PCE) and the data-collection on adverse effects
of anti-HIV drugs (D:A:D) risk scores.
Global Context
The REPRIEVE trial is the first large-scale study aimed at preventing HIV-related heart
disease. It puts stress on the heightened cardiovascular risks faced by people living with

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 434
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

HIV, particularly among women and black individuals.

HIV and Cardiovascular Disease
Cardiovascular diseases are a leading cause of mortality globally. Individuals with HIV
often face increased risks due to various factors, including inflammation and lifestyle.
Implications for Future Research
The study calls for further research to develop more accurate cardiovascular risk scores
for individuals with HIV, particularly in low and middle-income countries.
Current Treatment Landscape
Effective antiretroviral therapy (ART) exists for managing HIV. Maintaining an
undetectable viral load reduces health risks, including cardiovascular diseases.
Pangsau Pass Festival 2025
January 21, 2025
The Pangsau Pass International Festival (PPIF) 2025, held in Arunachal Pradesh, celebrates
the region’s cultural heritage and its historical significance during World War II. Chief
Minister Pema Khandu announced plans to enhance tourism by restoring World War II
remnants in Nampong, denoting the festival’s role in promoting economic growth and
cultural exchange. This year’s festival coincides with the 80th anniversary of the war’s
conclusion.
Key Facts about Pangsau Pass
Location and Altitude:
Pangsau Pass (Pan Saung Pass) is located on the India-Myanmar border at an
altitude of 3,727 feet (1,136 meters).
It lies on the crest of the Patkai Hills and is part of the famous Ledo Road
(Stilwell Road).
It is named after the Myanmar village Pangsau, located 2 km east of the pass.
Geographical Importance:
The pass serves as one of the easiest routes into Myanmar from the Assam
plains.
India’s easternmost point, Chaukan Pass, lies northeast of Pangsau Pass in
Arunachal Pradesh’s Changlang district.
Historical Significance:
13th Century: Used by the Ahoms, a Shan tribe, to enter Assam.
British Era:
The pass was surveyed for a potential railway route connecting India to
Myitkyina in north Burma through the Hukawng Valley, but no railway
was constructed.
British engineers surveyed and prospected the Patkai Range for a road
from Assam into northern Burma.
World War II:
The Stilwell Road (Ledo Road) was constructed to connect British India to

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 435
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Nationalist China to support their fight against Japanese forces.

Pangsau Pass, nicknamed “Hell Pass”, was the first major obstacle on the
route due to steep gradients and muddy terrain.
The Stilwell Road connected Ledo (Assam) to Pangsau Pass, covering a
distance of 61 km (38 mi).
Present Day:
Pangsau Pass Winter Festival:
Held annually since 2007 in Nampong, Arunachal Pradesh, during the 3rd
week of January.
Promotes cultural exchange between Northeast India and Myanmar.
Features folk dances (Bihu, Bamboo dance, Tangsa Rongrand War dance),
arts, crafts, ethnic foods, and traditional sports, showcasing the culture of
the Tangsa Naga tribe and other local communities.
Historical Significance
Nampong is a key site for World War II history. The region served as important supply
route for Allied forces. Key locations include the Stilwell Road and the Lake of No Return,
both tied to wartime events.
World War II Cemetery
The Jairampur cemetery, discovered by Assam Rifles in the 1990s, contains over 1,000
graves. It is the largest World War II cemetery in India, spanning three acres. It serves as a
poignant reminder of the war’s impact.
Tourism Development
The state government plans to restore war remnants to boost tourism. Initiatives include
improving infrastructure and connectivity in the Tirap, Changlang, and Longding districts.
This aims to attract more visitors to the region.
Cross-Border Cultural Exchange
During the festival, visitors can cross into Myanmar without passports. This encourages
cultural exchange and trade between the two nations, enhancing community ties.
International Participation
The festival attracted a 150-member delegation from Myanmar, promoting mutual
cooperation and cultural exchange. Events at the festival highlight shared histories and
encourage relationships between communities.
Memorialisation Efforts
A tank from the war has been installed at the cemetery entrance, symbolising
remembrance. The festival encourages visits to sites of historical significance, enhancing
awareness of the region’s wartime legacy.
ALH Helicopter Grounding Update
January 21, 2025
In early January 2025, the Advanced Light Helicopter (ALH) fleet was grounded following a
tragic crash that resulted in the loss of three lives from the Indian Coast Guard. Defence

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 436
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Secretary Rajesh Kumar Singh confirmed that the ALH will not participate in the upcoming
Republic Day flypast, although 39 other aircraft are expected to take part.
ALH Grounding Reason
The entire ALH fleet was grounded after a crash on January 5, 2025. The incident involved
a training sortie that ended fatally for two pilots and one crew member. A Board of Inquiry
is investigating the crash, focusing on the Flight Data Recorder and the helicopter’s
transmission system.
Republic Day Parade Details
The Republic Day parade on January 26 will feature 39 aircraft in 12 formations. The
military character of the parade will be maintained, but there will be an increased
emphasis on societal and cultural participation.
Daredevils’ World Record
The Indian Army’s Motorcycle Rider Display Team, known as the “Daredevils,” set a new
world record by forming the tallest human pyramid on moving motorcycles, reaching 20.4
feet. This feat adds to their impressive tally of 33 world records.
About Advanced Light Helicopter (ALH)
The ALH, also known as Dhruv, is an indigenously developed helicopter by Hindustan
Aeronautics Limited (HAL).
It is a twin-engine utility aircraft with multi-role capabilities. Development began in
1984, and it first flew in 1992, entering service in 2002.
The ALH has several variants, including Mk-I, Mk-II, Mk-III, and Mk-IV.
January 22, 2025
Key Executive Orders Signed by US President Donald Trump
January 22, 2025
Recently, President Donald Trump returned to the White House and signed number of
executive orders, marking a very important moment in American governance. He signed
approximately 80 executive orders on his first day, including a national emergency
declaration at the US-Mexico border and withdrawal from the Paris Agreement and WHO.
Definition of Executive Orders
Executive orders are directives issued by the President of the United States.
These orders, which bypass the legislative process, allow the president to enact
policies swiftly.
They manage federal operations and are based on the authority granted under
Article II of the US Constitution.
These orders are published in the Federal Register and carry the force of law.
Legal Basis and Challenges
Executive orders do not require Congressional approval and can be challenged in court.
They may be overturned by subsequent presidents or deemed unconstitutional by the
judiciary. Notable past challenges include Trump’s travel ban, which faced legal scrutiny.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 437
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Historical Usage
Executive orders date back to Abraham Lincoln. Every president has issued them, with
Franklin D. Roosevelt holding the record for the most at 3,721. Their use has evolved,
reflecting the political landscape and presidential priorities.
Impact of Executive Orders
These orders can take immediate effect or require agency regulations for implementation.
They influence governance, often shaping policies on immigration, health, and
environmental issues without legislative input.
List of Key Executive Orders by Trump
Withdrawal from Paris Agreement
Trump initiated the process to pull the US out of the Paris Climate Agreement.
While the executive order says that the US’ withdrawal from the agreement will be
effective “immediately” once the US Ambassador submits formal notice of the US
exit, the agreement stipulates that the process takes a full year.
The agreement aimed to limit global warming to 1.5–2°C, but Trump’s actions
reversed climate-related policies to boost fossil fuel production.
The withdrawal comes after 2024 was recorded to be the hottest year and amid the
California wildfires and just months after severe hurricanes hit communities from
Florida to North Carolina.
While the US emissions have been decreasing since the mid-2000s, the country is
currently the largest historical contributor of the total carbon emissions.
Offshore Drilling
On January 6, Biden used the Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act (OCSLA) (a 70-year-
old law) to permanently ban oil and gas drilling in the following areas:
1. All federal waters off the East and West coasts of the U.S.
2. Eastern Gulf of Mexico.
3. Parts of the northern Bering Sea in Alaska.
The decision was part of Biden’s efforts to combat climate change, citing the risk of
irreversible environmental damage and the lack of necessity for U.S. energy needs.
One of the Trump’s executive orders revoked Biden’s offshore drilling ban and an
earlier Biden action (March 2023) that prohibited drilling in 2.8 million acres of the
Arctic Ocean.
Withdraw from WHO
Reasons for Withdrawal
WHO’s mishandling of the COVID-19 pandemic.
Failure to adopt urgent reforms.
Influence from other member states (political bias).
Unfair financial burden on the U.S. (major funding contributor).
Actions Under the Executive Order:

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 438
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Stopping the transfer of U.S. funds and resources to WHO.

Recalling U.S. personnel and contractors working with WHO.
Identifying alternative U.S. and global partners to replace WHO’s activities.
Halting participation in WHO’s pandemic treaty negotiations, which aim to
strengthen global pandemic preparedness and response.
Financial Impact:
1. WHO’s funding comes from:
Mandatory Assessed Contributions: Fixed amounts from member countries.
Voluntary Contributions: Donations from governments, philanthropies, etc.
2. The U.S. was the largest contributor to WHO’s funding:
Assessed Contributions: U.S. provided 22.5% (mandatory).
Voluntary Contributions: U.S. accounted for 13%, while China contributed only
0.14%.
3. In response, other countries like Australia, Indonesia, and Spain pledged USD 1.7
billion during the 2024 funding round.
Global and Indian Impacts:
1. WHO’s Work:
WHO supports global health programs, primary healthcare, disease-specific
initiatives, and pandemic preparedness.
Losing U.S. expertise and funding impacts WHO’s efficiency and global health
programs.
2. India’s Health Programs:
WHO supports Indian programs on tropical diseases, HIV, malaria,
tuberculosis, and antimicrobial resistance.
Plays a crucial role in India’s immunization programs, including vaccine
coverage monitoring.
Funding cuts may reduce WHO’s ability to effectively support such programs.
Legal Framework for WHO Withdrawal:
1. WHO’s constitution does not include provisions for withdrawal.
2. The U.S. Congress, however, stipulated in 1948 that the U.S. could withdraw by:
Providing a one-year notice.
Clearing all financial obligations for the current year.
Ending Birthright Citizenship
Trump’s Executive Order Details
1. It will be effective from February 19, 2025.
2. Ends automatic citizenship for children born to parents on temporary visas (e.g.,
H1B, H-4, student visas).
3. Only children with at least one parent as a US citizen or permanent resident will
qualify for citizenship.
4. Impacts families in the green card backlog, particularly Indian nationals.
© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 439
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

What is Birthright Citizenship?

Established by the 14th Amendment in 1868.
Guarantees automatic US citizenship to anyone born on US soil, regardless of
parents’ immigration status (except for children of diplomats and enemy
combatants).
Created to ensure equality after the Civil War, particularly for former slaves.
Legal Challenges:
Civil rights groups (e.g., ACLU) and 22 states have filed lawsuits claiming the order is
unconstitutional.
Critics argue it violates the 14th Amendment and long-standing Supreme Court
precedents.
Higher Education Impact:
Affected children lose access to in-state tuition, scholarships, and federal aid.
Without citizenship, they may need student visas after age 21 to continue studies in
the US.
State universities could face financial shortfalls due to reduced enrollments.
The talent pipeline for STEM fields (critical sectors like technology and healthcare)
may weaken.
Broader Implications:
Reshapes the identity of US immigration policies, moving away from inclusion.
May lead to a decline in diversity and innovation within immigrant communities and
educational institutions.
Risks exacerbating labor shortages in critical industries.
14th Amendment Debate:
The phrase “subject to the jurisdiction thereof” is being reinterpreted to exclude
children born to legal immigrants on temporary visas.
This challenges over 150 years of legal understanding.
Renaming Denali
North America’s tallest peak renamed from Denali (Obama-era name) to Mount
McKinley.
This mountain is located in the Alaska Range, standing 20,310 feet (6,190 m) above
sea level.
Reason for Renaming:
Promote the heritage of the United States and celebrate the contributions of
American heroes.
Honor President William McKinley (1897–1901), known for:
Leading the US to victory in the Spanish-American War.
Rapid economic growth during his tenure.
His role in territorial expansion.
Policy Objectives:
© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 440
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Preserve the legacy of patriotic Americans and national treasures.

Recognize historical contributions to the country’s development.
Background of Mount McKinley:
Original Name: Denali, meaning “The High One” in the language of the
indigenous Koyukon Athabascan people of Alaska.
Renamed Mount McKinley in 1897 by a gold prospector in honor of newly
elected President William McKinley.
Officially adopted as Mount McKinley National Park in 1917 under President
Woodrow Wilson.
Obama administration renamed it Denali in 2015, restoring the indigenous
name.
Other Key Executive Orders So Far:
National Emergency At the Southern Border
1. This allows the US to send troops to the US-Mexico border to address illegal
immigration
2. It will free up resources to build a wall and other barriers in the region.
Capital Punishment Enforcement
Directed strict enforcement of the death penalty for severe crimes.
Ordered legal reforms to remove barriers to capital punishment.
Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE)
Established a new department led by Elon Musk to modernize federal technology
and improve operational efficiency.
Federal Workforce Reforms
Ended remote work for federal employees.
Reinstated hiring freezes and removed job protections for specific roles.
Ending ‘Government Weaponization’
Ordered reviews of misconduct by law enforcement and intelligence agencies.
It requires attorney General to
1. Review enforcement actions from the past four years
2. Identify cases where individuals were targeted due to political views, religious
beliefs, or participation in lawful protests.
It requires Director of National Intelligence (DNI) to
Investigate if the Intelligence Community misused its authority.
Focus on cases of illegal surveillance or actions straying from lawful objectives.
TikTok Ban Enforcement Delay
Provided a 75-day grace period for TikTok’s Chinese parent company to negotiate
divestment plans.
Clemency for January 6 Defendants
Pardoned individuals convicted of crimes related to the Capitol riots and dismissed
pending charges.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 441
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

End of Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion (DEI) Programs

Rolled back transgender protections and eliminated DEI programs in federal
institutions.
Prohibition on Federal Censorship
Directed federal agencies to avoid limiting constitutionally protected speech under
the guise of combating misinformation.
Drug Cartels Designated as Terrorist Organizations
Classified Mexican and Latin American criminal groups, including MS-13, as foreign
terrorist organizations.
Cost-of-Living Crisis Measures
Proposed initiatives to tackle rising living costs.
National Energy Emergency
Declared an energy emergency to expedite domestic energy production and
infrastructure development.
Foreign Aid Reevaluation
Paused foreign development aid for 90 days to align assistance with American values
and policy goals.
Beautification of Federal Architecture
Directed efforts to improve the design of federal buildings.
‘America First’ Policy
Mandated that US foreign policy prioritize American interests and citizens’ needs.
Unlocking Alaska’s Resources
Promoted energy, mineral, and LNG resource development in Alaska to enhance
economic growth and national security.
Renaming Gulf of Mexico
Trump signed an executive order to rename Gulf of Mexico as Gulf of America
Currently, there is no formal international agreement or body with the final authority
to name maritime areas.
However, the International Hydrographic Bureau (IHB) works to standardize
maritime names and resolve disputes over naming.
The implementation of renaming the Gulf of Mexico would mean significant logistical
challenges like:
Updating global maps and charts.
Securing international agreements for the name change.
Pralay Missile to be Showcased at Republic Day Parade
January 22, 2025
India’s first tactical quasi-ballistic missile, Pralay, is set to be showcased at the Republic
Day parade on 26 January 2025. Despite completing trials in 2022, its formal induction into
the armed forces remains uncertain. The missile is part of the Indian Army’s strategy to
enhance its battlefield capabilities.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 442
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Overview of Pralay Missile

Pralay is a short-range quasi-ballistic missile with a range of 150-500 km.
It is designed for surface-to-surface operations
It can carry warheads weighing between 350-700 kg.
Developed by the Defence Research and Development Organisation (DRDO), it is
tailored for India’s defence needs.
Development Timeline
The Pralay missile project was sanctioned in 2015.
It is derived from the Prahaar missile programme, which was first tested in 2011.
The missile has rapidly progressed to readiness for induction in just seven years.
Technical Specifications
Pralay features a solid propellant rocket motor and employs advanced technologies.
It is designed to evade interception and can manoeuvre during flight.
It navigates using inertial guidance and has a radio frequency seeker for terminal
guidance.
Comparison with Global Missiles
Pralay is comparable to China’s Dong Feng 12 and Russia’s Iskander missile. It addresses
the tactical missile capabilities of both China and Pakistan, enhancing India’s strategic
posture.
Warhead Capabilities
The missile can be equipped with various warheads, including high explosive preformed
fragmentation, penetration-cum-blast, and submunition types. This versatility allows it to
target enemy positions effectively.
Operational Significance
Pralay aims to boost the Indian Army’s war-fighting capabilities. Its deployment is
expected to strengthen India’s military readiness along critical borders, particularly the
Line of Actual Control (LAC) and the Line of Control (LoC).
Launch and Control Features
The missile is equipped with a jet vane system for thrust vector control, allowing for
evasive maneuvers during its terminal phase. It also includes two sets of small fins to
reduce its radar signature.
Indus Water Treaty Developments
January 22, 2025
The Neutral Expert (NE) under the 1960 Indus Water Treaty (IWT) recently stated that he
has the authority to resolve disputes between India and Pakistan about the design of
hydroelectric projects on Indus Treaty rivers. India stated that it “welcomed” this decision
What is Indus Water Treaty?
The Indus Water Treaty was signed on September 19, 1960.
It was brokered by the World Bank after extensive negotiations.
The treaty governs the sharing of water from the Indus River and its five tributaries

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 443
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

between India and Pakistan.

It aims to promote cooperation and information exchange on water use.
Key Provisions of the Treaty
The IWT divides six Himalayan rivers into eastern (Sutlej, Beas, Ravi) and western
(Indus, Jhelum, Chenab) tributaries.
India has unrestricted use of eastern rivers, while Pakistan uses the western rivers
but with certain Indian rights (e.g., hydroelectric projects).
Pakistan has unrestricted use of 80% of the water, while India uses the remaining
20%.
It establishes a Permanent Indus Commission to facilitate annual meetings and
cooperation.
Dispute Resolution Mechanism
The IWT includes a three-step dispute resolution process:
Step 1: Disputes must first be addressed by the Permanent Indus Commission (PIC).
Step 2: If unresolved, the issue moves to the Neutral Expert (NE) appointed by the
World Bank.
Step 3: If unresolved, it proceeds to a Court of Arbitration (CoA).
India believes each step must be fully exhausted before moving to the next, while
Pakistan bypassed this sequence and directly sought the CoA in 2016.
Hydroelectric Projects Under Scrutiny
The Kishenganga Hydroelectric Project (330 MW) in Jammu and Kashmir has faced
objections from Pakistan regarding its impact on river flow. The Ratle Hydroelectric Project
(850 MW) on the Jhelum and Chenab Rivers is also under examination. Both projects are
for India’s energy needs.
Pakistan’s Position
Pakistan sought both a Court of Arbitration and a Neutral Expert in 2016, leading to
the World Bank facilitating both mechanisms in 2022.
This has led to tensions, with India rejecting the dual processes as a violation of the
treaty’s mechanisms.
India believes each step must be fully exhausted before moving to the next, while
Pakistan bypassed this sequence and directly sought the CoA in 2016.
India’s Recent Actions
Stopped attending PIC meetings since May 2022, demanding treaty renegotiation.
Sent four letters to Pakistan in 2023 to initiate renegotiation talks but received no
formal response.
NE’s Clarification:
The NE stated he can address the technical issues without invalidating the ongoing
CoA process but emphasized that the seven issues referred to him cannot be taken
up by the CoA.
Historically, NE decisions have been accepted by both parties under the treaty.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 444
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Next Steps
The NE will hear both sides on whether the design parameters of the Kishenganga and
Ratle projects align with the IWT and issue a final decision.
Water Management Challenges
The IWT aims to manage cross-border water resources effectively. However, ongoing
disputes reflect broader geopolitical tensions. The management of shared water
resources remains a critical issue for both nations, impacting millions of lives.
DRDO’s Successful Scramjet Engine Ground Test
January 22, 2025
Recent developments in scramjet technology have marked milestone in India’s defence
capabilities. The Defence Research and Development Organisation (DRDO) conducted a
successful ground test of a scramjet combustor, showcasing its potential for use in
hypersonic missiles. This achievement marks India’s commitment to advancing its military
technology and enhancing its strategic defence systems.
What Are Hypersonic Missiles?
Hypersonic missiles travel at speeds exceeding Mach 5, or over 5,400 km/h. This is 5
times the speed of sound.
They are designed to bypass current air defence systems, enabling rapid and
impactful strikes.
Key nations, including the USA, Russia, and China, are investing heavily in hypersonic
technology.
Scramjet Engine Basics
A scramjet, or supersonic combustion ramjet, is an airbreathing engine that
combusts fuel in supersonic airflow.
It operates without moving parts, relying on high-speed air to compress incoming
air.
This allows for efficient operation at extreme speeds.
Recent Ground Test Details
The DRDO’s recent ground test lasted 120 seconds and demonstrated key capabilities
such as successful ignition and stable combustion. This test is very important for the
development of next-generation hypersonic missiles.
Ignition Techniques in Scramjets
Ignition in scramjets is challenging, akin to “keeping a candle lit in a hurricane.” Innovative
flame stabilisation techniques were developed to maintain continuous combustion at air
speeds over 1.5 km/s.
Indigenous Fuel Development
DRDL collaborated with industry to create an indigenous endothermic scramjet fuel. This
fuel improves cooling and ignition ease, meeting stringent performance requirements for
hypersonic applications.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 445
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Thermal Barrier Coating Innovations

A state-of-the-art Thermal Barrier Coating (TBC) has been developed to withstand extreme
temperatures during hypersonic flight. This advanced ceramic coating enhances engine
performance and longevity.
Significance of the Breakthrough
The successful demonstration of stable combustion and advanced thermal management
positions India at the forefront of hypersonic technology. This achievement is important
step towards operational hypersonic missiles, enhancing national security.
National Tribal Health Conclave 2025
January 22, 2025
The National Tribal Health Conclave 2025 took place on 20th January 2025 at Bharat
Mandapam, New Delhi. Organised by the Ministry of Tribal Affairs (MoTA) and the Ministry
of Health and Family Welfare (MoH&FW), this event is part of the Dharti Aaba Janjatiya
Gram Utkarsh Abhiyan. The conclave aims to address the unique healthcare challenges
faced by India’s tribal communities, which often experience disparities in healthcare
access.
Key Objectives
The conclave aimed to explore innovative healthcare delivery models for tribal
regions.
It sought to identify priority areas for policy interventions and research.
Developing culturally appropriate health strategies was also a focus to enhance
health-seeking behaviours.
It also sought to strengthen healthcare system through capacity building,
monitoring, and community engagement.
Collaborative Approach
MoTA collaborated with multiple stakeholders, including MoH&FW, AIIMS, and NGOs. This
partnership aims to ensure effective healthcare delivery in tribal areas. Letters of Intent
were signed for adopting a tribal block in Odisha for field research and capacity-building
programs.
Initiatives Launched
Significant initiatives include the Bhagwan Birsa Munda Chair of Tribal Health and
Haematology at AIIMS Delhi. Additionally, 15 Centres of Competence (CoCs) were
established in 14 states for sickle cell anemia diagnosis.
Important Facts about Sickle Cell Anemia (SCD)
Sickle cell anemia is a genetic disorder affecting red blood cells (RBCs).
Healthy RBCs are disc-shaped, allowing them to move easily through small blood
vessels. In sickle cell anemia, RBCs become crescent- or sickle-shaped, which makes
them:
Sticky and rigid.
Prone to getting stuck in small blood vessels.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 446
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Impact on the Body:

Blocks blood flow to different parts of the body.
Causes pain and tissue damage.
Cause: A hereditary condition caused by a mutation in the hemoglobin gene.
Thematic Discussions
Focused discussions covered various topics – strengthening healthcare systems through
telemedicine, integrating traditional healers, addressing adolescent health, and targeting
specific diseases like sickle cell disease and mental health.
Expected Outcomes
The conclave is expected to produce a strategic roadmap for enhancing healthcare
delivery. It aims to integrate traditional practices into formal healthcare systems and
strengthen public health infrastructure with community involvement.
T-72 Bridge Laying Tanks (BLT)
January 22, 2025
The T-72 Bridge Laying Tank (BLT) is asset for the Indian Army, enhancing its operational
capabilities. Recently, the Ministry of Defence signed a contract for the procurement of 47
units, emphasising India’s focus on self-reliance in defence manufacturing. This
acquisition is part of the Make-in-India initiative, aimed at boosting the economy and
creating jobs.
Overview
The T-72 BLT weighs approximately 49 tons and accommodates a crew of three.
It is designed to facilitate the rapid crossing of obstacles by armoured vehicles
during military operations.
The tank can lay prefabricated steel bridges quickly, improving battlefield mobility.
Contract Details
A contract worth Rs 1,560.52 crore was signed between the Ministry of Defence and Heavy
Vehicles Factory. The agreement was formalised in Delhi, denoting the commitment to
indigenously developed defence systems.
Operational Capabilities
The BLT can deploy bridges over natural and man-made obstacles, allowing tank columns
to advance swiftly. It can recover bridges after use, ensuring continuous movement of
forces. The vehicle can also be based on various other tank models.
Bridging System
The BLT features a sophisticated launching mechanism, bridge superstructure, hydraulics,
and electronic controls. It is equipped to handle varying terrains and obstacles, enhancing
its versatility in combat scenarios.
Armament and Defence Features
The tank is primarily focused on bridging operations, with limited onboard armament. It
includes personal weapons for the crew, a machine gun for air defence, and optional
mine-clearing equipment.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 447
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Economic Impact
The project supports the Make in India initiative, aiming to stimulate local manufacturing
and job creation in the defence sector. It reflects a broader commitment to enhance
India’s self-reliance in military technology.
Avian Flu Impact on Cranes
January 22, 2025
In early 2025, the Jaisalmer district of Rajasthan witnessed a concerning rise in the deaths
of the migratory Demoiselle cranes, attributed to the H591 strain of avian flu.
Environmentalists, however, speculate that other environmental factors may also play a
role in these fatalities.
Recent Bird Deaths
Since January 11, 2025, 33 Kurjan cranes have died in Jaisalmer.
The first death was reported on January 11, with the latest on January 20.
The deaths coincide with the ongoing bird flu outbreak in the area.
Demoiselle Crane Migration
The Demoiselle crane (Kurjan) migrates 4,000 km from Central Asia (China, Mongolia,
Kazakhstan) to Jaisalmer, Rajasthan, every winter. They typically spend six months in
the region, particularly in areas like Lathi and Degaray Oran.
This year, the birds are facing problems due to bird flu (H5N1) and accidents with
electric wires.
Key Facts About Demoiselle crane
The Demoiselle (Kurjan) crane is found in Central Eurosiberia, ranging from the Black Sea
to Mongolia and Northeast China. A small breeding population also exists in Turkey.
Testing and Confirmation
On January 17, 2025, 14 cranes fell from the sky in Bankalsar village. The incident
prompted immediate investigation by local authorities, with samples sent for testing.
Samples from the dead birds in Bankalsar were sent to the National Institute of High-
Security Animal Diseases. Confirmatory tests revealed H591 and H5N1 avian flu
infections in the area.
Recurring Deaths
Cranes die every January in Jaisalmer (2024: 9, 2023: 11, 2022: 6).
Possible reasons for deaths:
Pesticides: Birds eat leaves from chickpea fields sprayed with pesticides.
Toxic water/food: Heavy rainfall created new water bodies that may contain
harmful toxins.
Government Actions
Dead birds are buried with strict safety measures.
Quick Response Teams (QRTs) from various departments are working to stop the
spread of bird flu.
Chemicals are sprayed in affected areas as a preventive step.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 448
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Threat to the Great Indian Bustard

Bird flu is a threat to Rajasthan’s state bird, the Great Indian Bustard.
Breeding centers in Sam and Ramdevra have been closed, and outsiders are not
allowed in affected areas.
Qartemi: India’s First Internationally Licensed CAR-T Therapy for B-NHL
January 22, 2025
Recently, India witnessed the launch of Qartemi, the country’s first internationally licensed
CAR-T cell therapy for adult B-cell Non-Hodgkin Lymphoma (B-NHL). This groundbreaking
therapy offers new hope for patients suffering from aggressive blood cancers.
What is CAR-T Therapy?
CAR-T therapy is a type of immunotherapy.
It involves modifying a patient’s T-cells to better target and eliminate cancer cells.
The process includes collecting T-cells, genetically modifying them, and reinfusing
them into the patient.
This approach is known as a living drug.
Clinical Trials and Efficacy
The IMAGINE trial tested Qartemi in multiple hospitals, including Narayana Hospital and
Apollo Cancer Hospital. The Phase 2 trial reported an overall response rate (ORR) of 83.3%,
indicating a strong efficacy compared to global standards.
Impact on Blood Cancer in India
India faces a rising burden of blood cancers, with approximately 120,000 new cases
annually. Qartemi aims to address this issue by providing an effective treatment option for
patients with relapsed or refractory B-NHL.
Future of Cancer Treatment
The launch of Qartemi is seen as a transformative step in personalised medicine. It
combines advanced research with indigenous manufacturing, aiming to redefine cancer
treatment standards in India.
What is Non-Hodgkin Lymphoma (NHL)?
It is a type of cancer that affects the lymphatic system, which is part of the immune
system.
The lymphatic system includes organs, glands, vessels, and lymph nodes that help
fight germs.
NHL occurs when germ-fighting lymphatic cells grow uncontrollably, forming tumors
in various parts of the body.
NHL is a broad group of lymphomas with many subtypes.
Common subtypes:
Diffuse Large B-cell Lymphoma (DLBCL)
Follicular Lymphoma
NHL is distinct from Hodgkin Lymphoma, the other main type of lymphoma.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 449
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Draft E-commerce Self-Governance Guidelines

January 22, 2025
Recently, the Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) introduced draft guidelines aimed at
enhancing self-governance in India’s rapidly growing e-commerce sector. These measures
address increasing concerns over consumer protection and trust erosion, reflecting a
commitment to ethical practices and transparency. Stakeholders are invited to provide
feedback on these proposals, which are designed to create a more equitable environment
for businesses and consumers alike.
Draft Guidelines Overview
The draft titled ‘E-commerce – Principles and Guidelines for Self-Governance’ outlines
a comprehensive framework.
It covers pre-transaction, transaction, and post-transaction phases, aiming to
regulate the entire e-commerce lifecycle.
The BIS seeks to establish clear norms to curb unethical practices.
Pre-Transaction Requirements
Platforms must verify sellers through thorough KYC processes.
Detailed product descriptions, transparent pricing, and safety information are
mandatory.
For imported goods, seller details must be clearly displayed.
Transaction Phase Regulations
Explicit consumer consent is required before finalising transactions.
Platforms must provide a review of transaction details and ensure secure payment
options.
Full disclosure of associated charges is necessary to build trust.
Post-Transaction Practices
Guidelines mandate effective mechanisms for handling refunds, returns, and grievances.
Timely delivery updates and addressing counterfeit products are essential for improving
consumer experience.
Consumer Welfare Focus
Platforms must disclose seller information and provide accessible customer support.
Compliance with data protection laws is emphasized, restricting personal data usage to
disclosed purposes only.
Transparency in Reviews
The guidelines prioritise authenticity in consumer reviews and ratings. Platforms are
required to adhere to standards ensuring reliability and transparency in feedback.
Survey
A LocalCircles survey revealed consumer dissatisfaction. Nearly half of respondents
reported receiving incorrect products, denoting gaps in return and refund processes. Such
insights tell the urgent need for the proposed measures.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 450
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Market Context
The Indian e-commerce sector, valued at $70 billion, is projected to grow . By 2030, the
number of online shoppers is expected to reach 500 million, driven by increased internet
access and smartphone adoption.
Implementation and Compliance
E-commerce platforms must implement the guidelines to encourage a trustworthy
ecosystem. Regular audits and seller reviews will help maintain compliance and ensure
accurate product listings.
Kerala’s Comprehensive Plan to Improve Public School Education
January 22, 2025
Recently, Kerala’s government launched a comprehensive education plan aimed at
enhancing public school quality. This initiative follows meeting chaired by Chief Minister
Pinarayi Vijayan, focusing on accountability and timely execution of educational
improvements. The plan identifies eight key areas for immediate action, targeting both
the current academic year and the next.
Academic Efficiency Enhancement
The plan prioritises improving academic efficiency in schools.
A measure is the completion of the PARAKH Rashtriya Sarvekshan, assessing
students in Classes III, VI, and IX. This national achievement survey evaluates
competencies across government, aided, and private schools, involving
approximately 23 lakh students nationwide.
What is PARAKH Rashtriya Sarvekshan?
It is a baseline study to check if students are achieving specific learning goals as per the
National Education Policy (NEP) 2020. It focuses on foundational, preparatory, and middle
stages of education.
Who and What Will Be Assessed?
Covers students in Grades 3, 6, and 9 from Government, Government-Aided, and
Private Schools across India.
Subjects include Language, Mathematics, Science, Social Science, and “The World
Around Us.”
Languages of Assessment:
Tests are conducted in 23 languages, including Assamese, Bengali, Gujarati, Hindi,
Kannada, Malayalam, Marathi, Tamil, Telugu, Urdu, English, and more.
Technology in Education
The plan promotes technology-friendly education through initiatives by the Kerala
Infrastructure and Technology for Education. An academic audit will assess current
technology use in classrooms, ensuring effective integration of digital tools in teaching.
Administrative Training
Training for education officers is crucial. This includes deputy directors and district
education officers to improve monitoring of educational activities. Coordination among

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 451
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

various educational agencies is emphasised to streamline operations.

Research Activities
Research is a focus area, with studies planned to evaluate the effectiveness of new
curriculum and textbook training. The State Council of Educational Research and Training
(SCERT) will lead these initiatives, including future state achievement surveys.
Teacher Training Initiatives
Teacher training programs are being enhanced, particularly for pre-primary and new
teachers. This aims to equip educators with necessary skills and knowledge to improve
classroom instruction.
Community Involvement
The plan encourages cooperation from parent-teacher associations, school management
committees, and local self-governments. Their involvement is crucial for implementing
various educational programmes effectively.
Public Awareness Campaigns
Awareness creation about quality education is essential. The plan includes strategies to
promote understanding and support for educational improvements among the public.
Implementation Evaluation
The Chief Minister’s Office will evaluate the implementation of the action plan. Each
agency under the education department is tasked with preparing a calendar of activities
to ensure accountability and progress tracking.
Nitrogen Pollution and Management
January 22, 2025
Recent reports highlight the increase in reactive nitrogen added to the Earth’s surface,
primarily due to human activities. This rise has doubled compared to pre-industrial levels,
with projections suggesting a further increase due to climate change. The Food and
Agriculture Organization has emphasised the urgent need for improved nitrogen use
efficiency (NUE) to mitigate environmental impacts.
Current Nitrogen Contributions
Humans add approximately 150 teragrammes (Tg) of reactive nitrogen annually.
This is primarily from agriculture and industry.
Livestock alone contributes about one-third of total nitrogen emissions.
Other sources include synthetic fertilisers and manure emissions.
Planetary Boundaries
Global nitrogen flows have exceeded safe environmental limits. This exceedance has
intensified since 2015. It marks the need for tailored policies that consider regional
differences in nitrogen management.
Nitrogen Use Efficiency (NUE)
NUE measures the ratio of nitrogen recovered in outputs compared to inputs.
It has fluctuated over the decades, with a notable increase from 40% in the 1980s to
56% in 2022.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 452
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Variations exist between regions and crops, with soybeans achieving high NUEs and
fruits and vegetables showing low efficiency.
Regional Nitrogen Pollution
Nitrogen pollution is most severe in North America, Western Europe, and parts of
Asia.
Countries in these regions have extensively used fertilisers, leading to environmental
damage.
Recommendations for Improvement
The report advises the fertiliser industry to reduce greenhouse gas emissions.
It also suggests promoting biological nitrogen fixation through leguminous crops.
National governments should implement best practices for manure management
and encourage the use of organic nitrogen fertilisers.
Policy and Sustainable Practices
Agrifood system policies should focus on sustainable nitrogen management.
This includes spatial planning to redistribute livestock and promoting circular
bioeconomy approaches.
National commitments to reduce nitrogen pollution are essential for meeting global
biodiversity and climate goals.
Future Projections
Without intervention, nitrogen contributions could rise to 600 Tg per year by 2100. This
potential increase poses further risks to air, water, and soil quality, necessitating
immediate actions to enhance NUE and mitigate environmental impacts.
Tropical Cyclone Sean
January 22, 2025
Tropical Cyclone Sean is currently impacting Western Australia, having recently intensified
to a Category 3 system. As of January 2025, it has been downgraded from Category 4 and
is expected to weaken further as it moves into cooler waters. Significant rainfall has been
recorded, particularly in Karratha, leading to local flooding and emergency alerts.
Formation of Cyclone Sean
Tropical Cyclone Sean formed on January 20, 2025. It began as a tropical disturbance and
quickly escalated to Category 4. Key factors included warm sea surface temperatures, a
low-pressure area, and minimal vertical wind shear.
Causes of Tropical Cyclones
Warm Sea Surface Temperatures: Above 27°C for cyclone development.
Low-Pressure Area: Essential for the cyclone’s formation.
Coriolis Force: Causes rotation and organisation of the storm.
Vertical Wind Shear: Minimal variation aids stability and growth of the cyclone.
Structure of Tropical Cyclone
Eye: Calm weather and low pressure at the center.
Eyewall: Contains the strongest winds and heaviest rainfall.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 453
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Moisture and Updrafts: Warm air rising from the ocean forms clouds, fueling the
storm.
Effects of Tropical Cyclone Sean
Record Rainfall:
Karratha experienced 274 mm of rainfall in 24 hours, the highest on record.
Intense rainfall caused localised flooding.
Flood Risks:
Flash floods reported, prompting emergency alerts along the Pilbara Coast.
Roads and homes were affected, but no major damage occurred due to the
cyclone not making direct landfall.
Community Disruptions:
Emergency services handled water rescues and power outages.
Roads, like the North West Coastal Highway, were partially impacted.
Arctic Boreal Zone Becomes a Carbon Source
January 22, 2025
Recent research has revealed shift in the Arctic Boreal Zone, revealing that nearly 40% of
this region has transitioned from a carbon sink to a carbon source. This transformation is
primarily driven by climate change, resulting in longer growing seasons, increased
microbial activity, and a rise in wildfires. The findings suggest that these changes could
have dire implications for global climate regulation.
Carbon Sink vs. Carbon Source
A carbon sink absorbs more carbon dioxide than it releases.
Conversely, a carbon source emits more than it absorbs.
The Arctic, once carbon sink, is now increasingly releasing carbon, contributing to
global warming.
Research Findings
A study published in *Nature Climate Change* analysed data from 200 monitoring sites
between 1990 and 2020. It found that over 30% of the Arctic Boreal Zone is now a net
carbon source, with fire emissions increasing this figure to 40%.
Geographical Distribution
Carbon source areas are primarily located in Alaska (44%), northern Europe (25%), Canada
(19%), and Siberia (13%). The emissions are particularly notable during the non-summer
months, outweighing carbon absorption in summer.
Impact of Warming Temperatures
Warming temperatures are causing permafrost to thaw, releasing vast amounts of stored
carbon. This process exacerbates climate change, as the Arctic tundra transitions to a net
carbon source.
Changes in Vegetation
The Arctic Boreal Zone has experienced “greening,” with 49% showing longer growing
seasons. However, only 12% acts as a net carbon sink annually, limiting carbon absorption

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 454
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

capabilities.
Boreal Forest Vulnerability
Boreal forests, spanning Canada, Alaska, and Siberia, are warming four times faster than
the global average. This rapid change makes them increasingly vulnerable to wildfires and
alters their role as carbon sinks.
Tree Cover Dynamics
A study from Wageningen University analysed tree cover data from 2000 to 2020. It
identified two modes of tree cover – low-density (5-15%) and high-density (over 60%).
Warmer regions are seeing declines in dense cover, while colder areas are experiencing
increases.
Future Projections
By 2100, boreal forests are expected to stabilise at intermediate tree cover levels, ranging
from 30-50% in warmer areas to 25-30% in colder regions. The shift towards open forests
could enhance carbon uptake, but also increase fire risks.
Fire Risks and Ecosystem Changes
Open forests are more susceptible to wildfires due to increased flammability. The
transition to this state could complicate predictions of fire behaviour and ecosystem
dynamics, reducing the boreal biome’s ability to regulate climate.
Diamond Imprest Authorization Scheme
January 22, 2025
On April 1, 2025, India will implement the Diamond Imprest Authorization (DIA) Scheme.
The scheme is a strategic response to global beneficiation policies that require diamond
manufacturers to establish local processing facilities. It will take effect from April 1, 2025.
Scheme Overview
This DIA Scheme allows for the duty-free import of natural cut and polished
diamonds, aiming to enhance value addition and stimulate exports.
It permits duty-free import of diamonds under ¼ Carat.
Exporters must add 10% value before exporting.
Eligible exporters include those with Two Star Export House status and annual
exports of $15 million or more.
Exemptions and Benefits
Imports under the scheme are exempt from various duties, including Basic Customs
Duty and Integrated Tax.
This exemption aids in reducing costs for diamond importers, encouraging a
competitive market.
Target Audience
The scheme primarily benefits Indian diamond exporters, especially MSMEs. It aims to
support smaller firms in competing with larger entities in the diamond industry.
Global Context
This initiative aligns with global trends in diamond beneficiation, particularly in countries

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 455
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

like Botswana and Namibia. These nations enforce local processing requirements to
enhance domestic value addition.
Economic Impact
The scheme seeks to prevent capital flight from India to diamond-mining countries.
It aims to create jobs in diamond processing and boost the domestic industry, which
has faced export declines and job losses.
Industry Challenges
The Indian diamond industry has been struggling with reduced exports and employment.
The DIA Scheme is designed to rejuvenate the sector by providing necessary support and
incentives.
Oysters Combatting Antibiotic Resistance
January 22, 2025
Antimicrobial resistance is a rising global health crisis, with millions of deaths attributed to
resistant infections annually. Researchers are exploring innovative solutions, including the
use of oyster-derived antimicrobial proteins, which show promise in enhancing the
effectiveness of existing antibiotics and combating resistant bacterial strains.
Antimicrobial Resistance Overview
Antimicrobial resistance (AMR) leads to nearly five million deaths yearly. Projections
suggest a 70% increase in deaths by 2050, reaching 40 million. Common infections like
pneumonia and skin infections are exacerbated by resistant bacteria, complicating
treatment.
Biofilms and Their Impact
Biofilms are clusters of bacteria that adhere to surfaces, protected by a self-produced
matrix. They contribute to treatment difficulties, as they shield bacteria from both the
immune system and antibiotics. Most bacterial infections involve biofilm formation.
Oysters as Antimicrobial Sources
Oysters have evolved robust immune systems, producing antimicrobial proteins in their
hemolymph. These proteins exhibit activity against various pathogens, including those
harmful to humans. Traditional medicines have long utilised oyster extracts for treating
infections.
Research Findings
Recent studies highlight that Sydney rock oyster hemolymph proteins effectively kill
Streptococcus bacteria and inhibit biofilm formation. They enhance the efficacy of
antibiotics, showing improvements of up to 32 times without harming healthy human
cells.
Future Directions
Oyster-derived proteins offer a promising avenue for developing new antimicrobial
therapies. Further research, including animal studies and clinical trials, is necessary to
explore their full potential. Collaboration between pharmaceutical and aquaculture
sectors may facilitate sustainable development.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 456
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Tamirabharani – Karumeniyar – Nambiyar River Linking Scheme

January 22, 2025
The Tamirabharani – Karumeniyar – Nambiyar River linking scheme is set to be
inaugurated by Chief Minister M.K. Stalin on February 7, 2025. This ambitious project aims
to benefit over 15,000 acres in the rain-shadow regions of Tamil Nadu, specifically in
Nanguneri, Thisaiyanvilai, and Sattankulam. The initiative is part of a broader strategy to
address water scarcity in drier areas of the state.
Project Overview
The river linking project connects Tamirabharani, Karumeniyar, and Nambiyar rivers.
It involves constructing a 73-km-long flood carrier channel.
The goal is to redirect surplus water from the Tamirabharani to arid regions in
Tirunelveli and Thoothukudi districts.
Financial Aspects
The total investment for the scheme is ₹900 crore.
The Tamil Nadu government is borrowing funds to finance the project, with plans to
repay through generated revenue.
The initiative is expected to enhance agricultural productivity in the targeted areas.
Historical Context
The project has been in development since 2011 but faced delays.
Previously, 50% of the work was completed between 2009 and 2011 with an initial
outlay of ₹205 crore.
The current government aims to revive and complete the project.
Water Management Strategy
The scheme intends to utilise 13,000 mcft of surplus water from the Tamirabharani river.
Water will be diverted at the third anaicut and flow through the existing Kannadian canal
for 37 km.
Infrastructure Developments
A new barrage will be constructed 6.4 km downstream to facilitate further water diversion.
This will enhance the canal system, making it more efficient for irrigation purposes.
Beneficiary Impact
Over 30,000 beneficiaries will receive welfare measures amounting to ₹203.71 crore
during the inauguration. The project is expected to improve agricultural conditions in the
affected regions.
Future Prospects
The completion of the river linking project is anticipated to take an additional six months.
It aims to ultimately benefit 50,000 hectares of land, addressing long-standing water
scarcity issues in the region.
Breast Cancer’s Economic Impact in India
January 22, 2025
Recent studies indicate rise in breast cancer cases in India, with projections estimating an

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 457
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

increase of 50,000 cases annually. The economic burden associated with these cases is
expected to reach approximately $19.55 billion per year by 2030. This alarming trend
marks the urgent need for strategic healthcare interventions and policy reforms.
Rising Incidence Rates
Breast cancer cases in India are increasing by 5.6% annually.
The age-standardised incidence rate for females rose by 39.1% from 1990 to 2016.
Younger women are disproportionately affected compared to Western counterparts.
Economic Burden Analysis
The economic impact of breast cancer is projected to escalate from $8 billion in 2021 to
$19.55 billion by 2030. This estimate uses the autoregressive integrated moving average
(ARIMA) model to project future costs.
Patient Financial Strain
Many breast cancer patients face severe financial hardships. A study of 500 patients
revealed that rural and economically disadvantaged families are hit hardest. Only 9% of
patients had health insurance coverage.
Contributing Factors
Key factors influencing breast cancer incidence include genetic predisposition, obesity,
poor lifestyle choices, and environmental factors. Co-morbidities like hypertension and
diabetes further complicate treatment and increase costs.
Survival Rates and Treatment Challenges
Survival rates for breast cancer patients in India are lower than in Western countries. This
is attributed to late-stage diagnosis, delayed treatment initiation, and fragmented
healthcare services.
Policy Recommendations
Experts advocate for policy interventions to mitigate the economic burden.
Recommendations include routine screenings for high-risk populations and promoting
health insurance coverage for preventive care.
Healthcare System Improvements
The study calls for enhanced healthcare budgets to manage the increasing breast cancer
burden. It marks the need for advanced treatment options, especially in rural areas, and
the introduction of AI-based detection methods.
Community Health Initiatives
Encouraging healthier lifestyles through sensible eating and regular exercise is essential
to reducing breast cancer incidence. Community health initiatives should focus on early
detection and diagnosis to improve patient outcomes.
January 23, 2025
Project Stargate Explained
January 23, 2025
Recently, President Donald Trump unveiled Project Stargate, an initiative aimed at
establishing a robust artificial intelligence (AI) infrastructure in the United States. Backed

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 458
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

by a $500 billion investment, it is designed to enhance the country’s global leadership in AI

technology and create over 100,000 jobs. The announcement, made in collaboration with
key industry leaders, marks step in the US’s race against global competitors, particularly
China.
What is Project Stargate?
Project Stargate is an extensive initiative focused on developing AI infrastructure
across the US over the next four years.
The project intends to invest $100 billion initially, with the potential to reach $500
billion.
It aims to construct massive data centres and campuses that will facilitate the growth
of AI technologies and applications.
It is a brainchild of a consortium of influential companies including OpenAI, Oracle,
and SoftBank.
Key Stakeholders and Leadership
Sam Altman of OpenAI serves as a key operational leader, while Masayoshi Son of
SoftBank oversees financial management. Larry Ellison of Oracle also plays a vital role,
with the collaboration of technology partners such as Microsoft and NVIDIA.
Economic Impact and Job Creation
Stargate is expected to generate economic benefits by creating over 100,000 jobs
immediately. The initiative aims to boost the US economy through the re-industrialisation
of the country and the establishment of a new industry focused on AI technologies. This
job creation is seen as important factor in maintaining the US’s competitive edge in the
global market.
Technological Advancements in Healthcare
The project is set to revolutionise various sectors, particularly healthcare. It aims to
leverage AI for advancements in disease diagnosis and treatment, potentially leading to
breakthroughs such as customised vaccines for diseases like cancer. Industry leaders
believe that AI will dramatically enhance healthcare quality and efficiency.
Strategic Importance and National Security
Beyond economic benefits, Stargate is deemed essential for national security. By
establishing a strong AI infrastructure, the US aims to protect its technological
advancements and maintain strategic capabilities in a rapidly evolving global landscape.
The initiative reflects a commitment to ensuring that the US remains at the forefront of AI
development.
Future Prospects and Challenges
While the project promises advancements, it also faces challenges. The regulatory
landscape for AI remains uncertain, particularly following Trump‘s reversal of previous
safety standards introduced by the Biden administration. The success of Stargate will
depend on navigating these complexities while encouraging innovation and maintaining
public trust in AI technologies.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 459
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

How India can Leverage This

Companies like Nvidia, Microsoft, Softbank, and Oracle have a strong presence in
India and utilize Indian talent, offering Indian professionals opportunities to work on
cutting-edge AI technologies.
India can leverage its involvement in agreements like iCET (Critical and Emerging
Technology) and IPEF (Indo-Pacific Economic Framework for Prosperity) to co-
develop advanced technologies and enhance domestic AI infrastructure.
Proactive diplomacy, strategic investments, and collaboration are crucial to India’s
growth in AI.
What is an Enemy Property?
January 23, 2025
In recent developments, the Madhya Pradesh High Court has directed actor Saif Ali Khan
to appeal against a central government order declaring his family’s historical properties in
Bhopal as “enemy property.” This case has been ongoing since 2015, with properties
valued at approximately Rs 15,000 crore, including the Flag Staff House and Noor-Us-
Sabah Palace, at the centre of the dispute.
Background of the Case
The properties in question belonged to the Pataudi family, specifically linked to Saif Ali
Khan, the grandson of Nawab Iftikhar Ali Khan Pataudi. The legal battle began after the
Custodian of Enemy Property Department declared these assets as enemy property due to
the migration of Saif’s great-aunt, Abida Sultan, to Pakistan in 1950. This declaration was
made under the premise that her migration constituted a loss of ownership rights for her
descendants.
About Enemy Property
Enemy property refers to assets left behind by individuals who migrated to countries
deemed as enemies during conflicts.
This includes properties owned by individuals who became Pakistani or Chinese
nationals during the Indo-Pakistan wars and the Sino-Indian War.
The Government of India, through the Defence of India Act, 1962, manages these
properties via the Custodian of Enemy Property for India.
Legal Framework on Inheritance
The Enemy Property Act of 1968 stipulates that enemy properties cannot be inherited or
transferred. The law ensures that all such assets remain under the control of the
Custodian, regardless of the owner’s death or migration status. Amendments in 2017
further expanded the definition of “enemy subjects,” effectively blocking inheritance
claims from legal heirs.
Court Rulings on Enemy Property
Judicial decisions concerning enemy property have varied. A notable case involved the
Raja of Mahmudabad, whose properties were declared enemy assets after he migrated to
Pakistan. The Supreme Court ruled in favour of his son, allowing him to inherit the

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 460
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

properties. This decision prompted a wave of claims on enemy properties, leading to

legislative changes that reinforced government control over these assets.
Disposal of Enemy Properties
The process for managing enemy properties is outlined in the Guidelines for the Disposal
of Enemy Property, 2018. The Custodian is responsible for valuing and recommending
actions for these properties. Vacant properties can be auctioned, while occupied ones may
be sold to current occupants. The proceeds from these transactions are deposited into the
Consolidated Fund of India.
Current Status of Enemy Properties in India
As of early 2018, there were approximately 9,280 enemy properties linked to Pakistani
nationals and 126 to Chinese nationals. The government has initiated procedures to
dispose of these assets, with portions valued at around Rs 1 lakh crore. A Group of
Ministers has been tasked with overseeing this process to ensure efficient management
and disposal of enemy properties.
Challenges of Smart Cities Initiative
January 23, 2025
Since its launch in 2015, India’s Smart Cities Mission aimed to transform urban landscapes
by developing 100 cities with advanced infrastructure and sustainable practices. However,
nearly a decade later, the initiative has faced challenges and criticism, with many projects
failing to meet their objectives. The concept of a “smart city” in India has often been
confused with simply providing basic amenities rather than integrating advanced
technologies.
What is a Smart City?
A smart city is typically defined as an urban area that uses digital technology to enhance
performance across various sectors, including transport, energy, and waste management.
In India, the focus shifted towards meeting basic infrastructure needs while incorporating
smart solutions. This contrasts with global definitions, which often emphasise advanced
technology and efficiency.
Objectives of the Smart Cities Mission
Provide core infrastructure and improve quality of life.
Promote a clean and sustainable environment.
Implement smart solutions for urban challenges.
Foster sustainable and inclusive development.
Key Components of the Mission
Area-Based Development (ABD): Focuses on retrofitting, redevelopment, and
greenfield projects.
Pan-City Solutions: Involves implementing Information and Communication
Technology (ICT) across various sectors.
Governance Structure
The governance of the initiative relied on Special Purpose Vehicles (SPVs) created under

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 461
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

the Companies Act. This approach sidelined local governments, assuming that corporate-
like structures would yield better results. However, this model has been critiqued for
lacking accountability and public involvement.
Challenges Faced
The Smart Cities Mission has encountered numerous challenges, including:
Lack of Clarity: No clear definition of what constitutes a smart city, leading to
ineffective resource allocation.
Top-Down Approach: The exclusion of elected representatives undermined
democratic governance.
Flawed City Selection: The competitive selection process overlooked the unique
urban realities of Indian cities.
Inadequate Funding: The financial resources allocated were insufficient to achieve
the mission’s ambitious goals.
Case Study – Shimla
Shimla became a smart city after facing legal challenges. Initially excluded, it later
got smart city status.
The plan included improving old areas (retrofitting) and building new ones
(redevelopment), focusing on better pedestrian and traffic management.
However, progress has been slow and ineffective.
Financial Details:
The total budget for Shimla’s smart city project was ₹2,906 crore.
Funding came from Public-Private Partnerships (PPP), municipal bonds, and
government schemes.
So far, only ₹707 crore has been spent, and a significant portion of the funds remains
underutilized or poorly managed.
Challenges and Issues:
Many key projects are incomplete.
Traffic congestion has worsened instead of improving.
Plans for non-motorized mobility, like walkways, have been neglected.
Money has been wasted on unimportant things like flower pots.
Large structures built for escalators are not operational and block the view, adding
to the inefficiency.
Current Status and Future Prospects
Initially set for completion by 2020, the mission has faced multiple extensions, with
the latest deadline in June 2024.
The overall progress has been slow, and many projects remain incomplete or poorly
executed.
Recommendations for Improvement
To strengthen the Smart Cities Mission, experts suggest:
Appointing dedicated CEOs for better governance.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 462
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Including local stakeholders in project planning and execution.

Focusing on comprehensive pan-city projects for holistic urban development.
Enhancing capacity building for Urban Local Bodies (ULBs) to improve project
outcomes.
The lessons learned from the Smart Cities Mission highlight the importance of public
participation, effective governance, and a clear vision for urban development in
India.
India’s Snakebite Epidemic
January 23, 2025
Snakebites pose health crisis in India, claiming approximately 58,000 lives annually. The
country is often referred to as the ‘snakebite capital’ of the world. This alarming statistic
puts stress on the urgent need for effective prevention and treatment strategies.
About Snake Venom
Snake venom is a complex mixture of proteins that helps snakes immobilize the prey
and defend against threats
It contains various toxins that affect the body in different ways.
Haemotoxins destroy blood cells, neurotoxins disrupt nerve signals, and
cytotoxins damage tissues. Without prompt medical intervention, snakebites can
lead to death.
What Are Antivenoms?
Antivenoms, or antivenins, are crucial for treating snakebites. They are created by
injecting venom into animals, typically horses, which then produce specific antibodies.
These antibodies neutralise the venom’s harmful effects, allowing the body to recover. The
effectiveness of antivenom depends on the type of snake and the amount of venom
injected.
Production of Antivenoms
The production process involves capturing venomous snakes and extracting their venom.
Horses are immunised with controlled doses of venom, prompting antibody production.
These antibodies are then extracted from the horse’s blood and purified into antivenoms.
This method has been in use since the late 19th century and remains vital .
The Role of the Irula Tribe
The Irula tribe in Tamil Nadu plays role in antivenom production. They are skilled snake-
catchers, ensuring a consistent supply of high-quality venom. Their expertise is essential
for maintaining the supply chain of antivenoms in India, denoting the intersection of
traditional knowledge and modern medicine.
Prevalence of Snakebites in India
India is home to over 300 snake species, with more than 60 being venomous.
The ‘Big Four’ snakes—Indian cobra, common krait, Russell’s viper, and saw-scaled
viper—are responsible for most fatalities.
However, other venomous species pose risks, and existing polyvalent antivenoms

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 463
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

may not be effective against them.

Challenges in Accessing Antivenoms
Despite being the largest producer of antivenoms, access remains a challenge. Many rural
areas lack immediate healthcare facilities, forcing victims to travel long distances.
Additionally, logistical issues, cultural beliefs, and inadequate storage conditions can
hinder effective treatment. The high cost of antivenom production further limits
accessibility for the economically disadvantaged.
Innovations in Antivenom Development
Scientists are exploring recombinant DNA technology to create synthetic antivenoms that
are safer and more effective. Artificial Intelligence is also being utilised to design tailored
antivenoms, optimising their efficacy. Region-specific antivenoms could address the
unique challenges posed by different snake species.
Future Directions
The future of antivenom treatment is evolving. Ongoing research aims to improve
diagnostic tools and develop portable venom-detection kits. These innovations can
enhance the timely administration of antivenoms, potentially reducing the mortality rate
from snakebites. Continued investment in research and infrastructure is crucial for
addressing this public health crisis effectively.
Link Between Dengue and Climate Change
January 23, 2025
Recent studies highlight the intricate relationship between climate factors and dengue
fever, particularly in India. A collaborative research effort has revealed that specific
temperature, rainfall, and humidity conditions during the monsoon season influence
dengue transmission rates. This research, led by experts from the Indian Institute of
Tropical Meteorology and various international universities, aims to enhance
understanding and preparedness against dengue outbreaks.
Key Climate Factors Influencing Dengue
Warm temperatures exceeding 27 degrees Celsius are ideal for mosquito activity.
Moderate rainfall and humidity levels between 60% and 78% during the monsoon
season can lead to increased dengue cases.
Heavy rainfall exceeding 150 mm weekly can decrease mosquito populations by
flushing out eggs and larvae.
Monsoon Rainfall Patterns
Monsoon rainfall patterns, characterised by active and break phases, play a critical role in
dengue transmission. Low variability in rainfall correlates with high dengue cases, while
high variability is associated with lower incidences. The timing and distribution of rainfall,
rather than the total amount, are essential in determining dengue prevalence.
AI and Machine Learning for Predictions
The research team developed an AI/ML model capable of predicting dengue outbreaks
with over two months of lead time. This advanced model allows health authorities to

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 464
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

prepare and implement preventive measures effectively. The integration of real-time

climate data enhances the accuracy of predictions, facilitating timely responses to
potential outbreaks.
Regional Early Warning Systems
Current health bulletins often overlook the complex interplay of climate factors in dengue
transmission. The new study proposes an early warning system that incorporates
temperature, rainfall, and humidity interactions. This system aims to provide tailored
predictions for various regions, potentially improving management strategies for dengue
and other climate-sensitive diseases.
Projected Future Trends
Future projections indicate a rise in temperature and erratic monsoon patterns across
India. This change is expected to exacerbate dengue mortality rates . Under various
emission scenarios, Pune could see a 13% increase in dengue-related deaths by 2030,
escalating to 112% by the end of the century if emissions remain unchecked.
Importance of Collaborative Efforts
The study puts stress on the necessity of collaboration between scientists, health
departments, and government officials to tackle climate-related health challenges.
Effective data sharing and joint initiatives can lead to improved health warning systems,
ultimately saving lives and reducing the burden of dengue in high-risk states across India.
Policy Implications
Insights from this study can guide policymakers in devising targeted interventions to
combat dengue. By understanding climate influences, authorities can allocate resources
more effectively and implement strategies that enhance community resilience against
dengue outbreaks.
National Health Mission Extended
January 23, 2025
The Union Cabinet recently approved the continuation of the National Health Mission
(NHM) for additional 5 years. It has emerged as a very important force in enhancing
public health across India. Launched to address various health challenges, the NHM has
made strides in reducing mortality rates and improving healthcare delivery from 2021 to
2024. The recent assessment by the Central Government marks its achievements and
ongoing initiatives.
Key Achievements in Human Resources
NHM has boosted the healthcare workforce:
In FY 2021-22, it engaged 2.69 lakh additional healthcare workers, including doctors
and nurses. This number increased to 4.21 lakh in FY 2022-23 and 5.23 lakh in FY
2023-24.
The inclusion of community health officers has been crucial, with 1.29 lakh and 1.38
lakh added in the subsequent years.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 465
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Decline in Maternal and Child Mortality Rates

The NHM has achieved a remarkable 83% reduction in maternal mortality since 1990,
surpassing the global decline of 45%.
The Under-5 Mortality Rate (U5MR) dropped from 45 per 1,000 live births in 2014 to
32 in 2020.
The Infant Mortality Rate (IMR) also fell from 39 to 28 during the same period.
These improvements align India with U.N. Sustainable Development Goals for maternal
and child health.
Control of Infectious Diseases
The incidence of tuberculosis decreased from 237 to 195 per 1,00,000 population
between 2015 and 2023.
Malaria cases and deaths also declined, with a 13.28% reduction in cases in 2021
compared to 2020.
Kala-azar elimination efforts have achieved 100% success in endemic blocks.
Vaccination Campaigns and Coverage
The Measles-Rubella Elimination Campaign under Intensified Mission Indradhanush 5.0
vaccinated over 34.77 crore children, achieving 97.98% coverage. Additionally, NHM has
facilitated the administration of over 220 crore COVID-19 vaccine doses from January 2021
to March 2024, utilising an extensive network of healthcare workers.
Specialized Health Initiatives
Various specialised health initiatives have been launched under NHM:
The Pradhan Mantri TB Mukt Bharat Abhiyaan registered over 1.56 lakh volunteers
supporting TB patients.
The National Sickle Cell Anemia Elimination Mission screened over 2.61 crore
individuals in tribal areas, aiming for elimination by 2047.
The Pradhan Mantri National Dialysis Programme expanded services, providing over
62.35 lakh dialysis sessions.
Addressing Public Health Concerns
NHM has tackled pressing health issues, including tobacco use and snakebite
envenoming. Public awareness campaigns have led to a 17.3% reduction in tobacco use
over the past decade. The National Action Plan for Snakebite Envenoming was launched in
FY 2022-23 to enhance prevention and management strategies.
Digital Health Initiatives
Digital health has been a focus area, with the launch of the U-WIN platform in January
2023. This platform ensures timely vaccination for pregnant women and children,
expanding to 65 districts by the end of FY 2023-24. The initiative enhances real-time
tracking of immunisations, improving overall coverage. The NHM’s comprehensive
approach has not only improved healthcare delivery but also laid the foundation for a
healthier future for millions in India.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 466
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Indian Army Inaugurates Bailey Bridges Over Shyok River

January 23, 2025
The Indian Army has recently inaugurated two bailey bridges over the Shyok River in
Ladakh. This development enhances connectivity between the Shyok and Nubra valleys.
The inauguration took place near Shatse Taknak in the Diskit sub-division of Leh, under
the supervision of Brigadier V S Salaria. The bridges, constructed by the Fire and Fury
Corps Engineers, aim to improve access for local communities, especially during harsh
winter months.
Importance of the Bailey Bridges
The newly inaugurated bailey bridges are 50 feet wide and 100 feet long.
They reduce travel distance by approximately 40 km and cut travel time by around
two hours for the remote villages in Nubra and Shyok valleys.
This enhanced connectivity is vital for the local population, allowing better access to
essential services and resources.
The Shyok River Overview
The Shyok River is a major tributary of the Indus River, flowing through northern Ladakh
before entering Gilgit–Baltistan, Pakistan. It spans approximately 550 km and originates
from the Rimo Glacier. The river exhibits an unusual alignment, initially flowing
southeasterly before turning northwestern as it joins the Pangong Range.
Geographical Features of the Shyok Valley
The Shyok Valley widens at the confluence with the Nubra River but narrows into a gorge
near Yagulung. It continues through various villages before crossing into Baltistan. The
valley’s geography, including its junction with the Saltoro River, adds to its significance in
the region.
The Nubra River’s Characteristics
The Nubra River, which originates from the Siachen glacier, shares a similar flow pattern
with the Shyok River. Before Diskit, it flows southeasterly before turning northwest upon
meeting the Shyok. This similarity suggests underlying geological features influencing the
rivers’ courses.
What is Bailey Bridge?
A bailey bridge is a type of modular bridge designed for quick assembly and minimal
construction work. The parts are pre-fabricated, allowing for rapid deployment in various
situations, including disaster relief and military operations.
Historical Context of Bailey Bridges
The bailey bridge was invented during World War II by English civil engineer Donald
Coleman Bailey. It was developed to meet the urgent needs of wartime logistics. Its design
allows for easy transport and assembly, making it ideal for remote or disaster-stricken
areas.
Construction Mechanism of Bailey Bridges
Bailey bridges consist of light steel panels linked through pins for stability. Workers place

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 467
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

beams to form the deck, ensuring that all components lock into place. This design allows
for easy extension and mobility without the need for heavy installation equipment,
making it suitable for various applications.
US Withdrawal from OECD Global Tax Deal
January 23, 2025
Recently, shortly after taking office, US President Donald Trump issued an executive order
withdrawing the United States from the OECD’s global tax deal. This agreement, designed
to combat tax avoidance by multinational corporations, has been put on hold.
What is OECD Global Tax Deal?
The OECD Global Tax Deal was established to address tax avoidance by large
multinational companies.
It consists of two main pillars:
1. Pillar 1 reallocates profits from home countries to jurisdictions where revenue is
generated.
2. Pillar 2 sets a global minimum corporate tax rate of 15%.
Over 140 countries had signed the deal, aiming for a fairer international tax
landscape.
US Executive Order Details
President Trump’s memorandum criticises the global tax deal for undermining US
sovereignty and economic competitiveness. The order states that the deal imposes
extraterritorial jurisdiction over American income and restricts the US’s ability to create tax
policies beneficial to American businesses. Consequently, the US will not comply with the
deal’s stipulations.
Impact on Global Tax Landscape
Experts predict that the US withdrawal will have consequences for the global tax
framework. Countries that have already begun implementing the Global Anti-Base Erosion
Model (GloBE) rules may need to revise their strategies to align with the new US stance.
Approximately 50 jurisdictions had made progress towards adopting these rules, and they
now face uncertainty.
India’s Position on the Global Tax Deal
India has historically maintained a cautious approach towards adopting GloBE rules.
The country has not yet made legislative changes in response to the OECD deal.
In the Union Budget 2024, India eliminated the 2% equalisation levy, which had been
a contentious issue with the US.
Consequently, the impact of the US withdrawal on India’s tax collection is expected
to be minimal.
Role of the OECD in Global Economics
The OECD, comprising 37 democracies with market economies, serves as a forum for
developing policy standards that promote sustainable economic growth.
It facilitates collaboration among governments, enabling them to share experiences

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 468
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

and develop high economic policy standards.

The OECD has been important source of evidence-based policy analysis and
economic data for over 50 years.
Current OECD Membership and Economic Influence
OECD member countries account for a substantial portion of the global economy,
representing three-fifths of world GDP and three-quarters of world trade. The
organisation plays a vital role in promoting sound economic policies, innovation, and
resource efficiency, thereby influencing global economic dynamics .
Uttar Pradesh’s Unveils Aerospace and Defence Policy 2024
January 23, 2025
The Uttar Pradesh government has revealed a comprehensive Aerospace and Defence
Unit policy aimed at attracting investments and creating employment opportunities. It
aims to draw investments and generate jobs over the next five years. This initiative is part
of a broader strategy to position Uttar Pradesh as a very important hub in the aerospace
and defence sector.
Policy Objectives
The Aerospace and Defence Unit and Employment Promotion Policy 2024 aims to enhance
indigenous capabilities within the aerospace and defence sectors. It focuses on
encouraging innovation, promoting global collaboration, and ensuring national security
while boosting economic prosperity.
Investment and Employment Goals
The policy sets an ambitious target of attracting Rs 50,000 crore in investments.
It is designed to create direct employment for 1 lakh youth across the state.
This investment is expected to catalyse growth in the aerospace and defence
manufacturing ecosystem.
FDI Policy
To encourage foreign direct investment (FDI), the state government has introduced a
new FDI policy.
This includes offering up to 80 per cent subsidy on land to foreign firms.
The aim is to enhance industrial growth and attract global players to Uttar Pradesh.
Development of the Defence Industrial Corridor
The policy seeks to establish a robust and efficient aerospace and defence manufacturing
ecosystem within the UP Defence Industrial Corridor (UPDIC). It aims to attract large
manufacturing projects and Defence Public Sector Undertakings (DPSUs) to boost the
sector.
Support for Startups and MSMEs
The government plans to create common facility centres focused on aerospace and
defence to support startups and Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises (MSMEs). These
centres will enhance skills and capacities, promoting innovation and entrepreneurship
within the sector.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 469
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Focus on Artificial Intelligence and Software Development

The policy encourages the establishment of artificial intelligence and software
development centres specifically for the aerospace and defence industries. This initiative
aims to align with India’s vision of self-reliance in these sectors.
Financial Incentives and Benefits
Significant financial incentives are part of the policy. These include front-end subsidies for
aerospace and defence units, exemptions on stamp duty, and capital subsidies. The
government also plans to provide benefits like transportation charge exemptions and
special provisions for women entrepreneurs.
National Defence Production Goals
The Ministry of Defence has set a target to double India’s aerospace and defence
production to USD 25 billion and exports to USD 5 billion by 2025-26. By 2047, the sector is
expected to contribute 25 per cent to the nation’s GDP.
Infrastructure Projects and Initiatives
Recent cabinet approvals include subsidies for land allotted to industrial projects, such as
Ashok Leyland Ltd., which plans to establish a facility with a production capacity of 2,500
buses annually. This project is part of a broader push to attract Fortune 500 companies to
the state.
Conclusion on Industrial Development
The Uttar Pradesh government’s initiatives under the Aerospace and Defence Unit and
Employment Promotion Policy 2024 represent a strategic move to enhance the state’s
industrial landscape. With a focus on innovation, investment, and employment, the policy
is poised to transform Uttar Pradesh into a leader in the aerospace and defence sectors.
Chhattisgarh Launches Landless Agricultural Labourer Welfare Scheme
January 23, 2025
On January 20, 2025, Chhattisgarh Chief Minister Vishnu Deo Sai inaugurated the
‘Deendayal Upadhyay Bhoomiheen Krishi Majdoor Kalyana Yojana’ in Raipur. This initiative
aims to provide financial assistance to over 5.62 lakh landless agricultural labourers,
including Baigas and Gunias, with an annual grant of Rs 10,000. The scheme has already
disbursed more than Rs 562 crores to its beneficiaries.
About the Scheme
The ‘Deendayal Upadhyay Bhoomiheen Krishi Majdoor Kalyana Yojana’ is designed to
uplift landless agricultural workers in Chhattisgarh.
It targets vulnerable communities, ensuring they receive financial support for their
livelihoods.
The initiative is a part of the government’s broader commitment to social welfare
and economic development.
Financial Aid Details
Under the scheme, each eligible beneficiary will receive Rs 10,000 annually.
This financial aid is intended to improve the living standards of landless agricultural

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 470
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

workers, helping them meet basic needs and enhance their economic stability.
The total allocation of Rs 562 crores signifies a substantial investment in rural
welfare.
Urban Development Initiatives
Alongside the welfare scheme, CM Sai participated in the ‘Nagar Vikas Ke Sopan’
programme. He laid the foundation for 813 projects worth Rs 155.38 crore across urban
areas. This includes investments in water supply schemes, which are part of the Amrit
Mission 2.0, amounting to Rs 270 crore for six urban bodies.
Future Prospects
The implementation of the ‘Deendayal Upadhyay Bhoomiheen Krishi Majdoor Kalyana
Yojana’ is expected to create a positive impact on the lives of landless agricultural
labourers. With ongoing urban development projects, the government aims to encourage
a holistic approach to growth, addressing both rural and urban needs simultaneously.
Community Engagement
The scheme encourages community participation by directly addressing the needs of
landless agricultural workers. By providing financial support, the government aims to
empower these individuals and promote self-sufficiency within the agricultural sector. This
initiative represents step towards social equity and economic development in
Chhattisgarh, reinforcing the government’s commitment to improving the lives of its most
vulnerable citizens.
33 Industrial Clusters Join WEF’s Transition Initiative
January 23, 2025
Recently, thirteen new industrial clusters from various countries have joined the World
Economic Forum‘s (WEF) Transitioning Industrial Clusters initiative. This expansion brings
the total to 33 clusters across 16 nations, enhancing global efforts to reduce greenhouse
gas emissions while promoting economic growth.
Overview of the Initiative
The Transitioning Industrial Clusters initiative was launched at COP26 in 2021.
Its primary goal is to facilitate the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions while
encouraging economic development and job creation.
Participating clusters represent geographically concentrated hubs of industries and
institutions.
Environmental Impact
The 33 clusters have the potential to collectively cut 832 million tonnes of carbon
dioxide-equivalent emissions annually.
This reduction is comparable to the total emissions generated by Saudi Arabia.
The initiative puts stress on the importance of regional collaboration in achieving
substantial environmental benefits.
Economic Contributions
These industrial clusters contribute approximately $492 billion to global GDP and support

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 471
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

around 4.3 million jobs. Their economic significance is crucial for both local and global
economies, denoting the potential for sustainable growth through clean energy initiatives.
New Additions to the Initiative
The thirteen new clusters include notable entries from India, Australia, Thailand, and
various European and South American locations. Key clusters include:
Cartagena Industrial Cluster (Colombia): Focused on clean hydrogen production.
Gopalpur Industrial Park (India): Attracting investments in green energy.
Hunter Region (Australia): Supporting the transition to sustainable energy.
Jubail Industrial City (Saudi Arabia): Minimising carbon emissions through
industry synergy.
Kerala Green Hydrogen Valley (India): Central to hydrogen-powered transport
initiatives.
Port of Rotterdam (Netherlands): Leading in green hydrogen production.
Report
A report titled “Unleashing the Full Potential of Industrial Clusters – Infrastructure
Solutions for Clean Energies” was developed with Accenture and EPRI. It outlines
strategies for scaling clean energy production and emphasises the importance of digital
innovation and port-based ecosystems in supporting the energy transition.
Collaboration and Technology
Experts stress the need for collaboration among businesses and public institutions. The
adoption of digital technologies is deemed essential for accelerating the deployment of
net-zero infrastructure. This collaborative approach is crucial for aligning stakeholders
and securing funding for clean energy transitions.
Future Goals
The initiative aims to create sustainable economies by encouraging partnerships and
aligning regulatory strategies. By focusing on economic growth, job creation, and CO2
reductions, the initiative seeks to transition industrial clusters towards net-zero economies
effectively.
Global Engagement
The WEF’s Annual Meeting 2025 in Davos-Klosters serves as a platform for global leaders
to discuss themes related to sustainable growth and partnerships. The gathering aims to
explore collaborative efforts to safeguard the planet while rebuilding trust among
stakeholders.
WEF’s “Blueprint to Close the Women’s Health Gap” Report
January 23, 2025
The World Economic Forum (WEF) has released a report denoting the economic potential
of addressing women’s health issues. Titled “Blueprint to Close the Women’s Health Gap,”
the report reveals that improving women’s health could contribute an estimated $400
billion to global GDP by 2040. It identifies nine critical health conditions impacting
women’s lives and puts stress on the need for targeted research and investment.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 472
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Women’s Health Disparities

Women experience 25% more years of poor health compared to men. This disparity is
largely due to insufficient research and funding focused on women-specific health
conditions. The report indicates that women are often overlooked in clinical trials,
particularly in areas like ischemic heart disease and migraine, where only 10% include sex-
specific data.
Key Health Conditions Identified
The report categorises nine health conditions into two groups – lifespan and health span
conditions.
Lifespan conditions include maternal hypertensive disorders, postpartum
hemorrhage, ischemic heart disease, cervical cancer, and breast cancer.
Health span conditions focus on endometriosis, menopause, migraine, and
premenstrual syndrome.
Addressing these conditions could lead to 2.5 additional healthy days per woman
annually.
Women’s Health Impact Tracking (WHIT)
The WEF, in collaboration with the McKinsey Health Institute, launched the Women’s
Health Impact Tracking (WHIT) platform. This publicly available tool aims to measure
health disparities and promote equitable solutions. It provides data-driven insights that
highlight the urgent need for investment in menopause, premenstrual syndrome, and
migraine, which together represent a $315 billion GDP opportunity.
Importance of Data and Research
The report stresses the need for improved data collection and research funding for
women-specific health issues. It marks that 54% of the women’s health burden occurs in
low- and middle-income countries, yet only 23% of clinical trials focus on these regions.
More comprehensive data can expose the true extent of women’s health challenges.
Five Key Actions for Stakeholders
To address the disparities in women’s health, the report outlines five essential actions
1. Count Women: Enhance data collection to reveal the true burden of women’s health
issues.
2. Study Women: Increase funding for research focused on women-specific health
conditions.
3. Care for Women: Develop clinical guidelines that cater to women’s unique
healthcare needs.
4. Include All Women: Tackle disparities affecting marginalised groups to promote
health equity.
5. Invest in Women: Allocate funding for innovative healthcare solutions and delivery
models.
Dhanauri Wetland Notification
January 23, 2025

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 473
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

The Dhanauri wetland, located near Jewar airport in Uttar Pradesh, has become a focal
point for environmental conservation. The National Green Tribunal (NGT) has directed the
state government to expedite the notification process for declaring this area as a wetland.
The Dhanauri water body, covering 112.89 hectares, is vital for local biodiversity, especially
for migratory birds.
Current Status of Dhanauri Wetland
The NGT has mandated the Uttar Pradesh government to clarify the status of Dhanauri’s
wetland notification within four weeks. The state’s forest department has been asked to
explain the need for additional time, as the decision to declare the site as a wetland has
already been made. The wetland is primarily situated on privately owned land,
necessitating consultations with local landowners.
Importance of Dhanauri for Biodiversity
Dhanauri is important habitat for various bird species, including over 150 Sarus cranes,
which are the state bird of Uttar Pradesh. The wetland supports more than 217 bird
species and serves as nesting and feeding ground, particularly during the migratory
season from November to March when it attracts over 50,000 waterfowl.
Ramsar Site Criteria
The Dhanauri wetland meets two key Ramsar site criteria:
It hosts over 1% of the biogeographic Sarus crane population
It serves as a congregation site for more than 20,000 waterfowl
These criteria are essential for the designation of wetlands under the Ramsar Convention,
which aims to conserve globally wetlands.
Ramsar Convention
Established in 1971, the Ramsar Convention is an international treaty focused on the
conservation and sustainable use of wetlands.
It recognises Ramsar sites as areas of global importance.
The convention encourages countries to designate wetlands that meet specific
ecological criteria for protection and management.
Legal Framework and Conservation Plans
The conservation plan for the Jewar airport project includes provisions for protecting local
wildlife, particularly birds. The proposal to declare Dhanauri as a Ramsar site has been
supported by the Union Environment Ministry, denoting its ecological significance and the
need for conservation measures.
Challenges Ahead
While the notification process for Dhanauri as a wetland is underway, challenges remain.
The impact of airport operations on the local bird population is a concern. Ensuring that
the wetland’s ecological integrity is maintained amidst development pressures is critical
for the survival of its unique biodiversity.
Community Involvement
Local communities play a vital role in the conservation of Dhanauri. Engaging landowners

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 474
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

and residents in the consultation process is essential for the successful implementation of
conservation measures. Their support is crucial for the long-term sustainability of the
wetland.
MeitY Releases “Estimation and Measurement of India’s Digital Economy”
Report
January 23, 2025
India’s digital economy has been experiencing rapid growth, contributing to the national
income and employment landscape. The Ministry of Electronics and Information
Technology (MeitY) has released a very important report titled “Estimation and
Measurement of India’s Digital Economy,” aiming to quantify this sector’s impact. This
report is crucial for policymakers and businesses in strategising for future growth.
Definition and Scope of Digital Economy
The digital economy encompasses all economic activities that utilise digital technologies.
It includes both new digital industries, such as tech platforms, and the digital share of
traditional sectors like banking, education, and trade. This integrated nature makes
precise measurement challenging, especially within conventional national accounts.
Recent Estimates and Findings
According to the report, India’s digital economy accounted for approximately 11.74% of
the national income in 2022-23, equating to INR 31.64 lakh crore (around USD 402 billion).
This figure positions India as a leader among developing countries in measuring its digital
economy, utilising the OECD framework and the input-output approach recommended by
the Asian Development Bank (ADB).
Key Contributors to Digital Economy
The digital-enabling industry, which includes ICT services and telecommunication, is the
largest contributor, making up 7.83% of Gross Value Added (GVA). New digital industries,
comprising major tech firms and platforms, contribute nearly 2% to GVA. Additionally,
traditional sectors like banking and education contribute another 2%, denoting the
pervasive influence of digitalisation across the economy.
Employment Impact
The digital economy employed approximately 14.67 million workers, representing 2.55%
of India’s workforce in 2022-23. This employment figure puts stress on the sector’s role in
job creation and its potential for future growth.
Future Projections
Projections indicate that India’s digital economy is set to grow nearly twice as fast as the
overall economy, potentially contributing to one-fifth of national income by 2030. The
growth will primarily stem from digital intermediaries and platforms, along with increased
digitalisation across various sectors.
Challenges in Data and Measurement
The estimates provided in the report are considered conservative due to limited data
availability. Key areas lacking comprehensive data include smaller digital platforms,

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 475
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

informal sector digitalisation, and the digitalisation of traditional sectors like health and
logistics.
Importance for Policymakers and Businesses
The insights from the report are vital for effective policymaking and strategic business
decisions. Accurate data on the digital economy allows for targeted interventions,
promotes innovation, and enhances competitiveness in a global market. Policymakers can
leverage this information for informed decisions that support digital growth across the
economy.
Gaganyaan: LPSC Delivers Crew Module’s Liquid Propulsion System
January 23, 2025
The Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) is advancing its Gaganyaan project, which
aims to establish human spaceflight capabilities. As of January 22, 2025, the Liquid
Propulsion Systems Centre (LPSC) has successfully integrated the Crew Module’s liquid
propulsion system and dispatched it for the first uncrewed mission, Gaganyaan (G1). This
mission is a critical step towards sending a crew of three astronauts into a 400 km orbit
for a three-day mission.
About Gaganyaan Project
The Gaganyaan project is India’s ambitious initiative to demonstrate human
spaceflight capabilities.
It involves launching a crewed spacecraft into low Earth orbit and returning it safely.
The mission plans to develop essential technologies, including a human-rated launch
vehicle and life support systems.
Crew Module and Propulsion System
The Crew Module Propulsion System (CMPS) is a bi-propellant Reaction Control
System (RCS) designed for precise manoeuvring of the spacecraft.
It utilises 12 thrusters, each providing 100 Newtons of thrust, to control the module’s
pitch, yaw, and roll during descent and re-entry.
This system ensures stability until the parachute system deploys.
Integration and Testing Phases
Following its dispatch, the Crew Module will undergo further integration at the Vikram
Sarabhai Space Centre (VSSC). This includes assembling avionics packages and conducting
extensive checks. The module will later be sent to the U R Rao Satellite Centre for the final
integration of the Orbital Module.
Precursor Missions and Safety Measures
Before the crewed mission, ISRO plans several precursor missions to test and validate
technologies. These include the Integrated Air Drop Test (IADT) and Pad Abort Test (PAT).
Safety and reliability will be proven through unmanned missions, ensuring all systems are
robust before human involvement.
Human Rated Launch Vehicle – HLVM3
The Human Rated LVM3 (HLVM3) rocket will serve as the launch vehicle for Gaganyaan. It

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 476
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

features a solid, liquid, and cryogenic stage, all modified for human rating. The HLVM3
includes a Crew Escape System (CES) designed to safely detach the Crew Module in
emergencies during launch or ascent.
Orbital Module Composition
The Orbital Module (OM) consists of the Crew Module (CM) and Service Module (SM).
The CM provides a habitable environment with life support and avionics systems. It
features a double-walled construction for safety during re-entry.
The SM supports the CM in orbit, housing propulsion and power systems.
Development of New Technologies
Ensuring human safety is paramount in the Gaganyaan mission. ISRO is developing
advanced engineering and human-centric technologies to support this goal. These include
life support systems and emergency protocols to protect astronauts during their mission.
Astronaut Training Initiatives
An Astronaut Training Facility in Bengaluru has been established to prepare selected
astronauts. Training modules encompass classroom instruction, physical fitness, simulator
use, and survival training. This comprehensive programme ensures astronauts are well-
prepared for the rigours of space travel.
Govt Begins Procurement of 10,000 GPUs Under IndiaAI Mission
January 23, 2025
Recently, the Government of India initiated the bidding process for the procurement of
10,000 graphics processing units (GPUs) under the IndiaAI Mission. This mission,
approved by the Cabinet in March 2024, has a budget of ₹10,372 crore over five years,
aimed at boosting artificial intelligence development in the country. The GPU
procurement is a critical step to enhance computing capabilities and support various
stakeholders in creating an AI ecosystem.
GPU Procurement
The procurement process involves ten selected companies, including Jio Platforms and
Tata Communications, competing for the supply of GPUs. The bidding commenced on
January 22, 2025, with results expected within a week. A portion of the mission’s budget,
about 44% (₹4,563.36 crore), is allocated for GPU procurement.
Importance of GPUs
GPUs are essential for training and running AI models efficiently. They can process vast
amounts of data simultaneously, making them much faster than traditional CPUs. This
speed is crucial for developing advanced AI applications across various sectors.
Challenges in GPU Procurement
Despite the ambitious goals, challenges exist. High costs of GPUs, limited availability, and
a shortage of skilled AI professionals may hinder progress. Moreover, the existing
computing infrastructure in India is minimal, comprising less than 2% of global capacity.
Modifications to Bidding Requirements
To encourage participation from smaller firms, the government revised the bidding

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 477
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

requirements. The average turnover for primary bidders was reduced from ₹100 crore to
₹50 crore, while non-primary members saw their requirements halved to ₹25 crore.
Current Status of AI in India
AI adoption is on the rise across sectors in India. Initiatives like Digital India and the
National AI Strategy are driving this trend. Major cities, such as Bengaluru and Hyderabad,
are emerging as AI hubs, supported by research institutions and a growing number of
startups.
What is IndiaAI Mission?
The IndiaAI Mission aims to build a robust AI computing infrastructure.
Its objectives include enhancing data quality, encouraging industry collaboration,
and promoting indigenous AI technologies.
The mission will support sectors like healthcare, agriculture, and governance by
developing foundational AI models.
Future Prospects and Initiatives
The IndiaAI Mission is set to create a high-end AI computing ecosystem. Plans include
establishing the IndiaAI Innovation Centre and datasets platform, promoting AI
education, and providing financing for startups. The government aims to ensure ethical AI
practices and address environmental concerns associated with data centres.
Anticipated Challenges Ahead
The mission faces potential obstacles, including limited GPU infrastructure, high
implementation costs, and ethical issues related to AI. Additionally, geopolitical factors
and regulatory challenges may impede access to essential technologies.
Maharashtra Uncovers Fraud Within PMFBY
January 23, 2025
In 2024, Maharashtra’s agriculture department uncovered fraud within the Pradhan
Mantri Fasal Bima Yojana (PMFBY). Over 414,000 crop insurance claims were identified as
bogus, denoting the misuse of this subsidised insurance scheme. Farmers attempted to
claim insurance on non-existent crops or lands they did not own. The situation prompted
immediate action from the state government to prevent further exploitation of the
scheme.
About PMFBY
The Pradhan Mantri Fasal Bima Yojana is a government initiative designed to provide
farmers with affordable crop insurance.
For a nominal premium of one rupee, farmers can insure their crops against various
risks.
The scheme aims to safeguard farmers’ livelihoods and ensure financial stability in
the agricultural sector.
Rise in Bogus Claims
In 2024, the Maharashtra agriculture department reported that approximately 2.5% of the
total applications—totaling 4.14 lakh—were rejected due to fraudulent claims. This was

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 478
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

the highest rejection rate since the scheme’s inception, indicating a growing trend of
misuse. The previous years saw lower rejection rates, with only 11,761 claims rejected in
2022 and 3.8 lakh in 2023.
Methods of Fraud
Farmers employed various tactics to submit false claims. Some claimed insurance for
crops that were never planted, while others attempted to insure land they did not own.
Instances included claims on government land and even non-agricultural plots, such as
petrol stations and religious sites. The involvement of common service centres (CSCs) in
submitting these claims raised further concerns about the integrity of the application
process.
Geographic Distribution of Fraudulent Claims
The highest number of bogus claims originated from Beed district, with over 109,000
fraudulent applications. Other districts, such as Jalgaon and Parbhani, also reported
numbers of bogus claims. This regional concentration of fraud raised alarms within the
agriculture department and brought into light the need for targeted inspections.
Government Response and Preventative Measures
In response to the rampant fraud, the Maharashtra government initiated a cross-
verification process. This involved physical inspections of claims before processing
payments. The agriculture department aimed to deter fraudulent applications by
implementing stricter verification measures. Officials also instructed district collectors to
take action against 96 CSCs involved in the irregularities.
Financial Implications of Fraudulent Claims
The financial impact of the rejected claims remains to be fully assessed. The insurance
payout per hectare varies based on the type of crop, ranging from ₹20,000 for moong to
₹90,000 for onions. The total liability for the government and insurance companies is yet
to be calculated, as multiple factors influence these amounts.
Future Actions and Regulations
To combat fraud, the agriculture department plans to impose penalties on those found
guilty of submitting bogus claims. Potential actions include criminal charges and a five-
year ban from applying for government insurance. The department is committed to
refining the scheme to prevent future misuse and ensure that genuine farmers receive the
support they need.
India’s 76th Republic Day Theme
January 23, 2025
India’s 76th Republic Day Parade on January 26, 2025, will feature a vibrant display of
tableaux representing 16 States/Union Territories (UTs) and 10 Ministries/Departments.
The theme, “Swarnim Bharat – Virasat Aur Vikas,” marks India’s rich cultural heritage and
its progressive path towards development. This event aims to showcase the country’s
diverse strengths and cultural inclusiveness.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 479
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Participating States and Their Themes

Goa will present its cultural heritage, while Uttarakhand will showcase its adventure
sports.
Haryana’s tableau will highlight the Bhagavad Gita
Jharkhand will celebrate its legacy of heritage and progress
Gujarat’s contribution will focus on the overarching theme, Swarnim Bharat
Other States like Andhra Pradesh and Punjab will present eco-friendly toys and the
region’s wisdom, respectively
Uttar Pradesh will depict the Mahakumbh 2025
Bihar will honour Nalanda University.
Madhya Pradesh will showcase Kuno National Park
Tripura will celebrate Kharchi Puja
Karnataka will focus on stone craft
West Bengal will highlight self-reliance initiatives.
Chandigarh will present its blend of heritage and innovation
Delhi will focus on quality education
Dadra Nagar Haveli and Daman and Diu will pay tribute to the Indian Navy.
Ministries and Their Contributions
Ten Ministries will also participate, each presenting unique themes:
The Department of Social Justice and Empowerment will highlight the Constitution’s
role as a mainstay of heritage and development.
The Ministry of Tribal Affairs will celebrate Janjatiya Gaurav Varsh
Ministry of Women & Child Development will showcase the journey of women and
children under its schemes
The Ministry of New & Renewable Energy will focus on heritage and development
Ministry of Rural Development will present the “Lakhpati Didi” initiative.
The Department of Financial Services will depict India’s financial evolution
Ministry of Earth Sciences will focus on modern weather forecasting.
The Department of Animal Husbandry will honour indigenous breeds
Ministry of Culture will present a tableau on heritage and development.
The Central Public Works Department (CPWD) will celebrate 75 years of the
Constitution through a floral tableau.
Tri-Services Tableau – Jointness and Integration
For the first time, a Tri-services tableau will be featured, themed “Shashakt aur
Surakshit Bharat.”
This tableau will illustrate joint operations among the Armed Forces, showcasing a
Joint Operations Room and a battlefield scenario.
It will include indigenous military platforms like the Arjun Main Battle Tank and Tejas
MKII fighter aircraft, reflecting the synergy among land, air, and naval forces.
The tableau puts stress on the Ministry of Defence’s declaration of 2025 as the “Year

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 480
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

of Reforms,” focusing on jointness and integration. This initiative aims to maximise

the combat potential of the Armed Forces and enhance national security through
shared responsibility and unified action.
Significance of the Event
The Republic Day Parade serves as a platform to celebrate India’s unity in diversity. It
marks the nation’s achievements and aspirations while encouraging a sense of pride
among citizens. The tableaux reflect the rich cultural tapestry of India and its commitment
to progress and development. The emphasis on jointness and integration in defence
showcases the country’s dedication to safeguarding its national interests through
collaboration among its Armed Forces.
National Conference Organized to Speed Up PM JANMAN
January 23, 2025
The Ministry of Tribal Affairs (MoTA) organized a National Conference of District
Magistrates to speed up the implementation of the Pradhan Mantri Janjati Adivasi Nyaya
Maha Abhiyan (PM JANMAN).
What is PM JANMAN?
The Pradhan Mantri Janjati Adivasi Nyaya Maha Abhiyan (PM JANMAN) is initiative
aimed at improving the socio-economic conditions of Particularly Vulnerable Tribal
Groups (PVTGs) in India.
Launched on November 15, 2023, during Janjatiya Gaurav Divas, this programme has
a budget of ₹24,000 crore allocated for three years, from 2023 to 2026.
The Ministry of Tribal Affairs (MoTA) is spearheading this effort, collaborating with
multiple ministries to address developmental gaps in tribal regions.
Objectives of PM JANMAN
The primary aim of PM JANMAN is to enhance the living standards of PVTGs through
comprehensive development interventions.
It targets 75 PVTG communities across 18 states and one Union Territory, the
Andaman & Nicobar Islands.
The initiative is designed to provide essential services and improve overall quality of
life.
Key Focus Areas
The programme concentrates on 11 critical sectors, including housing, healthcare,
education, and livelihood. Specific focus areas include:
Housing: Construction of 2 million pucca houses over five years, with financial
assistance of ₹2.39 lakh per unit.
Healthcare: Improved access to medical facilities and health services.
Education: Establishment of school hostels and operationalisation of Anganwadi
Centres for early childhood care.
Drinking Water: Ensuring reliable water supply through the Jal Jeevan Mission
Road Connectivity: Enhancing infrastructure to facilitate better access to remote

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 481
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

areas.
Livelihood: Promotion of sustainable livelihoods through initiatives like Van Dhan
Vikas Kendras (VDVKs).
Budget and Financial Structure
PM JANMAN has a total budgetary outlay of ₹24,104 crore, with ₹15,336 crore from the
central government and ₹8,768 crore from state contributions. This financial framework
supports the implementation of various development projects aimed at uplifting PVTGs.
Implementation and Collaboration
The Ministry of Tribal Affairs acts as the nodal body, working alongside nine other
ministries and state governments. This collaborative approach is essential for effective
execution and monitoring of the programme. District Magistrates play important role as
nodal officers, ensuring that local needs and community participation are prioritised.
Recent National Conference
A National Conference of District Magistrates was held at Bharat Mandapam, New Delhi,
to discuss strategies for accelerating PM JANMAN’s implementation. The conference
brought together representatives from 88 districts across 18 states. Discussions focused
on thematic areas such as housing, road connectivity, and the establishment of Multi-
Purpose Centres (MPCs) to better serve PVTG communities.
Evaluation and Future Prospects
The continuation of PM JANMAN beyond March 2026 will depend on evaluations by the
NITI Aayog and assessments by the expenditure finance committee. The government is
committed to bridging the gap between policy and grassroots implementation, ensuring
that PVTGs receive the support they need. Through PM JANMAN, the Government of India
aims to create a more inclusive society where the rights and needs of tribal communities
are recognised and addressed effectively.
India Sets Ambitious Target for GI Tags
January 23, 2025
The Government of India has set a goal to achieve 10,000 Geographical Indication (GI)
tags by 2030. This initiative was announced by Union Minister of Commerce & Industry,
Piyush Goyal, during the GI Samagam event in New Delhi. The current number of GI tags
stands at 605. This ambitious target aims to enhance the Intellectual Property Rights (IPR)
ecosystem in India.
About Geographical Indication Tags
A Geographical Indication (GI) tag identifies products originating from specific geographic
locations. The quality and reputation of these products are linked to their origin. GI tags
are crucial for protecting the uniqueness of Indian products and promoting regional
economic development.
Legal Framework and History
The Geographical Indications of Goods (Registration and Protection) Act was enacted in
December 1999, coming into effect in September 2003. This legislation provides a

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 482
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

framework for registering unique goods and protecting their geographical origins. The
first GI tag was awarded to Darjeeling tea in 2004-2005.
Current Status of GI Tags in India
As of now, India has issued 605 GI tags. The number of authorized users has surged from
365 to 29,000 over the past decade. This increase reflects growing recognition and
utilisation of GI products in the market.
Government Initiatives and Support
The government is adopting a whole-of-government approach to achieve the 10,000 GI
tag target. A committee will be formed to oversee this initiative. Additionally, the
Anusandhan National Research Foundation Fund and the One District One Product
(ODOP) scheme are being leveraged to promote GI products.
Branding and Marketing Strategies
There is a need for improved branding of GI products. Collaboration with the Food Safety
and Standards Authority of India (FSSAI) and the Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) is
crucial for ensuring quality standards. This collaboration aims to combat counterfeit
products and enhance consumer trust.
E-Commerce and Export Potential
The potential for GI products is , especially in e-commerce. The government is exploring
partnerships with e-commerce platforms and other organisations to promote GI products.
Listing these products on platforms like GeM and ONDC can unlock new markets.
Role of Indian Embassies
Indian embassies abroad can play a vital role in showcasing GI products. Similar to the
ODOP initiative, this exposure can enhance international visibility and export potential for
Indian goods.
Categories of GI Products
GI tags are applicable to a diverse range of products. These include agricultural products,
natural products, manufactured items, textiles, handicrafts, and foodstuffs. Each category
reflects the unique characteristics attributed to its geographical origin.
Registration Process for GI Tags
To obtain a GI tag, a product must originate from a specific location where its unique
qualities are derived from its geographic environment. Registration is valid for ten years
and can be renewed thereafter. If not renewed, the GI tag will be removed from the
register. This structured approach aims to enhance India’s IPR ecosystem while promoting
economic growth through the protection of unique products and regional identities.
India’s Semiconductor and Electronics Manufacturing Initiatives
January 23, 2025
India is making strides in the semiconductor and electronics manufacturing sectors as it
prepares for the Union Budget 2025-26. The Union Finance Ministry has brought into light
the government’s successful policies aimed at boosting investments and job creation
through the semiconductor programme and the Production-Linked Incentive (PLI)

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 483
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

scheme. These initiatives are crucial for establishing India as a global hub for
semiconductor and electronic goods manufacturing.
Semiconductor Programme Overview
The ‘Programme for Development of Semiconductors and Display Manufacturing
Ecosystem’ offers attractive incentives to semiconductor packaging and design
companies.
Launched in December 2021, the Semicon India Programme has approved five
semiconductor projects and supported 16 design companies.
This initiative is expected to attract investments of ₹1.52 lakh crore and create
approximately 25,000 direct jobs, along with 60,000 indirect jobs.
Production-Linked Incentive (PLI) Scheme
Under the PLI scheme for electronics, India has achieved production worth ₹6.14
lakh crore and exports of ₹3.12 lakh crore.
This has led to the creation of over 128,000 direct jobs in the electronics sector,
reinforcing India’s position as a global manufacturing powerhouse. T
he PLI scheme aims to provide competitive incentives to companies in the
semiconductor and electronics manufacturing sectors.
Incentives for Semiconductor Manufacturing
The semiconductor programme includes fiscal support of up to 50% for setting up
semiconductor and display fabrication units.
The government collaborates with states to create high-tech clusters with necessary
infrastructure.
Additionally, fiscal support of 30% is available for capital expenditure in compound
semiconductor units.
Design Linked Incentive Scheme
The Design Linked Incentive (DLI) Scheme offers incentives of up to 50% on eligible
expenditures for semiconductor design companies.
This includes support for Integrated Circuits (ICs), chipsets, and System on Chips
(SoCs).
The goal is to boost domestic capabilities in semiconductor design and innovation.
India Semiconductor Mission
The India Semiconductor Mission (ISM) will be established to drive long-term strategies for
developing a sustainable semiconductor ecosystem. Led by global experts, ISM will act as
the nodal agency for implementing semiconductor and display manufacturing schemes
efficiently.
Strategic Importance of Semiconductors
In the current geopolitical landscape, semiconductors are vital for national security and
economic stability. The development of a robust semiconductor ecosystem will enhance
India’s self-reliance and integration into global supply chains.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 484
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Challenges in the Electronics Sector

Despite growth, India faces challenges such as low net value addition in electronics
production, reliance on imports for critical components, and a lack of indigenous
semiconductor foundries. These factors hinder the country’s ability to fully capitalise on its
manufacturing potential.
Future Directions for India’s Semiconductor Industry
To advance in semiconductor manufacturing, India must focus on building comprehensive
support across the chip-making supply chain, including design, testing, and packaging.
Increasing fiscal support and leveraging public sector enterprises can facilitate the
establishment of semiconductor foundries. Emphasising a collaborative approach within a
trusted semiconductor ecosystem will be essential for India’s success in this domain.
India’s Manufacturing Vision for Tier 2 and 3 Cities
January 23, 2025
The Government of India is focusing on enhancing manufacturing capabilities in Tier 2
and 3 cities. This initiative aims to boost the country’s economic growth by increasing the
contribution of manufacturing to the Gross Value Added. The Commerce Ministry has
mandated states and Union Territories (UTs) to develop a ‘City Level Economic Vision’ for
100 selected cities by June 2026.
Strategic Framework Overview
The initiative is part of a broader strategic framework established by the Department of
Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade (DPIIT). This framework was discussed at the
Fourth National Conference of Chief Secretaries. It targets 1,039 towns, aiming to shift
manufacturing focus from traditional industrial hubs to less developed areas.
Importance of Tier 2 and 3 Cities
Tier 2 and 3 cities are vital for India’s economic growth. They offer a demographic
dividend, an affordable workforce, and potential for industrial expansion. The government
believes that addressing infrastructure challenges and enhancing logistics will create a
robust manufacturing ecosystem in these areas.
Tailored Approaches for States
States with lower Gross State Domestic Product (GSDP) are encouraged to prioritise
capital-efficient and labour-intensive industries. Conversely, states with established
manufacturing bases should focus on research and development, high-tech industries,
and innovation. This tailored approach allows states to leverage their unique strengths.
Key Enablers for Manufacturing Growth
The government has identified several key enablers necessary for manufacturing growth,
including:
Industrial Infrastructure: Development of flexible land lease policies and 100 plug-
and-play parks by December 2025.
Logistics: Implementation of a State Logistics Action Plan by June 2026.
Ease of Doing Business: Improvement of the single-window system and reduction

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 485
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

of compliance burdens by December 2025.

Skilling and Entrepreneurship: Conducting skill gap studies and establishing 100
new start-up incubation centres by December 2029.
Timelines for Implementation
States and UTs have been given specific timelines to implement various reforms. Key
deadlines include: – June 2026 – Submission of City Level Economic Vision and State
Logistics Action Plan. – December 2025 – Development of flexible land lease policies and
improvement of the single-window system. – December 2026 – Formulation of City
Logistics Plans for 25 cities.
Employment Growth Objectives
The government aims to increase the share of manufacturing in employment from 12% to
22% by 2047. This goal reflects the stagnant employment share in manufacturing since
1972-73. By expanding manufacturing into Tier 2 and 3 cities, the government anticipates
boost in job creation.
Conclusion of the Initiative
The initiative represents a comprehensive effort to decentralise manufacturing in India. By
enhancing infrastructure, logistics, and workforce skills in Tier 2 and 3 cities, the
government aims to encourage a vibrant manufacturing ecosystem that can contribute
substantially to the national economy.
Madras HC Mandates Vaigai River Pollution Action Plan
January 23, 2025
The Madras High Court has recently mandated local authorities in five districts of Tamil
Nadu to devise a comprehensive action plan to combat pollution in the Vaigai River. This
directive follows alarming reports of severe contamination due to waste discharge from
both domestic and industrial sources. The court’s intervention marks the critical need for
environmental protection measures in the region.
About Vaigai River
The Vaigai River is a vital waterway in Tamil Nadu, stretching 258 kilometres.
It originates in the Varusanadu Hills and flows through the Kambam Valley before
emptying into the Palk Bay.
The river traverses five districts – Theni, Dindigul, Madurai, Sivagangai, and
Ramanathapuram.
Recent Court Developments
Recently, a division bench of the Madras High Court, led by Justices G R Swaminathan and
B Pugalendhi, ordered local bodies to submit an action plan to mitigate pollution in the
Vaigai. This decision was prompted by a suo motu plea based on a report denoting the
river’s contamination due to sewage discharge from various sources.
Environmental Monitoring Cell
The Tamil Nadu government had established an environment monitoring cell, tasked with
overseeing pollution control measures. However, the Vaigai River was not included in its

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 486
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

monitoring list. The court directed that the river be added to ensure that its pollution
levels are systematically monitored and addressed.
Findings of the Madurai Nature Cultural Foundation
A study conducted by the Madurai Nature Cultural Foundation revealed alarming pollution
levels in the Vaigai. Sewage and industrial waste, including hazardous materials from
shrimp farms, are discharged at 177 locations across the five districts. Water samples
collected from 36 sites indicated that the river’s quality was classified as below D-grade,
rendering it unsuitable for agricultural and industrial use.
Urgent Need for Action
The court emphasised the necessity for immediate and coordinated actions to restore the
river’s health. It called for the appointment of a nodal officer to oversee pollution control
efforts and ensure collaboration among various government departments. Stringent
measures against violators discharging waste into the river were also recommended.
Implications for Local Communities
The Vaigai River is essential for the livelihoods of farmers and residents in the surrounding
districts. The contamination poses threat to agriculture, drinking water quality, and overall
public health. Addressing this pollution is critical for sustaining the local economy and
environment.
Conclusion of Proceedings
The court’s ruling reflects a growing recognition of the need to safeguard natural
resources. The actions taken by local authorities in response to this directive will be crucial
in determining the future health of the Vaigai River and the well-being of the communities
that depend on it.
January 24, 2025
Karnataka HC Strikes Down Green Energy Rules
January 24, 2025
In the recent Brindavan Hydropower Private Limited Case, 2024, the Karnataka High Court
struck down the Electricity (Promoting Renewable Energy Through Green Energy Open
Access) Rules, 2022 (GEOA Rules) and related Karnataka Regulatory Commission
Regulations, 2022.
Key Facts Related to The Case
Petitioners’ Argument
Hydropower companies claimed the GEOA Rules violated the Karnataka Electricity
Regulatory Commission’s (KERC) authority under Sections 42(2) and 181 of the Electricity
Act, 2003.
Centre’s Defence
The Centre argued that it had authority under:
1. Entry 14 (Union List)
2. Entry 38 (Concurrent List)
3. Section 176(1) of the Electricity Act.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 487
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

It stated the rules were vital for meeting India’s international commitments,
including COP26 pledges.
Court’s Decision:
The Central Government cannot override the Electricity Act’s framework and the
powers granted to independent State Regulatory Commissions.
Section 176(2) cannot be misused as residual power to interfere in state regulatory
matters.
Important Provisions of the Electricity Act, 2003
Section 42(2): Grants State Commissions exclusive authority to regulate open access
for electricity distribution.
Section 181: Allows State Commissions to create rules aligned with the Act.
Section 176(1): Enables the Centre to make rules for implementing the Act.
Section 176(2): Focuses on framing rules for specific functions like those of the
Central Electricity Authority.
GEOA Rules, 2022
Objective: Promote renewable energy and ensure affordable, reliable, and
sustainable energy through open access.
Key Features:
Promotes green energy, including waste-to-energy.
Lowered open access threshold from 1 MW to 100 kW, enabling small
consumers to purchase renewable energy.
Consumers can demand green power from DISCOMs.
Uniform Renewable Purchase Obligation (RPO) for all entities, including green
hydrogen and ammonia.
Incentives like reduced surcharges and green certificates for consumers using
renewable energy.
Key Committees on Power Sector Reforms
Deepak Parekh Committee (2008): Suggested financing measures for power
projects.
Ashok Chawla Committee (2011): Studied resource allocation for power generation.
Kirit Parikh Committee (2022): Recommended pricing reforms for power-related
fuels.
India’s Updated Climate Targets (COP26, 2021)
Reach net-zero carbon emissions by 2070.
Build 500 GW of energy capacity from non-fossil fuel sources by 2030.
Get 50% of the country’s energy from renewable sources by 2030.
Cut carbon emissions by 1 billion tonnes by 2030.
Reduce the economy’s carbon intensity by 45% compared to 2005 levels by 2030.
India Joins Eurodrone Program as Observer Nation
January 24, 2025

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 488
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

India has recently joined the Eurodrone program as an observer nation. This inclusion
marks India as the second Asia-Pacific country to gain such status, following Japan.
About Eurodrone programme
The Eurodrone programme is a 4-nation initiative involving France, Germany, Spain
and Italy.
Managed by the Bonn-based OCCAR (Organisation for Joint Armament Cooperation)
It is led by Airbus Defence and Space (Germany), with key partners including
Leonardo (Italy), Dassault Aviation (France), and Airbus (Spain) as major
subcontractors.
What is the Eurodrone?
A Medium Altitude Long Endurance (MALE) remotely piloted aircraft system (RPAS)
designed for long-endurance missions like intelligence, surveillance, reconnaissance,
maritime surveillance, anti-submarine warfare, and early warning.
The project, valued at approximately €7 billion, involves collaboration among France,
Germany, Italy, and Spain.
It can stay airborne for up to 40 hours and carry a payload of 2.3 tonnes.
Key Features:
Twin-engine design enables operations in severe weather.
First RPAS designed for safe and reliable flight in shared airspace.
Ensures secure and exclusive data management through controlled connectivity.
Timeline:
Launched in 2022 as “European Programme for European Sovereignty”
Passed preliminary design review (PDR) in 2024.
First flight scheduled for 2026, with deliveries by 2028.
Full operational deployment expected by 2030.
Observer Nation Status
As an observer nation, India will have access to technical data and the option to place
orders for the Eurodrone.
However, it will not participate in decision-making processes regarding the design,
development, or workshare distribution among the primary participating countries.
India’s application for observer status was submitted in August 2024, following
Japan’s admission in November 2023.
Strategic Importance
Eurodrone strengthens European defence independence, reducing reliance on US
(Reaper) and Israeli (Heron) drones.
Part of Europe’s collective defence strategy.
€7.1 billion programme includes 20 systems (each with 3 UAVs and 2 ground
stations).
Strategic Defence Collaboration
India’s entry into the Eurodrone program aligns with its broader defence strategy to

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 489
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

enhance technology collaboration with global partners.

This move follows a defence cooperation agreement with Germany, signed in
October 2024, which outlines commitments to technology collaboration, co-
production, and co-development of defence platforms.
Challenges in Indian Air Force Modernisation
The Indian Air Force (IAF) faces challenges in modernising its fleet. Currently, it operates
only 31 squadrons, well below the sanctioned strength of 42. Delays in the production of
new fighter jets and setbacks in the indigenous Advanced Medium Combat Aircraft
(AMCA) program further complicate the situation.
Regional Security Concerns
India’s regional adversaries, particularly China, have made considerable advancements in
military aviation. The Chinese J-20 stealth fighter and the recent unveiling of the J-35A
pose challenges for India’s air power. Additionally, Pakistan is reportedly acquiring the
J-35A, further intensifying competition in the region.
Options for Fifth-Generation Fighters
India is exploring various options for acquiring fifth-generation fighter jets, including the
US F-35 Lightning II, Russian Su-57, and indigenous AMCA. However, complications arise
due to geopolitical factors, such as India’s operation of the Russian S-400 air defence
system, which could hinder F-35 acquisition.
Future Prospects in Sixth-Generation Aircraft Development
India’s involvement in the Eurodrone program may pave the way for participation in
European sixth-generation fighter jet initiatives, like the Global Combat Air Programme
(GCAP) and the Future Combat Air System (FCAS). These projects aim to develop advanced
capabilities, including artificial intelligence and enhanced stealth features.
Collaborative Defence Development Considerations
As India evaluates its options for fifth-generation aircraft, it must also consider investing
in sixth-generation technologies. Collaboration with European partners may provide a
viable path forward. However, these decisions involve careful consideration of cost-
sharing and risk factors associated with joint development initiatives.
Supreme Court Proposes Ad Hoc Judges for Backlog Relief
January 24, 2025
On January 21, 2025, the Supreme Court of India suggested the temporary appointment
of retired judges to alleviate the backlog of pending criminal cases in various High Courts.
This proposal is rooted in Article 224A of the Constitution of India, which permits such
appointments under specific conditions. This article has seldom been utilised, but its
invocation is crucial in addressing the judicial backlog.
About Article 224A
Article 224A allows the Chief Justice of a High Court to request retired judges to serve
temporarily.
This requires the consent of both the retired judge and the President of India.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 490
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Appointed judges receive allowances as decided by the President but are not
classified as regular judges.
Appointment Procedure
The procedure for appointing ad hoc judges is outlined in the 1998 Memorandum of
Procedure (MOP). Following a retired judge’s consent, the Chief Justice must recommend
the appointment to the state’s Chief Minister, who then forwards it to the Union Law
Minister. The Minister consults the Chief Justice of India before passing the
recommendation to the Prime Minister, who advises the President on approval.
Supreme Court Ruling on Recommendations
In a 2021 ruling, the Supreme Court emphasised that recommendations for appointing ad
hoc judges must go through the Supreme Court’s collegium, which includes the Chief
Justice and two senior judges. This ruling aims to ensure proper oversight and adherence
to judicial processes.
Criteria for Ad Hoc Appointments
The Supreme Court has established specific conditions for initiating the appointment
of ad hoc judges.
These include situations where regular appointment recommendations have not
been made for at least 20% of the vacancies.
The court also set a “Trigger Point” for appointments, requiring that High Courts
have over 20% vacancies and that more than 10% of cases have been pending for
over five years.
Historical Context of Ad Hoc Judges
Historically, ad hoc judges have been appointed infrequently. The Supreme Court
identified only three instances since the provision’s inception – Justice Suraj Bhan in 1972,
Justice P. Venugopal in 1982, and Justice O P Srivastava in 2007. This rarity marks the
underutilisation of Article 224A.
Recommendations for Future Appointments
The Supreme Court has recommended that Chief Justices create a panel of retired judges
for potential ad hoc appointments. These judges should typically serve for 2-3 years, with
each High Court appointing two to five ad hoc judges. Regular reviews of these
appointments are advised to ensure their effectiveness.
Addressing Judicial Vacancies
The Supreme Court’s suggestions come amidst vacancy crisis, with nearly 40% of High
Court positions unfilled. Previous Law Commission reports have advocated for the use of
retired judges to mitigate this issue. The current proposals aim to balance the need for
immediate judicial relief with the importance of regular appointments.
Advances in Gene Therapy for Stargardt Disease
January 24, 2025
Stargardt disease is a rare genetic eye condition causing progressive vision loss, primarily
affecting children and young adults. Recent developments in gene therapy offer hope for

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 491
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

effective treatments. Researchers from the Institute of Molecular and Clinical

Ophthalmology in Basel, Switzerland, in collaboration with Beam Therapeutics, have made
strides in this area.
About Stargardt Disease
Stargardt disease, or Stargardt macular degeneration, is typically bilateral, affecting
both eyes.
It results from excessive accumulation of lipofuscin in the macula, leading to vision
impairment.
The disease is often linked to mutations in the ABCA4 gene, which plays important
role in Vitamin A metabolism.
Currently, there is no available cure.
Innovative Gene Editing Technique
The research team developed an advanced adenine base editor, a precise genome
editing tool.
This editor was delivered to the retina using an adeno-associated viral vector (AAV).
AAVs are non-integrating vectors, meaning the DNA they deliver does not usually
integrate into the host genome.
This method successfully corrected the ABCA4 gene mutation in model organisms.
Promising Research Findings
The new study demonstrated high levels of gene correction in mice and nonhuman
primates.
No off-target effects were observed, indicating a high specificity of the editing
process.
The findings suggest potential applications for treating other ocular diseases
through similar gene editing strategies.
Stargardt Disease in India
A study from L. V. Prasad Eye Institute in Hyderabad found that:
In India, Stargardt disease affects 1 in 8,000 to 10,000 individuals
Higher incidence was found in males, with symptoms often appearing in the second
decade of life.
Family history and parental consanguinity were noted in percentage of cases.
Sebi’s New When-Listed Trading Platform Explained
January 24, 2025
The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Sebi) is set to launch a “when-listed” trading
platform. This initiative aims to regulate the trading of shares between the allotment
phase of an initial public offering (IPO) and their official listing on stock exchanges. This
move is designed to tackle the prevalent grey market activities associated with unlisted
shares.
What is When-Listed Platform?
The “when-listed” platform will allow investors to trade shares immediately after they

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 492
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

are allotted but before they are officially listed.

This change seeks to provide a regulated environment for trading, reducing reliance
on the unregulated grey market.
The current system, which involves a three-day waiting period post-allotment, often
leads to informal trading activities that Sebi aims to eliminate.
The Grey Market Phenomenon
The grey market refers to unofficial trading before shares are listed. It operates based on
supply and demand, allowing investors to buy or sell shares without formal exchange
mechanisms. This market is often characterised by speculative trading, where investors
gauge potential profits based on anticipated listing prices. The grey market can create
volatility and mislead investor expectations.
Current IPO Timeline
Currently, after the closure of an IPO bidding process, shares are allotted on T+1 day,
with listing occurring on T+3 days.
This three-day gap has become a hotspot for grey market trading, where investors
engage in unofficial transactions.
The “when-listed” platform aims to fill this gap with regulated trading options.
Mechanics of Grey Market Trading
When a company announces an IPO, grey market activities commence with brokers
who specialise in these unofficial trades.
They establish a price band for the IPO and add a premium.
For instance, if the IPO price band is set at Rs 90-100, the grey market premium
could elevate the price to Rs 110-130.
Trades are settled based on the opening price on the official listing day, exposing
investors to the risk of losses if the stock opens lower than their grey market
purchase price.
Benefits for Investors
The introduction of the “when-listed” facility will allow investors to trade their allotted
shares in a regulated market, enhancing transparency and security. According to Buch,
once shares are allotted, investors should have the right to sell them in an organised
manner rather than relying on informal channels. This shift is expected to stabilise market
sentiments and reduce volatility associated with speculative trading.
Industry Perspectives
Market experts believe that the grey market creates unnecessary risks for retail investors.
Jyoti Prakash Gadia, a merchant banker, noted that the grey market’s volatility can skew
market perceptions and should be controlled. The establishment of a formal trading
platform will not only legitimise trading activities but also protect investor interests by
mitigating dubious transactions prevalent in the grey market.
Future Considerations
While the “when-listed” platform is a positive step, market participants urge Sebi to

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 493
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

address grey market activities that begin with the announcement of an IPO. A
comprehensive approach to regulating these activities could further safeguard retail
investors and ensure a fair trading environment.
EU Proposes Ban on PFAS in Consumer Products
January 24, 2025
The European Commission is moving towards ban on PFAS, commonly known as “forever
chemicals,” in consumer products. This decision arises from growing environmental and
health concerns linked to these substances. PFAS are notorious for their persistence in the
environment and human body, prompting urgent regulatory action.
What Are PFAS?
PFAS stands for Perfluoroalkyl and Polyfluoroalkyl Substances.
They are synthetic chemicals widely used in various industries due to their resistance
to heat, water, and oil.
Common applications include non-stick cookware, waterproof clothing, and
industrial products.
Their stability makes them durable but also problematic, as they do not decompose
in the environment.
Health and Environmental Concerns
PFAS are known to stay in the environment almost forever. They can migrate to
water, soil and air during their production and usage.
These chemicals accumulate in ecosystems, drinking water, and human tissues,
leading to serious ecological and health risks.
Research has connected PFAS exposure to several health issues, including liver
damage, lower birth weights, and certain cancers.
Exemptions in EU Regulations
While the ban targets consumer products, specific industrial applications may be
exempt.
Potential exceptions include asthma inhalers and components in green technologies,
such as electric vehicles. These exemptions will be carefully evaluated, especially
concerning their disposal methods to mitigate environmental impact.
Industry Reactions and Concerns
The proposed ban has prompted feedback from various industries. Trade associations
representing sectors like automotive, clean energy, and plastics have expressed concerns
over potential exemptions. The European Chemicals Agency (ECHA) is currently assessing
the scope of the ban, which has attracted thousands of comments from stakeholders.
Legal Implications and Litigation Risks
The rising awareness of PFAS-related health risks has led to increased litigation against
companies involved in their production and use. In the U.S., settlements exceeding $11
billion have been reached due to water contamination cases. European companies may
face similar legal challenges as awareness of PFAS pollution grows.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 494
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

International Support for the Ban

Several EU member states, including Denmark, Germany, Norway, and Sweden, have
previously supported a broad ban on PFAS. This collective stance reflects a growing
consensus on the need for stringent regulations to protect public health and the
environment from these harmful substances.
Future Developments
The EU’s proposal is still in the early stages, with final decisions expected next year at the
earliest. The ongoing discussions will focus on determining which uses of PFAS are
essential and how to effectively phase out non-essential applications. The outcomes will
impact industries reliant on these chemicals.
Supermassive Black Hole Challenges Astrophysics
January 24, 2025
An international team used NASA’s James Webb Space Telescope (JWST) and Chandra X-ray
Observatory to discover a unique black hole, LID-568. LID-568 is feeding on matter at a
rate 40 times higher than what scientists believed was possible
Background on Supermassive Black Holes
Supermassive black holes are prevalent in galaxies, often residing at their centres.
They possess masses ranging from millions to billions of solar masses.
For instance, Sagittarius A*, the supermassive black hole in the Milky Way, weighs
about 4.3 million solar masses.
However, the mechanisms behind their substantial growth remain a mystery.
About LID-568
Location & Discovery: LID-568 is a low-mass supermassive black hole from 1.5
billion years after the Big Bang. It was first detected by the Chandra X-ray
Observatory and later studied with JWST’s infrared technology.
Exceptional Growth: The black hole has a mass 10 million times that of the Sun,
growing at a rate far beyond the Eddington limit, challenging traditional models of
black hole growth.
Primordial Black Hole: It might be a primordial black hole, possibly formed from
collapsing gas clouds or early star explosions, rather than traditional stellar collapse.
Feeding Mechanism and Eddington Limit
The feeding rate of black holes is constrained by the Eddington limit, which describes
the balance of gravitational pull and radiation pressure from infalling matter.
The Eddington limit is the maximum rate at which a black hole can accrete material
without being counteracted by outward radiation pressure.
LID-568 has exceeded this limit , with a feeding rate nearly 40 times higher than
expected. This phenomenon, termed super-Eddington accretion, allows black holes
to grow at unprecedented rates.
Significance of the Findings
The discovery of LID-568 challenges existing models of black hole formation. Traditional

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 495
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

theories suggest that supermassive black holes form from the remnants of early stars or
through the collapse of primordial gas clouds. However, these models struggle to account
for the rapid growth of such massive black holes in the early universe, where matter was
scarce.
Implications for Black Hole Growth Models
The existence of LID-568 implies that black holes may gain mass through short-lived yet
intense feeding episodes. This finding suggests an alternative mechanism for black hole
formation, allowing them to achieve mass quickly without relying solely on prolonged
accretion of large amounts of matter.
Vishwamitri River Flood Mitigation Project
January 24, 2025
The Vishwamitri River in Vadodara, is undergoing flood mitigation project due to severe
flooding in previous years. The Vadodara Municipal Corporation (VMC) has initiated a
three-phase plan to desilt, dredge and modify the river channel, which includes crucial
measures for relocating nearly 300 crocodiles residing in the area.
Project Details
River Modifications: Straightening the meanders in certain sections and modifying
the river channel to increase water-carrying capacity to 1,100 cumecs.
Additional Structures: Construction of an additional spillway at Ajwa Dam and
reduction of its crest level.
New Buffer Pond: Creation of storage near Kotambi and Bhaniyara and dredging of
ponds in Dhanora, Vadadala, and Haripura.
Storm Water Network: Upgrading and diverting stormwater drains (e.g., Bhukhi
kaans and Ruparel kaans) to reduce water flow into the city.
Rainwater Harvesting: Installation of piezometers and flood-forecasting warning
systems, and encouraging rainwater recharge.
Environmental Concerns
1. Crocodile Relocation:
The project includes the relocation of approximately 300 crocodiles (Schedule-I
species under the Wildlife Protection Act, 1972).
This requires approval from the National Wildlife Board.
Scientific tagging and monitoring of crocodiles are necessary for relocation.
2. Impact on Wildlife:
Crocodiles, Indian Softshell turtles, monitor lizards, cobras, and Indian
porcupines inhabit the river.
Disturbances from machinery and habitat alterations could agitate wildlife,
pushing them toward human settlements.
The forest department recommends leaving nesting areas undisturbed and
phasing work around the crocodile nesting season.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 496
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Recommendations for Wildlife Protection

Experts recommend leaving certain areas of the river undisturbed to allow for crocodile
nesting. The VMC plans to create temporary shelters for relocated crocodiles, ensuring
their safety during the project’s execution. The focus is also on maintaining the natural
habitat for other species, such as monitor lizards and turtles.
Future Considerations
Ongoing monitoring of wildlife during and after the project will be essential. Scientific
methods for relocation, including tagging, will help ensure that crocodiles can be safely
returned to their habitats. The project marks the need for balancing urban development
with wildlife conservation efforts.
Rise in Guillain-Barré Syndrome Cases in Maharashtra
January 24, 2025
Recently, Pune has reported increase in Guillain-Barré Syndrome (GBS) cases, with 59
individuals diagnosed, including 12 requiring ventilator support. The Maharashtra health
department is investigating this sudden rise. Health officials indicate that GBS can occur
after infections, but it does not lead to widespread outbreaks.
About Guillain-Barré Syndrome
GBS is an autoimmune condition where the immune system mistakenly attacks
peripheral nerves.
This results in symptoms like weakness, numbness, and in severe cases, paralysis.
The exact cause remains unclear, but infections often precede the onset of GBS
symptoms.
Types of Guillain-Barré Syndrome
GBS encompasses several forms. The most common is Acute Inflammatory Demyelinating
Polyradiculoneuropathy (AIDP), primarily seen in North America and Europe. Other types
include Miller Fisher Syndrome (MFS), characterised by eye-related paralysis, and Acute
Motor Axonal Neuropathy (AMAN), prevalent in certain regions like China and Japan.
Symptoms of GBS
Common initial symptoms include tingling and weakness, typically starting in the
feet and legs.
As the condition progresses, these sensations can spread to the upper body, leading
to more severe weakness or paralysis.
Other symptoms may include difficulty with vision, swallowing, and facial
movements, as well as severe pain, rapid heart rate, and problems with bladder
control.
Causes and Triggers
While the precise cause of GBS is unknown, two-thirds of patients report preceding
infections, such as respiratory or gastrointestinal illnesses. Notably, infections like
COVID-19 and the Zika virus have been linked to GBS. The syndrome can affect
individuals of any age, though it is more prevalent in adults.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 497
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Treatment Options
Currently, there is no definitive cure for GBS. Treatment focuses on alleviating symptoms
and speeding recovery. Therapies such as intravenous immunoglobulin (IVIG) and
plasmapheresis can reduce the severity of the condition. Most patients recover fully,
although recovery can take months to years.
Public Health Response
The recent spike in GBS cases in Pune has prompted health authorities to monitor and
investigate the situation closely. Public health initiatives aim to raise awareness about the
syndrome and its potential triggers, ensuring timely diagnosis and treatment for affected
individuals.
Odisha Villages Receive Direct Funds for Forest Protection
January 24, 2025
The Odisha government is initiating project to empower local communities in forest
management. As part of a new phase under the Forest Rights Act, 100 villages are set to
receive direct funding into their bank accounts. This initiative aims to enhance forest
protection and management by enabling local governance through gram sabhas (village
councils).
Overview of the Initiative
The Project Appraisal Committee (PAC) has approved Community Forest Resource
(CFR) plans for 100 villages in Odisha.
This is a pilot phase, with a proposal to extend the initiative to 400 villages.
The PAC has allocated ₹16 crore for the development and execution of these plans.
Funding Mechanism
Each village will receive ₹15 lakh annually, directly into the bank account of the gram
sabha. This financial empowerment allows villagers to manage their own funds,
encouraging accountability and local decision-making. Technical agencies will also receive
₹1 lakh for preparing management plans.
Role of Gram Sabhas
Gram sabhas will lead tree plantation efforts and develop need-based plans for their
communities. Previously, the Forest Department managed funds under the Mahatma
Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act (MGNREGA). Now, gram sabhas will
take on this responsibility, enhancing local governance.
Transition from Forest Department Control
The new initiative marks a shift away from the control of the Forest Department and Vana
Surakhya Samiti (VSS). Villagers will now directly manage Community Forest Resource
plans, promoting self-governance and community involvement in forest conservation.
Geographical Reach
The districts involved in this initiative include Mayurbhanj, Balasore, Keonjhar, Sambalpur,
Nayagarh, Kandhamal, Koraput, Malkangiri, Dhenkanal, and Bargarh. These areas are rich
in biodiversity and have forest resources.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 498
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

About Forest Rights Act, 2006

The Forest Rights Act, 2006, aims to recognise the rights of forest-dwelling
communities in India.
It focuses on protecting livelihoods, empowering communities, and ensuring
sustainable use of forest resources.
The Act acknowledges both individual and community rights, allowing for
sustainable management of forests.
Community Forest Resource Rights
Under the Act, Community Forest Resource Rights include the rights to protect,
regenerate, and manage forests sustainably. These rights empower local communities to
utilise minor forest produce and manage grazing and water body access.
Challenges to Implementation
Despite the positive framework, challenges remain. Delayed implementation and
difficulties in proving eligibility hinder progress. Additionally, conflicts with conservation
laws and opposition from industries reliant on forest resources complicate the situation.
Current Status of CFR Titles in India
As of late 2024, Maharashtra leads in recognising Community Forest Resource
Rights, with over 8,661 villages granted titles.
Chhattisgarh follows with 4,328 titles
Odisha ranks third with 3,659 titles issued
National Voters’ Day 2025
January 24, 2025
National Voters’ Day (NVD) is celebrated annually on 25th January in India. The 15th
edition in 2025 follows the successful Lok Sabha Elections of 2024. This year marks
milestone as the total electorate approaches 100 crore. The event marks the importance
of voter participation and celebrates the Election Commission of India‘s 75 years of
service.
Historical Context of National Voters’ Day
NVD was first observed in 2011, commemorating the foundation of the Election
Commission of India on 25th January 1950.
The day aims to promote electoral awareness and encourage active participation in
the democratic process.
It serves as a platform to honour new voters and raise awareness about the
significance of voting.
2025 Celebrations Overview
The 2025 celebrations will be held in New Delhi, with the President of India, Droupadi
Murmu, as the Chief Guest.
The Union Minister of State for Law and Justice, Shri Arjun Ram Meghwal, will also
attend as the Guest of Honour.
The event will feature discussions among heads of electoral management bodies on

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 499
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

global election management challenges.

Theme for 2025 – Nothing Like Voting, I Vote for Sure
Voter Statistics and Gender Ratio
India’s electoral database now has 99.1 crore registered voters.
Among them, 21.7 crore are young electors aged 18-29.
The Electoral Gender Ratio has improved, increasing from 948 in 2024 to 954 in 2025,
reflecting a more balanced representation of genders in the electorate.
Awards and Recognitions
During the event, the Hon’ble President will present the Best Electoral Practices Awards.
These awards recognise state and district officials for exemplary performance in
conducting elections. Special attention will be given to initiatives that enhance voter
participation and accessibility.
Publications and Multimedia Presentations
A coffee table book titled India Votes 2024 – A Saga of Democracy will be launched,
showcasing India’s electoral journey through visuals and narratives. Additionally, the
docu-drama series India Decides, produced by Warner Bros Discovery, will be previewed.
This three-part series explores the history of India’s elections.
Importance of New Voter Enrolment
NVD plays important role in promoting the enrolment of new voters, particularly young
individuals. Ceremonies across the country will honour new voters and present them with
their Elector Photo Identity Cards (EPIC). This initiative encourages youth engagement in
the electoral process.
Global Plastic Action Partnership Expands to 25 Countries
January 24, 2025
The Global Plastic Action Partnership (GPAP) has recently marked achievement by
expanding its network to 25 countries. This initiative, launched by the World Economic
Forum, aims to combat plastic pollution globally. With a combined population exceeding
1.5 billion, the expansion includes seven new countries – Angola, Bangladesh, Gabon,
Guatemala, Kenya, Senegal, and Tanzania. This collaborative effort puts stress on the
urgent need for sustainable plastic waste management solutions.
About GPAP’s Mission
GPAP seeks to address plastic pollution by promoting a circular economy. This model
focuses on reusing, recycling, and sustainably managing plastic materials. The initiative
aims to reduce the environmental impact of plastic waste, which poses severe threats to
ecosystems, biodiversity, and human health.
Governance Structure
GPAP is governed by a Council, a Steering Board, and an Advisory Committee. The
Governing Council comprises senior executives from founding members and key
stakeholders, guiding the strategic direction and budget. The Steering Board oversees
operational management, while the Advisory Committee provides strategic input and

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 500
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

collaborates on programme delivery.

The Scale of Plastic Waste
Annually, around six million tonnes of plastic waste enter oceans, with even more
contaminating land. GPAP aims to curb this leakage, encouraging a shift towards
sustainable materials. This shift not only benefits the environment but also supports
economic growth.
National Action Roadmaps
A key strategy of GPAP involves developing National Action Roadmaps. These are tailored
plans for each country to tackle plastic waste effectively. The roadmaps have already
mobilised $3.1 billion in investments and created safer jobs for informal waste workers.
Environmental and Economic Benefits
The initiative is also very important in reducing greenhouse gas emissions, as plastic
production and waste management contribute to global emissions. GPAP’s focus on
circularity can mitigate these emissions while creating green jobs, with the potential to
generate up to six million jobs worldwide by 2030.
Collaborative Approach
GPAP operates through a collaborative framework involving governments, businesses,
civil society, and experts. This inclusive strategy is designed to create sustainable
economies while addressing the pressing issue of plastic pollution.
The Fight Against Climate Change
Plastic pollution is not only an environmental crisis but also a contributor to climate
change. The plastics sector is responsible for approximately 1.8 billion tonnes of
greenhouse gas emissions each year. GPAP’s systemic waste management solutions aim
to reduce these emissions and promote sustainable practices.
Future Aspirations of GPAP
Looking ahead, GPAP intends to continue encouraging collaborative action and
innovation. By refining strategies to tackle plastic pollution, the partnership aims to
transform waste into valuable resources, promoting a circular economy that supports
equitable growth and environmental resilience.
India’s Coastlines Face Algal Bloom Threat
January 24, 2025
India’s coastline is facing an alarming rise in algal blooms. These blooms, marked by rapid
increases in phytoplankton, are becoming more common due to both natural and
anthropogenic factors. A recent study led by T.M. Balakrishnan Nair from the Indian
National Centre for Ocean Information Services (INCOIS) has pinpointed nine hotspots for
these blooms along the Indian coasts. This research marks the need for better monitoring
and management of marine resources.
What Are Algal Blooms?
Algal blooms refer to a sudden increase in algae populations in aquatic
environments.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 501
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

They can occur in both marine and freshwater ecosystems, often identified by
noticeable discolouration of the water.
Nutrient enrichment, particularly from nitrogen and phosphorus, typically triggers
these blooms.
Algae can be unicellular or multicellular, with various types causing different water
colourations.
Causes of Algal Blooms
The primary cause of algal blooms is an influx of nutrients into water bodies. This can
result from agricultural runoff, sewage discharge, or other human activities. Natural
factors, such as ocean currents bringing nutrients to the surface, also contribute. When
sunlight and nutrient levels are optimal, algae proliferate rapidly, leading to blooms.
Types of Algal Blooms
Algal blooms can be classified into two categories – beneficial and harmful. Beneficial
blooms can enhance fisheries by providing food for marine life. Conversely, harmful algal
blooms (HABs) produce toxins that can disrupt ecosystems. Notable examples include red
tides caused by dinoflagellates, which can have severe ecological and health impacts.
Effects of Harmful Algal Blooms
HABs pose threats to marine life and human health. They can cause mass die-offs of fish
and other aquatic organisms by depleting oxygen levels and clogging gills. Toxins from
HABs can accumulate in shellfish, leading to serious health issues for humans who
consume contaminated seafood. Symptoms range from gastrointestinal distress to
paralysis.
Key Algal Bloom Hotspots in India
The study identifies nine critical hotspots for algal blooms along India’s coasts – Goa,
Mangaluru, Kozhikode, Kochi, and Vizhinjam Bay on the west coast, and Gopalpur,
Kalpakkam, Palk Bay, and the Gulf of Mannar on the east coast. About these areas is
crucial for monitoring and managing algal bloom occurrences.
Phytoplankton and Bloom Classification
Phytoplankton forms the base of the marine food web. The study introduced specific
biomass thresholds for phytoplankton to classify bloom phases into categories such as
‘Likely to Bloom’, ‘Bloom’, ‘Intense Bloom’, and ‘Extreme Bloom’. This classification aids in
understanding the severity and potential impact of blooms.
Monitoring Techniques and Future Directions
The research emphasises the need for advanced monitoring methods, including region-
specific bio-optical algorithms and enhanced satellite remote sensing. These technologies
can improve early detection of algal blooms, allowing for timely interventions to mitigate
their effects.
Seasonal Patterns of Algal Blooms
Algal blooms in India show distinct seasonal patterns. The southern coast experiences
more frequent blooms, particularly during the pre-southwest and onset of the northeast

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 502
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

monsoon. In contrast, the west coast sees blooms mainly during the southwest and post-
southwest monsoon periods.
Implications for Marine Ecosystems and Livelihoods
The rise in algal blooms has implications for marine ecosystems and the livelihoods
dependent on them. Effective management strategies are essential to ensure the
sustainability of fisheries and tourism, particularly in the face of climate change and
increasing human activities. About these trends is vital for preserving biodiversity and
supporting local economies.
Cauvery-South Vellar Link Project
January 24, 2025
The Cauvery-South Vellar Link project has faced delays as the Union government has yet
to grant in-principle approval, four years after Tamil Nadu’s request in January 2021. The
Supreme Court recently addressed this issue while dismissing Karnataka’s plea to halt the
project. The court noted that without the Centre’s approval, there was no need to consider
Karnataka’s request for an interim injunction.
Project Overview
The Cauvery-South Vellar Link project aims to divert surplus water from the Cauvery
River to the South Vellar River in Tamil Nadu.
It includes constructing a canal from the Mettur Dam to the Sarabanga basin in
Salem district.
The project is estimated to cost ₹565 crore and is designed to alleviate water scarcity
in southern Tamil Nadu.
Karnataka’s Concerns
Karnataka has raised objections, claiming that the project would unfairly appropriate its
Cauvery water. The state argues that the project violates existing agreements and
decisions made by the Cauvery Water Disputes Tribunal and the Supreme Court.
Karnataka contends that Tamil Nadu’s actions disregard constitutional conventions and
federal principles.
Historical Context
The initiative to link the Cauvery and Gundar rivers began in 2014 with the construction of
a barrage at Mayanur. This project is part of a larger river linking strategy outlined in the
National Perspective Plan, which aims to manage water resources across various basins in
India.
Phases of Implementation
The project consists of multiple phases:
1. Phase One: Construction of a canal from the Cauvery to the Vaigai, covering 118.45
km.
2. Phase Two: Linking the South Vellar and Vaigai rivers over approximately 109.50 km.
3. Phase Three: Connecting the Vaigai with the Gundar River, spanning 34.04 km.
The overall canal will extend 262.19 km and is designed to carry around 6,000 cusecs of

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 503
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

water.
Impact on Agriculture and Water Supply
The Kaveri–Vaigai Link Canal Project aims to provide irrigation to an additional 3.38 lakh
hectares. It is expected to enhance domestic and industrial water supply, particularly
during dry seasons, thus supporting agricultural productivity in Tamil Nadu.
Geographical Significance
The Cauvery River originates in Karnataka and flows through Tamil Nadu before emptying
into the Bay of Bengal. The Vaigai River, which rises in the hills of Madurai, drains into the
Palk Bay. The Gundar River, flowing through Tamil Nadu, also plays a critical role in
regional water management.
Legal and Political Dimensions
The ongoing legal disputes between Karnataka and Tamil Nadu highlight the complexities
of inter-state water sharing in India. Karnataka has consistently opposed any projects that
it perceives as infringing upon its water rights, emphasising the need for adherence to
established legal frameworks.
Future Prospects
The future of the Cauvery-South Vellar Link project remains uncertain pending the Union
government’s approval. The project is important element in Tamil Nadu’s strategy to
manage water resources efficiently and combat regional water scarcity challenges.
Global Foreign Direct Investment Decline
January 24, 2025
Global foreign direct investment (FDI) experienced a notable decline of eight per cent in
2024, according to the United Nations Conference on Trade and Development (UNCTAD).
This reduction poses risks to achieving the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), which
heavily depend on international project finance. The challenges in securing international
project finance are critical, particularly for infrastructure and energy sectors.
Overview of Foreign Direct Investment
FDI refers to the investment made by a foreign entity in a business or assets in
another country.
Unlike foreign portfolio investment, which involves purchasing equity shares without
control, FDI grants the investor degree of influence over the operations of the
enterprise.
It encompasses not only capital inflow but also the transfer of technology, skills, and
expertise, making it vital for economic development.
Recent Trends in International Project Finance
In 2024, international project finance witnessed a substantial decline, with the
number of deals falling by 26 per cent and their value decreasing by nearly a third.
Developed economies faced a 29 per cent drop in project finance deals, continuing a
downward trend from 2023.
Developing economies also struggled, with a 23 per cent decrease in deal numbers

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 504
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

and a 33 per cent decline in value, primarily due to fewer announcements in Asia.
Impact on Infrastructure Development
Infrastructure investment is crucial for economic growth. However, international project
finance in this sector fell by 31 per cent in number and 26 per cent in value. Renewable
energy projects, which had previously driven growth, also slowed down by 16 per cent in
both metrics. Notably, North America, developing Asia, and Latin America experienced
reductions in renewable energy project finance.
Sustainable Development Goals and Investment
The decline in international project finance is particularly concerning for sectors essential
to the SDGs in developing countries. In 2024, SDG-related investments dropped by 11 per
cent. While there was some growth in renewable energy and health sectors, critical areas
like infrastructure, agrifood systems, and water and sanitation saw fewer projects
financed than in 2015, when the SDGs were adopted.
Future Prospects for FDI
Looking ahead to 2025, moderate growth in FDI is anticipated, aided by improved
financing conditions. However, geopolitical tensions and global economic instability
present ongoing challenges. The persistent decline in international project finance marks
the need for diverse strategies to attract and sustain investment, particularly in sectors
vital for sustainable development.
Determinants of Foreign Direct Investment
Several factors influence FDI in host countries. A conducive policy framework, political and
economic stability, and favourable treatment standards for foreign affiliates are essential.
Additionally, international agreements, trade policies, and privatisation strategies play
important role in determining FDI flows. The advantages of FDI are not uniformly
distributed and depend on the host country’s infrastructure and regulatory environment.
Brazil Faces Record Wildfires
January 24, 2025
In 2024, Brazil experienced unprecedented wildfires, culminating in a devastating
ecological crisis. The country recorded over 30.87 million hectares of wilderness burned,
marking a staggering 79% increase from the previous year. This surge in wildfires is
attributed to a combination of climate change, drought conditions, and human activities,
particularly in the Amazon region.
Overview of Wildfires in Brazil
In 2024, Brazil witnessed its worst wildfire season in recent history.
The total area affected surpassed that of entire countries, such as Italy.
Notably, September was the most catastrophic month, with 10.63 million hectares
consumed by flames.
The Amazon region alone accounted for the majority of the destruction, with 17.9
million hectares lost.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 505
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Causes of the Wildfires

The primary drivers of the wildfires include climate change, the El Niño phenomenon, and
illegal land clearing by farmers and ranchers. Rising global temperatures have intensified
drought conditions, making vegetation more susceptible to fire. Additionally, human
activities aimed at expanding agricultural land have exacerbated the situation.
Regional Impact
The wildfires affected various biomes across Brazil. The Amazon, Cerrado, Pantanal, and
Mata Atlântica regions faced severe losses. The Amazon was particularly hard-hit, losing
substantial forest areas, which are crucial for carbon storage and biodiversity. The
Cerrado region also suffered damage, accounting for a large portion of the burned land.
Increase in Fire Outbreaks
Data from the Rainforest Foundation US indicated a 43.7% rise in fire outbreaks in the
Brazilian Amazon during the first 11 months of 2024 compared to 2023. A total of 134,979
fire outbreaks were recorded, denoting a concerning trend as the region approaches its
historical maximum of 181,000 outbreaks.
Ecological Consequences
The ongoing wildfires pose severe threats to Brazil’s ecosystems. Approximately 23% of
the country’s territory has burned at least once since 1985, with the Amazon and Cerrado
regions accounting for the majority. Frequent wildfires hinder the Amazon’s ability to
regenerate, raising the risk of an ecological tipping point.
Drought Conditions
Brazil faced a historic drought for the second consecutive year in 2024. These dry
conditions, intensified by climate change and the El Niño phenomenon, complicated
firefighting efforts. Low water levels in rivers made many areas inaccessible, further
exacerbating the crisis.
India To Launch First Human Underwater Submersible
January 24, 2025
Recently, India announced the launch of its first human underwater submersible by the
end of 2025. This initiative aims to enhance the blue economy and is aligned with the
country’s broader goals in space exploration, particularly the Gaganyaan mission. The
submersible will initially operate at depths of up to 500 metres, with plans to reach 6,000
metres by the following year.
Overview of the Deep Ocean Mission
The Deep Ocean Mission is a flagship programme initiated under Prime Minister Narendra
Modi’s leadership. It aims to explore and utilise ocean resources while promoting
environmental sustainability. This mission positions India among a select group of six
nations with advanced underwater exploration technology.
Indigenous Technology Development
The submersible project is entirely based on indigenous technology, showcasing India’s
self-reliance in scientific advancements. The development and manufacturing processes

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 506
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

are carried out within the country, signalling a commitment to building a robust
technological foundation.
Objectives of the Submersible Mission
The mission intends to unlock vital resources found in the ocean, including critical
minerals and rare metals.
It also aims to explore undiscovered marine biodiversity, contributing to the
understanding of deep-sea ecosystems.
These efforts are crucial for sustainable fisheries and biodiversity conservation.
Challenges and Optimism
While the mission faced delays due to the pandemic, there is optimism about its progress.
The initiative reflects India’s determination and innovative spirit, positioning the nation as
a leader in scientific exploration.
Future Prospects for Marine Exploration
As India prepares for this historic venture, the mission is poised to become a beacon of
hope for sustainable development and scientific discovery. It aims to harness the ocean’s
potential responsibly, paving the way for future explorations and innovations.
Rising Geo-Economic Fragmentation Threatens Global GDP
January 24, 2025
The World Economic Forum recently released the Navigating Global Financial System
Fragmentation report. It revealed that geo-economic fragmentation could drastically
diminish global GDP. This potential impact is set to eclipse the economic fallout from both
the 2008 financial crisis and the COVID-19 pandemic. Emerging markets, particularly
nations like India, are poised to shoulder economic burdens as geopolitical tensions
escalate.
About Geo-Economic Fragmentation
Geo-economic fragmentation refers to the division of the global economy into
separate, often hostile, blocs.
This trend is driven by countries employing financial measures to achieve
geopolitical goals.
Examples include sanctions, trade barriers, and industrial policies. Such actions
disrupt established trade relations and reduce cross-border capital flows.
Economic Implications of Fragmentation
Geo-economic fragmentation could cost the global economy between USD 0.6 trillion
and USD 5.7 trillion. This represents up to 5% of global GDP.
The economic fallout includes reduced trade efficiency and hampered investment
flows.
Additionally, inflation rates could surge by more than 5% in extreme scenarios.
The Role of Sanctions and Statecraft
Since 2017, there has been a staggering 370% increase in the use of sanctions. Countries
are increasingly leveraging the financial system to pursue national interests. This shift is

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 507
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

evident in the rise of subsidies and discussions around creating alternative financial
systems. Such strategies complicate international trade and investment landscapes.
Impact on Emerging Markets
Emerging economies are particularly vulnerable to the effects of geo-economic
fragmentation. Nations like India, Brazil, and Turkiye could see GDP declines exceeding
10% in severe fragmentation scenarios. These countries rely heavily on an integrated
financial system for growth, making them susceptible to economic shocks.
Inflationary Pressures
Fragmentation is not just a threat to GDP; it also fuels inflation. Increased costs of trade
and reduced competition can lead to higher prices for consumers. Emerging markets,
which often have less economic resilience, may experience the most severe inflationary
impacts. This could exacerbate living costs and hinder economic development.
Policy Recommendations for Mitigation
The WEF report urges policymakers to adopt strategies that promote cooperation and
sustainable development. A principled approach to economic statecraft can help mitigate
the adverse effects of fragmentation. By encouraging resilience in the global economy,
leaders can better navigate the challenges posed by geopolitical tensions.
Future Scenarios and Economic Decoupling
In a scenario of complete economic decoupling between Eastern and Western blocs,
nations not aligned with either side may be forced to trade exclusively with their largest
economic partner. This could lead to economic isolation and further declines in GDP
growth for these countries.
January 25, 2025
Cyanobacteria Research in Lake Victoria’s Winam Gulf
January 25, 2025
Recent research has focused on the genetic survey of cyanobacteria in the Winam Gulf of
Lake Victoria, Kenya. This study, published in January 2025, is crucial for understanding
harmful algal blooms (cyanoHAB) in freshwater ecosystems. The findings are expected to
aid local authorities in tracking these blooms and provide insights applicable to other
regions like Lake Erie in the United States.
What are Cyanobacteria?
Cyanobacteria or blue-green algae are not algae but have similar traits, like
performing photosynthesis using chlorophyll, just like green plants.
They can exist as single cells, filaments (thread-like structures), or colonies of various
sizes and shapes.
Cyanobacteria are found in all waterbodies, living in sediments or moving within the
water.
Some species produce harmful toxins called cyanotoxins.
What are CyanoHABs?
CyanoHABs (Cyanobacterial Harmful Algal Blooms) occur when cyanobacteria grow

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 508
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

rapidly in large numbers.

They often turn the water bright green, blue-green, or discolored, forming a surface
scum or bottom mat that looks like pea soup or spilled paint.
These blooms can affect the environment by reducing dissolved oxygen (DO) levels,
leading to the death of plants and animals.
CyanoHABs can also release toxins, causing health problems for humans and
animals.
They are most visible on the water’s surface but can also gather near shorelines due
to wind action.
Research Findings in Winam Gulf
The study revealed that cyanoHAB events are widespread in the Winam Gulf, not just
in coastal areas.
In 2022, blooms were most prominent near Homa Bay.
By 2023, they expanded to areas like Bondo and the Yala River mouth.
The dominant species was Dolichospermum, with Microcystis present in lower
quantities.
Survival Strategies of Cyanobacteria
Metagenomic analysis showed that cyanobacteria in the Winam Gulf employ various
survival strategies. They utilise biosynthetic gene clusters (BGCs) to adapt to changing
environmental conditions. The diversity of these BGCs in the Gulf is comparable to those
found in western Lake Erie, indicating similar adaptive mechanisms.
Integrating Advanced Techniques for Monitoring
The study advocates for the use of advanced “Omics” techniques such as metagenomics,
metatranscriptomics, and metabolomics. These methods can enhance research
capabilities and inform effective water management strategies. This integration is vital for
protecting both human health and aquatic ecosystems.
Key Facts About Lake Victoria
World Ranking: Largest tropical lake, largest lake in the African Great Lakes region,
and the second-largest freshwater body globally by area.
It is shared by Kenya (6%), Uganda (43%), and Tanzania (51%).
Fishing Industry: World’s largest freshwater fishery, producing 1 million tons of fish
annually.
Employment: Provides jobs to 200,000 people and supports the livelihoods of 4
million people.
The lake was formed 400,000 years ago. It dried out 17,300 years ago and refilled
about 14,700 years ago.
Lake Victoria basin has about 40 million residents with a high population density (250
people/sq. km) and an annual growth rate of 3.5%—one of the world’s highest.
The lake was fed by rivers like Kagera, Katonga, Mara, and others; the Nile carries
water out.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 509
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Sinhtoo Dance to Debut at Republic Day Parade 2025

January 25, 2025
The Sinhtoo dance, a traditional folk dance of the Hatti community from the Giri region of
Sirmaur district, has been selected for the 76th Republic Day parade in Delhi. This marks
the first time the Sinhtoo will be showcased at such a prestigious national event.
Approximately 200 artists will perform this unique dance, which is part of a larger cultural
programme featuring 5,000 artists from across India.
About Sinhtoo Dance
Sinhtoo is a mask dance where performers wear intricately crafted masks
representing various animals.
The term “Sinhtoo” translates to “lion cub” in the Pahari dialect, which explains the
prominence of lion masks in the performance.
The dance aims to celebrate wildlife and raise awareness about environmental
conservation.
Historical Context and Evolution
Traditionally, the costumes for Sinhtoo were made from sheep’s wool and tree bark.
Over the years, these materials have evolved into woollen outfits and cloth scraps.
The masks were originally crafted from wood and natural materials but have since
adapted to include more modern elements.
Cultural Significance and Advocacy
The Hatti community has sought Scheduled Tribe (ST) status since 1967.
Their efforts were realised in 2023 when the central government granted this status.
The selection of Sinhtoo for the Republic Day parade is seen as a celebration of Hatti
culture and a step towards greater recognition.
Preparation and Performance Details
Currently, 500 artists from Himachal Pradesh are rehearsing for the event, with 200
specifically preparing for the Sinhtoo performance. The choreography for the parade is
overseen by Dr. Sandhya Purecha, President of the Sangeet Natak Akademi. The
performance is set to be recorded in the Guinness Book of World Records for its scale and
cultural representation.
Broader Cultural Context
The inclusion of Sinhtoo marks the diversity of Indian folk traditions. It serves to educate
the public about lesser-known art forms and their significance. The performance will also
showcase other Himachali dances, further enriching the cultural tapestry of the event.
US Immigration Policy and Indian Deportations in 2025
January 25, 2025
Recently, US Secretary of State Marco Rubio discussed irregular immigration with Indian
External Affairs Minister S. Jaishankar. This meeting brought into light the ongoing issue
of undocumented Indian immigrants in the US. As of late 2024, there were over 20,000
undocumented Indians facing deportation. This article explores the deportation process,

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 510
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

appeals, costs, and the increasing trend of deportations of Indian nationals.

The Deportation Process in the US
Deportation involves removing non-citizens from the US due to immigration law
violations.
Grounds for deportation include criminal activity and visa violations.
Non-citizens may be detained before deportation.
The US Immigration and Nationality Act allows for an expedited removal process for
those who entered the US without proper documentation. This includes individuals
apprehended at ports of entry or borders.
Appeals Against Deportation
Non-citizens facing deportation may appeal if they express a fear of persecution or wish to
apply for asylum. Asylum provides a legal foothold in the US. If a credible fear is
established, the individual enters formal removal proceedings, allowing for a more
thorough review.
Costs Associated with Deportation
Deportation costs can be substantial. Individuals may opt for voluntary departure at their
own expense. The US Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) manages deportations,
often using commercial airlines and chartered flights. ICE Air Operations conducts special
flights for high-risk deportations.
Trends in Deportation of Indian Nationals
Recent years have seen a rise in deportations of Indian nationals. In 2019, 1,616 Indians
were deported. This number increased to 2,312 in 2020. However, during the Biden
administration, numbers dropped before rising again to 1,529 in 2024. India now ranks
high among countries from which citizens are deported, surpassing China.
Reasons for Illegal Migration from India
Many undocumented Indians seek better opportunities in the US. The majority come from
Gujarat and Punjab, often using a perilous route known as the “donkey route.” This
involves travelling through various countries, including the UAE and several Latin
American nations, before reaching the US. The journey can take years and cost amounts
of money.
The Impact of Deportation on India-US Relations
The issue of undocumented Indian immigrants could strain India-US relations. India has
expressed willingness to cooperate with the US on this issue, aiming to protect legal
migration channels. The focus is on balancing migration with economic ties, especially as
trade relations evolve.
What is Kiswah?
January 25, 2025
The Kiswah is set to be displayed at the Islamic Arts Biennale 2025. The event is set to take
place at the Western Hajj Terminal of King Abdulaziz International Airport in Jeddah. This
is the first time the complete Kiswah will be exhibited outside its holy city.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 511
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

The Kiswah – Significance and Craftsmanship

The Kiswah, meaning “robe,” is a symbol of Islamic artistry.
It is the intricately embroidered cloth that covers the Kaaba in Mecca.
It is made from silk and adorned with gold and silver threads.
The craftsmanship involved in creating the Kiswah is considered the pinnacle of
Islamic art.
Kiswah’s Annual Replacement Ceremony
The Kiswah is replaced annually during a special ceremony on the first day of Muharram.
The old Kiswah is carefully removed and stored in a government warehouse for
preservation. Parts of the old Kiswah may be distributed to museums or as gifts, denoting
its cultural importance.
Historical Context of the Kiswah
The tradition of covering the Kaaba with the Kiswah dates back centuries. Historical
accounts suggest that the first complete covering was done by a Yemeni king before the
advent of Islam. The Prophet Muhammad later covered the Kaaba with a Yemeni cloth
after the conquest of Mecca. Over time, various colours and fabrics have been used, with
the current black brocade established during the Abbasid era.
Manufacturing Process of the Kiswah
Creating the Kiswah is a meticulous process that takes nearly a year. It weighs over 1,000
kg and consists of multiple components, including four sides and a door curtain. The
production involves more than 100 skilled workers. The process includes washing, dyeing,
weaving, and embroidery, ensuring that each piece meets high standards.
Exhibition Goals and Visitor Experience
The Islamic Arts Biennale seeks to inspire visitors by showcasing the richness of Islamic
civilisation. The inclusion of the Kiswah is intended to provoke thought and appreciation
for the artistic heritage of Islam. The exhibition will also feature contemporary artworks
and historical artifacts, creating a dialogue between the past and the present.
Punjab’s Initiatives Against Drug Trafficking and Abuse
January 25, 2025
Punjab is facing drug crisis exacerbated by its geographical location. The state shares a
lengthy border with Pakistan and is near the “Golden Crescent,” a notorious drug
trafficking route. In response to the escalating drug problem, the Punjab government has
requested a one-time special assistance of Rs 600 crore from the Centre. This funding
aims to establish special Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances (NDPS) courts for
the swift handling of drug-related cases.
About NDPS Courts
NDPS courts are special tribunals established under the NDPS Act of 1985, which
governs the production, sale, and use of narcotics.
The establishment of these courts is crucial for expediting trials related to drug
offences.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 512
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

The Punjab government marks the need for these courts to address a backlog of
35,000 cases, which could potentially increase without intervention.
Current Case Backlog
As of January 2025, the backlog of NDPS cases in Punjab stands at 35,000.
Currently, it takes an average of seven years for a session court to resolve cases.
This timeline could extend to 11 years if no action is taken.
The Punjab government aims to establish 79 new NDPS courts to tackle this issue
effectively.
Funding and Resources Required
To facilitate the establishment of these courts, Punjab has requested Rs 60 crore annually
for the next decade. This funding will be used for appointing public prosecutors and hiring
necessary staff. Additionally, Punjab seeks resources under the National Fund for Control
of Drug Abuse for various initiatives, including anti-narcotics operations and de-addiction
centres.
Geographical Challenges
Punjab’s unique geographical position makes it susceptible to drug smuggling. The state
has a 552 km border with Pakistan, with gaps in fencing that traffickers exploit. Increased
border security has led to the use of drones for drug trafficking, complicating interception
efforts.
Key Facts About Golden Crescent
The Golden Crescent is one of Asia’s largest illicit opium production regions.
The region is located at the crossroads of Central, South, and Western Asia.
It includes Afghanistan, Iran, and Pakistan.
Afghanistan is the main producer, while Iran acts as a transit and consumer country.
The region is infamous for organized crime activities like drug trafficking, which
funds terrorism and insurgency.
Groups such as Baloch separatists, the Quetta Shura Taliban, and the Iranian
Revolutionary Guard Corps are linked to narcotics trade operations.
Indian states like Jammu & Kashmir, Punjab, Rajasthan, and Gujarat are vulnerable
due to their proximity to the Indo-Pakistan border. These states are affected by drug
trafficking and serve as transit routes for heroin and hashish.
Judicial Support and Recommendations
In September 2024, the Punjab and Haryana High Court acknowledged the need for
special NDPS courts. The Law Commission’s 1997 report also pointed out the inadequacies
in the enforcement of the NDPS Act, suggesting the establishment of special courts as a
necessary measure.
Punjab’s Drug Control Efforts
Punjab has been actively combating drug abuse for several years. Since 2022, the state
has registered over 31,500 NDPS cases, leading to the arrest of 43,000 individuals and the
seizure of quantities of narcotics. The state has also frozen assets worth Rs 449 crore

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 513
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

linked to drug traffickers. A comprehensive database of criminals has been created to

enhance case management.
China Advances in Nuclear Fusion with EAST Reactor
January 25, 2025
China has recently made strides in nuclear fusion research. The Experimental Advanced
Superconducting Tokamak (EAST) sustained plasma for 1,000 seconds. This surpasses the
previous record of 403 seconds set in 2023. This achievement is vital for the future of
fusion energy, paving the way for potential continuous power generation.
About Nuclear Fusion
Nuclear fusion is the process that powers the sun.
It involves the merging of atomic nuclei to release energy.
Unlike nuclear fission, which splits atoms, fusion produces minimal radioactive waste
and does not emit greenhouse gases.
This makes it an attractive energy source for combating climate change and
addressing global energy needs.
Importance of Nuclear Fusion
Nuclear fusion is considered the “holy grail” of energy sources. It offers the potential for
virtually unlimited energy with minimal environmental impact. As global energy demands
increase, fusion could play a critical role in meeting these needs while reducing reliance
on fossil fuels.
The EAST Reactor
EAST is often referred to as China’s “artificial sun.”
It is located at the Institute of Plasma Physics in Hefei.
The reactor aims to replicate the sun’s nuclear fusion process.
It has been operational since 2006 and has undergone extensive testing to improve
its efficiency and stability.
The Role of Tokamaks
A tokamak is an experimental device designed to harness fusion energy.
Inside a tokamak, fusion energy is absorbed as heat. This heat is then used to
produce electricity, similar to conventional power plants. The EAST reactor is a key
player in this technology.
Other Fusion Projects in China
China operates several other tokamaks, including HL-2A and J-TEXT. The HL-2M Tokamak,
the largest and most advanced fusion device in China, was successfully powered up in
December 2020. These projects contribute to China’s commitment to green development
and sustainable energy.
International Collaboration
China is a member of the International Thermonuclear Experimental Reactor (ITER)
project. This collaboration involves nations such as the European Union, Japan, Korea,
Russia, and the United States. The ITER facility aims to be the world’s largest nuclear

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 514
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

fusion reactor when operational in 2035, denoting the global effort towards fusion energy.
Tamil Nadu’s Iron Age Discovery Reshapes Global Metallurgical History
January 25, 2025
Recent archaeological findings have reshaped our understanding of the Iron Age in India.
A new study indicates that iron technology in Tamil Nadu dates back to the early 4th
millennium BCE. This discovery challenges previous beliefs that placed the onset of the
Iron Age in India between 1500 and 2000 BCE.
Metallurgical Evidence
Over 85 iron objects (knives, arrowheads, swords, etc.) were excavated, highlighting
advanced metallurgical practices.
Sites like Adichanallur (2517 BCE) and Mayiladumparai (2172 BCE) also provided
significant evidence.
Research Method
Radiometric dating of burial urn samples from Sivagalai (Thoothukudi district)
confirmed the timeline.
Techniques used included AMS14C dating for charcoal and OLS dating for ceramics.
Key Findings from the Study
The study provides compelling evidence that iron smelting in Tamil Nadu began
around 3345 BCE.
This date was established through advanced techniques like Accelerator Mass
Spectrometry and Optically Stimulated Luminescence. Sites such as Sivagalai,
Adichanallur, Mayiladumparai, and Kilnamandi yielded samples.
This pushes back the timeline of iron technology by nearly two millennia.
Innovations in Iron Smelting
Three distinct types of iron-smelting furnaces were discovered at various sites.
At Kodumanal, Chettipalayam, and Perungalur, researchers identified advanced
techniques that allowed for higher temperatures necessary for iron production.
Kodumanal’s circular furnaces reached temperatures of 1,300°C, suitable for
producing sponge iron.
Implications for Indian Archaeology
The findings suggest that Tamil Nadu’s Iron Age civilization coexisted with the Indus
Valley Civilization (3300–1300 BCE).
The region’s evidence of early iron use could alter the narrative of global cultural
evolution.
The study implies a possible contemporaneity between the Copper Age in Northern
India and the Iron Age in Southern India, suggesting unique cultural trajectories.
Global Context of Iron Technology
Traditionally, the origins of iron technology have been attributed to the Hittite Empire
around 1300 BCE. The Tamil Nadu findings challenge this notion, indicating that advanced
iron smelting occurred much earlier in South India. Experts believe this could lead to a

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 515
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

reassessment of other archaeological sites, including those from the Harappan civilization.
NITI Aayog Releases Fiscal Health Index 2025
January 25, 2025
The Fiscal Health Index (FHI) 2025 is an annual publication evaluates the fiscal health of
state of Indias. It aims to provide data-driven insights for better policy interventions. The
FHI focuses on improving fiscal governance and enhancing economic resilience across
states.
Key Features of the Fiscal Health Index
The FHI assesses 18 major states of Indias using five sub-indices. These are:
1. Quality of Expenditure
2. Revenue Mobilisation
3. Fiscal Prudence
4. Debt Index
5. Debt Sustainability
Each state is ranked based on a composite fiscal index derived from these sub-indices.
This comprehensive assessment helps identify fiscal strengths and weaknesses among
states.
Top Performing States
Odisha leads the FHI rankings with a score of 67.8.
Chhattisgarh and Goa follow with scores of 55.2 and 53.6, respectively.
These states demonstrate strong fiscal health through effective revenue mobilization
and prudent expenditure management.
Their performance sets a benchmark for others to follow.
States Needing Improvement
Jharkhand has shown progress in fiscal prudence and debt sustainability. However,
Karnataka has faced challenges, particularly in expenditure quality and debt
management. Such disparities highlight the need for targeted reforms to address specific
fiscal challenges in different states.
Importance of Fiscal Health Index
The FHI serves as a roadmap for states to achieve fiscal consolidation. It promotes
transparency and effective resource management. The report is not just a ranking; it is a
tool for assessing and improving state fiscal health. It encourages states to align their
fiscal strategies with national objectives.
Cooperative Federalism and Fiscal Discipline
The launch of the FHI puts stress on the importance of cooperative federalism.
Collaboration between the Centre and states is crucial for addressing regional disparities.
This cooperation is vital for driving holistic economic development across India.
Future Implications
The FHI is aligned with India’s vision of Viksit Bharat @2047. It aims for a fiscally stable and
prosperous nation. The findings from the FHI will help policymakers make informed

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 516
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

decisions. They will also encourage healthy competition among states for better fiscal
practices.
ISRO’s 100th Launch
January 25, 2025
The Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) is set to mark milestone with its 100th
launch. Scheduled for January 29, 2025, the GSLV-F15 mission will deploy the NVS-02
satellite from the Satish Dhawan Space Centre. This mission enhances India’s Navigation
with Indian Constellation (NavIC), an independent regional navigation satellite system.
NavIC Overview
NavIC is India’s regional navigation system.
It provides Position, Velocity, and Timing (PVT) services.
The primary service area extends 1,500 km beyond India.
NavIC consists of two service types – Standard Positioning Service (SPS) and
Restricted Service (RS).
NavIC signals are designed to provide a position accuracy of better than 20 meters
and a timing accuracy of better than 50 nanoseconds.
SPS signals work well with other global navigation satellite systems like GPS, Glonass,
Galileo, and BeiDou.
Significance of GSLV-F15
The GSLV-F15 is crucial for deploying the NVS-02 satellite.
This satellite is part of the second generation of NavIC satellites.
It is designed to replace older satellites in the Indian Regional Navigation Satellite
System (IRNSS).
The GSLV-F15 mission will last approximately 19 minutes.
NVS-02 Satellite Features
NVS-02 has a lift-off mass of 2,250 kg.
It is equipped with advanced atomic clocks for precise timing.
The satellite operates on the standard I-2K bus platform.
It will be positioned at 111.75ºE, replacing IRNSS-1E.
The NVS-02 includes navigation payloads in multiple frequency bands.
Advancements in Navigation Technology
The NVS series incorporates L1 band signals. This is as it aligns with frequencies used by
the US Global Positioning System (GPS). Such compatibility is expected to enhance the use
of NavIC in smaller devices like fitness trackers.
Challenges and Improvements
The initial IRNSS satellites faced issues, including malfunctioning atomic clocks. These
challenges necessitated replacements before the end of their operational life. The new
generation of satellites aims to address these issues. They are designed for a longer
lifespan of 12 years.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 517
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Recent Developments in Navigation Services

Despite criticisms regarding underutilisation of NavIC services, recent advancements have
been made. The development of user receivers has progressed since 2017. New mobile
devices are now capable of receiving NavIC signals, expanding its practical applications.
Future of Indian Navigation
The NVS series will consist of five satellites. Each satellite aims to enhance the accuracy
and reliability of NavIC services. The successful launch of NVS-02 will pave the way for
further advancements in India’s navigation capabilities.
SANJAY Battlefield Surveillance System
January 25, 2025
The SANJAY system was recently launched by Defence Minister Rajnath Singh on January
24, 2025. This Battlefield Surveillance System (BSS) is designed to enhance the operational
capabilities of the Indian Army. It integrates ground and aerial battlefield sensors to
create a comprehensive surveillance picture. This innovation marks advancement in
military technology.
Overview of SANJAY
SANJAY is an automated system that processes inputs from various battlefield
sensors.
It confirms the accuracy of data, prevents duplication, and fuses information to
generate a common surveillance picture.
This system operates over a secured Army Data Network and Satellite
Communication Network.
Key Features
The SANJAY system is equipped with state-of-the-art sensors and advanced analytics.
It is capable of monitoring vast land borders and assessing situations with high
accuracy.
This capability acts as a force multiplier in Intelligence, Surveillance, and
Reconnaissance (ISR) operations.
Operational Phases
The induction of SANJAY into the Indian Army will occur in three phases from March to
October 2025. It will be deployed across all operational brigades, divisions, and corps. This
timeline has been designated as the ‘Year of Reforms’ by the Ministry of Defence.
Indigenous Development
Developed in collaboration with Bharat Electronics Limited (BEL), SANJAY embodies the
Indian Army’s commitment to self-reliance, known as ‘Aatmanirbharta’. This initiative
follows the Indian Army’s ‘Year of Technology Absorption’. The project reflects a strategic
move towards indigenously developed military technology.
Technological Advancements
SANJAY leverages artificial intelligence and information-based techniques to assess
battlefield scenarios. The data collected includes voice, video, and images transmitted

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 518
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

over secure digital communication links. This technology enhances the decision-making
process for military commanders.
Importance of Surveillance
Effective surveillance is crucial for understanding terrain, infrastructure, and troop
placements. SANJAY provides a unified platform for data collection and analysis,
facilitating rapid response to threats. It transforms how commanders engage with both
conventional and sub-conventional operations.
Cost and Budget
The development of SANJAY has been undertaken at a cost of approximately Rs 2,402
crore. This investment puts stress on the Government of India’s focus on strengthening
national defence through advanced technology.
Microplastics Impact Brain Function and Blood Circulation
January 25, 2025
Recent studies have revealed alarming vital information about the effects of microplastics
on brain function. Research published in *Science Advances* indicates that microplastics
may obstruct blood circulation, leading to impaired cognitive abilities. These findings stem
from experiments conducted on mice, denoting the urgent need to understand the
implications for human health.
What Are Microplastics?
Microplastics are plastic particles smaller than 5 millimetres.
They originate from the degradation of larger plastic items and from manufactured
plastic pellets.
These particles are ubiquitous, found in oceans, soil, and even in remote regions like
Antarctic ice.
Microplastics can enter the human body through various pathways, including
ingestion and inhalation.
Mechanisms of Impact on the Brain
The study used advanced imaging techniques to observe microplastics in the mouse
brain. Researchers tracked the movement of these particles in real-time. They found
microplastics lodged in the blood vessels of the cerebral cortex, which is crucial for
cognitive functions. Immune cells were seen engulfing the microplastics, causing blood
vessel obstruction and impairing blood flow.
Effects on Cognitive Function
The obstruction of blood vessels resulted in cognitive impairments in the test subjects.
Mice exhibited neurobehavioural abnormalities resembling depressive states. Weight loss
was also noted, likely due to altered movement patterns affecting feeding behaviour.
These findings suggest a direct link between microplastic exposure and neurological
health.
Routes of Brain Interaction
Previous research identified two main routes through which microplastics may affect

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 519
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

brain function.
The first is through peripheral organs, indirectly influencing neural activity.
The second route involves crossing the blood-brain barrier, which protects the brain
from harmful substances.
The current study proposes a third mechanism involving direct obstruction of blood
flow.
Implications for Human Health
While the study provides critical insights, researchers caution against directly
extrapolating findings from mice to humans. Differences in immune systems, blood
volume, and vascular structures can alter outcomes. For instance, the internal diameter of
human coronary arteries is about 4 mm, compared to much smaller diameters in mice.
Thus, the potential for microplastics to cause similar obstructions in humans remains
uncertain.
UNICEF Report on Climate-Related School Disruptions
January 25, 2025
Recently, the United Nations Children’s Agency, UNICEF, released report titled “Learning
Interrupted – Global Snapshot of Climate-Related School Disruptions in 2024.” This report
marks that at least 242 million students globally faced disruptions in their education due
to climate events throughout 2024. This figure is considered conservative due to data
limitations. The report spans 85 countries and identifies 119 distinct climate hazards that
led to these disruptions.
Definition of School Disruption
School disruption is defined as any event that halts regular school activities. This includes
closures, changes in timetables, early vacations, delayed school reopenings, and physical
destruction of educational facilities due to climate-related events.
Impact of Heat Waves
Heatwaves were the primary cause of school disruptions, affecting at least 171
million children.
In April alone, over 118 million students were impacted, with disruptions reported in
Bangladesh, Cambodia, and the Philippines.
The trend continued throughout the warmer months, with severe implications for
education.
Other Climate Hazards
Tropical cyclones disrupted schooling for 18 million students in September, with
additional impacts noted in October and December. Storms and floods were also
factors, particularly in March and November.
Droughts, often exacerbated by El Niño conditions, had long-lasting effects on
education, especially in Southern Africa, which faced its worst drought in over a
century.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 520
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Regional Variations in Disruptions

The report indicates stark regional differences in climate-related school disruptions.
South Asia was the most affected, with over 127 million students impacted.
India alone accounted for 54 million disruptions due to heat waves.
East Asia and the Pacific saw 50 million students affected
Latin America and the Caribbean faced disruptions impacting 30 million students
The Middle East and North Africa experienced storms and floods affecting over eight
million students.
Vulnerability of Children
UNICEF’s report stresses that children are particularly vulnerable to weather-related
crises. Approximately one billion children live in countries facing extremely high risks from
climate and environmental shocks. The report puts stress on the urgent need for action to
protect children’s education from the escalating impacts of climate change.
Increasing Frequency of Multi-Year Droughts Worldwide
January 25, 2025
Multi-year droughts (MYDs) are increasingly common and severe, as brought into light by
a recent 40-year study. The research indicates that these droughts have expanded
globally, impacting ecosystems and water supplies. This trend is linked to climate change,
which exacerbates drought conditions. The study, conducted by a consortium of
researchers from various institutions, analysed data from 1980 to 2018.
About Multi-Year Droughts
Multi-year droughts are prolonged dry periods lasting two years or more.
These events lead to soil moisture depletion. They also result in reduced streamflow,
which can have severe consequences for agriculture and ecosystems. MYDs can
cause massive crop failures and increased tree mortality.
The study identified 13,176 MYDs from 1980 to 2018, each representing an event of
duration.
Global Impact of Droughts
The research showed that the global land area affected by MYDs has increased by
approximately 50,000 square kilometres annually. The most affected regions include
temperate grasslands. The study identified the ten most severe MYDs across various
continents, with notable occurrences in central Chile, the western United States, and parts
of Australia.
Notable Drought Events
Among the top ten MYDs, five occurred between 2007 and 2018. The eastern Congo basin
experienced the longest MYD, lasting from 2010 to 2018 and affecting an area of over 1.4
million square kilometres. The southwestern Amazon also faced a nine-year MYD, with its
peak impact occurring in 2015. These events illustrate the extensive reach and duration of
MYDs globally.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 521
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Influence of El Niño Events

The study found a correlation between MYD occurrences and El Niño events in 1998, 2010,
and 2015. This suggests that the effects of El Niño extend beyond the tropics, influencing
drought patterns in various regions. The years following these El Niño events saw some of
the largest areas impacted by MYDs.
Future Projections and Preparedness
The study warns that long-lasting droughts may become more frequent and severe in the
21st century. It emphasises the need for better preparedness and collaborative efforts to
mitigate the impacts of these extreme events. Effective strategies are crucial for
adaptation to the changing climate and its associated challenges.
Madhya Pradesh Enforces Liquor Ban in Religious Towns
January 25, 2025
Madhya Pradesh has recently taken step towards prohibition by banning liquor sales in 17
religious towns. This decision, announced by Chief Minister Mohan Yadav, coincides with
the 300th birth anniversary of the revered Maratha ruler Devi Ahilyabai Holkar. The towns
affected include Ujjain, Orchha, and Maheshwar, among others. This move aims to
address long-standing concerns regarding alcohol consumption in holy areas while
navigating the complex socio-economic landscape of the state.
Historical Context of Prohibition in Madhya Pradesh
Prohibition has been a recurring theme in Madhya Pradesh politics.
In the 1990s, former Chief Minister Digvijaya Singh attempted to shift liquor shops
based on community consent. However, enforcement was weak, leading to
increased illicit liquor production.
Subsequent attempts by other leaders, including Uma Bharti and Shivraj Singh
Chouhan, also faced challenges. Chouhan’s earlier efforts included closing liquor
shops near the Narmada River but lacked a comprehensive ban.
Economic Implications of Liquor Sales
Alcohol sales contribute to Madhya Pradesh’s revenue, accounting for approximately
15% of state income.
In 2023, the excise department generated ₹13,590 crore from liquor sales.
This revenue is vital for funding welfare schemes and infrastructure projects.
The financial reliance on alcohol complicates the implementation of prohibition
measures.
Cultural Resistance to Prohibition
Madhya Pradesh is home to traditional brewing practices, particularly among tribal
communities. Many view prohibition as an infringement on their cultural identity and
livelihood. This resistance poses a challenge to the state’s efforts to enforce a blanket ban
on alcohol sales. Political leaders must balance the cultural significance of local practices
with the objectives of public health and safety.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 522
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

The Role of Stakeholders in Alcohol Policy

Effective alcohol policy requires dialogue with stakeholders, including local communities
and health experts. Critics argue that current prohibition measures lack practical
alternatives to reduce consumption. A more holistic approach is needed to address the
complexities of alcohol use in society, including education and rehabilitation.
Study on Effectiveness of New MGNREGS Wage Payment System
January 25, 2025
The Aadhaar-Based Payment System (ABPS) has been a focal point of discussion in India
since its mandatory implementation for wage payments under the Mahatma Gandhi
National Rural Employment Guarantee Act (MGNREGA) from January 1, 2024. This system
aims to enhance efficiency and transparency in wage disbursement. However, recent
studies have raised concerns about its effectiveness compared to traditional bank account
methods.
Overview of Aadhaar-Based Payment System
ABPS allows wage payments to be directly linked to workers’ Aadhaar numbers.
This requires linking the Aadhaar number with job cards and bank accounts.
The government introduced ABPS in 2016 as an optional system.
The move to make it mandatory was aimed at streamlining payments and reducing
delays.
Study Findings on Payment Efficiency
A study published in the Indian Journal of Labour Economics analysed over 3 crore
MGNREGA transactions. It found no difference in timely wage payments between ABPS
and traditional bank methods. About 39% of ABPS payments were processed within seven
days, compared to 36% for bank accounts. Payment rejection rates were also similar, with
2.1% for ABPS and 2.85% for traditional accounts.
Challenges Faced by Workers
Workers have reported issues with wage misdirection and deletion from the payment
system due to mismatches between job card details and Aadhaar. The centralised nature
of ABPS complicates the resolution of these issues. Localised problems with traditional
bank payments can be addressed more swiftly.
Complexity of the Payment Process
To utilise ABPS, workers must complete several steps. These include linking their Aadhaar
number to their job card and bank account. The process involves coordination with the
National Payments Corporation of India for proper mapping. This complexity can lead to
delays and confusion among workers.
Government’s Justification for ABPS
The government argues that ABPS improves transparency and reduces corruption. It
claims that the system ensures faster payments and better tracking of funds. Despite
these claims, the study suggests that the root cause of payment delays lies in inadequate
funding rather than the payment system itself.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 523
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Future of ABPS and Financial Inclusion

ABPS is part of a broader initiative to enhance financial inclusion in India. The Aadhaar
Enabled Payment System (AePS) aims to facilitate basic banking transactions using
Aadhaar. This includes cash deposits, withdrawals, and fund transfers. The government
hopes to expand the reach of financial services through this system.
Exemptions and Technical Issues
The government has stated that in cases of technical difficulties or Aadhaar-related
problems, exemptions from ABPS may be granted. This decision comes amid criticism
from opposition parties who argue that the system could exclude vulnerable populations
from essential income.
Unified Lending Interface (ULI) Pilot
January 25, 2025
The Unified Lending Interface (ULI) was launched by the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) to
streamline the lending process. Since its pilot inception in August 2023, ULI has facilitated
the disbursement of ₹38,000 crore across 7.5 lakh loans. This platform aims to
revolutionise credit delivery by connecting lenders with diverse data sources through a
single interface.
What Is the Unified Lending Interface?
ULI is a technology platform designed to enable seamless access to digitised
financial and non-financial data.
It connects lenders to multiple data service providers via standardised Application
Programming Interfaces (APIs).
This ‘plug and play’ approach simplifies the credit underwriting process, making it
easier for borrowers to access loans.
Key Features of ULI
The ULI allows lenders to access a comprehensive range of data including land
records, satellite imagery, and financial insights.
This is particularly beneficial for first-time borrowers who lack traditional credit
histories.
With ULI, lenders can quickly assess an applicant’s creditworthiness through
available data, reducing the time and complexity of loan approvals.
Benefits for Borrowers
Borrowers, especially from rural areas, can now secure loans without extensive
documentation. ULI provides vital information about their economic activities, allowing
lenders to automate decision-making. For instance, a dairy farmer can have their loan
eligibility assessed based on cash flow data from milk cooperatives and land ownership
records.
Expansion and Future Scope
The RBI plans to expand ULI’s scope by incorporating more loan types and data providers.
This includes kisan credit cards, housing loans, and micro-business loans. The goal is to

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 524
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

enhance the platform’s capabilities and further simplify credit access for diverse borrower
profiles.
Digital Public Infrastructure
India’s embrace of Digital Public Infrastructure (DPI) facilitates transparency and efficiency
across various sectors. ULI is important component of this infrastructure, aiming to break
down data silos that hinder effective credit delivery. By integrating diverse data sources,
ULI enhances the overall digital ecosystem for financial transactions.
The Role of FinTechs
FinTech companies stand to benefit from ULI. They can access a variety of lenders through
a single platform, enabling them to provide deeper customer insights. This collaboration
between traditional banks and FinTechs is expected to enhance the lending landscape
further.
India Faces Water Storage Decline
January 25, 2025
Recent reports indicate decline in water storage across major reservoirs in India. The
Central Water Commission (CWC) has brought into light that water levels have decreased
for the twelfth consecutive week. This decline is attributed to deficient post-monsoon and
winter rainfall affecting a large portion of the country. Current data shows that the total
storage in 155 major reservoirs has fallen to 66 per cent of their total capacity. This
situation raises concerns about water availability for various sectors.
Current Water Storage Statistics
As of now, the water storage in the major reservoirs stands at 119.505 billion cubic metres
(BCM) out of a total capacity of 180.852 BCM. This figure is higher than last year’s storage
levels and the average of the past decade. However, the ongoing deficiency in rainfall
poses a serious threat to future water supply.
Deficient Rainfall Overview
The India Meteorological Department (IMD) reports that 83 per cent of India experienced
deficient rainfall from January 1 to January 24. This period has seen over 60 per cent of the
country receiving scanty or no rainfall. Specifically, winter rainfall in January is reported to
be 62 per cent deficient compared to normal levels.
Regional Water Storage Analysis
In the northern region, storage levels in 11 reservoirs are at 38 per cent of their total
capacity. Punjab’s Thein dam has dropped to 18 per cent capacity, while Himachal
Pradesh’s reservoirs are at 31 per cent. Conversely, Rajasthan has fared better, with
reservoirs filled to 68 per cent of their capacity.
The eastern region’s 25 reservoirs are currently at 63.64 per cent of their total
capacity. In Bihar, the lone dam’s storage is at 25 per cent, while Nagaland’s dam is
at 46 per cent. Other states like Jharkhand and Tripura report levels above 70 per
cent.
In the western region, the situation is relatively stable. The 50 reservoirs here are at

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 525
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

78 per cent capacity. Goa’s reservoir is nearly full at 93 per cent, while Maharashtra
and Gujarat report levels of 79 per cent and 73 per cent, respectively.
The central region’s 26 reservoirs are filled to 69 per cent of their total capacity. Uttar
Pradesh’s storage has dropped below 60 per cent, while Madhya Pradesh maintains
a better level at 73 per cent.
In the southern region, the 43 reservoirs are at 66 per cent capacity. Tamil Nadu’s
dams are notably filled to 86 per cent. Andhra Pradesh and Telangana report levels
of 77 per cent and 74 per cent, respectively.
Future Rainfall Projections
The IMD has forecast below-normal rainfall until February 5. This prediction suggests that
water storage levels may continue to decline in the coming weeks, exacerbating the water
crisis in affected regions.
Forest Fires in India
January 25, 2025
Forest fires in India have reached alarming levels. Recent data reveals that over five fire
seasons, the country faced more than 1.1 million incidents. The period from November to
June sees a surge in these fires, impacting ecosystems, wildlife, and local communities. As
global attention shifts to wildfires in places like Los Angeles, India grapples with its own
silent crisis.
Current Situation
The Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change reported that Odisha,
Madhya Pradesh, Chhattisgarh, and Maharashtra are the most affected states.
Together, they account for nearly 43% of all forest fires in India. Andhra Pradesh also
reported incidents, contributing to nearly half of the total fires in recent years.
Other states like Telangana, Uttarakhand, and Jharkhand are also facing challenges,
with each recording over 50,000 incidents.
Forest Cover and Vulnerability
India’s total forest and tree cover stands at approximately 827,357 square
kilometres.
This represents about 25.17% of the country’s geographical area.
The mangrove cover is recorded at 4,992 square kilometres. Madhya Pradesh,
Arunachal Pradesh, and Chhattisgarh have the largest forest areas.
However, the India State of Forest Report (ISFR) 2021 indicates that over 36% of this
cover is vulnerable to fires, with a portion classified as extremely fire-prone.
Impact on Livelihoods
Forests play important role in the livelihoods of around 275 million rural Indians. Many
communities depend on forests for Non-Timber Forest Products (NTFPs) and essential
ecological services. The destruction caused by forest fires threatens their sustenance and
economic security.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 526
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Causes of Forest Fires

Several factors contribute to the increasing frequency of forest fires. Unsustainable
exploitation of resources and rising human activities are threats. The collection of tendu
leaves and mahua flowers in central and eastern India is a major cause. Shifting
cultivation practices also affect around 4.35 million hectares of forest land. While fire can
play a natural role in forest regeneration, the negative consequences often overshadow
these benefits.
Unused Cess Funds for Construction Workers in India
January 25, 2025
The issue of unutilised cess funds for construction workers has gained attention following
a Right to Information (RTI) response from the Union Labour Ministry. The response
revealed that welfare boards across various states have failed to allocate amount of cess
collected from employers, amounting to ₹70,744.16 crore. This situation raises concerns
regarding the welfare of millions of construction workers in India.
Background of the BOCW Act
The Building and Other Construction Workers (Regulation of Employment and
Conditions of Service) Act was enacted in 1996.
Its primary purpose is to regulate employment conditions and ensure welfare for
construction workers.
The Act mandates the formation of Construction Workers’ Welfare Boards by state
governments to oversee the implementation of welfare measures.
Cess Collection Mechanism
Under the BOCW Act, welfare boards are authorised to levy a cess on employers.
This cess ranges from 1% to 2% of the total construction costs incurred.
The collected funds are intended for various welfare initiatives, including temporary
accommodation, sanitation facilities, and social security benefits for workers.
Current Status of Cess Funds
Since the implementation of the Act in 2005, ₹1,17,507.22 crore has been collected as
cess.
However, only ₹67,669.92 crore has been allocated to the workers, leaving a
staggering ₹70,744.16 crore unutilised.
This underutilisation marks gap in the intended welfare support for construction
workers.
Issues in Fund Utilisation
The utilisation of cess funds has been alarmingly low. For example, Maharashtra has
collected ₹19,489.25 crore in cess over 19 years but has allocated only ₹13,683.18 crore.
This discrepancy suggests possible cess evasion by builders and employers. The lack of
accurate data on construction projects further complicates the situation.
Impact of COVID-19
The COVID-19 pandemic exacerbated the plight of construction workers. Many faced

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 527
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

hardships during the lockdowns, with insufficient support from the government. The
exodus of workers back to their villages brought into light the inadequacies of existing
welfare measures.
Future Concerns
Concerns are growing regarding the proposed Code on Social Security. Critics argue that it
may dilute the cess collection process and reduce workers’ entitlements. The potential
shift from statutory provisions to discretionary facilities could undermine the rights of
construction workers.
State-Level Implementation
Implementation of the BOCW Act varies across states. Many states have not reconstituted
welfare boards effectively. There are allegations of attempts to divert funds away from
workers’ welfare to state exchequers. Only Kerala has been noted for better
implementation of the Act.
INS Sarvekshak Completes Hydrographic Survey in Mauritius
January 25, 2025
The Indian Navy’s INS Sarvekshak has successfully concluded a major hydrographic survey
in Mauritius. This survey covered over 25,000 square nautical miles. The formal handover
of the survey results took place on January 23, 2025. High Commissioner of India to
Mauritius, Anurag Srivastava, presented the fair sheet and nautical charts to President
Dharambeer Gokhool. This event marks milestone in India-Mauritius maritime
cooperation.
Significance of the Hydrographic Survey
The hydrographic survey aims to enhance Mauritius’ maritime infrastructure.
The newly created nautical charts will assist in resource management and coastal
development planning.
This initiative reflects the strong partnership between India and Mauritius.
It also aligns with India’s SAGAR initiative, which focuses on regional security and
growth.
INS Sarvekshak’s Capabilities
INS Sarvekshak is equipped with advanced hydrographic survey tools. These include sonar
systems and various survey boats. The ship also houses a helicopter and a Bofors 40 mm
gun. Its operational versatility enhances its role in maritime surveys and security.
Bilateral Defence Cooperation
India and Mauritius share extensive defence cooperation. Mauritius has an International
Liaison Officer at India’s Information Fusion Centre. Additionally, Mauritius operates radar
centres as part of a joint coastal surveillance system. This collaboration strengthens
regional maritime security.
Capacity Building Initiatives
India has increased its capacity-building efforts in the Indian Ocean. These initiatives aim
to enhance the capabilities of littoral states. The Indian Navy has conducted joint survey

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 528
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

operations covering 89,000 square kilometres over five years. This includes the production
of 96 nautical charts.
Future Prospects for Collaboration
The successful survey sets the stage for future joint initiatives in maritime security. The
collaboration is expected to expand, focusing on sustainable development and resource
management. With Mauritius’ strategic position in the Indian Ocean, the partnership holds
potential.
January 27, 2025
Chronic Pulmonary Aspergillosis
January 27, 2025
The health of tea plantation workers in Assam has come under scrutiny due to a recent
study denoting risk of chronic pulmonary aspergillosis (CPA). This life-threatening fungal
infection primarily affects tuberculosis (TB) survivors. The research was conducted by a
team from Assam Medical College and Hospital, revealing alarming prevalence rates
among tea workers.
Context of Tuberculosis in Assam
Tuberculosis remains a critical public health concern in Assam. The National Tuberculosis
Prevalence Survey (2019-2021) reported a TB incidence of 217 cases per 100,000
population. Contributing factors include poverty, malnutrition, and poor living conditions.
These factors create an environment conducive to the spread of TB and its complications.
About Chronic Pulmonary Aspergillosis
Chronic pulmonary aspergillosis is a lung disease caused by the fungus Aspergillus
fumigatus.
It typically affects individuals with pre-existing lung conditions, especially those who
have had TB.
Symptoms include chronic cough, blood in sputum, and fatigue.
The disease can impair lung function.
Study Findings and Prevalence Rates
The study examined 128 patients from tea estates in the Dibrugarh district.
Researchers found a CPA prevalence of 17.18%.
Among active TB patients, the prevalence was 18.5%, while it surged to 48.9% in
those who had completed TB treatment.
This indicates a strong link between previous TB infections and the development of
CPA.
Demographics and Risk Factors
The mean age of patients was 41.9 years, with a higher incidence in middle-aged males.
Smoking was identified as a potential risk factor. Interestingly, a study in Kenya showed a
higher prevalence of CPA in non-smokers, indicating that more research is needed to
understand the disease’s risk factors.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 529
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Global Comparisons and Health Implications

Assam’s CPA prevalence of 60 cases per 100,000 people exceeds the global average of 42.
This situation is worse than in several African countries. The high rates of respiratory
illnesses among tea workers contribute to lower productivity and increased medical
expenses, leading to economic strain on families.
Recommendations
Researchers recommend routine testing for Aspergillus antibodies in patients
showing respiratory symptoms post-TB treatment.
Early diagnosis can reduce morbidity and mortality associated with CPA.
Training healthcare providers to recognise CPA symptoms is crucial for improving
patient outcomes.
Centre Drafts Rules for Uniform IST Adoption
January 27, 2025
The Government of India has introduced new rules to standardise timekeeping across the
nation. The draft legislation mandates the exclusive use of Indian Standard Time (IST) for
all official and commercial activities. This initiative aims to enhance precision in
timekeeping, especially in critical sectors like telecommunications and banking. The
Consumer Affairs Ministry has invited public feedback on these rules.
Overview of Indian Standard Time (IST)
Indian Standard Time (IST) is the official time zone for India, set at UTC+05:30.
IST was first adopted on 1 January 1906, during British rule.
It replaced local time zones like Madras Time.
After India gained independence in 1947, IST was established as the national
standard.
The time reference is calculated from the meridian at 82°30’E near Mirzapur.
Key Provisions of the New Rules
The proposed rules prohibit any time references other than IST in legal,
administrative, and commercial contexts.
All government offices must display IST prominently.
Time-synchronisation systems will be required to ensure accuracy and security.
Importance of Standard Timekeeping
Accurate timekeeping is vital for various sectors. In banking, it ensures synchronized
transactions. In defence, precise timing is crucial for operations. The government aims to
improve national infrastructure by adopting IST as the sole time reference. This will
enhance reliability across multiple sectors, including emerging technologies.
Challenges and Criticism
India’s vast geographical expanse results in time discrepancies.
The eastern states experience sunrise nearly two hours earlier than the western
regions.
Past proposals to create multiple time zones have been met with resistance.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 530
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Critics argue that a unified time system may not serve the diverse needs of the
population.
Future Prospects and Developments
The government continues to explore the feasibility of multiple time zones. In recent
years, discussions have emerged regarding an Eastern India Time (EIT) to accommodate
the northeastern states. The Department of Science and Technology is reviewing these
proposals. However, IST remains the only officially recognised time zone for now.
Collaboration for Time Management
The Department of Consumer Affairs is working with the National Physical Laboratory and
the Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) to develop a robust time generation and
dissemination mechanism. These collaborations aim to enhance the accuracy and
reliability of IST across various sectors.
CBIC Introduces Temporary Identification Number
January 27, 2025
The Central Board of Indirect Taxes and Customs (CBIC) has recently implemented
changes to the Goods and Services Tax (GST) framework in India. These changes include
the introduction of a Temporary Identification Number (TIN) for businesses that do not
require mandatory registration. This move aims to streamline tax compliance and
facilitate payments under the GST regime. Additionally, the CBIC has announced a waiver
of excess late fees for the financial years 2017-18 to 2022-23 concerning annual returns.
Temporary Identification Numbers Under GST
The GST Council has recommended a new rule enabling tax officers to issue
Temporary Identification Numbers to entities not liable for registration.
This provision allows businesses to make necessary payments even without a
permanent GST registration.
The notification clarifies that these TINs will be granted under specific conditions
outlined in Part B of FORM GST REG-12.
Threshold Limits for Registration
Under the GST framework, businesses must register if their turnover exceeds certain
thresholds.
For the manufacturing sector, the limit is ₹40 lakh.
For the service sector, it is set at ₹20 lakh.
Special Category States have different thresholds, with some like Jammu and
Kashmir opting for a ₹40 lakh limit for commodities.
Other states, such as Puducherry, have chosen a ₹20 lakh limit for goods.
Waiver of Late Fees for Annual Returns
The CBIC has also waived excess late fees for the delayed filing of annual returns
from FY 2017-18 to FY 2022-23.
This waiver applies specifically to late fees exceeding the payable amount for Form
GSTR-9C if filed by March 31, 2025.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 531
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

However, taxpayers will not receive refunds for late fees already paid for these
financial years.
Filing Requirements for GST Returns
Registered taxpayers whose annual turnover exceeds ₹2 crore must file Form GSTR-9, an
annual return that details sales, purchases, and taxes paid. The deadline for this filing is
December 31 of the year following the financial year. Additionally, those with an
aggregate turnover exceeding ₹5 crore must file Form GSTR-9C, a self-certified Annual
Reconciliation Statement.
Impact on Tax Compliance
These regulatory changes are expected to enhance tax compliance among small and
medium enterprises. By allowing temporary identification numbers, the CBIC aims to
reduce barriers for businesses to engage in GST payments. The waiver of late fees further
encourages timely compliance with filing requirements.
Assam’s Second Capital
January 27, 2025
Recently, Assam Chief Minister Himanta Biswa Sarma announced that Dibrugarh would be
upgraded to a full-fledged city and serve as the second capital of Assam. This decision
aims to enhance the Ease of Living and improve connectivity within the region. The
announcement coincided with the Republic Day celebrations, marking transformation for
a city once associated with militancy.
Historical Context of Dibrugarh
Dibrugarh has a complex history.
It was once a centre for militancy, particularly for the proscribed group ULFA(I).
The region faced curfews and unrest. Over the years, however, it has evolved.
The city is now a symbol of resilience.
It has transitioned from a troubled past to hosting major national celebrations.
Government Initiatives for Development
The Assam government is focused on urban development. The elevation of Dibrugarh as a
city is part of a broader strategy. The Chief Minister laid the foundation for four major
flyovers costing Rs 377 crores. These projects aim to improve infrastructure and
connectivity. The government is also promoting Dibrugarh as a hub for investment and
business.
Economic Opportunities and Investments
During a recent trip to Japan, Chief Minister Sarma engaged with industry leaders. He
brought into light Assam’s investor-friendly policies. Dibrugarh is positioned as a potential
site for semiconductor manufacturing. Companies like Tokyo Electron were invited to
expand in Assam’s Electronic City. The focus is on developing the energy sector through
collaborations with major corporations.
ULFA(I) Attacks
The outlawed United Liberation Front of Asom (Independent) [ULFA(I)] claimed

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 532
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

responsibility for low-intensity blasts on Republic Day (January 26, 2025) in Assam.
ULFA(I) stated that the blasts were remote-controlled and conducted strategically to
avoid harm to civilians. The intention was to demonstrate their ability to breach high-
security zones.
Background of ULFA(I):
ULFA(I) is a banned militant organization led by Paresh Baruah, who is reportedly
relocating from the China-Myanmar border to Bangladesh after changes in the
political scenario there.
The group has secessionist goals and has been involved in subversive activities in the
Northeast, especially around national days like Independence Day and Republic Day.
Historical Context:
ULFA(I) and other extremist groups in the region have a history of violence. The most
deadly attack was the Dhemaji blast on August 15, 2004, where a bomb killed 13 people,
including 10 children celebrating Independence Day.
Corpse Flower
January 27, 2025
The corpse flower, scientifically known as Amorphophallus titanum, has captivated
audiences worldwide with its unique characteristics. Native to Sumatra, this flower attracts
attention not only for its size but also for its pungent odour reminiscent of decaying flesh.
The recent bloom of a specimen named Putricia at the Royal Botanic Gardens in Sydney
has drawn over 20,000 visitors. This flower last bloomed in 2010, making its current
display a rare event.
Description and Naming
The corpse flower gets its name from the Indonesian phrase Bunga bangkai,
meaning “corpse flower.”
Its species name translates to “titanic misshaped penis” in Ancient Greek, denoting
its unusual shape.
The plant can grow up to 3 meters tall and features a spadix that emits foul odours
to attract carrion insects for pollination.
Blooming Cycle
Corpse flowers have an erratic blooming cycle, often flowering only once every
decade.
The blooming process is dependent on the energy stored in the corm, a bulb-like
structure underground.
The plant goes through several leaf stages to photosynthesise and build energy
reserves before it can bloom.
The bloom itself lasts for just one day, with the spathe unfurling over several hours.
Pollination Mechanism
Pollination is a delicate process for corpse flowers. They possess both male and female
flowers, with females opening first to prevent self-pollination. Successful reproduction

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 533
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

requires the simultaneous blooming of nearby flowers. This rarity in blooming poses a
challenge for the survival of the species in the wild.
Chemical Composition of the Odour
Research has identified several chemicals responsible for the corpse flower’s distinctive
smell. These include:
Dimethyl disulfide (garlic-like scent)
Dimethyl trisulfide (reminiscent of rotting meat)
3-Methylbutanal (smells like soft cheese)
Dimethyl sulfide and Methanethiol (similar to boiled cabbage)
Methyl thioacetate (sulfurous odour)
Isovaleric acid (similar to smelly feet)
Conservation Status
The population of corpse flowers in the wild has declined due to habitat loss and
poaching. Estimates suggest only about 300 remain in their natural habitat, while around
1,000 exist in cultivated settings. Conservation efforts are crucial to ensure their survival.
Viewing Opportunities
Many botanical gardens globally cultivate these plants. Greenhouses are ideal for these
tropical species, providing the humid conditions they require. Gardens in the US, Canada,
Brazil, Europe, China, and Africa have hosted successful viewing events.
Nutritional Support Aids Tuberculosis Treatment Outcomes
January 27, 2025
Nutritional support for tuberculosis (TB) patients and their household contacts has
emerged as important factor in improving treatment outcomes. Recent findings from the
RATIONS trial conducted in Jharkhand between August 2019 and August 2022 highlight
the impact of nutritional interventions. The trial involved 2,800 pulmonary TB patients and
over 10,000 household contacts. It demonstrated that providing nutritional support
reduced new pulmonary TB cases by 48% and decreased deaths among severely
underweight individuals.
Key Findings from the RATIONS Trial
The RATIONS trial revealed that nutritional support not only benefited TB patients
but also impacted their household contacts.
The data showed a marked reduction in new cases and mortality rates.
For those under 35 kg, the death rate was only 7%.
This indicates that nutritional interventions can enhance the overall health of both
patients and their families.
Economic Modelling Study
A recent modelling study estimated the broader epidemiological and economic
benefits of nutritional support.
At a coverage of 50%, providing nutritional care could avert over 361,000 deaths and
880,000 new TB cases by 2035.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 534
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

The cost-effectiveness of this intervention was estimated at $167 per disability-

adjusted life-year. These findings suggest that targeted nutritional support is a viable
strategy for TB control.
Cost-Effectiveness and Targeting
The study emphasised that while a population-level intervention could yield larger
effects, targeting high-risk household contacts maximises cost-effectiveness.
This approach is particularly relevant in resource-constrained settings like India.
By focusing on those most at risk, health interventions can be both effective and
financially feasible.
Impact on Disease Progression
Nutritional support not only aids in recovery but also prevents disease progression.
Improved body mass index (BMI) among TB patients leads to better treatment
outcomes.
This reduction in BMI-related reactivation of TB puts stress on the importance of
nutritional interventions.
The study indicated that increased BMI in patients correlates with a decrease in new
infections.
Policy Implications
The findings from this research have implications for policymakers.
They highlight the need for targeted nutritional support as part of TB intervention
strategies.
Policymakers can use this data to advocate for more relevant and effective
interventions for TB patients and their families, ultimately aiming to reduce the
national burden of the disease.
Rabies Control Efforts in India and Global Initiatives
January 27, 2025
Rabies remains public health challenge in India. A recent Lancet study revealed that dogs
account for three in every four animal bites. Annually, rabies causes an estimated 5,726
deaths in the country. This alarming situation necessitates urgent action to meet global
targets for rabies elimination.
Current Situation of Rabies in India
Rabies is a preventable viral disease primarily transmitted through dog bites.
The Indian Council of Medical Research conducted a comprehensive survey involving
over 337,000 individuals across 60 districts.
The findings indicate that approximately 9.1 million dog bites occur annually, with a
substantial number of victims failing to receive adequate post-exposure prophylaxis.
The Global “Zero by 30” Initiative
In 2018, the World Health Organization launched the “Zero by 30” initiative aiming to
eliminate dog-mediated rabies deaths by 2030. This initiative seeks to mobilise global
efforts to vaccinate dogs, raise awareness, and ensure timely treatment for bite victims.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 535
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

The collaboration includes key organisations like WHO, OIE, FAO, and GARC.
Importance of Vaccination and Awareness
Vaccination of both humans and dogs is crucial for rabies control. Vaccinating dogs
reduces the risk of transmission. Increased public awareness about the importance of
seeking immediate medical attention after a bite can save lives. Despite existing vaccines,
many individuals do not complete the vaccination course.
One Health Approach to Rabies Elimination
The One Health approach integrates human and animal health strategies. This method
enhances surveillance systems and improves healthcare access. By pooling resources and
developing strong networks, countries can effectively combat rabies and other zoonotic
diseases.
Challenges and Recommendations
India faces several challenges in rabies control, including a lack of reliable data on rabies
deaths. It is essential to adopt a focused One Health approach, ensuring timely
vaccination and treatment. Effective coordination among health sectors is vital for
success.
Andhra Pradesh Announces Major Tourism Projects
January 27, 2025
The Minister for Tourism and Cinematography, Kandula Durgesh, recently announced
funding for two major tourism projects in Andhra Pradesh. The Ministry of Tourism has
sanctioned ₹177 crore under the Special Assistance to States for Capital Investment
scheme. This funding aims to enhance the Akhanda Godavari and Gandikota tourism
circuits. The projects will be executed through a Public Private People Partnership model,
with tenders expected to be invited shortly.
Akhanda Godavari Project
The Akhanda Godavari project will allocate ₹98 crore for its development.
Key features include the restoration of the Havelock Bridge, which was operational
for over a century before its decommissioning.
Additionally, the Kadiyam flower nurseries will be transformed into tourist
attractions.
This revitalisation is expected to enhance the local economy and attract more
visitors.
Gandikota Tourism Circuit
The Gandikota tourism circuit receives ₹79 crore for its development.
This project aims to beautify the 12th-century Gandikota Fort and its surrounding
gorge.
Enhanced hospitality facilities will also be established to accommodate tourists.
The fort’s historical significance and architectural beauty are expected to draw
visitors.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 536
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Historical Significance of Gandikota

Gandikota, located near the Penna River, has a rich history. It was a stronghold for various
dynasties, including the Kalyani Chalukyas and the Golconda Sultanate. The fort features a
blend of Islamic architecture and local styles, reflecting its diverse rulers. The gorge
formed by the Erramala hills adds to the area’s unique landscape.
Special Assistance to States for Capital Investment 2023-24 Scheme
It was launched by the Ministry of Finance in 2020-21 to support states during the
COVID-19 pandemic.
Its aim is to provide financial assistance to boost capital spending by states.
Under this scheme, state governments are given 50-year interest-free loans totaling
up to ₹1.3 lakh crore for the financial year 2023-24.
Parts of the Scheme
The scheme has 8 parts:
1. Part-I (₹1 lakh crore): It is the largest part. It is distributed to states based on their
share of central taxes, as recommended by the 15th Finance Commission.
2. Part-II: Incentives for scrapping old vehicles and setting up automated vehicle
testing centers.
3. Part-III & IV: Incentives for reforms in urban planning and urban finance.
4. Part-V: Funds for constructing housing for police personnel within urban police
stations.
5. Part-VI: Supports Make in India, One District One Product, and Unity Mall projects to
promote cultural diversity and local products.
6. Part-VII: ₹5,000 crore for setting up digital libraries at Panchayat and Ward levels to
benefit children and adolescents.
Objectives
Stimulates demand and generates jobs.
Accelerates key projects like Jal Jeevan Mission and Pradhan Mantri Gram Sadak
Yojana by helping states with their funding share.
Encourages states to improve urban planning and governance.
Unified Pension Scheme
January 27, 2025
The Unified Pension Scheme (UPS) was officially notified on January 24, 2025. This scheme
offers government employees a new choice for retirement benefits. It replaces the
National Pension System (NPS), which did not guarantee pensions for employees joining
after January 1, 2004. The UPS promises assured benefits, addressing concerns raised by
government workers.
About UPS
The UPS guarantees a pension equivalent to 50% of the last drawn salary.
This pension is subject to periodic dearness relief adjustments based on inflation.
Additionally, it includes a family pension of 60% upon the employee’s death and a

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 537
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

lump-sum superannuation payout at retirement.

Key Features of the UPS
Under the UPS, employees can expect a minimum pension of ₹10,000 per month
after completing at least 10 years of service.
The scheme is optional for those already under the NPS.
Employees who opt for the UPS will have their retirement corpus divided into two
funds – an individual corpus and a pool corpus funded by the government.
Contribution Structure
Employees contribute 10% of their basic pay and dearness allowance.
The government matches this contribution.
An additional estimated 8.5% of basic pay will also be contributed by the Centre to
support the assured payouts.
This structure aims to ensure sufficient funds for pension payments.
Conditions for Full Pension
To receive the full 50% pension, employees must meet specific criteria. The calculation is
based on the average of the last 12 months of salary, the total months of service, and the
retirement corpus. Employees must complete 300 months of service and maintain their
individual corpus at a benchmark level.
Calculation of Assured Payout
The formula for calculating the assured payout is – Assured payout = (P/2) x (Q/300) x
(IC/BC), where P is the average of the last 12 months’ basic pay, Q is the number of
months in service, IC is the individual corpus, and BC is the benchmark corpus. If Q
exceeds 300, it will be capped at 300.
Provisions for Voluntary Retirement
For employees opting for voluntary retirement after 25 years of service, the assured
payout will begin when they reach the superannuation age of 60. This ensures a steady
income post-retirement.
Future Implications
The UPS aims to reassure government employees by restoring pension benefits that were
previously guaranteed. It addresses the demand for a more secure retirement plan,
potentially influencing future policies regarding government employee benefits.
Georgia Certified Malaria-Free
January 27, 2025
Recently, Georgia was officially certified malaria-free by the World Health Organization
(WHO). This achievement marks milestone for the country and the WHO European region.
Georgia joins 45 other countries and one territory that have reached this status. The
certification reflects decades of effort and investment in malaria control and elimination.
Historical Context of Malaria in Georgia
Malaria has affected Georgia for centuries.
Before systematic control began in the early 1900s, three malaria parasite species

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 538
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

were endemic – Plasmodium falciparum, Plasmodium malariae, and Plasmodium

vivax.
After World War II, Georgia initiated an extensive malaria elimination programme.
This included the use of new medicines, insecticide spraying, and improved
entomological surveillance.
Key Milestones in Malaria Elimination
Georgia successfully interrupted the transmission of Plasmodium falciparum by
1953.
Plasmodium malariae was eliminated by 1960, followed by Plasmodium vivax in
1970.
Although Georgia remained malaria-free for 25 years, a resurgence occurred in
2002, with 474 reported cases.
In response, Georgia signed the Tashkent Declaration in 2005, committing to
eliminate malaria.
Recent Achievements and Statistics
Intensified interventions led to decline in malaria incidence. The last indigenous malaria
case in Georgia was recorded in 2009. By 2015, all countries in the WHO European region
reported zero indigenous cases. In 2023, global malaria cases reached an estimated 263
million, with 597,000 deaths. The WHO African region accounted for 94% of cases.
About Malaria Transmission and Symptoms
Malaria is transmitted to humans through the bites of infected female Anopheles
mosquitoes. Symptoms range from mild to severe. Mild symptoms include fever and
chills, while severe cases can lead to confusion and seizures. High-risk groups include
infants, young children, pregnant women, and immunocompromised individuals.
Global and Regional Malaria Trends
In 2023, five countries—Nigeria, Democratic Republic of Congo, Uganda, Ethiopia, and
Mozambique—accounted for nearly 52% of global malaria cases. The rollout of malaria
vaccines, RTS,S and R21, has improved vaccine coverage in endemic areas. Nine countries,
including Egypt, have achieved malaria-free status since 2015.
Malaria in India – A Case Study
India faced severe malaria challenges at independence, with 7.5 crore cases and
800,000 deaths annually.
Persistent efforts have reduced cases by over 97%, with only 2 million cases reported
annually by 2023.
Deaths decreased to 83, showcasing India’s commitment to malaria elimination.
The Annual Blood Examination Rate improved, ensuring early detection and
intervention.
Silicon Carbide Extraction from Simulated Lunar Soil
January 27, 2025
Recently, researchers at IIT Madras have successfully extracted silicon carbide from

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 539
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

simulated moon soil. This achievement has implications for constructing habitats on the
moon.
About Lunar Regolith
Lunar regolith is the layer of loose material covering the moon’s surface.
It is challenging to obtain real lunar soil as only a limited amount has been brought
back to Earth.
Simulated lunar soil is produced for research purposes.
The moon’s surface has two main terrains – the maria and highlands.
The highlands are particularly rich in silicon, aluminium, and calcium oxides.
The Extraction Process
To create silicon carbide, a combination of silicon and carbon, researchers needed to
source carbon on the moon.
The carbon dioxide exhaled by astronauts is one potential source.
At the International Space Station (ISS), the Sabatier process converts carbon dioxide
into methane and water using hydrogen.
While methane is typically vented into space at the ISS, it is crucial for this research.
By combining highland regolith simulant with methane at high temperatures,
researchers successfully produced silicon carbide.
Properties of Silicon Carbide
Silicon carbide (SiC) is a hard, synthetic crystalline compound.
It is known for its exceptional hardness and is primarily used in abrasives.
SiC also has high thermal conductivity, strength at elevated temperatures, and low
thermal expansion.
These characteristics make it ideal for high-temperature applications and refractory
materials.
Applications of Silicon Carbide
Silicon carbide has a wide range of applications. It is used in industrial furnaces, wear-
resistant components for pumps, and rocket engines. In electronics, SiC serves as a
substrate for light-emitting diodes (LEDs). Its hardness makes it an excellent abrasive,
second only to diamond and cubic boron nitride.
What are Oppressive Heatwaves?
January 27, 2025
In recent years, researchers have focused on the increasing frequency of heatwaves in
India. A study conducted by IIT-Bombay and ETH Zurich marks the phenomenon of
‘oppressive heatwaves’. These are characterised by high temperatures combined with high
humidity. This combination poses health risk. The study indicates that future heatwaves
will become more severe due to global warming.
Definition of Heatwaves
Heatwaves are periods of excessively high temperatures.
The India Meteorological Department (IMD) defines a heatwave as three consecutive

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 540
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

days with temperatures exceeding specific thresholds.

In plains, this threshold is above 45 degrees Celsius. In hilly areas, it is above 40
degrees Celsius.
Types of Heatwaves
Researchers classify heatwaves into two categories – oppressive and extreme.
Oppressive heatwaves involve both high temperature and high humidity.
Extreme heatwaves occur with high temperature but low humidity.
This distinction is crucial for understanding the health impacts associated with these
weather events.
Historical Data Analysis
The study utilised historical data from 1951 to 2013.
This data included daily temperature records from the IMD and other meteorological
agencies.
The researchers examined the relationship between heatwave days and heat-related
mortality from 1967 to 2007.
They found a strong positive correlation between oppressive heatwave days and
increased mortality rates.
Future Projections
The researchers projected future heatwave occurrences under two global warming
scenarios – a rise of 1.5 degrees Celsius and 2 degrees Celsius relative to pre-
industrial levels.
They expect a five-fold increase in oppressive heatwave days by 1.5 degrees Celsius
warming by the end of the century.
Under a 2 degrees Celsius scenario, this increase could reach eight-fold.
Health Implications
The study warns of rise in heat-related mortality due to oppressive heatwaves. As these
events become more frequent, the risk to public health escalates. The researchers
emphasise the need for adaptation measures to mitigate these risks.
Global Warming and Heatwaves
Limiting global warming to 1.5 degrees Celsius could reduce the likelihood of
oppressive heatwaves by 44 per cent.
It could also decrease extreme heatwave occurrences by 25 per cent.
This puts stress on the importance of climate action to protect vulnerable
populations.
Surge in Banking Complaints Under Ombudsman Scheme
January 27, 2025
The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) reported rise in customer complaints under its Integrated
Ombudsman Scheme for the fiscal year ending March 2024. The total complaints surged
by 32.81 per cent, reaching 934,355. This increase indicates a decline in customer service
standards across the banking sector. The rise in complaints marks the need for immediate

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 541
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

improvements in service delivery.

Background of the Ombudsman Scheme
The Integrated Ombudsman Scheme was launched on November 12, 2021.
It aims to provide a streamlined process for addressing customer grievances related
to banks, non-banking financial companies (NBFCs), payment system participants,
and credit information companies.
Overview of Complaints
The Ombudsman Scheme received complaints from various banking segments.
The most notable was in loans and advances, with 85,281 complaints, marking a
42.70 per cent increase from the previous year. Mobile and electronic banking
complaints reached 57,242, a 32.61 per cent rise.
Complaints related to deposit accounts and credit cards also increased .
Geographic Distribution of Complaints
Chandigarh, NCT of Delhi, Rajasthan, Gujarat, and Uttarakhand were the top
contributors to complaints per lakh accounts.
In contrast, Mizoram, Nagaland, Ladakh, Manipur, and Lakshadweep had the lowest
complaint rates.
This geographical disparity raises questions about banking service quality across
different regions.
Nature of Complaints
Many complaints revolved around unfair banking practices. Customers reported issues
such as interest being charged from the date of loan sanction rather than disbursement.
Other complaints included unauthorized charges, fraudulent activities, and disputes with
merchants. Customers also expressed dissatisfaction with credit card rewards and
promotional benefits.
Complaint Resolution Statistics
The RBI Ombudsman disposed of 284,355 complaints during the year, achieving a
disposal rate of 95.10 per cent.
Of these, 67.83 per cent were maintainable complaints.
A number of cases were resolved through mutual settlement, conciliation, or
mediation. However, 40.78 per cent were rejected due to no service deficiency.
Increase in Centralised Receipt and Processing Centre Complaints
The Centralised Receipt and Processing Centre (CRPC) experienced a substantial
increase in complaints, receiving 766,957, a 30.10 per cent rise.
The majority of these were closed as non-maintainable complaints.
A portion of complaints were addressed to the RBI without prior lodging with the
concerned entity.
Shompens Struggle for Survival
January 27, 2025
Recent developments have brought into light the challenges faced by the Shompens, an

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 542
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

indigenous community in the Great Nicobar Islands. Prof Vishvajit Pandya, director of the
Andaman and Nicobar Tribal Research Institute, has emphasised the community’s
opposition to government projects that threaten their forests. The proposed Great
Nicobar Project could drastically affect their way of life.
The Shompens’ Background
The Shompens are one of the Particularly Vulnerable Tribal Groups in India.
They inhabit the interior forests and coastal areas of the Great Nicobar Islands.
Their population was recorded at 229 in the 2011 Census.
They rely on tropical evergreen forests for sustenance.
Their diet consists mainly of pandanus, supplemented by seafood and wild game.
The Great Nicobar Project
The Great Nicobar Project proposes infrastructure developments.
It includes an international container transshipment terminal, a greenfield airport,
and various power plants.
The project requires around 166.10 sq km of land, impacting approximately 130.75
sq km of forest.
This encroachment poses a threat to the Shompens’ traditional land practices and
livelihoods.
Cultural Implications
The Shompens have a matrilineal society. Their land practices are closely tied to their
marriage and kinship systems. The loss of forest land directly threatens these cultural
practices. The community has expressed concerns over health risks associated with
increased outsider contact and the introduction of non-traditional foods.
Health Vulnerabilities
The Shompens are highly vulnerable to diseases. A population decline was recorded due
to an epidemic in the 1990s. The community’s resistance to outside contact is a protective
measure against infection. Recent studies have identified health issues like anaemia and
respiratory infections among them.
Preservation Efforts
Efforts to support the Shompens must respect their autonomy. Minimal healthcare
interventions are recommended. Education initiatives should align with their cultural
norms. Forest preservation is crucial for their survival. Emic-based research approaches
can help understand their needs better.
Community Resilience
Despite external pressures, the Shompens have shown resilience. They have adapted
some agricultural practices while maintaining their traditional lifestyle. The use of local
plants for various purposes showcases their deep knowledge of their environment.
Future Directions
To ensure the Shompens’ survival, interventions must be culturally sensitive. The
preservation of their forests and customs is vital. The voices of the Shompens should

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 543
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

guide conservation efforts. Respecting their autonomy is essential for their continued
existence.
Blue Carbon Ecosystems
January 27, 2025
Blue carbon ecosystems play important role in climate change mitigation. They are among
the most effective carbon sinks on the planet. Recent studies highlight their capacity to
sequester carbon at rates higher than traditional forests.
What Are Blue Carbon Ecosystems?
Blue carbon ecosystems refer to coastal and marine habitats that capture and store
carbon.
This includes mangroves, salt marshes, and seagrasses.
These ecosystems are vital for maintaining biodiversity and providing habitat for
marine life.
They also help protect coastlines from erosion and flooding.
Carbon Sequestration Potential
Research indicates that mangroves can sequester carbon at rates up to ten times
greater than mature tropical forests.
They can store more than 1,000 tons of carbon per hectare.
Restoring just 10% of degraded mangroves globally could sequester an additional
1.6 billion tons of carbon.
This marks the immense potential of these ecosystems in climate mitigation.
Economic and Environmental Benefits
Blue carbon ecosystems offer numerous co-benefits.
They support local economies through sustainable fisheries and eco-tourism.
For instance, restored mangroves in India have attracted government funding and
increased coastal GDPs.
The economic return on investment in blue carbon restoration is high, with every
dollar yielding six dollars in economic benefits.
Challenges in Blue Carbon Conservation
Despite their benefits, blue carbon ecosystems face numerous challenges.
Systemic hurdles often delay project development. Issues such as agricultural
expansion, coastal development, and illegal logging threaten their existence.
The lack of transparency in carbon credit markets has also undermined confidence
among investors.
Innovations in Blue Carbon Projects
Countries like Australia have pioneered methods to streamline blue carbon project
implementation. The Blue Carbon Method encourages investment in ecosystem
restoration. Technological advancements, such as AI mapping and blockchain, enhance
monitoring and transparency. Community-driven initiatives in Indonesia have also shown
success in restoring mangrove areas and improving local economies.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 544
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Future of Blue Carbon Ecosystems

The global market for blue carbon credits is projected to reach $50 billion by 2030. This
growth puts stress on the importance of investing in blue carbon ecosystems. Initiatives
like India’s Mangrove Initiative for Shoreline Habitats and Tangible Incomes (MISHTI) aim
to restore areas of mangroves, showcasing a commitment to sustainability and climate
resilience.
Declining Population of the Koraga Tribe in India
January 27, 2025
The Koraga tribe, classified as a Particularly Vulnerable Tribal Group (PVTG), is facing
decline in its population. Recent reports indicate a drop from 20,000 members two
decades ago to approximately 16,000.
Current Demographics and Challenges
The Koraga population is projected to decrease further to around 12,000 if current
trends continue.
Factors contributing to this decline include falling birth rates and rising infant
mortality rates.
The community suffers from malnutrition and limited access to education and
healthcare.
Historical injustices and ongoing violations of their constitutional rights exacerbate
their plight.
Constitutional Rights and Social Issues
The Koragas are victims of untouchability despite constitutional protections against such
practices. The persistence of social discrimination, particularly through customs like ajalu,
marks the community’s marginalisation. Political leaders have called for compensation for
historical injustices and the implementation of pro-tribal laws to safeguard their rights
and dignity.
Government Initiatives
In response to the challenges faced by the Koragas, the Kerala government has initiated
programmes to provide nutritious food to tribal households. In late 2024, 530 Koraga
families were identified and granted land in Kasaragod district, an essential step towards
improving their living conditions. However, the community continues to advocate for
more comprehensive support and recognition of their rights.
Culture and Economy
The Koragas are primarily agrarian, relying on forest produce for their livelihood. They
engage in traditional crafts, such as basket-making, and participate in cultural activities
like folk dances and rituals. Their matrilineal family structure and unique clan system,
known as bali, reflect their rich cultural heritage. Drumming and traditional music play
role in their rituals and community gatherings.
Religious Beliefs and Practices
Koragas identify as Hindus and follow distinct tribal religious practices. They worship

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 545
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

spirits known as Bhutas and believe in the power of magic and rituals. Drum-beating,
particularly through the use of dholu, is integral to their cultural identity and is believed to
ward off evil spirits.
Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code Cases Slow Down
January 27, 2025
The Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code (IBC) has been mechanism for resolving distressed
debts in India. However, recent trends indicate a decline in its effectiveness. The Reserve
Bank of India (RBI) reported a drop in case admissions to the National Company Law
Tribunal (NCLT), reaching a six-year low in 2023-24. Recovery rates for banks through the
IBC have also decreased . This shift raises questions about the future role of the IBC in the
financial landscape.
Declining Case Admissions
The number of cases admitted under the IBC has fallen sharply. In the first half of
the fiscal year, only 417 cases were admitted, compared to 501 in the same period
last year.
This decline marks a growing reluctance among banks to utilise the IBC for
recoveries.
Delays in the admission process are factor in this trend.
Recovery Rates and Delays
Recovery rates through the IBC have plummeted to 28% in 2023-24, down from 40%
the previous year.
The IBC mandates a 14-day timeline for case admissions.
However, the actual process often extends to 400–600 days.
This discrepancy undermines the effectiveness of the IBC and contributes to the
erosion of non-performing assets (NPAs).
Erosion of Confidence Among Banks
The declining recovery rates and extended timelines have diminished banks’ confidence in
the IBC. Many creditors now prefer alternative methods for debt resolution. Bilateral
settlements and debt assignments are becoming more common as banks seek quicker
and less costly options.
The Role of Asset Reconstruction Companies
Asset Reconstruction Companies (ARCs) are emerging as viable alternatives to the IBC.
They offer a more efficient approach to managing distressed assets. The ability to sidestep
lengthy processes associated with the IBC is appealing to banks, particularly those with
lower claims.
Importance of Operational Efficiency
Experts emphasise the need for enhanced operational efficiency within the NCLT.
Strengthening bench strength and streamlining processes are crucial for improving the
IBC’s effectiveness. Incorporating technology-driven solutions could also facilitate quicker
resolutions.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 546
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Restructuring as a Preferred Approach

Restructuring loans is increasingly favoured over pursuing insolvency. Many insolvencies
arise from liquidity issues rather than mismanagement. The IBC has instilled a sense of
discipline among creditors, making restructuring a more attractive option for banks and
financial institutions.
Strengthening Legal Framework
Providing immunity to bankers for their commercial decisions is another suggestion from
experts. This could encourage timely actions and prudent risk-taking, thereby boosting
the resilience of the banking sector.
India’s Forex Reserves Decline
January 27, 2025
India’s foreign exchange (forex) reserves have experienced fluctuations in recent weeks.
As of January 17, 2025, the reserves stood at $623.983 billion, a decrease of $1.88 billion
from the previous week. This decline follows a larger drop of $8.714 billion recorded in the
week ending January 10. The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) attributes these changes to
market interventions aimed at stabilising the Indian rupee and adjustments in asset
valuations.
About Forex Reserves
Forex reserves are assets held by a country’s central bank in foreign currencies.
These reserves are crucial for maintaining currency stability, facilitating international
trade, and managing foreign debt.
They typically include foreign currency assets, gold reserves, and Special Drawing
Rights (SDRs).
Components of Forex Reserves
The main components of India’s forex reserves include:
Foreign Currency Assets: This is the largest part of the reserves, amounting to
$533.133 billion as of January 17. It reflects the value of currencies like the euro,
pound, and yen.
Gold Reserves: These increased to $68.947 billion. Gold acts as a hedge against
inflation and currency fluctuations.
Special Drawing Rights (SDRs): These are international reserve assets created by
the International Monetary Fund (IMF). India’s SDRs rose to $17.782 billion.
Reserve Position with the IMF: This represents India’s financial position with the
IMF, which decreased to $4.122 billion.
Factors Influencing Forex Reserves
Several factors contribute to the fluctuations in forex reserves:
Market Interventions: The RBI intervenes in the forex market to mitigate excessive
volatility in the rupee.
Valuation Changes: The value of foreign currency assets can change due to
fluctuations in exchange rates.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 547
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Global Economic Conditions: Economic stability or instability in major economies

can impact reserve levels
Recent Trends in Forex Reserves
The decline in reserves marks a shift from the peak of $704.885 billion reached in
September 2024. The recent downward trend is concerning for analysts, as it may indicate
underlying economic pressures. Continuous monitoring of reserve levels is vital for
assessing India’s economic health.
Implications of Declining Reserves
A decline in forex reserves can have several implications:
Currency Stability: Lower reserves may lead to increased volatility in the rupee.
Inflation Control: The RBI may face challenges in controlling inflation without
adequate reserves.
Investor Confidence: A decrease in reserves can affect investor sentiment and
foreign investment inflows.
January 28, 2025
Enhanced Certificate of Origin (eCoO) 2.0 System Launched
January 28, 2025
The Directorate General of Foreign Trade (DGFT) has launched the enhanced Certificate of
Origin (eCoO) 2.0 system. This upgrade aims to simplify the certification process for
exporters and improve trade efficiency. The new platform incorporates user-friendly
features and mandatory electronic filing, marking advancement in India’s trade facilitation
efforts.
Key Features of eCoO 2.0
The eCoO 2.0 system’s multi-user access allows exporters to authorise multiple users
under one Importer Exporter Code (IEC). This flexibility enhances collaboration
among team members.
Aadhaar-based e-signing is now supported, providing an additional method for
verifying identities alongside digital signature tokens.
Integrated Dashboard
The system includes an integrated dashboard that offers seamless access to various eCoO
services. Exporters can easily find information on Free Trade Agreements (FTAs),
upcoming trade events, and other essential resources. This centralised access streamlines
the overall experience for users.
In-Lieu Certificate of Origin
A notable addition is the in-lieu Certificate of Origin feature. This allows exporters to
request corrections to previously issued certificates through an online application process.
This enhancement ensures that exporters can maintain accurate documentation
efficiently.
Mandatory Electronic Filing
As of 1st January 2025, electronic filing of Non-Preferential Certificates of Origin is

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 548
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

mandatory on the eCoO 2.0 platform. Exporters can access the system via the official
DGFT website. This requirement aims to standardise the certification process and reduce
paperwork.
Daily Processing Capacity
The eCoO 2.0 platform is designed to handle a high volume of transactions. It processes
over 7,000 Certificates of Origin daily. This includes both preferential and non-preferential
certificates. The system connects 125 issuing agencies, including 110 national and
regional chambers of commerce and industry.
Back-to-Back Certificates of Origin
DGFT has also introduced procedures for obtaining online Back-to-Back Certificates of
Origin. These certificates apply to goods not of Indian origin, intended for re-export or
trans-shipment. They are issued based on documentary evidence from the foreign country
of origin, ensuring transparency and accuracy.
Impact on Global Supply Chains
The enhancements made to the eCoO system benefit global supply chains. The quicker
processing times and simplified certification procedures facilitate intermediary trade
through India. This initiative aligns with DGFT’s commitment to improving the Ease of
Doing Business for Indian exporters.
Retail Food Inflation’s Impact on Agriculture
January 28, 2025
Retail food inflation in India saw a decline to 8.39% year-on-year in December 2025. This
decrease follows higher inflation rates of 9.04% and 10.87% in the previous months.
Despite this easing, the future trajectory of inflation remains uncertain, heavily influenced
by supply conditions and weather patterns.
Current Agricultural Context
Farmers have sown 320 lakh hectares of wheat in the rabi season, surpassing the
315.63 lakh hectares from the previous year.
Acreages for chickpeas, maize, potatoes, onions, and tomatoes have also increased.
However, mustard sowing has decreased.
The increase in sown area is attributed to surplus rainfall during the southwest
monsoon, which has improved soil moisture and groundwater levels.
Wheat Supply and Prices
Wheat stocks in government warehouses are at 184.11 lakh tonnes, marking the fifth
lowest for this date since 2008. Current wholesale prices in Delhi range from Rs 3,150 to
Rs 3,200 per quintal, rise from Rs 2,550 to Rs 2,600 last year. The government’s limited
open market sales have contributed to this price increase, as uncertainty looms over the
upcoming wheat harvest.
Temperature and Crop Development
Temperature plays important role in wheat grain development. Ideal temperatures should
be in the low thirties during March, when grain filling occurs. An early onset of summer or

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 549
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

extreme temperatures can adversely affect yields. Delayed sowing this season has raised
concerns about potential crop output.
Sugar Production Outlook
India’s sugar production for the 2024-25 season is projected at 270 lakh tonnes, a
decrease from 319 lakh tonnes in the previous season. Key states like Uttar Pradesh and
Maharashtra are expected to see declines due to drought and adverse weather conditions
affecting sugarcane growth. Early flowering in cane has also been reported, reducing
sucrose accumulation.
Potato Crop Status
Potato planting was delayed by high temperatures, affecting germination and tuber
formation. However, improved conditions later in the season have led to larger tubers and
better yields. Retail prices for potatoes have fallen , indicating a positive outlook for this
crop.
Edible Oils Price Surge
Prices for edible oils remain high, with palm oil at Rs 145 per kg, soyabean at Rs 155 per
kg, and mustard oil at Rs 165 per kg. The increase is partly due to higher import duties
and changes in palm oil blending regulations in Indonesia. Lower mustard acreage further
complicates the supply situation.
Key Factors Contributing to Food Inflation in India
Weather Challenges
Poor monsoon and heatwaves in 2024 reduced yields of water-dependent crops like
cereals, pulses, and sugar.
For example, inflation for cereals and pulses reached double digits in April 2024.
Fuel Price Impact
High fuel costs increased agricultural expenses (e.g., transport, machinery).
A 1% rise in fuel inflation can cause a 0.13% rise in food inflation over 12 months.
Supply Chain Disruptions
Transportation issues, labor shortages, and poor logistics led to food scarcity.
Perishable items like vegetables suffered the most due to inadequate storage,
causing vegetable inflation to reach 27.8% for six consecutive months.
Global Influence
Despite falling global food prices, domestic prices stayed high due to limited global-
to-local price transmission.
India imports 60% of its edible oils and pulses, making it vulnerable to international
disruptions like the Russia-Ukraine war.
Inflation Basics
Definition: Inflation is a rise in prices of goods and services, reducing people’s
purchasing power.
Example: If inflation rises from 1% in March to 7% in June, prices are rising faster
each month.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 550
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Types:
Demand-Pull Inflation: Demand exceeds supply.
Cost-Push Inflation: Production costs (e.g., fuel, labor) increase.
Wage-Price Inflation: Higher wages lead to higher prices, creating a cycle.
Measuring Food Inflation in India:
1. Consumer Price Index (CPI): Tracks retail inflation for goods like food, clothing, and
housing. Types include:
CPI for Industrial Workers (IW), Agricultural Laborers (AL), Rural Laborers (RL),
and Urban Non-Manual Employees (UNME).
2. Consumer Food Price Index (CFPI): Monitors food item prices (e.g., cereals, fruits,
dairy).
3. Wholesale Price Index (WPI): Measures price changes for goods in bulk (e.g.,
cereals, vegetables, milk).
Government Measures to Control Food Inflation:
1. Subsidized Commodities: Distribution of cheaper onions, tomatoes, wheat, and
sugar.
2. Import Duty Cuts: Lowered duties to boost supply of pulses.
3. Export Bans: Restricted wheat (May 2022) and broken rice (Sept 2022) exports to
ensure local availability.
4. Ban on Stockpiling: Limited wheat storage for traders to prevent hoarding.
5. Operation Greens: Stabilizes prices of Tomato, Onion, and Potato (TOP crops).
6. Minimum Export Price (MEP): Imposed $800/ton export floor price for onions (Oct-
Dec 2023).
Strategies to Tackle Food Inflation
Improving Supply Chains: Strengthen logistics and storage (e.g., refrigerated trucks
for perishables).
Boosting Agricultural Productivity: Invest in drip irrigation, modern technology,
and research to enhance crop yields.
Price Regulation: Regularly monitor food prices and set fair maximum retail prices
(MRPs).
Encouraging Crop Diversification: Promote pulses and drought-resistant crops to
reduce dependency on a few commodities.
Adopting Climate-Smart Agriculture: Use rainwater harvesting and crop rotation
to adapt to changing weather.
Leveraging Technology: Tools like AmbiTag monitor food during transit to reduce
wastage.
Climate Change-Led Greenland Lakes Transformation
January 28, 2025
In 2022, over 7,500 lakes in western Greenland underwent a dramatic transformation
from crystal blue to brown. This change was triggered by extreme weather events,

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 551
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

including heavy rainfall and warmer temperatures. The lakes, vital for local drinking water
and biodiversity, began emitting carbon and suffered decline in water quality.
Extreme Weather Events and Their Causes
The transformation of Greenland’s lakes was primarily due to unusually high
temperatures and precipitation. Typically, the region experiences snowfall in late summer.
However, in 2022, rain replaced snow due to warmer conditions. This led to the thawing of
permafrost, which released organic carbon and other elements into the lakes. The
extreme weather events occurred rapidly, causing changes that would usually take
centuries.
Role of Atmospheric Rivers
Atmospheric rivers played important role in the extreme weather experienced in
Greenland.
Defined as long, narrow regions in the atmosphere, these phenomena transport
amounts of water vapour.
While they contribute to freshwater supplies, intense atmospheric rivers can cause
severe flooding and heat.
Climate models suggest that as global temperatures rise, atmospheric rivers will
become more frequent and intense, impacting regions like Greenland.
Impact on Lake Ecosystems
The influx of organic carbon and minerals transformed the physical and chemical
properties of the lakes. By July 2023, the lakes exhibited noticeable changes in colour,
odour, and taste. The increased dissolved organic material affected drinking water
treatment processes, potentially leading to harmful byproducts. Moreover, reduced light
penetration hindered phytoplankton growth, which plays a vital role in carbon dioxide
absorption through photosynthesis.
Shift from Carbon Sink to Carbon Source
The transformation of the lakes resulted in increase in carbon dioxide emissions. The
study noted a 350% rise in emissions as the lakes shifted from being carbon sinks to
carbon sources. This change is concerning, as it contributes to the overall increase in
atmospheric carbon levels, exacerbating climate change.
Broader Implications for Carbon Sinks
The findings from Greenland’s lakes are part of a larger trend affecting global carbon
sinks. A recent study indicated that land-based carbon absorption has drastically
decreased, marking the lowest levels since 2003. With natural carbon sinks like forests and
oceans struggling to absorb carbon, the potential for rising atmospheric carbon levels is
high. Current projections estimate a continued rise in global carbon dioxide emissions,
further impacting climate stability.
Teesta-3 Dam Reconstruction
January 28, 2025
The Teesta-3 dam in Sikkim, which suffered catastrophic damage from a glacier lake

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 552
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

outburst flood, is set for reconstruction. The flood resulted in loss of life and destruction
of infrastructure. An expert committee from the Environment Ministry has proposed a
new design that aims to enhance safety and operational efficiency. This new structure will
be entirely concrete and will feature a spillway capable of managing higher water flow.
Background of the Disaster
In October 2024, a glacier lake outburst flood (GLOF) led to the failure of the Teesta-3
dam.
This incident caused extensive flooding and resulted in the deaths of at least 100
people.
The flood was exacerbated by the inability to open the dam’s floodgates in time.
The previous dam structure, a combination of rock and concrete, failed under the
pressure of the flood.
New Design and Features
The proposed new dam will be fully constructed from concrete.
This change is intended to improve structural integrity.
The new spillway will handle a peak flow of 19,946 cubic metres per second, three
times the capacity of the old dam.
This design modification aims to prevent future overtopping incidents.
Early Warning System Implementation
A key recommendation from the expert committee is the installation of an early warning
system in the dam’s upper catchment area. This system will enable timely opening of the
dam gates in the event of a flood. The aim is to provide sufficient warning to evacuate
personnel and mitigate potential damage.
Financial Considerations
The estimated cost for reconstructing the dam is ₹4,189 crore.
This is in addition to the original project cost of ₹13,965 crore established in 2017.
The financial implications of the new design will be carefully assessed against the
expected benefits of increased safety and operational reliability.
Restoration Timeline
Most of the dam’s infrastructure, apart from the dam itself, remains largely intact. The
underground powerhouse and electro-mechanical equipment can be restored within 10 to
12 months. The water conductor system has shown resilience against the flood, allowing
for a relatively quick restoration of operations.
Safety Enhancements
To further enhance safety, plans are in place to relocate the dam control room to a higher
elevation. This move aims to protect personnel during potential future flood events. The
overall focus is on creating a more resilient infrastructure capable of withstanding
extreme weather conditions.
Who is Libia Lobo Sardesai?
January 28, 2025

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 553
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Libia Lobo Sardesai, a prominent figure in the Goan liberation movement, was recently
honoured with the Padma Shri (4th highest civilian award). This recognition celebrates her
contributions to Goa’s fight for freedom from Portuguese colonial rule. Born in 1924, Libia
played important role in the anti-colonial struggle, particularly through the establishment
of an underground radio station.
Early Life
Libia was born in Portuguese-ruled Goa.
She spent her formative years in Bombay, now Mumbai.
During her college days, she became actively involved in the Goan nationalist
movement.
The Portuguese government’s oppressive policies, including the arrest of peaceful
protestors in 1954, intensified her commitment to the cause.
The Underground Radio Station
In response to severe censorship imposed by Portuguese authorities, Libia and her
husband, Vaman Sardesai, established an underground radio station. This station, initially
named ‘Q’, later became known as ‘Goenche Sodvonecho Awaz’ and ‘Voz de Liberdade’. It
broadcasted crucial information about the liberation struggle, countering Portuguese
propaganda.
Operations in Secrecy
The radio station operated from dense forests in Maharashtra and Karnataka. Libia,
Vaman, and fellow nationalists worked tirelessly, often for 18 hours a day. They gathered
news from various sources and prepared broadcasts that inspired and informed the Goan
populace. Their isolated existence in the jungle was fraught with danger from wildlife and
the threat of discovery.
The Final Days Before Liberation
As the liberation movement intensified, Libia and Vaman were taken to a rest-house in
Belgaum just days before Operation Vijay. On December 17, 1961, they relayed a critical
message from the Indian Defence Minister to the Portuguese Governor General, warning
of impending military action.
Goa’s Liberation Announcement
On December 19, 1961, Libia made history by announcing Goa’s liberation from an Indian
Air Force plane. Equipped with a radio transmitter and loudspeaker, she declared, “Today,
after 451 years of alien rule, Goa is free.” This moment marked turning point in Goa’s
history, symbolising the end of colonial oppression.
Timeline of Goa’s Integration
Diplomatic Relations with Portugal:
India and Portugal had friendly ties in 1947 post-Independence, establishing
diplomatic relations in 1949.
Tensions began in 1950 when Portugal refused to relinquish Goa, Daman and Diu,
and Dadra and Nagar Haveli.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 554
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Portugal’s Claim on Goa:

In 1951, Portugal changed its constitution, declaring Goa an “overseas province”
instead of a colony.
This move was aimed at invoking NATO’s collective security clause in case of an
Indian attack.
Deteriorating Relations:
Diplomatic relations were severed in 1955 after failed negotiations over Portuguese
enclaves in India.
In 1961, India launched Operation Vijay, annexing Goa, Daman, and Diu on 19th
December 1961, ending 451 years of Portuguese rule.
Integration of Other Territories:
Dadra and Nagar Haveli: Integrated in 1961 after Indian nationalists captured it in
1954.
Daman and Diu: Integrated alongside Goa in 1961.
History of Goa’s Freedom Movement
Colonial Era
Goa became a Portuguese colony in 1510 under Admiral Afonso de Albuquerque
after defeating Bijapur’s Yusuf Adil Shah.
Nationalist Movement
Inspired by India’s freedom struggle, Goan nationalism grew in the early 20th
century.
Tristão de Bragança Cunha, the “Father of Goan Nationalism,” founded the Goa
National Congress in 1928.
In 1946, Ram Manohar Lohia led a significant rally advocating for civil liberties and
freedom, marking a turning point in Goa’s freedom movement.
Divergent Strategies
Peaceful approaches like Satyagraha emphasized non-violence and truth in the
struggle for freedom.
Groups like the Azad Gomantak Dal (AGD) advocated for armed struggle.
Internal differences between these strategies delayed liberation.
Olive Ridley Turtles Nesting at Rushikulya River
January 28, 2025
The Olive Ridley turtles are an endangered species known for their unique mass nesting
behaviour, termed “arribada.” In 2024, these turtles skipped the Rushikulya river mouth in
Odisha, nesting site. However, experts predict a larger number of nesting this year. The
Rushikulya river mouth is one of the primary rookeries in India, alongside Gahirmatha and
the Deve river mouth.
Mass Nesting Behaviour
Olive Ridley turtles typically nest every three years.
This pattern was observed in previous years when mass nesting was absent.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 555
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

In 2023, a record 637,000 turtles nested along a three-kilometre stretch.

This indicates a potential rebound in nesting numbers following a skipped year.
Current Conditions and Predictions
Experts note favourable climatic conditions for mating turtles in the Bay of Bengal. The
presence of many mating pairs suggests that nesting event is imminent. The expected
mass nesting is likely to occur in the third week of February, aligning with previous years.
Environmental Factors
The Rushikulya river did not flood this year, preventing beach erosion. A new sandbar has
emerged, providing additional space for nesting. These environmental factors contribute
positively to the nesting prospects for the Olive Ridley turtles.
Government Initiatives
To protect the nesting turtles, fishing has been banned within a 20-kilometre radius from
November 1 to May 31. This measure aims to create a safe environment for the turtles
during their nesting period. Additionally, the beach has been cleaned and fenced to
prevent disturbances.
Monitoring and Research Efforts
The Zoological Survey of India (ZSI) has tagged around 15,000 turtles since 2021. This
initiative aims to monitor their behaviour, nesting patterns, and life cycle. Recapturing
tagged turtles during mating seasons will provide valuable data for ongoing research.
JPC Clears Waqf Amendment Bill
January 28, 2025
The Waqf Amendment Bill, introduced in 2024, has ignited intense debates in the Indian
Parliament. This legislation aims to amend the Waqf Act of 1995, addressing the
management of Waqf properties. The Joint Committee on the Waqf Amendment Bill has
been at the centre of this controversy, with amendments proposed.
Background
The Waqf Amendment Bill was presented in the Lok Sabha by Union Minority Affairs
Minister Kiren Rijiju.
It aims to streamline the management of Waqf properties and resolve existing
challenges.
The bill was referred to a Joint Parliamentary Committee on August 8, 2024.
The committee’s role is to review the bill and suggest necessary amendments.
Proposed Amendments and Controversies
The committee has received 572 amendments.
The accepted amendments reflect the party’s majority in the committee.
Significant changes include the proposal to retain the concept of “Waqf by User,”
which was initially set to be removed.
This concept recognises properties used for religious purposes as Waqf. However,
properties in dispute or those owned by the government are excluded.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 556
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Opposition Reactions
The opposition has voiced strong objections to the bill. They argue that their amendments
were largely ignored, and they were not allowed to fully express their views during
discussions. Key amendments proposed by the opposition sought to revert the bill to the
original provisions of the 1995 Act. They raised concerns about including non-Muslims in
the Waqf Board and the implications for minority rights.
Key Amendments Accepted
Among the accepted amendments, one allows for two non-Muslim members on the Waqf
Board. This change has raised eyebrows as it could lead to an increased number of non-
Muslim members beyond the initially proposed two. Additionally, the bill mandates that
Waqf properties must be registered and their details published online within six months
of the law’s enactment.
Stakeholder Engagement and Committee Proceedings
The Joint Parliamentary Committee has held extensive meetings, engaging with various
Waqf Boards and state representatives. It has received a considerable volume of feedback,
including 92.28 lakh emails from stakeholders. Despite this, the opposition claims that
their voices were sidelined during the process. The committee’s chairman has been
accused of unilaterally managing discussions and rejecting amendments without proper
deliberation.
Uttarakhand Implements Uniform Civil Code
January 28, 2025
The Uniform Civil Code (UCC) was implemented in Uttarakhand on January 27, 2025. It
makes Uttarakhand as the first state in India to enact the UCC post-independence. The
UCC aims to establish a unified legal framework for all citizens, promoting equality across
various personal laws. It applies to marriage, divorce, inheritance, and live-in
relationships, ensuring that all communities are governed by the same legal standards.
Key Features of the UCC
The UCC standardises several personal laws.
It establishes a uniform legal age for marriage.
The legal age is set at 21 years for men and 18 years for women.
Polygamy and the practice of ‘halala’ are prohibited.
The UCC also mandates the registration of marriages and divorces, ensuring legal
recognition for all couples.
Abolition of Halala and Iddat
The UCC abolishes the controversial practices of Halala and Iddat.
Halala requires a divorced woman to marry another man before she can remarry her
former husband.
Iddat mandates a waiting period for women after divorce or the death of their
husbands before they can remarry.
Both practices have faced criticism for their impact on women’s rights.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 557
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Legal Rights and Inheritance

Under the UCC, both genders have equal rights to inherit property. This change aims to
promote gender equality in inheritance matters. The UCC ensures that children born from
live-in relationships have the same legal rights as those born to married couples,
preventing discrimination.
Online Registration Portal
An online portal has been launched to facilitate the registration of marriages, divorces,
and live-in relationships. This portal allows residents to complete the registration process
from home, providing convenience and accessibility. Applicants can track their application
status via email or SMS.
Exemptions and Applicability
The UCC applies to all residents of Uttarakhand, including those living outside the state.
However, Scheduled Tribes and certain protected communities are exempt from its
provisions. This exemption maintains specific cultural practices for these groups.
Public Response and Implementation Process
The implementation of the UCC has generated mixed reactions. Supporters argue it
promotes equality and justice, while opponents express concerns over potential societal
divisions. The UCC was drafted after extensive public consultation, reflecting the views of
over 230,000 citizens.
Punjab National Bank Integrates NCRP Solution for Cybersecurity
January 28, 2025
Recently, Punjab National Bank (PNB) made headlines by becoming the first Indian bank
to implement Clari5’s National Cybercrime Reporting Portal (NCRP) Integration Solution.
This integration represents advancement in the management of cybercrime complaints
within the banking sector. The system connects seamlessly with the Indian Cybercrime
Coordination Centre (I4C), facilitating real-time complaint management and enhancing
fraud prevention measures.
Overview of the NCRP Integration Solution
The NCRP Integration Solution is designed to streamline the reporting and
management of cybercrime complaints.
It connects various banking platforms, including Internet Banking, Mobile Banking,
and ATMs.
This integration supports future enhancements for credit cards and central bank
digital currencies (CBDC).
Key Features of the Solution
The system incorporates several innovative features.
Real-Time Lien with FIFO Logic prioritises complaints for quicker resolution. Smart
Debit Freeze automatically locks fraudulent accounts based on predefined rules.
Customisable whitelisting protects critical accounts from unnecessary complaint
processes.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 558
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Impact on Fraud Prevention

PNB’s adoption of this solution sets a new standard for the banking industry. It promises
improved fraud detection and enhanced security measures. The system’s automated
processes ensure data integrity and reliability, even during system outages.
Future Prospects for the Banking Sector
The success of the NCRP Integration Solution at PNB could encourage other banks to
adopt similar technologies. This move aligns with the broader goal of creating a safer
financial ecosystem in India. As cyber threats evolve, such integrations will be crucial for
maintaining banking integrity.
Role of the National Cybercrime Reporting Portal
The NCRP, launched in 2019, allows reporting of all types of cybercrime incidents. It
focuses on online child sex abuse material and provides various monitoring dashboards.
The portal also features an automated chatbot for user assistance and a citizen financial
cyber fraud reporting system connecting multiple banks and payment intermediaries.
RBI’s Liquidity Measures
January 28, 2025
The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) has recently intensified its efforts to enhance liquidity in
the banking system. This initiative comes in response to liquidity deficit, which has been
exacerbated by tax outflows and constrained government spending. The central bank’s
measures aim to inject approximately ₹1.5 lakh crore into the banking sector, beginning
on January 30 and concluding on February 20, 2025.
Key Liquidity Measures Announced
The RBI has introduced several critical measures. These include:
1. A $5 billion USD/INR buy/sell swap auction with a six-month tenor.
2. Conducting open market operation (OMO) purchase auctions of government
securities (G-Secs) totalling ₹60,000 crore.
3. Holding a 56-day variable rate repo (VRR) auction for ₹50,000 crore.
These actions are designed to provide a substantial liquidity cushion to the banks.
About the USD/INR Buy/Sell Swap
In the USD/INR buy/sell swap, banks sell US dollars to the RBI.
In return, the RBI credits rupee funds to the banks’ current accounts.
After six months, the banks will return the rupee funds along with a swap premium
to reclaim the US dollars.
This mechanism is crucial for managing currency liquidity without affecting the
foreign exchange reserves directly.
Open Market Operations
The OMO involves the RBI purchasing government securities from the market. This
process injects liquidity into the banking system. The RBI plans to conduct three auctions
of ₹20,000 crore each on January 30, February 13, and February 20. These purchases are
expected to stabilise government bond yields, which have recently reached a three-year

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 559
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

low.
Variable Rate Repo Auctions
The 56-day variable rate repo auction will allow banks to borrow funds from the RBI,
offering flexibility in managing their liquidity needs.
This auction is notable for its extended tenor, marking a shift in the RBI’s approach
to liquidity management.
The first VRR auction is scheduled for February 7, 2025.
Impact on Interest Rates
Economists predict that these liquidity measures may lead to a reduction in interest rates.
The RBI’s liquidity push is seen as a precursor to potential repo rate cuts. The rate-setting
committee is scheduled to meet in early February, and market analysts anticipate that the
RBI will consider a rate reduction in light of the improved liquidity conditions.
Monitoring Liquidity Conditions
The RBI has emphasised its commitment to monitoring the evolving liquidity landscape.
As the liquidity deficit is projected to peak at ₹4 lakh crore by March, the central bank’s
proactive measures are essential. The RBI aims to ensure that liquidity remains orderly
and conducive to economic growth.
India’s First Wetland Cities
January 28, 2025
India has recently celebrated achievement with Indore and Udaipur becoming the first
cities from the country to be accredited as Wetland Cities under the Ramsar Convention.
This recognition marks the importance of wetlands in urban areas and the need for their
conservation. The announcement came just before World Wetlands Day, showcasing
India’s commitment to sustainable urban development.
Ramsar Convention Overview
The Ramsar Convention is an international treaty established in 1971 to promote the
conservation and sustainable use of wetlands.
It currently includes 172 member countries.
The treaty aims to ensure that wetlands provide ecological, economic, and social
benefits to local communities.
Wetland City Accreditation
Wetland City Accreditation is an initiative that recognises cities for their commitment
to preserving and wisely using wetlands.
Cities must meet six international criteria to qualify.
These include effective conservation measures and the promotion of ecosystem
services.
The recent accreditation round added 31 cities globally, bringing the total to 74.
Challenges Faced by Bhopal
Bhopal, which was also nominated for accreditation, did not receive the status due to
concerns raised by citizen groups.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 560
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Issues related to proposed infrastructure projects threatening local wetlands were

brought into light.
This situation puts stress on the need for community involvement in environmental
decision-making.
Benefits of Wetlands
Wetlands play important role in urban ecosystems. They provide flood regulation, support
biodiversity, and offer recreational opportunities. In Indore, Sirpur Lake is being
developed as a bird sanctuary, while Udaipur’s wetlands contribute to the city’s cultural
identity and microclimate regulation.
Epicoccum Indicum Fungi Species Discovered
January 28, 2025
Recently, researchers from Banaras Hindu University identified a new species of
phytopathogenic fungi named *Epicoccum indicum*. This discovery is linked to an
emerging leaf spot disease affecting *Chrysopogon zizanioides*, commonly known as
vetiver or khus. This discovery marks the importance of understanding plant diseases and
their impacts on agriculture and medicinal plants.
Identification Process
*Epicoccum indicum* was identified through a combination of morpho-cultural
characteristics and multigene molecular phylogenetic analyses. The phylogenetic study
showed that this species forms a distinct clade, differentiating it from related species. This
classification was crucial for recognising it as a new species.
Importance of Vetiver
*Chrysopogon zizanioides* is valued for its medicinal properties. It is used in traditional
medicine for treating pain, inflammation, and infections. The discovery of *Epicoccum
indicum* poses a risk to this important plant, making early detection and diagnosis
essential for managing its impact.
Leaf Spot Disease Overview
Leaf spot diseases are characterised by discoloured areas on leaves, caused by various
pathogens including fungi, bacteria, and viruses. Symptoms can vary, but they typically
include necrotic centres. These diseases can weaken plants by reducing photosynthetic
capacity, leading to moderate to complete leaf loss.
Conditions Promoting Leaf Spot Disease
Prolonged wet and humid conditions contribute to the development of leaf spot diseases.
Pathogens are often spread through wind, splashing rain, or irrigation. About these
conditions is vital for effective disease management.
Related Plant Diseases
Other forms of leaf spot diseases include leaf rust, downy mildew, and blights. Each type
presents unique challenges in terms of diagnosis and management. Recognising the signs
and symptoms of different pathogens is critical for effective treatment and prevention.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 561
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Etymology of Vetiver
The term ‘vetiver’ originates from a Tamil word that means ‘root that is dug up’. In
Northern India, it is also referred to as ‘khus’, which should not be confused with ‘khus
khus’, a term for poppy seeds.
Surajpur Wetland Conservation
January 28, 2025
The Surajpur wetland, located in Greater Noida, is facing environmental threats. The
primary concern is the discharge of polluted wastewater into its channels. The Greater
Noida Authority has initiated a project aimed at protecting and conserving this vital
ecosystem. The wetland is crucial for biodiversity, serving as a habitat for numerous
migratory birds during winter. The authority is collaborating with research institutes,
NGOs, and environmental experts to address these challenges.
Location and Significance
Surajpur wetland spans 325 hectares, including a natural lake.
It is situated near Surajpur Village in the Gautam Budh Nagar district of Uttar
Pradesh.
The wetland lies approximately 20 km from Noida and is part of the Western Wildlife
Circuit.
The geographical coordinates are 28°31.425’N latitude and 77°29.714’E longitude,
with an elevation of 184.7 metres above sea level.
Its proximity to major roads and cities makes it an accessible natural site.
Biodiversity and Habitat
The wetland is important breeding ground for various waterfowl species. Notable species
include the Spot-billed Duck, Lesser-whistling Duck, and Red-crested Pochard. The area
also supports wintering waterfowl, such as the Bar-headed Goose and Common Teal. The
diverse flora includes tropical moist and dry deciduous vegetation. The wetland’s
ecological health is vital for sustaining these bird populations.
Water Sources and Terrain
Surajpur wetland is primarily rain-fed. Additional water sources include the Hawalia drain
connected to the Hindan River and the Tilapta minor irrigation canal. The terrain is
predominantly flat, with a mix of terrestrial and wetland areas. The soil in the lake is
classified as lacustrine, which supports the unique vegetation found in the region.
Conservation Initiatives
Since 2010, the Uttar Pradesh Forest Department, in partnership with WWF-India and the
Greater Noida Industrial Development Authority, has undertaken conservation projects.
These initiatives aim to restore the wetland’s ecological balance and enhance its status as
a bird sanctuary. Collaborative efforts are focused on planning and development to
ensure long-term sustainability.
Cultural Heritage
Surajpur wetland is steeped in cultural significance. It is linked to various historical

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 562
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

narratives, including those from the Ramayana and Mahabharata. The area has
connections to local communities, such as the Gurjjar and Bhati Rajputs. These cultural
ties enrich the wetland’s importance beyond its ecological value, denoting the need for
preservation.
Etikoppaka Bommalu
January 28, 2025
Etikoppaka Bommalu is a traditional wooden toy craft from Andhra Pradesh. Recently
showcased during the 76th Republic Day parade, these toys represent a blend of cultural
heritage and sustainable artistry. The craft has evolved over 400 years, with artisans
dedicated to creating intricate and vibrant wooden toys. The toys often depict
mythological figures, animals, and household items, all crafted with care and precision.
Historical Context
The origins of Etikoppaka Bommalu trace back to ancient civilisations, including the
Indus Valley.
The craft has been passed down through generations, preserving techniques and
designs that reflect the region’s rich cultural narrative.
The artisans of Etikoppaka have maintained a connection to their environment, using
local materials and traditional methods.
Materials Used
The primary material for these toys is the wood of the Ankudu tree (Wrightia tinctoria).
This soft and malleable wood is ideal for intricate carvings. Artisans employ natural dyes
sourced from seeds, leaves, and bark to achieve vibrant colours. The final touch involves a
lacquer-turning technique using lac resin, which provides a safe, non-toxic finish.
Recognition and Impact
In 2017, Etikoppaka toys received a Geographical Indication (GI) tag, affirming their
authenticity and cultural significance. This recognition has helped combat counterfeit
products and increased the global demand for these toys. The unique craftsmanship has
attracted international collectors and eco-conscious consumers. Their exquisite designs
and commitment to sustainability make them highly sought after in international markets.
Organophosphate Poisoning in Baddal
January 28, 2025
Recent events in Baddal village, Jammu and Kashmir, have raised serious health concerns.
Seventeen residents died under mysterious circumstances. Initial symptoms included
fever and respiratory issues. Doctors suspect organophosphate poisoning as the likely
cause. Medical teams have responded swiftly to this crisis, treating patients with atropine,
a known antidote for organophosphate toxicity.
About Organophosphates
Organophosphates are synthetic chemicals. They were first created in the 1850s.
Initially used for medical purposes, their agricultural applications became
widespread by the 1930s.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 563
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

These chemicals work by inhibiting the enzyme cholinesterase.

This inhibition leads to a build-up of acetylcholine, causing overstimulation of the
nervous system.
Organophosphates are effective in pest control but pose serious health risks to
humans and animals. They disrupt nerve signal transmission, leading to severe
health effects.
Symptoms of Organophosphate Poisoning
Symptoms of poisoning can vary. Common signs include headaches, dizziness, nausea,
and respiratory distress. Severe cases may lead to convulsions or death. In Baddal,
patients exhibited fever, sweating, and breathing difficulties. The rapid onset of symptoms
in multiple individuals raised alarm among health officials. The presence of
organophosphates in the village’s water and food sources has been investigated.
Medical Response and Investigation
Following the deaths, medical teams were deployed to Baddal. Doctors administered
atropine injections, leading to improvements in some patients. Investigations are
ongoing. Health officials have collected samples from patients, food, and water for
analysis. A containment zone was established to prevent further exposure. The J&K
administration is collaborating with national health experts to determine the cause of the
outbreak.
Historical Context and Usage
Organophosphates have a complex history. Initially developed for military use as nerve
agents, they were later adapted for agricultural purposes. Various brands of
organophosphate pesticides have been widely used. Regulatory bodies like the
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) monitor their usage. Some organophosphates
have been phased out due to health concerns, particularly for vulnerable populations like
children.
Elephant Spotted in Namdapha National Park After 12 Years
January 28, 2025
Recent developments in Namdapha National Park have sparked renewed interest in
wildlife conservation. An adult male elephant was recorded in the park after a 12-year
absence. This sighting is for both ecological research and community engagement in
conservation efforts.
Namdapha National Park Overview
Namdapha National Park is located in the Changlang district of Arunachal Pradesh.
It covers an area of 1,985 square kilometres.
Established in 1983, it is recognised as a biodiversity hotspot. The park is home to
over 1,000 plant species and approximately 1,400 animal species.
It includes the northernmost lowland evergreen rainforests globally.
Recent Elephant Sighting
On January 13, 2025, a camera trap captured an adult male elephant in the Kathan region

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 564
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

of Namdapha. This marks the first sighting since 2013. Field Director V.K. Jawal noted the
importance of this sighting for understanding elephant movement patterns. It also puts
stress on the need for ongoing patrols in vulnerable areas.
Historical Context of Elephant Movement
Elephants in Arunachal Pradesh have historically migrated between the Namsai area and
Myanmar. Their migration routes have been affected by encroachments since 1996. Key
areas like the 52nd Mile, once critical for crossings, are now occupied. This has led
elephants to remain in northern Namdapha, increasing human-elephant conflict.
Human-Elephant Conflict
Encroachments into elephant corridors have resulted in human-elephant conflicts.
Villagers in fringe areas face economic losses due to crop damage. The Arunachal Pradesh
Forest Department has urged local communities to collaborate with conservation
authorities to mitigate these conflicts.
Biodiversity and Ecosystem
Namdapha is crucial for biodiversity. It features diverse ecosystems ranging from tropical
evergreen forests to temperate broadleaf forests. The park’s elevation ranges from 200 to
4,571 metres. This variation supports a wide range of flora and fauna, making it an
essential ecological zone.
Conservation Efforts and Challenges
The recent elephant sighting has prompted calls for active conservation measures.
Authorities emphasise the need to reopen traditional elephant corridors. Community
involvement is vital for successful conservation strategies. The park was declared an Eco-
Sensitive Zone in 2024, denoting its ecological significance.
UPI’s Dominance in India’s Digital Payment Landscape
January 28, 2025
The United Payments Interface (UPI) has fundamentally transformed India’s digital
payment landscape. By the end of 2024, UPI accounted for 83% of the total payment
volume in India. This is increase from 34% in 2019.
Growth Metrics of UPI
The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) has reported that UPI transactions surged to 17,221
crore, contributing to an overall payment volume of 20,787 crore.
In 2018, UPI facilitated 375 crore transactions.
By 2024, this number skyrocketed to 17,221 crore.
The value of UPI transactions also saw a dramatic rise, increasing from Rs 5.86 lakh
crore in 2018 to Rs 246.83 lakh crore in 2024.
This represents a compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) of 89.3% in volume and
86.5% in value over five years.
Impact on Other Payment Systems
The rise of UPI has led to a decline in the share of other payment systems like RTGS, NEFT,
IMPS, credit cards, and debit cards. Their combined share dropped from 66% in 2019 to

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 565
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

just 17% by 2024.

Overall Growth of Digital Payments
India’s overall digital payment system has experienced substantial growth. The total
payment value rose from Rs 1,775 lakh crore in 2019 to Rs 2,830 lakh crore in 2024. Retail
digital payments also surged, with transactions increasing from 162 crore in the financial
year 2013 to over 16,416 crore in 2025. This signifies an almost 100-fold growth over a
span of 12 years.
Digital Payment Index Performance
The RBI’s Digital Payment Index reflects the impressive expansion of payment
infrastructure.
The index grew more than four-fold in six years, reaching 445.50 in March 2024, up
from a base of 100 in March 2018.
This growth marks the increasing accessibility and efficiency of digital payment
systems in India.
Recent Trends in Digital Transactions
Since 2023, digital transactions have grown 94 times in volume and over 3.5 times in
value. Over the past five years, digital payments in India have increased 6.7 times in
volume and 1.6 times in value. This results in a five-year CAGR of 45.9% in volume and
10.2% in value, indicating a robust trend towards digitalisation.
Sewage Sludge Management and Reuse in India
January 28, 2025
The Ministry of Housing and Urban Affairs in India has recently addressed the pressing
issue of sewage sludge management. With urban areas generating volumes of
wastewater, effective disposal and reuse strategies are critical. The ministry has released
an advisory aimed at promoting safe practices for handling sewage sludge. This advisory
outlines methods for enhancing the quality of bio-solids and aims to facilitate their safe
reuse in agriculture.
Current Sewage Sludge Generation
India generates approximately 72,368 million litres of wastewater daily in urban
centres.
However, only 28% of this wastewater is treated.
Rural areas contribute an estimated 39,604 million litres per day.
Daily faecal sludge generation is around 120,000 tonnes.
This marks the urgent need for effective management strategies.
Importance of Safe Disposal and Reuse
Sewage sludge can contain harmful contaminants like heavy metals and pathogens.
Despite this, it also holds valuable nutrients such as nitrogen and phosphorus. Proper
treatment can transform sludge into a useful resource for agriculture, serving as a
fertiliser or soil conditioner. The advisory aims to promote practices that ensure safe
disposal and encourage the responsible reuse of treated sludge.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 566
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Advisory Structure and Key Components

The advisory is divided into nine chapters.
It covers the necessity of drying sludge to make it suitable for reuse.
It also details popular sludge dewatering techniques and methods to eliminate
pathogenic microorganisms.
Additionally, it explains the operation and maintenance of solar greenhouse dryers,
which enhance the quality of bio-solids.
Regulatory Context and Guidelines
The Sewage Sludge Directive aims to protect water quality when sludge is used in
agriculture. This includes guidelines on how farmers can utilise sewage sludge as
fertiliser, the necessary sampling and analysis of sludge, and record-keeping for sludge
quantities. The directive sets limits on heavy metals in soil and sludge to safeguard human
health and the environment.
Challenges in Implementation
Despite the advisory’s comprehensive nature, challenges remain in implementing these
practices. Only a fraction of sewage sludge is currently treated and reused. There is a need
for increased awareness and technical support at the local level. Furthermore, compliance
with regulatory standards must be ensured to protect public health.
Future Directions
To achieve effective sewage sludge management, collaboration between government
bodies, local authorities, and communities is essential. Promoting innovative technologies
and sustainable practices will be key to enhancing the reuse of treated sewage sludge and
ensuring environmental protection.
January 29, 2025
Nagoba Jatara
January 29, 2025
The Nagoba Jatara is an important tribal festival celebrated by the Mesram clan of Adivasi
Gonds in Keslapur village, Telangana. This eight-day event started on January 28 and is
regarded as the second largest Adivasi fair in India. It draws participants from various
states including Maharashtra, Chhattisgarh, and Madhya Pradesh. The festival showcases
the rich cultural heritage and traditions of the Gond community.
Significance of the Festival
Nagoba Jatara is dedicated to the serpent deity Nagoba.
The event strengthens the bond between Adivasis and nature.
The festival reinforces traditional customs and collective identity among the Gonds.
Rituals and Ceremonies
The festival begins with the ‘Varooli Prathishta’, where an anthill of clay is made for
the deity.
This is followed by the Sri Nagoba Maha Puja, marking the festival’s official
commencement. P

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 567
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

ilgrims bring holy water from the Godavari River, which is used in various rituals
throughout the event.
Community Participation
The Jatara attracts thousands of participants. Elders of the Mesram clan play a central role
in the rituals. They perform the ‘Bheting’ ceremony, where new brides are introduced to
the clan. This process ensures their acceptance within the community and connection to
their deities.
Traditional Offerings
Participants offer naivedyam, a form of thanksgiving for the harvest. The offerings include
freshly harvested food grains carried in bamboo baskets. Bamboo symbolises the Gonds’
connection to their forest environment.
Cultural Performances
The festival features various cultural activities, including music and dance. The Gusadi
Dance is a highlight, showcasing the vibrant traditions of the Gond tribe. Traditional folk
music accompanies the celebrations, enhancing the festive atmosphere.
Who are Gonds?
The Gonds are one of India’s largest tribal groups.
They live in Madhya Pradesh, Chhattisgarh, Maharashtra, Andhra Pradesh,
Telangana, Bihar, Odisha, and Uttar Pradesh.
Their language, Gondi, is related to Telugu.
As per the 2001 Census, their population was 11 million (it was 5.01 million in 1971).
The first Gond kingdom, Chanda, was founded in 1200 AD.
The Marathas took control of Gond territories until the Third Anglo-Maratha War,
after which the British took over.
The British restricted Gond access to forests, leading to the Bastar Rebellion in 1910
against British rule.
Annual Status of Education Report (ASER) 2024
January 29, 2025
The Annual Status of Education Report (ASER) 2024 has revealed findings regarding
education in rural India. The report marks improvements in learning levels and shifts in
school enrolment patterns. Conducted by the NGO Pratham, the survey reached over
649,000 children across 605 rural districts.
Overview of ASER
ASER is a comprehensive household survey that tracks children’s schooling and
learning in rural India.
First launched in 2005, it has evolved to assess not only enrolment but also
foundational reading and arithmetic skills.
The survey operates on an alternate-year cycle since 2014, allowing for a detailed
analysis of educational trends.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 568
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Key Findings on Enrolment

The ASER 2024 report indicates a decline in government school enrolment, returning
to 66.8%, similar to levels seen in 2018. This follows increase during the COVID-19
pandemic when enrolment surged to 72.9%.
Private school enrolment, however, has been on the rise, reflecting a shift in
educational preferences.
Digital Literacy Among Youth
A notable addition to the ASER 2024 report is the focus on digital literacy. It found that
82.2% of children aged 14-16 know how to use a smartphone. However, only 57% utilise it
for educational purposes. This indicates a gap between access to technology and its
effective use for learning.
Recovery from Learning Losses
The report reveals a full recovery from pandemic-induced learning losses.
The percentage of Class 3 children reading at the expected level has risen to 27.1%.
Similarly, Class 5 children reading at a Class 2 level increased to 44.8%.
This recovery is attributed to various educational reforms, including the National
Education Policy (NEP) 2020.
Attendance Rates and Classroom Dynamics
Attendance rates for both students and teachers in government schools have
improved.
Student attendance rose to 75.9% in 2024 from 73% in 2022. Teacher attendance
increased to 87.5%.
The report also marks the prevalence of multigrade classes, with number of schools
having fewer than 60 students enrolled.
Gender Disparities in Education
The ASER report indicates a gender gap in smartphone ownership.
While 36.2% of boys reported owning a smartphone, only 26.9% of girls did.
This disparity raises concerns about equal access to educational resources and
digital literacy.
State-wise Performance
The report notes that states like Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Madhya Pradesh, and Tamil Nadu
have shown remarkable recovery in learning levels. Some states have even surpassed pre-
pandemic learning metrics, indicating varying levels of educational progress across the
country.
Supreme Court Split Verdicts
January 29, 2025
The Supreme Court of India has faced scrutiny over its handling of split verdicts. These
decisions occur when judges cannot reach a consensus. The recent case regarding the
burial of Ramesh Baghel’s father marks the complexities of such verdicts. The Court’s
approach raises questions about judicial processes and the impact on individuals involved.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 569
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

About Split Verdicts

A split verdict occurs when judges on a bench disagree on a ruling.
This typically happens in cases with an even number of judges.
In India, most cases are heard by benches with an odd number of judges to avoid
such situations.
However, two-judge benches are also common.
When a split verdict arises, it is customary to refer the case to a larger bench for a
final decision.
Recent Case Analysis
In the Baghel case, the Supreme Court did not refer the matter to a larger bench despite
the split verdict. Justice B V Nagarathna allowed burial on private land, while Justice S C
Sharma insisted on a designated burial ground. The Court’s decision aimed to alleviate the
distress of the appellant and his family.
Historical Context of Split Verdicts
Split verdicts are not unprecedented in the Supreme Court. A notable example is the hijab
ban case in Karnataka. In October 2022, one judge upheld the ban while another struck it
down. The case was subsequently referred to a larger bench, which has yet to hear
arguments.
Immediate Hearings Post-Split Verdicts
There have been instances where the Supreme Court acted quickly following a split
verdict. In 2013, a split decision on the death sentence of Yakub Memon led to a swift
hearing by a three-judge bench. Similarly, in a case involving pregnancy termination, the
Court took decisive action after a split verdict. These examples highlight the Court’s
capacity to respond promptly when necessary.
Implications for Judicial Process
The handling of split verdicts can impact the judicial process. Delays in referring cases to
larger benches can prolong uncertainty for litigants. The Supreme Court’s approach to
split verdicts reflects its balancing act between legal procedure and the need for timely
justice. This balance is crucial in maintaining public trust in the judiciary.
Telangana Government Launches New Welfare Schemes
January 29, 2025
Telangana Chief Minister A. Revanth Reddy set a new record by launching four welfare
schemes in 563 villages across all mandals on January 26. The schemes were launched
across 563 villages in all mandals.
Rythu Bharosa Scheme
Rythu Bharosa provides financial assistance to farmers.
It provides ₹6,000 per acre as investment assistance for farmers in the rabi season.
4.41 lakh farmers covering 9.48 lakh acres received ₹569 crore.
Indiramma Atmiya Bharosa Scheme
Indiramma Atmiya Bharosa targets landless agricultural labour families.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 570
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

It offers annual financial support of Rs 12,000 ((₹6,000 as first installment)

This initiative is crucial for improving the living standards of vulnerable populations.
The scheme is designed to provide a safety net for those who depend on agriculture
but lack land ownership.
As many as 20,336 agricultural laborers in 561 villages received ₹10.91 crore under
this scheme
Indiramma Housing Scheme
The Indiramma Indlu housing scheme aims to provide financial aid for constructing
homes.
Eligible families receive Rs 5 lakh to build their houses. The government plans to
construct 450,000 houses during 2024-2025.
This initiative addresses the pressing issue of homelessness in Telangana.
Ration Cards
To ensure food security, the government is issuing new ration cards.
15,414 new ration cards were issued, benefiting 51,912 people.
In addition, ration cards were updated, adding 1.03 lakh new members.
This move aims to assist families who have been waiting for long periods.
The issuance of ration cards will help improve access to essential food supplies for
low-income families.
Court Directions for Inclusivity
The Telangana High Court directed the government to consider inclusivity in the
Indiramma Atmiya Bharosa scheme. This decision arose from a petition denoting the need
for support for urban landless agricultural workers. The court’s ruling opens the door for
broader access to welfare measures.
Addressing Sand Supply Issues
The Chief Minister has initiated a study to improve sand supply for construction under the
Indiramma Housing scheme. A committee has been formed to explore ways to provide
sand at lower prices. This initiative aims to combat rising construction costs and ensure
better access to building materials.
Wing Commander Akshay Saxena Receives Vayu Sena Medal
January 29, 2025
Wing Commander Akshay Saxena has been awarded the Vayu Sena Medal (Gallantry) for
his exceptional contributions during anti-piracy operations in the Arabian Sea. This
recognition marks the increasing threats posed by piracy in international waters,
particularly from Houthi rebels targeting merchant vessels. The operation, conducted on
16 March last year, was part of the Indian Navy’s Operation Sankalp, aimed at ensuring
maritime security in the region.
Key Facts About Vayu Sena Medal
The Vayu Sena Medal (VM) was instituted on January 26, 1960 to honor exceptional
devotion to duty or acts of courage by Indian Air Force personnel.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 571
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

In 1994, it was split into two categories:

VM (Gallantry): For acts of courage.
VM (Devotion to Duty): For outstanding service and commitment.
Operation Sankalp Overview
Operation Sankalp was initiated by the Indian Navy in response to escalating
maritime threats.
It focuses on safeguarding Indian-flagged vessels in the Persian Gulf and Gulf of
Oman.
Following attacks on merchant ships in June 2019, this operation has become crucial
for maintaining safe passage through the Strait of Hormuz.
Currently, 23 warships are deployed, providing an average of 16 safe passages daily.
Wing Commander Saxena’s Mission Details
Wing Commander Saxena led a critical mission involving the airdrop of Combat
Rubberised Raiding Craft (CRRC) and marine commandos.
The operation targeted a pirate-controlled ship that had attacked merchant vessels
and opened fire on INS Kolkata.
The mission required precise execution under time constraints and the need for
secrecy.
Saxena ensured aircraft readiness and coordinated effectively with the Navy.
Significance of the Operation
The operation puts stress on the importance of inter-service coordination in modern
military operations. It demonstrates the Indian Armed Forces’ capability to respond swiftly
to maritime threats. The successful execution of this mission also reflects the strategic
importance of the Arabian Sea for trade and security.
INS Talwar and Maritime Security
INS Talwar, a Talwar-class frigate, plays role in Operation Sankalp. This vessel is equipped
for anti-air, anti-ship, and anti-submarine warfare. Its deployment marks India’s
commitment to securing its maritime interests, particularly given its reliance on oil
imports from the Gulf region.
Geopolitical Context of the Persian Gulf
The Persian Gulf is vital for global oil trade, containing two-thirds of the world’s proven oil
reserves. Its strategic significance is telld by the heavy maritime traffic that passes
through. The Gulf of Oman serves as a critical shipping route, linking the Arabian Sea and
the Persian Gulf, making its security a shared interest among major oil exporters and
importers.
Fentanyl Crisis and US-China Trade Tensions
January 29, 2025
Recently, US President Donald Trump announced plans to impose a 10% punitive duty on
Chinese imports. This decision stems from concerns over the influx of fentanyl into the
United States, primarily sourced from China. The opioid epidemic has reached alarming

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 572
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

levels in the US, prompting urgent discussions on trade and public health.
What is Fentanyl?
Fentanyl is a synthetic opioid.
It is used medically as an analgesic and anaesthetic.
The drug is more potent than morphine and heroin.
While it provides pain relief, it poses severe risks.
Overdoses can lead to respiratory failure and death.
Opioids, including fentanyl, are highly addictive.
Opioid Epidemic in the US
The US faces an opioid epidemic.
In 2021, over 107,000 drug overdose deaths were reported.
A staggering 75% involved opioids.
The crisis has escalated since 1999, particularly with the rise of synthetic opioids.
Many users initially start with prescription painkillers before developing an addiction.
Role of China in Fentanyl Trafficking
China is a key player in the fentanyl crisis.
Reports indicate that fentanyl and its precursors are trafficked from China to the US
via Mexico.
Investigations have identified Chinese companies involved in producing chemicals
for synthetic opioids.
The Chinese Communist Party has been accused of subsidising these operations.
Impact of Diplomatic Relations
The deteriorating diplomatic ties between the US and China complicate efforts to combat
the fentanyl crisis. Cooperation is essential for addressing the issue. However, local
governance in China often prioritises economic benefits from fentanyl production,
hindering enforcement actions.
Domestic Factors in the US
The US opioid crisis also has domestic roots. Pharmaceutical companies have been
blamed for over-prescribing opioids. This practice has contributed to widespread
addiction. The interplay between prescription practices and illicit drug use exacerbates the
crisis.
Challenges in Addressing the Crisis
Addressing the fentanyl crisis presents challenges. The need for international cooperation
is crucial. However, the US must also tackle domestic issues, including addiction treatment
and prevention. The complexity of the crisis requires a multifaceted approach.
Africa Energy Summit
January 29, 2025
Recently, the Africa Energy Summit took place in Dar es Salaam, Tanzania. Twelve African
nations presented their National Energy Compacts. These strategies aim to tackle energy
access deficits and promote clean energy solutions. The summit was part of “Mission 300,”

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 573
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

a World Bank and African Development Bank initiative. The goal is to provide electricity to
300 million people in sub-Saharan Africa by 2030.
Energy Access Deficits in Africa
Over 600 million Africans lack reliable electricity.
This represents more than half of the continent’s population. Sub-Saharan Africa is
home to 80% of the world’s population without electricity.
Countries like Nigeria have the largest number of people without access.
The challenges include outdated infrastructure and insufficient financing.
Focus on Clean Cooking Solutions
The National Energy Compacts also address clean cooking solutions.
Currently, 800 million Africans rely on traditional biomass for cooking.
This reliance poses health risks and contributes to deforestation.
Household air pollution from cooking smoke leads to over 700,000 premature deaths
annually.
Nigeria aims for a 25% annual increase in clean cooking solutions to achieve
universal access by 2030.
Commitments from Participating Nations
The twelve nations outlined ambitious plans.
For instance, Tanzania aims for 75% electricity connectivity by 2030 and 80% access
to clean cooking by 2034.
Each country’s strategy includes specific policy measures.
These measures focus on increasing renewable energy adoption and upgrading
infrastructure.
Alignment with Global Goals
The commitments made at the summit align with the United Nations’ Sustainable
Development Goal 7 (SDG7).
This goal seeks to ensure affordable and reliable energy access for all by 2030.
Energy access is crucial for achieving other development goals like poverty reduction
and gender equality.
The National Energy Compacts serve as roadmaps for these objectives.
Christine Carla Kangaloo Receives Pravasi Bharatiya Samman Award
January 29, 2025
The Pravasi Bharatiya Samman Award has been awarded to Christine Carla Kangaloo, the
President of Trinidad and Tobago. This recognition marks her contributions to public
affairs and her role in enhancing India’s global reputation. The award was presented by
the High Commissioner of India during a Republic Day reception. Kangaloo’s
achievements were celebrated at the 18th Pravasi Bharatiya Divas Convention in
Bhubaneswar, Odisha, where she served as the chief guest.
Historical Context of Indo-Trinidadian Relations
The relationship between India and Trinidad and Tobago dates back to 1845.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 574
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Indian indentured workers arrived in Trinidad, marking the beginning of cultural

exchange.
India was one of the first nations to establish diplomatic relations with Trinidad and
Tobago after its independence in 1962.
This long-standing connection has led to a strong Indo-Trinidadian community.
Contributions of the Indian Diaspora
Indian diaspora has significant impact on Trinidad and Tobago. Descendants of Indian
indentured workers now make up approximately 42 per cent of the nation’s population.
They have enriched the cultural, social, and economic landscape of Trinidad and Tobago
through their traditions and heritage.
Significance of the Pravasi Bharatiya Samman Award
The Pravasi Bharatiya Samman Award is the highest honour for overseas Indians.
It acknowledges exceptional contributions across various fields.
This award strengthens ties between India and its global diaspora, celebrating their
achievements and encouraging collaboration.
Resumption of Kailash Mansarovar Yatra
January 29, 2025
India and China have recently agreed to resume the Kailash Mansarovar Yatra, marking
moment in bilateral relations. This decision follows Foreign Secretary Vikram Misri’s visit to
Beijing and comes after months of negotiations to resolve military tensions at the Line of
Actual Control. The yatra, which was halted due to the COVID-19 pandemic and
subsequent geopolitical tensions, is now set to recommence under existing agreements.
Kailash Mansarovar Yatra
The Kailash Mansarovar Yatra has a rich history intertwined with spirituality and
pilgrimage.
It is a revered journey for Hindus, Jains, and Buddhists.
The yatra involves visiting Mount Kailash and Mansarovar Lake in Tibet, both of
which hold immense religious significance.
Mount Kailash’s Religious Significance
Mount Kailash, standing at 21,778 feet, is considered the abode of Lord Shiva in
Hinduism.
It is referred to as Mount Meru in Tibetan beliefs, representing the cosmic axis.
For Jains, it is the place of enlightenment for Rishabhanatha.
The mountain is also believed to be the spiritual centre of the Earth, with four rivers
emanating from it, further enhancing its sacred status.
Mansarovar Lake’s Religious Significance
Mansarovar Lake, located at the foot of Mount Kailash, is regarded as one of the
holiest lakes.
According to Hindu mythology, it was created by Lord Brahma’s vision.
The lake is associated with Goddess Sati and is considered one of her Shaktipeeths.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 575
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Pilgrims often perform rituals at the lake, believing it brings wealth and good
fortune.
Spiritual and Mystical Aspects
Many believe that completing the Kailash Mansarovar Yatra leads to Moksha or liberation.
The pilgrimage includes the Kailash Kora, a circumambulation of the mountain, which
takes several days. The mountain’s mysteries, including its unique shape and sounds, have
intrigued scientists and spiritual seekers alike.
Recent Developments in India-China Relations
The resumption of the yatra signifies a thaw in India-China relations. Previous tensions,
exacerbated by the Galwan clash and the pandemic, have prompted both nations to seek
reconciliation. The recent discussions between leaders have led to agreements on various
fronts, including direct flights and visa provisions, indicating a shift towards cooperation.
Future Prospects
The renewed Kailash Mansarovar Yatra is expected to enhance people-to-people
connections between India and China. It represents a broader effort to stabilise bilateral
relations and promote cultural exchange. The yatra’s resumption is seen as a step towards
healing and understanding between the two nations.
CRED Launches Beta E-Rupee Wallet
January 29, 2025
Recently, CRED became the first fintech company to launch a beta version of its e-rupee
wallet, enabling transactions using India’s central bank digital currency (CBDC). This
initiative follows the Reserve Bank of India’s (RBI) proposal to broaden access to CBDC-
Retail, allowing non-bank payment system operators to facilitate digital currency
transactions. The e-rupee wallet aims to enhance financial inclusion and streamline digital
payments in India.
About Central Bank Digital Currency (CBDC)
CBDC is a digital form of legal tender issued by a country’s central bank.
It holds the same value as physical currency. Unlike traditional bank deposits, CBDC
is a liability on the central bank’s balance sheet.
This means individuals do not need a bank account to possess digital currency.
CBDCs can be exchanged for physical cash and facilitate seamless transactions.
Features of CRED’s E-Rupee Wallet
CRED’s e-rupee wallet allows users to transact up to ₹10,000 per transfer, with a daily
limit of ₹50,000.
The wallet supports zero-cost merchant transactions.
Users can load their wallets via UPI and send or receive money to other CBDC
wallets.
Future updates will introduce programmable payments and PIN-less transactions for
amounts below ₹500.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 576
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Partnerships with Financial Institutions

Yes Bank acts as the sponsor bank for CRED’s e-rupee wallet, facilitating the issuance of
CBDC tokens from the RBI. The collaboration aims to ensure secure and efficient
integration of the e-rupee wallet. Other fintech giants like PhonePe, Google Pay, and
AmazonPay are also looking to partner with the RBI to expand the e-rupee’s reach.
Regulatory Context and Global Landscape
The launch of the e-rupee wallet occurs amidst a contrasting stance in the United
States, where President Donald Trump banned the establishment of CBDCs.
The U.S. order prohibits any actions to develop or promote CBDCs, reflecting a
cautious approach to digital currency.
As India embraces CBDC, it positions itself as a leader in digital finance.
Potential Impact on Financial Transactions
The introduction of CBDC is expected to revolutionise financial transactions in India. It
enhances transaction efficiency and reduces costs associated with traditional banking. The
RBI anticipates that CBDC will boost financial inclusion and provide users with more
choices in digital payments.
What are Party Whips?
January 29, 2025
Recent discussions surrounding the role of party whips in Indian politics have gained
momentum. Vice President Jagdeep Dhankhar has raised concerns about how whips limit
an MP’s freedom of expression. He argues that enforcing party loyalty stifles individual
thought. This statement has ignited a broader debate on the implications of the whip
system in parliamentary democracy.
Definition of Party Whip
A party whip is an official in a political party responsible for party discipline.
The whip ensures that party members attend and vote according to the party line
during crucial votes.
Non-compliance can lead to severe consequences, including disqualification.
Historical Context
The term “whip” originates from hunting terminology in England.
The role was formalised in political contexts by Edmund Burke.
In India, the whip system has been integral since the inception of parliamentary
democracy, reflecting the need for party cohesion.
Importance of the Whip System
The whip system is vital for maintaining party unity.
It ensures that members are present during key votes, which can determine the fate
of legislation.
A party’s strength is often measured by its ability to mobilise its members effectively.
Types of Whips
There are three main types of whips:

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 577
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

One-line whip: Informs members of a vote but allows abstention.

Two-line whip: Requires presence but does not dictate how to vote.
Three-line whip: Mandates attendance and voting in line with party directives. This
is the strictest form and violations can lead to disqualification under the Anti-
Defection Law.
Enforcement of the Whip System
The chief whip plays important role in enforcing party discipline. Additional whips assist in
this function. The Minister of Parliamentary Affairs acts as the chief whip in the Lok Sabha,
while a Minister of State serves this role in the Rajya Sabha. Their responsibilities include
ensuring compliance with party directives during votes.
Consequences of Violating a Whip
Violating a three-line whip can lead to serious repercussions, including disqualification
under the Anti-Defection Law. This law aims to preserve party integrity and discourage
political defection. The Supreme Court has affirmed the necessity of the whip system for
the stability of political parties.
Whip Conferences
The All-India Whips Conference has been held since 1952. It serves as a platform for whips
from various parties to discuss strategies and share insights. This conference promotes
cooperation and understanding among political factions.
Centre Launches TEAM Initiative
January 29, 2025
The Ministry of Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises (MoMSME) has launched initiative
aimed at enhancing the digital presence of small businesses in India. With a budget of
₹277.35 crore over three years, the MSME Trade Enablement and Marketing (TEAM)
Initiative seeks to onboard 5 lakh micro and small enterprises, focusing particularly on
women-led businesses. This effort is in collaboration with the Open Network for Digital
Commerce (ONDC).
Objectives of the TEAM Initiative
The primary aim of the TEAM Initiative is to facilitate the integration of MSMEs into
the ONDC network.
This includes providing digital storefronts, integrated payment systems, and logistics
support.
The initiative aims to reduce operational barriers and enhance the credibility of
participating businesses.
Workshops and Training
More than 150 workshops will be conducted across Tier 2 and Tier 3 cities.
These workshops will focus on guiding MSMEs through the process of creating
compliant digital catalogues and utilising the ONDC ecosystem effectively.
Special attention will be given to women-led and SC/ST enterprises.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 578
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Financial Assistance for MSMEs

Financial support will be available for Seller Network Participants. This assistance will help
with catalogue creation, operations, and account management. The goal is to ensure that
small businesses can navigate the digital commerce landscape successfully.
Role of ONDC
The ONDC is a network of interconnected e-marketplaces that allows sellers to list
their products directly to consumers.
It aims to democratise and decentralise e-commerce, providing a platform that
promotes inclusivity and access for small businesses.
Advantages of ONDC
ONDC encourages a transparent environment for consumers.
It boosts competition by breaking down the dominance of established platforms.
This leads to a wider variety of products and potentially lower prices.
The open-source architecture of ONDC encourages innovation and cost efficiency,
empowering small businesses to participate in the digital marketplace.
Challenges Facing ONDC
Despite its potential, ONDC faces several challenges. Its complexity may deter users
accustomed to simpler systems. Additionally, there are concerns about dispute resolution
and customer service since ONDC does not act as a direct intermediary. Existing e-
commerce platforms pose competition, having established strong consumer loyalty.
Future Directions
To enhance the effectiveness of ONDC, the government must invest in digital
infrastructure and promote digital literacy. Targeted outreach programs are essential to
onboard small sellers. Establishing a robust dispute resolution framework will also be
crucial in building trust within the ONDC ecosystem.
Himachal Pradesh Approves Cannabis Cultivation Pilot Project
January 29, 2025
The Himachal Pradesh government has recently approved a pilot project for cannabis
cultivation. This decision was made on January 24, 2025. The initiative aims to explore the
agricultural, medicinal, and industrial potential of cannabis. The state is joining others like
Uttarakhand and Uttar Pradesh in permitting controlled cannabis cultivation.
Historical Context of Cannabis in India
Cannabis has a long history in India.
Traditionally, it was cultivated for fibre, seeds, and medicinal uses.
However, in 1985, the Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances Act was enacted,
banning its cultivation.
This ban was influenced by international pressures and misconceptions about
cannabis.
Current Status of Cannabis Cultivation
Despite the ban, illegal cultivation persists in various districts of Himachal Pradesh.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 579
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

The state government has now designated its agriculture department as the nodal
agency to oversee the pilot project.
This initiative is expected to evaluate the feasibility of legal cannabis farming.
Global Recognition of Cannabis
The global cannabis market is expanding rapidly.
Countries like Canada and the United States have embraced cannabis farming for its
economic benefits.
The National Botanical Research Institute estimates that cannabis could be a “trillion-
dollar crop,” with over 25,000 products derived from it.
Uses
Cannabis is valued for its diverse applications. It contains over 100 cannabinoids, including
THC and CBD. THC is psychoactive, while CBD is known for its medicinal properties without
psychoactive effects. The industrial uses of cannabis range from textiles to bioplastics.
Local Advocacy
Local advocates have long campaigned for the revival of cannabis farming. They argue
that cannabis has economic potential for rural communities. The recent decision by the
government reflects a shift in perspective, influenced by industrial pressures and local
advocacy.
Challenges
The approval of the pilot project presents both opportunities and challenges. The state
must balance economic benefits with cultural and historical concerns. Preservation of local
cannabis seeds is essential for maintaining cultural heritage and economic viability.
Martyrs’ Day Observed on Jan 30
January 29, 2025
Martyrs’ Day is observed annually on January 30 to honour the sacrifices of those who
fought for India’s freedom. This year, India will observe the 77th anniversary of his
assassination. This day serves as a reminder of the importance of freedom and the
sacrifices made by countless individuals.
Date and Historical Context
Martyrs’ Day is marked on January 30 each year. This day also marks the death
anniversary of Mahatma Gandhi, who was assassinated on this date in 1948 by Nathuram
Godse. Gandhi was a very important figure in India’s struggle for independence,
advocating for non-violence against British rule. His assassination occurred while he was
on his way to a prayer meeting in Delhi.
Significance of Martyrs’ Day
Martyrs’ Day transcends the remembrance of Gandhi alone. It is a solemn occasion to pay
tribute to all martyrs who sacrificed their lives for India’s independence. This day marks
the values of patriotism, freedom, and the importance of remembering those who fought
for the nation.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 580
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Mahatma Gandhi’s Legacy

Mahatma Gandhi, born on October 2, 1869, in Porbandar, Gujarat, was a key leader
in India’s freedom struggle.
He is renowned for his philosophy of non-violence (Ahimsa) and truth (Satyagraha).
His movements, including the Salt March and the Quit India Movement, were
instrumental in mobilising the masses against British rule.
Details of Mahatma Gandhi’s Assassination
On January 30, 1948, Gandhi was assassinated by Nathuram Godse, a Hindu
nationalist.
Godse opposed Gandhi’s policies, which he believed favoured Muslims during the
partition of India.
Following the assassination, Godse was tried and executed in 1949.
This tragic event is etched in India’s history and serves as a moment of reflection on
the values Gandhi championed.
Ceremonies and Activities
On Martyrs’ Day, ceremonies take place. At Raj Ghat, dignitaries, including the
President and Prime Minister, lay wreaths to honour Gandhi.
A nationwide two-minute silence is observed at 11:00 AM.
Educational institutions hold discussions and seminars to promote Gandhi’s message
of peace and unity.
Importance of Shaheed Diwas
Shaheed Diwas, or Martyrs’ Day is about honouring all who sacrificed for India’s freedom.
It encourages reflection on the values of sacrifice, service, and national pride. The
observance of Shaheed Diwas serves as a collective memory of the struggles and
sacrifices made for the nation.
WHO Guidelines on K-Salts
January 29, 2025
Recent health guidelines from the World Health Organisation (WHO) suggest that
switching from traditional table salt to potassium-based salts, known as K-salts, could aid
in managing blood pressure and reducing heart disease risks. This recommendation is
particularly relevant in countries like India, where hypertension is public health concern.
About K-Salts
K-salts are substitutes for regular table salt, which is primarily sodium chloride.
These potassium-based salts replace sodium chloride with potassium chloride.
This switch can help decrease sodium intake while increasing potassium
consumption.
Potassium is essential for heart health and can help lower blood pressure.
WHO Guidelines on Sodium and Potassium Intake
The WHO guidelines recommend reducing sodium intake to less than 2 grams per
day, equivalent to about 5 grams of salt.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 581
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

They advocate for the partial replacement of table salt with potassium-based
alternatives.
However, these recommendations do not apply to specific groups, including women,
children, and individuals with kidney issues, due to insufficient data on safety and
efficacy.
Evidence Supporting K-Salt Usage
The WHO reviewed 26 randomised control trials involving nearly 35,000 participants.
The studies indicated that switching to K-salts could lower systolic blood pressure by
an average of 4.76 mmHg and diastolic pressure by 2.43 mmHg.
Additionally, there was a 10% reduction in non-fatal strokes and a 23% decrease in
cardiovascular deaths.
Despite these findings, the WHO did not strongly endorse the switch, as some
participants still had high sodium intake, suggesting potassium alone might
contribute to blood pressure reduction.
The Importance of the Guidelines for India
India faces burden of hypertension, with approximately 35.5% of the population
affected.
Cardiovascular diseases accounted for a large percentage of deaths in the country.
The WHO guidelines may provide a pathway to address this health crisis by
encouraging dietary changes that can reduce sodium levels.
Challenges in Implementing K-Salt Recommendations
Several challenges hinder the adoption of K-salts. Many consumers have developed a
taste preference for high-sodium foods, leading to increased consumption of salty snacks
and beverages. Sodium also enhances food shelf-life and moisture retention, making it a
popular choice in packaged foods. Consequently, encouraging the switch to K-salts in the
food industry may be difficult.
India’s Role in United Nations Peacekeeping Missions
January 29, 2025
India has a long-standing commitment to United Nations peacekeeping missions. This
commitment is brought into light by recent events in the Democratic Republic of Congo
(DRC). Following the tragic deaths of peacekeepers, UN officials expressed gratitude for
India’s contributions. India has deployed number of troops and police personnel to
various missions, showcasing its dedication to global peace.
UN Peacekeeping Overview
UN peacekeeping involves activities aimed at maintaining or restoring international
peace.
Established in 1948, it operates under principles of consent, impartiality, and non-use
of force except for self-defence.
Today, approximately 100,000 personnel from 125 countries are engaged in active
missions worldwide.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 582
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Historical Context and Evolution

The first UN peacekeeping mission was the United Nations Truce Supervision
Organization in 1948.
Over the decades, more than one million individuals have served under the UN flag,
contributing to over 70 operations.
The missions have adapted to changing global conflicts and challenges.
Challenges Facing Peacekeeping Forces
Peacekeeping faces numerous challenges .
Power politics often hinder timely action.
Resource constraints limit mission effectiveness.
The nature of modern conflicts has evolved, complicating traditional peacekeeping
strategies.
Host state resistance further complicates the deployment of peacekeepers, as seen
in several African nations.
What happened in Congo?
Fighting with M23 rebels in eastern Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC) led to the
death of six UN peacekeepers.
The casualties included two South African, one Uruguayan, and three Malawian
peacekeepers.
The clashes occurred as M23 gained control of new territories, threatening the city of
Goma, home to around 2 million people.
The UN temporarily relocated nonessential staff from Goma but continued essential
operations like food distribution, medical aid, and protection.
Peacekeeping in Congo
The UN peacekeeping mission in Congo (MONUSCO) has been present for over 20
years, with 14,000 troops currently deployed.
South Africa’s SAMIDRC mission (Southern African Development Community Mission
in DRC) also suffered seven casualties in the conflict.
M23 Rebels & Regional Impact
M23 is one of around 100 armed groups fighting in eastern Congo, which is rich in
minerals.
The group recently captured Sake, a strategic town 27 km west of Goma.
The Rwandan-backed M23 rebels are accused of exploiting political transitions in the
U.S. to advance their offensive.
The ongoing conflict has led to one of the world’s largest humanitarian crises.
The situation threatens thousands of civilians, leading to international concerns and
UN efforts to stabilize the region.
India’s Contributions to Peacekeeping
India is the largest cumulative contributor to UN peacekeeping missions.
It has deployed over 253,000 troops across 49 missions.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 583
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Indian peacekeepers are known for their technical expertise and have provided
medical and logistical support in various operations.
India has contributed specialized military capabilities, including helicopters and
engineering units.
The Centre for UN Peacekeeping in New Delhi has trained over 67,000 personnel,
focusing on critical areas such as sexual exploitation prevention.
India and Oman CEPA and DTAA
January 29, 2025
India and Oman are advancing their economic collaboration by expediting discussions for
a Comprehensive Economic Partnership Agreement (CEPA). This development comes as
the two nations aim to strengthen trade relations.
Recent Developments
During a visit by India’s Commerce and Industry Minister Piyush Goyal to Oman,
agreements were reached.
The two countries signed a protocol to amend the Double Taxation Avoidance
Agreement (DTAA), which was originally implemented in 1997.
This amendment aligns with international standards and aims to simplify tax
procedures for businesses operating across borders.
What is DTAA?
DTAA (Double Tax Avoidance Agreement) is a tax treaty between two countries.
It prevents individuals and businesses from being taxed twice on the same income.
Its purpose is to:
Distribute taxing rights between the two countries.
Provide clarity on tax liabilities and reduces legal uncertainties.
It encourages foreign investment and economic cooperation between countries and
supports global financial transparency and prevents illegal tax avoidance.
India-Oman CEPA
The CEPA is expected to enhance bilateral trade and investment.
Negotiations for CEPA commenced in November 2023
Its purpose is to minimize or eliminate customs duties on specific goods while easing
regulations to enhance trade in investments and services.
India has already implemented a CEPA agreement with the United Arab Emirates.
This agreement came into effect in 2022.
Current Trade Statistics
In the fiscal year 2023-24, India’s exports to Oman were valued at approximately $4.47
billion. Conversely, imports from Oman were around $4.5 billion. Key imports include
petroleum products and urea, which together account for over 70% of total imports from
Oman.
Impact on Bilateral Relations
The CEPA and the amended DTAA are expected to serve as milestones in India-Oman

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 584
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

relations. They will facilitate easier trade and investment flows, benefiting businesses in
both countries. The agreements aim to create a more conducive environment for
economic collaboration.
Red Cross Raises Alarm Over Ebola Risks in Goma
January 29, 2025
The International Committee of the Red Cross (ICRC) has expressed serious concerns
regarding the potential escape of Ebola samples from a laboratory in Goma, Democratic
Republic of Congo. Ongoing fighting in the city has raised fears of power cuts that could
compromise the integrity of these samples. The ICRC urges immediate action to protect
these pathogens, warning of catastrophic consequences if they were to spread.
Context of the Conflict in Goma
Goma is facing escalating violence as the Tutsi-led M23 armed group clashes with
Rwandan forces.
This city, located in eastern DR Congo, has been a hotspot for conflict since the 1994
Rwandan genocide.
The ongoing instability has displaced half a million people in the region this year
alone.
Goma is home to approximately 700,000 internally displaced individuals, intensifying
the humanitarian crisis.
About Ebola Virus Disease
Ebola virus disease (EVD) is a severe illness caused by ebolaviruses, primarily Zaire
ebolavirus.
Symptoms begin flu-like but can escalate to severe vomiting, bleeding, and
neurological issues.
The disease can spread from animals to humans and subsequently from human to
human.
Outbreaks are most common in Africa and have been reported since the virus was
first identified in 1976.
Types of Ebola Viruses
Four species of ebolaviruses are known to cause Ebola. They are named after their
discovery locations:
Zaire ebolavirus: The most common cause of outbreaks.
Sudan ebolavirus: Causes Sudan virus disease.
Taï Forest ebolavirus: Causes Taï Forest virus disease.
Bundibugyo ebolavirus: Causes Bundibugyo virus disease.
Frequency and Nature of Ebola Outbreaks
Ebola outbreaks are rare but have occurred regularly since the virus was identified. The
largest outbreak occurred between 2014 and 2016, resulting in over 28,000 cases and
11,000 deaths. Ebola persists in infected animals and can occasionally spread to humans
even between outbreaks.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 585
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Importance of Laboratory Safety

The ICRC marks the critical need to safeguard laboratories holding dangerous pathogens
like Ebola. Power outages and conflict can lead to catastrophic scenarios where these
samples are compromised. The situation in Goma puts stress on the importance of
maintaining biosecurity in conflict zones.
January 30, 2025
Israel Cuts Ties with UNRWA
January 30, 2025
In October 2024, Israeli parliament (Knesset) had passed laws to stop the UN Relief and
Works Agency for Palestine Refugees (UNRWA) from operating in the occupied West Bank
and East Jerusalem. The laws also prohibit any contact between Israeli authorities and
UNRWA. They came to effect on January 30, 2025.
What is UNRWA?
A UN agency created in 1949 to help Palestinian refugees displaced after Israel’s
creation in 1948 (Nakba).
It has become important lifeline for millions of displaced Palestinians.
It provides education, healthcare, food, and social services to nearly 6 million
Palestinians in:
West Bank (19 camps)
Gaza (8 camps)
Jordan (10 camps)
Lebanon (12 camps)
Syria (9 camps)
UNRWA’s Role in Gaza and West Bank
Education: Supports 300,000 children, including nearly half of all students in Gaza.
Healthcare: Provides primary healthcare to 1.2 million people in Gaza and nearly
900,000 in the West Bank.
Food aid: Feeds 1.13 million people in Gaza and thousands in the West Bank.
Why Did Israel Ban UNRWA?
1. Allegations of Involvement in Attacks – Israel accused some UNRWA staff of being
involved in the October 7, 2023, Hamas attacks.
2. Long-standing Criticism – Israel has opposed UNRWA for years, arguing that it
worsens the Palestinian refugee crisis by passing refugee status to future
generations, keeping hopes of returning to Israel alive.
3. Concerns About Educational Content – Israel claims UNRWA’s school materials
promote anti-Israel views and incite violence. Reports from an Israeli watchdog and
the European Commission support this claim. The European Parliament has also
urged funding cuts unless such content is removed.
4. Funding Suspensions – After the October 7 attacks, Israel’s allegations led over 16
Western countries to temporarily halt funding for UNRWA. However, a UN

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 586
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

investigation found no evidence to support these claims.

Impact of Ban
UNRWA will lose access to key areas, making it harder to provide aid. The agency is
responsible for over half of the aid delivered in Gaza.
The ceasefire in Gaza may collapse as humanitarian aid deliveries could stop.
Millions of Palestinian refugees will lose essential services like food, healthcare, and
education.
The Role of Israel as Occupying Power
As the occupying power, Israel holds responsibility for the welfare of the population in the
occupied territories. The termination of UNRWA’s mandate raises questions about Israel’s
obligations under international law and the potential implications for public services in the
region.
Funding and Future Challenges
UNRWA received $1.46 billion in 2023, with major donors:
USA: $422 million
Germany: $212.9 million
EU: $120.2 million
For 2025, it needs $1.7 billion to continue humanitarian work, mainly for:
Food aid: $568.5 million
Water & sanitation: $282.6 million
Operational costs: $202.3 million
Comprehensive Classification of India’s Nomadic Tribes
January 30, 2025
The Anthropological Survey of India (AnSI) and Tribal Research Institutes (TRIs) have
recently completed study on India’s denotified, semi-nomadic, and nomadic tribes. This
comprehensive classification effort involved categorising 268 tribes that had previously
remained unclassified. The study, spanning three years, has proposed the inclusion of 179
communities in the Scheduled Castes, Scheduled Tribes, and Other Backward Classes lists,
with 85 of these tribes being classified for the first time.
Historical Context of Tribal Classification
The need for this classification stems from the repeal of the Criminal Tribes Act of
1924 in 1949. After the Act was repealed, communities notified as “criminal” have
been denotified.
Since then, various commissions have attempted to classify these tribes. Notable
efforts include the First Backward Classes Commission, the Lokur Committee (1965),
the Mandal Commission (1980), the Renke Commission (2008), and the Idate
Commission (2017).
However, none have successfully identified all communities.
The Idate Commission reported over 1,200 tribes. It found that 267 tribes have
remained unclassified.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 587
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Recent Developments in Tribal Research

In February 2019, a Special Committee was constituted by the Prime Minister’s Office
to expedite the classification process.
This committee included experts and was tasked with overseeing the work done by
the AnSI and TRIs.
Their report was submitted in August 2023.
Importance of Accurate Classification
The Parliamentary Standing Committee on Social Justice and Empowerment has
emphasised the urgent need for accurate categorisation. Delays in this process can hinder
the welfare of these communities and prevent them from accessing benefits intended for
SC/STs. Historical misclassifications have complicated the issue, with tribes often being
incorrectly classified as castes.
Impact on Communities and Politics
The classification of these tribes has political implications. Activists in states like Uttar
Pradesh, Haryana, Madhya Pradesh, and Gujarat are advocating for a clearer framework
regarding reservations. There are differing opinions on whether these communities
should be classified under existing categories or if a separate classification should be
created for denotified tribes.
Future Steps in Classification
With the ethnographic study completed, the recommendations are now under scrutiny by
the Special Committee. The government will soon decide on the next steps regarding the
inclusion of these tribes. This decision will influence how state governments approach the
classification process and the benefits that these communities may receive.
Sharavathy Pumped Storage Project
January 30, 2025
The recent conditional approval of the Sharavathy Pumped Storage Project has sparked
controversy among environmentalists and local communities. The project is situated
within the Sharavathy Lion-Tailed Macaque Sanctuary in Karnataka. This sanctuary is
crucial for the conservation of the endangered Lion-Tailed Macaque. The approval was
granted by the State Board of Wildlife, chaired by Chief Minister Siddaramaiah, which has
raised concerns regarding the ecological impact of the project.
Project Overview
The Sharavathy Pumped Storage Project aims to generate 2,000 MW of hydroelectric
power.
Initially, the project proposed the removal of around 16,000 trees from the
evergreen forests.
However, the revised approval limits tree felling to approximately 7,000 to 8,000
trees.
The project will affect 125 acres of dense forest and 245 acres of non-forest land.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 588
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Environmental Concerns
Environmentalists are alarmed by the potential harm to the Lion-Tailed Macaque
population. This species relies on a tree canopy for movement and survival. The reduction
of forest cover could lead to habitat fragmentation, further endangering the macaques
and other wildlife. Critics argue that the project will cause irreparable damage to the
ecosystem.
Sanctuary Details
The Sharavathy Lion-Tailed Macaque Sanctuary is located in the Western Ghats of
Karnataka.
It is characterised by a rich diversity of flora and fauna.
The sanctuary was formed by merging several conservation areas.
It protects various species, including tigers, leopards, and the critically endangered
Lion-Tailed Macaque.
Future Steps
The project’s approval is conditional and will require further scrutiny from the Central
Wildlife Board. Environmentalists plan to continue their protests and may consider legal
action to halt the project. The government’s decision has reignited debates about
balancing development and environmental conservation.
Mutual Credit Guarantee Scheme for MSMEs Launched
January 30, 2025
The Government of India has recently approved the Mutual Credit Guarantee Scheme for
Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises (MSMEs). This initiative aims to enhance credit
access for manufacturing units by providing a 60% guarantee coverage on loans up to
₹100 crore. This scheme is designed to support MSMEs in purchasing essential equipment
and machinery for their operations.
Scheme Overview
The Mutual Credit Guarantee Scheme for MSMEs (MCGS-MSME) offers opportunity
for eligible MSMEs to secure loans.
Borrowers must have a valid Udyam Registration Number.
The maximum loan amount guaranteed is ₹100 crore, although project costs may
exceed this amount.
The scheme is particularly focused on facilitating the purchase of equipment or
machinery, which constitutes at least 75% of the project cost.
Loan Terms and Conditions
For loans up to ₹50 crore, the repayment period can extend up to eight years,
including a two-year moratorium on principal repayments.
Loans exceeding ₹50 crore are subject to a higher repayment schedule and may
allow for an extended moratorium period.
An initial contribution of 5% of the loan amount is required at the time of application
for the guarantee cover.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 589
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Guarantee Fees Structure

During the year of sanction, there is no annual guarantee fee for loans under the
scheme.
For the subsequent three years, the fee is set at 1.5% per annum of the outstanding
loan amount as of March 31 of the previous year.
After this period, the fee reduces to 1% per annum. This structure aims to encourage
MSMEs to utilise the scheme without the burden of high initial costs.
Economic Impact
The manufacturing sector currently contributes 17% to India’s GDP and employs over
27.3 million workers.
The government, under the ‘Make in India‘ initiative, aims to increase this
contribution to 25% of GDP.
The MCGS-MSME is expected to facilitate greater credit availability, thereby
encouraging growth in the manufacturing sector and supporting the overall
economy.
Global Context
As global supply chains are realigning, India is positioning itself as a viable alternative for
manufacturing. The country benefits from abundant raw materials, low labour costs, and
a growing pool of skilled workers. The MCGS-MSME addresses the need for accessible
credit, which is essential for MSMEs to expand their manufacturing capabilities and
compete effectively in the global market.
Implementation Timeline
The scheme will be operational for four years from the date of issuance of operational
guidelines or until a cumulative guarantee of ₹7 lakh crore is reached, whichever comes
first. This ambitious target reflects the government’s commitment to enhancing the credit
landscape for MSMEs.
National Critical Mineral Mission
January 30, 2025
The Government of India has approved the National Critical Mineral Mission (NCMM) with
a budget of ₹16,300 crore. This initiative aims to enhance India’s self-reliance in critical
minerals essential for high-tech industries and clean energy. The Finance Minister
announced this mission in the Union Budget for 2024-25.
Objectives of the National Critical Mineral Mission
The NCMM aims to reduce reliance on imported critical minerals.
The mission aligns with the Atmanirbhar Bharat initiative and seeks to address
challenges in the mineral sector.
It focuses on increasing exploration and mining activities within India and offshore.
The mission identifies 24 critical minerals, including lithium, cobalt, and nickel, which
are vital for clean energy technologies.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 590
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Value Chain Development

The mission encompasses all stages of the value chain.
This includes mineral exploration, mining, beneficiation, processing, and recovery
from end-of-life products.
A fast-track regulatory approval process for mining projects will be established to
expedite operations.
Financial Incentives and Investments
The NCMM is expected to attract ₹18,000 crore in investments from public sector
undertakings (PSUs) and other entities.
Financial incentives will be provided for exploration activities. T
he mission also encourages the recovery of critical minerals from overburden and
tailings.
International Collaboration and Asset Acquisition
The mission promotes the acquisition of critical mineral assets abroad. Indian PSUs and
private companies will be encouraged to enhance trade with resource-rich countries. This
strategy aims to secure a stable supply of critical minerals.
Research and Development Initiatives
The NCMM includes provisions for establishing mineral processing parks. It also supports
research in critical mineral technologies. A Centre of Excellence on Critical Minerals will be
set up to encourage innovation and development in this sector.
Legislative Changes and Exploration Projects
In 2023, amendments to the Mines and Minerals (Development and Regulation) Act,
1957 were made to facilitate exploration and mining.
The Geological Survey of India (GSI) has undertaken numerous exploration projects,
with 195 currently active.
An additional 227 projects are planned for FY 2025-26.
Customs Duty Elimination
To boost the availability of critical minerals, customs duties on many of these resources
were eliminated in the 2024-25 budget. This move is expected to encourage industries to
establish processing facilities in India.
Commitment to Green Energy Transition
The NCMM is integral to India’s transition towards green energy. By securing critical
mineral supplies, the mission supports the growth of clean energy technologies. This
initiative reflects India’s commitment to sustainable development and economic self-
sufficiency.
Disaster Mitigation Funding Approved by High-Level Committee
January 30, 2025
Recently, the Government of India, through a High-Level Committee (HLC) led by Union
Home Minister Amit Shah, approved allocation of Rs 3,027.86 crore for disaster mitigation
projects. This funding aims to enhance disaster management across various states,

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 591
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

focusing on lightning safety, drought assistance, and forest fire risk management. The
committee comprises key ministers and aims to fulfil Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s
vision of a disaster-resilient India.
Lightning Safety Initiatives
The committee has sanctioned a project to improve lightning safety in 50 districts
identified as high-risk across 10 states.
This initiative has a budget of Rs 186.78 crore.
The states involved include Andhra Pradesh, Bihar, Chhattisgarh, Jharkhand, Madhya
Pradesh, Maharashtra, Meghalaya, Odisha, Uttar Pradesh, and West Bengal.
The goal is to reduce lightning-related incidents and enhance safety measures in
vulnerable areas.
Drought Mitigation Support
A portion of the funding, Rs 2,022.16 crore, is allocated to provide catalytic assistance
to 12 of the most drought-prone states.
The central government will contribute Rs 1,200 crore to this initiative.
The beneficiary states are Andhra Pradesh, Bihar, Gujarat, Jharkhand, Karnataka,
Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra, Odisha, Rajasthan, Tamil Nadu, Telangana, and Uttar
Pradesh.
This support aims to improve water resource management and agricultural
resilience.
Forest Fire Risk Management
The HLC also approved a comprehensive scheme for forest fire risk management,
targeting 144 high-priority districts across 19 states.
The total budget for this initiative is Rs 818.92 crore, with Rs 690.63 crore coming
from the National Disaster Mitigation Fund (NDMF) and the National Disaster
Response Fund (NDRF).
This project focuses on enhancing forest fire prevention, preparedness, and recovery
efforts.
Previous Funding Initiatives
Prior to this approval, the HLC had sanctioned financial assistance for various
disaster mitigation projects.
This included urban flood risk mitigation in seven major cities, with a total outlay of
Rs 3,075.65 crore.
Other projects included glacial lake outburst flood (GLOF) risk management in four
states and landslide risk mitigation in 15 states.
In total, over Rs 24,981 crore has been disbursed to states during the current
financial year.
Ethanol Procurement Price Revision for 2024-25
January 30, 2025
The Cabinet Committee on Economic Affairs in India has approved a revision of the

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 592
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

ethanol procurement price for the Ethanol Supply Year 2024-25. This decision aims to
support the Ethanol Blended Petrol Programme. The new price is set at Rs. 57.97 per litre.
This marks an increase from the previous rate of Rs. 56.58 per litre. The move intends to
ensure price stability for ethanol suppliers and reduce reliance on crude oil imports.
Background of Ethanol Blending
The Ethanol Blended Petrol (EBP) Programme allows oil marketing companies to sell
petrol blended with ethanol.
The blending target is up to 20% ethanol.
This programme has been implemented nationwide to encourage the use of
alternative fuels.
Impact on Foreign Exchange and Crude Oil Imports
The blending of ethanol has led to substantial savings in foreign exchange.
Over the last decade, these savings have exceeded Rs. 1,13,007 crore.
Furthermore, crude oil substitution has reached approximately 193 lakh metric
tonnes.
The increase in ethanol blending helps to mitigate the impact of fluctuating oil
prices.
Benefits for Sugarcane Farmers
The new pricing structure also benefits sugarcane farmers. The government has ensured
that GST and transportation charges will be payable separately. This helps farmers receive
a more stable income and promotes the sugarcane industry.
Increased Ethanol Production Capacity
India’s current capacity stands at 1713 crore litres per annum.
The government has also introduced Long Term Off-take Agreements to establish
Dedicated Ethanol Plants in regions with lower production.
Future Targets and Roadmap
The government has advanced its target for 20% ethanol blending in petrol from 2030 to
the Ethanol Supply Year 2025-26. This change is part of a broader roadmap for ethanol
blending in India from 2020 to 2025. The ongoing Ethanol Supply Year 2024-25 aims for an
18% blending rate.
Investment and Employment Opportunities
The EBP Programme has spurred investments in greenfield and brownfield distilleries. It
has also led to the development of storage and logistics facilities. These investments
create employment opportunities and encourage value sharing among stakeholders.
Environmental Benefits
Using ethanol as a fuel contributes to environmental sustainability. Ethanol is a cleaner
alternative to fossil fuels. Its increased use helps reduce greenhouse gas emissions and
supports India’s commitment to combat climate change.
Annual Survey of Unincorporated Sector Enterprises (ASUSE) 2023-24
January 30, 2025

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 593
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

The Annual Survey of Unincorporated Sector Enterprises (ASUSE) for 2023-24 reveals
growth in India’s unincorporated non-agricultural sector. Released by the Ministry of
Statistics and Programme Implementation (MoSPI) on 24 December 2024, the survey
emphasises the sector’s crucial role in employment and GDP contribution.
Overview of ASUSE
ASUSE covers unincorporated non-agricultural establishments across India, including
rural and urban areas.
The survey includes various sectors such as manufacturing, trade, and services.
It employs a multi-stage stratified sampling method to collect data from thousands
of establishments.
Key Findings
The total number of establishments rose from 6.50 crore in 2022-23 to 7.34 crore in
2023-24, marking a 12.84% increase.
The “Other Services” sector saw the highest growth at 23.55%, followed by
manufacturing at 13%.
Employment Statistics
The unincorporated non-agricultural sector employed over 12 crore workers during the
survey period, an increase of more than one crore from the previous year. Uttar Pradesh,
Maharashtra, and West Bengal accounted for over one-third of this workforce.
Female Participation
The proportion of female workers increased from 25.63% to 28.12%. Notably, 58% of
manufacturing establishments were led by female proprietors, indicating a positive trend
towards gender inclusivity.
Sector Contributions
Retail trade and apparel manufacturing were the most prominent activities, comprising
27% and 12% of establishments, respectively. Other community and personal services also
showed engagement.
Gross Value Added (GVA)
GVA in the sector grew by 16.52%, driven largely by the services sector’s 26.17% growth.
Maharashtra, Uttar Pradesh, and Gujarat were the top contributors to GVA.
Digital Adoption
Internet usage for business purposes rose from 21.10% to 26.70%. This reflects a strong
trend towards digitalisation within the sector, particularly among trading establishments.
Financial Indicators
Average fixed assets per establishment increased from Rs. 3,18,144 to Rs. 3,24,075.
Outstanding loans also rose, indicating improved financial access for businesses in the
sector.
Registration Trends
The percentage of registered establishments slightly increased from 36.80% to 37.20%.
This trend indicates a growing formalisation of the unincorporated sector.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 594
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

International AI Safety Report

January 30, 2025
The International AI Safety report, released in 2025, outlines critical challenges associated
with rapidly evolving artificial intelligence technologies. This comprehensive document
addresses various threats, including job displacement, environmental impact, and security
risks. The report stems from discussions held during the 2023 global AI safety summit..
Job Market Implications
The report warns of deep impacts on the labour market due to AI advancements.
General-purpose AI could automate numerous tasks, leading to job losses.
Economists suggest that while many jobs may disappear, new roles could emerge in
sectors untouched by automation.
Approximately 60% of jobs in advanced economies are susceptible to AI disruption.
Estimates indicate that up to 3 million private-sector jobs in the UK could be
displaced, although the net rise in unemployment may be lower due to new job
creation.
Environmental Concerns
AI’s environmental footprint is described as a moderate yet growing issue.
Data centres, essential for AI operations, contribute about 1% of energy-related
greenhouse gas emissions.
As AI models become more advanced, their energy consumption increases, raising
concerns about reliance on high-carbon energy sources.
The report indicates that water usage for cooling in data centres poses a substantial
environmental threat.
However, limited data exists on AI’s overall environmental impact.
Loss of Control
A concern is the potential for AI systems to escape human control.
Opinions vary widely among experts regarding the likelihood of this scenario.
While some view it as implausible, others consider it a serious risk.
Current AI agents lack the long-term planning capabilities necessary to completely
evade safety guidelines or replace human jobs en masse.
The report suggests that AI’s ability to plan over extended periods is crucial for
maintaining control.
Bioweapons Development
The report marks the alarming capability of AI models to create detailed instructions
for developing pathogens and toxins.
Although these models may surpass traditional expertise, uncertainty exists about
their accessibility to novices.
The document notes advancements in AI that could assist in operationalising known
biological threats, raising concerns about biosecurity.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 595
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Cybersecurity Threats
AI presents new challenges in cybersecurity, particularly through autonomous bots that
can identify vulnerabilities in open-source software. However, current AI systems are not
yet capable of executing attacks independently. This limitation reflects the ongoing
development of AI technologies and their potential misuse.
Deepfake Technology
The report addresses the misuse of deepfake technology, including financial fraud
and the creation of harmful digital content.
Insufficient data on deepfake incidents complicates the understanding of their
impact. Many institutions and individuals hesitate to report deepfake-related issues,
hindering efforts to address the challenges posed by this technology.
Labrys portucalensis F11
January 30, 2025
Recent studies have revealed a promising bacterial strain that can degrade per- and
polyfluoroalkyl substances (PFAS). Commonly referred to as “forever chemicals,”
Researchers from the University at Buffalo have identified Labrys portucalensis F11 (F11),
a bacterial strain capable of breaking down these hazardous substances effectively.
About PFAS and Their Impact
PFAS have been in use since the 1950s.
They are found in various products such as nonstick cookware and firefighting
foams.
Their strong carbon-fluorine bonds make them resistant to natural degradation
processes.
This persistence raises environmental and health concerns, as they can accumulate
in water and soil.
Discovery of Labrys portucalensis F11
The F11 strain was isolated from contaminated soil in Portugal. It has shown the ability to
metabolise harmful contaminants, including pharmaceuticals. However, its potential to
degrade PFAS was previously unexplored. Tests revealed that F11 could degrade over 90%
of perfluorooctane sulfonic acid (PFOS) within 100 days.
Mechanism of Action
F11 operates by cleaving carbon-fluorine bonds. Researchers discovered that F11 not only
breaks down PFOS but also removes fluorine from smaller byproducts. This dual action is
crucial for effective PFAS degradation. Elevated fluoride levels in samples confirmed the
successful cleavage of these bonds.
Testing and Results
The research involved incubating F11 in sealed flasks with PFAS as the only carbon source.
Over various periods, F11 demonstrated degradation capabilities. In addition to PFOS, it
also degraded 58% of 5:3 fluorotelomer carboxylic acid and 21% of 6:2 fluorotelomer
sulfonate.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 596
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Challenges and Future Directions

Despite its capabilities, F11 requires lengthy exposure times for substantial degradation.
The current testing environment lacked competing carbon sources, which may not reflect
natural conditions. Future research aims to optimise the bacterial process while providing
sufficient nutrients to maintain F11’s focus on PFAS degradation.
Potential Applications
F11 holds promise for bioaugmentation strategies. This involves introducing the bacteria
into contaminated sites or wastewater treatment systems. Implementing F11 in treatment
plants could enhance PFAS removal efficiency. The research team advocates for further
exploration into microbial solutions for PFAS remediation.
New Guidelines for Information Utilities in Insolvency
January 30, 2025
The Insolvency and Bankruptcy Board of India (IBBI) has introduced new guidelines to
enhance the functioning of Information Utilities (IUs) within the Insolvency and
Bankruptcy Code (IBC). These changes aim to improve identity verification, streamline
processes, and ensure data integrity in insolvency cases. The amendments respond to the
need for a more structured and legally robust system for managing financial defaults.
Role of Information Utilities
Information Utilities are entities that maintain financial information records crucial
for insolvency proceedings.
They record details such as debts, liabilities, assets with security interests, and any
defaults.
By providing a central repository of financial data, IUs facilitate transparency and
efficiency in the insolvency process.
Key Amendments Introduced
The recent guidelines include changes to the technical standards governing IUs.
Identity verification now mandates the use of Permanent Account Number (PAN)
cards or Aadhaar-based authentication.
This ensures that the identity of users is accurately verified against official records,
thereby enhancing the integrity of the data.
Deemed Authentication of Defaults
A notable amendment is the introduction of ‘deemed authentication’ for defaults.
If a debtor fails to respond after three reminders, the default will be considered
authenticated.
This change is designed to prevent unnecessary delays in insolvency proceedings
and encourages prompt responses from debtors.
Streamlined Process for Submitting Defaults
Creditors must now submit default information to an IU before initiating insolvency
proceedings. The guidelines clarify the steps for recording and verifying defaults.
Additionally, supporting documents can be submitted at any time, with IUs providing

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 597
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

digital stamps for security.

Enhanced Data Integrity Measures
The new guidelines implement a colour-coded system to track the status of debt
authentication. This visual aid simplifies the monitoring process for creditors and debtors
alike. Furthermore, demographic authentication is now required through the UIDAI
database, ensuring that the details provided by users are accurate and verifiable.
Implications for Debtors
Debtors must be aware of the implications of the new guidelines, especially regarding
deemed authentication. If they do not dispute defaults, they risk having these defaults
accepted as grounds for adjudication by creditors in insolvency applications. Debtors are
advised to contest any defaults they do not recognise to protect their interests.
US Funding Freeze Threatens Global HIV Treatment Efforts
January 30, 2025
The recent funding freeze imposed by the United States government has raised concerns
regarding the future of HIV treatment and care worldwide. The World Health Organization
(WHO) has warned that this halt could lead to increased illness and death among those
living with HIV. The President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR) has played
important role in combating the HIV epidemic for over two decades. It has provided
treatment and care to millions, and the current funding pause jeopardises these efforts.
Background of PEPFAR
PEPFAR was launched in 2003 by President George W. Bush.
It aims to provide HIV treatment, prevention, and care across the globe. As of 2024,
PEPFAR supported over 20 million individuals in 55 countries, including 566,000
children.
It has been instrumental in reducing AIDS-related deaths from 2.1 million in 2004 to
approximately 630,000 in 2023.
Impact of Funding Freeze
The funding freeze directly affects the availability of antiretroviral treatments.
WHO has emphasised that millions depend on the predictable supply of these
medicines.
An abrupt halt could reverse progress made over the last two decades. Without
adequate funding, many people living with HIV face severe health risks.
Global Health Leadership
The funding pause reflects a broader trend of the US stepping back from global health
leadership. This includes the decision to withdraw from the WHO and reinstating the
Mexico City Policy, which restricts funding for foreign organisations that provide abortion-
related services. Critics argue that these actions undermine global health initiatives.
Transition Plans and Sustainability
In recent years, PEPFAR and WHO have been working on sustainability plans. The goal is
to transition program ownership to national governments by 2030. This shift aims to

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 598
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

reduce reliance on US funding. However, the sudden funding halt complicates these plans
and threatens the health infrastructure in affected countries.
Call for Exemptions
In light of the funding freeze, WHO has called for exemptions to ensure the continuation
of lifesaving HIV treatment and care. This includes the need for humanitarian waivers that
would allow critical health services to continue despite the funding pause.
Future Implications
If the funding freeze persists, it could lead to a resurgence of HIV-related illnesses and
deaths. The WHO warns that the situation could regress to the levels seen in the 1980s
and 1990s. The implications extend beyond health, affecting economies and social
structures in low and middle-income countries.
ISRO Achieves 100th Launch Milestone
January 30, 2025
On January 29, 2025, the Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) marked milestone by
successfully completing its 100th launch from the Satish Dhawan Space Centre in
Sriharikota. The mission involved the Geosynchronous Satellite Launch Vehicle (GSLV-F15),
which carried the NVS-02 satellite into orbit. This launch not only represents a technical
achievement but also marks India’s growing capabilities in space exploration and
technology.
Overview of the Launch
The GSLV-F15 lifted off successfully placing the NVS-02 satellite in its intended orbit.
This satellite is the second in the Navigation with Indian Constellation (NavIC) series,
designed to provide precise navigation services across India and surrounding
regions.
Technical Specifications of NVS-02
NVS-02 has a lift-off mass of 2,250 kg and operates on the I-2K bus platform.
It features navigation payloads across L1, L5, and S bands, along with a C-band
ranging payload.
This satellite employs a combination of indigenous and procured atomic clocks to
ensure accurate time estimation, crucial for navigation services.
Significance of GSLV-F15
The GSLV-F15 is notable for being the 17th flight of India’s GSLV series and the 11th
flight equipped with an indigenous cryogenic stage.
This indigenous technology is vital for launching heavier payloads into
geosynchronous orbits, showcasing India’s technological prowess in space.
Historical Context of ISRO’s Launches
ISRO’s journey began with its first launch on August 10, 1979, involving the Satellite
Launch Vehicle-3 (SLV-3 E10). Over the years, ISRO has developed six generations of
launch vehicles, advancing its capabilities. The successful launch of NVS-02 is a testament
to this evolution.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 599
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Micro-Irrigation Adoption in India

January 30, 2025
The Pradhan Mantri Krishi Sinchayee Yojana was launched to combat the looming water
crisis in India. Despite the initiative’s potential, Uttar Pradesh lags in micro-irrigation
adoption. This method enhances irrigation efficiency and conserves groundwater. Other
states like Karnataka and Maharashtra have made strides. As of August 2024, Karnataka
leads with 1.68 million hectares of micro-irrigated land. In contrast, Uttar Pradesh has only
four per cent of its farmland employing this technique.
Current Status of Micro-Irrigation in India
Micro-irrigation has gained traction in several states.
Karnataka has achieved 22 per cent of its agricultural land under micro-irrigation.
Maharashtra follows with 11 per cent.
However, Uttar Pradesh remains stagnant, with only two out of 100 farms adopting
this method.
Madhya Pradesh and Punjab also show minimal progress.
Rajasthan performs slightly better, with 11 per cent adoption.
Groundwater Extraction and Micro-Irrigation
Uttar Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh, and Punjab are major groundwater extractors. Their slow
adoption of micro-irrigation is concerning. For instance, in Ghaziabad, only four out of 100
farms utilise micro-irrigation. Other districts like Gautam Buddha Nagar and Firozabad
have even lower usage rates. This lack of interest poses a risk to sustainable farming
practices.
Government Initiatives and Challenges
The Horticulture Department of Uttar Pradesh is promoting micro-irrigation under the ‘Per
Drop More Crop‘ scheme. Awareness and technical proficiency among farmers are crucial
for widespread adoption. As of November 2024, only 1,500 hectares in Saharanpur have
micro-irrigation systems. The department aims to cover 1,840 hectares this financial year.
Potential of Millets
Shifting from water-intensive crops like rice to millets could conserve groundwater.
Growing 1 kg of rice requires 649 litres of water, whereas millets need just five. If farmers
convert 10 per cent of irrigated rice fields to millets, Uttar Pradesh could save 993 million
cubic metres of groundwater. This shift could address domestic water needs in Lucknow
for over 75 years.
Prayagraj MahaKumbh Mela Stampede
January 30, 2025
The Prayagraj MahaKumbh Mela is Hindu pilgrimage that attracts millions of devotees. On
January 29, 2025, a tragic stampede occurred during the Mauni Amavasya celebrations,
leading to injuries and fatalities. The day is considered highly auspicious, drawing an
estimated 10 crore devotees to the Triveni Sangam for a holy dip.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 600
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

What Is Mauni Amavasya?

Mauni Amavasya is the new moon day in the Hindu month of Magh.
It is believed that taking a bath on this day cleanses sins and brings spiritual benefits.
Devotees observe silence, known as ‘maun’, enhancing the day’s sanctity.
The alignment of celestial bodies on this day is thought to amplify its spiritual
significance.
Importance of the MahaKumbh Mela
The MahaKumbh Mela is one of the largest religious gatherings globally, occurring
every 12 years.
It takes place at four locations – Prayagraj, Haridwar, Nashik, and Ujjain.
The event serves as a spiritual journey for many, offering opportunities for
purification and redemption.
The gathering encourages community and devotion among participants.
The Stampede Incident
The stampede happened between 1 AM and 2 AM as devotees rushed towards the
Sangam for the Amrit Snan. A barrier collapsed, causing panic and chaos. Reports
indicated that misinformation exacerbated the situation, leading to a surge in the crowd.
Many devotees were injured, prompting immediate medical assistance.
Government Response and Safety Measures
The Uttar Pradesh government took swift action to manage the situation. Chief Minister
Yogi Adityanath assured the public that the situation was under control. Security
measures included the declaration of no-vehicle zones and designated pathways for
pilgrims. Special trains were also arranged to accommodate the influx of devotees.
Spiritual Practices During MahaKumbh
During the MahaKumbh, specific bathing days are deemed especially auspicious.
These days include Makar Sankranti, Mauni Amavasya, and Vasant Panchami.
On these occasions, saints and devotees perform the Amrit Snan, which is believed
to offer divine blessings and spiritual liberation.
Implications of Earth’s Magnetic North Pole Shift
January 30, 2025
Recent studies have brought into light changes in the Earth’s magnetic north pole. This
shift has deep effects on the behaviour of charged particles in the Earth’s magnetosphere.
About these changes is crucial for predicting space weather and safeguarding satellite
systems.
The Movement of the North Magnetic Pole
The north magnetic pole has been drifting from Canada towards Siberia for over a
century.
Initially located in Canada, the pole has moved at an accelerated rate, reaching
speeds of approximately 50 kilometres per year by 2020.
This movement alters the strength and shape of the magnetic field, affecting how

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 601
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

charged particles behave in space.

The World Magnetic Model, developed by the British Geological Survey and the
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, tracks the position of the
magnetic north pole. This model is updated every five years to reflect its changing
position.
Charged Particles and the Magnetosphere
Charged particles such as electrons and protons are influenced by the Earth’s
magnetic field.
These particles move within a region known as the radiation belts.
Their paths depend on the magnetic field’s strength and configuration.
As the north magnetic pole shifts, the trajectories of these particles are altered,
affecting their penetration altitudes.
Simulation Studies and Findings
Researchers at the Indian Institute of Geomagnetism conducted simulations to study
the impact of the pole’s movement on particle behaviour.
They used the International Geomagnetic Reference Field model to quantify changes
in energetic protons.
Their findings revealed that as the pole moved towards Siberia, particles that
previously penetrated the atmosphere at lower altitudes experienced increases in
their lowest reachable altitudes, rising by up to 1200 kilometres.
Implications for Satellites and Space Weather
The shift in the magnetic field affects satellites in polar orbits.
The varying penetration of charged particles alters atmospheric density, creating
drag on satellites.
This can change their orbits and trajectories.
Additionally, the energy deposited by these particles can heat the atmosphere,
further complicating satellite operations.
Historical Context of the Magnetic North Pole
The magnetic north pole was discovered by Sir James Clark Ross in 1831 in northern
Canada. Since then, it has moved , now located approximately 400 kilometres northwest
of its original position. Historical movements have varied, with the pole typically moving
about 10 kilometres per year over the last 400 years. Recent activity has shown
unprecedented acceleration, warranting close monitoring by scientists.
Legal Challenges of US Birthright Citizenship
January 30, 2025
Birthright citizenship has recently been at the forefront of legal debates in the United
States. A U.S. District judge blocked an executive order by President Trump that sought to
redefine this principle. The ruling marks the ongoing struggle over citizenship rights in
America.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 602
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

About Birthright Citizenship

Birthright citizenship is a legal principle granting automatic citizenship to individuals
born within a country.
In the U.S., this is enshrined in the 14th Amendment. Ratified in 1868, it asserts that
all persons born or naturalised in the United States are citizens.
This amendment was a product of the Reconstruction era, aimed at ensuring
equality and overturning previous laws that denied citizenship based on race.
The Legal Basis of the 14th Amendment
The 14th Amendment emerged from a long fight against slavery. It was designed to
dismantle the legal framework supporting racial hierarchy. It works alongside the 13th
Amendment, which abolished slavery, and the 15th Amendment, which granted voting
rights irrespective of race. The 14th Amendment directly challenged the Dred Scott
decision of 1857, which denied citizenship to African Americans.
Principles of Citizenship
Countries determine citizenship mainly through two principles – jus soli and jus sanguinis.
Jus soli grants citizenship based on birthplace, while jus sanguinis grants it through
familial descent. The U.S. employs both principles. The 1898 case of United States versus
Wong Kim Ark reinforced jus soli by confirming citizenship for children born in the U.S. to
non-citizen parents.
Trump’s Executive Order
President Trump’s executive order attempted to reinterpret the 14th Amendment. It
argued that children born in the U.S. to undocumented or temporarily present parents
should not receive citizenship. This interpretation claimed that such children were not
“subject to the jurisdiction” of the U.S. However, this view contradicts established legal
precedents.
Impact of the Executive Order
If enforced, the order would affect millions of children born to undocumented immigrants
and temporary visa holders. For example, children born to Indian nationals on work visas
would lose automatic citizenship. Without citizenship, these children would face barriers
to accessing essential government programs such as Medicaid and SNAP.
Judicial Response and Future Implications
Judge John Coughenour blocked the executive order, labelling it blatantly unconstitutional.
His ruling emphasised the clarity of the constitutional issues at stake. The case arose from
a legal challenge by four states. While Trump could pursue a constitutional amendment,
the matter may ultimately be decided by the U.S. Supreme Court.
Supreme Court of India – A People’s Court Evolution
January 30, 2025
The Supreme Court of India has undergone transformation since its inception in 1950.
Celebrating 75 years, Chief Justice Sanjiv Khanna brought into light its role as a “true
people’s court”. This transformation reflects its commitment to social, economic, and

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 603
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

political justice.
Historical Context and Evolution
The Supreme Court was established on January 26, 1950, when the Constitution
came into force.
Initially, it functioned from the old Parliament House before moving to its current
location in 1958.
Over the decades, the court has adapted to the changing dynamics of Indian society.
Each decade marks changes in its approach to justice and rights.
Jurisprudential Changes Over the Decades
In the early years, the court viewed fundamental rights in isolation.
However, after the Emergency in 1975, its perspective shifted.
The 1990s marked a period of vigilance in protecting individual rights and
addressing gaps in legislative and executive actions.
The court’s decisions have increasingly reflected the complexities of modern India,
addressing a wide array of issues from personal liberty to environmental concerns.
Current Challenges Facing the Court
Despite its achievements, the Supreme Court faces three major challenges. First, the
backlog of cases leads to delays in justice. Second, the rising costs of litigation hinder
accessibility for the average citizen. Third, the prevalence of falsehood undermines the
integrity of justice. Addressing these issues is crucial for the court’s continued
effectiveness.
Impact on Socio-Economic Landscape
The Supreme Court has influenced India’s socio-economic landscape. Its rulings have
added clarity and fairness to laws like the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code and the
Arbitration and Conciliation Act. The court has also strengthened alternative dispute
resolution mechanisms, promoting efficiency in legal processes.
Reflection of Democratic Values
The Supreme Court serves as a mirror to India’s democratic values. Its judgments reflect
the pulse of the nation and respond to societal needs. The court’s evolution is not just
legal but also cultural, embodying the aspirations of 1.4 billion Indians.
OpenAI Launches ChatGPT Gov for U.S. Agencies
January 30, 2025
OpenAI has recently introduced ChatGPT Gov, a tailored version of its AI model designed
specifically for U.S. government agencies. This initiative aims to enhance the efficiency of
public services while ensuring compliance with stringent security standards. By providing
access to advanced AI tools, OpenAI seeks to empower policymakers to improve
government operations.
Purpose and Goals
ChatGPT Gov is created to serve the national interest and the public good. OpenAI intends
to align its technology with democratic values. The platform aims to assist government

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 604
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

agencies in integrating AI responsibly. The ultimate goal is to enhance service delivery for
American citizens.
Deployment and Features
Government agencies can deploy ChatGPT Gov within their Microsoft Azure environments.
This setup allows agencies to maintain control over their data and security. Features
include secure conversation sharing, file uploads, and the ability to create custom GPTs.
These functionalities mirror those found in ChatGPT Enterprise but with enhanced security
measures.
Security and Compliance
ChatGPT Gov meets several cybersecurity standards including IL5, CJIS, ITAR, and
FedRAMP High. This focus on security ensures that agencies can handle sensitive and non-
public data safely. The platform is designed to streamline internal approvals for using AI
tools, thereby expediting the integration process.
Usage and Adoption
Since its inception, over 90,000 government employees have engaged with ChatGPT. They
have generated more than 18 million prompts for various tasks. These tasks include
document translation, drafting policy memos, and developing applications. The
widespread adoption demonstrates the growing reliance on AI in government operations.
Case Studies
Several government entities have successfully implemented ChatGPT. The Air Force
Research Laboratory uses it for administrative tasks and AI education. Los Alamos
National Laboratory employs the platform for scientific research. Additionally, Minnesota’s
Enterprise Translations Office has improved translation services, while Pennsylvania’s pilot
program has reduced time spent on routine tasks.
January 31, 2025
Ammonia Pollution in Yamuna
January 31, 2025
Recent events have brought into light the ongoing water crisis affecting Delhi, primarily
due to ammonia pollution in the Yamuna River. The Aam Aadmi Party (AAP) has accused
the Haryana government of releasing excessive ammonia levels, which jeopardises the
water supply for millions of Delhi residents. This situation has sparked a political and
environmental debate over the management of the river and its tributaries.
About Ammonia Pollution
Ammonia is a colourless gas with a pungent odour.
It is used in various industrial applications, including fertilisers and cleaning agents.
Major sources of ammonia pollution include agricultural runoff, industrial effluents,
and untreated sewage.
When ammonia levels rise in water bodies, they can severely affect water quality.
Impact on Water Supply
In the Yamuna, where pollution levels often exceed treatment plant capacities. The Delhi

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 605
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Jal Board can only process water with ammonia levels below one part per million (ppm).
Elevated ammonia levels lead to disruptions in the water supply, especially during winter
months when freshwater inflow is minimal. This results in a public health concern as
residents rely on treated water for daily needs.
Treatment Processes for Ammonia-Laden Water
To manage ammonia levels, the Delhi Jal Board employs chlorine treatment.
Approximately 11.5 kg of chlorine is required per litre of water to neutralise one ppm
of ammonical nitrogen.
The treatment process must ensure residual chlorine remains in the water to
eliminate pathogens.
However, increased ammonia levels reduce the efficiency of this treatment,
complicating the water supply situation.
Government Responses
Efforts to address the ammonia crisis have been inadequate. The Delhi government
proposed an ammonia treatment plant at Wazirabad in March 2023, but it is still under
development. The Haryana government has also been slow in implementing measures to
prevent pollution from industrial sources. Collaborative action between both states is
essential to mitigate this environmental crisis.
The Yamuna River System
The Yamuna River is one of India’s most rivers, originating from the Yamunotri
Glacier in Uttarakhand.
It flows through several states, including Himachal Pradesh, Haryana, and Delhi,
before merging with the Ganga at Triveni Sangam in Prayagraj.
The river supports diverse ecosystems and is vital for agriculture and drinking water
supply in the region.
Tributaries of the Yamuna River
The Yamuna has several major tributaries, including the Tons, Giri, Hindon, and Chambal
rivers. These tributaries contribute to the river’s flow and ecosystem. Each tributary has its
unique characteristics and plays a role in the overall health of the Yamuna River System.
Gujarat Declares First Biodiversity Heritage Site
January 31, 2025
Recently, the Gujarat Biodiversity Board announced the designation of the ‘Inland
Mangrove Guneri’ in Kutch as the state’s first Biodiversity Heritage Site (BHS). This
initiative aims to protect a unique mangrove ecosystem that thrives in a non-tidal
environment. The site spans 32.78 hectares and is for its ecological diversity. The
declaration represents a milestone in Gujarat’s commitment to biodiversity conservation.
About Biodiversity Heritage Sites
Biodiversity Heritage Sites are areas recognised for their ecological significance.
These sites contain unique ecosystems and rich biodiversity.
They can include terrestrial, coastal, and inland water ecosystems.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 606
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

The Biological Diversity Act of 2002 allows state governments to designate these
areas.
The National Biodiversity Authority advises on the selection and management of
these sites.
Characteristics of the Inland Mangrove Guneri
The Inland Mangrove Guneri is distinctive because it does not experience tidal water
inflow.
Unlike typical mangrove ecosystems, it exists 45 km from the Arabian Sea.
The mangroves flourish across flat terrain, resembling a dense forest.
This unique habitat supports various flora and fauna, contributing to the region’s
biodiversity.
Objectives of the Biodiversity Heritage Site
The primary objectives of declaring a site as a BHS include enhancing biodiversity
conservation. It aims to promote harmony between nature and society. The initiative
seeks to encourage conservation ethics and improve the quality of life for local
communities. It also addresses the rapid loss of biodiversity in intensively managed areas.
Management of Biodiversity Heritage Sites
Management of BHS falls under the responsibility of the Biodiversity Management
Committee (BMC). Each local body must establish a BMC to oversee the site. The
committee prepares and implements a management plan covering five to ten years. It
includes local community representatives to ensure sustainable practices.
Role of Local Communities
Local communities play a vital role in the management of BHS. They are involved in
preparing the People’s Biodiversity Register, which documents local biological resources.
The BMC facilitates access and benefit-sharing in accordance with the Nagoya Protocol.
Local communities maintain their traditional practices while ensuring conservation.
Capacity Building Initiatives
The Gujarat government plans to conduct training programs for local residents and forest
department personnel. These initiatives aim to enhance community involvement in
biodiversity conservation. The focus is on empowering indigenous forest communities to
actively participate in preserving their natural heritage.
Household Consumption Expenditure Survey (HCES) 2023-24
January 31, 2025
The Household Consumption Expenditure Survey (HCES) for 2023-24 reveals critical vital
information about India’s economic landscape. The survey indicates shifts in spending
patterns across rural and urban areas. These changes reflect broader economic
transformations and evolving societal priorities.
Growth in Monthly Per Capita Consumption Expenditure
Over the past decade, the Monthly Per Capita Consumption Expenditure (MPCE) has
seen substantial growth. Rural areas experienced a 45.4 per cent increase in real

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 607
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

terms, rising from ₹1,430 in 2011-12 to ₹2,079 in 2023-24.

Urban areas also saw growth at 38.1 per cent, with MPCE climbing from ₹2,630 to
₹3,632.
This data signifies an improving rural-to-urban MPCE ratio, which rose from 54.4 per
cent to 57.2 per cent, indicating narrowing consumption disparities.
Shift from Food to Non-Food Expenditure
A notable trend is the transition from food-dominated spending to non-food
expenditures.
In 2023-24, rural households allocated 53 per cent of their total expenditure to non-
food items.
Urban households spent 60 per cent on similar categories.
Key areas of spending include transportation, healthcare, clothing, and
entertainment.
This reflects a shift towards lifestyle enhancements and an aspiration for improved
living standards.
Decline in Consumption Inequality
The Gini coefficient, a measure of inequality, has shown a decline.
In rural areas, it fell from 0.283 in 2011-12 to 0.237 in 2023-24.
Urban areas experienced a reduction from 0.363 to 0.284.
Notably, the bottom 5 per cent and 20 per cent of households in both settings
reported consumption growth.
Conversely, the top 5 per cent experienced a decline, suggesting a more equitable
distribution of resources.
Persistent Income Inequality Challenges
Despite the positive consumption trends, income inequality remains a concern.
The income inequality coefficient was 0.421 in 2023-24, only slightly down from 0.426
in 2017-18.
Rural income inequality improved marginally, while urban income inequality
stagnated.
This marks ongoing challenges in bridging the economic divide, particularly for
lower-income households.
Impact of Inflation on Food Expenditure
After a decade of decline, the share of food expenditure in MPCE has risen.
In rural areas, it increased from 46.4 per cent to 47 per cent.
Urban areas saw a slight rise from 39.2 per cent to 38.7 per cent.
This trend is likely driven by rising food inflation, which strains household budgets
and affects purchasing power.
Growth Disparities in Real Earnings
Real earnings have shown a mixed trajectory.
Lower-income households, primarily engaged in casual labour, saw modest growth

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 608
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

in real earnings.
In contrast, middle- and high-income households reported declines in income
growth.
This disparity reflects broader economic challenges, including stagnant incomes and
slowing GDP growth, which stood at 6.4 per cent for 2023-24.
Policy Implications and Future Directions
As India approaches the Union Budget 2025, addressing consumption and income
inequality is crucial. The government may need to enhance purchasing power for lower-
income households and increase disposable income for the middle class. Potential
interventions could include tax relief and support for small businesses. Encouraging
private sector job creation is also vital for sustaining economic momentum.
e-Shram Microsites and Occupational Shortage Index Launched
January 31, 2025
Recently, the Government of India launched two major initiatives aimed at improving the
welfare of unorganised workers. These initiatives are part of a broader strategy to
enhance employment outcomes and streamline access to government welfare programs.
The initiatives were introduced by Union Minister Mansukh Mandaviya during a meeting
with State and Union Territory Labour Ministers.
e-Shram Microsites
The e-Shram microsites are state-specific digital platforms designed to integrate
seamlessly with the national e-Shram database.
They allow unorganised workers to access both central and state government
welfare programs.
The microsites simplify the registration process for these workers and provide a
single point of access to various employment opportunities and skilling programs.
They are multilingual, catering to workers from diverse linguistic backgrounds. This
feature ensures that workers can navigate the platform comfortably in their
preferred language.
Occupational Shortage Index (OSI)
The Occupational Shortage Index is another initiative. It aims to match labour
market demand with supply.
The OSI is developed using the International Labour Organization’s methodology
and quarterly data from the Periodic Labour Force Survey.
It provides vital information about occupations that are facing shortages.
This information helps job seekers align their skills with industry requirements.
The OSI supports policymakers and training institutions in addressing skill gaps in
high-demand sectors.
Integration and Benefits
The two-way integration of the e-Shram microsites with the national database allows
for real-time updates on welfare schemes and job opportunities.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 609
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

For states and Union Territories, these microsites offer ready-to-use digital
infrastructure. This reduces the need for extensive development processes.
The platforms also include real-time analytic dashboards that assist in informed
policy decision-making.
Progress on Labour Codes
The initiatives coincide with the ongoing implementation of four Labour Codes in
India.
As of January 2025, over 18 states and Union Territories have made progress in
drafting the necessary rules.
The government aims for all states to complete pre-publication of harmonised draft
rules by March 31, 2025.
These codes are designed to enhance workers’ rights and improve the overall labour
market landscape.
India-Middle East-Europe Economic Corridor Developments
January 31, 2025
The India-Middle East-Europe Economic Corridor (IMEEC) is gaining momentum with
recent initiatives by RITES. This project aims to enhance trade and connectivity between
India and the Middle East, and further into Europe. RITES is now focusing on creating a
digital interface to facilitate cargo clearance between Indian and Middle Eastern ports.
This will mark the first phase of a virtual trade corridor.
Digital Interface Connectivity Project
RITES is developing software for seamless cargo clearances. This initiative includes
improving the ease of doing business in cargo export-import procedures. The project will
integrate IT systems and logistics support. This digital interface will streamline
documentation and clearances across multiple ports.
Interlinking Payment Systems
India and the UAE have signed agreements to interlink their payment platforms. This
includes the integration of UPI from India with AANI from the UAE. Such measures will
enable smooth cross-border transactions. Additionally, the interlinking of RuPay and
JAYWAN debit/credit cards will enhance financial cooperation between the two nations.
What is IMEC?
A new 4,800 km trade and transport corridor connecting India, the Middle East, and
Europe.
It will consist of ship-to-rail networks and road transport routes.
The corridor was announced in September 2023.
It is viewed strategically as a counter to China’s Belt and Road Initiative.
It will include rail, road, and sea routes across two corridors:
East Corridor: Links India to the Arabian Gulf.
Northern Corridor: Connects the Gulf to Europe.
Infrastructure includes an electricity cable, hydrogen pipeline, and high-speed data

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 610
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

cable.
India, USA, Saudi Arabia, UAE, European Union, Italy, France, Germany are its
signatories.
RITES has signed an MoU with Abu Dhabi Ports Group and Etihad Rail to explore rail
connectivity.
Key Ports Connected
India: Mundra, Kandla (Gujarat), JNPT (Navi Mumbai).
Middle East: UAE (Fujairah, Jebel Ali, Abu Dhabi), Saudi Arabia (Dammam, Ras Al
Khair).
Israel: Haifa port (connected via Saudi Arabia and Jordan).
Europe: Greece (Piraeus), Italy (Messina), France (Marseille).
Objectives of IMEC
Create a fast and efficient transport network between India, the Middle East, and
Europe.
Reduce costs, improve trade efficiency, and cut Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions.
Strengthen economic ties and generate employment opportunities.
Geopolitical & Economic Implications of IMEC
Geopolitical Impact
Counter to China’s Belt and Road Initiative (BRI): IMEC provides an alternative
trade route, reducing reliance on China’s infrastructure projects.
Stronger International Ties: Strengthens connections between Asia, Europe, and
the Middle East. Reinforces the US’s presence in the region.
Bypassing Pakistan: Helps India avoid Pakistan’s blockade on direct land
connectivity to the West.
Deeper Ties with the Arabian Peninsula: Strengthens India’s political and economic
relationships with Gulf nations.
Promoting Peace and Stability: Improved regional connectivity may help reduce
tensions in the Middle East.
Potential Expansion to Africa: Aligns with the US and EU’s plans to develop a Trans-
African corridor, allowing India to play a bigger role in Africa’s infrastructure growth.
Economic Impact
Boosts Trade & Reduces Transit Time: IMEC shortens India-Europe trade routes by
40% compared to the Suez Canal.
Encourages Industrial Growth: Companies can easily transport goods, boosting
industrial activity.
Creates Jobs: Expands employment in infrastructure, trade, and logistics.
Strengthens Energy Security: Ensures stable access to energy resources from the
Middle East.
Special Economic Zones (SEZs): IMEC can help develop industrial hubs along its
route, attracting foreign investment.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 611
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Challenges Facing IMEC

Logistics & Connectivity Issues: Coordinating rail, road, and sea transport across
multiple countries is complex.
Missing Rail Links: Many rail connections, especially in the Middle East, are
incomplete.
Coordination Among Countries: Managing different legal systems, policies, and
interests is challenging.
Competition from Existing Routes: The Suez Canal may resist IMEC as it threatens
its trade dominance.
High Costs: Developing IMEC could cost $3 billion to $8 billion, requiring massive
funding.
Infrastructure Development
RITES is identifying infrastructure gaps to connect West Coast ports to the Dedicated
Freight Corridor. This includes the upcoming Vadhavan Port. The goal is to enhance
logistics and supply chain efficiency.
Overseas Expansion and Export Growth
RITES is exploring project consultancy opportunities in the Middle East. The company is
also focusing on rolling stock exports to Latin America and Bangladesh. RITES is
aggressively bidding for export projects without relying on Line of Credit options.
SEBI Implements New Guidelines for Market Infrastructure Institutions
January 31, 2025
The Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) recently introduced guidelines aimed at
enhancing the evaluation of statutory committees within Market Infrastructure
Institutions (MIIs). This decision comes in response to the need for improved transparency
and accountability in the functioning of these crucial entities. MIIs include stock
exchanges, clearing corporations, and depositories. The guidelines mandate an
independent external evaluation every three years, starting with the 2024-2025 financial
year.
Purpose of the Guidelines
The primary goal of the guidelines is to ensure that MIIs operate with high standards
of governance.
By requiring external evaluations, SEBI intends to assess the roles and
responsibilities of committees.
This initiative also aims to gauge the effectiveness of meetings and overall
governance practices.
Evaluation Process
Under the new framework, MIIs must appoint an independent external agency for
evaluations.
This agency should have relevant experience in the securities market and must be
free from conflicts of interest.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 612
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

The evaluation will contribute 40% weightage to roles and responsibilities, while
effectiveness of meetings and governance will each account for 30%.
Internal Evaluations
In addition to external evaluations, MIIs are required to conduct annual internal
evaluations.
These reports must be submitted to the Governing Board within three months after
each financial year.
This dual-layered evaluation process is designed to encourage continuous
improvement within MIIs.
Timeline for Implementation
The first external evaluation is set to cover the financial year 2024-2025.
Reports from these evaluations must be submitted by September 30, 2025.
Subsequent evaluations will follow a three-year cycle, ensuring that MIIs are
consistently monitored and assessed.
Importance of MIIs
MIIs play a critical role in the financial ecosystem of India. They facilitate the allocation and
reallocation of capital, which is essential for economic growth. The stability and efficiency
of MIIs are vital for investor confidence and overall market integrity. Any failure within
these institutions could lead to economic repercussions.
Specific Institutions Designated as MIIs
Several entities qualify as MIIs in India. These include major stock exchanges like the
Bombay Stock Exchange (BSE) and the National Stock Exchange (NSE). The two
depositories are the Central Depository Services Ltd. and the National Securities
Depository Ltd. Additionally, there are seven recognized clearing houses that help validate
and finalize securities trades.
Polavaram Project
January 31, 2025
The Polavaram Project is multi-purpose irrigation initiative in Andhra Pradesh. Recently,
the state government approved ₹990 crore for constructing a new diaphragm wall for the
Earth-cum-Rock Fill dam. This decision enhances the project’s scope and aims to improve
irrigation and hydroelectric power generation.
About Polavaram Project
The Polavaram Project is located on the Godavari River.
It spans the Eluru and East Godavari districts.
The project aims to provide irrigation, hydroelectric power, and drinking water.
It has been designated as a National Project by the Central Government of India.
Financial Allocation and Construction Plans
The recent approval involves a diaphragm wall construction costing ₹990 crore.
The total work area will increase to 63,656 square metres.
The construction will occur in two phases – Part A at ₹675.98 crore and Part B at

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 613
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

₹314.02 crore.
Conditions for Approval
The approval comes with five specific conditions. These include adherence to original
tender prices. The accuracy of data must be verified before technical sanction. All designs
must be approved by the Competent Authority to prevent execution deviations.
Impact on Irrigation and Water Management
The project aims to create a gross irrigation potential of 4,36,825 hectares. It will support
10.80 lakh acres annually. The project also facilitates water diversion to the Krishna river
basin.
Hydropower Generation and Water Supply
The Polavaram Project is designed to generate 960 MW of hydroelectric power.
It will supply drinking water to 28.5 lakh people across 611 villages.
Additionally, the project will provide water to industries, enhancing local economic
development.
Impact on Papikonda National Park
The project’s reservoir will impact the Papikonda National Park in East and West
Godavari districts of Andhra Pradesh.
It is the only home for a dwarf breed of goat called “Kanchu Mekha”
This area is rich in biodiversity and home to endangered species.
The project must balance development with environmental conservation.
Regional Benefits and Tourism
The Polavaram Project is expected to boost tourism in the Godavari Districts. The reservoir
will improve accessibility to natural attractions like the Papikonda National Park. This can
enhance local livelihoods through increased tourist activity.
Guinea Eliminates Sleeping Sickness as Public Health Issue
January 31, 2025
The World Health Organization (WHO) recently announced that Guinea has successfully
eliminated the gambiense form of human African trypanosomiasis (HAT), commonly
known as sleeping sickness. This milestone was declared on January 29, 2025, ahead of
Neglected Tropical Diseases Day observed on January 30. This achievement marks Guinea
as the first country to eliminate this neglected tropical disease, reflecting global progress
against HAT.
Overview of Human African Trypanosomiasis
Human African trypanosomiasis is caused by the Trypanosoma parasite, transmitted
by tsetse flies.
Initial symptoms include fever, headaches, and joint pain.
If untreated, the disease can lead to severe neurological complications and death.
The gambiense form is more prevalent in rural areas of Africa.
Historical Context in Guinea
In the 1990s, HAT re-emerged in Guinea’s coastal regions, particularly around Conakry.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 614
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

This resurgence was linked to increased human activities in mangrove areas. The
government recognised the need for intervention and established the National
Programme for the Control of HAT in 2002.
Key Strategies Implemented
Guinea’s strategy included mass screening for early diagnosis and treatment. Vector
control measures were introduced in 2012 to reduce human-tsetse fly interactions. The
use of insecticide-impregnated mini-screens expanded nationwide by 2016. These
interventions were critical in controlling the disease’s spread.
Community Involvement and Support
Local communities played important role in the success of the programme. Their
involvement ensured that interventions were culturally acceptable. Community support
helped maintain momentum during health crises, such as the Ebola outbreak and the
COVID-19 pandemic.
Advances in Treatment and Funding
Significant advancements in diagnostic techniques and treatment methods contributed to
the programme’s success. Continuous funding from WHO and other partners enabled
sustained efforts against HAT. The reduction of HAT cases to below the WHO threshold of
one case per 10,000 inhabitants in endemic areas confirmed the disease’s elimination as a
public health problem.
Global Impact and Recognition
Guinea’s success is part of a larger trend, with several other countries also achieving
similar milestones. Togo, Benin, Côte d’Ivoire, Uganda, Equatorial Guinea, Ghana, and
Chad have been validated by WHO for eliminating the gambiense form of HAT. Rwanda
has eliminated the rhodesiense form, further demonstrating the potential for controlling
neglected tropical diseases.
International Year of Glaciers’ Preservation
January 31, 2025
The United Nations has declared 2025 as the International Year of Glaciers’ Preservation.
This initiative aims to raise awareness about the vital role glaciers play in our ecosystem
and the urgent need for climate action. Glaciers, which store about 70% of the world’s
freshwater, are critical indicators of climate change. Their rapid melting threatens water
supply, contributes to sea level rise, and poses risks to coastal populations.
About Glaciers
Glaciers are large masses of ice formed from accumulated snow over time.
They flow under gravity and are sensitive to temperature changes.
The Randolph Glacier Inventory estimates there are approximately 275,000 glaciers
worldwide.
These glaciers are essential for maintaining the global water cycle and support
various ecosystems and human communities.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 615
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Risks of Melting Glaciers

As global temperatures rise, glaciers are melting at unprecedented rates.
This melting contributes to global sea level rise. It can also lead to the formation of
glacial lakes, which may cause glacial lake outburst floods (GLOFs).
GLOFs pose risks to communities and infrastructure downstream. Furthermore, the
calving process in polar regions, where large ice chunks break off, disrupts
ecosystems and exacerbates sea level rise.
Himalayan Glaciers and Their Importance
The Hindu Kush Himalaya region, known as the “Third Pole,” contains the largest
concentration of glaciers outside the polar regions. This area is crucial as it feeds ten
major rivers, including the Indus and Ganga. Over 1.3 billion people rely on these rivers
for water supply, agriculture, and energy. The Indian Himalayan Region has around 9,575
glaciers, but they are experiencing mass loss due to rising temperatures and decreasing
snowfall.
Glacier Behaviour Patterns
Glaciers in the Himalayas show varying responses to climate change. While glaciers in the
Western Himalaya are retreating rapidly, those in the Karakoram region have remained
stable since the 1970s, a phenomenon known as the “Karakoram Anomaly.” Factors
influencing glacier behaviour include altitude, topography, and debris cover. These non-
climatic factors affect how glaciers respond to rising temperatures.
Impacts of Glacier Melting
The melting of Himalayan glaciers threatens freshwater availability for millions. Declining
seasonal snowfall will impact agriculture and lead to socio-economic challenges. The
increase in glacial lakes raises the risk of GLOFs, endangering communities and
infrastructure, including hydroelectric projects.
Global and National Responses
In response to these challenges, the UN has initiated the “Decade of Action for
Cryospheric Sciences” from 2025 to 2034.
This aims to enhance global research and cooperation on cryosphere monitoring.
Additionally, India has launched the National Mission for Sustaining the Himalayan
Ecosystem to address climate change impacts.
Bennu Asteroid Samples Provide Evidence of Life’s Origins
January 31, 2025
The asteroid Bennu has recently provided astronomers with vital information about the
origins of life on Earth. The samples returned by NASA’s OSIRIS-REx mission have revealed
a variety of organic molecules and minerals. These findings are crucial for understanding
the building blocks of life and the conditions present in the early solar system.
OSIRIS-REx Mission Overview
NASA’s OSIRIS-REx mission aimed to collect samples from the asteroid Bennu.
Launched in 2016, the spacecraft successfully returned samples in 2023.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 616
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

The mission’s primary goal was to examine the composition of Bennu, a remnant
from the solar system’s formation over 4.5 billion years ago.
Significance of Organic Molecules
The samples from Bennu contain 14 of the 20 amino acids essential for life.
They also include all five nucleobases necessary for DNA and RNA.
This marks the potential of asteroids like Bennu to contribute to life’s chemistry.
The presence of both left-handed and right-handed amino acids in equal proportions
raises intriguing questions about the origins of life on Earth.
Pristine Samples and Contamination Prevention
Unlike meteorites that often undergo contamination upon entering Earth’s
atmosphere, Bennu’s samples were collected in space.
They were stored in a secure canister and examined in a clean laboratory.
This meticulous approach allowed scientists to study unaltered samples, enhancing
the reliability of their findings.
Water and Evaporite Minerals
Bennu’s samples also revealed traces of water in the form of mineral salts. Scientists
identified 11 different evaporite minerals, including calcite and halite. These findings
suggest that Bennu once contained briny water, which could have facilitated chemical
reactions necessary for life. This aligns with observations of similar water reservoirs on
other celestial bodies.
Implications for Prebiotic Chemistry
The discovery of ammonia and formaldehyde in the samples indicates the potential
for prebiotic chemistry.
These compounds can react to form complex molecules, supporting the idea that
asteroids may act as incubators for the origins of life.
The research suggests that conditions conducive to life might have been more
widespread in the early solar system.
Unanswered Questions
Despite the wealth of information from Bennu, questions remain. One of the most
puzzling is why life on Earth developed a preference for left-handed amino acids. The
equal mix found in Bennu’s samples suggests a different starting point for life on early
Earth. This ongoing investigation into life’s origins continues to intrigue scientists.
Supreme Court’s Landmark Ruling on Tanneries in Vellore
January 31, 2025
The Supreme Court of India has recently issued ruling regarding the environmental
impact of tanneries in Vellore, Tamil Nadu. It compared the pollution in the Palar River (a
water source for 30 towns and 50 villages) due to untreated tannery waste to an “ecocide”
(severe environmental destruction). The court found that these industries have caused
severe and irreversible damage to local waterbodies, groundwater, and agricultural lands.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 617
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Background of the Case

The case arose from complaints about tanneries discharging untreated effluents into the
Palar River. The Supreme Court’s bench, led by Justices J B Pardiwala and R Mahadevan,
brought into light the environmental degradation resulting from these actions. Local
farmers and residents have suffered due to the contamination of their water sources and
agricultural lands.
Key Findings of the Judgment
The court concluded that the tanneries violated environmental standards set by
regulatory bodies. Despite claims of establishing a central effluent treatment plant, the
tanneries failed to achieve the required zero discharge levels. The judgment emphasised
the need for compliance with statutory guidelines and the importance of protecting public
health.
Pollution Levels
Tannery wastewater contains harmful pollutants like:
Suspended solids, nitrogen, sulphate, sulphide, chloride
Biological Oxygen Demand (BOD), Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD), chromium
Pollution control started only after 1980.
A December 2024 report by the Tamil Nadu Pollution Control Board found higher
pollution levels in the Palar River compared to 2015.
Economic & Industrial Importance
Tamil Nadu has 45% of India’s tanneries.
50% of chemicals used in leather processing turn into wastewater or sludge.
India produces 13% of the world’s leather, with the industry valued at ₹40,000 crore.
Compensation and Accountability
The Supreme Court directed that compensation be paid to affected parties within six
weeks. It also stated that in cases of non-compliance, responsible parties could face
imprisonment in Tihar Jail, rather than local facilities. This stipulation puts stress on the
seriousness of the court’s commitment to environmental justice.
Formation of an Oversight Committee
The ruling mandated the establishment of a committee to audit and ensure
environmental compliance in Vellore. This committee will include a retired high court
judge and representatives from various governmental and environmental bodies. The aim
is to create a clean and healthy environment for the local community.
Role of Pollution Control Boards
The judgment instructed both the state and Central Pollution Control Boards to
collaborate on setting emission standards for the tanning industry. These standards must
align with international regulations and consider recommendations from relevant
regulatory bodies.
Licensing and Regulatory Measures
The court clarified that licensing authorities have the power to revoke licenses for

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 618
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

misrepresentation or violations of terms. This provision enhances accountability within

the tanning industry and aims to enforce stricter compliance with environmental laws.
Novel Method for Coronal Mass Ejection Analysis
January 31, 2025
Recent advancements in astrophysics have led to the development of a novel method for
analysing Coronal Mass Ejections (CMEs). This method allows scientists to determine the
instantaneous expansion speed and radial size of CMEs using single-point observations
from spacecraft. CMEs are phenomena that can cause geomagnetic storms impacting
Earth’s technology. About their behaviour is crucial for predicting their effects on
communication systems and power grids.
About Coronal Mass Ejections
Coronal Mass Ejections are massive bursts of solar wind and magnetic fields rising
above the solar corona or being released into space.
They consist of magnetised plasma bubbles that can disrupt Earth’s magnetic field,
leading to geomagnetic storms.
These storms can affect satellites, communication systems, and power grids.
Importance of Radial Size and Expansion Speed
The radial size of a CME influences its longevity and the duration of geomagnetic
storms.
Accurate measurements of a CME’s expansion speed are essential for predicting its
arrival time at Earth.
The new method developed by researchers allows for better estimation of these
parameters even with limited data from single-point in situ measurements.
The Novel Methodology
Researchers from the Indian Institute of Astrophysics devised a method to infer the
accelerations of CME substructures.
By analysing the propagation speeds of different CME components simultaneously,
they can estimate the instantaneous expansion speed of the CME.
This approach also computes the radial size and distance travelled by these
substructures.
Case Study and Observations
The methodology was demonstrated using a CME that erupted on April 3, 2010.
Observations were made using data from NASA and ESA spacecraft, including SOHO and
STEREO. The study revealed that CME substructures evolve differently in the
interplanetary medium, influenced by various forces.
Implications for Space Weather Predictions
The accurate estimation of CME expansion speeds and sizes is vital for understanding
their impact on Earth’s magnetosphere. This research has implications for predicting
space weather and mitigating its effects on technology. The method can potentially be
applied to data from India’s Aditya-L1 spacecraft, enhancing our understanding of solar

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 619
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

phenomena.
Future Directions in CME Research
The researchers aim to utilise their novel approach with observations from the Aditya
Solar wind Particle EXperiment (ASPEX) aboard the Aditya-L1 spacecraft. This will further
enhance the understanding of CME expansion dynamics and their implications for Earth.
Current Status of India’s Reservoirs and Agriculture
January 31, 2025
India’s agricultural landscape faces challenges due to declining reservoir levels. The
Agriculture Ministry is monitoring the situation closely. Recent data indicates drop in
water storage across the country. This decline is particularly evident in northern and
eastern regions. However, the current rabi crop remains unaffected for now.
Reservoir Levels
India has 155 major reservoirs. Their total capacity is 180.852 billion cubic metres. As of
the latest reports, the storage level stands at 64 per cent. This is a decrease for 13
consecutive weeks. The current storage is 21 percentage points higher than last year. It is
also 16 percentage points more than the last decade’s average. However, levels in the
northern and eastern regions are concerning.
Impact of Deficient Rainfall
Deficient rainfall has affected nearly 60 per cent of India. Key regions in the north-west
and central parts face severe shortages. The post-monsoon period saw drops in rainfall
from October to December. Currently, 85 per cent of the country is experiencing either
deficient or no rainfall. Uttar Pradesh and Madhya Pradesh are among the worst-hit
states.
Regional Reservoir Status
In the northern region, 11 reservoirs hold only 36 per cent of their capacity. Punjab’s lone
reservoir is at 17 per cent. Himachal Pradesh’s reservoir is at 29 per cent. Rajasthan’s
storage is relatively better at 63 per cent. In the eastern region, 25 dams are filled to 61
per cent of their capacity. Bihar’s reservoir is critically low at 24 per cent.
Western and Central Regions
The western region shows better reservoir levels. It has 50 dams filled to 76 per cent of
their capacity. Maharashtra and Gujarat have storage levels of 76 and 75 per cent
respectively. In the central region, 26 reservoirs are filled to 66 per cent. Despite deficient
rainfall, Madhya Pradesh’s reservoirs remain at 70 per cent.
Southern Region Performance
The southern region is faring better overall. Its 43 reservoirs are filled to 63 per cent of
their capacity. Tamil Nadu has benefitted from recent rainfall, achieving 84 per cent
storage. Andhra Pradesh’s dams are at 75 per cent, while Telangana and Karnataka are at
70 and 64 per cent respectively.
Future Projections
The India Meteorological Department (IMD) has not forecast any rainfall in the coming

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 620
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

weeks. This lack of precipitation may lead to further declines in reservoir levels across the
country. The Agriculture Ministry continues to monitor the situation closely to mitigate
potential impacts on agriculture.
Andhra Pradesh Launches WhatsApp Governance
January 31, 2025
The Andhra Pradesh government recently launched the “Mana Mitra” initiative. This
programme aims to enhance governance through WhatsApp. Nara Lokesh, the Minister
for IT, Electronics, and Communication, introduced the service in Guntur district. The
initiative will allow citizens to access 161 civil services via WhatsApp. This move is part of a
broader effort to make government services more accessible and efficient.
Features of Mana Mitra
Mana Mitra will provide a range of civil services through a dedicated WhatsApp
number.
In the first phase, 161 services will be offered. These include government certificates
and various administrative services. A special QR code will accompany each
certificate. This QR code will link directly to the Andhra Pradesh government website,
ensuring authenticity and reducing the risk of fake documents.
Future Phases and Expansion
The initiative is set to expand in a second phase.
An additional 360 civil services will be introduced.
The government plans to integrate artificial intelligence and voice recognition into
the service.
This will further enhance user experience and accessibility.
The aim is to create a comprehensive digital platform for all government services.
Technological Innovations
The Andhra Pradesh government is exploring advanced technologies. Blockchain
technology is planned to ensure data security and integrity. These innovations will support
the real-time delivery of services. The integration of multiple departments into the
WhatsApp platform is a complex task. However, it is crucial for seamless governance.
Importance of Citizen Engagement
The Mana Mitra initiative puts stress on the importance of citizen engagement in
governance. By using a widely adopted platform like WhatsApp, the government aims to
encourage a more participatory approach. This initiative is expected to empower citizens
by providing them with easy access to government services.
Global Context
Andhra Pradesh’s WhatsApp Governance initiative is unique on a global scale. It marks the
potential for technology to transform public service delivery. Other regions may look to
this model as a way to enhance their own governance frameworks. The success of Mana
Mitra could inspire similar initiatives worldwide.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 621
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Ghaggar River Pollution

January 31, 2025
The Ghaggar River, primarily flowing through India and Pakistan, has come under scrutiny
due to severe pollution issues. A recent report by a joint committee established by the
National Green Tribunal brought into light alarming levels of biochemical oxygen demand
(BOD) in the river, rendering it unfit for bathing. The findings have raised concerns about
the environmental health of the river and its tributaries, particularly the Sukhna Choe.
Pollution Levels and Sources
The joint committee conducted a survey and collected samples from various
locations along the Sukhna Choe and Ghaggar River.
The analysis revealed that the BOD levels were two to three times above the
prescribed limits.
Major sources of pollution were identified as untreated sewage from nearby slums
and urban areas.
Key locations for sample collection included Raipur Khurd and Baltana bridge, which
showed high levels of total suspended solids (TSS) and BOD.
Impact on Local Communities
The pollution in the Ghaggar River and Sukhna Choe directly affects local communities.
The river’s unfit water quality poses health risks for residents who rely on it for bathing
and other daily activities. The presence of slums near the river exacerbates the situation,
as waste disposal practices contribute to further contamination. The local authorities have
been urged to take immediate action to address these issues.
Recommendations for Improvement
The committee made several recommendations to mitigate pollution. Key suggestions
included regular cleaning of drains by the Municipal Corporation of Chandigarh and the
installation of iron nets at culvert points to prevent waste disposal. These actions aim to
improve water quality and restore the river’s ecological balance.
Historical Context of the Ghaggar River
Historically, the Ghaggar River is as it is believed to be associated with the ancient
Vedic Saraswati River.
Archaeological excavations along its banks have uncovered settlements from the
Indus Valley Civilization, indicating its importance in ancient times.
The river’s course has changed over millennia, with historians suggesting that it once
received waters from the Sutlej and Yamuna rivers.
Characteristics of the Ghaggar River
The Ghaggar River is classified as an intermittent river, meaning it only flows during
the monsoon season.
It originates in the Shivalik Hills and traverses through Haryana and Rajasthan before
disappearing into the Thar Desert.
Its tributaries include the Kaushalya, Markanda, Sarsuti, Tangri, and Chautang rivers.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 622
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

The river is often referred to as a “dead river” due to its reliance on seasonal rainfall
for flow.
Meghalaya’s Shift to Scientific Coal Mining
January 31, 2025
The central government has signed agreements with three local miners to commence
scientific coal mining in two districts (West Khasi Hills and East Jaintia Hills districts). This
decision comes after a decade-long ban on unscientific “rat-hole mining” imposed by the
National Green Tribunal (NGT).
About Rat-Hole Mining
Rat-hole mining is an illegal method of coal extraction resembling rodent burrows.
It is prevalent in Meghalaya and involves creating narrow tunnels that are often less
than two metres high.
Miners descend into these cramped spaces using ropes and bamboo ladders.
The process is dangerous due to the risk of tunnel collapses and poor ventilation.
There are two primary techniques used in rat-hole mining
1. Side-Cutting Procedure: Miners dig narrow tunnels into hill slopes to access
thin coal seams.
2. Box-Cutting: This method involves creating a rectangular opening followed by
a vertical pit, leading to horizontal tunnels for coal extraction.
Causes of Rat-Hole Mining
Several factors contribute to the persistence of rat-hole mining:
Poverty: Local tribal communities often resort to this method as a means of survival
due to limited livelihood options.
Land Ownership Issues: Ambiguous land titles complicate the establishment of
regulated mines, allowing illegal operations to flourish.
Coal Demand: Continuous demand for coal, both legal and illegal, drives the rat-
hole mining practice.
Escrow Agreements for Mining
Escrow Agreement: A legal contract where a third party holds assets until specific
conditions are met.
Escrow agreements were signed between the Controller of Coal (Govt. of India) and
the mining project proponents.
Coal India Limited is the third party in these agreements.
Future Expansion of Scientific Mining
Apart from the three approved mining sites, 12 more applications are in advanced
approval stages.
The Meghalaya government is working closely with the Ministry of Coal to restart
coal mining legally.
Impact of Coal Mining Ban
Before the ban in 2014, the coal mining industry was a major revenue source for

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 623
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

Meghalaya, generating ₹700 crore annually.

The ban was imposed due to safety risks, as rat-hole mining involved digging narrow
tunnels, leading to several worker deaths over the years.
Katakey Committee’s Role
The Meghalaya High Court appointed a one-man committee led by former judge
Brojendra Prasad Katakey to ensure compliance with the NGT and Supreme Court’s
rulings.
The committee has made several recommendations regarding sustainable and legal
coal mining.
Russian Icebreaker Collision in Kara Sea
January 31, 2025
The collision of the Russian nuclear-powered icebreaker, 50 Let Pobedy, with a cargo
vessel in the Kara Sea on January 26, 2025, has raised concerns about safety and
navigation in the Arctic region. The impact caused damage to the icebreaker but did not
compromise its seaworthiness or safety systems. This incident puts stress on the strategic
importance of the Northern Sea Route (NSR) for Russia amid rising global temperatures
and increasing shipping activity.
Northern Sea Route Significance
The NSR is emerging as a key shipping route, offering a faster alternative to the Suez
Canal.
It reduces travel distance and costs for shipments between Northern Europe and
East Asia.
The route is expected to facilitate the transport of up to 150 million tonnes of goods
annually by 2030, aligning with Russia’s strategic economic goals amid international
sanctions.
Climate Change and Accessibility
The Arctic region is becoming increasingly accessible due to climate change.
The ice cap has diminished since the 1980s, enhancing navigability.
This opens new shipping lanes and increases competition among nations like the US,
Russia, and China, all vying for resources and strategic advantages in the Arctic.
Russia’s Icebreaker Fleet
Russia operates a substantial fleet of icebreakers, including nuclear-powered vessels,
positioning itself as a leader in Arctic navigation. The country has seven operational
nuclear icebreakers and plans to expand its fleet further. The upcoming Rossiya, expected
to be the most powerful icebreaker globally, will enhance Russia’s capabilities in the Arctic.
Strategic Implications
The presence of a robust icebreaker fleet allows Russia to assert its dominance in the
Arctic. This has raised concerns among other Arctic nations, particularly the United States,
which faces a shortage of operational icebreakers. The development of military
infrastructure and capabilities in the Arctic further puts stress on the geopolitical stakes

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 624
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

involved.
Future Developments
Russia aims to boost its Arctic presence by constructing new icebreakers and enhancing
its shipping infrastructure. Plans include building additional nuclear and non-nuclear
icebreakers and developing military assets for regional operations. These initiatives reflect
Russia’s commitment to exploiting Arctic resources and securing shipping routes.
Key Facts About Kara Sea
The Kara Sea is a marginal sea of the Arctic Ocean, located off the western Siberian
coast (Russia).
It connects to the Arctic Basin (north), Barents Sea (west), and Laptev Sea (east).
Siberian Shelf: About 40% of the sea is shallow (less than 50m deep), and only 2% is
deeper than 500m.
Rivers draining into the sea are Yenisey, Ob, Pyasina, and Kara.
The sea gets its name from the Kara River.
This sea was formed due to deglaciation after the last Ice Age.
The seabed contains glacial ice traces under a thin layer of sediment.
The Kara Sea is part of Russia’s Northern Sea Route.
The Rise of Card Tokenisation in India
January 31, 2025
Card tokenisation has rapidly transformed the digital payment landscape in India. As of
December 2024, over 91 crore tokens have been issued, facilitating more than 320 crore
transactions valued at nearly ₹11 lakh crore. This growth puts stress on the shift towards
enhanced security in e-commerce, with 98 per cent of online transactions now processed
without actual card data.
What is Tokenisation?
Tokenisation replaces sensitive card details with a unique identifier called a token.
This token serves as a substitute for the customer’s card information, allowing
secure transactions.
Each token is unique to the device or merchant, ensuring that actual card data is
never stored by merchants.
Evolution of Tokenisation in India
The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) first introduced device tokenisation in January 2019,
followed by card-on-file tokenisation in September 2021.
These measures were implemented in response to rising data security concerns,
particularly after breaches like those of MobiKwik and Juspay.
Cyber Security and Regulatory Measures
In October 2022, the RBI mandated that businesses stop storing customer card data. This
policy shift aimed to enhance consumer protection and ensure that sensitive information
was not exposed on third-party platforms. Tokenisation has become essential for securing
digital payments, reducing the risk of data breaches.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 625
 Current Affairs Articles Compilation [PDF]: January, 2025

How Tokenisation Works

The tokenisation process involves several steps:
Customer Input: A customer enters card information for a transaction.
Token Generation: The system generates a token that replaces the card number.
Secure Storage: The original card data is stored securely in a token vault.
Verification: During a transaction, the token is sent to the vault for verification
against the original data.
Benefits of Tokenisation
Tokenisation offers numerous advantages, including:
Enhanced security by preventing exposure of actual card details.
Simplified compliance with Payment Card Industry Data Security Standards (PCI DSS).
Reduced costs associated with data breaches for merchants.
Compatibility with various payment technologies, including mobile wallets.
Tokenisation vs. Encryption
While both tokenisation and encryption are used for data security, they differ
fundamentally. Encryption scrambles data and requires a decryption key, whereas
tokenisation replaces sensitive data with non-sensitive tokens that cannot be reversed.
Tokenisation is often seen as a more cost-effective solution for securing payment
information.

© 2025 GKToday | All Rights Reserved | https://www.gktoday.in | For printed books: GKTBOOKS.COM 626